fan A Paton toe Oe MA = 
mv reer en ear) 


ODO ee Olt ee ee 
8 tee End Pa Pet etn ete t n-an tee 


se eek taaiat 


eh 

tind Oe a ont 
ulin es a oes et nent 
Ce Oe dae 
ne 


Ne aoe ate 
0 


eh Om 8 PP O-* 


aot oa so By 


tate toe tha actin arnt: oem te 

ene eper eet Ee ee oS aren : 

wher tha eel genet ger onda tie thwaghmG~ ea Li> s4e nt> aa dow 
Seen ee eee - 


Wa ote 


ae led mth oe 


preern S  ee 
te Dake oe 


— . o- 
PRE cee 
at Bunt nS 


$05, 424 
THE ANNALS 


AND 


MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, 


INCLUDING 


ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY. 


(BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘ANNALS’ COMBINED WITH LOUDON AND 
CHARLESWORTH’S ‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.’ ) 


CONDUCTED BY 


ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.R.S., 
WILLIAM 8. DALLAS, F.LS., 
WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.B.S., F.LS., F.G.S., 


AND 


WILLIAM FRANCIS, Ph.D., F.L.S. 


a eee 


VOL, TV.—FIFTH SERIESH*isonian i= 
RUS 3 eS a eX stituy 

( ASA\O5 
ations’ Museum: 


LONDON: 
PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS. 


SOLD BY LONGMANS, GREEN, READER, AND DYER; SIMPKIN, MARSHALL, 
AND CO.; KENT AND CO.; WHI@TAKER AND CO.: BAILLIERE, PARIS: 
MACLACHLAN AND STEWART, EDINBURGH : 

HODGES, FOSTER, AND CO., DUBLIN: AND ASHER, BERLIN. 


1879. 


“ Omnes res create sunt divine sapientiz et potenti testes, divitie felicitatis 
humane :—ex harum usu Jonitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapientia Domini; 
ex ceconomid in conservatione, proportione, renovatione, potentia majestatis 
elucet. Farum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibi relictis semper estimata ; 
a veré eruditis et sapientibus semper exculta; malé doctis et barbaris semper 
inimica fuit.”—Linnaus. 


“Quel que soit le principe de la vie animale, il ne faut qu’ouvrir les yeux pour 
voir qu’elle est le chef-d’ceuvre de la Toute-puissance, et le but auquel se rappor- 
tent toutes ses opérations.”—Bruckner, Théorie du Systéme Animal, Leyden, 
LOT. 


5o 6 PO GAG o otaon bone The sylvan powers 
Obey our summons; from their deepest dells 
The Dryads come, and throw their garlands wild 
And odorous branches at our feet; the Nymphs 
That press with nimble step the mountain-thyme 
And purple heath-flower come not empty-handed, 
But scatter round ten thousand forms minute 
Of velvet moss or lichen, torn from rock 
Or rifted oak or cavern deep: the Naiads too 
Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth face 
They crop the lily, and each sedge and rush 
That drinks the rippling tide: the frozen poles, 
Where peril waits the bold adventurer’s tread, 
The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne, 
All, all to us unlock their secret stores 
And pay their cheerful tribute. 

J. Taytor, Norwich, 1818, 


CONTENTS OF VOL. IV. 


[FIFTH SERIES. } 


NUMBER XIX. 
Page 
{. Description of new or little-known Species of Maioid Crus- 
tacea (Oxyrhyncha) in the Collection of the British Museum. By 
Epwarp J. Miers, F.LS., F.Z.S., Assistant in the Zoological 
Depumamentts CE babes LV. Be OW). a0; tat 0a¢5 a; iapecanit ss sepals ae sawed whee 1 


II. Notes on the Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca. No. XII, 
Some Carboniferous Species belonging to the Genus Carbonia, Jones, 
By Prof. T. Rupert Jonss, F.R.S., and James W. Kirxsy, Esq. 
GE acenp el rceeE Els) teeta eran c-ajs wo «gee #8 ol ecotateh ohm BB wo ae ees 28 


II. On a small Collection of Arachnida from the Island of 
Johanna, with Note on a Homopterous Insect’ from the same Loca- 
lity. By AnrHurR G. Butter, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &. (PlateL).... 41 


IV. On Plocamia plena, a new species of Echinonematous Sponge. 
By W. J, Sornas; M.A., F.G.S., &e. (Plates VI. & VIL.) ...:.. 44 


V. On the Occurrence in North America of rare Extinct Verte- 
brates found fragmentarily in England.—No. 2. By Prof. R. 
Owen, C.B., F.R.S., &c. (Plate VEIL). 2.2... Baal oi skehahare ehieht eke 53 


VI. Studies on Fossil Sponges.—V. Calcispongiz. By Karu 
CA BRIN Ask RMEUES seal ects aia. 2; «1 6/s,00o aoemetar an al*\ehtpmasie x plaints Roereee. cen 61 


VII. Observations on the Chlamydodere or Bower-birds, with 
Description of a new Species. By JoHn Goutp, F.RS........... 73 


VIII. A third Contribution to the Knowledge of the Cetoniide of 
Madagascar. By CuHartes O. WATERHOUSE .......ccseeeeeees 74 


IX. On some Spheroidal Lithistid Spongida from the Upper Silu- 
rian Formation of New Brunswick. By Prof. P. Martin Duncan, 
TP eRe LEIS i 0. Se earn rae Sienna ren er reece 84 


lv ; CONTENTS. 


New Books :—The Great Atlas Moth of Asia (Attacus atlas, Linn.), 
with a coloured Plate of its Transformations. By Putip 
Henry Gossr, F.R.S.—Supplement to the Second Edition of 
‘Acadian Geology, &c. By J. W. Dawson, M.A., LL.D., 
F.R.S., &e.—The Gault, being the Substance of a Lecture deli- 
vered in the Woodwardian Museum, Cambridge, 1878, and 
before the Geologists’ Association, 1879. By F. G, Hirron 
PRTC Gasca wees 4 sc ae ane etre ater stanetetahot 


On the Body-cavity of the Sedentary Annelids and their Seomental 
Organs, with some Remarks on the Genus Phascolosoma, by 
M. Cosmovici ; Morphological Notes on the Limbs of the Am- 
phiumide, as indicating a possible Synonymy of the supposed 
Genera, by John A. Ryder; On Haptophrya gigantea, a new 
Opalinid from the Intestines of the Anurous Batrachia of 
Algeria, by M. E. Maupas; Trichinosis in a Hippopotamus, by 
M. E. Heckel; On the Apparatus of Sound in some South- 


Page 


92, 93 


American Fishes, by M. W. Sorensen ....... sees eee e eee 94—99 


NUMBER XxX. 


X. On the Mode of Growth of Stromatopora, including the Com- 
mensalism of Cawnopora. By H. J. Carrer, F.RS, Xe. 


XI. Description of a new Species of Porcupine from the Philip- 
pine Islands. By Dr. A. GUNTHER, F.R.S. ............e eee aes 


XII. Description of a new Species of Didelphys from Demerara. 
er Aen T GUNTHER ORS. sys step om oie «se elie ales 


XIII. Descriptions of new Genera and Species of Gallerucine. 
EBSCO f onpl o€ ae On TS ary anon ong Ome aon HMAn ane 


XIV. Studies on Fossil Sponges.—V. Calcispongie. By Karu 
ALFRED ZITTEL 


© < 8 oases a ele a © 0010-4 ues (01019 Fle 0 see © 0 aves’ v 0 (eis 6) as oj'eelae 


XV. Description of a new Species of Vesperugo from Bermuda. 
By G. E. Doxsson, M.A., M.B., &e 


Ce 


XVI. Notice of two new Species of Fishes from the South Seas. 
By Dr. A. GUNTHER 


Ce 2 


XVII. Notes towards the History of the Genus Entoniscus. By 
A. Grarp. (Plate X.) 


© 60, 06) 016 0. 0 \¢0uo @.(8)16 9/0 36 6.9 @ 6 ee 0 « 0.0 6 0,0 ee 8 Ae! 6 


XVIII. On some Moot Points in Ornithological Nomenclature. 
By ALFRED NEwron, M.A., F.R.S., &e 


ce 


XIX. Description of two new Species of Plectepylis, a Subgenus of 


me Helicide. By Lieut.-Colonel H. H. Gopwin-AvstTEn, F.Z.S, 
c. 


ot rofat alah ote’ eM at ets’ eo” e” elie) ete a sf of e! se) inlie: 8 te’ 10" 1 10" 8 eetie ete ig) seiuria: eet Be) « ome aemn ete 18) .s 


101 


106 


108 


CONTENTS. 


XX. On the Occurrence of Neomenia (Solenopus) in the British 
Seas. By the Rey. A. M. Norman 


a sii, 0a) v0. © 05 f 8's) wi 9.0 6) Bho o.0\.p\e eho ecole 


Proceedings of the Geological Society ............. ces eeeee 166, 


Notice of a new Jurassic Mammal, by Prof. O. C. Marsh; Alleged 
Evidence of the Moa from feathered Ornaments of Maori Wea- 
pons, by Prof. R. Owen, F.R.S. &e. ; On the Metamorphoses of 
the Blister-beetle (Lytta vesicatoria), by M. J. Lichtenstein ; 
On the Systematic Position of the Volvocinez, and on the 
Limits of the Vegetable and Animal Kingdoms, by M. E. 


Vv 


Page 


167 


UMIEE ES tay to ote ch ciprckeleteteaLSuel oaiede, ocho ere oad « age eral ats 167—170 


NUMBER XXI. 


XXII. Remarks on the recent Eryontide. By the Rey. A. M. 
CEU CVEARUAUN PVE, Ata ce ORe ays a ofc w ea aaah ube 8 oPePanar aralls /O ghanel Oded Se WaT oae EE 


XXII. Notes on the Palseozoic Bivalved Entomostraca. No. 
XIII. Entomis serratostriata and others of the so-called “Cypridinen” 
of the Devonian Schists of Germany. By Prof. T. Rupert Jonzs, 
BE oy ts Ghai, a EL BbO Ala) ok ya Sbteetacse® son woh 0.08 pia. dh Seine as 


XXIII. On the Natural Term of Life and of its chief Periods in 
the Hippopotamus (Zippopotamus amphibius, Linn.), By Prof. R. 
RMR Coe Blake rg WS aoa cee co nas) o-0| pnliyat er ahahay dpa) sean bw ee poR eee ss 


XXIV. On some new and rare British Spiders, with Characters of 
anew Genus. By the Rev. O. P. Campripesr, M.A., C.M.ZS., &e. 
Ee ee eee tate ore ateralfenciat alent e's? ie eratal ors si eren are Sieee sare R Nera 


XXYV. Descriptions of Paleozoic Corals from Northern Queens- 
land, with Observations on the Genus Stenopora. By H. A. NicHo.- 
son, M.D., D.Sc., F.G.S., &c., Professor of Natural History in the 
University of St. Andrews, and R. EruErines, Jun., F.G.S., of 
the Bra fish, Museamirng i, dans sw ten Kiley hey fel dio Stearn 44 pane 

XXVI. Descriptions of new Species of Lepidoptera from Mada- 
gascar, with Notes on some of the Forms already described. By 
Sarno. Gy BUTLER BLS: PAS, BCs rnc ds aceh sacks cues ees 

XXVII. Description of a new Species of Chameleon from Mada- 
gascer. By Dr. A. GunruEr, FS. (Plate XH) ............ 


XXVIII, Description of a new Species of Cetonia from the Island 
of Formosa. By CHarRLES O. WATERHOUSE ....... AG ene 


On the Oviposition of the Amblystomes at the Museum of Natural 
History, by M. L. Vaillant; On the Organization of Batracho- 
bdella (B. Latasti, C. Vig.), by M. C. Viguier; Description of a 
new Species of Chirocephalus, by John A. Ryder; Note on the 


188 


190 


216 


Adoptioniof en Ant-Qneet wos wegen cea tungeuann ns 248—252 


vl CONTENTS. 


NUMBER XXII. 
Page 
XXIX. On the Structure of Stromutopora. By H. J. Carrrr, 
He Sace. a( Plate KV.) aise. vic os cies owe sa eerie ee 253 


XXX. Descriptions of Paleeozoic Corals from Northern Queens- 
land, with Observations on the Genus Stenopora. By H. A. NrcHo1- 
son, M.D., D.Se., F.G.8., &c., Professor of Natural History in the 
University of St. Andrews, and R. Erneriwes, Jun., F.G.S., of the 
British Maseum, M(Plate AVV2)) ct ceaew ores k oe eakaahe- Ree 265 


XXXI, Observations on the Genus Macropis. By W. H. Parron, 286 


XXXII. Tintinnus semiciliatus, a new Species of Infusoria. By 
Derr OMEN RL fr caitc tre coup aie en inc Plast ae Gale Broo tne 290 


XXXII. Descriptions of new Species of Lizards in the Collection 
of the British Museum. By A. W. E. O’SHaucunessy, Assistant 
the Natural History Departments..... ....... Sra iatete oe see eee 295 


XXXIV. On the Homologies of the Cephalopoda. By J. F. 
Buaxe, M.A., Lecturer on Comparative Anatomy at Charing-Cross 
Helio RGeL eet tetra og hoc tris. wax leas (okt tera Al na Fiestas Gk oie eas cak aie re eRe 308 


XXXYV. Respecting a new Distinction between the Species of the 
Genus Phrynus of Authors. By ArtHuR G. BUTLER, F.L.S. &c... 318 


XXXVI. Description of a new Species of Wild Dog from Deme- 
rara. By Dr. ALBert GinruEr, Keeper of the Zoological Depart- 
FEM AOTILInE WLUBOUI: ~. sss s.0 arevedaie sv W eo cistsaun's « 6sontete nee 316 


Proceedings of the Geological Society .........e.eeeeeee .. 317—3821 


On the Notodelphyide, by M. L. Kerschner; Notice of a new Pauro- 
pod, by J. A. Ryder; On the Respiratory Apparatus of the 
Ampullarie, by M. A. Sabatier; On the Zoantharia Malacoder- 
mata of the Shores of Marseilles, by M. E. Jourdan; Notes on 
the Marriage-flights of Lasius flavus and Myrmuca lobicornis, by 
Pnewevssbtosc, MCCOOK neta emits triste ete 321—3826 


NUMBER XXIIl. 


XXXVI. Additions to the Amphipodous Crustacea of New Zea- 
land. By Grorcre M. THomson, Dunedin. (Plate XVL)........ 329 


XXXVIII. On the Geological Distribution of the Rhabdophora. 
By CaAnuns Larworre, PGS. dee. 3.0 ils ol, oh tale ee en 333 


XXXIX. Description of anew Species of Acme and Varieties from 
the Conglomerate Beds at Menton. By Grorrrey NEVvILL, 
Coll (yi SB yo eR Cee ee et aos ee Gir § Wrote donee Wr thee ee 341 


CONTENTS. Vil 


Page 
XL. On some new Species of Araneidea. By the Rev. O. P. 
Camprives, M.A., C.M.ZS., &c. (Plate XVID)... 0... eee ene 343 


XLI. Descriptions of new Species of Lepidoptera from Japan. By 
ETH Cero Ureim, Pipes see oi, lls Fede vale eclee mare heres e's 349 


XLII. On the Nutritive and Reproductive Processes of Sponges. 
by Hi: J. Caterer, POR BaGe: came ek ate thts ee eee ues 374 


XLIII. Preliminary Notice of a new Genus (Parectatosoma) of 
Phasmide from Madagascar, with brief Descriptions of its two 
Species. By J. WOOD-MASON......... cs ceeeeeeereecrenreneas 386 


XLIV. Monobia confluens,anew Moneron. By Aimé SCHNEIDER. 
(Eatery LEI it tre ce tacte ct. Se Bolen, fo hos Sa aya ay Shae be rasta ae. Oe pean .. 388 


New Books:—On the Structure and Affinities of the “ Tabulate 
Corals ” of the Paleozoic Period, with Critical Descriptions of 
Tllustrative Species. By H. ALLEYNE NicHoxson, M.D.,D.Sc., 
F.L.S., &c.—Geological Survey of Canada. Mesozoic Fossils, 
Vol. i. part ii. On the Fossils of the Cretaceous Rocks of Van- 
couver and adjacent Islands in the Strait of Georgia. By J. F. 

PL EURTTEA Villa BO ies crates sherri oe tr ue en pce naw alee ral che 391, 395 


On Hyale Lubbockiana (=Allorchestes imbricatus, Sp. Bate, and 
Nicea Lubbockiana, Sp. Bate), by. the Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing ; 
On Robert Kerr’s Translation of the ‘Systema Nature’ of Lin- 
nus, by Oldfield Thomas, Assistant in the Zoological Depart- 
ment, British Museum; On the Structure of the Cephalic Gan- 
glia of Insects, by M. N. Wagner; On the Part played by 
Insects during the Flowering of Arwm erinitum, Ait., by M. B. 
Schnetzler; Ona new Species of Wild Dog from Demerara, by 
ie Alpert Ghinther, WS. de. agave a: deat: ea 396—400 


NUMBER XXIV. 
XLY. On the Structure of Astrophiwa, a new and aberrant Genus 
of Echinodermata. By W. Percy SuapeEn, F.L.S., F.G.S. (Plate 
XLVI. On two new Isopods (Arcturus, sp., and Tanais, sp.) from 
New Zealand. By Grorer M. Tuomson. (Plate XIX. figs. 1-6.) 415 


XLVII. On a new Species of Nebalia from New Zealand. By 
Grorce M. THomson. (Plate XIX. figs. 7-9.) ................ 418 


XLVIII. More Moot Points in Ornithological Nomenclature. By 
Aiamep Newron; MA, Ponisi, Seed. a8 eetaciuk mak. «has ~ 419 


XLIX. On the Geological Distribution of the Rhabdophora. 
Enyperanune LAPWORTH, BGS. dG. occ. ses seusies pees on ets 423 


Vill CONTENTS. 


Page 
L. Note on the so-called “Farringdon (Coral-Rag) Sponges ” 
(Calcispongie, Zittel). By H. J. Carrer, F.R.S. &e..........64. 451 
LI. Descriptions of new Species of Lepidoptera from Japan. By i. 
aAntaon G. BoTiEn, HOLS.. ILS. (6c. se. is. 5 5k oie eae pm 437 [ 
} 
LIT. On a new oped of the Genus Doridicola. By Henry N. 
AA) LTE, enero tetewe tse oie os eos ahonaie sieve wh de che ie em Alger cece 458 
LUI. On certain new Species of Coleoptera from Japan. By 
SEONG MAWES Maes hace fsa a ai olooyhnctaue o ayepainyaisials.s fake < ie 3, ose iaia le 459 
Proceedings of the -Geolopical Society... 5. awe wae ee» ce 467, 468 
John Miers, F.R.S.; Nicholson’s ‘Manual of Paleontology, by Dr. 
R. H. Traquair; On the Organization and Classification of the 
Orthonectida, by M. A. Giard; Remarks on Orgyia, by Prof. 
Leidy ; On Myrmecocystus mexicanus, Wesm., by the Rev. H. C. 
IMECOOME SR Mngt hehe sf cote fsbshis, oe oo Becca toes o Reha 469—474 


PLATES IN VOL. IV. 


PuatE I, New Arachnida from the Island of Johanna, 


as Carboniferous Species of Carbonia. 
x. New Maioid Crustacea. 


sl Plocamia plena. 


VIII. Restoration of Leiodon anceps. 
IX. Hindia spheeroidalis, 
X. Anatomy of Entoniscus. 
XI. Devonian Entomides. 
XII. New British Spiders. 
XIII. Chameleon minor. 
XIV. Paleozoic Corals. 
XV. Structure of Stromatopora. 
XVI. New Amphipodous Crustacea. 
XVII. New Species of Araneida. 
XVIII. Monobia confluens. 
XIX. New Isopods—New Species of Nebalia. 
XX. Structure of Astrophiura. 


THE ANNALS 


AND 


MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. 


[FIFTH SERIES. ] 


ee aeons Reaned per litora spargite muscum, 
Naiades, et circtim vitreos considite fontes: 
Pollice virgineo teneros hic carpite flores: 
Floribus et pictum, dive, replete canistrum. 
At vos, o Nymphe Craterides, ite sub undas ; 
Ite, recurvato variata corallia trunco 
Vellite muscosis e rupibus, et mihi conchas 
Ferte, Dex pelagi, et pingui conchylia succo.”’ 

NV. Parthenii Giannettasii Eel, 1. 


No. 19. JULY 1879. 


I.—Descriptions of new or little-known Species of Matoid 
Crustacea (Oxyrhyncha) in the Collection of the British 
Museum. By Epwarp J. Miers, F.L.S., F.Z.8., Assis- 
tant in the Zoological Department. 


[Plates IV. & V.] 


THE present paper contains descriptions of all the species of 
Oxyrhyncha in the British-Museum collection that appear to 
have been hitherto unrecorded, with the exception of a few 
specimens whose age or condition is such as to render it un- 
advisable to describe them as new to science. ‘'T'wo or three 
were noticed, but not described, by White, so long ago as 1847, 
in the ‘ List of Crustacea in the Collection of the British 
Museum.’ 

For diagnoses of the new genera briefly referred to below, 
and characters of the families, I must refer to my paper on 
“The Classification of the Maioid Crustacea,’”’ published in 
the ‘ Journal of the Linnean Society, Zoology,’ vol. xiv. p. 634, 
for the present year. 

The following is a systematic list of the species :— 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. iv. 1 


bo 


Mr. E. J. Miers on new or little-known 


Systematic List of the Species described. 


INACHIDZ. 


Acheopsis Giintheri, sp. n. 
Eucinetops? Stimpsoni, sp. n. 
Halimus truncatipes, sp. n. 
Trigonothir obtusirostris, gen. et sp. 
nov. 
Huenia pacifica, sp. n. 
Simocarcinus(g.n. )simplex (Dana), 
Cyclonyx (g. n.) frontalis (White). 


Map. 
Chorilibinia gracilipes, sp. n. 
Paramithrax (Leptomithrax) com- 
pressipes, sp. n. 
( ) brevirostris, sp. n. 
— (Paramithrax) spinosus, sp.n. 
( ) halimoides (White, 
ned. ). 
Acanthophrys paucispina, sp. n. 
Pisa carinimana, sp. n. 
Hyastenus (Chorilia) gracilirostris, 
sp. n. 
Benioidinne P varians, sp. n. 
Paramicippe affinis, sp. n. 
Micippe parvirostris, sp. n. 


PERICERIDA, 
Tylocarcinus (g. n.) styx (Herbst). 


Tylocarcinus gracilis, sp. n. 
Othonia quadridentata, sp. n. 
Parathoé rotundata, gen. et sp. nov. 


PARTHENOPIDS. 
Lambrus (Lambrus) longispinus, 
sp. n. 
— (——) Holdsworthi, sp. n. 
—— (——) levicarpus, sp. n. 
—— (——) longimanus (Linn. ?). 


—— (——) deflexifrons, sp. n. 


— ( ) hoplonotus, Ad. & 
Whate. 
=——=( ) , var. granulosus, 
n. 
— (—) , var. longioculis, 
n. 
Cc) , var. planifrons, 


) eurvispinus, sp. n. 
—— (Parthenopoides) erosus, sp. n. 
) expansus, sp. n. 
Cryptopodia spatulifrons, sp. n. 

, var. leevimana, n. 
Ceratocarcinus spinosus, sp. n. 


Inachide. 


Acheopsis Giinthert, sp. n. 
Carapace broadly triangulate, moderately convex. 


trum short, spines acute. 


(Ple FV cig. 1h.) 
Ros- 


There is a small supraocular spine. 


The spines of the carapace are disposed as follows :—There is 
a very large perpendicular spine upon the gastric region, a 
large blunt conical tubercle upon the cardiac, and a smaller 
tubercle upon each of the branchial regions. The postocular 
spine is small. Behind the eyes, on the subhepatic region, is 
a blunt tubercular prominence. The anterior legs (in the 
female) are small. The ambulatory legs are smooth, of 
moderate length; the terminal joints in the first pair long, 
slender, and nearly straight; in the following pairs slightly 
curved. Length to base of rostrum 4 inch. 

Hab, Cape of Good Hope (H.M.8. ‘ Herald’). 

A single adult female is in the collection. Length of cara- 
pace about 4 inch. 

This species is easily distinguished by the remarkably pro- 
. minent gastric spine. The terminal joints of the legs and the 
carapace in front of the gastric spine are slightly hairy. In 


Species of Maioid Crustacea. 3 


Acheopsis spinulosus, Stm., also from the Cape of Good 
Hope, of which specimens of both sexes are in the collection, 
and which is the only other known species of the genus, there 
are three spinules on the gastric region and several upon the 
sides of the carapace. The genus Achwopsis appears to repre- 
sent Inachus in the southern hemisphere. 

I dedicate this species, which is certainly one of the most 
striking of those here to be described, to Dr. Giinther, F.R.S., 
Keeper of the Zoological Department, by whose continual 
kindness and encouragement my studies have been so greatly 
facilitated. 


Eucinetops? Stimpsoni, sp. n. 


Carapace subpyriform and convex, upper surface without 
spines or tubercles. Rostrum deflexed ; the spines of which 
it is composed small, flattened, acute, and separated by a 
narrow fissure. Immediately behind the eyes are two small 
blunt prominences ; and a third, at a little distance, represents 
the postocular spine. There are two very small tubercles at 
the distal end of the slender basal antennal joint. The second 
and third joints are not, as in LH. Lucasii, very broad, but 
cylindrical. Anterior legs (in the female) very slender and 
smooth. Both the body and legs are pubescent. Length of 
carapace 2 inch. 

Hab. N.K. coast of Australia (Cuming). 

This species is represented only by a single female spe- 
cimen. 

I am in some doubt as to whether this species should not 
be made the type of a genus distinct from Hucinetops. It 
resembles the Californian £. Lucast’, Stimpson, in the small 
and deflexed rostrum, the great length and mobility of the 
eyes, the very small epistome, &c., but differs in the more 
elongate-triangular carapace, and in the non-dilatation of the 
second and third joints of the flagellum of the antenne. If 
distinct as a genus, I should propose to designate it as Ana- 
cinetops. It comes very near to Camposcia, but is dis- 
tinguished by the presence of a distinct rostrum and by the 
longer, slenderer eye-peduncles. 


Halimus truncatipes, sp. n. 


Carapace elongate-ovate, moderately convex; gastric region 
with about eleven tubercles, of which four anterior are ar- 
ranged in a transverse series, and three posterior in a median 
longitudinal series, the others are lateral ; cardiac region with 
two obtuse tubercles, and, posterior to these, three in a longi- 
tudinal median series; the last of these, on the posterior 


margin of the carapace, is an acute spine. ‘There are three 
1* 


4 Mr. E. J. Miers on new or little-known 


or four obscure tubercles on each branchial region, and six 
spines on each lateral margin, including the two spines which 
represent the upper orbital margin. ‘The spines of the ros- 
trum are acute and strongly divergent. There is a spine at 
the extero-distal angle of the basal antennal joint. The 
merus joint of the outer maxillipedes is strongly produced at 
its antero-external and the ischium joint at its antero-internal 
angle. The anterior legs (in the male) are small ; arm with 
a spine at the distal end of its upper margin ; wrist obliquely 
carinated; palm slender, smooth, and compressed ; fingers 
straight and acute. The penultimate joints of all the ambu- 
latory legs are dilated and almost square-truncated at their 
distal ends, and the terminal joints strongly curved and acute. 
Postabdominal segments (in the male) with a slight convexity 
in the middle line. Length of female nearly 14 inch. 

Hab. Australia (Bowerbank). 

The legs are clothed with long fulvous hairs. 

This species is distinguished from /H. arzes and specimens 
I refer to H. spinosus by the much more squarely truncated 
joints of the ambulatory legs, from H. auritus by the exis- 
tence of a spine on the posterior margin of the carapace, and 
from H. tumidus by the prominent lateral marginal spines, 
&c. In Hess’s description of H. spinosus the form of the 
penultimate joints of the ambulatory legs is not stated. If 
the specimens now described as HZ. truncatipes belong to that 
species, it will be necessary to give a distinct designation. to 
those in the Museum collection (from Victoria and King 
George’s Sound, West Australia) which are now referred to 
HT. spinosus. 

Of Z. truncatipes, besides a fine female example from 
Australia, there is a male, without definite locality, in the 
British-Museum collection. 


Trigonothir obtustrostris, gen. et sp. nov. 


(Pl. IV. fig. 2.) 


The carapace is triangular, narrowing anteriorly, and 
smooth ; cardiac region convex. There is a large and pro- 
minent rounded tubercle on the cardiac region; and the an- 
tero-lateral margins, which are straight and otherwise un- 
armed, terminate posteriorly in similar prominent lobes; on 
the posterior margin of the carapace are two small tubercles. 
The very prominent rostrum is rounded above and in front, 
and perfectly flat on its under surface; the lateral carine are 
acute and on a level with the flat under surface. The basal 
antennal joint is unarmed; and the slender flagellum is con- 
cealed beneath the rostrum. The anterior legs (in the male) 


Species of Maioid Crustacea. 5. 


are rather small, palm compressed, and fingers excavate at tips. 
The ambulatory legs are smooth, decrease regularly in length, 
and their terminal joints are slightly arcuate and acute. 

The male postabdomen is apparently six-jointed (though 
now broken at the tip), the penultimate and antepenultimate 
joints coalescent. Length nearly ? inch. 

Hab. Unknown. 

A single male is in the collection. 

The AMuenia pyramidata of Heller, from the Red Sea, 
should perhaps be referred to the genus Trigonothir, but 
differs from 7. obtustrostris in the absence of the lateral 
rostral carine, &c. 

The genus 7rigonothir is characterized principally by the 
form of the prominent obtusely rounded rostrum, which is 
armed, in 7’. obtustrostris, with lateral carine. It is further 
distinguished from Menethius by its immobile eyes and the 
want of a preocular spine; from Huwenia by the latter charac- 
ter; and from Simocarcinus by the form of the anterior legs. 


Huenia pacifica, sp.un. (Pl. IV. fig. 3.) 


Carapace elongate-triangular, smooth, with three small 
tubercles on the gastric region, which is somewhat elevated, 
and a more prominent tubercle on the cardiac region. The 
antero-lateral margins, which are nearly straight, terminate 
posteriorly in a small tubercle or spine. The rostrum is very 
long, slender, compressed, and straight; the preocular spine 
is very small. The basal antennal joint is angulated, and 
has a very small tubercle at its extero-distal angle. Post- 
abdomen of male 7-jointed, smooth ; the edge of the sternal 
plastrum is reflexed, and forms a raised rim around the margin 
of the terminal postabdominal segment. Length of carapace 
54 lines, rostrum 4 lines. 

Hab. Fiji Islands, Ngau (HLILS. ‘ Herald’). 

The description is taken from a male example, in which, 
unfortunately, all the legs are wanting. 

In a female specimen in the collection from Ovalau in the 
Fyji group, which may very probably belong to the same 
species, the rostrum is much shorter, the lateral expansions of 
the carapace are unequal and separated by a semicircular 
emargination, the anterior are larger and rounded, the poste- 
rior truncated at the end. The ambulatory legs are very 
slender and not at all dilated, with a small tubercle at the 
distal end of the merus joints. The fourth to sixth postabdo- 
minal segments coalescent. 

This species differs from the H. proteus, De Haan, and /7. 


6 Mr. E. J. Miers on new or little-known 


heraldica, White, in the much longer, slenderer rostrum of the 
male, which is not vertically deep as in those species. 

H. Grandidieri, A. M.-Edwards, from Zanzibar, is founded 
on a female example, which differs from the female from the 
Fijis in the Museum collection in the truncated anterior 
lateral and subacute posterior lateral lobes of the carapace. H. 
depressa, A. M.-Edwards, also founded on a female example, 
seems to belong to the following genus (Simocarcinus). 


SIMOCARCINUS, Miers. 


I propose to establish a new generic division under the 
above name for the species Simocarcinus simplex, typified by 
the Huenia simplex, Dana, from the Sandwich Islands, which 
differs from the typical Huende in having a more robust body, 
much shorter rostrum, no preocular spine, the lateral lobes of 
the carapace in the female much smaller, the anterior legs in 
the male with the palms turgid, not compressed, and ambu- 
latory legs cylindrical, not compressed or dilated. _ 

The two species described by Dana (H. simplex and H. 
brevirostrata) are, beyond a doubt, the male and female of one 
and the same form. Specimens from the Sandwich Islands 
are in the collection of the British Museum, of both sexes. 
The females in the Museum collection differ slightly from that 
figured by Dana in having the anterior lateral lobes of the 
carapace larger and subtruncated ; but this is perhaps due to 
the age of the specimens. 


CYCLONYX, gen. nov. 


This new generic division is established for the remarkable 
species described by White as Huenia frontalis (P. Z. 8. 1847, 
p- 223; and Zool. Samarang, Crust. p. 21, pl. iv. f. 3, 1848). 
The single specimen in the British Museum is apparently 
the exuvia of a female, and resembles the females of Huenia 
in the laterally expanded carapace ; but in Oyclonyx frontalis 
the lateral expansions are continuous, not divided into ante- 
rior and posterior lobes. The rostrum is flattened and of a 
transversely oval form, and completely conceals the flagellum 
of the antennee, whose basal joint is scarcely distinguishable 
from the surrounding parts of the body. The eyes are set in 
the narrow emargination between the margins of the carapace 
and rostrum. ‘The epistome is short. ‘The outer maxillipedes 
have the merus joint small and not much produced at its 
antero-external angle. The anterior legs are now wanting. 
The ambulatory legs (of which only the second and third are 
now perfect) are angulated, cristate above, the penultimate 


—— 


———————————— 


Species of Maioid Crustacea. 7 


joints truncated at their distal ends, against which the ter- 
minal joints are retractile. In the postabdomen the sutures 
of all the joints are clearly distinguishable. 

Hab. 2 

Perhaps, when the examination of specimens in good con- 
dition shall have determined the structure of the orbits and 
antenne of this remarkable form, it will be found necessary 
to remove it to the Periceride. or the present I retain it in 
the neighbourhood of Huenia, to which it is allied in many 
respects. The form of the rostrum alone suffices to distin- 
guish it from all its allies. 


Maiide. 
Chorilibinia gractlipes, sp.n. (Pl. IV. fig. 4.) 

Carapace subpyriform, smooth, and spinose above, the spines 
disposed as follows :—four in the middle line, of which two 
are on the gastric, one longer on the cardiac, and one strong 
curved spine upon the posterior margin. There are two strong 
spines upon the branchial regions above; and below them, 
immediately above the bases of the ambulatory legs, are four 
small blunt spines. The posterior margin of the carapace is 
produced and forms a thin edge. Below, upon the pterygo- 
stomian region, is a rather strong spine; and there is a blunt 
spine at the antero-lateral angles of the buccal cavity. The 
rostrum is prominent, the spines coalescent at base and diver- 
gent in their distal half. The upper orbital margin is promi- 
nent and divided by a narrow fissure; and there is a wider 
fissure below. The anterior legs are small, slender, smooth, 
palm slightly compressed, and fingers straight and acute. The 
ambulatory legs are long and very slender, and are clothed 
with distant tufts of small curled hairs. The first ambulatory 
legs in particular are very greatly elongated, and with the 
terminal joints very long and slender. The postabdominal 
segments (in the male) are all distinct. Length of carapace 
to base of rostrum, in the larger specimen, nearly 3 inch. 

Hab. Papua (H.MS. ‘ Herald;’ the locality may be 
doubtful). 

Two male individuals are in the collection of this very 
interesting species. I assign it to the genus Chorilibinia of 
Lockington without much hesitation, although the generic 
diagnosis and specific description of his species (C. angusta) 
from California leaves much to be desired in point of com- 
pleteness. The structure of the rostrum and orbits is the same ; 
and the basal antennal joint bears a long spine on its outer 
margin. The inferior surface of the body is densely pubes- 


8 Mr. E. J. Miers on new or little-known 


cent. OC. angusta is distinguished by the existence of three 
spines on the antero-lateral margins &c. 


Paramithrax (Leptomithrax) compresstpes, sp. n. 


Carapace subpyriform, moderately convex, and covered 
with numerous small, wart-like, rounded tubercles, but without 
spines, except that on the gastric and cardiac region there is a 
small conical spine. On the antero-lateral margins, behind 
the strong spines of the upper margin of the orbit, is a series 
of six small spines. The spines of the rostrum are short, 
slender, and but slightly divergent. The basal antennal joint 
is not much enlarged, and has two granulated spines at 
its distal end, and one on its inner margin. There is a 
blunt granulated tubercle on the anterior margin of the epi- 
stome, below the antennulary fosse. The merus joint of the 
outer maxillipedes is broad and rounded at its antero-external 
and produced and subacute at its antero-internal angle. The 
anterior legs (in the female) are small, slender, and perfectly 
smooth, without spines or tubercles. The ambulatory legs 
are smooth and very robust, with the antepenultimate and 
penultimate joints longitudinally sulcated ; the antepenultimate 
joints in all except the last pair are flattened and greatly 
dilated distally ; the terminal joints are straight and smooth ; 
postabdomen wanting. Length of carapace to base of rostrum 
2 inches. 

Hab. Canton (Hon. E.-India Co.). 

This species is represented by a single female specimen. 
In the form and tuberculation of the carapace it resembles P. 
barbicornis, Latr., but differs from that species and all others 
of the genus in the smoothness of the anterior legs and the 
remarkable dilatation of the antepenultimate joints of the am- 
bulatory legs. It is probable that the carapace and legs were 
densely pubescent in the living animal. It would also appear 
to be allied to P. wrsus, Herbst, which, according to Gerst- 
ecker’s description, has the “tibia”’ anteriorly triangularly 
dilated, but differs in having very broad and short rostral 
ae and a greatly enlarged tooth posterior to the postocular 
tooth. 


Paramithrax (Leptomithrax) brevirostris, sp. n. 


Carapace subtriangular, without spines on its upper surface, 
but covered with small scattered tubercles. Antero-lateral 
margins with five spines (not including the postocular). Spines 
of rostrum very short, triangular, and acute. Basal antennal 
joint with two prominent spines at its distal end. Anterior 
legs (in the female) slender; arm minutely spinulose above; 


Species of Maioid Crustacea. 9 


wrist with small tubercles; palms smooth, longer than the 
wrists ; and fingers straight,smooth. Ambulatory legs with the 
antepenultimate joints longitudinally sulcated, but not dilated 
(as in the preceding species). Postabdominal segments (of 
the female) smooth, distinct. Length of carapace to base of 
rostrum 1? inch. 

Hab. ie 

The form and extreme shortness of the spines of the rostrum 
serve to distinguish this species from its congeners. 


Paramithrax (Paramithrax) spinosus, sp. n. 


(Pl. IV. fig. 5.) 


Carapace subpyriform ; surface covered with small scattered 
granules, and with spines disposed as follows—an acute 
spine, followed by a rounded tubercle, on the gastric region, a 
bituberculated prominence on the cardiac region, two spines 
on each branchial region, a spine on the intestinal region, and 
a very small spine on the posterior margin of the carapace. 
The spines of the upper orbital margin are blunt ; and posterior 
to them, on the antero-lateral margins, are one or two small 
spinules. Spines of rostrum divergent and acute. Pterygo- 
stomian regions granulated. Basal antenual joint rather nar- 
row, longitudinally sulcated, and with a small tubercle at its 
antero-external angle. Merus joint of outer maxillipedes small 
and without a distinct notch at its antero-internal angle. 
Anterior legs (in the male) robust; arm granulated on its 
outer surface, and with two or three spinules above; wrist 
spinulose above and with a dentated crest on its outer surface ; 
palm compressed and perfectly smooth; fingers arcuate and 
meeting only at the tips, which are denticulated and acute ; 
there is a-strong tubercle on the inner margin of the upper 
finger near the base. Ambulatory legs slender. Postabdo- 
minal segments distinct, the terminal one the longest. Length 
to base of rostrum 2 inch. 

Hab. Norfolk Island, on a fish taken at a depth of 23 
fathoms (H.M.S. ‘ Herald.’) 

One male individual is in the collection. This species, in 
the form of the merus joint of the outer maxillipedes, ap- 
proaches Acanthophrys. It comes near in external appearance 
to specimens in the Museum collection from Australia and 
New Zealand, which I formerly referred to P. Gaimardt, 
M.-Edwards, but now to P. sternocostulatus, M.-Edw., but 
differs in the number and position of the spines on the bran- 
chial regions and lateral margins, and in the much slenderer 
basal antennal joint, which has not two spines at its distal 
extremity. 


10 Mr. E. J. Miers on new or little-known 


Paramithrax (Paramithrax) halimoides, sp. n. 


Carapace elongated, and scarcely narrowing anteriorly, with 
five long spines in a longitudinal median series, of which two 
are on the gastric, one on the cardiac, and one on the in- 
testinal region, and one on the posterior margin directed back- 
ward ; also one on each branchial region. ‘The spines of the 
rostrum are long, acute, and slightly divergent. The pre- 
ocular spine is prominent and acute, the postocular large and 
lamellate, and it is followed by a smaller prominence on the 
hepatic region. Basal antennal joint rather narrow, with two 
spines, of which one at the antero-external angle is prominent 
and directed outward. Merus joint of the outer maxillipedes 
with a notch for the insertion of the following joint at its 
antero-internal angle; exognath narrow. Anterior legs (in 
the male) small and slender ; arm with a slight dentated crest 
on its under surface, wrist cariated above, palm compressed, 
and fingers straight and acute. Ambulatory legs slender, 
with a prominent spine at the distal end of the merus joints. 
Postabdominal segments (in the male) distinct, slightly tuber- 
culated in the middle line. Length of carapace to base of 
rostrum about 2 inch. 

Hab. Fastern seas (77.M.8. ‘ Samarang’). 

- This species is mentioned but not described, under the name 
of Ohorinus halimoides, by White, in the ‘ List of Crustacea in 
the British Museum,’ p. 123 (1847) ; and De Haan’s Halimus 
incisus is referred to doubtfully as synonymous with it; but 
it has nothing to do with that species, which belongs to the 
genus Pugettia, and has recently been received by the British 
Museum from the Japanese seas. It is not referred to in the 
‘Zoology of the Voyage of the Samarang.’ It is distin- 
guished from Paramithrax aculeatus (Chorinus aculeatus, 
M.-Edw.), and Paramithrax longispinus (De Haan), and 
P. acanthonotus and P. verrucosipes, Ad. & White, all of 
which have been referred to Chorinus, by the number and 
disposition of the spines of the carapace. I believe it to be 
necessary to restrict the genus Chorinus to the single species 
comprehended in Milne-EKdwards’s first section of the genus, 
the West-Indian C. heros (Herbst). 


Acanthophrys paucispina, sp. n. 

Carapace subpyriform and spinose above; there are two 
or three small spinules in a longitudinal median series on the 
gastric region, another on the cardiac region, followed by a 
prominent spine, and a tubercle on the intestinal region ; there 


a 


Species of Matoid Crustacea. 11 


are two spines on each branchial region. Over the eye is a 
very prominent and triangular spine ; the postocular is smaller 
and blunt, the rostral spines are acute and divergent, the 
basal antennal joint is very large, with a spine, directed for- 
ward, at its antero-external angle. Outer maxillipedes smooth ; 
ischium joint very narrow ; merus joint large, concealing the 
following: joints, without a notch at its antero-internal angle, 
and much produced and rounded at its antero-external angle ; 
exognath very large, broader than the ischium joint. Ante- 
rior legs (in the male) smooth ; palm compressed and carinated 
above, fingers nearly as in Paramithrax spinosus. Ambula- 
tory legs slender and smooth, terminal joints slightly curved. 
Postabdominal segments (in the male) smooth, distinct. 
Length of carapace to base of rostrum nearly 4 inch. 

Hab. Fiji Islands, Ovalau (H.M.S. ‘ Herald’). 

I propose to restrict the genus Acanthophrys to the species 
having the outer maxillipedes of the form described above. I 
have not seen the type specimens of either of M. A. Milne- 
Edwards’s species ; but this character (if we may judge from 
the figure) seems to exist in his Acanthophrys cristimanus ; 
and it certainly does in a specimen which I refer to it from 
the Marquesas in the British-Museum collection, and which 
is labelled “ Pisa cristiémana.” 'There seems to be no other 
positive character to distinguish this genus from Paramithrax. 
One male individual of A. paucispina is in the collection. 


Pisa carinimana, sp.n. (PI. IV. fig. 6.) 


The carapace of this pretty little species is subpyriform, 
closely pubescent, and with a few longer curled hairs. There 
are six very obscure tubercles or granules disposed in two 
transverse series of three each upon the gastric region, and 
two tubercles on the branchial regions, besides the small 
lateral epibranchial spine; the cardiac region is very convex, 
elevated, and rounded; and there is a small median tubercle 
upon the posterior margin of the carapace. The upper orbital 
margin projects considerably ; and the hiatus in it encloses a 
small tooth. Behind the postocular tooth or lobe is another 
small tooth. There is a row of granules on the pterygosto- 
mian regions. ‘The spines of the rostrum are rather long, 
slender, and divergent from a point at some distance above 
their base. The anterior legs in the male are rather small; 
arm granulated on its upper, outer, and lower margins ; wrist 
obscurely carinated on its outer surface; palm compressed, 
carinated above and below, and longitudinally faintly suleated 
on its outer surface. The second pair of legs are much longer 
than the succeeding. Fingers denticulated on their inner 


12 Mr. E. J. Miers on new or little-known 


margins, and nearly straight. All the ambulatory legs are 
slender, cylindrical, and unarmed. Length to base of rostrum 
5 lines, breadth 44 lines. 

Hab. Canaries (R. MacAndrew, Esq.). 

This species shows a relation to Hyastenus in its greatly 
elongated second legs. In the form of the rostrum it ap- 
proaches P. ertnacea, A. M.-Edw., a West-Indian species. 
It differs very markedly from the Micropisa ovata, Stimpson, 
from the Cape-Verds, as figured by M. A. Milne-Edwards, 
in its slenderer, more divergent rostral spines, narrower cara- 
pace, and longer second legs. Specimens both of M. ovata 
and of M. violacea, A. M.-Edwards (the latter from W. Africa), 
are in the Museum collection, and have so great an affinity 
with the species of Rhodia, Bell, and Herbstia, that I think 
it will be impossible to maintain the genera Micropisa and 
Rhoda as distinct from Herbstia. 


Hyastenus (Chorilia) gracilirostris, sp. n. 


(PL. IV. fig. 7.) 


Carapace subpyriform, with three spinules in a longitudinal 
median series on the gastric region, a strong conical spine on 
the cardiac, a tubercle on the posterior margin, and two spines 
on each of the branchial regions, of which the larger occupies 
the usual position of the lateral epibranchial spine. Spines 
of the rostrum very slender and divergent. Basal antennal 
joint rather broad, and with only a small tubercle at its antero- 
external angle. Merus joint of outer maxillipedes small, 
transverse. Anterior legs rather small; arm and wrist 
slender; palm compressed; fingers arcuate and meeting only 
at the tips, which are denticulated and acute. Ambulatory 
legs very slender, the first pair much the longest. Postab- 
dominal segments distinct. Length of carapace to base of 
rostrum about 3 inch. 

Hab. Fiji Islands, Nairai (H.M.S. ‘ Herald’). 

One male example is in the collection. 

This species differs from all its congeners in the disposition 
of the spines and tubercles of the carapace. 


Pseudomicippe? varians, sp.n.? (PIV. fig. 8.) 


I designate by this name, with much hesitation, two speci- 
mens, male and female, in the British Museum. ‘They agree 
with one another in the characters of the orbital and antennal 
region, and in the number and disposition of the tubercles of 
the carapace, and also in these particulars with the figures and 
description of Pseudomicippe tenuipes, A. Milne-EKdwards. 
There do not exist, however, on the ventral surface of the 


Spectes of Maioid Crustacea. 13 


cephalothorax the granulated crests mentioned by A. Milne- 
Edwards. Moreover these specimens differ very remarkably 
in the form of the rostrum from one another. In the female 
the gastric region is very convex and the rostral spines de- 
flexed and short, as in the other species of Pseudomicippe, 
whereas in the male they are much longer, slender, and nearly 
horizontal. The anterior legs, as usual in the male sex, are 
more developed, palm larger and compressed. It seems scarcely 
possible that these specimens, which were collected on the 
same occasion and at the same locality, can belong to distinct 
species; and if not, it is very remarkable that the deflexed 
rostrum, which is one of the principal characters of the genus, 
should fail in the male sex in this particular species. Length 
of carapace to base of rostrum (in the male) 7 lines. 
Hiab. Shark’s Bay, Western Australia (H.W.S. ‘ Herald’). 


Paramicippe afjinis, sp. n. 

Carapace suboblong, deeply concave on the hepatic regions, 
surface uniformly and evenly granulated ; on the gastric region 
are two somewhat larger granules, placed one behind the 
other, and followed by one on the cardiac region; there is also 
one on each branchial region ; the lateral and posterior margins 
are granulated ; the fissures of the upper orbital margins are 
very small; the rostrum is broad, spatulate, obliquely de- 
flexed, with a small triangular notch at its distal end, and 
with its antero-lateral angles rounded, without teeth or 
spines. ‘The anterior legs (in the female) are very small and 
smooth; the ambulatory legs are densely hairy. Length 
about 6 lines. 

Hab. Bass’s Straits (H.M.S. ‘ Challenger’). 

The single example (a female) was found among the 
‘Challenger’ collection of fishes, and is very nearly allied to 
P. platipes, Riippell, with which P. bécarinata, Ad. & White, 
and Micippe hirtipes, Dana, are probably identical. It differs 
in its more evenly granulated carapace, the absence of the 
spine on the antero-lateral margins of the rostrum, and the 
more densely hairy legs. 


Micippe parvirostris, sp.n. (PL. IV. fig. 9.) 

Carapace triangulate-oblong, narrowing anteriorly ; its 
whole surface covered with close-set but very prominent 
granules, which tend to become small spinules; rostrum com- 
posed of two very small, truncated, subvertically deflexed 
spines. The lateral margins are armed with six spines, in- 
cluding the postocular, which is bifid. The sides of the body, 
beneath the lateral marginal spines, are granulated, like the 


14 Mr. E. J. Miers on new or little-known 


surface of the carapace. The eye-peduncles are very long, 
compressed, smaller at the distal end, with a small blunt tooth 
on their anterior margin. The basal antennal joint is but 
moderately enlarged, with a very small spine at its antero- 
external angle; and the two following are somewhat dilated 
and compressed. Anterior legs (in the female) very small ; 
arm and wrist granulose, palm and fingers smooth. Ambu- 
latory legs robust ; merus joints slightly granulated. Post- 
abdominal segments (of the female) distinct. Length 63 
lines. 

Hab. South Australia, Port Lincoln (Mus. Zool. Soc.). 

This species is remarkable for the length and mobility of 
the eyes, the smallness of the basal antennal joint, the non- 
definition of the lower orbital wall, and the smallness of the 
rostrum. One female example is in the collection. 


Periceride. 
TYLOCARCINUS, Miers. 


The genus Tylocarcinus is nearly allied to Microphrys, 
M.-Edwards (Milnia, Stimpson), and to Tiarinia, Dana, but 
differs from them both in the very slender basal antennal 
joint, the distal spine of which is short, as in Z%arinia, and is 
not visible in a dorsal view; from the former genus it is further 
distinguished by the narrow and elongated carapace, and from 
the latter by the divergent rostral spines. 


Tylocarcinus styx. 


gene ave Herbst, Naturg. Krabben, &c. iii. p. 53, pl. lviii. fig. 6 

Pisa a Latreille, Encycl. Méth. x. p. 141 (1825); M.-Edw. Hist. 
Nat. Crust. i. p. 808 (1834). ; 

Microphrys styx, A. M.-Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. viii. 
p. 247, pl. xi. fig. 4 (1872). 

Carapace subpyriform and covered with rounded tubercles ; 
of these, two are placed in the interorbital space, four in a 
transverse series on the front of the gastric region, followed 
by three in a triangle. There are three, similarly disposed, 
on the cardiac, two on the intestinal region, three on the poste- 
rior margin, three or four on the front and two on the hinder 
lobe of each branchial region, and about six on the lateral 
margins. ‘The spines of the rostrum are acute, rather short, 
and divergent from a point at some distance above their base. 
Preocular spine prominent, acute. Anterior legs (in the 
male) slender and nearly smooth. Ambulatory legs robust, 
with the merus joints spinulose, the following joint (in the first 


Species of Maiotd Crustacea. 15 


and sometimes the succeeding pairs) armed with a strong spine. 
Postabdominal segments smooth, distinct. Length of carapace 
in the largest individual 2 inch. 

Hab. Fiji Islands, Ngau, 'Totoya, Ovalau; Conway Reef 
(H.M.S. ‘ Herald’). 

The tubercles of the carapace are larger posteriorly, and 
are most distinct in the oldest individuals. In some examples 
the carapace is narrower and the rostral spines are longer ; 
but these are not characters confined to one or the other 
sex. ‘This species inhabits the coral reefs. 

To facilitate the identification of the types of this new 
genus, I have given at length the description of the above, 
which I refer with some hesitation to the Cancer styx of 
Herbst. It is certainly the species figured by M. A. Milne- 
Edwards (/.c.) as Microphrys styx. 

There is an adult male from the Mauritius in the British- 
Museum collection, which differs from an adult male of the 
species described above only in the greater enlargement of the 
hands, and in the greatly arcuated fingers, which meet only 
at the tips. Jam not disposed to regard it as distinct, since 
M. A. Milne-Edwards has noted that P. stya is distributed 
throughout the Indo-Pacific region. 


Tylocarcinus gracilis, sp. n. 


Carapace elongate-pyriform, surface covered with granules 
and small tubercles. On the front of the gastric region are 
several small granules followed by four in a transverse line ; 
the branchial, cardiac, and intestinal regions are very indis- 
tinctly tuberculated. The spines of the rostrum are long, very 
slender, and divergent nearly from their base. The spines 
on the third and fourth joints of the first pair of ambulatory 
legs are long and acute. 

Hab. “ Eastern seas” (H.M.S. ‘ Herald’). 

This species differs from the foregoing principally in the 
much narrower and less distinctly tuberculated carapace, and 
in the form of the rostrum, and may perhaps prove to be only 
a variety of it; the spines of the rostrum are in 7’ gracilis 
more than half the length of the carapace; in 7’. sty# they are 
much less than half its length. 


Othonia quadridentata, sp. n. (Pl. V. fig. 1.) 


Carapace rather broadly ovate, and smooth, without any 
trace of tubercles or granules. Lateral margins armed with 
four well-developed acute spines, without any trace of the fifth 
and sixth spines, which are observable in other species of this 


16 Mr. E. J. Miers on new or little-known 


genus. Basal antennal joint not dentated, or with a single 
small tooth on its anterior margin. Anterior legs (in the 
female) small and weak. Ambulatory legs smooth, without 
tubercles or spines. Postabdominal segments (in the female) 
distinct. Length of carapace about ? inch, breadth between 
the third and fourth lateral marginal spines 3 inch. 

Hab. West Indies (Scrivener). 

There are in the British Museum the carapaces of two 
individuals (sex unknown), which differ only in their some- 
what greater proportional breadth. The length of the larger 
individual is about 1 inch and 4 line, the breadth 114 lines. 
The colour of these carapaces is greenish upon a pale ground, 
the green hue predominating on the anterior portion and form- 
ing reticulations upon the back and sides of the carapace. 
Traces of the same reticulations are visible on the sides of the 
carapace in the typical specimens of O. quadridentata. 

That all these examples belong to the same species can 
scarcely be doubted; the greater breadth of the carapace in 
the two last-mentioned may be due to age or sex. This 
species is distinguished from all its congeners by the non- 
existence of the fifth and sixth lateral marginal spines, even 
in a rudimentary condition. The smoothness of the carapace 
further distinguishes it from all the species known, except 
O. levigata, A. M.-Edwards. These may appear but slight 
diagnostic characters ; but this species is more distinct from 
its nearest allies than O. Lherminiert (for example) is from 
O. levigata or O. sexdentata from either. There appears to 
be no alternative between separating the species on such slight 
differences and uniting all, both from the eastern and western 
American coasts. 


Parathoé rotundata, gen. et sp.n. (Pl. V. fig. 2.) 


Carapace subtriangular, rounded behind, and indistinctly 
tuberculated; the gastric and cardiac regions are distinctly 
defined and nearly smooth ; there are four or five indistinct 
rounded elevations on the branchial regions, and two tuber- 
cles on the posterior margin. ‘The rostrum is very small, 
little prominent, and notched at its extremity. The anterior 
legs (in the male) are robust; arm and wrist smooth; palm 
enlarged, smooth and compressed; fingers arcuate, and meeting 
only at the tips, which are excavated. On the inner margin 
of the mobile finger, near its base, is a small tubercle. The 
ambulatory legs are robust, with the merus joints strongly 
tuberculated. The rather narrow basal antennal joint is un- 
armed at its distal end. The postabdominal segments (in the 
male and female) are smooth and distinct. Length 33 lines. 


= ee 


Species of Maioid Crustacea. 17 


Hab. Totoya, Fiji Islands (4.M.S. ‘ Herald’); Port 
Curtis (H.M.S. ‘ Herald’). 

Notwithstanding the small size of the specimens, they have 
all the appearance of being adult. 

There is in the Museum collection a female example from 
the Gulf of Suez (MacAndrew), which seems to belong to this 
species. 

The genus Parathoé, as its name imports, is most nearly 
allied to Zhoé, Bell, but differs in the much narrower basal 
antennal joint, and in the non-dilatation of the merus joints 
of the ambulatory legs. From Mithrax, which it may be 
supposed to represent in the Indo-Pacific seas, it differs in 
the first-mentioned character and also in the form of the 
carapace and absence of antero-lateral marginal teeth. 


Parthenopide. 


LAMBRUS. 


The genus Lambrus is one which is remarkable for the 
number and variety of its species; and it greatly stands in 
need of revision. Several of the described forms are insuffi- 
ciently characterized ; and it is therefore not without consider- 
able hesitation that 1 have described so many below as new 
to science. The genus can be conveniently divided into 
two subgenera :—the first containing the typical Lambdri*, in 
which the carapace is rhomboidal rather than triangular, or 
rounded behind, and the anterior legs greatly elongated, con- 
siderably more than twice the length of the body, and more 
or less spinose; the second containing those forms in which 
the carapace is subtriangular, somewhat produced over the 
bases of the ambulatory legs at its postero-lateral angles, with 
the posterior margin straight or nearly so, and the anterior 
legs shorter, rarely exceeding twice the length of the carapace. 

In the first of these subgenera the species may be further 
subdivided, according as the merus joints of the ambulatory 
legs are or are not spinulose along their margins. ‘The second 
subgenus, in the shortness of the anterior legs, approaches Par- 
thenope, and contains several forms which have been described 
as members of that genus. I believe it to be more conveni- 
ent, however, to restrict the designation Parthenope to the 
long-known P. horrida, Lam., and its near ally P. spinosis- 
stma, A. M.-Edwards, which are characterized by the greater 
development of the basal antennal joint and of the spines of 
the ambulatory legs. 

* The type of this subgenus is LZ. /ongimanus, and not, as stated by a 
lapsus calama in Journ. Linn. Soc. xiy. p. 672, L. erenulatus, Saus. 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. iv. 2 


| 18 Mr. E. J. Miers on new or little-known 


I may here observe that Dr. Stimpson has proposed to 
separate under the name of Platylambrus a certain number 
of Lambrt, characterized by the excavation of the subhepatic 
and pterygostomian regions (the excavation forming an afferent 
branchial channel) ; but this peculiarity is developed in species: 
otherwise so dissimilar, and these species pass so completely 
into the forms in which this channel is not developed, that I 
think the proposed character can scarcely be retained as a 
generic distinction. 


§ 1. Carapace usually rounded behind (the postero-lateral margins not in a 
line with the posterior margin); anterior legs greatly elongated and 
usually spinose. (‘Typical Lambrus.) 

a. Merus joints of the ambulatory legs spinulose along their upper or 
under margins, or both margins. 


Lambrus longispinus, sp. n. 


Carapace broader than long to base of rostrum, spinose and 
tuberculate above; there are four prominent spines in the 
middle line, of which three are on the cardiac and one on the 
gastric region ; in front of the latter are two smaller spines ; 
and there are also two on the posterior margin. On the bran- 
chial regions are several small spines, principally arranged in 
two oblique series on each side, and one larger spine. On the 
antero-lateral margins are about nine small, blunt, very faintly 
laciniated teeth, increasing in size posteriorly, and on the 
postero-lateral margins two long spines. The rostrum is 
prominent, triangular, acute, and obliquely deflexed. ‘The 
anterior legs have ten or twelve spines on the anterior* mar- 
gins of the arms, alternating in size, except the three or four 
nearest the distal end, which are small; also three very pro- 
minent spines on the upper surface, and two or three on the 
posterior margin of the arm; on the anterior margin of the 
upper surface of the hands are seven larger, granulated, trian- 
angular spines and two or three smaller, and four larger and 
three smaller on the posterior margin. The lower surface of 
the arms, wrists, and hands is covered with rather large, 
rounded, granulated tubercles. ‘The merus and sometimes the 
following joints of the ambulatory legs are compressed and 
dentated. Length to base of rostrum about 1 inch, breadth 
nearly 1 inch 2 lines. 

Hab. Shanghai (Jamrach). 

This species is allied to the Japanese LZ. validus and L. 

* In describing the species of Lambrus I have regarded the large ante- 
rior legs as fully laterally extended; consequently the terms “anterior ”’ 


and ‘ posterior” are used for the margins of these limbs, instead of 
“inner” and “outer,” the latter terms being often misleading. 


Species of Matoid Crustacea. 19 


laciniatus, De Haan, and also apparently to the West-Indian 
L. Pourtalesti and L. fraterculus, Stm., but differs in the 
longer spines of the carapace and the form and disposition of 
the tubercles on the under surface of the anterior legs, and in 
other characters. 

There is in the British Museum a female from Australia 
(Stwtchbury) in very bad condition, which probably belongs to 
this species, but differs in the broader, more obtuse and 
rounded rostrum, and the shorter spines on the posterior margin 
of the arms. If distinct, it may be named L. latirostris. 


Lambrus Holdsworthi, sp.n. (PI. V. fig. 3.) 


Carapace broader than long to base of rostrum; branchial 
and cardiac regions covered with small, scattered, unequal 
tubercles ; there are three blunt prominences or spines in a 
median longitudinal series, of which one is on the gastric and 
two are on the cardiac region. ‘The antero-lateral margins are 
armed with about ten small tubercles, after which follow, on the 
postero-lateral margins, three prominent triangular flattened 
spines, which are granulated on their margins; the last of these 
isthe smallest; the posterior margin is tuberculated, three of the 
tubercles being larger. The rostrum is prominent, triangular, 
smooth, and slightly concave above. The anterior legs have 
the arms tuberculate and spinose on their upper surface and 
auterior and posterior margins ; of these, four on the anterior 
margin, three to four on the upper surface, and two to three 
on the posterior margin are larger; the wrist is tuberculated 
on its upper surface and armed with spines, similar to those 
of the hand, on its outer margin; the upper surface of the 
hand is flat and smooth, but has a few irregular tubercles near 
its posterior margin; on its anterior margin are about a dozen 
flattened triangular spines, which increase in length distally ; 
on the posterior margin are about nine flattened triangular 
spines, of which four are larger; the inferior surface of wrist 
and hand has a longitudinal series of small tubercles, but is 
elsewhere smooth. The merus joints of the ambulatory legs 
are spinulose on their upper margins. Length to base of 
rostrum about 6 lines, breadth about 7 lines. 

Hab. Ceylon (E. W. H. Holdsworth, Esq.). 

This species is apparently most nearly allied to L. lacinia- 
tus, De Haan (among the forms having the merus joints of 
the ambulatory legs spinulose above), but differs in the form 
and number of the spines of the anterior legs. In L. Holds- 
worthi the spines of the outer margin of the hand are much 
broader and in contact at their bases. I may notice that the 


subhepatic region is channelled, but the channel does not lead 
Q% 


20 Mr. E. J. Miers on new or little-known 


to the afferent branchial aperture, but is continued beneath 
the margin of the carapace. 

All the specimens are females. The smallest of all (length 
4 lines) bears ova. In two of intermediate size, the smaller 
tubercles of the carapace are nearly obsolete. 


Lambrus levicarpus, sp.n. (PI. V. fig. 4.) 


Carapace scarcely broader than long (to base of rostrum), 
with numerous tubercles on its upper surface, and four small 
spines in a longitudinal median series, of which one is on the 
gastric and three are on the cardiac region ; there are also two 
spines on each branchial region. The lateral marginal tuber- 
cles (about twelve in number) are small, and similar to those 
of the surface of the body. The front is moderately promi- 
nent, triangular, acute, with a tubercle on each side near the 
base. Anterior legs with the arm spinose and _ tuberculate 
above, the teeth granulated and principally disposed in three 
longitudinal series of alternately larger and smaller ones on 
the anterior and posterior margins and upper surface ; there are 
about seven larger teeth on the anterior and posterior margins, 
and four on the upper surface; the wrist 1s spinose on its 
posterior margin, granulated on the anterior, and smooth 
above ; the anterior margin of the hand is armed with sixteen 
to eighteen granulated tubercles, which are larger toward the 
distal extremity ; the upper surface is flat and smooth, with 
about a dozen tubercles in an irregular longitudinal series ; on 
the posterior margin are about seven larger granulated tuber- 
cles alternating with smaller ones. The under surface of the 
anterior legs is perfectly flat and smooth, and the inner margin 
of the under surface of the hands is finely granulated. The 
tubercles on the merus joints of the ambulatory legs are very 
small. Length (to base of rostrum) and breadth about 
5 lines. 

Hab. Eastern seas (H.M.S. ‘ Samarang’). 

This species is remarkable for the perfect smoothness of the 
under surface of the anterior legs and of the upper surface of 
the wrists. It presents also another character which is rarely 
found among the species of Lambrus ; the basal (7. e. the real 
second) joint of the outer antenne is larger than the next 
joint. 

Lambrus longimanus ? 


? Cancer longimanus 2, Linn. Mus. Lud. Ul. p. 441 (1764); Syst. Nat. 
p. 1047 (1766). 
Lambrus longimanus, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. i. p. 854 (1834). 


Carapace depressed, much broader than long, with shallow 


Species of Maiotid Crustacea. 21 


concave interspaces between the regions, and covered with 
small conical acute tubercles; the spines of the lateral margins 
are conical and scarcely longer than those of the surface of the 
body. Rostrum very small, acute, with a spine on each side 
of the median one ; interocular space smooth, concave. An- 
terior legs greatly elongated ; arm spinulose above and on its 
anterior margin; on the posterior margin are seven longer 
spines, alternating with smaller ones; wrist minutely tuber- 
culate above, and with six or seven alternately larger and 
smaller spines on its posterior margin; hand spinulose or 
tuberculate above, its anterior margin with fifteen to eighteen 
compound or branching spines, which increase in size towards 
the distal extremity, posterior margin with five to eight 
longer, alternating with smaller spines ; under surface of arm 
and wrist nearly smooth, of hand minutely granulated or 
tuberculate. Spinules of the merus joints of the ambulatory 
legs very small. Penultimate joint of the postabdomen of the 
male armed with a spine or tubercle. Length of an adult 
male to base of rostrum 2 inch; breadth 1 inch. 

flab. Eastern Seas; Javan Sea (HIS. § Samarang’) ; 
Dunk Island (J. Macgillivray, Esq., H.M.S. ‘ Rattlesnake’) ; 
Isle of France (Old Collection). 

I have described this species at length because, although it 
is probably the species intended by M.-Edwards in his short 
diagnosis of LZ. longimanus, it is possibly not the Cancer 
longimanus of Linneus. IJ may here note that the specimens 
in the British Museum from India, Singapore, and the Philip- 
pines, referred by White (‘ List Crust. B. M.’ p. 11) to Lam- 
brus longimanus, appear to belong to Lambrus affinis, A. M.- 
Edwards. This latter species has evidently a very wide 
range, and may perhaps be identical with the long-pre- 
viously described LL. pelagicus, Riippell, as it differs only in 
the smoothness of the arms on the front part of their upper 
surface, and in the greater prominence of some of the tuber- 
cles on the posterior (outer) margin of the hand; and speci- 
mens of both varieties are in the British Museum from Zan- 
aibar. 


b. Merus joints of the ambulatory legs not armed with spines or 
distinct tubercles. 


Lambrus deflexifrons, sp.n. (PI. V. fig. 5.) 


The carapace is strongly constricted behind the orbits, with 
the cardiac region very convex, and with an oblique but 
shallow sulcus on the branchial regions, and is covered with 
closely-set small tubercles; the antero-lateral margins are 


22 My. E. J. Miers on new or little-known 


unarmed ; but there are two larger tubercles or small spmes on 
the postero-lateral margins. ‘The rostrum is vertically de- 
flexed, triangular, and granulated above. The basal antennal 
joint is very small; the epistoma is large ; the subhepatic and 
pterygostomian regions are not channelled. The anterior: 
legs have the arm rounded and tuberculate above, with 
small spines on its anterior margin; the wrist is tuberculate ; 
the hand with a few tubercles on its upper surface, the ante- 
rior margin armed with about ten, and the posterior with four 
granulated spines. The under surface of arm, wrist, and hand 
is closely granulated. The ambulatory legs are smooth, and 
are not compressed and cristate as usual in the genus. 
Length to base of rostrum, and breadth, nearly $ inch. 

Hab. Ceylon (EL. W. H. Holdsworth, Esq.). 

The vertically deflexed rostrum and carapace, devoid of 
spines on its surface and anterior margins, and non-com- 
pressed ambulatory legs are characteristic of this species. It 
seems to be allied to L. gracilis, Dana, a species from the 
Fijis, in the form of the carapace and legs ; but in that species 
the carapace has a spine on the cardiac and each branchial 
region, and elsewhere appears to be smooth. 


Lambrus hoplonotus. 


Lambrus hoplonotus, Ad. & White, Zool. Samarang, Crust. p. 35, pl. vil. 
fig. 3 (1848). 

In the typical form of this species, as exemplified by the 
specimen bearing White’s label in the Museum collection, the 
carapace is covered with large, rounded, granulated tubercles, 
and the spines of the antero-lateral margins are small, obtuse, 
and rounded, the last only (lateral epibranchial spine) being 
greatly elongated. The rostrum is very small, triangular, 
and acute. The eye-peduncles are short and thick. The 
upper surface of the arm, wrist, and hand is covered with 
irregularly disposed rounded tubercles; the spines of the 
anterior and posterior margins of the hand are straight and 
granulated at base ; the under surface of the arms is strongly 
tuberculated. White’s specimen is labelled only as from the 
“« Hastern Seas.” 

Below are described three very distinct forms which are 
provisionally regarded as varieties of L. hoplonotus. They 
are, unfortunately, represented each by only one, two, or three 
specimens ; and a larger series might either establish them as 
distinct species, or show that L. hoplonotus is a widely distri- 
buted form, subject only to local variations. 


Species of Matoid Crustacea. 23 


Var. granulosus. 


Carapace considerably broader than long, granulated above, 
the granules closest upon the surface of the branchial, gastric, 
and cardiac regions. Antero-lateral margins with about a 
dozen small obtuse teeth, followed by a very long acute spine, 
to which succeeds a shorter spine on the back of each of the 
branchial regions; the posterior margin of the carapace be- 
tween these spines is granulated. Rostrum triangular, not 
deflexed, and minutely granulated on_ its lateral” margins. 
Anterior legs elongated ; arm with about five long spines on 
its posterior margin, alternating with very small spines, with 
about four tubercles on its upper surface, in a longitudinal 
series, and twelve to fourteen unequal tubercles on its anterior 
margin ; wrist granulated above, and with four or five spines 
on its posterior margin; hand with about six long spines, 
alternating with smaller ones, on its posterior margin, with 
about four distant tubercles in a longitudinal series on its 
upper surface, and nine or ten spines on :ts anterior margin, 
increasing in length toward the distal extremity ; the under 
surface of ar m, wrist, and hand is nearly smooth. Length of 
carapace to base of rostrum 5 lines, breadth 6 lines. 

Hab. Philippine Islands, Corregidor (Cuming). 

The specimens described above have been referred by 
White, in the ‘List of Crustacea in the British Museum,’ 
p. 12 (1847), to Z. serratus, M.-Edwards; but they differ in 
nearly all the characters mentioned in his brief pee 
They are much more nearly allied to the typical Lambrus 
hoplonotus of Adams and White, and may, indeed, be the 
young of that species, but differ in the much smaller eranules 
of the carapace, and much fewer tubercles on the upper sur- 
face of the hands. In both varieties the margins of the cara- 
pace and anterior legs are clothed with close long hairs. 


Var. longioculis. (PI. V. fig. 6.) 


This variety is allied to the preceding and to the typical 
L. hoplonotus; but the tubercles of the carapace and of the 
upper surface of the anterior legs are much longer, and, like 
the teeth of the antero-lateral margins, tend to ‘become veri- 
table spines. The lateral epibranchial spine is_ relatively 
much shorter than in L. hoplonotus. The rostrum is perfectly 
smooth above and upon the lateral margins. ‘The eyes are 
remarkably long for a species of this genus, and project 
beyond the orbits, the outer margins of which are deeply sul- 


24 Mr. E. J. Miers on new or little-known 


cated. The ambulatory legs are more robust. Length of 
carapace to base of rostrum, and breadth, $ inch. 

Hab. Australia, between Percy Islands and the main, 
lat. 21° 50’ S., long. 150° 20' E. (Z.IL8. ‘ Rattlesnake,’ J. 
Macgillivray). 


Two specimens, males, are in the collection, dredged in 
17 fathoms, on a bottom of coarse sand and shells. 


Var. planifrons. (PI. V. fig. 7.) 


In this variety the carapace is covered with numerous, 
small, rounded tubercles or granules, and with rather larger 
rounded tubercles on the antero-lateral margins. The lateral 
epibranchial spine (in an adult female) is rather short. The 
eyes are short and thick. The orbital margins are distinctly 
granulated ; the rostrum is triangular, rather prominent, flat, 
smooth, and scarcely acute at its distal end. The upper 
surface of arm, wrist, and hand are tuberculated. The spines 
of the anterior and posterior margins of the hands are straight, 
flattened, and rather broad and not granulated at base; the 
under surface of the anterior legs is nearly smooth. Length 
of carapace to base of rostrum nearly 3 inch. 

Hab. Ceylon (LH. W. H. Holdsworth, Esq.). 

The form of the rostrum, of the spines of the hand, the 
granulations of the carapace, and the short lateral epibranchial 
spine serve to distinguish this variety. 

There are some young individuals from the Gulf of Suez 
(MacAndrew) which differ from all the preceding forms in 
the existence of a small blunt tooth on each side of the ros- 
trum, which is suleate above; but these I will not at present 
designate by a distinct name. 


Lambrus curvispinus, sp. n. 


This is a species belonging to the same section of the genus 
as L. hoplonotus, and closely allied to it. It has the granules 
of the upper surface of the carapace small and subspiniform. 
The rostrum is very small, acute, and granulous on its lateral 
margins. The teeth of the antero-lateral margins are much 
longer and become well-developed spines as they approach 
the lateral epibranchial spine, which is extremely long. The 
inner margin of the arms is minutely spinulose ; and the spines 
of the anterior margin of the hands are long, acute, and 
curved upward and forward at the tips. Length of carapace 
to base of rostrum ? inch. 

Hab. Java Sea (HMMS. ‘ Samarang’). 


Species of Maioid Crustacea. 25 


§ 2. Carapace usually produced over the bases of the ambulatory legs at its 
postero-lateral angles, and with the postero-luteral margins nearly in a 
straight line with the posterior margin. Anterior legs shorter, margins 
dentate, but rarely spinose. (Parthenopoides.) 


Lambrus (Parthenopoides) erosus, sp. n. 


(Pl. V. fig. 8.) 


Carapace triangular, slightly produced over the bases of 
the ambulatory legs, its postero-lateral angles forming a decided 
angle with the straight posterior margin ; its surface is without 
tubercles or spines, but is uniformly and deeply pitted and 
eroded ; somewhat larger pits mark the interspaces between the 
gastric, ” cardiac, and branchial regions ;_ the rostrum is small, 
triangular, and deflexed. The inferior surface of the carapace 
is similarly but more regularly pitted. The anterior legs are 
robust and eroded; the arm greatly dilated; the hand with a 
prominent, oblique, earcely dentated crest on its anterior 
surface ; lower finger broad and triangular in shape. The 
ambulatory legs are eroded and pitted like the body. Length 
5 lines, breadth about 6 lines. 

Hab. Eastern Seas (I.M.S. ‘ Herald’). 

This species cannot be confounded with any other of the 
genus known to ime. 


Lambrus (Parthenopoides) expansus, sp. n. 


CPI Y. fie. 9.) 


Carapace subtriangular, and greatly produced at its postero- 
lateral angles over the bases of the ambulatory legs; the gas- 
tric and cardiac regions are very prominent; the surface of the 
carapace behind and on either side of the gastric region is 
very concave. ‘There are three obscure rounded tubercles on 
the gastric region, an obscurely granulated ridge on the 
branchial regions, parallel to the antero-lateral margins, and 
a few small granulations on each side nearer the cardiac 
region. The straight posterior margin of the carapace and the 
lateral margins, near the postero-lateral angles, are minutely 
denticulated ; the lateral marginal series of denticles are 
continued forward onto the pterygostomian regions. The 
front is rather prominent, slightly concave above, granulated 
neat and obtuse at its distal end. The anterior legs are 
smooth and not eroded above; arm with a series of closely- 
set granulated teeth on its anterior mar gin; upper surface and 
posterior margin obscurely granulated; hand very robust, 
with five or six teeth on its anterior margin: posterior margin 
uneven, but not toothed; fingers thick, smooth, and curved. 


26 Mr. E. J. Miers on new or little-known 


The under surface of the arm, wrist, and hand is obscurely 
granulated. The ambulatory legs are compressed, but scarcely 
denticulated. Length to base of rostrum 34 lines, breadth 
55 lines. . 

Hab. Madeira (fev. Rk. Boog Watson). 

This species is distinguished by the great development of 
the postero-lateral expansions of the carapace and the smooth- 
ness of its upper surface and of the anterior legs, in which re- 
spects it is distinguished from the L. rugosus, Stim., and L. 
pulchellus, A. M.-EKdwards, both from the Cape-Verd Islands. 
It would seem to be more nearly allied to the species very 
shortly characterized by A. M.-Edwards under the name of P. 
trigona, of which the habitat is not known; but that species 
is described as having the arm strongly eroded. 

A single male example is in the collection of the 
Museum. 

Cryptopodia spatulifrons, sp.n. (Pl. V. fig. 10.) 

Carapace transversely triangulate, with the postero-lateral 
angles truncated, everywhere punctate and granulated, the 
granulations being largest and most conspicuous on the ele- 
vated cardiac and branchial regions, and on the postero-lateral 
and posterior expansions of the carapace. The branchial and 
cardiac regions are much elevated ; there is a strongly marked 
depression in the centre of the carapace ; and the surface of the 
carapace behind the antero-lateral margins and posterior mar- 
gin are concave ; the antero-lateral margins are denticulated 
and the postero-lateral and posterior margins crenulated. 
The rostrum is prominent, not deflexed, smooth, and of a 
semielliptical shape, subacute at the extremity, and with a 
series of submarginal punctures. ‘The anterior legs are very 
robust ; surface smooth but coarsely punctured; the anterior 
and posterior margins of the arm are produced into dentated 
crests, the posterior expansion being greatly dilated towards 
the distal extremity ; the oblique crest on the anterior surface 
of the hand is armed with six prominent triangular teeth, the 
posterior margin being three-dentated ; the under surface of 
the anterior legs is coarsely punctulated and granulated. The 
ambulatory legs are smooth, longitudinally carinated on their 
upper and under surfaces. Length of carapace to base of 
rostrum about 1 inch, breadth nearly 2 inches. 

Hab. Shark’s Bay, Western Australia (H.M.S. ‘ Herald,’ 
FP, M. Rayner, Esq.). 

The description is taken from an adult male example. It 
is distinguished from C. fornicata by the granulated carapace, 
from C. contracta, Stm., from Hong Kong, by the non-con- 


Species of Maioid Crustacea. 27 


traction of the carapace behind the orbits. Moreover the 
carine on the merus and ischium joints of the ambulatory 
legs are not armed with spines as in C. contracta. 


Cryptopodia spatulifrons, var. levimana. 


There are in the British Museum two smaller specimens 
(males) which probably belong to the same species as the one 
described above. The carapace is tuberculated only upon the 
elevated parts of the branchial and cardiac regions, and on the 
posterior and postero-lateral expansions; elsewhere it is smooth, 
scarcely even punctured. The upper surface of the arm and 
hand is smooth; the lower is also smooth, except for a longi- 
tudinal median ridge of granules. Of this variety one speci- 
men was obtained on the coast of Borneo, the other is without 
indication of locality. As the specimens are of smaller size, 
they probably represent the younger condition of the species. 


Ceratocarcinus spinosus, sp. n. (Pl. V. fig. 11.) 


By this name I propose to designate a specimen of very 
snall size, which may be immature, yet differs more remark- 
ably from the type species of the genus (C. longimanus, Ad. 
& White) than do the other described species, C. speciosus, 
Dana, and C. dilatatus, A. M.-Edwards. The spines of the 
rostrum, lateral margins, and gastric region are far longer than 
in either of the species above mentioned ; and there is in addi- 
tion a smaller spme upon each of the branchial regions, two 
spines upon the wrist, and one at the distal end of the upper 
margin of the hand and of the merus joint of each of the am- 
bulatory legs. Length only 13 line. 

Hab. Eastern seas (H.M.S. ‘ Herald’). 

The specimen appears to be a female ; as in the other species 
of the genus, the antenne are completely excluded from the 
inner orbital hiatus. 


EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. 


PLATE IV. 


Fig. 1, Acheopsis Giintheri, female individual: nat. size. la. Lateral 
view of carapace of the same, showing the very prominent 
dorsal spine : nat. size. 

Fig. 2. Trigonothir obtusirostris, male individual: xX 13 diam. 2a. Ros- 
trum of the same, viewed from the side: further enlarged. 

Fig. 3. Huenia pacifica, male individual: x 1} diam. 3a. Lateral view 
of rostrum of the same: xX 2 diam, 


28 Prof. T. R. Jones and Mr. J. W. Kirkby on 


Fig. 4. Chorilibinia gracilipes, male individual: X 14 diam. 4a. Lateral 
view of carapace of the same, showing the disposition of the 
dorsal spines: xX 13 diam. 

. Paramithrax (Paramithrax) spinosus, male individual: nat. size. 

. Pisa carinimana, male individual, x 14 diam. 6a. Outer view 
of hand of the same: xX 3 diam. 

. Hyastenus gracilirostris, male individual: x 13 diam. 

. Lateral view of front of carapace and rostrum of Pseudomicippe 
varians, male individual: xX 3 diam. 8a. Lateral view of the 
same parts in a female individual, showing variation in the 
form and direction of the rostral spines: x 3 diam. 

Fig. 9. Micippe parvirostris, female individual: nat. size. 


Fig. 
Fig. 


Fig. 
Fig. 


on Op Or 


PLATE V. 


Fig. 1. Carapace of Othonia quadridentata : nat. size. 

tg. 2. Parathoé rotundata, male individual: x 2 diam. 2a. Inferior 

view of frontal and antennal region of the same: X 4 diam. 

Fig. 3. Lambrus Holdsworthi, female individual: nat. size. 

Fig. 4. Lambrus levicarpus, male individual : nat. size. 

Fig. 5. Lambrus deflexifrons, male individual: nat. size. 5a, Lateral 
view of front of the cephalothorax of the same, showing the 
deflexed rostrum: X 2 diam. 

Fig. 6. Front of carapace and rostrum of Lambrus hoplenotus, var. long?- 

oculis: X 3 diam. 

Fig. 7. Front of carapace and rostrum of ZL. hoplonotus, var, planifrons : 

x 2 diam. 

Fig. 8. Lambrus (Parthenopoides) erosus, male individual: x 13 diam. 

Fig. 9. Lambrus ( Parthenopoides) expansus, male individual: x 14 diam. 

Fig. 10. Cryptopodia spatulifrons, male individual : nat. size. 

Fiy. 11. Ceratocareinus spinosus, female individual: x 2 diam. Illa. In- 
ferior view of antennal and orbital region of the same: further 
magnified. 116. Outer view of hand: further magnified. 


If.—Notes on the Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca. No. 
XII. Some Carboniferous Species belonging to the Genus 
Carbonia, Jones. By Professor T. Rupert JONES, F.R.S., 
and JAMES W. Kirxsy, Esq. 


[Plates II. & IIL] 


In previous papers on Carboniferous Entomostraca we have 
attempted to show, and critically examine, what has been 
already done in investigating this interesting though some- 
what difficult group of fossils. 

In a paper published in May 1865*, we gave the result 
of an examination of a series of specimens from Bavaria, 


* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, vol. xv. p. 404. 


Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca. 29 


illustrative of the species described by Count Miinster in 
1830 *. 

In July 1866, in another paper+, we discussed what 
had been done by British authors, from the time of Ure 
(1793) to that of M‘Coy (1844), our observations being 
based, in several instances, on an examination of type spe- 
cimens. 

In 1867 we gave, in the ‘Transactions of the Geological 
Society of Glasgow,’ a list and short account of the Ento- 
mostraca oceurring in the Carboniferous rocks of Scotland f. 
The list included a great many new species (discovered by 
Mr. John Young and other Members of the above Society), 
most of which have yet to be described and figured. 

In 1870 one of us described some species (Carbonie &c.) 
from South Wales §. 

Lastly, in 1875||, we noticed some Russian specimens 
presented to us by the late M. d’Kichwald, with a few from 
the late Sir R. I. Murchison’s collection. 

These papers, though slight, have helped to clear the way 
for the description of new species, by showing what others 
have done in this field of research, and what our opinion was 
of the results of their work, with a view to the rectification 
and unification of the synonymy, and to the determination of 
numerous species not yet described. 

Among other materials which have accumulated in our 
many years’ study of Carboniferous Entomostraca is a large 
suite of specimens belonging to a group of seven species, 
hitherto referred to Cythere, but which apparently belong to 
the genus Carbonia, established by one of us, in 1870, for 
the reception of two species from the Coal-measures of South 
Wales. It is proposed to give a brief account of the seven 
species in the present paper. 

The species in question have the form of ordinary Cythera, 
but differ from them in possessing a circular muscle-spot near 
the centre of each valve, after the manner of Leperditia. 
The muscle-spot is commonly seen in casts as a slightly 
raised tubercle. When the interior. of the carapace-valves is 
exposed (which is not often), the spot appears as a shallow 
excavation. In some of the ironstones of the west of Scot- 


* Leonhard und Bronn’s ‘ Jahrbuch fiir Mineralogie’ &c. Jahrg. 1830, 
pp. 60-70. 

+ Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, vol. xviii. p. 32. 

{ Trans. Geol. Soe. Glasgow, vol. ii. p. 213. 

§ Geol. Mag. vol. vil. p. 214. 

|| Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xv. p. 52. 


30 Prof. T. R. Jones and Mr. J. W. Kirkby on 


land, where the valves are of a bright black colour, the spot 
is white. 

These Carbonic are from:—(1) the Calciferous Sandstone 
or Lower Carboniferous series of Scotland; (2) the coal- 
bearing strata of the Carboniferous Limestone series of the 
same country; and (3) the Coal-measures of England, 
Wales, and Scotland. They occur in bituminous shales, in 
blackband and clayband ironstones, in parrot-coals, and in 
impure limestones. Individuals of some of the species, more 
particularly of C. fabulina, appear to have swarmed in the 
waters in which these deposits were formed. Some of the 
strata are literally full of their remains. They are essen- 
tially characteristic of the carbonaceous portions of the Car- 
boniferous System. Wherever conditions suitable for the 
laying down of Coal-measures prevailed, there these Ento- 
mostraca flourished, almost to the exclusion of species of other 
genera. 

It ought to be mentioned that we are greatly indebted, for 
multitudes of specimens from the west of Scotland, and for 
much information as to the distribution of the species, to Mr. 
John Young, of Glasgow, who is also the discoverer of 
several of the species here described. For other specimens 
we have to thank Mr. James Armstrong and Mr. James 
Thomson of Glasgow, Dr. Rankine of Carluke, Mr. Grossart 
of Shotts, Mr. E. W. Binney of Manchester, Mr. John Ward 
of Longton, and other friends. Our examination of the very 
numerous specimens collected by the Geological Surveyors 
of Scotland has greatly enlarged our knowledge of this 
genus. 


Genus CARBONIA, Jones (1870). 


Valves (as known) subovate, ovate-oblong, or elongate ; 
anterior third usually smaller than the posterior; the right 
valve slightly larger than the left, overlapping it some- 
times along the middle portion of the ventral edge. Hinge- 
line in the middle third of dorsal margin, more or less defined 
between the anterior and posterior curved slopes of the dorsal 
margin. Hinge simple. Muscle-spot circular, enclosing 
three or four translucent spots or a lobed pattern; level or 
slightly depressed on the outside, somewhat hollow within. 
The valves are bent inwards, in some cases, near the muscle- 
spots, and leave slight, subcentral, transverse furrows on the 
cast. 

The round and spotted muscle-mark, hollow within, is 
characteristic of this genus. 


Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca. 31 


1. Carbonia fabulina, Jones and Kirkby. 
(Pl. II. figs. 1-10.) 
eee fabulina, J. & K. Trans. Geol. Soc. Glasgow, 1867, vol. ii. 
Gythere ? fabulina, J. & K. Geol. Mag. 1870, vol. vii. p. 218. 
1. Typical examples: length 35, 35, and =, inch. 

More or less bean-shaped. Dorsal border arched, highest 
behind ; anterior extremity more acutely rounded than the 
posterior; ventral border straight or slightly incurved about 
the middle, where the right valve overlaps the left. Height 
more than half the length, sometimes fully two thirds. Dor- 
sal and ventral aspects acutely ovate, widest behind. Surface 
of most specimens smooth, but, in well-preserved valves, 
pitted or rudely reticulate. A circular muscle-spot, subcen- 
trally placed, is indicated externally in some examples; but it 
is best seen in casts as a slightly raised spot or tubercle. 

The above gives the characters of what may be taken as 
typical examples of the species. Other specimens show dif- 
ferences that appear of varietal value. The more important 
of these are :— 


2. Var. humilis. (Pl. IL. figs. 11-14.) 


Elongate; dorsal border flatly convex; extremities rounded 
and more nearly alike than in type specimens; ventral border 
straight. Length ,, to 3; inch. 


3. Var. inflata. (Pl. II. figs. 15-19.) 


A thick-shelled, obese form, greater in width than in height, 
and with the greatest width nearer the posterior end than in 
other forms, which thus gives the dorsal and ventral aspects 
of the carapace a subcuneitorm outline. Length 3, inch. 


4. Var. subangulata. (Pl. II. figs. 20-23, and 24 ?.) 


A gibbous, robust variety, of great relative height, with a 
subangular dorsal border, and a very abrupt postero-dorsal 
slope. Length ~> inch. 

This variety is the largest of any of the forms of C. fabu- 
lina. We figure with it a specimen from Millburn, Campsie, 
which possesses a similar dorsal border, but less angulate, 
and of very different relative height (fig. 24). This may ulti- 
mately prove to belong to another variety. 


C. fabulina has some resemblance to Cythere cuneola, J. & 


32 Prof. T. R. Jones and Mr. J. W. Kirkby on . 


K., of the marine beds of the Carboniferous Limestone series. 
The latter is usually smaller than ordinary examples of Car- 
bonia fabulina; and its valves have not the same ventral 
overlap. Otherwise it is not always an easy matter to distin- 
guish them. 

Localities and Mode of Occurrence.-—At Pittenweem, in 
the Calciferous Sandstone series, about 800 feet below the 
base of the Carboniferous Limestone, C. fabulina occurs 
in blackband ironstone, associated with Carbonia Ranki- 
niana, J. & K., Leperditia scotoburdigalensis (Hibbert), 
coprolites (possibly of Rhizodus), and the remains of Lepi- 
dodendren. 

At Millburn, Campsie, in the Carboniferous Limestone 
series, it is found in impure limestone, together with Spzrorbis 
carbonarius, Murch., and Stigmarian rootlets. 

In the same formation at Crossgatehall, near Edinburgh, it 
is met with in ironstone, with C. Rankiniana, C. pungens, 
Spirorbis sp., and Lingula squamdformis, Phill. 

In the Coal-measures at Provanhall, Lanarkshire, it is 
found in black carbonaceous shale, with fish-remains and 
plants. 

Also in the same formation at Pirnie Colliery, Fifeshire, in 
parrot-coal, with Carbonia Rankiniana, and associated with 
the remains of the Amphibian Loxomma Allmani, Huxley, 
and Fish, such as Strepsodus sauroides, Ag., Megalichthys 
Hibberti, Ag., Ceelacanthus lepturus, Ag., Ctenodus sp., Pleura- 
canthus gibbosus, Ag., and others; also Anthracomya pumila?, 
Salter, Sptrorbis carbonarius, Murch. (attached in numbers to 
drifted fragments of Sigillartia), and species of Antholites, 
Lepidodendron, Calamites, and Stigmaria. 

At the same locality, on another horizon, the variety inflata 
occurs in coarse ironstone, which is filled with fragments of 
Calamites, the Entomostraca being found within the filled-up 
stems of the plants as well as in the matrix. A similar fact 
was observed by Mr. John Young, who obtained a number of 
examples of this species from the stem of a Lepidodendron, 
at Possil, near Glasgow *. 

Near Hylton, west of Sunderland, it is met with high in 
the Durham Ooal-field, in a clayband ironstone, associated 
with great numbers of an Estherta-like fossil, Ancylus ? Vinti, 
Kirkby, Carbonia Rankiniana, J. & K., Beyrichia arcuata 
(Bean), a species of Anthracomya, Plant-remains, and the 
wings of Orthopterous Insects. 

Other localities we give, with less detail, as follows :— 


* ‘List of Carbon. Fossils of West of Scotland, by John Young and 
James Armstrong, p. 27. 


"-. aed 


Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca. 33 


Coal-measures : 

Longton, Staffordshire, in black shale, from Mr. J. Ward. 

Blakemoor, Wyre Forest, Shropshire, in ironstone, with Fish- 
remains and Spirorbis carbonartus. 

Bradford, near Manchester, in black shale. 

Ryhope Colliery, near Sunderland, in black shale and iron- 
stone, with Carbonia scalpellus, Anthracosia sp., Lingula 
Crednert, Geinitz (rare), the remains of Ganoid Fishes, and 
Plants. 

Wooley Colliery, Durham, in black shale, with Anthracosia 
sp., Sperorbis carbonarius, and Calamites. 

Cramlington Colliery, Northumberland, in black shale, with 
Anthracosia acuta, Sow., Spirorbis carbonartus, and Plants. 

Prestwick Colliery, Northumberland, in black shale, with 
Anthracosia and Fish-remains. 

Coast south of Newbiggen, Northumberland, in black shale. 

Coast near Blyth, Northumberland, in black shale and iron- 
stone. 

Shotts Iron-works, Lanarkshire, in clayband ironstone. 

Whiftlet, near Glasgow, in ironstone. 

Kiltongue, near Glasgow, in blackband ironstone. 

Carluke, Lanarkshire, in “ Musselband”’ ironstone, and on 
other horizons. 

Ardrie, Lanarkshire, in blackband ironstone. 

River Leven, near Kirkland Dam, Fife, in black shale with 
macrospores. 

Scoonie, Fife, in ironstone from the roof of “8-foot coal,” with 
Anthracosia acuta (Sow.) and A. aquilina (Sow.). 

Muiredge Colliery, Fife, in dark-grey shale, with Anthracosia 
acuta, A. aquilina, Anthracoptera carinata (Sow.), and A. 
modtolaris (Sow.). 

Methil, Fife, in blackband ironstone, with Carbonia Ranki- 
niana, C. pungens, Leaia Leidyi (Lea), Spirorbis carbona- 
rius, Anthracomya sp., Ganoid scales and bones, and Stig- 
marian rootlets. 

Carboniferous Limestone series : 

Rae’s Gill, Carluke, in ironstone. 

Possil, north of Glasgow, in blackband ironstone, with Car- 
bonia Rankiniana, Anthracoptera sp., Rhizodus Hibbert, 
Ag., Megalichthys, Paleoniscus, Lepidodendron, and Stig- 
maria. 

Craigenglen, Campsie, Lanarkshire, in ‘white limestone,’ 
with Carbonia pungens, Rhizodus Hibberti, and Stigmarian 
roots and rootlets. 

Fife coast, near Pathhead, in ironstone. 

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. iv. 3 


34 Prof. T. R. Jones and Mr. J. W. Kirkby on 
Lochgelley Colliery, Fife, in blackband, with Spzrorbis sp., 


Lepidostrobus, and other plant-remains. 

On the Fife coast, near Kilrenny Mill, Anstruther, in iron- 
stone, about 3500 feet below the Carboniferous Limestone, 
associated with Carbonia Rankiniana, Leperditia scotobur- 
digalensis, a thin-shelled Myalina, and Ganoid scales. 

The Binn Quarry, Burntisland, Fife, in shale, associated with 
Carbonia subula, Littorina scotoburdigalensis, Etheridge, 


and Spirorbis sp. 


2. Carbonia Rankiniana, Jones and Kirkby. 
(Pl. TI. figs. 1-8.) 


Cythere Rankiniana, J. & K. Trans. Geol. Soc. Glasgow, 1867, vol. ii. 
p. 217. 


Elongate, convex (usually), with the greatest height and 
width at the posterior third ; height less than half the length. 
Dorsal border sloping flatly from the posterior third towards 
the anterior extremity, which is rounded; ventral border 
straight or slightly incurved; posterior extremity rounded, 
with an abrupt dorsal slope. Right valve rather the 
largest, overlapping the left along the middle of the ventral 
edge. Muscle-spot round or somewhat oval. A transverse 
furrow is often shown on casts near the centre of each valve, 
indicating a local contraction or partial thickening of the 
shell at this spot. Surface usually smooth ; but in some speci- 
mens a reticulation is discernible. Length j, to ;, inch. 

The muscle-spot is rarely seen in this species; but the 
transverse furrow (fig. 6) is often present in casts. ‘This fea- 
ture also characterizes C. subula; and it has been noticed by 
one of us in C. Agnes from the South- Wales coal-field. 

This species ranges through the same portions of the Car- 
boniferous series as C. fabulina; but, though widely distri- 
buted, it is less abundant than that species. 

Localities and Mode of Occurrence.—Coal-measures : 
Blakemoor, Wyre Forest, in ironstone, with fossils as be- 

fore. 

Hylton, W. of Sunderland, in ironstone. 

Shotts [ron-works, Lanarkshire, in ironstone and parrot-coal. 

Ardrie, Lanarkshire, in blackband ironstone. 

Carluke, Lanarkshire, in ironstone, with Spirorbis carbo- 
nartus. 

Whifflet, near Glasgow, in ironstone. 

Provanhall, near Glasgow, in carbonaceous shale, with 
fossils as before. 

Pirnie Colliery, Fife, in parrot-coal, with fossils as before. 


Paleozote Bivalved Entomostraca. 35 


Methil, Fife, in blackband ironstone, with fossils as before. 

Methil, Fife, in soft hematite, with Ganoid scales. 
Carboniferous Limestone series : 

Rae’s Gill, Carluke, Lanarkshire, in.clayband ironstone. 

Crossgatehall, near Edinburgh, with fossils as before. 
Calciferous Sandstone series : 

Fife coast, west of Pittenweem, in blackband ironstone, 800 
feet below the base of the Carboniferous Limestone, with 
fossils as before. 

Wife coast, near Billow Ness, in dark shale, 2950 feet below 
the base of the Carboniferous Limestone, with Rhizodus 
scales, Spirorbis sp., Cyclopteris ? flabellata, Brong., and 
Lepidophyllum. 

Fife coast, near Kilrenny Mill, Anstruther, in ironstone, 
about 3500 feet below the Carboniferous Limestone, with 
Carboxia fabulina &e. as above. 

A form very similar to, if not identical with C. Rankiniana 
occurs in the Yellow Sandstone of Cultra, Holywood, Ire- 
land, low down in the Carboniferous series (see Ann. & 
Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, vol. xviii. p. 49). 


3. Carbonia subula, Jones and Kirkby. 
(Pl. ILI. figs. 9-13.) 
Cythere subula, J. & K. Trans. Geol. Soc. of Glasgow, 1867, vol. ii. 
p- 222. 

Very elongate, subcylindrical. Dorsal border slightly con- 
vex; with an easy slope to the anterior extremity, which is 
relatively broad, and projectiug above; and with a more 
abrupt and deeper slope to the posterior extremity, which is 
rounded or, in some examples, bluntly pointed ; ventral border 
straight or very slightly concave where the right valve seems to 
show a small overlap of the left. Dorsal and ventral aspects 
lenticular. Surface smooth, so far as known. Length (4 inch) 
nearly four times the height. 

C. subula has the greatest length compared with height of 
all the Carboniw. We, in a measure, assume that it belongs 
‘to this genus, not having seen specimens with the muscle- 
spot *, though casts showing the transverse furrow, as noticed 
in C. Rankiniana and C. Agnes, have repeatedly occurred to us. 
Moreover the general habit of the carapace is the same as in 
the species previously described. 

It is found in the Calciferous Sandstone and Carboniferous 
Limestone series. It has not been seen in the Coal-measures, 


* Mr. John Young informs us that he has seen what he considers to 
be the muscle-spot of this species. 
3* 


36 Prof. T. R. Jones and Mr. J. W. Kirkby on 


Localities and Mode of Occurrence.—Carboniferous Lime- 
stone series : 

Crossgatehall, near Edinburgh, in ironstone nodules, with Car- 
bonia Rankiniana, pungens, and fabulina, Spirorbis sp., 
and Lingula squamiformis. 

Craigenglen, Campsie, Lanarkshire, in impure limestone, with 
CO. Rankiniana, pungens, secans, and fabulina, and remains 
of Megalichthys, Paleoniscus, Hurynotus, Sptrorbis carbo- 
narius, and Lepidodendron. 

Calciferous Sandstone series : 

Coast of Fife, near Pittenweem, in shale, 2350 feet below the 
base of the Carboniferous Limestone, associated with Leper- 
ditia scotoburdigalensis, Fish-remains, and Plants. 

Coast of Fife, east of Pittenweem, in dark tough shale and 
ironstone, 2460 feet below the base of the Carboniferous 
Limestone, with an Aviculoid shell. 

Coast of Fife, neat Billow Ness, in grey shale, 3200 feet 
below the base of the Carboniferous Limestone, with many 
individuals of Myalina modioliformis?, Brown, some remains 
of Fishes, Geyrichia subarcuata, Jones, and Leperditia sp. 

Coast of Fife, Anstruther, in shale and ironstone, 3600 feet 
below the base of the Carboniferous Limestene, with Leper- 
ditia scotoburdigalensis and a thin-shelled Myalina. 

Coast of Fife, near Randerstone, in shale and ironstone, with 
Myalina modioliformis ? and Leperditia scotoburdigalensis. 

Binn Quarry, Burntisland, Fife, in shale, with Carbonia 
Jfabulina &e. as above. 


4. Carbonia scalpellus,n. sp. (Pl. II. figs. 14-17.) 


Elongate and somewhat compressed. Dorsal and ventral 
margins nearly parallel, the latter, however, being slightly 
concave near the middle; the posterior extremity blunt and 
subtruncate; the anterior extremity more produced and 
rounded. Dorsal and ventral aspects flatly lenticular, with 
the posterior end rather obtuse. Muscle-spot circular, rather 
large, and placed a little towards the anterior end. Surface 
smooth (?). Length +4 inch, . 

This species is easily distinguished from C. subula by the 
difference in outline, greater height, and less relative width of 
the carapace. 

It has been found only in the Coal-measures, at Ryhope 
Colliery, near Sunderland, where it occurs in black shale and 
ironstone, 592 feet below the base of the overlying Permian 
deposits. The associated fossils are Carbonia fabulina, the 
remains of Ganoid Fishes, Anthracosia sp., Lingula Crednert 
(rare), Sigillaria, Lepidodendron, and Calamites. 


Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca. 37 


5. Carbonia secans, Jones and Kirkby. 


(Pl. III. figs. 18-20.) 


Nae eis J, & K. Trans. Geol. Soc. of Glasgow, 1867, vol. ii. 
p. 222. 

Mytiloid, compressed. Dorsal border arched, highest be- 
hind, sloping rapidly in front to the anterior extremity, which 
is pointed; posterior extremity rounded; ventral margin 
slightly concave, with a small overlap of the right valve. 
Dorsal and ventral aspects compressed ; the width is less than 
one fourth of the length; the height less than half the length. 
Surface smooth. Length 3, inch. 

This species is of comparatively rare occurrence. 

Localities and Mode of Occurrence.—Coal-measures : 
Blakemoor, Wyre Forest, in ironstone, with C. fabulina 

&e. 

Hylton, west of Sunderland, in ironstone, with C. Rankiniana 

&e. 

Carboniferous Limestone series : 
Craigenglen, Campsie, Lanarkshire, in impure limestone with 


C. fabulina. 


6. Carbonia pungens, Jones & Kirkby. 
(Pl. III. figs. 21-23.) 


Cythere pungens, J. & K. Trans. Geol. Soc. of Glasgow, 1867, vol. ii. 
- p. 222. 


A small subeylindrical Carbonia, pointed at the anterior 
end. Dorsal border flatly convex, highest behind, sloping 
gently in front to a pointed anterior extremity ; ventral border 
straight; posterior extremity bluntly rounded. Height con- 
siderably less than half the length. Dorsal and ventral 
aspects cuneiform, being nearly as wide as high behind, and 
acutely pointed in front. Muscle-spot situate rather anterior 
to centre of valve. Surface smooth, sofaras known. Length 
zz inch. 

This species is the smallest of the series here described ; and 
though somewhat resembling C. secans, it can be distinguished 
by its general outline being less Mytiloid, and by its wedge- 
shaped dorsal and ventral aspects. 

It is not a rare form in Scotch Carboniferous strata, but 
is, as yet, of unknown occurrence in England. 

Localities and Mode of Occurrence.—Coal-measures : 
Provanhall, near Glasgow, in black shale, with fossils as 

before. , 

Carluke, Lanarkshire, in ironstone, with fossils as before. 


38 Prof. T. R. Jones and Mr. J. W. Kirkby on 


Pirnie Colliery, Leven, Fife, in parrot-coal, with fossils as 
before. 

Methil, Fife, in blackband ironstone, with fossils as before. 

Carboniferous Limestone series : . 

Craigenglen, Campsie, Lanarkshire, in impure limestone, with 
C. fabulina and other fossils as before. 

Crossgatehall, near Edinburgh, in ironstone nodules, with 
fossils as before. 


7. Cythere? (Carbonia ?) bairdioides, n. sp. 
(Pl. III. figs. 24, 25; 26 and 27 ?.) 


We have specimens of a form from Pirnie Colliery, Fife, 
and Craigenglen, Campsie, which may ultimately prove to 
belong to Carbonia. Only few examples of it, however, have 
occurred, and its muscle-spot has not been seen; so that for 
the present we figure and notice it as a Cythere, with doubt. 
Length +}; inch. 

It simulates a Bairdia in outline, having a regularly arched 
dorsal border, with one end rather pointed, the other rounded, 
and a very slightly convex ventral border. 

The Fifeshire specimens are much the largest, being +; inch 
in length. A similar form, given to us by Mr. John Ward, 
occurs in the Upper Coal-measures at Longton, Staffordshire. 


We have given particulars of the mode of occurrence and 
associated fossils of the Entomostraca which we have just 
described, with some detail, as such facts bear on the question 
of the physical conditions under which they existed. It will 
have been seen that the fossils usually found with most of the 
species are theremainsof Fishes, Amphibia (in a few instances), 
Anthracosia and shells of that family, the ubiquitous Sp7- 
rorbis carbonarius, and Plants (Ferns excepted). These are, 
of course, the common fossils of the Palzeozoic coal-bearing 
strata; and about their natural habitats we do not know much 
after all. In two localities species of Lingula* are associated 
with them. In another (where Carbonia fabulina attains its 
largest development) Leperditia scotoburdigalensis is abun- 
dant ; and this Leperditia in other localities has sometimes 
marine companions. One species, Carbonia subula, is com- 
monly accompanied by Myalina modioliformis ?, Brown, 
which is a very common fossil in the lower portion of the 
Calciferous Sandstone series, and repeatedly occurs with 
marine fossils, such as species of Aainus, Aviculopecten, 

* In the Trias of Germany Lingula is associated with Estherie of 


brackish-water habitat. See ‘ Monogr. Fossil Estheriz, Pal. Soc. 1863, 
BP: 48, 49. 


Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca. 39 


Murchisonia, Bellerophon, and Orthoceras. 'Thus in some 
few instances we find Carbonie associated with fossils that 
are either estuarine or marine, or have decided marine affini- 
nies. In the majority of cases they are found with fossils 
whose natural habitats we do notknow. This isthe substance 
of our present knowledge on the question of the physical con- 
ditions belonging to deposits containing the above-described 
species. 

The following list may be of use in showing what Hnto- 
mostraca occur in the British Coal-measures besides six of the 
seven described in this paper. 


List of Bivalved Entomostraca described from the Coal-mea- 
sures of Great Britain, with References to Figures of the 
Species. 


1. Cypridina radiata, J., K., § B., Monograph of Brit. Carb. Entomos- 
traca, part 1. 1874, p. 14, pl. v. fig. 6. 

2. Beyrichia arcuata (Bean), Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1836, vol. ix. 
woodcut 55, at p. 377. 

3. We ie ee Jones, Monogr. Foss. Estheriz, 1863, p. 120, pl. v. 

G7. 

4, Teperiite inflata (Murchison), “ Siluria,” 4th (3rd) edit. 1867, 
woodcut 83, p. 301. 

5. Candona? Salteriana, Jones, Monogr. Foss. Esth. 1863, p. 122, pl. v. 

figs. 13, 14. 

6. Cythere ? bairdioides, J. § K., figured in present paper. 

7. Carbonia Eveline, Jones, Geol. Mag. vol. vii. 1870, p. 218, pl. ix. 

8 


fig. 4. 
: Agnes, Jones, Geol. Mag. vol. vii. 1870, p. 218, pl. ix. figs. 6-10. 
9. —— ? sp., Jones, Geol. Mag. vol. vii. 1870, p. 218, pl. ix. fig. 5. 
10. fabulina, J. § K., figured in present paper. 
i Rankiniana, J. § K., figured in present paper. 
12 scalpellus, J. § K., figured in present paper. 


13. —— secans, J. § K., figured in present paper. 


14. pungens, J. § K., figured in present paper. 

15, Estheria Adamsii, Jones, Geol. Mag. vol. vii. 1870, p. 217, pl. ix. 
figs: Lye 

16, —— striata (Miinster), and vars., Monogr. Foss. Estheriz, 1863, p. 23, 


pl. i. figs. 8-18. 
Lye ae tenella (Jordan), Monogr. Foss. Estheriz, p. 31, pl. i. figs. 26, 
Te OC: 
18. Leaia Leidyi (Zea), and var, Williamsoniana, Jones, Monogr. Foss. 
Estheriz, p. 115, pl. i. figs. 19, 20, pl. v. figs. 11,12; and Geol. 
Mag. vol. vii. p. 219, pl. ix. figs, 11-14. 


EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. 


PuatTE II. 
All the figures magnified 25 diameters, except 9 and 10, which are 
more highly magnified. 


Fig. 1. Carbonia fabulina: left valve. Millburn, Campsie. 
Fig. 2. The same: right valve, showing muscular spot. Craigenglen. 


40 


On Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca. 


Fig. 8. The same: cast of right valve, showing muscle-spot. Millburn, 


Campsie. Fig. 4. Dorsal view. Fig. 5. Ventral view. 


Fig. 6. The same: right valve. Ryhope Colliery, Sunderland. 

Fig. 7. The same: right valve. Millburn, Campsie. F%g. 8. End view. 

Fig. 9. The same: portion of surface of specimen from Provanhall. xX 
75 diam. 

Fig. 10. The same: portion of surface of specimen from Whifflet. x 
75 diam. 

Fig. 11. Carbonia fabulina, var. humilis: left valve. Craigenglen. 

Fig. 12. The same: right(?) valve. Craigenglen. Fig. 13. Dorsal 
outline. 

Fig. 14. The same: left valve, showing muscle-spot. Pirnie Colliery, 
Leven, Fife. 

Fig. 15. Carbonia fabulina, var. inflata: left valve and part of the edge 
of right valve. PirnieColliery. Fig.16. Ventral view. Fvg. 17. 
End outline. 

Fig. 18. The same: cast of right valve, showing muscle-spot. Craigen- 
glen. Fg. 19. Dorsal outline. 

Fig. 20. Carlonia fabulina, var. subangulata: left valve. West of Pit- 
tenweem. 

Fig. 21. The same: cast of right valve, showing muscle-spot. West of 
Pittenweem. Fig. 22. Ventral outline. J%g. 25. End outline. 

Fig. 24. Carbonia fabulina, var. subangulata(?): right valve. Millburn, 
Campsie. 

PuaTE III. 
All the figures magnified 25 diameters, except fig. 8, which is more 

highly magnified. 

Fig. 1. Carbonia Rankiniana: left valve. West of Pittenweem. 

Fig. 2. The same: right valve. Provanhall. Fig. 5. Dorsal outline. 
Fig. 4. Ventral outline. Fig. 5. End outline. 

Fig. 6. The same: cast of right valve, showing transverse furrow. West 
of Pittenweem. 

Fig. 7. The same: cast of right valve, showing muscle-spot and slight 
furrow. West of Pittenweem. 

Fig. 8. The same: portion of surface. Provanhall. x75 diam. 

Fig. 9. Carbonia subula: left valve. Crossgatehall, near Edinburgh. 

Fig. 10. The same: right valve. Gilmerton. Fig. 11. Ventral outline. 


Fig. 
Fig. 
Fig. 
Fig. 
Fig. 
Fig. 
Fig. 


Fig. 12. Dorsal outline. Fig. 15. End outline. 


. Carbonia scalpellus: cast of left valve, showing muscle-spot. 


Ryhope Colliery. 


. The same: right valve, showing muscle-spot. Ryhope Colliery. 


Fig. 16. Ventral outline. Fig. 17. End outline. 


. Carbonia secans: right valve. Craigenglen. 
. The same: left valve. Craigenglen. /%g. 20. Dorsal outline. 
. Carbonia pungens: cast of left valve, showing the muscle-spot. 


Methil. 


. The same: right valve. Craigenglen. Fig. 23. Dorsal out- 


line. 


. Cythere (?) bairdiordes : right valve. Pirnie Colliery. Fig. 25. 


Dorsal outline of single valve. 


. Cythere? near C.? bairdioides: right valve. Craigenglen. 


Fig. 27. Dorsal outline. 


On some Arachnida from the Island of Johanna. 41 


III.—On a small Collection of Arachnida from the Island 
of Johanna, with Note on a Homopterous Insect from the same 


Locality. By Artuur G. Butter, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &e. 
[Plate I.] 


In the year 1877 Mr. C. W. Bewsher sent to the British 
Museum a series of Arthropoda collected by himself in the 
island of Johanna, Comoro group. 

Of the insects under my immediate charge the Hemiptera 
Homoptera were alone represented, by an apparently new 
species of Phymatostetha, Stal. Unfortunately the example 
was sent over in spirits of wine, and is so discoloured and 
shrivelled as to render it impossible to characterize it with 
certainty. 

The Arachnida are represented by seven species of Ara- 
neidea, five of which appear to be distinct from any thing 
hitherto described ; they exhibit a strongly marked Mascarene 
character: the two most interesting forms in the collection 
are a new species of Spermophora (Pholcide) and a probably 
new species of Pasithea. 

The following is a list of the species :— 


1. Scytodes amarantea. 


Scytodes amarantea, Vinson, Aran. de la Réunion, Maurice et Mada- 
gascar, p. 11, pl. 1. fig. 2 (1863). 

The single specimen sent is unfortunately destitute of abdo- 
men. ‘This fact, taken in conjunction with the long legs of 
the species (the femora of which are distinctly rugulose), gives 
it so completely the facies of a Phalangid, that until I had 
subjected it toa careful examination I was completely puzzled 
as to what genus it belonged to. 


2. Pasithea foliifera, n. sp. (PI. I. fig. 1.) 


Cephalothorax fulvous, marked with black dots and lateral 
divergent lines, as in P. Lucasii; eyes black; legs fulvous, 
rather thickly studded with long black spines, but not banded 
with black ; abdomen bright sap-green, the whole central area 
on the upper surface occupied by a broad, central, longitudinal 
slightly darker green band, of a leaf-like form, bordered and 
intersected with white; ventral surface with pale central area 
bounded by two slightly divergent curved white stripes. 

Structure similar to that of P. Lucasi’; relative length of 
legs 1, 2, 4,35; length of cephalothorax and abdomen together 
14 millims. 

It is just possible that this may be a remarkable variety of 


42 _ Mr. A. G. Butler on a Collection of 


P. Lucasii (Sphasus Lucasti, Vinson, Aran. des iles de la 
Réun., Maur. et Madag. pl. xiii. fig. 3) ; but the differences in 
the coloration of the abdomen and legs are so well marked, 
that it seems probable that it is distinct. 


3. Attus Bewsheri, n. sp. (Pl. I. fig. 2.) 


&. Cephalothorax shining blackish piceous; a transverse 
subcruciform marking just beyond the middle; three unequal 
oblique white lines (only visible when the spider is dry) just 
behind the posterior lateral pairs of eyes; abdomen brassy 
brown, crossed in the centre and towards the posterior extre- 
mity by two slightly arched white lines interrupted in the 
middle; two white spots close to the posterior margin ; legs 
piceous, with the terminal tarsal joints fulvous; metatarsi of 
posterior pair of legs indistinctly banded with fulvous ; palpi 
piceous, clothed with silky whitish hairs, terminal joint ful- 
vous below; falces piceous ; pectoral shield and coxee fulvous ; 
venter grey. 

Cephalothorax square to the middle, thence slightly and 
gradually contracted, and with its posterior margin convex ; 
superior surface smooth, its highest point being in the centre, 
which is bounded by the posterior lateral oculiferous tubercles ; 
on each side of this central ridge the surface is oblique ; 
abdomen subcylindrical, truncated at each end, slightly wider 
in front than behind ; relative size of eyes as follows—ante- 
rior central, anterior lateral, posterior lateral, intermediate 
lateral, the a c* pair being about six times the size of the 
al pair, the ¢/ being situated at about the centre of the 
interval between the two other lateral pairs; relative length 
of legs 1, 2, 4, 3; length of cephalothorax and abdomen 
6 millims. 


4, Attus Johanne, n. sp. (PI. I. fig. 3.) 


¢ ¢. Cephalothorax blackish piceous, dull, crossed behind 
the middle by a bismuate fulvous band (obscured by white 
pile when dry) ; the lateral margins, borders of anterior oculi- 
ferous tubercles, and a spot on the caput white; abdomen 
blackish, with the margins and an ornamental longitudinal 
sceptre-like central stripe white ; legs and palpi piceous, banded 
with white; under surface of terminal joint of palpi, coxal 
joints of legs, and pectoral shield fulvous ; venter whitish, with 
central and lateral longitudinal blackish lines. 

Cephalothorax inverted-bell-shaped, its superior surface 


* For brevity I should propose to indicate these by letters thus—a e, 
al,pl, il. 


Arachnida from the Island of Johanna. 43 


flattened in front and shelving behind; abdomen subcylin- 
drical, narrower behind than in front, with truncated anterior 
margin ; relative size and position of eyes as in the preceding 
species, briefly expressed as follows—a c 6, al=p 11,711; 
relative length of legs 1, 3, 2, 4, but the three posterior pairs 
differing very slightly in length ; cephalothorax and abdomen 
together 7 millims. 

This species seems to be intermediate in character between 
A. baptizatus of Rodriguez and A. musezvorus of Réunion and 
Mauritius; it is, however, unquestionably nearest to the 
latter. 


5. Attus anjuanus,n. sp. (Pl. I. fig. 4.) 


¢. Cephalothorax piceous (when dry of a golden bronzy 
colour), crossed behind the middle by a bisinuated castaneous 
belt, behind which the coloration is paler than on the caput; 
abdomen whity brown, with a longitudinal arched black stripe 
on each side ; anterior border black-speckled ; spinners black- 
ish; legs and palpi castaneous, clothed with white hairs; 
falces piceous ; legs below and pectoral shield fulvous; venter 
whitish. 

Cephalothorax rather elongated, inverted-bell-shaped, flat- 
tened in front and obliquely arched from behind the posterior 
oculiferous tubercles, the latter placed at anterior third; abdo- 
men ovate, with convex anterior margin, posterior margin 
acuminate ; relative size of eyes, ac 6,al/=pl1,7¢l4; rela- 
tive length of legs 1, 3, 2,4; cephalothorax and abdomen 
together 8 millims. 

Apparently allied to A. africanus of Réunion. 


6. Spermophora comoroensis, n. sp. (Pl. I. fig. 5.) 


Fulvous, with whitish abdomen ; falces below reddish cas- 
taneous. 

Cephalothorax inverted-heart-shaped, posterior margins of 
the caput indicated by a depressed Y-shaped line, from which 
a central depressed longitudinal line runs to the posterior 
margin; abdomen ovoid; legs somewhat sparsely but regu- 
larly covered with minute black granular dots; tarsi clothed 
with short setee ; palpi setose; pectoral shield elongate scuti- 
form ; eyes six in number, about equal in size, placed in pairs ; 
the anterior pair placed in the centre of the anterior portion 
of the caput, the lateral pairs at about the same distance from 
the anterior pair as is covered by the two eyes themselves, and 
placed obliquely; male palpus with the fourth joint barrel- 
shaped, much larger than the three preceding it, terminating 
in a bulb-like joint fringed externally with stiff bristles, and 


44 Mr. W. J. Sollas on a new 


bearing on its inner surface the seminal organ, which is also 
bulb-shaped and tapers above into a long spine-like corneous 
process; relative length of legs 2, 4, 1, 3; cephalothorax and 
abdomen together, of ¢ 7 millims., of 9 8 millims. 

I have to thank the Rev. O. P. Cambridge for referring me 
to the genus of this species. 


7. Gasteracantha madagascariensis ?, var. 


Gasteracantha madagascariensis, Vinson, Aran. de la Réunion, Maurice 
et Madagascar, p. 242, pl. ix. fig. 6 (1863). 

In coloration the example sent agrees far better with G. 
mauritia of Walckenaer, the cephalothorax and femora being 
reddish castaneous, the tibia and tarsi black, the abdomen 
above (in the spirit-example sent) buff-yellow, with black 
spines and depressed spots (“ sigilla,’’ Cambr.), below black 
spotted with yellow. The Rev. O. P. Cambridge thinks it 
more probably a variety of G. madagascariensis ; and if this 
be so, I see no reason why the latter should not be conspecific 
with G. mauritia, since the difference of form, so far as I can 
judge, seems to be very slight between these two spiders. 

As regards the strange modification of pattern which must 
have taken place if this be in truth a pale variety of G. mada- 
gascariensis, I may mention that, so far as can be determined 
from dried specimens, G. jlavomaculata seems to show a ten- 
dency towards a similar modification. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE I. 


Fig. 1. Pasithea folifera, Butl. (twice the natural size). la. Profile 
view of the same, slightly enlarged. 

Fig. 2. Attus Bewsheri, Butl. (twice the natural size). 2a, The same, 
in profile. 

Fig. 3. Attus Johanne, Butl. (twice the natural size). 3a. The same, in 
profile. 306, Male palpus, much enlarged. 

Fig. 4. Attus anjuanus, Butl. (twice the natural size). 4a. The same, in 

rofile. 

Fig. 5. Sainte comoroensis, Butl. (twice the natural size). 5a. The 

same, in profile. 50. Male palpus, much enlarged. 


IV.—On Plocamia plena, a new Species of Echinonematous 


Sponge. By W. J. Souwas, M.A., F.G.8., &e. 
[Plates VI. & VIL] 
Plocamia plena,n. sp. (Pl. VI.) 
(Examined in the dry state.) 


Sponge fan-shaped (Pl. VI. fig. 1) : a horizontal incrusting 
base (0), ='y inch thick, smooth and irregular on the under sur- 


Species of Echinonematous Sponge. 45 


face, areolate on the upper, growing proliferously upwards 
into simple stem-like processes (s) and a thin wide flabellate 
expansion (f). The latter, which is seated on a short stout 
stalk, is formed apparently by the union of a number of simple 
stems, which, fusing together basally, give rise to the stalk, 
and then, diverging and branching radiately upwards and out- 
wards, produce the fan-like plate, on which their course is 
marked by radiating ridges costating both surfaces of the plate, 
while the lines along which they unite are indicated by radia- 
ting furrows left between the ridges. These furrows are fre- 
quently bridged over by irregular transverse connexions, and 
thus becomeconverted into series of deeper or shallower irregular 
pits. Two open window-like spaces (f) perforating the midst of 
the plate are due to the failure of the component ribs in these 
places to unite. The lower half of the incrusting base and the 
central two thirds of the stems and ribs grey in colour and dense 
and compact in texture ; succeeded by an irregularly cavernous, 
sulphur-yellow, intermediate layer, which supports a thin 
drab dermal membrane, through which, in places, a number 
of large pointed spicules project, rendering the surface hirsute 
(Pl. VI. fig. 2). 

Skeleton. The hard parts are those of the axis or base, of 
the intermediate and dermal layers, and of the sarcode. 

Axial spicules with a smooth cylindrical shaft, termi- 
nated at each end by a spherical microspined inflation, 
0-0075 inch long, 0°0005 inch diameter (Pl. VI. fig. 4) ; 
confusedly entangled together in a felt-like manner (Pl. VI. 
fig. 2). 

SS eiediake spicules of two kinds :—(i.) a long, robust, 
curved, conical acuate, sharply pointed at one end and gene- 
rally spherically inflated at the other, inflation usually smooth 
(Pl. VI. fig. 3), sometimes minutely spined (Pl. VII. fig. 
8); length 0°041 inch, diameter of shaft 00018 inch, of head 
0-002 inch; collected in short columns, projecting at right 
angles from the axial core, in the external layer of which 
the inflated ends of some of the spicules are imbedded (PI. VI. 
fig. 2); (il.) a smaller curved, spined acuate, 0:01 inch 
long, 0°001 inch broad, pointed at one end, inflated spheri- 
cally at the other, spines on inflation blunt (PI. VII. fig. 16), 
or pointed, with the points directed from the head to the 
other extremity of the spicule (Pl. VII. fig. 17); spines of 
the shaft commencing about the middle of its length, and 
extending within a short distance of its point, conical, re- 
curved, numerous; inflated heads of the spicules imbedded 
in the axial cord or in the penicillate columns of larger 
acuates, pointed ends projecting echinately (Pl. VL. fig. 2). 

Dermal simple, straight, conical acuates, rounded obtusely 


46 Mr. W. J. Sollas on a new 


at one end, seldom inflated, sharply pointed at the other 
(Pl. VL. fig. 6 and Pl. VII. fig. 28) ; rounded end smooth,some- 
times sparsely microspined (PI. VII. fig. 27), 0°015 inch long, 
0:0004 inch broad ; arranged matted together felt-like, sup- 
ported on the ends of the large intermediate acuates, about 
which they sometimes accumulate in a tent-like projection 
(Pl. VI. fig. 2). 

Sarcode. Flesh-spicules of two kinds, both very minute, 
not exceeding 0°0003 inch in length—one a tricurvate (Pl. VI. 
fig. 7 and Pl. VII. fig. 19, 4), the other an equianchorate, with 
a straight or curved shaft and three recurved minute arms at 
each end (PI. VI. fig. 7 and Pl. VII. fig. 19, a), dispersed 
through bright yellow sarcode. 

Hab, Marine. 

Loc. West Africa, lat. 15° 8. 

Coll. Bristol Museum, presented by John Thwaites, Esq 

Obs. The single specimen of this sponge is in a very per- 
fect state of preservation, having been well dried without 
losing its sarcode. How it was obtained by Mr. Thwaites, 
and from what depth in the sea, there is nothing to show ;_ but 
its occurrence on the western side of Africa so far south as 
15° from the equator is interesting, since both Oscar Schmidt’s* 
species of Plocamia came from the other side of the Atlantic 
and north of the equator, viz. one from Florida at a depth of 
195 fathoms (P. gymnazusa), and the other from Cuba at a 
depth of 270 fathoms (P. clopetaria). 

It is clear from O. Schmidt’s definition of the genus Plo- 
camia that our form must be referred to it; and this reference 
is made all the more certain by the close general agreement 
between P. plena and the two previously described species, 
both in structure and spiculation. In P. gymnazusa, O. 8., 
there is a large acuate in the intermediate layer, like that of 
P. plena; but our spined echinating acuate is represented by 
a smooth form without spines; the needle-like spicules of the 
dermis appear to be present in both, as well as the dumbbell- 
headed, handle-like spicules of the axis. O. Schmidt does 
not make any mention of flesh-spicules; but as in P. plena 
these are very minute, it is just possible that, if present in the 
other forms, they may have escaped his attention. 

Putting these on one side, then, the distinction between P. 
gymnazusa and P. plena, so far as it can be learned from de- 
scription merely, appears to lie chiefly in the different form of 
the echinating acuates :—in the latter a richly spined, straight, 
or curved acuate with an inflated head ; in the former a smooth, 


* Grundziige einer Spongienfauna des atlantischen Gebietes, pp. 62, 
80, Taf. iv. figs. 17, 18. 


Species of Echinonematous Sponge. 47 


abruptly bent acuate, sharply pointed at one end and merely 
rounded off at the other. In P. clopetaria, O. 8., a fat 
clumsy tuberculated spicule is said to be characteristic, and 
travesties rather than represents our echinating acuate. 

As regards the affinities of the genus, O. Schmidt considers 
it related on one hand to the Suberites, and on the other 
to the genus Clathria. ‘That it is a true echinonematous 
sponge (¢. e. allied to Clathria) there is no doubt; and cer- 
tainly the spicules of the axial column and lower part of the 
base are arranged in a very suberitic fashion. The scopi- 
form bundles of acuates in the intermediate layer remind one 
of Microciona; and if one added to the membranous base of 
the latter a layer of felted spicules, the resemblance would 
become almost complete, especially as Myzilla, which in at 
least some of its species is identical with IMvcrociona, fre- 
quently grows upwards into stalked processes, which appear 
to resemble those of P. plena. 

In the relation of the scopiform bundles of spicules to the 
axial columns of the sponge, Plocamia shows some similarity 
to Dictyocylindrus ramosus, Bwk.; but the latter has not the 
spicular dermal layer which occurs in the former. In Phakellia 
the dermal layer is present, but the scopiform bundles are re- 
placed by long plumose fibres. Thus the affinities of the sponge 
are all with Kchinonematous forms; and it should apparently 
be referred to the family Ectyonide, where it will form a 
group by itself, viz. the Plocamianina, with the following defi- 
nition :—Sponge growing proliterously upwards from an 
incrusting base ; skeleton consisting of axial columns of dumb- 
bell-headed spicules supporting scopiform bundles of large 
acuates, which, as well as the axial columns, are echinated by 
smaller acuates of another form, the exterior provided with a 
dermal spicular covering, and the sarcode containing very 
minute flesh-spicules. 


Order ECHINONEMATA, Carter. 
Family Ectyonidez, Carter. 
Group Procamrayrna, Sollas. 
Genus Procamra, O. Schmidt. 
Species: 1. Plocamia gymnazusa, O. 8. 
2. Plocamia clopetaria, O. 8. 

3. Plocamia plena, Soll. 


It is worthy of notice that no horny material is discoverable 


48 Mr. W. J. Sollas on a new 


in these sponges. O. Schmidt says that none is present in 
the two species he had examined ; and to determine whether 
there might not be some in mine I mounted a few slices of 
the sponge in glycerine jelly, which makes the siliceous 
spicules almost invisible, and so brings into greater distinct- 
ness the other parts. The sarcode was thus rendered very 
visible ; but no kerataceous material could be detected. The 
sarcode, we may mention, soon parted with some of its intense 
yellow colouring-matter to the surrounding medium, which thus 
at first assumed a yellow tint that has since almost entirely 
disappeared. By the absence of horny matter in it Plocamia 
does not quite meet the requirements of Carter’s definition of 
his order; but this is a small point of difference ; and from the 
examination of a large number of Echinonematous sponges 1 
am inclined to think that the presence or absence of horny 
matter is not of ordinal value, or, more properly, that the 
passage from a spiculose horny fibre, whether echinated or 
not, to a wholly spicular not horny fibre is so gradual that it 
is impossible to draw a hard-and-fast line between the two, 
and that, just as a Renierid may be regarded as a Holorha- 
phidote development of a Chalinid, so there may be sponges 
among the Echinonemata which may be regarded as Holo- 
rhaphidote developments of the Ectyonide ; and such I believe 
is the nature of Plocamia for one, not to mention others. 

If we adopt a monophyletic origin for the various forms of 
spicules found in Plocamia and other sponges, we shall natu- 
rally be led to look for some evidence of this amidst the wide 
variations which the spicular forms assume ; and such evidence 
is, I think, to be readily found. In the first place, leaving 
out of account the flesh-spicules, of which we know too little 
at present, and which may have a separate origin to the others, 
one observes a- close family likeness in all the forms of 
spicules to be found in Plocamia: thus, though they differ 
considerably in proportion, they all present a conical or cylin- 
drical form, without any tendency to become fusiform, they 
all exhibit a tendency to acquire spines, and they all vary in 
the same kind of way. ‘The dermal spicules, for instance, 
often acquire an inflated head, and, though usually very 
straight, sometimes become slightly curved; on the other 
hand, the large intermediate acuates sometimes lose their 
terminal inflation and so present merely a rounded-off end, 
and, though usually curved, they sometimes become straight ; 
while in both dermal and intermediate acuates the head often 
becomes more or less spined. The only constant difference 
which distinguishes these two forms thus lies only in size and 
proportion ; and even in the latter character variation occurs, 


Species of Echinonematous Sponge. 49 


the intermediate acuates becoming thinner and the dermal 
acuates thicker, and so approaching the one to the other. Hence 
I see no difficulty in believing that the spicule-cell of the larger 
acuate is a direct descendant of that of the dermal spicule. 
Again, the dermal spicule sometimes becomes rounded off at 
both ends, and in one instance was observed with an inflation 
at each end, each inflation being sparsely microspined 
(Pl. VII. fig. 20); on the other hand, the dumbbell-like 
axial spicule loses one of its inflations, retaining the other, so 
that at one end it possesses a spherical head, and at the other 
is merely rounded off (Pl. VII. fig. 26), or terminated some- 
times by a blunt mucrone (PI. VII. fig. 25), which, however, 
still retains its microtuberculation, though the tubercles ex- 
hibit a tendency to acquire the characters of small spines; 
again, the axial spicule varies much in proportional length, 
being sometimes very short and stumpy, like Pl. VII. fig. 21, 
and at others elongating and narrowing till one has the attenu- 
ated form, Pl. VII. fig. 22, very similar in proportion to one 
of the dermal spicules. ‘Thus the passage of a dermal spicule 
into one of the dumbbell-like forms is by no means incon- 
celivable. As regards the spined echinating spicules, these 
exhibit as many variations as the others ; the extent to which 
the pointed end is spined is very inconstant, some forms re- 
maining almost smooth (Pl. VII. fig. 13, for imstance), in 
which case they closely resemble the young spinose-headed 
forms (Pl. VII. fig. 12) of the intermediate acuates, from 
which they might easily have been derived. Our theory of 
the relationship between these various spicules may be ex- 
pressed in the following diagram :— 


Adult smooth acuate 


(fig. 3). 
Young form of —<— Dermal spicule —>- Axial spicule 
acuate (fig. 28). (fig. 4). 
(fig. 12). : 


Adult spinose acuate 
(fig. 5). 

Of other variations displayed by the spicules one may 
notice the tendency, very frequently displayed by the large 
acuates, to exchange the pointed for a rounded extremity, 
thus passing irito the cylindrical spicule, Pl. VII. fig. 9; and 
this may be combined with a general stunting m linear 
growth, which leads to such forms as figs. 10, 11, Pvt 
and might, if carried far enough, give us a truly globular 

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. iv. 4 


50 Mr. W. J. Sollas on a new 


form as the end of the series. It would not do, however, to 
regard such a globular spicule as in any way resembling the 
balls of the Geodide ; for in the latter the growth is purely 
radiate, in the former as purely concentric ; one is an over- 
grown stellate spicule, the other an aborted acuate; and the 
difference between them is made very manifest by treatment 
with boiling alkali, the Geodia-globule dissolvmg rapidly 
from the centre outwards, the Plocaméa-cylinder obdurately 
resisting all solution and never admitting the potash to its 
interior. 

Vinally, the acuates sometimes become bent upon them- 
selves, to the extent of 90° or much more (Pl. VII. fig. 18) ; 
and as bending usually foreshadows branching, so we some- 
times find a spicule putting forth a spine-like branch near its 
extremity, into which enters correspondingly a branch from 
the axial canal; such a bifurcation of the end of one of these 
acuates carries us much nearer the trifid spicules of the 
Pachastrellidee and Pachytragide than the bi- and trifurca- 
tion in the echinating spicules of Plectronella, since in the 
latter it is the head end which is so divided, while here, as 
in the groups just mentioned, it is the pointed end of the 
spicule. 

In conclusion we have to consider the behaviour of the 
spicules when treated with boiling solution of potash. The 
spined acuates under these circumstances readily dissolved 
both within and without, in just the same manner as uniaxial 
spicules usually do; and I was able to make quite certain 
that no branches were supplied to the spines by the axial 
canal; the spines are merely local thickenings of the exterior 
of the spicule, not aborted branches as is the case with Plec- 
tronella. 


Kchinating acuate after treatment with boiling potash (x 435), 


The dumbbell spicules and the large acuates with both ends 
rounded seldom underwent internal solution, unless they had 
been broken across so as to make the axial canal accessible. 
Solution of the exterior proceeded rapidly, coat after coat of 
the acerates being removed, and, indeed, of the dumbbell forms 
as well, exposing the successive forms through which they 
had passed durmg their growth; and it is worth mentioning 


Species of Echinonematous Sponge. 51 


that the forms so revealed were always similar to that of the 
spicule from which they were derived, a conical acuate always 
remaining a conical acuate, and a stunted cylindrical one 
always remaining stunted and cylindrical; and thus Bower- 
bank’s notion that the latter are young forms of the former, 
and would become pointed and conical with growth, is refuted; 
the cylindric are aborted, not immature forms of the acuates. 
The statement that residual acuates are of the same or similar 
form to the original ones may appear difficult to verify, since 
when the outer coat has been removed there is nothing 
left to show what the form originally was; and since the solu- 
tion takes place while the spicules are being boiled, one can- 
not witness the removal of a coating. That is true: but it is 
a remarkable fact that solution does not wholly remove the 
outer coat; in other words, the solution is partial only; for 
after the potash has dissolved away the silica of one of the 
envelopes there remains behind a less soluble residue, which 
has the appearance of a delicate, soft, membranous film, and 
which retains very closely the original form of the envelope 
from which it was derived. Thus in fig. 2 we have a sketch 


Smooth acuate after treatment with potash (x 140). s, residual 
spicule; f, residual membrane. 


of the residual film of an acuate enclosing within its slightly 
folded, delicate, almost invisible substance (f) the solid, 
strongly defined spicule (s). In fig.3 an axial spicule is re- 
presented with the residual film of an outer envelope washed 


Axial spicule after boiling with potash. s, remainder of spicule ; 
J, outer sheath separated from it ; a, air-bubble (x 435). 


from it and lying on one side; the air-bubble (a) within this 
sheath indicates the tenuity of its walls. 


What, then, is the nature of this residual substance, which, 
Ae 


52 On a new Species of Echinonematous Sponge. 


though presenting a strangely organic appearance, is yet able 
to resist the effects of boiling solution of alkali? From the 
fact that some small pieces of cork, which were accidentally 
present with the boiling spicules, had not suffered any marked 
decomposition, nothing more than a separation, to a certain 
extent, of their cells, it occurred to me that it might be a form 
of cellulose, which is known to occur now in various groups 
of animals, and which would not be an unlikely accompani- 
ment to the green colouring-matter (probably chlorophyll) 
which characterizes some kinds of sponges. On testing with 
Schulze’s solution, however, the membrane was not coloured, 
while the associated fragments of cork became stained of a deep 
violet; on exposing to a high temperature it appeared to 
become carbonized ; it did not affect polarized light. These 
are the only observations I have made with regard to this 
substance at present; my next step will be to submit some 
sponge-spicules to organic analysis; till then I regard the 
composition of their organic foundation as an open question. 

The heads of the axial spicules appear to suffer far more 
from solution than their shafts, the whole interior of a head 
being sometimes eaten out without the shaft showing any 
evident signs of solution. Can this in any way be connected 
with the micro-tuberculation of the heads ? 


Fig. 4. 


Two of the double-headed axial spicules after boiling with potash 
(x 455). Shaded parts indicate the cavities which have been 
excavated by solution. 


From the cavity thus excavated in the head, the potash 
sometimes finds its way into the axial canal; but quite as 
often it dissolves a path for itself outside the site of the axial 
canal down each side of the spicule. 


EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. 
PLATE VI. 


Plocamia plena. 


Fig. 1. Plocamia plena (nat. size). b, incrusting base; s, single upright 
stem; 7, a rib of the fan-like expansion cut across (the fan is 


Prof. R. Owen on rare E.ctinct Vertebrates. 53 


incomplete on this side) ; f, an opening in the fan, left between 
two diverging ribs. From a photograph. 


Fig. 2. Section across the base of fig. 1 (magnified about 50 diameters). 


Fig. 3 
Fg. 
Fig. 
Fug. 


Fug. 


+ 
5 
6. 
ff 


tig. 8. 


. 9. 


g. 10. 
ig. 11 
12 
VIS 
ae" 
15 


. Large acuate of the intermediate layer. 
. Dumbbell-like spicule of the base or axis. 
. Spined echinating acuate. 


Needle-like spicule of the dermal layer. The head is a little too 
inflated to be normal. 


. Equianchorate and tricurvate spicules of the sarcode. 


Figs. 3-7 all magnified 140 diameters. 


PuaTE VII. 
Varieties of the spicules of P. plena. 


Common variety of the large acuate, with a spinose head. 
Common variety of the large acuate with the distal end rounded 
off. 
A similar but extremely stunted form. 


. A variety intermediate between those of figs. 9, 10. 


A young form of the large acuate, with spined head. 
A nearly spineless variety of the echinating acuate. 
Similar, but with a larger number of spines. 
Spined acuate, bent abruptly to one side. 

Figs. 8-15 are all magnified 140 diameters. 


Figs. 16, 17. Normal forms of spined echinating acuates (x 435). 
18. Large smooth acuate, bent upon itself hook-like (x 140). 


Fig. 
Fig. 
Fig. 


fig. 
Fig. 
Fig. 
Fug. 
Fug. 


Fig. 


19 


20. 


2] 
22 


23. 


24 


25, 
26. 
ig. 27 


. 28. 
. 29 


Flesh-spicules. a, equianchorates ; 6, tricurvates. x 435. 
Dermal spicule with both ends inflated and microspined 
(xX 435). 
Short stout form of axial or dumbbell spicule. 
Attenuated form of the same spicule. 
Same kind of spicule bent upon itself at right angles. 
Same spicule, doubly inflated at one end. 
Same spicule, with one end rounded off and produced into a 
blunt mucrone. 
Similar, but without the mucrone. 
Figs. 21-26 all magnified 140 diameters. 
Head of a dermal spicule, magnified 435 diameters, to show the 
minute spines. 
Ordinary dermal needle (x 140). 
Normal dumbbell form (x 435). 


V.—On the Occurrence tn North America of rare Extinct 
Vertebrates found fragmentarily in England.—No. 2. By 
Prof. R. Owen, C.B., F.R.S., &c. 


[Plate VIII. ] 
[Continued from ser. 5, vol. ii. p. 223. ] 


Part III. RESTORATION OF LErIoDON ANCEPS. 


In the section on Mosasauroids, in the “ Report on British 


54. Prof, R. Owen on the Occurrence 


Fossil Reptiles ” for 1841*, a genus Levodon was defined on a 
modification of mosasauroid teeth in a fragment of jaw dis- 
covered in a Cretaceous formation in Norfolk, and figured in 
plate Ixxii. figs. 1, 2, of my ‘ Odontography.’ 

Certain vertebre from the Greensand of New Jersey, North 
America, submitted to my examination by Prof. Henry Rogers, 
in 1849+, presented mosasauroid characters, but differed from 
those which had been referred by Cuviert and Goldfuss§ to 
the type genus Mosasaurus in a degree which led me to re- 
mark that “ they might belong to the genus Ledodon ;” but 
I, provisionally, described and figured them under the name 
of “ Macrosaurus levis.” Similar vertebrae were subse- 
quently discovered by Prof. Emmons in Cretaceous deposits 
of North Carolina, and were referred by him to the genus 
Macrosaurus ||. 

Dr. Joseph Leidy, in his excellent work ‘ On the Cretace- 
ous Reptiles of the United States,’ 4to, 1864, notices mosa- 
sauroid teeth from other localities in the United States, several 
of which he states to “ correspond in all anatomical characters 
with the teeth described by Prof. Owen as characteristic of a 
distinct genus, to which he has given the name of Letodon”’ 7] ; 
but in the figures of his plate xi. those teeth are referred to 
Mosasaurus. 

Prof. E. D. Cope, in his richly illustrated volume on the 
Vertebrata of the Cretaceous Formations of the West,- de- 
scribes and figures specimens which enabled him to show that 
the vertebrae of Macrosaurus were actually those of Letodon 
levis, and also to define other species of that mosasauroid 
genus** obtained from the ‘ Kansas chalk.” 

Finally, in the ‘ Transactions of the Kansas Academy of 
Science’ for 1877-8, vol. vi., Prof. F. H. Snow describes and 
figures characteristic portions of an almost entire skeleton of 
a Leiodon which he had the good fortune to expose in the 


* Report of the British Association for the Advancement of Science 
for 1841, 8vo, p. 144. 

+ Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London, vol. v. 
(1849), p. 380, pl. v. 

3 gqeosenciice sur les Ossemens Fossiles, 4to, 1824, tome y. 2¢ partie, 
e § Nov. Act. Acad. Nat.-Cur. vol. xxi. p. 179 (1845). 

|| Report on the Geology of North Carolina, 1858, p. 213, fig. 34, a. 

{| Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge, vol. ué supra, p. 130. 

** “ Several names have been proposed for our species, the earliest of 
which is Macrosaurus, Owen. This name applies to species with com- 
pressed dorsal vertebrae, as Z. levis and L. Mitchellii, both from New 
Jersey Greensand.”—Section “Lxriopon, Owen,” op. cit. 4to, 1875, 
pp. 160, 161, pls. xxviii.-xxxiil. 


in North America of rare Extinct Vertebrates. sy) 


“yellow limestones belonging to the Niobrara group of the 
Cretaceous Formations ””*. 

From these American materials a restoration of the Letodon 
modification of the Mosasauroid Lacertians may be under- 
taken. Of the skull I have little to add to the description 
given in my paper “On the Rank and Affinities of the 
Mosasauroids’’t. The edentulous production of the pre- 
maxillary (Pl. VIII. fig. 1, a) beyond the alveoli of the 
*=* incisors may be noticed as suggestive of a rudiment or 
beginning of the Ziphioid modification of the cetaceous cra- 
nium. The mandible is slender, with a low coronoid process 
and slightly produced angle. A specimen has been found 
26 inches in length f. 

The vertebral column of Letodon anceps (Pl. VIII. fig. 1) 
-exhibits the range of modification in its several regions 
characteristic of these great extinct ‘ Lacertia Natantia’§, 
and contrasting with the comparative uniformity of the ver- 
tebree in Python and other Ophidia. 

The atlas (ib. fig. 2) consists, as in lizards||, of a pair of 
neurapophyses, 7, and a detached hemapophysis, 4, simula- 
ting a centrum{]. The transverse exceeds the vertical dia- 
meter, although the latter is extended by a short obtuse 
hypapophysial spine, y, less developed than in Mosasaurus**. 
Hach neurapophysis presents a large subconcave facet for 
articulating with part of the occipital condyle ; a rudimental 
diapophysis projects from the outer side. 

The axis (ib. fig. 3) consists of a long body, including the 
proper centrum of the atlas, ca, coalesced with that of the 
axis,c x. The latter develops a hypapophysis, y, to which 
is articulated a short hemapophysis, 2. A compressed ver- 
tical ridge-like process (par-diapophysis, @) extends from each 
side of the centrum; it may be for the support of a rudimental 
cervical rib. 

A few of the succeeding vertebrae are characterized by both 
diapophysis (ib. fig. 4, @) and hypapophysis, y—the latter 


with a rough articular surface fer ligamentous attachment of a 


* Op. cit. p. 54, plate opposite same page, and woodeut p. 57. 

+ Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society, vol. xxxiil. p. 695, 
fig. 15. 

¢ In the grey shale of the Niobraska chalk ; referred by Prof. Cope to 
a Letodon nepeolicus (op. cit. p. 177). 

‘Fossil Reptilia of the Cretaceous Formations,’ 4to, 1851, p. 29. 

|| Cuy. Oss. Foss. 4to, vol. v. pl. xvii. fig. 10, 

@ See ‘Annals and Magazine of Natural History,’ vol. xx. p. 217, 
fies, 4, 5. 

** Cuyv, op. cit. pl. xx. fig. 14, ¢ (after Camper). 


56 Prof. R. Owen on the Occurrence 


short imperforate hemapophysis, 4. The series of these 
hemapophyses are homologues of those described by Sir 
Philip de M. Grey Egerton under the name of “ subver- 
tebral wedge-bones”’ in Jchthyosaurus*. 'They are present in 
similar intervertebral position in Amblyrhynchust, where they 
are five or six in number. They are represented by con- 
fluent pieces in Cyclodust. But the presence of hypapo- 
physes for their support distinguishes the Mosasauroid from 
other families of Lacertilia as well as from both Ichthyo- and 
Sauropterygia. 

The diapophysis of the third cervical supports a rib; and a 
similar costigerous process§ is present in the dorsal vertebrae. 
This series may be conveniently, though artificially, defined 
by the suppression of the hypapophysis. The zygapophyses 
(figs. 5 and 6, 2, 2’) disappear in the posterior dorsals as in 
fig. 7. The diminution in vertical and increase in longi- 
tudinal extent, together with its descent in position from the 
side of the centrum, reduce the “ transverse process”’ to a 
“ parapophysis,” p, fig. 8, which characterizes the lumbar 
vertebre. This change is attended with a modification of the 
shape of the centrum, the transverse section of which becomes 
triangular with the base downward, instead of the elliptic 
shape shown in the vertebre from the antecedent part of the 
column. ‘There is no sacrum by ankylosis: a single ver- 
tebra supports a pair of small rib-like, feebly curved, iliac 
bones (ib. fig. 1,/), with a slightly expanded, distal, bifaceted, 
syndesmosal surface, the larger division for the ischium. The 
pubics, wv, have a smaller syndesmosal terminal expansion, are 
slender and nearly straight. The ischia (m) are broader, have 
a short posterior process, offer proximally a syndesmosal sur- 
face divided between the ilium and the femur, and have a 
distal surface for a symphysis with their fellow, completing 
the inverted arch below. 

The anterior caudal vertebrae add to the parapophyses 
(fig. 9, p) a pair of hypapophyses, y, to which is articulated 
a hemal arch formed by the apical confluence of a pair of 
heemapophyses, h, from which confluence extends obliquely 
backward a hemal spine, # s, rivalling or surpassing the 
neural one, »s, in length. The parapophysis gradually 
shortens and disappears at about the anterior third of the tail 
(fig. 10), which thereafter shows its natatory compression and 


* Trans. Geol. Soc. ser. 2, vol. v. p. 187, pl. 14 (1886). 

+ Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. wt supra, fig. 4, p. 221. 

{ Ib. ib. fig. 5, p. 228, 

§ This, though marked d, combines the origins of both di- and par- 
apophyses ; in fig. 8 it becomes p. 


in North America of rare Extinct Vertebrates. 57 


vertical extension attended with piscine confluence of the 
hem- (2) with the hyp- (y) apophyses (ib. fig. 11). 

No Mosasauroid has hitherto been discovered so entire and 
undisturbed, or exhumed with such exact care, as to yield a 
precise numerical vertebral formula. LKven in the skeleton 
of the Letodon described by Prof. Snow, “ only two of the 
twenty vertebree, which were scattered over the slab in all 
positions, remained united ”’*. 

The nearest approaches to the true number in the genus 
Mosasaurus I believe to have been made by Cuvier (who assigns 
133) and by Goldfuss (157). Of Letodon I estimate, pro- 
visionally, from the various data at command, the follow- 
ing :— 


Number 
NIELS AMID ERAS ome raieue tac loud al Biaga erat oajacal tine a Rts aay ater eet 2 
Vertebree (type 4) with hemapophysis, hypapophysis, di- 
apophysis, and zygapophysis ...... 5 
. (type 5) with hypapophysis, zygapophysis, and 
AIAPOPH YSIS}. asia sas Sais o ioe w Sere 7 
y (type 6) with zygapophysis and diapophysis.... 18 
= (type. 7) with diapophysis. “. 2.0.00. es 2 0k... a- 22 
. (type 8) with parapophysis.................. 15 
> (type 9) with parapophysis and unankylosed 
heomalbarchye sid. aie oes scctaaas 24 
oi (type 10) with unankylosed hemal arch......., 14 
,) (type 11) with ankylosed heemal arch} ........ 44 
A (type 12) with centrum and neurapophyses rudi- 
mentalOr NONE pi tes eee a ters iateteraista Gs 
158 


The vertebre of Ledodon are devoid of the accessory zygan- 
tral and zygosphenal articulations. 

All the ribs or pleurapophyses, where present or preserved, 
are monocipital. 

In entering upon the description of the British Fossil Rep- 
tilia t [found the descriptive phrases applied in Anthropotomy 
to the parts and processes of the vertebrae cumbrous, if at all 
applicable to the homologous parts in those of the lower (especi- 
ally the cold-blooded) Vertebrates, some apophyses in which 
had no homologues in the human vertebra. I therefore pro- 
posed a “‘ Nomenclature,” substituting ‘‘names” for “phrases,” 
and devised names for parts which previously had none. 


* Op. ct. p. oT. 

+ All the above have the centrum (c) and ankylosed neural arch and 
spine (2 8). 

t “On the Plestosaurus macrocephalus,” Trans. Geol. Soc. vol. v. ser. 2, 
p. 515 (1838); “ Reports on British Fossil Reptiles,” in Transactions of 
the British Association for 1840 and 1841. 


58 Prof. R. Owen on the Occurrence 


The general adaptive characters of the Mosasaurian verte- 
bre relate to aquatic life; and in the category (type 7) 
in which the zygapophyses ‘disappear, not to return, there is 
a significant indication of a tendency towards the Cetacea; in 
a great extent of the caudal series (type 11) a piscine charac- 
ter prevails. Both these modifications are engrafted on, or 
associated with, the lacertian type of the proccelian vertebra. 

The movements of this gigantic reptile among the sea-waves, 
mainly executed by the long and flexile vertebral column, 
were guided or modified by the action of both pectoral and 
pelvic fins: the retention of both pairs is more piscine than 
cetacean ; or, we may say, the common vertebrate number of 
limbs, in Mosasaurs as in Ichthyosaurs, has not been departed 
from, as in some later and more modified forms of warm- 
blooded marine Vertebrates. Are the pelvic and femoral 
rudiments, which are concealed beneath the skin in modern 
whales, the remnants of the ventral fins of the cold-blooded 
marine air-breather? or are they remnants of the hind legs 
of a warm-blooded, ancestral, shore-haunting quadruped ? 
Such pleasant speculations as a solace to the work of acqui- 
sition of positive facts may be condoned. 

The framework of the pectoral fin was first restored by 
Prof. Marsh *, in the American Mosasauroid which he ealls 
Lestosaurus simus (Platecarpus, Cope) : the Lacertian type of 
this framework is illustrated, in comparison with the Cetacean 
and Enaliosaurian types, in the undercited work f. In the 
large proportion of a Leiodon discovered by Prof. Snow of the 
Kansas University, in the “ yellow limestones along the 
Hackbury Creek, in Yove County, Kansas,” the framework 
of the pectoral fin was found “‘ lying underneath the ribs and 
vertebree, with the bones in natural position.” Fig. 13, Pl. 
VIIL., is a reduced copy of the Professor’s figure of this fin f. 
Assuming the accuracy of the arrangement of the bones, the 
first (innermost or radial) digit (1) is the longest, and includes 
a metacarpal (m) and eleven phalanges ; the second digit (11) 
has the same number of phalanges and nearly the same length ; 
the third (111) has nine phalanges; the fourth (1v) shows seven, 
but one or two small terminal bones seem to be wanting ; the 
fifth, outermost or ulnar, digit (v) has evidently been the 


shortest, and retains but five phalanges. In the general shape of 


* American Journal of Science and Arts, vol. iii. p. 4, pl. x. (1872). 

+ Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society, vol. xxxiv. p. 748, 
fies. 1-4 (1878). 

{ Transactions of the Kansas Academy of Sciences, vol. vi. p. 57, 
(1878). This volume had not appeared at the date of The reading of my 
second paper, “On the Affinities of the Mosasauridee,” June 5, 1878, 


in North America of rare Extinct Vertebrates. 59 


the fin, decreasing in length from the radial, 54, to the ulnar, 55, 
side, the fin of Leiodon resembles more that of the Cetacean® 
than does the fin of Lestosawrus, but with the marked diffe- 
rence of the first digit being the shortest in Cetacea and the 
longest in the present genus of Mosasauria. 

‘The most instructive addition to the anatomy of this extinct 
family of marine Saurians is the degree in which the dermal 
skeleton is preserved in the Kansas example of Letodon f. 

Prof. Marsh had referred certain dermal scutes to Mosa- 
sauroid reptiles, and conceived them “ to be mainly from the 
lower part of the neck.” “In the genus Liodon,” he adds, 
*‘ the scutes are also imbricate, and somewhat similar to those 
above described ’’$ (in the genus Hdestosaurus). But Prof. 
Snow has brought to light an extensive series of such os- 
seous scales, indicative of a more general dermal scutation. 
Fig. 14, Pl. VIIL., is a copy of a portion of this armour 
from one of the flanks of the Levodon, of the natural size. 
In no known Ophidian are the scales formed in any pro- 
portion by bone; the purely epidermal tissue of their exu- 
vial coat’ would be wholly dissolved in remains from a 
Cretaceous matrix, or, indeed, of one of more recent date. 
The Sheppey and other Eocene serpents are represented 
only by the parts of their endoskeleton; and so large a 
proportion of this has been found in natural articulation 
as to lend ground for expectation that the dermal scales 
would have been preserved if, as in lizards, they had included 
petrifiable parts§. In the existing members of the Lacertian 
order bone is developed at the base of the scale in several 
genera, e.g. Trachysaurus, Tribolonotus, Ophisaurus, &e. 
And if the curious fossils called ‘ granicones,”’ found in the 
“‘ Feather-bed ”’ shales of the Middle Purbecks, have been 
rightly interpreted ||, they likewise exemplify the osseous sup- 
ports of the scales of an extinct lizard (Nuthetes destructor)— 
and, by virtue of their tissue, have been susceptible of fossili- 
zation; and testify to the dermal character of that species. 

The formal character of both maxillary and mandibular 


* Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxxiv. p. 749, fig. 1. 

+ “On the Dermal Covering of a Mosas: auroid R eptile (Liodon dyspe lor, 
Cope),” by Prof. F. H. Snow, op. cit. p. 54. The figure occupies p. 55. 

t ‘American Journal of Science and Arts,’ vol. iii. p. 11 (April 1872). 

§ Owen, ‘ History of British Fossil Reptiles,’ Ato, p. 146, pl. Ophidians, 
4, Ihave lately been favoured, by Mr. Shrubsole of Sheerness, with an 
opportunity of examining a ereater extent of the vertebral column of 
Paleophis tokapicus than ‘the subject of my plate, but unaccompanied by 
any trace of scutes. 

|| Transactions of the Royal Microscopical Society, vol. i. p. 233, 
pl. xii. (1878), 


60 Prof. R. Owen on rare Extinct Vertebrates. 


teeth, attributed to the genus Ledodon and exemplified by 
transverse sections in fig. 15, Pl. VIII., has been found con- 
stant and characteristic of those teeth in the species of the 
genus noted as from the various localities in Leidy’s ‘ Mo- 
nograph on the Cretaceous Reptiles of the United States,’ 
and represented in pls. ix.-xi., and in the woodcuts of 
pp. 58-69. The subject of Leidy’s cut no. 18, and of fig. 7, 
pl. ix., from Monmouth County, New Jersey, is noted as 
corresponding in all its anatomical characters with those of 
Leiodon (p. 62). 

The Mosasauroid or family characters of the teeth are 
strictly retained. ‘The crown, composed of hard dentine with 
a thin coat of enamel, is supported by, and as it were wedged 
into a basis (fang or root) of the modified osteine called 
“cement.” This is much thicker than the crown, and pre- 
sents a rounded or full elliptical transverse section, whatever 
be the shape of the crown (compare the outline @ (root) with 
b (crown) of a tooth of Letodon, fig. 15, Pl. VILI.). 

The root, when first formed, is implanted in a distinct 
socket, and the “ thecodont ” type of dentition is manifested. 
But this is a transitory condition; the cement becoming con- 
fluent with the bone of the socket, and, partially rising above 
the alveolar border of the jaw, the tooth then exhibits the 
“‘ acrodont” type. But amuch larger proportion of the orginal 
and independent tooth can be traced in the substance of the jaw 
than is the case in the existing acrodont Lacertilia. ‘The pulp- 
cavity remains in the basal half of the crown, and descends a 
short way into the cemental fang, where it is closed by a 
coarser and more vascular modification of the cement. The 
vertical or longitudinal extent of the enamelled crown at its 
outer and exposed surface is about one third that of the fang. 

The teeth are displaced and succeeded by others, many 
times during the life of the individual, as in modern Lacertilia. 
At least I have met with no specimens in which a reserve 
cavity with a more or less advanced successional tooth has 
not existed at the postero-internal side of the implanted base 
of the functional tooth*. The germ of a third generation in 
the form of the enamelled apex of the crown may be detected 
within the pulp-cavity of the second, which is in course of 
succeeding and displacing the first or fully formed tooth f. 

The nearest resemblance to the Mosasauroid type of tooth 
is now presented by certain Cetacea, as, e. y., the Cachalots {, 
Platanists$, and more especially by the Ziphioids, nm which 

* ‘Odontography,’ p. 259, pl. 72. fig. 2. 
+ See Leidy, wé supra, pl. xi. fig. 4, d. 
{ ‘Odontography,’ pl. 89. fig. 2. § Ib. pl. 87 a. 


M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Calcispongie. 61 


the enamelled crown is borne upon an enormously developed 
cemental root, to which conical mass it sometimes appears as 
a mere apex*, 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIII. 


Fig. 1. Restoration of Leiodon anceps, Ow., as shown by an outline of the 
skeleton, omitting certain of the estimated numbers of the con- 
stituent types of vertebree, for lack of space. 


Fig. 2. Side view of atlas vertebra. 

Fig. 5. axis vertebra. 

Fig. 4. cervical vertebra. 

Fig. 5. ie dorsal vertebra (first type). 
fg. 6. Fs dorsal vertebra (second type). 
LED. Ue . dorsal vertebra (third type). 
Fig. 8. lumbar vertebra. 

Fig. 9. Front view of caudal vertebra (first type). 
Fig. 10, Side view of caudal vertebra (second type). 


Fig. 11. Front view of caudal vertebra (third type). 
Fig. 12. - terminal caudal vertebra. 
Fig. 15. Bones of right antebrachium and fin. 
7g. 14. Portion of dermal scutation of the side of the trunk. 
Fig. 15. Outline of transverse sections of maxillary tooth. a, root; 
b, crown. 


(All the figures, save 14 and 15, are much reduced in size.) 


VI.—Studies on Fossil Sponges.—V. Calcispongie. 
By Karu ALFRED ZITTEL. 


[Continued from vol. iii. p, 379.] 
Revision of the Fossil Calcispongie. 


Family 1. Ascones, Hiickel. 


Stomach-wall thin, penetrated by inconstant cutaneous 
pores, wall-less and temporary openings in the parenchyma. 
Skeletal spicules usually in a single layer parallel to the 
surface. : 

No fossil representatives at present known. 


Family 2. Leucones. 


Stomach-wall thick, irregularly traversed by curved, 
branched, usually anastomosing canals, running without any 
definite arrangement. Parenchyma-skeleton consisting of 


* See ‘Monograph on British Fossil Cetacea,’ p. 12, pl. 1. fig. 5, a, in 
the volume (4to) of the Paleeontographical Society issued in 1870, 


62 M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Calcispongie. 


irregularly placed spicules ; besides these special dermal and 
gastral layers. 
Fossil forms unknown*. 


Family 3. Pharetrones, Zittel. 


Wall thick, with curved branching canals, or without any 
canals. Skeletal elements arranged in anastomosing fibres. 
A dermal layer often present. 


Eupea, Lamx. 
(Exp. Méth. p. 46, pl. xxiv. figs. 1-4, 1821). 

Eudea p. p-, D’Orb. 

Verrucospongia p. p., D’Orb. 

Epeudea, Ependea, Stegendea, From. 

Spongites, Orispongia, Quenst. 

Solenolmia, Verrucospongia, Eudea, Elasmeudea, Pom. 

Sponge simple or branched, cylindrical, clavate or pyriform, 
attached, with a narrow tubular central cavity reaching to 
the base. ‘Theskeleton consists of coarse anastomosing fibres, 
which spread out like lamellae at the surface, except at the 
vertex, become fused together, and form a smooth, dense 
dermal layer, in which are situate round or misshapen, some- 
times margined apertures, which are connected with shallow 
depressions. In the same way the wall of the stomachal cavity 
also consists of a smooth layer, which is only pierced by pore- 
like openings. 

The canal-system is indistinctly developed in consequence 
of the large-meshed texture of the skeleton; the water pro- 
bably passed through the large ostia of the surface into the 
sponge-body, circulated between the large spicular fibres, and 
reached the stomachal cavity through the above-mentioned 
pores. . In cut specimens no canals appear either in longitu- 
dinal or in transverse sections. 

Of this genus a species from the Great Oolite of Caen was 


* A few days ago two fragments of rock belonging to the older Creta- 
ceous, from Pirot, in Bulgaria, were sent to me by Prof. Toula of Vienna. 
They consisted almost entirely of small subcylindrical bodies narrowed 
downwards, about 10-15 millims. in length, and 5-4 millims. in thickness. 
These evidently organic hollow bodies most resembled the Gyroporelle 
of the Trias, but they wanted the characteristic pores and canals of the 
latter. It is true that radial canals open into the central cavity, and these 
become more oblique downwards, and finally rise from below perpendicu- 
larly into the stomachal cavity ; but there is no fibrous texture. On the 
other hand, we sometimes observe a few large bacillar spicules, and tri- 
and quadriradiate spicules, in the usually homogeneous wall; but their 
form cannot be exactly ascertained. If these bodies, which occur in 
such quantities, belong, as I suppose, to the Leucones, this family would 
consequently commence in the Cretaceous. 


M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Caletspongie. 63 


described as early as 1821 by Lamouroux, who named it in 
honour of M. Eudes-Deslongchamps. Michelin (Ie. pl. lviii. 
fig. 8) gives a new and excellent figure of the same species, 
but, curiously enough, regards the characteristic smooth epi- 
dermis of the surface as a foreign parasitic body, for which 
he retains the name of Hudea, whilst its supposed support is 
described as Seyphia clavartoides or cymosa. 

D’Orbigny restores Michelin’s Hudea cribraria to Lamou- 
roux’s species, but applies the name of Hudea to a great number 
of cylindrical sponges with well-developed canal-systems. 

Fromentel finally, in opposition to all the rules of termino- 
logy, retains the name of Hudea for a great part of the forms 
referred by D’Orbigny to Lamouroux’s genus, and gives the 
typical species (#. clavata, Lamx.,=Hudea cribraria, Mich.) 
a new generic name, Hpeudea (or Ependea). Subsequently 
Fromentel established a distinct genus Stegendea (more cor- 
rectly Stegeudea) for the branched forms. 

Pomel, indeed, reverts to Lamouroux’s conception, but esta- 
blishes the superfluous genera “/asmeudea and Solenolmic. 

By Quenstedt the Upper-Jurassie species were described in 
his earlier works as Spongites, but in the ‘ Petrefactenkunde 
Deutschlands’ under the generic name Ordspongia. 

Several species of Hudea occur in the Alpine Trias; but the 
genus has its principal distribution in the Upper Jura. Here 
the specimens are frequently silicified, sometimes at the sur- 
face, sometimes throughout. 

1. Scyphia Manon, Mist. Beitr. iv. pl. i. fig. 15. Trias, 
St. Cassian. 

2. Scyphia polymorpha, Klipst. Gistl. Alp. Taf. xix. fig. 12. 
St. Cassian. 

Verrucospongia polymorpha, Laube, Fauna von St. Cass. Taf, i. 
fig. 12. 

3. ? Hpeudea pusilla, Laube, l.c. Taf. 1. fig. 1. St. Cassian. 

4, Hudea clavata, Lamx. Exp. Méth. pl. Ixxiv. figs. 1-4. 
Bathonian. 

Eudea cribraria, Mich. Ie. pl. lviii. fig. 8. 

5. Spongites perforatus, Quenst. Jura, Taf. lxxxiv. figs. 26, 
27. Upper Jurassic. 

Orispongia perforata, Quenst. Petref. Bd. v. Taf. exxiv. figs, 22-28. 

6. Orispongia globata, Quenst. l. c. Taf. exxiv. figs. 29- 
34, Upper Jura. 

Manon pexiza p. p., Goldf. Taf. xxxiv. fig. 8, a. 

7. Orispongia pisum, Quenst. 1. c. Taf. exxiv. figs. 35, 36. 

8. Epeudea macropora, From, Pol. Cor. de Gray, pl. xv. 
fic. 2. Coral Rag. 


64 M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Calcispongie. 


9. Hudea corallina, Etal. Actes Soc. Jur. d’Emul. 1860, 
p- 147, fig. 13. 

10. Ependea elongata, From. et Pill. Coll. de Lem, pl. xii. 
figs. 5, 6. Tithonian. 

11. Stegendea Pilleti, From. et Pill. ib. pl. xii. fig. 8. 
Tithonian. 

CoLosponaiA, Lauhe. 
(Fauna von St. Cassian, p. 17, Taf. i. fig. 16.) 

Manon p. p., Miinst., Klipst. 

Amorphospongia p. p., D’Orb. 

Sponge cylindrical, clavate, sometimes branched, built up 
of globular or annular segments, which are indicated exter- 
nally by deep constrictions. Surface coarsely porous, the 
lower segments sometimes clothed with a smooth, dense 
dermal layer. Vertex convex, with the small circular osculum 
of a narrow central cavity, which passes through the whole 
sponge-body. 

The segments internally are occupied by an extremely 
loose anastomosing fibrous tissue, which is somewhat con- 
densed at the walls. Canal-system wanting. 

I have modified Laube’s diagnosis in accordance with a 
well-preserved branching specimen from the Seeland Alp, 
which in transverse section shows a central cavity, and no- 
where exhibits an epitheca. Colospongia unites Hudea with 
Verticillites. From the latter the present genus differs by 
possessing imperfectly developed transverse floors, and also 
by the circumstance that the segments are not hollow inter- 
nally, but filled with loose tissue. The only species is from 
the Alpine Trias :— 

Colospongia dubia, Laube,/. c. Tar. 1. fig. 16. 


Manon dubium, Miinst. Beitr. iv. Taf. i. fig. 11. 
Manon pertusum, Klipst. Géstl. Alp. Taf. xix. fig. 14. 


VERTICILLITES, Defrance. 

Verticillites (Ellis), Defr., D’Orb. 

Scyphia, Goldf. 

Verticillopora, Blainy., Sharpe (non M‘Coy). 

Verticillocelia, From. 

Verticillites, Cystopora, Pom. 

Verrucospongia p. p., Laube. 

Sponge simple or bushy. Isolated individuals cylindrical 
or clavate, frequently with horizontal constrictions at the 
surface. Vertex with a circularosculum. The whole sponge- 
body built up of thin-walled hollow rings, each of which fits 
upon the preceding one in such a manner that the horizontal 
or arched cover of the first forms at the same time the floor of 


M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Calcispongie. 65 


the following one. These rings are traversed by a vertical 
central tube, extending from the osculum to the base. The 
wall of the central cavity, the external wall, and the trans- 
verse floors are repeatedly perforated and furnished with 
canals, which lead into the interior of the hollow segments. 
All the walls consist of a tissue of anastomosing calcareous 
fibres. In certain species the floors of the hollow rings are 
united to each other by fine vertical processes of the skeletal 
substance. 

The microstructure of the calcareous skeleton is in general 
destroyed; so that, when highly magnified, the fibres merely 
show a radiate crystalline texture. In a specimen of Verti- 
cillites anastomosans, Mant., however, from the Aptian of La 
Presta, I have succeeded in demonstrating that the fibres are 
composed of usually distinctly triradiate spicules. By this 
means the relationship of this genus (which in its general 
habit is most intimately connected with Peronella) to the 
sponges is established with certainty. 

I am acquainted with various species from the Trias and 
Lower Cretaceous. 


a. From the Trias. 
1. Scyphia armata, Kiipst. Beitr. Taf. xix. figs. 13, 14. 


Verrucospongia armata, Laube, Fauna von St. Cassian, Taf. i. fig. 10. 


I have obtained, through Dr. Loretz, a number of specimens 
from the Seeland Alp, which show remarkably well the hollow 
rings, the somewhat arched horizontal floors, and the perforated 
wall of the central tube. 


b. From the Cretaceous. 
1. Verticillopora anastomosans, Mant. Wonders of Geol. 


p- 636. fig. 3; Medals, 2nd ed. p. 227. fig. 4, p. 229. fig. 3. 


Rist ity anastomosans, Sharpe, Q. J. G. S. vol. x. 1854, pl. v. 
4 Verticillites truncata, D’Orb. Prodr. ét. xvii. p. 560. 
? Discelia helvetica, Loriol, Urgon. Land. pl. v. figs. 4-11. 
2. Verticillites digitata, D’Orb. ib. ét. xix. p. 357. 
3. Verticillites incrassata, D’Orb. ib. ét. xx. p. 768. 
4. Thalamopora siphoniowdes, Mich. Ic. pl. lin. tig. 9. 
5. Vertictllites cretaceus, Defr. Dict. Sci. Nat. 1829, 
vol. lviii. p. 5. 
Verticillite d’ Ellis, Defy. Dict. Atl. Polyp. pl. xliv. fig. 1. 
Verticillopora cretacea, Blainv. Man. Act. pl. Ixvi. fig. 1. 
Verticillites cretaceus, Bronn, Leth. Geogn. pl. xxix. fig. 5, 
6. Verticillites Goldfussi, D’Orb. Prody. ét. xxi. 1463. 
Scyphia verticillites, Goldf. Taf. Ixv. fig. 9. 
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. iv. 5 


66 M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Calcispongic. 


CELYPHIA, Pomel. 
(Pal. d’Oran, p. 229.) 

Manon p. p., Munst., IXlipst. 

Hippalimus p. p., D’Orb. 

Verrucospongia p. p., Laube. 

Sponge composed of globular or ovate individuals, irregu- 
larly arranged upon one another, often united into nodular 
masses, constantly increasing in size according to their age. 
Wall of the individual dense, pierced by isolated margined 
oscula. This wall encloses a cavity which is very incom- 
pletely occupied by a very loose web composed of fine ana- 
stomosing’ fibres. 

Under the microscope both the wall and the fibrous tissue 
in the interior appear solid. As, however, the same constitu- 
tion is observed in many true Calcispongiz from St. Cassian, 
it may be regarded as a consequence of late alterations. 

I place this very peculiar genus with many doubts among 
the Calcispongie. Its whole external appearance, and its 
constitution of separate, well-defined chambers, rather reminds 
one of certain Foraminifera; but the partial filling of the 
chambers with a loose-meshed tissue is irreconcilable with 
the idea of a Foraminifer. 

The structure furnishes no information as to the zoological 
position of the genus, which, however, may be best arranged 
beside Colospongia and Verticillites. 

The only species is from the Trias of St. Cassian :-— 


Manon submarginatum, Mist. Beitr. iv. Taf. 1. fig. 9. 
Manon pisiforme, Miinst. ib. Taf. i. fig. 8. 
Verrucospongia submarginata, Laube, Fauna yon St. Cass. Taf. i. 
“fics J1,--..' 


HIMATELLA, Zittel. 
Tragos p. p., Munst., Klipst. 


Lymnorea p. p., D’Orb, 

Lymnoretheles p. p., Laube. 

Sponge obconical, simple. Vertex slightly convex, with 
a central circular osculum, the efferent orifice of a narrow tube 
traversing the whole sponge. Surface furnished up to the 
margin of the vertex. with a.smooth or concentrically wrinkled 
dermal layer. No radial or other canals. In longitudinal’ 
section the fibrous skeleton shows a tendency to become con- 
densed parallel to the vertex at regular distances, so as to 
produce a faint indication of transverse floors. 

This genus unites Peronella with Colospongia and Verti- 
cillites. ‘The narrow perforant central cavity and the absence 


M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Calcispongie. 67 


of radial canals remind one of Peronella, and the indication 
of segment-formation, although but slight, of the two last- 
mentioned genera. The smooth epitheea, which extends up 
to the vertex, is characteristic of Himatella. 

The only known species occurs in the Alpine Trias :— 


Tragos milleporatum, Mist. Beitr. iv. Taf. i. fig. 17. 


PERONELLA, Zittel. 

Scyphia, Siphonia, Spongia, auctt. 

Eudea p. p., Hippalimus p. p., D’Orb. 

Stphonoceha p.p., Polycelia p.p. Diseelia p. p., Stenocelia, From. 

Pareudea p. p., Etal. 

Dendrocelia, Laube. 

io aie Dyoconia, Lymnorea, Pliocelia, Siphonocelia, Lenocelia, 

om. 

Spongites, Dermispongia, Radicispongia, Quenst. 

Simple, or branched by gemmation; individuals cylin- 
drical, thick-walled; vertex convex, rarely flat, in the middle 
with the narrow circular osculum of the tubular stomachal 
cavity, which, retaining nearly the same diameter, traverses 
the whole length of the sponge-body to the vicinity of the 
base. Incurrent canals wanting. Wall of the stomachal 
cavity and surface porous. Outer surface either naked or 
coated with a dense concentrically wrinkled epidermis at the 
base, and sometimes up to the neighbourhood of the vertex. 

The skeleton consists of generally coarse, vermiform, anas- 
tomosing fibres, which form a confused tissue. In the irre- 
gular-shaped meshes and interstices of this the water circu- 
lated, no special canals or ostia being necessary. The pore- 
like orifices on the surface and on the wall of the central 
canal are merely gaps in the vermiform tissue. 

In general the skeleton still consists of carbonate of lime ; 
but in certain localities, especially of the Upper Jura, nearly 
all the specimens are silicified. In the latter the spicules of 
which the fibres consist are never preserved. In calcareous 
skeletons, on the contrary, the microstructure may usually 
be detected with certainty, although distinctly preserved spi- 
cules are rarely observed. 

The vermiform fibres appear chiefly to be composed of tri- 
radiate (perhaps also quadriradiate) spicules, but simple bacil- 
lar spicules are often associated with these in great numbers. 
The size and form of the triradiates, and especially the length . 
of the individual, sometimes curved arms, vary considerably 
in the different species. 

This rich genus, which extends from the Trias into the 


Upper Cretaceous, may be distinguished easily from the 
eo 
i) 


68 M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Calcispongic. 


allied forms by the narrow tubular central cavity of the cylin- 
drical body and by the absence of any radial canals. The 
forms belonging to it were named by the older writers Scy- 
phia, Spongia, or Siphonia; D'Orbigny erroneously united 
them with Lamouroux’s genera Hudea and Hippalimus. 

Etallon (Etudes pal. sur le Haut-Jura, 1859, p. 142) pro- 
posed for a part of the species described by D’Orbigny as 
Eudea and Hippalimus the generic name Pareudea, under 
which are included the Jurassic forms of the present genus, as 
well as several Husiphonelle. 

In the same year Fromentel (Introd. p. 31) established the 
genera Siphonocelia and Polyceelia, which, in general, repre- 
sent Etallon’s Pareudea. The monozoic forms were named 
Siphonocelie, the polyzoic Polycelie, and, as the latter name 
was already occupied, subsequently Discaelie (Cat. rais. Spon- 
git. Neoc. 1861, p. 4). This correction has escaped most 
authors; and the name Polyceelia was therefore replaced by 
Dendrocelia by Laube, by Celoscyphia* by R. Tate, and by 
Pliocelia by Pomel. 

A generic separation of the monozoic and polyzoic forms is 
quite inadmissible in this genus; for sometimes the same 
species makes its appearance as a simple individual and as a 
composite stock. Nor does the genus Stenocelia, From. 
(Cat. rais. p. 4) seem to me to be any better founded. Fro- 
mentel refers to it those D7scaelie in which the individuals are 
fused together laterally almost to the vertex, so that nodular 
stocks with perforated wart-like elevations are produced. 

In his most recent work Quenstedt describes the Jurassic 
forms under the generic denominations Spongites, Vermi- 
spongia, and Radicispongia, and the Cretaceous ones gene- 
rally as Scyphie. 

The above-cited genera of Pomel are distinguished partly 
by the supposed siliceous or calcareous nature of the skeleton, 
partly by the thickness of the anastomosing fibres, and partly 
by the external form. 

It appears to me not improbable that when we have a 
better knowledge of the spicules which compose the skeletal 
fibres, a division of the forms united under Peronella into 
several genera may be practicable; for that in this respect 
very important differences occur, may be seen at once from a 
comparison of the spicules of Peronella cylindrica from the 
Upper Jurassic, and of P. multidigitata, Mich., from the 


* Judging from the figure of Celoscyphia sulcata, Tate (Quart. Journ. 
Geol. Soc. xxi. p. 43), I suppose that this species does not belong to the 
Calcispongiz, but to the Hexactinellide, and, indeed, in the neighbour- 
hood of Polyblastidium, Zitt. 


M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Caleispongie. 69 


Middle Cretaceous. The defective state of preservation, 
however, presents insuperable obstacles to a systematic em- 
ployment of the forms of spicules in the fossil Calcispongie. 

The following species may be mentioned as examples of 
the genus Peronella :— 


a. From the Devonian. 


1. Scyphia conoidea, Goldf. Taf. ii. fig. 4. 
2. Scyphia constricta, Sandb. Verst. Rhein. Uebergangsgeb. 
Taf. xxxvii. fig. 10. 
Scyphia turbinata, Lonsd. non Goldf. 


b. From the Trias. 


1. Peronella Loretzi, Zitt. Seeland Alp near Schluderbach. 
Swphonocelia, sp. n., Loretz, Zeitschr. deutsch. geol. Ges. 1875, 
p- 838. 
2. Scyphia subcespitosa, Miinst. Beitr. iv. Taf. i. fig. 14. 
3. Scyphia caminensis, Beyr. in Eck. Ueber die Formation 
des Bunter Sandst. und Muschelk. in Oberschles. Taf. i. fig. 2. 


c. From the Dogger. 


1. Spongia cymosa, Lamx. Exp. Méth. pl. lxxxiv. fig. 7. 
Scyphia cymosa, Mich. Ie. pl. lviii. fig. 3. 
2. Spongia pistilliformis, Lamx. ib. pl. Ixxxiv. fig. 5; 
Mich. Ie. pl. lviii. fig. 4. 
3. Spongia mamillifera, Lamx. ib. pl. lxxxiv. fig. 11. 
4. Spongia clavarioides, Lamx. ib. pl. Ixxxiv. figs. 8-10. 
5. Lragos tuberosum, Goldf. Taf. xxx. fig. 4. 
Spongites mamillatus, Quenst. Petr. Taf. exxxi. figs. 87-39. 


6. Spongites fuscus, Quenst. ib. Taf. cxxxi. fig. 42. 


d. From the Malm. 
1. Scyphia cylindrica, Goldf. Taf. 11. fig. 3, and Taf. in. 
fig. 12. 
Scyphia elegans, Goldf. Taf. ii. figs. 8 and 15. 
Scyphia cylindrica, Quenst. ib. Taf. exxiii. figs. 6, 7, 9-15. 
2. Pareudea jurassica, Etal. Et. Pal. Haut-Jura; Monogr. 
de l’ét. Corall. p. 142; and Sur la Classif. des Spongit. 
fig. 14. 
"3. Pareudea mosensis, Etal. ib. p. 144. 
Scyphia furcata, Mich. Ic. pl. xxvi. fig. 3. 
4, Spongia floriceps, Phill. Geol. Yorksh. 11. fig. 8. 
5. Scyphia radiciformis, Goldt. Taf. i. fig. 11. 


Radicispongia radiciformis, Quenst. Petr. Taf. exxili. figs. 15-26, 


70 M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Calcispongie. 


6. Pareudea amicorum, Etal. Leth. Bruntr. pl. lvii. fig. 27. 
Stphonia lagenaria, Mich. Ic. pl. xxvi. fig. 4. 


7. Polycelia bullata, From. Introd. pl. 1. fig. 9. 

8. Spongia mamillaris, Mich. Ic. pl. xxvi. fig. 5. 

9. Spongites nodulosus, Quenst. Petr. Tab. cxxxi. figs. 
28-30. 

210. Spongites squamatus, Quenst. ib. ‘Taf. cxxxi. figs. 


30-32. 


e. rom the Cretaceous. 
1. Scyphia clavata, Rém. Nordd. Ool. Taf. xvii. fig. 24. 
Hils. 


? Stphonoceelia cylindrica, From. Cat. Rais. pl. i. fig. 4. 


2. Polycelia divaricata, Rim. Spongit. Taf. i. fig. 8. 

3. Polycelia ramosa, Rim. Nordd. Ool. Taf. xvi. fig. 27. 
Hils. 

4. Discelia porosa, From. Cat. Rais. pl. u. fig. 4. Neo- 
comian. 
 Polyceelia punctata, Rom. Spongit. Taf. i. fig. 7. 


5. Limnorea monilifera, Rém. Spongit. Taf. i. fig. 5, and 
Taf. 1. fig. 5. Hails. 

6. Discalia dumosa, From. Cat. Rais. pl. 1. fig. 6. Hils. 

? Seyphia subfurcata, Rom. Nordd. Ool. Taf. xvii. fig. 28. 
Elasmocelia sequana, Rom, Spongit. Taf. i. fig. 11, non From, 

7. Siphonocelia compressa, From. Intr. pl. iv. fig. 7. Neo- 
comian. 

8. Discelia macropora, From. Cat. Rais. pl. 1. fig. 7. 
Neocomian. 

9. Polycelia gemmans, From. Intr. pl. iv. fig. 4. Neo- 
comian. 

10. Discelia strangulata, From. Cat. Rais. pl. i. fig. 2. 
Neocomian. 

11. Polycelia tuberosa, Rém. Spongit. Taf. 1. fig. 9. 
Hils. 

12. Discelia Perront, From, Cat. Rais. pl. i. fig. 1. Neo- 
comian. 

13. Discelia Ricordiana, From. ib. pl. u. fig. 3. Neo- 
comian. 

14. Discelia glomerata, From. ib. pl. i. fig. 6. Neo- 
comian. 

15. Discelia Cottaldina, From. in Loriol Et. Val. d’Arzier, 
pl. vi. figs. 7, 8. Valanginian. 

16. Discelia arziertensis, Loriol, 1b. pl. vii. figs. 11, 12. 
Valanginianz 


M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Caleispongic. 71 


17. Stphonocelia tenuicula, Loriol, Urgon. Land. pl.. iv. 
fig. 9. Urgonian. 

18.. Siphonocelia cyathiformis, Lor. ib. pl. iv. figs. 10-12. 
Urgonian. : 

19. Discelia Gillieront, Lor. ib. pl. iv. figs. 16-18. Ur- 
gonian. ; 

20. Disceelia flabellata, Lor. ib. pl. iv. figs. 19-21. Ur- 
gonian. 

Lippalimus flabellatus, D’Orb. Prody. ii. p. 97. 


21. Discelia Cotteaut, Lor. ib. pl. v. figs. 1-38. Urgonian. 

22. Scyphia furcata, Golf. Taf. i. fig. 6. Tourtia. 

23. Spongia multidigitata, Mich. Ic. pl. li. fig. 9. Ceno- 
manian. 

24, Scyphia micropora, Rim. Kr. Taf. ii. fig. 6. Seno- 


nian. 


HLASMOCGLIA, Rémer. 
Elasmojerea, From. 


Sponge consisting of one or several arched laminz, more or 
less grown together, which are pierced throughout their whole 
longitudinal axis by numerous round stomachal cavities of 
equal thickness. ‘These tubes are placed in one or more rows ; 
and their round orifices are situated at the upper margin. 
Radial canals wanting. Skeletal fibres coarse. Surface and 
walls of the tubes porous. 

This genus was first described by Fromentel (Introd. p. 34) 
under the name of Hlasmojerea ; but F. A. Romer showed that 
it had nothing to do with Jerea, but must be placed near 
Siphonocelia. He therefore altered the name to Hlasmocelia. 
Although Rémer’s 2. seguana is not identical with Fro- 
mentel’s Hlasmagerea sequana, but belongs to Peronella du- 
mosa, From., the remark is nevertheless correct that the 
Elasmocelie consist only of Peronelle serially arranged and. 
grown together by their sides. They perhaps form only a 
section of Peronella, coming nearest to P. dumosa; but the 
external habit is so peculiar that I would retain the genus 
Elasmocelia. 

All the species are from the Lower Cretaceous. 


1. Hlasmojerea sequana, From. Intr. pl. ii. fig. 3. Neo- 


comian. $ 
2. Hlasmojerea crassa, From. Cat. Rais. pl. ii. fig. 10. 


Neocomian. i, 
3. Elasmojerea plana, From. ib. pl. 11. fig. 9. Neocomian. 
24. Hlasmojerea trregularis, From. ib. pl. ii. fig. 8. Neo- 


comian. 


72 M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Calcispongice. 


5. Elasmocelia orbiculata, Rom. Spongit. Taf. ii. fig. 11. 
Hils. 

6. Elasmojerea tortuosa, Loriol, Urgon. Land. pl. v. figs. 
16,17. Urgonian. 


ConocaiA, Zittel. 

Siphonocelia p.p., From. 

LInmnorea p. p., Rom. 

Sponge obconical or top-shaped, simple, or polyzoic by 
gemmation at the upper margin, very thick-walled ; vertex 
broadly truncate, with a central, very deep, funnel-shaped 
stomachal cavity. Surface porous, with horizontal rings of 
growth. A true canal-system is deficient ; but the sponge- 
body consists of successively formed horizontal layers of 
coarse anastomosing fibrous tissue, which have between them 
narrow interspaces for the circulation of water. | 

Among the spicules of the skeletal fibres I believe I have 
recognized simple bacillar spicules as well as triradiates. 
Some of the latter are four or five times as large as the others. 

This genus, united with Siphonocelia by Fromentel, from 
its laminar structure, which somewhat reminds one of that of 
certain Rudistes (Radiolites and Spherulites), and also, from 
the unusual thickness of the wall, the truncated upper margin, 
and the occasional singular budding of the latter, acquires so 
peculiar an aspect that it can readily be distinguished from 
Peronella. 

In the French Neocomian only monozoic individuals usually 
occur; but in the North-German Hils polyzoic specimens are 
also found. Through Prof. Ottmer of Brunswick I have ob- 
tained a number of specimens which leave no doubt that 
Limnorea centrolevis, Rém., is united by all transitions with 
simple individuals of the form of Conoceelia crassa, From. 

The two species at present known are from the Lower 
Cretaceous. 

1. Siphonocelia crassa, From. Cat. Rais. pl. 1. fig. 1. 

2. Limnorea centrolevis, Rim. Spongit. Taf. 1. fig. 18. 


EUSIPHONELLA, Zittel. 
Scyphia, Goldf. 
Siphonocelia and Discelia p. p., From. 
Pareudea p. p., Etal. 


Sponge simple or branched by basal or lateral budding. 
Individual persons cylindrical, narrowed below, thin-walled, 
with a wide tubular or tunnel-shaped stomachal cavity ex- 
tending to the base. Wall of the stomachal cavity with 
elongated ostia standing in vertical rows and serving as the 


Mr. J. Gould ona new Species of Bower-bird. 73 


efferent apertures of horizontal radial canals. Surface with 
coarse pores. 

The anastomosing fibres of the skeleton are comparatively 
thin and form a loose web. 

This genus, hitherto known only in the Upper Jura, is 
readily distinguished from Peronella by the well-developed 
system of horizontal canals. 

1. Scyphia Bronni, Mist. Goldf. Taf. xxxiii. fig. 9; 
Quenst. Petr. Taf. cxxiv. fig. 1-15. 


Siphonocelia elegans, From. (nec Goldf.) Intr. pl. i. fig. 7. 
Pareudea gracilis, Ktal. Leth. Bruntr. pl. lviii. fig. 30. 


2. Scyphia intermedia, Miinst. Goldf. Taf. xxxiv. fig. 1; 
Quenst. Petr. Taf. exxv. figs. 55-58. 
3. Scyphia perplexa, Quenst. ib. Taf. exxv. figs. 56-63. 


[To be continued. ] 


VII.— Observations on the Chlamydodere or Bower-birds, 


with Description of a new Species. By Joun GouLp, 
F.R.S. 


THE Bower-birds are so named from their extraordinary habit 
of building ‘ playing-places”’ or ‘‘ halls of assembly,” placed 
on a thick platform of sand, turf, &c., variously decorated 
with shells, bleached bones, or any glittering substance which 
may be at hand. ‘The Bower-birds are naturally shy in dis- 
position, and consequently seldom seen in the forest unless 
closely looked for. In affinity they are generally supposed 
to be allied to the “ Birds of Paradise,” an opinion with 
which I am inclined to agree. BesidéS these extraordi- 
nary feats of building “ playing-places,” constructed of. fine 
branches of trees, where the birds meet to have their gam- 
bols, most of them are also distinguished by peculiarities in 
their plumage. Many of the species have a decorative patch 
at the nape of the neck of an extremely beautiful lilac; others 
have no such decoration. One pleasing feature belongs to 
the members of this group: it is that they appear to become 
easily domesticated, bearing captivity well; and if one or 
more are placed in an aviary, and materials be thrown about, 
they commence building their curious bower, and play and 
coquet in the most pleasing manner: this was the case with 
the Bower-birds at different times in the Zoological Gardens. 

It must not be supposed that these structures on the ground 
are for the purpose of breeding: the little known on this sub- 


A Mr €-0; RMickorkouee on Madagascar Cetoniide. 


ject is that Chlamydodera maculata makes a round, mode- 
rate-sized, cup-shaped nest, like that of the English jay 
(Garrulus glandarius), and placed among the branches of 
high trees. 

The new species, Chlamydodera orientalis, is a native of 
Queensland, and tolerably common at Port Denison. In size 
it is about the same as C. nuchalis, whose habitat is on the 
opposite part of the continent. The bird figured by Jardine 
and Selby was from one of these western countries; it is also 
the bird spoken of by Capt. Grey in his travels, as well as 
the one mentioned by the officers Bynoe and Dring of the 
surveying-ship ‘Beagle;’ lastly, specimens were brought 
over to this country by the lamented Elsey, who collected 
them at the Victoria river. 

It is not by writing ever so minutely that I can make the 
public perceive the difference in these two nearly allied birds ; 
but if a series of skins from both countries are placed side by 
side it will be at once perceptible. The great peculiarity in 
the present species (ordentalis) is the barring of the upper 
plumage, almost approaching to that of C. maculata and C. 
guttata. This new bird is less silky in its plumage than the 
western species, particularly the head, cheeks, throat, and 
under surface. Elsey’s specimens are in the British Museum ; 
and I have others in my own collection. 


VIIL—A third Contribution to the Knowledge of the Ceto- 
niides of Madagascar. By Cuartes O. WATERHOUSE. 


Tue British Museum has recently received some interesting 
additions to the collection of Cetoniide from Madagascar. 
All the species here described are from the neighbourhood of 
Antananarivo (with the exception of Coptomia elegans, which 
is from Fianarantsoa), and were collected by Mr. Kingdon. 


Stenotarsia picta. 


Elongata, subparallela, nigro-picea, supra nigra, velutina; thorace 
linea circumdata flava; elytris ad suturam impressis, singulis 
macula triangulari ante medium ferruginea lineisque duabus 
tenuibus flavis. ¢ Q. 

Long. 7 lin. 


This species has much the appearance of some narrow 
species of Macronota; but the legs and tarsi are long and 
slender, as in Stenotarsta, and the elytra slightly embrace the 
abdomen. Above dull velvety black, except the head, which 


Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on Madagascar Cetoniide. 75 


is pitchy. Thorax a little broader than long, obliquely nar- 
rowed in front of the middle, subparallel posteriorly, only 
very slightly sinuate at the sides, broadest at the posterior 
angles, the base straight, with a pale yellow line all round 
the margins, but not touching the posterior angles. Scutel- 
lum yellow at the apex. LElytra deflexed at the sides and 
apex, at the shoulders much broader than the thorax, then 
suddenly narrowed, subparallel to the apex ; each elytron with 
a rusty-yellow triangular spot at one third from the base; 
this spot is bordered posteriorly by a narrow yellow line; a little 
beyond this is a second yellow line, which ascends obliquely 
towards the suture; the apex is truncate and is bordered with 
yellow. The second segment of the abdomen has a greenish- 
yellow fascia; and the fifth segment is margined with the same 
colour. ‘The anterior tibie are tridentate in both sexes. The 
pygidium in the male is oblong, rounded at the apex, and 
thickly punctured, the punctures each having a very short 
yellow hair; in the female there is a very deep ovate impres- 
sion at the apex. 

Sometimes the rusty spot on the elytra has a short curved 
line above it on the side, and there is also another line con- 
necting the spot with the suture. The sternal process is in 
the form of an equilateral triangle, its sides sloping. 


Note.—In the same collection with the above there was a 
male example of S. discotdalis, differing from my original 
type in having the discoidal patch on the thorax divided 
into three black spots. 


Euchilia picipes. 
Oblonga, nitida, viridi-olivacea ; elytris striis decem nigris impressis ; 
tibiis tarsisque piceis. 
Long. 83 lin. 

This species is very close to #. costata, and might be easily 
mistaken for it. It is, however, of a darker, more olive 
green, tinged frequently with blue; the thorax is less ample, 
rather less convex; the clypeus is less strongly punctured ; 
the lines on the elytra are finer, and the lateral deflexed por- 
tion is not bounded above by a well-marked ridge, but is more 
gradual; the upper part of the femora, the tibia, and tarsi are 
deep pitchy red; the three teeth on the anterior tibiz are less 
acute, extremely blunt in the female. 


Euchilia costifera. 


Oblonga, supra depressa, nitida, olivaceo-viridis ; thorace ceruleo 
micante, discrete obsolete punctulato; elytris lineis nonnullis 


76 Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on Madagascar Cetoniide. 


impressis, sutura interstitiisque secundo et quarto costiformibus ; 
pygidio parce punctato. ¢ Q. 
Long. 73 lin. 

General form of £. sulcata, but with the thorax less ample; 
the shoulders of the elytra are more prominent, and are more 
excised immediately below. Bright bluish green, shining ; 
clypeus rather thickly and finely punctured. Thorax convex, 
rather obscurely and not very thickly punctured. Scutellum 
smooth. LElytra with the suture much raised; each elytron 
with four slightly sinuous impressed lines, which are very 
obscurely punctured ; the second and fourth interstices narrow 
and costiform ; the first and third interstices have a few large 
punctures in a line. Pygidium with punctures scattered over 
the surface. In the female the three teeth of the anterior 
tibiz are a little closer together than in the male. 


Euchilia cupricollis. 


Viridi-olivacea, nitida; fronte, thorace, scutello, elytrorum disco, 
pygidio corporeque subtus plus minusye rufo-cupreis, tibiis tar- 
sisque piceis. @. 

Long. 73 lin. 

Very close to E. picipes; but, besides the coloration, it 
differs from that and all the other species in having the base 
of the thorax gently arcuate, and not at all sinuate before the 
scutellum. ‘Thorax convex, finely coriaceous, the sides sub- 
parallel and gently sinuate behind the middle. LElytra each 
with five black strie, the deflexed margins not bounded above 
by a marked ridge. Pygidium obscurely and not very thickly 
punctured. Anterior tibie with three strong sharp teeth. 
The coloration closely resembles that of E. puncticollis, W., 
but that has the thorax thickly punctured, and has a slight 
sinuation before the scutellum. 


Euchilia tarsalis. 


Olivaceo-viridis, nitida; thorace crebre fortiter punctato, sat 
pubescente ; elytris punctato-striatis, interstitiis secundo quarto- 
que costiformibus; pygidio parce punctato, pubescente, tibiis 
tarsisque subtus ciliatis. 

Long. 8-83 lin. 


Clypeus deeply incised, finely punctured ; the forehead more 
distinctly punctured, and having black hairs arising from the 
punctures. Thorax convex, thickly and strongly punctured, 
the base very gently arcuate, not perceptibly emarginate before 
the scutellum. Elytra each with six well-marked impressed 
sinuous lines, which are strongly punctured; the suture and 


Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on Madagascar Cetoniide. 77 


the second and fourth interstices raised, this latter abbreviated ; 
the first and third interstices with some strong punctures ; the 
subapical callosity obtuse, the apex smooth. The pygidium 
with a few punctures. Tarsi black. 

The male has the anterior tibie with three acute small teeth, 
the anterior tarsi short and extremely thick; the posterior 
tarsi as long as the tibia, moderately stout. 

The female has the three teeth of the anterior tibize close 
together. The anterior tarsi are short and more slender, the 
posterior tarsi are much shorter than the tibia, less stout than 
in the male. 

This species is very peculiar, and recedes somewhat from 
Euchilia, but agrees better with that genus than with Cop- 
toma. 


Pygora bella, 

Viridi-prasina, subtus plus minusve cyaneo micans, nitidissima ; 
clypeo piceo ; thorace olivaceo, linea mediana tenui lateribusque 
viridibus, his cupreo tinctis; elytris octostriatis, olivaceis vel 
cyaneis, marginibus viridibus et cupreo-aureo tinctis; pygidio 
levyiter convexo, cyaneo, parce punctato; pedibus pallide piceis. 

Long. 6 lin. 


Head and clypeus very thickly and rather strongly punc- 
tured, the latter very slightly emarginate. Thorax moderately 
thickly and distinctly punctured, nearly parallel at the sides 
to a little in front of the middle, then obliquely narrowed 
anteriorly, olive-green (or dark cyaneous), with a fine mesial 
line and the sides pale green. Scutellum smooth, pale green. 
Elytra each with four strong striz; the third interstice nearly 
flat, the others convex ; the shoulders pitchy. 

The male has two acute teeth to the anterior tibie, with an 
indication of a third; and the first abdominal segment has a 
white spot on each side. 

The temale has three acute teeth to the anterior tibie ; and 
the abdomen has no spots. 

In the same collection with the above were two examples 
of rather larger size (7 lines), which have the sides of the 
thorax, the scutellum, and the sides of the elytra bright golden 
coppery ; the colour of the thorax and elytrais less dark. I 
believe them to belong to the same species. 


Pygora puncticollis. 

Depressa, latior ; capite crebre punctato, vertice viridi, clypeo piceo ; 
thorace ante medium oblique angustato, postice subparallelo, 
nigro-cyaneo, crebre fortiter punctato, lineis tribus longitudina- 
libus viridibus, cupreo micantibus, scutello viridi levi; elytris 
piceis, fortiter octostriatis, interstitiis convexis, sat crebre punc- 


78 Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on Madagascar Cetoniide. 


tulatis, lateribus sub humeris cyanceis, apicem versus viridibus et 

cupreo tinetis ; pygidio piceo, medio cyanco, sat crebre punctato ; 

pedibus piceis ; pectore abdomineque cyaneis, viridi variegatis. 2. 
Long. 7 lin. 

This is a much broader and flatter species than the prece- 
ding. I have not seen the male. The mesial line on the 
thorax is smooth. 

Pygora versicolor. 

Viridi-prasina, nitidissima; thorace antice parum angustato, lateri- 
bus punctatis; elytris sexies striatis, striis punctatis ; pygidio 
punctulato. 

Long. 43 lin. 

This species varies in colour. Sometimes it is entirely 
green or dark olive; the elytra are generally darker at the 
base, sometimes green with the base purple-blue or violet, 
with a pale yellowish-lilac ovate spot a little way from the 
base ; sometimes the whole elytra dark blue. The clypeus 
is closely and rather finely punctured, the forehead more 
strongly and less closely punctured. ‘Thorax very convex, 
not much narrowed in front of the middle, subparallel behind, 
not angular at the sides, gently arcuate at the base, not emar- 
ginate before the scutellum, smooth on the disk, rather thickly 
punctured towards the sides. Scutelium smooth.  LHlytra 
each with six strongly impressed punctured lines, the fifth 
and sixth closer together, not impressed posteriorly, the suture 
and the second interstice raised; there are generally some 
large punctures around the shoulders and on the first inter- 
stice; the deflexed margins are rather thickly punctured, the 
apex generally nearly smooth. Pygidium evenly convex, 
obscurely and not very thickly punctured. Mesosternal pro- 
cess almost none. ‘Tibiee and tarsi pitchy. 


Pygora hirsuta. 
Longe pubescens, versicolor ; thorace crebre sat fortiter punctato ; 
elytris fortiter octostriatis, interstitiis secundo quartoque sat 
convexis, lateribus parce punctatis; pedibus obscure piceis. 


Long. 4 lin. 


Head thickly and strongly punctured, pubescent, green on 
the vertex, the clypeus pitchy. Thorax obliquely narrowed 
in front of the middle, subparallel behind, scarcely emarginate 
before the scutellum, rather strongly and thickly punctured 
(especially in the female), green, with a large triangular patch 
on each side of the disk of olive, pitchy, or lilac colour, the 
sutural line often coppery. Scutellum smooth, green or cop- 
pery. Elytra green, with the space between the first and 


Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on Madagascar Cetoniide. 79 


fourth striz pitchy yellow, pale greenish yellow, or tinted 
with lilac. Body below green, the abdomen frequently blue. 
Pygidium evenly convex, not very thickly punctured. Ster- 
nal process almost none. ‘The anterior tibie have three 
sharp teeth in the female, and two, with an indication of a 
third, in the male. 


Pantolia rufobasalis. 


Nigra, nitida, levis; elytris basi rufa vel rufo-flava, regione scutel- 

lari nigra. 6 Q. 

Long. 53-7 lin. 

Almost identical in form and colour with P. scapha, but is 
at once distinguished by the absence of the lines of strong 
punctures on the elytra, which are only represented by a few 
punctures in a slight transverse impression a little behind the 
middle. ‘The clypeus is delicately punctured in the middle ; 
and the lateral longitudinal impressions are not strigose as in 
scapha. The apex of the elytra is almost destitute of punc- 
tures; the pygidium is finely and densely strigose. The tibix 
and tarsi are sometimes pitchy. 

Varvety—Thorax and elytra brownish red, with the dis- 
coidal impressions of the elytra and the scutellar region black. 
Pygidium pale brownish red. 


Pantolia polita, Waterh. 


I described this species from a single example. We have 
now received several specimens of both sexes. Some of the 
examples measure as much as 8} lines in length. Among 
them were two or three examples which, instead of being en- 
tirely black above, have the sides of the thorax broadly . 
margined with pitchy red; the margins of the elytra and a 
fascia across the middle (slightly interrupted at the suture) 
are also bright pitchy red. 'The tibiee are pitchy. Some of 
the smaller specimens have the lines of punctures on the 
elytra more extended, especially towards the shoulders and 
along the suture towards the apex; these specimens have the 
clypeus more punctured, and the thorax is sparingly and ex- 
cessively finely punctured instead of being smooth: three of 
these smaller examples have the sides of the thorax and the 
entire elytra obscure pitchy. 


Coptomia elegans. 

Viridis, nitidissima ; elytris flavis, striis octo impressis, linea sub- 
marginali, sutura ad apicem guttisqgue duabus post medium viri- 
dibus; pygidio parce punctato. 2. 

Long. 63 lin. 


80 Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on Madagascar Cetoiinde. 


Very close to C. 4-maculata, W., but much smaller, the 
thorax with a few punctures scattered over the surface, the 
elytra distinctly striated, the green spots differently placed, 
the pygidium sparingly punctured in the same way, but with- 
out any transverse ridge at the base, the sternal process short 
and blunt. Clypeus finely punctured, very slightly emargi- 
nate at the apex. Scutellum and elytra smooth, the latter 
each with four well-marked impressed lines, which do not, 
however, reach the apex ; there is a lateral green line extend- 
ing from the shoulder to the apical callosity, an oblong green 
spot behind the middle between the third and fourth stria, 
and the apex of the suture is also green; the apical callosity 
is obtuse and is at the extreme apex. 


Fianarantsoa. Collected by Mr. G. A. Shaw. 


Coptomia fulgida. 
Viridis, nitens, aureo tinctus; fronte, thorace elytrorumque plaga 


laterali subapicali rufo-cupreis ; thorace crebre punctato. ¢ 9. 
Long. 6-8 lin. 


Clypeus very delicately punctured ; the forehead with 
stronger punctures. Thorax bright coppery red, with the 
extreme margins sometimes green, rather closely and strongly 
punctured and slightly hairy. Scutellum green or coppery, 
smooth. Elytra green or deep blue, with the lateral half 
towards the sides more or less coppery; each elytron with 
two slightly raised coste, the outer one shorter. The pygi- 
dium generally coppery in the middle, with strong punctures 
freely scattered over the surface. 

The male has three distinct teeth on the outer side of the 
anterior tibiz ; the tarsi rather long. 

The female has three approximate strong teeth on the 
anterior tibie; the posterior tarsi much shorter than in the 
male. 


Coptomia lucida. 


Viridi-olivacea, nitida, depressa; thorace subtilissime punctulato ; 
elytris disco seepe ceruleo micante, singulis costis duabus parum 
elevatis ; pygidio parce punctato ; tibiis tarsisque piceis. ¢. 

Long. 8 lin. 

Bright pale olive-green, more or less suffused with blue on 
the elytra. Rather depressed. Clypeus very finely and rather 
closely punctured. Thorax not very thickly but evenly and 
extremely delicately punctured. Scutellum smooth. Hlytra 
each with six impressed lines, which are generally very ob- 
scurely punctured; the second and fourth interstices slightly 


Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on Madagascar Cetontide. 81 


costiform; the subapical callosity rather acute, close to the 
extreme margin, the apex smooth. Pygidium with a few 
punctures scattered over the surface. The anterior tibix 
almost simple, with scarcely any indication of teeth. Tarsi 
very long and slender. 

This species belongs to the same group as C. 4-maculata, 
W.,—depressed, with the pygidiym sparingly punctured. 


Coptomia modesta. 


Olivacea, nitida; thorace discrete fortiter punctato ; elytris bicostu- 
latis ; pedibus piceis. 
Long. 6-64 lin. 

This species is close to the preceding, but is of a much 
darker colour, and is smaller. The thorax has rather strong 
punctures scattered over the surface, especially on the sides. 
The elytra have each five impressed lines; the second and fourth 
interstices are slightly raised ; the subapical callosity is more 
obtuse than in the preceding species. The pygidium has 
some transverse punctures scattered over the surtace, rather 
obscure in the male. The anterior tibia have two distinct 
teeth at the apex in the male; in the female there are three 
teeth. ‘Tarsi long and slender. 

One of the specimens has the disk of the elytra suffused 
with blue. ; 


Coptomia marginata. 


Viridi-prasina vel cyanea, nitida; thorace lateribus sat crebre for- 
titer punctato; elytris singulis striis sex fortiter impressis et 
crebre punctatis, interstitiis sat elevatis levibus, margine laterali 
plus minusve cupreo; pygidio parce punctato. ¢ Q. 

Long. 6-8 lin. 

Oblong, moderately convex, usually bright grass-green, but 
sometimes blue, with the sides of the elytra generally coppery, 
but in the blue varieties green or lilac; the legs pitchy. The 
clypeus finely punctured, not very deeply emarginate. Thorax 
not much narrowed in front, moderately thickly and strongly 
punctured, smooth in the middle, with some fine hairs here and 
there. LElytra with the margin near the apex and the apex 
sparingly strigose-punctate ; the subapical callosity not promi- 
nent, not very close tothe apex. Pygidium convex, generally 
with a few punctures. Sternal process transversely ovate. An- 
terior tibiz tridentate, the upper tooth in the male not very 
prominent. The abdominal impression in the male very 
wide. 

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. iv. G 


82. Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on Madagascar Cetoniide. 


Coptomia levis. 
Lete viridi-prasina, omnino levis; tibiis tarsisque obscure rufis, 
illis ceneo tinctis. <6. 
Long. 114 lin. 

The largest species of this group at present known to me. 
Uniform shining grass-green, without any punctuation above 
or on the pygidium, except a few punctures between the eyes. 
The sides of the metasternum are sparingly punctured. ‘The 
propygidium is strigose. 

The only species which this resembles is Coptomia muta- 
bilis, W. (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1878, i. p. 139), from 
which it differs in being of a more elegant and elongate form, 
in the longer legs and tarsi, in the absence of the strigosity 
on the subapical callosity of the elytra, and in having no 
punctures on the pygidium. ‘The sternal process is more 
slender. 


Coptomia uniformis. 

Castanea, viridi tincta, nitidissima; capite thoraceque olivaceis, 
cupreo tinctis; elytris pallide olivaceis; tibiis tarsisque rufo- 
piceis. oo QO. 

Long. 9-10 lin. 

Very close to C. mutabilis, but less bright green, more 
castaneous below, of a narrower form, and with the sternal 
process much more porrect. Pale olive-green above, the 
head and thorax more generally showing a castaneous or 
coppery tinge. The head moderately thickly punctured be- 
tween the eyes. Thorax smooth. Elytra with very ob- 
scurely punctured lightly impressed lines; the side of the 
apical callosity and the apex rather closely strigose. The 
pygidium with distinct punctures scattered over the sur- 
face. 


Coptomia crucigera. 
Nigra, nitida; thorace, elytris, pedibus pygidioque apice rufo- 
ochraceis ; thorace vitta mediana lata et elytrorum sutura fas- 
ciaque nigris. ¢ 9. 


Most nearly allied to C. nigriceps, W., but quite distinct 
by its coloration from all known species. The black on the 
suture of the elytra is narrow, but dilates towards the- base 
and surrounds the scutellum; the transverse mesial fascia is 
broad. The pygidium is very densely and extremely finely 
strigose. ‘The anterior tibiz are a little more slender than in 
the female, and the three teeth are less strong; the abdominal 
impression is very slight. 


Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on Madagascar Cetoniide. 83 


Coptomia crassa. 


Castanea, crassa, sat nitida; capitis vertice, thorace maculis duabus 
magnis triangularibus, scutello utrinque, pectore abdomineque 
nigris ; elytris punctatis, costis duabus parum elevatis. ¢ 9. 

Long. 94-104 lin. 

Very robust, especially the female. Castaneous, the elytra . 
darker than the rest of the body. Thorax convex, regularly 
narrowed anteriorly, finely coriaceous, thickly punctured, 
rather more strongly in the female than in the male, with 
two small olive-black spots at the anterior margin (close 
together), and two large triangular patches behind, united at 
the posterior margin. Scutellum coriaceous and finely punc- 
tured, black, with a mesial brown line. Elytra each with 
two slightly raised lines, the suture blackish. Pygidium 
transversely densely strigose, more strongly and closely so in 
the female than in the male. Anterior tibie tridentate. 

The male has the elytra with five or six lines of rather 
strong punctures, the lateral margins and the apex densely 
rugulose. 

The female has the elytra more or less strongly punctured 
all over, except the two coste; the sides and apex rugulose 
as in the male. 

Antananarivo and Fianarantsoa. 


Valgus albolineatus. 


Niger, supra depressus, longitudinaliter aciculatus ; thoracis angulis 
posticis, singulorum elytrorum striga obliqua, corporeque subtus 
albo-squamosis ; pygidio piceo. 

Long. 23 lin. 

Thorax elongate, gently narrowed in front of the middle, 
behind the middle moderately narrowed and gently sinuate, 
with a fine mesial carina above; the surface covered with 
large, closely placed, ovate punctures, which have a tendency 
to form lines; on each side at the margin there is a large 
deep fovea; and the base is impressed on each side; the 
margins anteriorly are finely crenulate. Elytra a little longer 
than broad, rather concave on the back, the sides somewhat 
raised before the deflexed portion ; the surface densely longi- 
tudinally scratched ; each elytron has an oblique dirty white 
stripe about the middle. The propygidium and the whole of 
the underside of the body are clothed with white scales; the 
fourth abdominal segment has above, on each margin, a small 
acute tooth. The pygidium is pitchy, shining, densely punc- 
tured, impressed in the middle at the apex. 


6% 


84 Prof. P. M. Duncan on Upper Silurian 


1X.—On some Spheroidal Lithistid Spongida from the Upper 
Silurian Formation of New Brunswick. By Prot. P. 
Martin Duncan, F.R.S. 


[Plate IX. ] 


In 1875 Mr. G. J. Hinde, F.G.S., sent a number of fossils to 
the Geological Society with a short paper, which was published 
in abstract*. He described them as coming from the cal- 
careous shale of Lower Helderberg or Upper Silurian age in 
New Brunswick, and felt disposed to classify them with the 
Tabulata ; but he had not, at the time, the opportunity of amply 
examining them. 

The spheroidal shape of the fossils and their evidently former 
free existence attracted my attention a few weeks since, as I 
was investigating the similarly shaped organic remains from 
the Himalayas, which have been classified under the order: 
Syringospheridze amongst the Rhizopoda. Mr. Hinde very 
kindly allowed me to investigate the structure of the fossils 
he had sent; and this communication is the result of their ex- 
amination. 

The four specimens of the spheroidal fossils which have 
come under examination are oblate, symmetrical, rounded at 
the top and bottom, and slightly produced at the equatorial 
bulge. The heights are 74, 7°, @ inch, and the breadths re- 
spectively 1,4, inch, 1 inch, and ;% inch. It would appear 
that the growth was more in height than in breadth. The 
fourth specimen had been polished on its poles and equator 
in more than one place, and therefore could not be measured 
correctly. 

The outside of the fossils is, where the organism has been 
preserved, minutely granular to the eye, and is covered with 
minute depressions between the granules. A low magnifying- 
power shows that the granules are separate, rounded, minutely 
irregular on their surface, about as high as broad, and that 
the three or four which are round each depression are imper- 
fectly connected by low and narrow processes. The granules, 
however, are often broad and irregular, and form much of the 
sides of the depression; their general equality in size and 
the vast number of the pore-like spaces included by them are 
evident enough. 

In some places on the surface, where the weathering has 
been greater, or where rubbing has removed more or less of it, 
and especially at the edges of the abrasion, the bottom of the 


* “ Description ofa new Genus of Tabulate Coral. By G. J. Hinde, Esq., 
F.G.S.” Abstracts of the Proc. Geol. Soce., No. 805. 


Spongida from New Brunswick. 85 


pore-like depressions may be seen as spaces filled with dark 
homogeneous calcite. ‘They are very minute, of different 
sizes, and oval, square, or more or less triangular in outline. 
There are no points projecting into them; and neither septa 
nor spiculate septa-like processes exist. 

Where abrasion has been carried on so as to destroy the 
granules and partly to level the intermediate narrow processes, 
the structures become very comprehensible. A reticulate ap- 
pearance is presented, the white calcareous meshes of the 
skeleton surrounding dark polygonal or oval spaces. The 
breadth of each space or reticulation is from ;1, to =; inch; 
and the sides are formed by narrow irregular cylinders, whilst 
the angles are swollen and faintly nodular. These nodular 
parts are the bases of the external granules. No septa or pro- 
jections resembling those of the Perforata exist. 

Slightly deeper abrasion and polishing exhibit indications 
of the junction of the irregular cylindrical sides of the meshes, 
sometimes at the nodules or angles, or in the midst of the 
cylinder, one part being received into the other. The swellings 
at the angles are less, but are still prominent features; and two 
conditions of the environed area are to be noticed: in one, and 
the most usual, the space is filled with clear dark calcite, and 
no structures are seen in it; in the other a white or opalescent 
film intrudes from the sides nearly to the centre, leaving there 
a small circular space of dark calcite. This second condition 
resembles an imperfect tabula belonging to an endotheca, such 
as is present in Chetetes. In many spaces there is perfect 
occlusion ; but the texture of the substance thus simulating a 
perfect tabula, is not that of the calcareous mesh, it is that 
of infilling foreign matter. This is proved to be the case in 
radial sections. 

The areas differ much in size ; but none are very large, nor 
are any surrounded by sets of smaller ones in regular series. 
Their measurements correspond nearly with those given on the 
surface. 

At this stage of the inquiry, if a good illumination is em- 
ployed, with a magnifying-power of about 30 diameters, the 
latticework of the calcareous skeleton of the fossil, seen on a 
deepish abrasion, is found to consist of separate elements con- 
joined, each being resolvable into two prongs and a stem of 
the same thickness and length; and at their junction a nodular 
process or another stem exists. A triradiate or quadriradiate © 
spicule with straight or bent limbs irregularly papillary here 
and there on the edge, is the element ; and at the extremities 
of the limbs there are swellings not unlike frills, some being 
rather convex there and others concave ; and the convexity 


86 Prof. P. M. Duncan on Upper Silurian 


of one is embraced by the concavity of a neighbouring 
spicule. 

Radial sections were made of some of the specimens, and 
were examined by reflected, transmitted, and polarized light. 
The dark-spot method of illumination was particularly suc- 
cessful. The powers employed were from 30 to 450 diameters; 
and the investigation was assisted by the action of dilute 
hydrochloric acid as a solvent. 

The original hard parts are white and nearly opaque, and 
when cut across and polished are almost homogeneous, only 
minute granulation being visible under high powers. They 
consist of carbonate of lime, and are white by reflected light, 
and either colourless or light brown or grey by transmitted 
light, the central dark-spot illumination producing an exqui- 
site surface-opalescence. Polarized light produces but slight 
colour; but it indicates a vast number of minute refractive 
points: crystals of calcite are not seen, however; and there 
are no cleavage-planes in the hard original parts. ‘The fossils 
are infiltrated with clear transparent or rather dusky calcite 
with very few cleavage-planes, and in some places giving indi- 
cations, under polarized light, of a more or less acicular or 
fibrous structure, like aragonite. Rhombs of calc spar exist 
here and there; and the intensity of the colours elsewhere, 
under the crossed Nicols, varies much. Near the periphery 
of the fossils, what may be termed orbicular calcite covers 
the skeleton and intrudes in undulating contours on the homo- 
geneous calcite; and this margin acts differently on light to 
the mineral on either side of it. In a few places the margin 
looks almost membranous, if such a term is admissible, whilst 
within it and near the skeletal elements the structure is some- 
times acicular and close, or it presents the usual appearance 
of infiltrated calcite. It is the projection of this orbicular 
layer, with or without drusy cavities, which gives the ap- 
pearance of asemiclosure of the canals here and there. 

On the whole, this remarkable layer is in the position of 
the mass of dermal spicules in some recent Lithistids; but no 
trace of any can be seen. 

Radial sections through the centre of the fossils show that 
there is a small space in the centre which is occupied by an 
irregular reticulation of not universally continuous skeletal 
elements. The meshes are wide, and are either without 
any definite shape, or are quadrangular or pentagonal in 
outline. In one section there are separate spicules in the 
centre. 

From the edges of this central space a great number of 
radiating, more or less straight canals pass to the periphery, 


Spongida from New Brunswick. 87 


each being pervious throughout and without tabule. Each 
is in relation with those on all sides of it by means of regular 
three-, four-, or six-sided spaces in its walls. The canals are 
subequal ; but here and there some are larger than the others. 
They arise from the central space, bifureate occasionally, thus 
increasing in number, and end at the surface in the areas be- 
tween the nodules and reticulation seen there. The largest 
canals measure = inch in diameter, and the smallest about 
tro Of an inch. Their length varies with the size of the 
specimen ; for they constitute the larger part of the fossil. 

_ They are more or less hexagonal or quadrangular in sec- 
tion, and are filled with the minerals already noticed. They 
were patent throughout before fossilization took place, and 
neither cross pieces, tabule, nor septa encroached on them ; but 
it should be noticed that under a hand-lens tabulate structures 
appear very evident here and there; but they are resolved into 
parts of overhanging canal-walls under the compound micro- 
scope and careful focusing. 

The canal-walls and their reticulation, as well as that on the 
outside, which is the expression of the outermost skeletal 
element of the canals, and the reticulation of the central part, 
are composed of similar structures, which are closely united 
in the first, and less so or separate in the last place. 

The union of the spicules (for such are the skeletal elements) 
is often so intimate that the canal-walls appear to be con- 
tinuous. But in thin sections, and in certain places in others, 
the skeleton resolves itself into numerous combinations of 
spicules closely resembling those of the Tetraclade Lithistide 
in shape and method of junction. 

These canal-wall spicules resemble those which are free or 
nearly so in the central space. In no instance, however, has 
a central canal, or a canal in the three or four arms of a spicule, 
been observed. 

Typical spicules, from the central space, consist of three 
arms in one plane uniting at a common point, from which 
another arm may spring and be in a plane at right angles, 
more or less, to the others. These tripod-stemmed spicules 
are often ragged or papillate on one or more surfaces, appear 
solid under the microscope, and are often compressed. ‘They 
differ in size, and are usually the largest in the outer parts of 
the central space, where the canal-system is commencing. The 
simplest form of spicules has two straight or slightly curved 
arms, which are widely apart, forming an angle of 35° to 45° 
where they meet and join a smaller and shorter third, which 
lies in a different plane. The larger arms are flattish; and 
their opposed surfaces (sometimes the others) are nodular or 


88 Prof. P. M. Duncan on Upper Silurian 


marked with irregular swellings, but the rest plain. Their 
tips are slightly expanded and faintly frilled. The smaller 
arm is nearly cylindrical, but more or less conical. 

Under transmitted light these spicules appear nearly homo- 
geneous ; but polarized light enables minute granules, 
crystals, and very rarely cleavage-planes to be seen; never- 
theless the refraction of the mineral is insufficient to produce 
much colour on crossing the Nicols. 

The breadth of the arms is from =1, to z4, of an inch; and 
the length is from . to rather more than 7}> inch. Some of 
these spicules, whilst retaining their general typical form, 
differ much in external aspect. They may have two arms 
slightly bent, expanded at the end, and rough (not on the 
sides forming the angle), and the third visible arm may be 
stunted; or the arms may be equal and straight, with a 
fourth like a well-developed knob or a long shaft. 

Spicules from the canal-system are invariably joined with 
their neighbours to form a latticework. They consist of 
normal trifid forms, of trifid forms with short and large 
third limbs, of four-limbed forms, the extra limb resembling 
the others or longer or shorter. In some the fourth limb is 
situated at the junction of the other three, and, being in a 
plane at right angles to them, produces a general swelling at 
the junction, so as to interfere with the angle of the union of 
the limbs, it being occasionally replaced by a concavity or 
even a slight swelling. The limbs are usually plain on one 
side and roundedly dentate, or irregularly rounded and slightly 
spinose. ‘The junction of the spicules with their neighbours 
may take place through the ends of the limbs uniting in a kind 
of suture, or by a joining which leaves no indication of its 
exact position. The skeleton thus formed is very irregular at 
the outer part of the central space, and then, as the canal-sys- 
tem commences, becomes very regular. The symmetrical 
arrangement of the spicules of the sides of the canals is very 
exact; and one canal is separated from its neighbours by 
common latticed walls. The diameter of the canal-space is 
greater than that of any of the openings in its walls; and the 
one is produced by four or five spiculate series extending 
around a space ; and the others are the spaces left between the 
arms of neighbouring spicules. 

The junction of the spicules is usually by the ends of the 
limbs; and the exceptions are rare; but in the centre of the 
body of the fossil instances are to be seen where the end of 
the limb of one spicule is attached to the middle of the cylin- 
drical limb of another. The method of normal junction of 
different spicules is by the clasping and surrounding of a 


Spongida from New Brunswick. 89 


smaller liml by a frilled or irregular cup-shaped expan- 
sion of a slightly larger; and the line of suture is visible. It 
often happens that the spicules do not quite touch, and the 
expanded limb-end of one and the corresponding smaller ter- 
mination of the other and opposite limbs are separated by a 
microscopic interval. Sometimes one limb, frilled or digitate 
or simply rounded, projects, without that of any other spicule 
being near ; and deformed specimens of these solitary parts are 
not unusual. Here and there the junction, as has been noticed 
already, is by direct fusion; and this occurs in the broad flat 
spicules of the canals more than elsewhere. 

As the canals are close, and radiate to the periphery, in- 
creasing in number by bifurcation not far from the limits of 
the central space, each one must be surrounded by several 
others. Four, five, or six canals may environ ihe canal 
under observation ; and a tangential section closely reproduces 
the appearance seen in abraded specimens when looking down 
on the reticulate ends of the canal-skeleton from the outside. 
Hach canal is therefore polygonal in section (tangential). There 
is no duplication of the wall of a canal; and this structure is 
merely the space left by the interlacement of numerous sets of 
spicules in longitudinal series. 

The symmetry of the parts of these spheroidal fossils is 
great; and there is a very constant resemblance, in every part 
and in different individuals, of the skeletal elements and their 
disposition. 

No separate spicules differing from those already noticed 
are present ; and the tubulation of the spicules is not seen. 

A superficial examination of the specimens would lead to 
the belief of their being Perforata or Tabulata, amongst the 
Actinozoa and Hydrozoa; but the areolation and structure of 
the skeleton is not that of the one, nor are there tabule or the 
peculiar hard parts of the other group. 

The shape of the skeletal element in the mass is not unlike 
that of some of the flat Manons or Jereas of the Cretaceous forma- 
tion. The arms of the spicules do not bifurcate, however. In 
the general arrangement of the spicules in the canal-systems 
there is some resemblance to that in Zuronia, and there is only 
a slight one to that of Aulocoptwm, Oswald, which is the only 
hitherto described Paleozoic organism which resembles the 
Tetraclade Lithistids. In this form, which is free, hemi- 
spherical, and even sometimes spherical, there is a central 
cavity. | 

The resemblance is not sufficiently great between the new 
form and Aulocopium to place them together in the same 
classification ; nevertheless there can be no doubt that both 


90 Prof. P. M. Duncan on Upper Silurian 


have the general and some of the special characters of those 
Lithistid Spongida which belong to the Tetracladina. 

But the fossilization of the skeletal parts of the new form is 
not that which is characteristic of mechanical infilling after 
outgoing of a former mineral—such, for instance, as is seen 
in calcareous replacement of siliceous spicules. The calcareous 
mineral of the skeleton is not in distinct crystals, and cleavage- 
planes are rare; on the contrary, the mineralization re- 
sembles that of fossils which were originally of carbonate of 
lime. 

There is a point of some interest which offers some evi- 
dence that the original skeleton was not siliceous. In the 
midst of the long canals, in their interspaces, and passing 
over the skeletal parts in close proximity are many relics of a 
large form of Paleachlya penetrans, Dunc.; and in sections 
the passage of the tubes of the parasite through and along the 
inside of the spicules can be seen. Usually the tube is 
crammed with the spherical spores; and they frequently 
extend beyond it and collect in masses. In one instance 
they crowd a spicule. The tubes and spores are, as in the 
specimens described in a former number of the ‘ Quarterly 
Journal of the Geological Society,’ carbonized. 

It does not appear to me to be likely that these parasitical 
plants penetrated after the calcareous fossilization of the inter- 
stices was completed; they must be regarded as having grown 
at the expense of the organic matter of the spicules during the 
lifetime of the organism. Moreover it must be conceded, 
from the knowledge we have of the physiology of the Achlya 
group, that it is not probable that they could penetrate and 
live in silica. 

These little spheroidal fossils are, then, of considerable 
interest; and the more they are critically and carefully exa- 
mined with all the appliances of the microscope, the more do 
they resemble the Spongida. Their texture is not that of 
the perforate coral; and they have no accurate and minute 
resemblance to’ the Tabulata; but they are most suggestive 
from their transitional appearance. - 

Tf all the modern Lithistids were siliceous, there must have 
been a former mimetic and calcareous group of Spongida. Or, 
as the Lithistids appear to have been rare in the earlier fossili- 
ferous rocks, and Aulocopium of the Silurian is the first known, 
it is possible that a group of Calcareo-Spongida lived contempo- 
raneously and became extinct or merged into a higher form 
as the parent of Zoantharia Perforata. I have named the 
fossils, after their discoverer and their shape, Hindia spha- 
roidalis. = 


Spongida from New Brunswick. 91 


Genus HINDIA. 


The body is free, without an involution of the texture, and 
consists of a small central space occupied by spicules which 
soon form a series of bifurcating, long, straight, radiating 
canals, which open at the surface. The spicule element is 
calcareous, more or less in the shape of a stemmed tripod, 
with four limbs, and swollen or fringed at the ends, where 
junction takes place in the others. 

The skeleton is remarkable for its regularity. 


fHindia spheroidalis, mihi. 


The sponge-body is spheroidal. On the surface are pa- 
pulliform eminences corresponding with the ends of canal- 
spicules. Centrally the spicules are unattached, are tri- 
pod-stemmed im shape, with swollen extremities, and have 
papillose imbs. Canal-system occupying much space; canals 
straight, narrow, radiating, opening into their neighbours, and 
formed by combinations of tetraclade spicules resembling those 
of the central part, and very regular in shape and size. 

Locality. Lower Helderberg calcareous shale, New Bruns- 
wick. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE IX. 


Fig. 1. The figures thus marked are those of separate spicules, showing 
their three- or four-limbed nature, occasionally expanded ends, 
and the frequent irregular outline of one or more sides. 1. Soli- 
tary spicule from the central space. la. A group of united 
spicules and others whose limbs are not quite in contact, from 
the outer part of the central space. 

Fig. 2. Junction of limb-ends of different spicules (normal). 26. Junc- 
tion of limb-end and side. 2c. Expanded ends of limb. 2d. 
Junction of spicules in part of the canal-system: the frills are 
shown in two instances in a side view and in one from above. 
2e. Junction of the limb-end of a spicule and the side of another. 

Fig. 3. The ragged semidenticulate appearance of one of the edges of a 
spicule-limb. 3a. From the outer part of the central space 
tangential to some commencing canal-systems: showing the 
irregular surface of the spicules, and the aborted junction ends, 

Fig. 4. The broad spiculate formation of the floor of a canal-system, and a 
part of a side with included spaces leading to neighbouring 
canals: this is a longitudinal or radial view. 4a, Tangential 
section of some canal-systems, not near the surface: they are 
smallsystems; and the dark limbs were united in the perfect fossil 
with other elements. 46, The reticulation around the canal- 
openings just beneath an abraded surface. 4c. The nodules 
on the surface surrounding the openings of the canals or pores, 
each nodule being a fourth imdb to a spiculate element. 

Fig. 5. Part of a radial section, magnified. 

Fig. 6. The body of the fossil, natural size. ee 

Fig. 7. Paleuchlya penctrans, Dune., within the skeleton, magnified. 


92 Bibliographical Notices. 


BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES. 


The Great Atlus Moth of Asia (Attacus atlas, Linn.), with a coloured 
Plate of its Transformations. By Puiu Henry Gosss, F.R.S. 
8vo. London: West, Newman, & Co. 1879. 


In this little book that veteran naturalist Mr. Gosse gives a short 
account of his experience in rearing the larve of the great talc- 
spotted Atlas moth of South-eastern Asia. The species is one of 
those silk producing Bombyces to which attention has been of late 
years directed in consequence of the fatal diseases which have 
attacked the common silkworm; and, according to Mr. Frederick 
Moore, it is from its cocoons that the Tusseh silk of China is ob- 
tained. In this country, at any rate, the cultivation of Attacus 
atlas would seem to be attended with considerable difficulties ; for 
out of eighty larvee Mr. Gosse only succeeded in bringing one to what 
would appear to be the mature stage (after five moults); but even 
this did not spin up. The author gives a detailed description of the 
lary in their various stages up to the sixth, as just mentioned, 
when they are large handsome caterpillars of a general delicate 
pale green tint, and adorned along the back with numerous spini- 
form processes ; and he completes his account of the transformations 
by describing the cocoon and pupa from a specimen imported in 
that state. Coloured figures are given of the eggs and larve (the 
latter in their first, fourth, and sixth stages), and of the pupa and 
cocoon. The remarks on the natural history of the insect, and the 
details of its author’s proceedings in his attempt to rear the larve, 
contained in this little work will prove both interesting and useful 
to all who devote their attention to this branch of entomology. 


Supplement to the Second Edition of ‘ Acadian Geology, &e. By 
J. W. Dawson, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S., &. S8vo, 102 pp. Mac- 
millan and Co., London &c., 1878. 


Tunis Supplement, containing additional facts as to the geological 
structure, fossil remains, and mineral resources of Nova Scotia, New 
Brunswick, and Prince-Edward Island, constitutes an appendix of 
new matter for the Third Edition of the ‘ Acadian Geology,’ the 
Second Edition of which we noticed as a most satisfactory and 
useful work in 1868. 

Principal Dawson, of M‘Gill University, Montreal, collecting to- 
gether all the important facts illustrative of the geological structure 
of the Dominion, long ago worked out not only a local natural 
history, but a cosmopolitan view of his great subject, and elucidated 
it with knowledge obtained from every source available to geologist, 
mineralogist, and naturalist. 

Still collecting and comparing facts and opinions, the author has 
much to add about the strata, fossils, and mineral productions, very 
little to retract as to hypothetical views in matters of dispute, and 
much to enforce in corroboration of his views of modified uniformi- 
tarianism, glacialization of a mixed character, the origin and nature 


Bibliographical Notices. 93 


of the coal-growths, the existence of a Devonian flora, and the oceur- 
rence of fossils in the Lower Paleozoic rocks. His comparison of 
the old rocks of the Canadian regions with those of other parts of 
the world, in the Table at p. 92, is very interesting and suggestive. 
From the Ludlow beds downwards to the older eneisses of Scotland 
and Scandinavia, including the lately recognized Pebidian and 
Dimetian series, Dr. Dawson finds probable equivalents, of definite 
characters and position, in Canada and its vicinity. 

The new edition of his work, with its well-considered additions, 
will prove to be valuable to the increasing population of British 
America, in the presence of the enlightenment of modern education, 
and the necessity of understanding the nature and whereabouts of 
the mineral productions of the rocks and the capabilities of the soil. 


The Gault, being the Substance of a Lecture delivered in the Weod- 
war van Museum, Cambridge, 1878, and before the Geologists’ 
Association, 1879. By F. G. Hiro0n Price, F.G.8.  8vo, 
81 pp. Taylor and Francis, London, 1879. 


Iy this very useful history of the Cretaceous division of strata 
known as “the Gault,” the author gives a special description of the 
Gault at Folkstone, bed by bed (pp. 10-23); a more general 
account of this formation as seen at the exposures along its outcrop 
in the various counties from Kent to Devonshire and Yorkshire 
(pp. 24-34); and a sketch of the Gault in France (pp. 34-42). 
The Greensand of Blackdown, the “Red Chalk” of Norfolk and 
Yorkshire, the various phosphatic and other nodular beds, and the 
results of the deep borings penetrating the Gault near London are 
specially noticed. An extensive and synoptical catalogue of the 
fossils (pp. 44-81) shows their occurrence at different localities and 
their range through the several zones of the Gault. 

Resides thus indicating the geographical range of this important 
formation in England and France, and correlating the equivalents 
of the eleven zones which he recognizes in the Gault of Copt Point, 
Folkestone, the author has in view a hydrographical sketch of the 
area in which this important Cretaceous formation was deposited 
(pp. 8, 9). He notes that its composition varies much in different 
localities, according to the depth of water and the nature of the 
adjacent lands at the time of the deposition of its component parts ; 
also that the fauna varied in the several regions according to the 
nature and conditions of change in the water and sea-bed. Fur- 
ther, he observes that the clays and sands of the Gault originated 
in the trituration of lands and cliffs composed, for the most part, of 
Jurassic and Neocomian rocks in what is now England, on the west 
side of the Anglo-Parisian Cretaceous basin, of Primary (Palso- 
zoic) rocks in the north-east of the basin at the Ardennes, and of 
granites, porphyries, Jurassic, and Neocomian rocks on the east and 
south-west sides of the basin. 

A eareful list of books and memoirs treating of the Gault and its 
fossils is given at pp. 1-7. 


94 Miscellaneous. 


MISCELLANEOUS. 


On the Bedy-cavity of the Sedentary Annelids and their Seqmental 
Organs ; with some Remarks on the Genus Phascolosoma. By 
M. Cosmovict. 


Tne general body-cavity of the sedentary Annelids is divided into 
several compartments by diaphragms, which sometimes exist only 
in a portion of the cephalothoracic region (Arenicole, Terebelle, 
Clymenie), sometimes throughout the length of the body (Serpulide) ; 
and then each segment has a cavity more or less independent of its 
neighbours. ‘There are also divisions in the opposite direction. In 
sections there are seen a central cavity filled by the digestive tube, 
and two lateral ones separated from the former by muscular bands 
in the form of oblique diaphragms. A communication exists between 
all the cavities through the interstices of the fibres of the partitions. 
The lateral cavities contain the feet with their retractor muscles 
and the segmental organs: these are the pedal cavities. 

In Chetopterus pergamentaceus the arrangement of the cavities in 
the three vesicular segments is interesting. ‘The median cavity, 
containing the digestive tube and the genital glands, does not com- 
municate with the lateral cavities, which are occupied by the reno- 
segmental organs, except by the segmental pavilion which opens in 
the wall of separation. 

In the Clymenie the corpora Bojani are very long; and at their 
anterior extremity the segmental organs are attached. After the 
eleventh segment there are no longer any renal bodies, and in their 
place there is a plexus of blood-vessels of remarkable abundance. 
The position of these networks is such that we may say that they 
represent so many corpora Bojani formed solely by their vascular 
framework. 

The ovum of these animals is remarkable for the separation into 
two parts of the vitelline mass; one of these, the larger one, is 
formed of large granules, the other of very small ones. In the 
latter is situated the germinal vesicle and the spot, which becomes 
strongly coloured by picrocarminate. 

Pectinaria belgica exhibits first a pair of very large corpora 
Bojani, and then two pairs furnished with segmental organs. The 
genital gland is on the median line, on each side of the supranervous 
vessel. The animal is as transparent as glass ; and notwithstanding 
this the segmental organs cannot be perceived. It is curious that in 
less transparent animals these organs have nevertheless been 
observed by translucence and tigured. 

With regard to the segmental organs in the Errant Annelides, we 
find a pair of them in each segment, with a contorted tube having 
an internal pavilion and an opening outwards. In the Serpulide 
(a family very rich in genera), among the sedentary forms, the same 
thing is met with. Lastly, in all the other Sedentaria we find the 
segmental organs sometimes free, sometimes annexed to the corpora 


Miscellaneous. 95 


Bojani, and in the majority of cases we may say that the segmental 
organs are independent of those bodies. 

Hitherto we have been acquainted with three species of herma- 
phrodite Spirorbes ; a fourth must be added, namely Spirorbis com- 
munis, which abounds at Roscoff. 

In the group Gephyrea, in Phascolosoma vulgare, we find, on the 
anterior part of the two long blackish sacs, a tube furnished with a 
pavilion with two broad ciliated lips. The structure of the sacs 
shows them to be renal bodies, to which the segmental organs are 
annexed. The genital gland, male or female, is situate at the base 
of the posterior pair of the retractor muscles of the proboscis. The 
racemose gland is attached to an elastic thread, which is probably a 
blood-vessel. The ovum is remarkable for the presence of cilia at 
the surface of the vitellime membrane, which, when obseryed in 
front, appears finely striated. 

In the subintestinal blood-vessel, in the midst of the elliptical 
blood-globules, we find encysted trematodes, which are carried along 
even into the papille of the proboscis, by the cilia with which this 
vessel is furnished. The above-mentioned papille appear to play a 
great part in respiration ; in fact the whole circlet is in communi- 
cation with the circulatory apparatus. The globules ascend along 
the walls and descend by the centre of the papilla. Processes of 
the walls in the interior of the papillary cavity cause the globules 
to remain a certain time in contact with the delicate wall of these 
organs, and thus facilitate an exchange of gases. This may explain 
why the animal, when quiet in a trough filled with sea-water, 


exserts its proboscis every moment.— Comptes Rendus, May 26, 1879, 
p- 1092. 


Morphological Notes on the Limbs of the Amphiumnide, as indicating 
a possible Synonymy of the supposed Genera. By Joun A. Ryper. 


Little attention has apparently been given to the comparative 
history of the limbs of the known species of Amphiuma. Very 
young specimens do not seem to have been usually collected for 
museums. I have had the opportunity to study such a series, vary- 
ing from 6 to 8 inches in length, and about } inch, or a little more, in 
diameter ; they were obtained in the vicinity of Biloxi, Mississippi, 
and are the property of the Smithsonian Institution at Washington. 

From these it appears that the digital elements of the limbs are 
variable, or liable to variation, in the same individual; so that in 
some the number of digits (two) is characteristic of Amphiwna, 
and in others (three) they are characteristic of Murenopsis. This 
blending of the characters of the two genera may be illustrated as 
follows, indicating the number of digits on each limb by numerals 
arranged in fours, the first pair representing the digital formula of 
the fore limbs, thus:—(1) 3 3; (2)23; (38)32; and (4) 22; 
there was also a form which exhibited no outward indication of 
toes on the front pair of limbs, the digits being enclosed in a com- 


96 Miscellaneous. 


mon investing integument; this fifth form may be represented in 


¢ 


”) : 
this manner, !-5- It is plain, from the foregoing, that at ne very 


remote period the two forms which are now believed to characterize 
distinct genera were probably one and the same. The three-toed 
form (Murenopsis) is said to be confined to the Southern United 
States, whilst the two-toed form (Amphiuma) is more widely dis- 
tributed, extending further north and also embracing the distribu- 
tion of the former. The digital formula of (1) is Amphiwma in the 
front pair, and Murenopsis in the hind pair of limbs; that of (2) 
is Amphiuma on one side in the hinder pair, and Murcnopsis on the 
other. Normal individuals of both genera also occur, as in (3) 
and (4); while (5) represents the beginning of the differentiation 
of a third generic type, if the number of digits be good and sufficient 
to characterize genera. Prof. Cope, who has probably handled 
more specimens of Amphibia than any other American naturalist, 
informs me that he thinks these variations very uncommon, as he has 
never in his experience met with any instance in which there was 
as much variation in the number of digits as exhibited in these 
Biloxi specimens. They can hardly, however, be regarded as mon- 
strosities, as the percentage of varying specimens in this series is 
entirely too high. I am inclined to believe that they are simply 
instances on the one hand of reversion towards a still older and 
more unspecialized type, and on the other of a tendency to become 
specialized or reduced, as in the case where the two digits are 
covered by a common tegumental investment. If the distribution of 
species will in any case serve to throw light upon the differentiation 
of genera, I think that in this instance we may assume, with much 
show of reason, that the individuals most remote from the centre of 
maximum development of species and individuals exhibit the greatest 
tendency towards digital reduction. The most northern form, Am- 
phiuma, seems to be constantly didactyle, whilst the more southern 
forms are both di- and tridactyle, which would seem to indicate _ 
that the forms most remote from the centre of distribution have been 
under conditions tending to produce didactylism synchronously with 
di- and tridactylism at the centre aforementioned. This, however, 
is only a hypothetical view of the case. 

The admission of Murcenopsis and Amphiuma to generic rank, on 
account of a difference which is here shown not to be constant, is 
doubtful. The digits, which, from the fact of their having under- 
gone reduction, seem to be not so much rudiments as vestiges of 
former digits, render the legitimacy of the distinction even more 
open to question; for I think it cannot be doubted that such a 
tendency to degenerate, accompanied with a consequent tendency 
to produce synthetic characters, shows clearly that nature has not 
yet concluded that they shall be genera, notwithstanding the dicta 
and definitions of systematists—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 
Jan. 28, 1879. 


Miscellaneous. 97 


On Haptophrya gigantea, a new Opalinid from the Intestines of the 
Anurous Batrachia of Algeria. By M. E. Mavpas. 


The intestines of the Batrachians harbour a whole world of pa- 
rasites, which live in them and multiply with a truly surprising 
abundance. Micrographers especially may get from them the finest 
harvests of Infusoria and Bacterians. From this point of view I 
haye often examined the contents of the intestine of Bufo pantherinus, 
Discoglossus pictus, and Rana esculenta, which live in the waters of 
the neighbourhood of Algiers. I have always found them richly 
populated, and have been able to recognize the following species— 
Nyctotherus cordiformis, Balantidium elongatum, B. entozoon, Opalina 
dimidiata, O. intestinalis, O. obtrigona, and O. ranarum. Swarming 
among these large ciliated Infusoria were myriads of Bodos, Monads, 
Ameebas, Bacilli, Vibrios, and Bacteria. All these species have 
already been recognized in Europe; but I have also very often met, 
in the intestine of the Bufo and the Discoglossus, less frequently 
in the frog, with a very fine species of Opalinid, which does not 
appear to me to have been described, and which, from several very 
curious details of its organization, must greatly interest proto- 
zoologists. 

This Opalinid may be regarded as the giant of the Infusoria; for 
I have measured individuals the length of which exceeded 1 milli- 
metre. The body is of a very elongate cylindro-conical form, tapering 
from the front backwards. The anterior extremity is pretty strongly 
depressed, and nearly twice the breadth of the posterior region, which 
measures from ;5°— to ;#§; millim. This depressed portion is 
occupied by a circular sucking-disk formed by the retreat inwards of 
the wall of one of the broader surfaces, which may be called the 
ventral surface. The action of the sucker is ensured by cords of 
sarcode which start from its inner wall and attach themselves to the 
opposite dorsal wall. The concavity caused by the traction of these 
cords is, of course, very slight, but it is nevertheless clearly visible 
by the microscope. The animalcule attaches itself to objects by 
means of this sucker. The surface of the body is very closely 
covered with rows of cilia. Four or five rows may be counted in 
too millim.; and in the cavity of the sucker they are half as numerous 
again. The cilia, the length of which is ;,°,5 millim., are very close 
together, about 13 or 14 in each ;4, millim. These cilia are the 
sole organs of locomotion of this Infusorium, the progress of which 
is never very rapid, 

The integument or ectosare has a thickness of ;4°, millim. and 
consists of two very distinct layers—an external one, in which the 
continuation of the cilia may be traced in the form of bacilli, and an 
internal one composed of transparent and absolutely amorphous 
sarcode. This integument is entirely destitute of proper contractility, 
se that the animalcule cannot in any way spontaneously modify its 
form ; on the other hand, its possesses great elasticity, which enables 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. iv. ( 


98 Miscellaneous. 


the body immediately to resume its normal contour when this has 
been modified by any obstacle. The endosare consists of clear and 
liquid sarcode, at the periphery of which there exists a layer of large 
opaque granules. 

The nucleus is free in the general cavity, and, following the move- 
ments of the body, can move from one extremity to the other. Its 
form is that of a very elongate and rather flat ellipsoidal shuttle. 
It may measure as much as ;459, millim. Its substance consists of 
an opaque slightly yellowish gangue, in which we see numerous 
spherical corpuscles of nucleolar appearance. When, in consequence 
of the crushing of the body, a fresh nucleus is placed directly in the 
water, its substance contracts, and at the surface there appears a fine 
structureless membrane, as in the case of many Infusoria. 

The body is traversed throughout its length by a long con- 
tractile canal attached to the dorsal face, the pulsations of which, 
from one systole to another, last a little more than a minute. This 
canal is not rectilinear, but describes numerous sinuosities irregularly 
disposed. Its diameter, in the state of diastole, is;j5, millim. It 
is furnished with proper walls and thus constitutes a true vessel. 
In this character it differs from the contractile vacuoles of the other 
Infusoria, which are only temporary cavities hollowed out in the 
endosare. The wall of the vessel, which is visible even in the living 
animals, becomes still more apparent with coagulant reagents. This 
vessel is moreover provided with orifices, which traverse the integu- 
ment and open outwards in the form of very clearly visible pores in 
the midst of the rows of cilia. These pores place the vessel in com- 
munication with the external world, and serve for the issue of the 
interior liquid at the moment of systole, and very probably for the 
entrance of the exterior liquid during diastole. The pores, seven or 
eight in number in large individuals, are placed exactly in a straight 
line, at irregular distances on the course of the vessel. They are of 
an oval form, and measure ;,3,, millim. in length. 

This Infusory multiplies by dividing transversely into segments. 
The segmentation is at first indicated at the middle of the length 
of the body by a clear band in the endosarc. The nucleus divides 
into two; a constriction contracts the body at the point of segmen- 
tation ; and the vessel becomes divided in two; the two segments re- 
main soldered together. The same operation is then repeated at the 
middle of each of the segments, so that we see four segments soldered 
together; then a second time at the middle of each of these four 
segments, and the body is cut into eight segments still attached to 
one another, and completely recalling, by their external aspect and 
arrangement, the zoonites of the tapeworms. These segments 
afterwards separate; and one always finds many of them isolated in 
the rectum of the hosts of this Infusory. 

This fine Infusory much resembles the Opalinid found by Von 
Siebold in Planaria torva, and figured by Max Schultze under the 
name of Opalina polymorpha. If we adopt the generic divisions 
established by Stein in the family Opalinide, it will have to take its 


Miscellaneous. 99 


place side by side with the last-mentioned species, in the genus 
Haptophrya ; and on account of its large size [name it H. gigantea.— 
Comptes Rendus, May 5, 1879, p. 921. 


Trichinosis in a Hippopotamus. By M. E. Hecker. 


M. Heckel describes some observations made by him upon a 
young Hippopotamus, about two years old, which died on the 
10th of May last in the zoological garden of Marseilles, haying 
been received from Egypt about four months before. The animal 
was in bad health all the time of its residence at Marseilles; and 
its skin showed an eruption of confluent boils. When removed, the 
skin showed several lesions in the shape of deep ulcerations, which, 
having originated around a hair, had attacked the bulb, and thus 
formed a canal leading generally into a great purulent cavity. 
Smaller ulcerations led into smaller cavities bounded by a proper 
membrane, like true cysts, and filled with creamy pus. The exa- 
mination of a section of the muscular tissue surrounding one of 
these cysts showed it to contain great numbers of Trichina-cysts, 
resembling those of T'richtna spiralis, with which also the enclosed 
worm agreed. The cysts, however, seemed to be much more deve- 
loped than in the pig or in man. 

Upon this curious and interesting fact the author has the fol- 
lowing remarks :—‘ I am ignorant,” he says, ‘‘ what relations may 
exist between the presence, in the same animal, of T'richina and of 
enormous cysts filled with pus; but the fact indicated by me 
appears to possess some interest . . . . because it seems to prove 
that the Pachyderms, more than other animals, are exposed to the 
spontaneous development of this terrible parasite—an important 
point which may serve to throw some light upon its hitherto un- 
known migrations. It has been attempted to explain the frequency 
of the Jrichina in the pig, by the consideration of the voracity and 
filthy habits of that animal. The fact to which I now call atten- 
tion seems to protest against this opinion; for the hippopotamus by 
no means shares in the mode of existence and the tastes of the pig; 
and we can hardly suppose that captivity, by the special diet which 
accompanies it, could have a marked influence upon the deyelop- 
ment of the Nematoid worm.”—Comptes Rendus, June 2, 1879, 
p. 1139. 


On the Apparatus of Sound in some South-American Fishes. 
By M. W. Sorensen. 


During my residence, in 1877 and 1878, at the mouth of the 
Riacho del Oro, in the Rio Paraguay, I was enabled to make some 
investigations into the mode in which several fishes of these rivers, 
especially those of the families Siluroidei and Characini, produce 
peculiar sounds. The swimming-bladder is the principal organ 


100 Miscellaneous. 


employed. In the Siluroids the unossified portion of the swimming- 
bladder is slightly elastic, in a nearly equal manner throughout its 
whole extent; whilst in the Characini the elasticity depends espe- 
cially upon flat bands or round cords in the wall. The swimming- 
bladder acquires its greatest development as an organ of sound in 
the Siluroids. In the species of the genera Platystoma and Pseuda- 
roides it is divided by a longitudinal partition and by several trans- 
verse partitions into a number of chambers or cells, which, however, 
freely communicate with each other. In the genus Doras the 
swimming-bladder presents numerous diverticula, divided internally 
by incomplete septa into a great number of smallcells, In all these 
fishes the transverse apophyses* of the two or three first vertebra, 
and frequently a part of the arch of the first vertebra, are not only 
bound to each other, but also to the posterior part of the cranium 
and the apophyses of the first vertebra, by very strong elastic mem- 
branes. The transverse apophyses of the second or third vertebra, and 
sometimes of both these vertebrae, are shaped into the form of very 
powerful springs t, and closely united to the swimming-bladder. 
The sound is produced by the action of the muscles which are 
inserted either directly in the swimming-bladder or upon the trans- 
verse apophyses of the third vertebra. In the Characini the elastic 
parts of the swimming-bladder are stretched in the direction of their 
length by the contraction of the muscles; and the vibration that 
results from this rhythmic movement is transmitted to the air con- 
tained in the cavity of the swimming-bladder. In the Siluroids the 
anterior portion of the swimming-bladder is drawn alternately 
forward and backward by the contraction and relaxation of the 
muscles, During these movements the air, in passing across the 
incomplete transverse septa, sets the latter in vibration, and the 
sound is produced. The height or rather the depth of the sound is 
in direct proportion to the rapidity of the vibrations of the springs. 
The fishes which I have been able to study in this connexion 
belong to the genera Ageniosus, Doras, Platystoma, Pseudaroides, 
Prochilodus, Chalcinus, Pygocentrus, and Myletes ; several of them 
were observed living. None of these fishes respire by means of the 
swimming-bladder. A memoir containing the details of these obser- 
vations will appear in the ‘ Naturhistorisk Tidsskrift’ of Copen- 
hagen.—Comptes Rendus, May 19, 1879, p. 1042. 


* According to Weber (‘De auri et auditu hominis et animalium,’ 
p- 1, Lipsize, 1820) these apophyses, in the genus St/rws and in the 
species of the family Cyprinoidei, serve to put the ear in communication 
with the swimming-bladder. I cannot say whether there is an organ of 
sound in the latter family, not having yet examined them in this respect. 

+ According to John Miiller (‘ Archiy fiir Anat. und Physiologie,’ 
1842, p. 319), this apparatus, in the genera Auchenipterus, Synodontus, 
Doras, Malacopterurus, and Euanemus, assists in locomotion by conden- 
sing or rarefying the air in the swimming-bladder. Upon this interpre- 
tation M. Moreau, in his excellent memoir on the swimming-bladder 
(Ann, Sci, Nat. 6¢ sér.iv. Art. no, 8), has already expressed certain doubts, 
the justice of which I am in a position to prove completely, 


THE ANNALS 


AND 


MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. 


{FIFTH SERIES. ] 


No. 20. AUGUST 1879. 


X.—On the Mode of Growth of Stromatopora, including the 
Commensalism of Caunopora. By H. J. Carrer, F.R.S. 
&e. 


STRUCK with* the practical nature of Mr. Champernowne’s 
remarks on “some Devonian Stromatoporide from Darting- 
ton, near Totnes,” published in the Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. 
for February 1879, I lost no time in putting myself in communi- 
cation with him on this subject, and having received, in reply, 
a kind invitation to visit the “ Pit-Park Quarry” (whence 
his specimens had been taken), I availed myself of the oppor- 
tunity on the 8th of May last. 

During our inspection of the quarry, as well as during the 
short time I was with Mr. Champernowne, I learnt no less 
from the former than from the latter, whose cautious observa- 
tions, combined with his opportunities of obtaining practical 
information, rendered his remarks very valuable in a scientific 
point of view. 

On my return to this place (Budleigh-Salterton) I washed 
the specimens brought away from the Quarry, and dissected 
them by fracture, section, and polishing, as far as such means 
and such material would admit, whereby I learnt much more. 

My general inference from our visit to the Quarry was that 
Stromatopora was essentially a ‘‘reef-building”’ organism, 
and that, like Millepora alcicornis in the West Indies, it grew 

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. iv. 8 


102 Mr. H. J. Carter on the Growth of Stromatopora. 


profusely in its locality, not only entering and filling up the 
open interstices of other calcareous organisms during their 
growth, but enveloping their detritus (joimts and stems of 
Encrinites, &c.), and, when not doing either of these things, 
growing into large masses of itself. Thus, by cementing 
every thing together after this manner, the great reef appears 
to have been formed which is now known by the name of 
“ Devonian Limestone.”’ This is not only evidenced by the 
composition of the solidified strata generally, when cut and 
polished, but more convincingly and particularly by a portion 
of it in “ Pit-Park Quarry,” which, having undergone partial 
decomposition, now yields up its contents even more sepa- 
rately than probably they have ever been since they were 
bound together by the ubiquitous Stromatopora. 

In the first place, I could not help seeing how often Stroma- 
topora had grown on Favosites ;. and on turning to the speci- 
men which led me to the remarks on Cawnopora mm my 
paper on the probable nature of the animal of Séromatopora 
(‘ Annals,’ 1878, vol. 1. pp. 311, 312), I felt constrained to 
fall back upon this coral; and I also saw that, although 
perfectly right as regards the difference between the “ axial”’ 
and “tubulated”’ structure in Millepora alcicornis (ib. p. 316 
&c.), this could not be applied to Caunopora. 

Herein I was muci influenced by Mr. Champernowne’s 
showing me what Dr. Duncan had pointed oyt to him, viz. 
that the supposed genus “ Battersbya” of MM. Edwards 
and Haime, who placed it among the Milleporide, consisted 
of a coral the interstices of which were filled up with a 
Stromatopora; so that, virtually, there was no such organism. 
We next examined specimens of Syringopora, in which the 
same thing was observed to have taken place. But why 
should I recount more instances of this nature when I have 
already stated that ‘ Pit-Park Quarry” bore evidence of 
every thing, both living and dead, having been overrun by 
Stromatopora (including Caunopora under this head) during 
the formation of the “ reef.” 

All this led me, on my return home, to again see what - 
Baron Rosen had stated and illustrated of Stromatopora 
Schmidtit, I then found that S. Schmidtit could not be 
a species of Caunopora, as stated in my paper (J. c. p. 319) ; 
and, on referring to Rosen’s account (p. 80), this was confirmed 
by his statement that Roemer was “right” in considering 
Caunopora placenta, Lonsdale, nothing but the tubes of a 
“coral”’ surrounded by Stromatopora. 

To this view I am now inclined to accede, as to the 
presence of these tubes indicating that of an organism dif- 


Mr. H. J. Carter on the Growth of Stromatopora. 103 


ferent from the matrix in which they are enveloped, after 
the manner of Battersbya &c., but not as regards an equally 
“coral” nature of the tubes, as will be seen hereafter; and, 
if this view be right, then, by eliminating Cauwnopora from 
the Stromatoporide, much will be gained by the latter in 
simplification. Still Rosen’s general division of the struc- 
ture of the Stromatopore into “ curvilinear”? and “ recti- 
linear’ coenenchyma will remain the same; and the remark 
in my paper (/. c. p. 312), that in Caunopora I saw the same 
kind of granulated curvilinear fibre as in the coral called 
Battersbya, becomes intelligible. 

That the tubes of Caunopora are adventitious or different 
from the curvilinear coenenchyma of Stromatopora, which 
generally accompanies them, is proved by their occasional 
presence in another kind of Stromatoporoid ccenenchyma, 7. e. 
in Stromatopora elegans, Rosen (vulg. “ Stagshorn” here- 
abouts), of which I possess two specimens ; while, in support 
of this, Mr. Champernowne states that the stromatoporoid 
coenenchyma of Caunopora is ‘as variable as the Stromato- 
pora itself is variable ;’’ add to this that the different kinds 
of coenenchyma constantly occur without the tubes peculiar to 
Caunopora. 

Further, it happens that in a polished section of a specimen 
of Caunopora from “ Pit-Park Quarry,” which Mr. Champer- 
nowne gave me, the lower surface (which is in its natural state) 
is terminal; that is, the tubes do not pass through it, while 
at the bottom of the polished part, close to the angle it forms 
with the “natural surface,” the tubes may be observed to 
turn out of their vertical course and become united to a hori- 
zoutal tortuous tubulation simulating that of the hydrorhiza 
of hydroid zoophytes, which, under this aspect, appears to 
form the whole of the ‘‘ natural surface ;” and hence the ends 
of the tubes of the Caunopora do not project through this 
matted structure, as in most cases where the fractured part 
of the specimen has passed through the tubes themselves. 

If this should be substantiated, then we can understand 
how the tubes of Caunopora, for the most part, should be 
without walls, ¢. e. appear as mere spaces, seeing that, while 
one kind of Syringopora was probably a calcareous hydroid, 
the tubes of Caunopora might, for the most part, have 
belonged to a chitinous or flexible kind, which in fossilization 
would only be represented as a mould made by the ccenen- 
chyma of the Stromatopora. Still, as Mr. Champernowne 
observes, “ crystallization, we know, acts, apparently, in the 
most capricious manner, and it may be the cause of these 
different aspects.” 


8* 


104 Mr. H. J. Carter on the Growth of Stromatopora. 


Here I might observe that the infundibular structure of 
Syringopora appears to be allied to the diaphragms produced 
by the “annulation” (or circular constrictions of the tube) 
which is such a very common feature among the flexible 
Hydroids, and thus frequently appears in a modified form in 
the tubes of Caunopora—the effect of such constrictions being 
to force the coenosareal tube into the centre of the flexible 
horny one, which in Syringopora geniculata, from the tubular 
processes of the infundibula passing into each other, gets 
beyond a mere constriction, and thus sometimes becomes a 
continuous calcareous central canal. 

The tubes of Caunopora are, for the most part, straight or 
slightly flexuous, equal in calibre, unbranched and parallel in 
their course, and, although hardly ever appearing otherwise 
than in short fragments, were found by Mr. Champernowne, 
in a weathered-out instance from “ Pit-Park Quarry,” to attain 
1? inch in length; so that it may fairly be assumed that, if 
it were not for their slightly flexuous course, they would be 
found to be continuous throughout, 2. e. from their origin to 
their termination. But it by no means follows that because 
the main tubes pursued this course they were not often united 
by smaller ones, after the manner of Syréngopora, from which 
it becomes almost impossible to separate them in every respect 
when all their structural varzetves are taken into account. 

Seeking among the flexible Hydroids for one that would 
afford analogous features, we find it in Tubularia indivisa, 
which grows so luxuriantly on our coasts, of which the Rev. 
T. Hincks (Hist. Brit. Hydroid Zoophytes, 1868, vol. i. 
p- 115) gives the following characters of the polypary, viz. :— 
“Clustered, simple, erect, without annulation, narrowed and 
twisted at the base, horn-coloured, rising to a height of from 
6 to 12 inches.” ‘The tubes are about 1-16th of an inch in 
diameter, and seldom divide except near the hydrorhiza, which 
consists of “twisted and interwoven tubes often agglomerated 
together.” But then there are not only other species of Z'udbu- 
laria which divide throughout much oftener, but one, viz. 
T. bellis, which is annulated throughout (op. cit. Atlas, 
fle 2X1, ): 

Now such Hydroid Zoophytes, whether flexible or calca- 
reous, if overgrown with Stromatopora, would represent Cauno- 
pora; and if we require a similar instance of commensalism, 
it is afforded in Stephanoscyphus mirabilis, which Prof. All- 
man found on the south coast of France, and describes as 
consisting of a horny sponge traversed by ‘a congeries of 
tubes which penetrate the sponge-tissue and open on its sur- 


a 


face, united by a common tubular plexus towards the base.” 


Mr. H. J. Carter on the Growth of Stromatopora. 105 


Dr. F. E. Schulze, of Gratz, subsequently found this in the 
Adriatic Sea, where the hydroid polyp &e. designated by him 
Spongicola fistularis was found to be the denizen of several 
different kinds of sponges; and his representation (Archiv f. 
mikroskop. Anatomie, Bd. xiii. Taf. xlii. fig. 8) might, the 
sponge being replaced by Stromatopora, pass for a specimen 
of Caunopora with the tubes much branched, 

Again, it should be remembered that in commensalism the 
host is hardly ever without its guest; so that it becomes the 
habit of the latter to dwell with the former even from the 
commencement of life, and, while the guest may never be seen 
without its host, the latter is occasionally seen without its 
guest. In a beautiful preparation which Dr. F. E. Schulze 
has just kindly sent me, the guest, viz. Oscillaria spongetia, 
is already present in the embryo of Spongetia pallescens, which 
it afterwards pervades throughout life (Zeitschrift f. wiss. 
Zool. Bd. xxxii. p. 149, Taf. v. fig. 7). So that it is not 
surprising that Caunopora, 1. e. the host and its guest together, 
should be occasionally found surrounding Corals also together 
in the way above mentioned. 

I am aware that all but Roemer and Rosen (that is, all 
English authors on the subject) have, from Lonsdale down- 
wards, viewed Caunopora as a distinct species of Stromatopora ; 
but I myself now cannot help, from the facts above mentioned, 
regarding it as an instance of commensalism ; and in this I am 
supported by Mr. Champernowne. 

The fact, however, that Cawnopora may thus be found to be 
a compound of two organisms does not invalidate what I have 
stated respecting MJillepora alctcornis, in which there are dis- 
tinct tubes among the Stromatoporoid coenenchyma rising 
from an axial structure of a different form. Millepora alci- 
cornis, too, overruns every thing in its way; thus, in the 
British Museum there is a large Murex, together with reticu- 
lated Gorgoniw, covered with it. Ellis notices that it is one 
of the commonest corals in Jamaica, where it is principally used 
for burning into lime (Nat. Hist. Zoophytes, 1786, p. 142), 
and afterwards mentions a bottle that became incrusted with it ; 
so that, as the branches coalesce between themselves, and 
in like manner this species of JMillepora attaches to ztself 
every foreign body that comes in its way, a reef-accumulation 
may be thus produced, similar to that which was built up by 
Stromatopora. By eliminating Caunopora, therefore, the 
description of Stromatopora is not only more simplified, but 
Millepora alcicornis and the Hydractinie are brought together, 
which, as Mr. Champernowne observes, afford the best key 
to a right understanding of what Stromatopora really was. 


106 Dr. A. Giinther on a new Porcupine 


Again, with reference to my statement, that in the sponges 
the excretory canal-system commences in the ampullaceous 
sacs (Wimperkérbe) (Ann. 1878, vol. i. p. 822), [have now 
to modify this assertion ; for my figure of the pore-area in Grey- 
ella cyathophora directly opening into an excretory canal 
(Ann. 1869, vol. iv. pp. 192, 193, pl. vill. fig. 5, &e.), con- 
firmed by that of Awos spinipoculum (ib. 1879, vol. ii. 
p- 290, pl. xxv. fig. 4, &c.), shows at least that a commence- 
ment in the ampullaceous sacs is not always the case, and 
presents quite a new feature in the offices of the excretory 
canals of sponges; although it does not alter the fact that 
the system is partly excretory in the sponge, while the stellate 
venation often appears without any aperture at all (Rosen, 
Taf. xi. fig. 7), as the hydrophyton or proliferous organ in 
Stromatopora. 

Since the above was written I have seen C. F. Roemer’s 
‘ Rheinische Uebergangsgebirge,’ 1844, in which, at p. 57, he 
observes that Caunopora placenta, Phillips, is “ nichts An- 
deres, als Stromatopora polymorpha von Syringoporen durch- 
wachsen,” and, further, that the specimens from the Hifel, 
the Silurian outliers of Mark Brandenburg and Silesia, toge- 
ther with those of the Devonian Limestone are “ undistin- 
guishable.”’ 


XI.—Description of a new Species of Porcupine from the 
Philippine Islands. By Dr. A. GintuEr, F.R.S. 


Brrore Mr. Everett left the Philippine Islands he obtained 
at Puerto Princesa, in the island of Paragua, a specimen of a 
small kind of Porcupine, which evidently is undescribed. It 
is distinguished at the first glance by its small size and by 
the shortness of its tail. In many respects it resembles ~ 
Hystrix crassispinis from Borneo, but is considerably smaller 
and the quills are less thick. ‘The specimens sent by Mr. 
Everett consist of the skin of a female which is nearly full- 
grown, and of the perfect skeleton of a very old male. The 
species may be called 


Hystrix pumila. 

All the upper and lateral parts of the body are densely 
covered with flat, deeply grooved, flexible bristles of moderate 
length. These bristles are gradually developed into spines 
on the hinder part of the back, the shorter spines continuing 
to be provided with a shallow groove above. The strongest 


from the Philippine Islands. 107 


quills are thicker in the middle than one of the incisors. Tail 
short, the pediculated terminal quills small. Colour greyish 
brown in front, the strongest quills black with a whitish base 
and with scarcely any white at the extremity.. Lower parts 
greyish white. Some white hairs near the front claws. 


in, lin 
Length of body (from tip of nose to root of tail) ...... 14 6 
PieOe Git TEGNE TORO LO: CBT ct 4 a oi eldiciele shave’ Me ol8 a0 us 2 10 
Length of tail, with terminal quills .................. 3 0 
iemeth-or fore Toot! 000.4 ae Fela l eb teal Pte Re EG 
Length of hind foot: ........%.. 8 oR et ae 2 4 
Length of one of the largest quills .............ee00+ 4 0 
Length of one of the hollow caudal quills ............ O46 


The skull is distinguished by the shortness of the nasal 
bones, which are considerably shorter than the frontal suture. 
The facial portion is not very convex above, and concave on 
the sides. Infraorbital opening rather wide. Ascending 
ramus of the intermaxillary narrower than a nasal bone, and 
not extending so far backwards as the nasals. The palatal 
incision advances forward to opposite the middle of the hinder 
molar. The outline of the masticatory surface of the molars 
is almost circular in adult individuals. 

I give some of the measurements of two skulls, one (A) 
being that of an old, the other (B) of a younger individual (in 
which the fourth molar is still undeveloped). 


A. B. 
millim. millim. 
MiGiivioriothe ey overs Sau eso hes pala eee . 93 86 
Menrily oF nasal bones... 5 sss vw sis.e ries * «Wael oi 25 24 
itenath of frontal suture. .caee oe q ers ee ro Se 37(?) 31 
Least width of nasal bone ............eereeee 75 7 
Length of fronto-intermaxillary suture ........ re 4 
Least width of interorbital space .............. 29 30 
Distance between incisor and first molar........ 25 22 
Length of upper molar series. ..... 000600 ceveews 19 19 
Width of palate between the second molars .... 7 55 


Skull A is that of a very old individual, in which nearly all 
the sutures have disappeared, so that the measurements of 
some are either uncertain or impossible. The shortness of 
the tail of this species is also indicated by a diminution 
in the number of caudal vertebrae: there are only ten; and 
the termination of the last shows that only one or two rudi- 
mentary vertebre, if any, are missing. ‘The numbers of the. 
other vertebre are the same as in LHystrix javanica, namely 
7 cervical, 14 dorsal, 5 lumbar, and 4 sacral. 


108 Mr. J. 8. Baly on new Genera 


XIi.—Deseription of a new Species of Didelphys from Deme- 
rara. By Dr. ALBERT GUNTHER, F.R.S. 


Tne British Museum has recently received from one of its 
correspondents in Demerara, the Rev. W. Y. Turner, a small 
opossum, which resembles Didelphys crassicaudata in the 
general form of the body, structure of the hair, and relative 
length and hairiness of the tail, but which is only half the 
size of that animal, and, besides, distinguished from all other 
opossums by having eight incisors only in the upper jaw. It 
seems to be undescribed, and may be named 


Didelphys Turnert. 


The muzzle is of moderate length and rather pointed ; ears 
short, nearly naked, partially clothed with small hairs on the 
inside ; fur of the head, body, and tail a little harsh, not 
woolly; tail rather shorter than the head and body taken 
together, with the basal third clothed with fur like that on the 
body, the remaining portion with short hairs. Colour uniform 
brown tinged with greyish, lower parts light brownish grey ; 
hairs of the scrotum dark orange-coloured; the terminal two 
thirds of the tail black, with white apex ; feet short. 


in. lin. 
Length from tip of nose to root of tail .........0..0008 9 0 
MGGHEeAT OL DAML; { capapehe wieyphenta aie b= < Mispeis Siesta aie oe Beyer eee 8 3 
Tenet Toner MOSS tO CAP selec joie oe cele ewla le wie'siwcnaltelareaere ays 2 0 
ent nsot tind FOOb 455, <a is ay< siojsgs @ aus se sis erdenioin eae se 1 4 
Geraci COL Skt) lh oe te cause evamayenanier eiaveyeiece reietcueva tone eece anes 74 (0) 
Wvarelavot Stall eases anc dietse- wis nde Uys aawr ayn due aokeanle ns alah Lo 
eng ih of nasal bonbs. ss sia.ssa0 063 63 < 44 oa ee eaie ars 0 82 
Heoneth Of palawe: c2:25 sas sn ve wh heb eerie et elerenouanaate oe 
Width of palate between the posterior molar teeth...... 0 4 


The specimen is an adult male. 


XII.—Descriptions of new Genera and Species of Galle- 
rucine. By Josery 8. Baty, F.L.S. 


[Continued from vol. iii. p. 842] 


A gelastica humeralis. 


A. ovalis, convexa, rufo-fulva, nitida, labro, oculis, antennis, geni- 
bus, tibiis tarsisque nigris ; thorace bifoveolato, tenuissime punc- 
tato ; elytris apice paullo dehiscentibus, crebre punctatis, viridi- 
cyaneis, utrinque macula humerali rufo-fulva ornatis; abdomine 
(apice excepto) nigro-cyaneo. 

Long. 3-33 lin. 


Hab. Moreton Bay. 


and Species of Gallerucine. 109 


Head longer than broad, wedge-shaped, front impressed with 
a deep fovea, which extends downwards between the encarpe, 
the latter thickened, trigonate; carina well defined; antenne 
nearly equal to the body in length, filiform, moderately robust, 
the second joint short, the third nearly twice its length. 
Thorax twice as broad as long ; sides straight and very slightly 
diverging from the base to beyond the middle, thence rounded 
and converging to the apex; disk impressed on either side 
with a deep fovea, finely punctured, in some specimens the 
punctures only visible under a strong lens. Hlytra much 
broader than the thorax, dehiscent at the extreme apex, con- 
vex, rather closely punctured; each elytron with a narrow 
humeral rufo-fulvous patch, which often extends along the 
basal margin nearly to the suture. 


Agelastica melanocephala. 


A. elongato-ovata, postice vix ampliata, rufo-fulva, nitida, capite, 
genibus, tibiis tarsisque nigris; thorace fere impunctato, sat 
profunde bifoveolato; elytris sat crebre punctatis, metallico- 
ceruleis, viridi tinctis. 

Long. 4 lin. 

Hab. Rockhampton, Queensland; Murray Island, North 
Australia. 

Head wedge-shaped, vertex convex, shining, impunctate ; 
encarpe thickened, pyriform, contiguous; antenne nearly 
equal to the body in length in the male, rather shorter in 
the female, moderately robust, the second joint short, the 
third obconic, nearly twice the length of the second. Thorax 
nearly twice as broad as long; sides straight and parallel, 
converging at the apex; disk impressed on either side with a 
deep, transversely oblong fovea. lytra broader than the 
thorax, very slightly dilated behind the middle, their apices 
in the male subacutely rounded, more obtusely rounded in the 
other sex ; above convex, closely but rather more finely punc- 
tured than A. humeralis. 

This insect, in addition to the differences in coloration, may 
be at once separated from the preceding species by its narrower 
and more elongate form. With the exception of the bifoveo- 
late thorax, the two species described above agree in all 
structural characters with Agelastica, in which genus I have 
accordingly placed them. Dr. Chapuis, in his diagnosis of 
the genus, gives the apex of the anterior tibia as unarmed; in 
all the specimens I have examined, both of our Kuropean 
species alnt and of the nearly allied Japanese cerulea, I 
have found the apices of all the tibia armed with an acute 
spine. 


110 Mr. J. 8. Baly on new Genera 


Gidicerus apicipennis. 

@. anguste oblongus, convexus, flavus, nitidus, oculis scutelloque 
nigris ; thorace transverso, lateribus obtuse angulatis, disco leevi, 
ante basin leviter transversim sulcato ; elytris oblongis, tenuiter 
punctatis, apice czeruleo-nigris. 

Mas antennarum articulo tertio incrassato, oblongo-ovato, compresso, 
dorso profunde excavato. 

Long. 3 lin, 


Hab. India. 

Head longer than broad, somewhat wedge-shaped; front 
above the encarpe impressed with a deep fovea; encarpex 
trigonate, contiguous ; carina obsolete ; clypeus large, trans- 
verse, pentagonal, the apical angle thickened; antenne 
robust, the basal joint thickened, pyriform, the second very 
short, turbinate, the third very strongly thickened, oblong- 
ovate, compressed, excavated both above and below, but more 
deeply so on the upper surface (in the single specimen before 
me, the five upper joints are broken off), Thorax one half 
broader than long ; sides straight and parallel from the base 
to beyond the middle, thence obliguely converging to the 
apex ; disk shining, impunctate, impressed in front of the base 
with a slightly curved transverse suleation, either end of 
which is more deeply excavated and forms a distinct fovea. 
Elytra much broader than the thorax, oblong, parallel, finely 
punctured. 


Galerucella tropica. 


G. anguste ovata, postice paullo ampliata, convexa, subtus nitida, 
sordide flava, tibiis apice tarsisque infuscatis, abdomine (apice 
excepto) nigro-fusco ; supra subnitida, viridi-zenea, fusco-sericea, 
facie, labro antennisque basi fulvis, his extrorsum nigris ; thorace 
fere glabro, rude rugoso-punctato, lateribus anguste fulvis, bisinu- 
atis, medio angulatis ; elytris granuloso-rugosis, extrorsum fulvo 
limbatis. 

Long. 3-33 lin. 


Hab. Guinea, Camaroons. 

Head coarsely rugose-punctate, nearly glabrous; encarpz 
transverse, contiguous, pale flavo-fulvous, lower face very 
short, concolorous with the encarpe, apices of jaws black ; 
antenne more than half the length of the body, the four lower 
joints fulvous, the rest black, the fifth to the eighth joints 
gradually increasing in thickness. ‘Thorax twice as broad as 
long ; sides parallel, bisinuate, their middle distinctly angu- 
late; all the angles laterally produced, acute; disk somewhat 
flattened, coarsely rugose-punctate ; sides narrowly edged with 
fulvous. Elytra oblong, slightly dilated posteriorly, closely 


and Species of Gallerucine. 111 


granulose-rugose, densely clothed (as well as the scutellum) 
with sericeous hairs. 


Genus Mrsoponta, Baly. 


Dr. Chapuis errs in saying that the apex of the mesotibia 
is unarmed in the female; in the specimens from which I 
drew up the diagnosis of the genus (two males and one female) 
the spine is equally distinct in both sexes. 


Mesodonta limbata, Baly. 
Mesodonta limbata, Baly, Trans, Ent. Soc, 1864, p. 230; Ent. Month. 
Mag. ii. p. 99. 
Mas abdominis apice profunde concavo-foveolato. 
Fem. abdominis apice integro, disco longitudinaliter sulcato. 


Mesodonta marginata. 


M. elongato-oyalis, convexa, nigro-picea aut nigra, griseo-sericea, 
facie thoraceque minus dense sericeis, sordide flavis ; hoc transyerso, 
inequaliter excavato, utrinque distincte foveolato, nigro bima- 
culato ; scutello sordide flavo; elytris anguste oblongis, viridi- 
olivaceis, sat dense sericeis, crebre punctatis. 

Mas antennarum articulis tertio ad septimum leviter incrassatis, 
latitudine perparum vix increscentibus, octavo magis incrassato, 
clavato, apice oblique truncato, tribus sequentibus brevibus, ab- 
rupte angustatis, latitudine equalibus; abdominis apice pro- 
funde concayo-excayato. 

Fem. antennarum articulo octavo non clavato, abdominis apice in- 
tegro. 

Long. 5 lin. 


Hab. West coast of Africa, Camaroons. 

Head exserted, closely punctured; vertex convex; front 
impressed with a longitudinal groove; encarpe pyriform, 
contiguous ; eyes smaller than in MW. limbata. Antenne more 
than two thirds the length of the body in the male, rather 
shorter in the female, robust, the second joint short, the third 
and fourth nearly equal in length, each more than twice as 
long as the second ; the fifth rather shorter, slightly longer 
than the seventh, the eighth in the male suddenly thickened 
and elongate, clavate, its apex obliquely truncate; in the 
female this joint is not thickened, and equals the seventh in 
length ; in the male the third to the seventh, in the female 
the third to the eighth, gradually but very slightly increase 
in thickness; the ninth to the eleventh joints in both sexes 
are abruptly narrowed and much shorter than any of the pre- 
ceding joints, the second excepted. ‘Thorax more than twice 
as broad as long; sides nearly parallel at the base, thence 


112 Mr. J. S. Baly on new Genera 


obliquely converging and slightly rounded to the apex; all 

the angles distinct but not produced; disk irregularly exca- 

vated, upper surface together with the head nearly glabrous, 
finely but closely punctured, obscure flavous, marked on 
either side with a large transversely ovate black patch, the 
centre of which is more deeply excavated than the rest of the 
surface. Scutellum obscure flavous, its sides converging, 
its apex obtusely truncate, obsoletely emarginate. lytra 
broader than the thorax ; sides parallel, very slightly dilated 
behind the middle in the female; convex, closely granulose- 
punctate, densely griseo-sericeous, olive-green, the entire outer 
limb (the.space bordering the scutellum excepted) obscure 
flavous. 

Momea purpurascens, Hope. 
Galeruca purpurascens, Hope, Zool. Mise. 1831, p. 29. 

M. oblongo-ovata, postice vix ampliata, convexa, fulva, nitida, 
tibiis apice tarsisque piceo-nigris; elytris metallico purpureis, 
sericels. 

Long. 5 lin. 

Hab. Nepal. My collection. (Hope’s type in Mus. Brit.) 

Vertex rather closely punctured ; eyes black ; antenne fili- 
form, the third joint four times the length of the second, one 
fourth longer than the fourth. Thorax twice as broad as 
long; sides angulate; disk shining, broadly excavated on 
either side, slightly excavated in the median line, just in front 
of the scutellum. LElytra oblong, slightly dilated behind the 
middle, convex, transversely excavated below the basilar space, 
constricted on either side before the middle, finely and closely 
punctured, clothed with griseous sericeous hairs. 


Menippus cervinus, Hope. 
Galeruca cervina, Hope, Zool. Misc. 1831, p. 29. 


M. subelongato-ovatus, postice vix ampliatus, convexus, fusco- 
sericeus, subtus niger nitidus, supra opacus fulvo-fuscus, oculis 
nigris ; thorace leviter ruguloso, lateribus rotundatis; elytris 
subcrebre punctatis, interstitiis granulosis. 

Long. 44 lin. 

Hab. Nepal. My collection. (Hope’s type in Mus. 
Brit.) 

Head rugose; middle of clypeus with a distinct shining 
impunctate longitudinal ridge; encarpe obsolete; antenna 
nearly two thirds the length of the body, filiform, the third 
jot nearly one half longer than the second; eyes black. 
Thorax twice as broad as long, sides rounded, obsoletely an- 


and Species of Gallerucine. 113 


gulate in the middle; disk rugose. Elytra oblong-ovate, 
rather coarsely punctured, interspaces granulose punctate. 

Very similarly coloured to MM. cynicus, Clark, one half the 
size, much narrower and much less regularly ovate. 


Haplosonyx concinnus. 


H. elongato-ovatus, convexus, rufo-fulvus, nitidus, genibus, tibiis 
dorso, tarsis antennisque nigris, his apice flavo-albidis, basi 
fulvis; thorace levi, utringue excavato; elytris viridi-eneis, 
concinne sat fortiter punctatis, obsolete costatis, utrinque infra 
callum humerale oblique sulcatis. 

Long. 6-7 lin. 


Hab. Celebes. 

Vertex and front finely but distinctly punctured ; encarpe 
thickened, shining, impunctate, pyriform, separated by a deep 
eroove: antenne filiform, four fifths the length of the body, 
the second joint short, the third four times the length of the 
second, nearly equal to the fourth and fifth united; the two 
or three lower joints fulvous, stained above with black, the 
three or four upper ones yellowish white: apices of jaws black. 
Thorax twice as broad as long; sides obtusely angled just 
before the middle, sinuate behind the latter, the hinder angles 
recurved, thickened, acute, the anterior ones mucronate ; upper 
surface nearly impunctate, broadly and deeply excavated on 
either side, the excavation extending to the lateral margin. 
Scutellum wedge-shaped, its apex obtusely truncate. Hlytra 
broader than the thorax, narrowly ovate, slightly dilated be- 
hind the middle, obliquely rounded towards the apex, the ex- 
treme apex of each trupcate ; above convex, closely and rather 
strongly punctured ; each elytron with three or four ill-defined 
longitudinal coste, only visible on the middle disk (in some 
specimens these cost are entirely obsolete) ; immediately below 
the humeral callus is a broad and ill-defined but distinct sul- 
cation, which extends obliquely downwards and inwards for 
one third the length of the disk; immediately within the 
suture is also a very shallow depressed longitudinal space. 
The very long third joint of the antenna will at once sepa- 
rate this insect from its congeners. 


Haplosonyx speciosus. 


Hf, anguste oblongus, convexus, rufo-fulvus, nitidus ; oculis, mandi- 
bulis apice, genibus, tibiis tarsisque nigris; antennis pallide 
flavis, articulis tertio ad quintum piteis; thorace transverso, 
medio obsolete foveolato, utrinque transversim sulcato; elytris 
oblongis, utrinque infra basin arcuatim excayatis, tenuiter punc- 
tatis (punctis in strias longitudinales confuse dispositis, ad api- 


114 Mr. J. S. Baly on new Genera 


cem inordinatis), lete rufo-testaceis, plaga communi magna a 
basi fere ad medium extensa, superficiem fere amplectente, apice 
angulatim emarginata, nigra, ceruleo tincta, ornatis. 

Long. 5-7 lin. 

Hab. Manilla, Celebes. 

Vertex and front shining, impunctate; encarpe separated 
from the front by a deep impression, thickened, sublunate ; 
antenne more than half the length of the body, the second 
joint very short, moniliform, the third one half longer than 
the second. Thorax nearly three times as broad as long; 
sides parallel, smuate from the base to beyond the middle, 
slightly converging at the apex, the anterior angles obtuse, 
the hinder ones produced, acute; disk finely punctured, im- 
pressed on the median line with a shallow, ill-defined, longitu- 
dinal fovea, broadly and deeply transversely excavated on 
either side. Hlytra much broader than the thorax, oblong, 
not dilated posteriorly; moderately convex, the humeral 
callus thickened, the basilar space raised and well defined, 
being bounded on its outer side and behind by a deep groove, 
the hinder portion of which is strongly curved; surface 
minutely punctured ; in the female these punctures are placed 
uregularly in longitudinal rows, which are most distinct on the 
middle disk; in the male the rows are obsolete and the punctures 
placed without order over the entire disk; the large bluish- 
black patch covers nearly the whole of the basal half of the 
elytra, its base extending entirely across the disk, its sides 
slightly contracted posteriorly, leaving a narrow rufo-testaceous 
line between its outer edge and the lateral margin of the 
ely tron. 


Haplosonyx Mouhoti. 


H. anguste oblongus, postice paullo ampliatus, convexus, rufo-ful- 
vus, nitidus, antennis (basi exceptis) nigris, articulo ultimo 
sordide albido; thorace transyersim sulcato, distincte punctato ; 
elytris sat crebre et fortiter punctatis, obscure metallico-purpu- 
reis, 2 vix pone medium ad apicem rufo-fulvis. 

Long. 4 lin. 


Hab. Siam, Cambodia. Collected by the late M. Mouhot. 

Vertex and front smooth, impunctate, encarpe thickened, 
transverse, separated from the front by a deep depression ; 
antenne four fifths the length of the body, filiform, the se- 
cond and third joints very short, equal, the three lower joints 
obscure rufo-fulvous, the apical one dirty white. Thorax 
more than twice as broad as long; sides straight and parallel 
from the base to beyond the middle, thence rounded and con- 
verging to the apex ; the hinder angles acute, the anterior 


1 


and Species of Gallerucine. 115 


ones not produced, subacute ; disk broadly transversely exca- 
vated across the middle, distinctly punctured. Elytra broader 
than the thorax, dilated behind the middle, convex, not de- 
pressed below the basilar space, rather closely and deeply 
punctured. 


Haplosonyx sexplagiatus. 


H. oblongo- ovatus, convexus, nitidus, subtus niger, abdominis limbo 
externo pedibusque flavis, tibiis apice tarsisque nigro-piceis ; 
supra flavus, scutello antennisque (his basi exceptis) nigris; tho- 
race transversim sulcato, sulco utrinque magis fortiter impresso ; 
elytris fortiter punctato-striatis, stria prima brevi, striis inter- . 
medis longe ante apicem abbreviatis, per paria approximantibus, 
interspatiis quinto septimo et nono pone medium eleyatis ; utro- 
que elytro macula humerali, altera infra basin inter callum 
humerale et suturam posita, plagaque magna pone medium, sub- 
trigonata, purpureo-nigris ornato. 

Long. 43-5} lin. 


Hab. Flores. Collected by Mr. Wallace. 

Antenne more than half the length of the body, robust, 
filiform, very slightly thickened towards the apex, the third 
joint one third longer than the second, the three lower joints 
flavous, the rest black. ‘Thorax twice as broad as long; sides 
angulate just before the middle; anterior and posterior angles 
acute, the former slightly excurved; disk smooth and shining, 
transversely sulcate across the middle, the suleation more 
deeply impressed on either side the middle disk. Scutellum 
elongate-trigonate, its apex acute. LHlytra oblong, convex, 
each elytron with eleven strongly punctured strie, the first 
(basal) very short, the third to the eighth abbreviated long 
before the apex and approximating in pairs, the fifth and 
sixth abbreviated anteriorly, only commencing below the 
humeral callus; the interspaces smooth, those between each 
double row of striz thickened and subcostate on the hinder 


disk. 

Antipha chinensis. 

A. ovata, postice paullo ampliata, convexa, flavo-fulva, nitida, scu- 
tello capiteque nigris, vertice seneo tincto; elytris viridi-eneis, 
fortiter crebre punctatis. 

Long. 3 lin. 


Hab. Northern China. 

Vertex smooth, impunctate ; encarpe transverse-quadrate, 
separated by a longitudinal groove, which runs upwards for 
some distance on the front ; antennze slender, filiform, nearly 
equal to the body in length, the third joint rather longer than 
the second. ‘Thorax about one half broader than long ; sides 


116 Mr. J. S. Baly on new Genera 


straight and parallel, very slightly dilated before the middle, 
the anterior angles thickened, subtuberculate, the hinder ones 
produced, acute; disk shining, impunctate. Elytra broader 
than the thorax, oblong-ovate, slightly dilated behind the 
middle, convex, transversely depressed below the basilar 
space, closely and coarsely punctured; interspaces rugulose. 


Antipha Nietner. 

A, ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, nigra, nitida, femoribus, vertice 
oreque sordide fulvo-piceis; antennis pallide piceis, basi sordide 
fulvis ; thorace lateribus leviter rotundatis, fere parallelis, disco 
medio levi, utrinque sparse punctato; elytris sat crebre, fortiter 
punctatis, piceo-fulvis, utrinque limbo angusto maculisque duabus, 
una vix ante medium, altera apicem versus positis, nigro-piceis. 

Long. 33 lin. 

Hab. Ceylon. Collected by H. Nietner. 

Vertex smooth, impunctate ; encarpz oblique, transverse- 
quadrate, separated (their extreme apices excepted) by the 
clypeus; front impressed immediately above the encarpx 
with a deep but ill-defined fovea ; antennze rather more than 
half the length of the body, the third joint nearly twice as 
long as the second. ‘Thorax more than twice as broad as 
long; sides slightly rounded, nearly parallel, all the angles 
produced, thickened; disk smooth and shining, impunctate 
on the middle portion, impressed on either side with a few 
scattered punctures. Elytra oblong-ovate, dilated posteriorly, 
convex, not depressed below the basilar space, strongly and 
rather closely punctured ; piceo-fulvous, each with the ex- 
treme outer limb, together with two irregular patches, one 
just before the middle, the other (larger) rather more than half- 
way between the middle and the apex, nigro-piceous. 


Antipha pulchella. 

A. late ovata, postice ampliata, valde convexa, lete fulva, nitida ; 
oculis scutelloque nigris ; elytris metallico-ceruleis, sat fortiter, 
crebre punctatis, intra marginem extericrem leyviter costatis. 

Long. 3 ln. 

Hab. Borneo, Sarawak. Collected by Mr. Wallace. 

Head smooth, impunctate; encarpe transverse, curved, 
separated by the extreme apex of the clypeus; from the 
latter a very short longitudinal groove extends upwards on 
the front; antenne slender, rather more than three fourths 
the length of the body, the third joint three times the length 
of the second. Thorax nearly three times as broad as long ; 
sides straight and nearly parallel from the base to beyond the 
middle, thence very slightly converging to the apex, the 


and Species of Gallerucine. 11 


anterior angles thickened, nearly rectangular, the hinder ones 
produced, very acute; disk smooth, impunctate. Llytra 
much broader than the thorax, subquadrate-ovate, dilated 
ehind the middle, their apices conjointly broadly rounded ; 
above very convex, each elytron faintly excavated below the 
basilar space, strongly and closely punctured; interspaces 

(more especially on the outer disk) rugulose; on each elytron, 

a short distance within the outer margin, is a slightly raised, 

but distinct longitudinal costa. 

Antipha pretiosa. 

A, late oblongo-ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, nigra aut nigro- 
picea, nitida, facie inferiore, antennis basi, thorace pedibusque 
sordide flavis, tarsis (posticis quatuor basi exceptis) nigro-fuscis ; 
elytris viridi-ceruleis aut viridi-violaceis, convexis, infra basin 
transversim excavatis, intra marginem exteriorem leviter longi- 
tudinaliter unicostatis; crebre fortiter punctatis, punctis prope 


suturam substriatim dispositis. 
Long. 24 lin. 

Hab. Borneo, Sarawak. 

Head smooth, impunctate; front, just above the encarpa, 
longitudinally strigose, impressed in the middle with a deep 
fovea; encarpx transverse, curved, separated by the apex of 
the clypeus ; antenne very slender, nearly equal to the body 
in length, the third joint more than three times the length of 
the second, the five to seven lower joints fulvous, the rest 
nigro-fuscous or entirely black. Thorax at the base three times 
as broad as long; sides straight, converging from base to 
apex, the hinder angles produced, subacute, the anterior ones 
slightly produced, obliquely truncate ; disk smooth, impunc- 
tate, more or less stained with piceous. Scutellum shining 
black. Elytra much broader than the thorax, oblong-ovate, 
moderately dilated posteriorly, convex, transversely excavated 
below the basilar space, strongly punctured; each elytron 
near the outer margin with a distinct but only slightly raised 
longitudinal costa. 

Less convex than A. pulchella, the thorax rather shorter 
and broader, its anterior angles more obliquely truncate, the 
elytra more deeply excavated below the basilar space. 


Antipha discoidalis. 


A. late oblongo-ovata, postice paullo ampliata, convexa, nigro- 
picea, nitida, capite pallide piceo, vertice seepe infuscato, thorace 
pedibusque flavis; antennis extrorsum, tibiis apice tarsisque 
fuscis; thorace levi, fulvo, lateribus fere rectis; elytris oblongis, 
postice paullo ampliatis, convexis, infra basin transversim exca- 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. iv. 9 


118 Mr. J. 8. Baly on new Genera 


vatis, sat fortiter punctatis, punctis prope suturam substriatim 

dispositis ; piceo-cyaneis, violaceo tinctis, singulis disco sordide 

flavis. 
Var. A. elytris fulvo-piceis, limbo cyaneo fere obsoleto. 
Long. 24 lin. 

Hab. Borneo. 

Vertex smooth, impunctate ; lower portion of front longitu- 
dinally strigose ; encarpz oblique, slightly curved, separated 
by the apex of the clypeus; eyes prominent, shining black ; 
antennee very slender, longer than the body, the third joint 
nearly three times the length of the second. Thorax nearly 
three times as broad as long; sides nearly straight and nearly 
parallel, all the angles produced, the anterior ones obliquely 
truncate, the hinder ones subacute; disk shining, impunctate. 
Elytra broader than the thorax, oblong, slightly dilated pos- 
teriorly, convex, transversely depressed below the basilar 
space, strongly punctured, the puncturing on the inner disk 
forming irregular longitudinal strie ; the yellow colour occu- 
pies nearly the entire disk of each elytron, which may be 
described as obscure flavous, irregularly bordered with cya- 
neous. 


Antipha Bretinghami. 


A, oblonga, convexa, flava, nitida, postpectore scutelloque piceis, 
antennis (basi exceptis), tibiis tarsisque posticis fuscis; thorace 
lateribus fere parallelis, obsolete rotundatis, disco tenuiter sub- 
remote punctato; elytris oblongo-ovatis, postice vix ampliatis, 
convexis, infra basin vix depressis, minus fortiter et minus 
crebre punctatis (interspatiis levibus), flavis, utrinque anguste 
piceo limbatis. 

Long. 2 lin. 

Hab. India. Collected by Mr. Bretingham. 

Head impunctate; encarpe transverse-quadrate, oblique, 
widely separated by the broad apex of the clypeus ; antenne 
filiform, nearly equal to the body in length, the third joint 
twice the length of the second ; the six or seven outer joints 
fuscous. ‘Thorax three times as broad as long; sides nearly 
parallel, obsoletely rounded, all the angles moderately pro- 
duced, subacute; disk sparingly impressed with shallow punc- 
tures. Hlytra broader than the thorax, oblong-ovate, scarcely 
dilated posteriorly, convex, obsoletely depressed below the 
basilar space, less strongly and less closely punctured than in 
many allied species. 


Antipha costata. 


A, subrotundato-ovata, postice paullo ampliata, convexa, fulvo- 
picea aut picea, nitida, labro antennisque sordide flavis, his gracil- 


and Species of Gallerucine. 119 


limis ; thorace lateribus fere rectis, parallelis, disco obsolete trans- 
versim excavato ; elytris subcrebre punctatis, utrinque tricostatis. 
Long. 24 lin. 


Hab. Borneo, Sarawak. 

Vertex smooth, impunctate ; encarpe oblique, transverse- 
quadrate, separated (their extreme apices excepted) by the 
clypeus ; antenne very slender, three fourths the length of 
the body, the third joint nearly twice the length of the second. 
Thorax more than three times as broad as long; sides straight 
and nearly parallel, obsoletely converging at the extreme 
apex, the anterior angles obliquely truncate, the hinder ones 
not produced, subacute ; disk sparingly and minutely punc- 
tured, impressed across the middle with a broad, very shallow, 
transverse depression, more marked on either side than on the 
median line. Elytra much broader than the thorax, subqua- 
drate-ovate, dilated posteriorly, very convex, transversely ex- 
cavated below the basilar space, distinctly and somewhat 
closely punctured, the puncturing stronger near the outer 
margin ; outer disk of each elytron with three narrow, rather 
strongly raised, longitudinal cost, which commence below 
the shoulder and extend nearly to the apex. 

The longitudinal coste on the elytra will at once divide 
this species from its congeners. 


Antipha frontalis. 

A. breviter ovata, postice ampliata, sat valde convexa, sordide picea, 
subnitida, antennis corpore longioribus nigris, pectore thoraceque 
nigro-piceis, vertice fulvo bimaculato, labro, abdominis limbo fe- 
moribusque posticis sordide flavis; thorace hic illic sparse punctato, 
lateribus fere parallelis; elytris valde convexis, infra basin vix 
transyersim excavatis, minus fortiter, subecrebre punctatis, pal- 
lide piceis, sutura margineque exteriore paullo obscurioribus. 

Long. 2 lin. 


Hab. Singapore, a single specimen from Mr. Saunders’s 
collection. 

Vertex nearly covered with two parallel rotundate fulvous 
spots ; encarpe transverse, contiguous; lower portion of front 
finely impressed on the median line with a short longitudinal 
groove; antenne slender, longer than the body, the third 
joint nearly twice the length of the second. Thorax nearly 
three times as broad as long; sides parallel, obsoletely rounded 
in the middle, the anterior angles subobliquely truncate, their 
outer edge laterally produced, the hinder angles produced, 
subacute ; disk sparingly punctured. Elytra much broader 
than the thorax, oblong-ovate, dilated posteriorly, very con- 
vex, obsoletely impressed transversely below the pga space, 


« 


120 M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Calcispongie. 


less closely and less strongly punctured than in the preceding 
species. 
Antipha Bennett, Hope. 

Galeruca Bennetti, Gray, Zool. Mise. 1831, p. 29. 
A. late ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, piceo-fulva, nitida ; elytris 

metallico violaceo micantibus, fortiter crebre punctatis. 
Long. 44 lin. 

Hab. Nepal. Type in Brit. Mus., also in my own collection. 

Front impressed with a deep fovea; encarpe transverse, 
separated (their extreme apices excepted) by the clypeus ; 
third joint of antennz twice the length of the second. ‘Thorax 
nearly three times as broad at the base as long; sides con- 
verging from base to apex, the anterior angles produced, their 
apices obtuse. lytra broader than the thorax, dilated pos- 
teriorly, very convex, not depressed below the basilar space, 
strongly and coarsely punctured, the interspaces thickened, 
rugulose. 

[To be continued. | 


XIV.—Studies on Fossil Sponges.—V. Calcispongie. 
By Karu ALFRED ZITTEL. 


[Continued from p, 75. ] 


CorYNELLA, Zittel. 


Scyphia auett. 
Cnemidium p. p., Myrmecium p. p., Miinst., Klipst. 
Eudea p. p., Hippahmus p. p., Lymnorea p.p., D’Orb. 


¥, 


Eudea, Diseudea, Polyenemiseudea, Siphonocelia p. p., Polycelia (Dis- 

celia) p. p., Monotheles, Distheles, Epitheles p. p., From. 

Monotheles p. p., Distheles, Endostoma, Polyendostoma, Rom. 

Copanon, Distheles, Dycopanon, Cnemicopanon, Hallisidia, Pachytocia, 

Holosphecion, Pom. 

Sponge simple, more rarely compound. Individual persons 
clavate, cylindrical, top-shaped- or pyriform, thick-walled. 
Vertex truncate or convex. Stomachal cavity funnel-shaped, 
more or less impressed, rarely reaching to the base, usually 
divided at its lower end into a bundle of vertical tubes. Os- 
culum of the central cavity often radiated by open radial 
furrows. Into the stomachal cavity open radial canals, usually 
curved outwards and downwards, which gradually become 
finer as they depart from the stomachal cavity. Surface fur- 
nished with the ostia of fine incurrent canals, which usually 
open obliquely inwards and downwards, and run into the 
radial canals of the stomachal cavity. Base sometimes with 
a dense dermal layer. 


M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Calcispongie. 121 


Skeletal fibres rather coarse, chiefly consisting of simple 
bacillar spicules, among which, however, there are some scat- 
tered large triradiates. - 

The development of the canal-system forms the essential 
character of this genus, and distinguishes it very definitely 
from Peronella, with which it most nearly agrees externally. 
The coarse radial canals of the stomachal cavity are always 
present ; but, on the contrary, the incurrent tubules may some- 
times become very fine, or, under circumstances, entirely dis- 
appear. In the latter case, of course, the ostia of the surface 
are absent. The constitution of these afferent canals varies 
extraordinarily according to the species; in general they are 
most strongly developed in the Triassic and Middle-Jurassic 
species. 

The stomachal cavity is also very variable. Sometimes it 
becomes nearly tubular, as in Peronella, and reaches almost to 
the base, but then always shows large canal-ostia ; sometimes 
it forms only a shallow funnel, from which issues a bundle of 
vertical and curvilinearly diverging coarse canals. 

In spite of these differences, which strike even the passing 
observer, with respect to the constitution of the stomachal 
cavity and canal-system, the transition between the two ex- 
tremes may be so completely demonstrated, that I have been 
unable to determine to divide this series of forms into several 
generic groups. 

Fromentel, partly upon unimportant characters (occurrence 
as single persons or in composite stocks, presence or absence 
of an epitheca), and partly upon erroneous observations, has 
established a whole series of genera, which, in my opinion, 
are untenable. 

The canal-system of Hudea, Diseudea, and Polycnemiseudea, 
From., is decidedly incorrectly described, inasmuch as the 
canals never pierce the wall. In Monotheles and Distheles the 
stomachal cavity is not, as described by Fromentel, shallow 
and superficial, but even in Monotheles stellata itself consider- 
ably impressed, funnel-shaped, and divided into vertical tubes 
at its lower extremity. A weak epitheca occurs at the base 
of several species ; others, however, are quite naked. 

The genus Corynella is distributed from the Trias up to 
the uppermost Cretaceous. As typical species may be men- 
tioned :— 

a. From the Trias. 

1. Myrmecium gracile, Miinst. Beitr. iv. Tat. i. figs. 26, 
27. 

2. Cnemidium pyriforme, Klipst. Beitr, Taf. xx. fig. 5. 


122 M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Calcispongie. 


. Eudea rosa, Laube, Fauna von St. Cass. Taf. 1. fig. 4. 
. Onemidium astrottes, Miinst. Beitr. iv. Taf. 1. fig. 24. 
. Scyphia capitata, Munst. ib. Taf. 1. fig. 12. 

. Stellispongia clavosa, Laube, l. ¢. Taf. 1. fig. 3. 


S> Or 


b. From the Jura. 


1. Spongia lagenaria, Lamx. Exp. pl. Ixxxiv. fig. 4; Mich. 
Ic. pl. lvi. fig. 5. 
Diseudea lagenaria, From. Tntr. pl. i. fig. 5. 
2. Hallirhoa lycoperdioides, Lamx. Exp. pl. Ixxviii. fig. 2; 
Mich. Ic. pl. lvii. fig. 6. 
3. Alcyonttes costata, Stahl. Correspondenzbl. wiirtt. landw. 
Ver. 1824, p. 84, fig. 29. 
Spongites astrophorus alatus, Quenst. Petr. Taf. exxiy. figs. 54-57. 
4. Corynella Quenstedti, Zitt. 
Spongites astrophorus caloporus and cornucopi@, Quenst. Petr. Taf. 
exxiv. figs. 58-64. 
5. Corynella stolata, Zitt. 
Spongites astrophorus stolatus and parabolis, Quenst. Petr. Taf. cxxiv. _ 
figs. 65-69. 
6. Parendea cornuta, Etal. Leth. Bruntr. pl. lvi. fig. 31. 
7. Cnemidum astrophorum p.p., Goldf. Taf. xxxv. fig. 8, a,c. 
8. Crispispongia solitaria, Quenst. Petr. exxiv. figs. 51— 


9. Parendea prismatica, Htal. ib. pl. lix. fig. 1. 
10. Cnemidium parvum, Etal. ib. pl. lix. fig. 2. 
11. Cnemidium capitatum, Minst. Goldf. Taf. xxxv. fig. 9. 
12. Stphonocelia globosa, From. Pol. Cor. de Gray, pl. xv. 


13. Siphonocelia stellifera, Fvom. ib. pl. xv. fig. 4. 

14. Stiphonocelia pyriformis, From. ib. pl. xv. fig. 5. 

15. Siphonocelia aspera, From. ib. pl. xv. fig. 6. 

16. Discelia champlitiensis, From. ib. pl. xv. fig. 7. 

17. Madrespongia madreporata, Quenst. Petr. Taf. cxxiv. 
figs. 70-72. 

Cnenndium astrophorum, Goldf. Taf. xxxv. fig. 83. 
18. Polycnemiseudea corallina, From. Introd. pl. 1. fig. 6. 


ec. Hrom the Cretaceous. 
1. Scyphia excavata, Rim. Nordd. Ool. 
Siphonocelia truncata, From. Cat. Rais. pl. i. fig. 5. 
2. Stphonocelia neocomiensis, From, Cat. Rais. pl. 1. fig. 2. 
? Polyendostoma pyriforme, Rom. Spongit. Tab. i. fig. 5. 
3. Distheles excavaia, Rém. Spongit. Taf. i. fig. 19. 


M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Calcispongie. 123 


Eudea globosa, Rim. ib. Taf. i. fig. 1. 
Monotheles punctata, Rom. ib. Taf. i. fig. 17. 
Monotheles stellata, From. Introd. pl. ii. fig. 6. 
Distheles depressa, From. Introd. pl. u. fig. 7. 
Distheles inflata, From. Cat. Rais. pl. il. fig. 5. 
. Distheles pediculata, From. ib. pl. in. fig. 1. 
10. Scyphia foraminosa, Goldf. Taf. xxxi. fig. 4. 


Endostoma foraminosum, Rom. Spongit. Taf. xiv. fig. 6. 


11. Scyphia tetragona, Goldf. tab. ii. fig. 2. 


Endostoma tetragonum, Rom. Spongit. Taf. xiv. fig. 7. 
Polyendostoma sociale, Rom. ib. Taf. xiv. fig. 4. 


So 0 ae 


Myrmecium, Goldf. 
(Petr. Germ. p. 18.) 
Cnemidium p. p., Goldf. 
Epitheles p.p., From. 
Myrmecium, ? Gymnomyrmecium, Pom. 

Sponge small, hemispherical, spherical, or cylindrical, nar- 
rowed below, shortly pedunculate, at the base with a smooth 
or concentrically wrinkled dermal layer, which sometimes also 
coats the whole of the sides. Vertex convex, with a round 
osculum in the middle, serving as an opening to a narrow 
tubular stomachal cavity, which traverses the whole sponge- 
body vertically. There are also numerous small poriform 
ostia distributed on the surface wherever it is not clothed with 
the covering layer. 

In the central cavity terminate rather stout radial canals, 
which follow a curved course from without and below, and 
are furcate in the vicinity of the surface. Their ostia are 
generally placed in longitudinal series in the wall of the 
central tube. Other straight canals penetrate into the sponge- 
body obliquely inwards and downwards from the superficial 
ostia. 

The skeleton consists of a narrow-meshed tissue of rather 
thin anastomosing fibres, usually composed of calcite, rarely 
of silica. I have been unable to recognize spicules with 
perfect certainty ; but certain parts of the calcite fibres appear 
to me to contain three- or four-rayed stars. 

This genus is distinguished from Corynella chiefly by the 
fine skeletal fibres, the narrow central cavity, and the greatly 
developed covering layer, which is always present and _fre- 
quently envelops the sponge-body up to the vertex. It is 
for the present not very sharply defined; but the Upper-Ju- 
rassie species belonging to it bear so peculiar a stamp that 
I could not resolve to unite them with Corynedla. 


124 M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Calcispongie. 


1. Myrmecium hemisphericum, Goldf. Taf. vi. fig. 12. 


Cnemidium rotula, Goldf. Taf. vi. fig. 6. 

Spongites rotula, Quenst. Petr. Taf. exxvi. figs. 1-41. 

. var. biretiformis, Quenst. 1. c. figs. 2-4, 6, 7. 

. var. foliata, Quenst. /. c. fig. 5. 

var. cylindrata, Quenst. 1. c. figs. 8-10. 

. var. coniformis, Quenst. . ¢. figs. 11-13. 

var. pedunculata, Quenst. 1. c. figs. 14-18, 30, 31. 

j- var. longiceps, Quenst. l. c. figs. 21-26. 

2. Spongites indutus, Quenst. Petr. Taf. exxvi. figs. 42-46. 
3. Spongites circumseptus, Quenst. ib. Taf. cxxvi. figs. 55- 


ot. 


SQ SS 


3 


? Hreparimus, Lamx. 
Hippalimeudea, From. (non Hippalimus, D’Orb., Rom. &e.). 


Sponge mushroom- or umbrella-shaped, pedunculate ; ver- 
tex with a wide funnel-shaped central cavity. The sloping 
sides of the conical umbrella set with oscula. Lower surface 
of the umbrella, stem, and wall of the central cavity smooth, 
without oscula. 

I know this genus only from figures, and am consequently 
uncertain about its systematic position. Possibly it belongs 
to the order Lithistidee. 

The single species, /7. lobatus, Lamx., Exp. Méth. pl. Ixxix. 
fig. 1, is from the Cenomanian of Villers in Calvados. 


Lymnorea, Lamx. 

Mamillipora, Bronn. 

LIymnoreotheles, From. 

Iymmnorea, Placorea, Pom, 

Sponge nodular, consisting of verruciform, mamilliform, or 
elobular individuals, which are grown together and covered 
by a common, thick, and wrinkled basal epidermis. At the 
vertex of each individual there is a simple, sometimes radiate, 
and not very deep osculum. 

Of the typical species of this genus I possess only insuffi- 
cient material, which gives me no certain information as to 
the nature of the oscula and the depth of the stomachal cavity. 
In a specimen from Ranville [ have made sections of several 
of the round heads: the shallow oscula, into which a number 
of radial canals opened, then soon disappeared; but there re- 
mained, instead of them, upon the cut surface, some scattered 
round sections of fine vertical canals; and that these traversed 
the whole sponge-body appears from the fact that on cutting 
through the base of the common peduncle a bundle of fine 
canal-sections was visible in the centre. The oscula conse- 


M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Calcispongie. 125 


quently appear to be continued downwards into simple fine 
tubes. 

The only species which certainly belongs here occurs in 
the Middle Jura :— 

Lymnorea mamillaris, Lamx. Exp. Méth. pl. Ixxix. figs. 2-4; 


Mich. Ie. pl. lvu. fig. 10. 


STELLISPONGIA, D’Orb. 

Manon, Achilleum, Cnemidium auctt. 

Stellispongia, D’Orb. 

Stellispongia, Enaulofungia, Diasterofungia, From. 

Stellispongia, Iimnoretheles p. p., Laube. 

Stellispongia, Asterospongia, Desmospongia, Didesmospongia, Cerio- 

spongia, Etal. 

Ateloracia, Cnemiracia, Holoracia, Trachysphecion, Pom. 

Sponge simple or, more frequently, composite. Individuals 
globular, semiglobular, clavate, or cylindrical; stock often 
nodular, clothed, almost always at the base, and sometimes 
also on the sides, with a thick, wrinkled, dermal layer. Ver- 
tex convex, with a shallow radiate osculum, into which open 
a larger or smaller number of efferent canals. The round 
ostia of the latter are situated partly at the bottom, partly on 
the sides of the osculum; the former are connected with 
vertical, the latter with radial canals. The uppermost radial 
canals are frequently open, and then form more or less im- 
pressed radial furrows. Over all the rest of the surface of 
the sponge-body, so far as it is not covered with epitheca, 
there are smaller ostia, connected with vertical or oblique 
incurrent canals. 

The anastomosing skeletal fibres are generally of consider- 
able thickness. 

I have limited D’Orbigny’s name Stellispongia to those 
calcareous sponges which are characterized by radiate oscula 
into which vertical and radial canals open, and by numerous 
smaller ostia on the surface. ‘The round orifices at the bottom 
of the oscula have previously often been overlooked, but they 
are wanting in no true Stellispongia. 

Fromentel’s genus Hnaulofungia is founded upon an erro- 
neous observation ; for upon the typical species (4. corallina) 
itself the ostia on the surface are very distinctly developed. 

The species belonging to this genus are from the Trias 
Jura, and Cretaceous. 


a. From the Trias. 


1. Cnemidium rotulare, Miinst. Beitr. iv. Taf. i. fig. 20. 
Cnemidium Manon, Miinst. ib. Taf. i. fig, 20° 
Cremidium astroites, Miinst. ib. Taf. i. fig. 24. 


126 M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Calcispongice. 


2. Cnemidium variabile, Miinst. ib. Taf. i. figs. 21-23. 


Cnemidium turbinatum, Mist. ib. Taf. 1. fig. 19. 
Cnemidium stellare, Klipst. Oest. Alp. Taf. xx. fig. 6. 
Cnemidium concinnum, Kipst. ib. Taf. xx. fig. 7. 


3. Tragos hybridum, Minst. Beitr. iv. Taf. 1. fig. 16. 


b. From the Jura. 


1. Spongia stellata, Lamx. Exp. Méth. pl. Ixxxiv. fig. 13. 
Spongia umbellata, Mich. Ie. pl. lvii. fig. 1. 


2. Enaulofungia corallina, From. Introd. pl. it. fig. 11. 
Enaulofungia globosa, From. ib. pl. iv. fig. 1. 
Cnemidium pisiforme and rotula, Mich. Ic. pl. xxvi. figs. 6, 7. 
Asterospongia corallina, tal. Leth. Taf. lix. figs. 8, 9. 

3, Spongites glomeratus, Quenst. Jura, Taf. Ixxxiv. figs. 10, 


11. 
Didesmospongia Thurmanni, Etal. Leth. pl. lix. fig. 3. 
Stellispongia pertusa, aperta, hybrida, and glomerata, Ktal. Leth. 
pl. lix. figs. 4-7. 

Cnemidium stellatum, Mich. Ic. pl. xxvi. fig. 8. 
? Asterospongia rugosa, Etal. Leth. pl. lix. fig. 10. 

4. Ceriospongia mundus-stellatus, Ktal. Leth. pl. lix. fig. 11. 
Diasterofungia mundistellata, From. Coll. de Lem. pl. xii. fig. 13, 


5. Ceriospongia bernensis, ital. Leth. pl. lix. fig. 12. 


6. Spongites semicinctus, Quenst. Petr. Taf. exxv. figs. 2-9. 


ce. From the Cretaceous. 


1. Stellispongia sequana, From. Cat. Rais. pl. i. fig. 2. 
2. ? Stellispongia subglobosa, Rim. Spongit. Taf. 1. fig. 20. 


SESTROSTOMELLA, Zittel. 
Tremospongia p. p., D’Orb. 
Sparsispongia p. p., Tremospongia p. p., From. 
Sparsispongia p.p., Diestosphecion p. p., Pom. 
Spongites p. p., Nudispongia, Quenst. 
Paleojerea, Laube. 
Sponge simple, or more frequently compound, tufted or com- 
osed of verruciform individuals standing on a common base. 
Individuals distinctly separated, cylindrico-clavate or semi- 
globular; vertex with a shallow, sometimes radiate osculum, 
into which a great number of round ostia of vertical tubular 
efferent canals open. Surface porous, naked, or the base and 
sometimes also a part of the sides clothed with a dermal 
layer. 
The calcareous sponges belonging to this genus have 
hitherto been described under the names of Sparsispongia, ° 
vemospongia, or Paleojerea. Under the name of Sparsi- 


M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Calcispongie. 127 


spongia, D’Orbigny understood chiefly certain Stromatopore 
furnished with pores, as well as some calcareous sponges from 
the Upper Cretaceous, which were placed by Fromentel under 
Tremospongia. Of all the species of Sparsispongia mentioned 
in the “‘ Prodrome,” not a single one belongs to the present 
genus, whilst our diagnosis of Sestrostomella embraces most 
of the Sparsispongie and a part of the Tremospongie of Fro- 
mentel. Fromentel distinguishes these two genera principally 
according to the absence or presence of an epitheca. But that 
so unessential and inconstant a character cannot be employed 
for the discrimination of genera among the sponges any more 
than among corals, is most clearly seen in the fossil Calci- 
spongie, among which, on account of this difference, we 
should have to place in different genera forms which agree 
perfectly in all other essential characters. 

As Fromentel has applied D’Orbigny’s names Tremospongia 
and Sparsispongia quite arbitrarily, and D’Orbigny himself 
characterizes them by very indefinite and, in part, erroneous 
diagnoses, I regard it as advisable to drop both names. 


The genus Sestrostomella occurs from the Trias up to the 
Cretaceous. 


a. Hrom the Trias. 


1. Palegerea gracilis, Laube, St. Cass. Taf. i. fig. 4. 
2. Sestrostomella robusta, Zitt. 


Epeudea sp., Loretz, Zeitschr. deutsch. geol. Gesellsch. 1875, p. 882. 


b. From the Jura. 


1. Jerea biceps, Reuss, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, xxvii. 
Sep. Abz. Taf. i. fig. 9. 
2. Spongites (Nudispongia) cribratus, Quenst. Petr. Taf. 
cxxv. figs. 14-18. 
c. From the Cretaceous. 


1. Sparsispongia flabellata, From. Cat. Rais. pl. iii. fig. 6. 
2. Sparsispongia varians, From. ib. pl. iii. fig. 8. 
3. Tremospongia bullata, From. Introd. pl. iv. fig. 10. 
4. Sparsispongia sulcata, Loriol, Kt. Val. Arz. pl. ix. 
fig. 4. 
os Sparsispongia gemmata, Lor. ib. pl. ix. figs. 5-7. 

6. Tremospongia valanginiensis, Loy. ib. pl. ix. fig. 1. 

7. Tremospongia divaricata, Lor. ib. pl. ix. fig. 2. 

8. Sparsispongia brevicauda, Lor. Urg. Land. pl. v. 
figs. 19-21, pl. vi. fig. 8. 

9. Sparsispongia abnormis, Lor. ib. pl. vi. figs. 3-6. 

10. Sparsispongia expansa, Lor. ib. pl. vi. fig. 7. 


128 M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Calcispongic. 


BLASTINIA, Zittel. 

Achilleum p. p., Goldf. 

Actinospongia p. p.. Pterosmila p.p., Pom. 

Astrospongia p. p., Etal. 

Tetrasmila p. p., From. 

Sponge bud-like or clavate, simple, gradually narrowed 
below into a peduncle. Vertex with radially converging, 
more or less deep constrictions, which are continued over half 
or more of the height of the sponge. The lower half is coated 
with a wrinkled dermal layer; the upper half naked, rough, 
and porous. Skeleton consisting of vermiform interwoven 
fibres. Central cavity, ostia, and canals wanting. 

This genus in many respects resembles Stellispongia, but 
is easily distinguished by the want of an orifice furnished with 
tubes in the vertex, and of a canal-system. 

Pomel refers the typical species (Achillewm costatum, Goldt.) 
to Actinospongia, D’Orb.; but in A. ornata, upon which 
D’Orbigny had founded his genus, he remarks the presence 
of ‘perforant proctides’’ both in the furrows and on the 
coste of the vertex. According to these characters, Actino- 
spongia, D’Orb., should be identical with Stellispongia. 

I believe also that Spongites alatus, Quenst., must be re- 
ferred here, as the structure of several specimens from the 
Blauthal exactly agrees with that of Achilleum costatum. 
But whether Certopora alata, Goldf. (Taf. xi. fig. 8), is iden- 
tical therewith, I regard as doubtful, notwithstanding the 
external resemblance. ‘The state of preservation of the silici- 
fied specimens from Franconia permits no examination of the 
microstructure ; and from the general habit I should regard 
the small-winged bodies which Fromentel refers to the genus 
Tetrasmila, and Pomel to Pterosmila, rather as Hydractinie 
or Bryozoa. Now that M. Steinmann* has demonstrated 
that Thalamospongia at least belongs to the Hydractiniz, the 
whole family Porosmiline of Pomel, with the genera Zhala- 
mospongia, D’Orb., Porosmila, From., Heterosmila, Pom., 
Ceelosmila, Pom., Pterosmila, Pom., and Cladosmila, Pom., 
ought also probably to be removed to the same group. 

All the species are from the Upper Jura. 

1. Achilleum costatum, Goldf. Taf. xxxiv. fig. 7. 


Spongites costatus, Quenst. Petr. exxv. figs. 19-25. 


2. ? Actinospongia subcostata, Etal. Class. p. 150. 
3. Spongites alatus, Quenst. Petr. Taf. cxxv. figs. 24, 25. 


* Paleeontographica, xxv. 
s ’ 


M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Calcispongie. 129 


SYNOPELLA, Zittel. 

Tremospongia p. p., Sparsispongia p. p., D’Orb.; From. 

Tremospongia, Orosphecion, Aplosphecion, Pom. 

Sponge composite, rarely simple, hemispherical or nodular. 
Upper surface plain, convex, or warty, with irregularly scat- 
tered oscula, which are formed by the separated openings of 
two or more large excurrent canals. Besides these oscula, 
the surface is furnished with small ostia of fine incurrent 
tubules. Base, and frequently also the sides, coated with a 
thick wrinkled dermal layer. Skeletal fibres coarse. 

This genus is difficult to define sharply from Stellispongia 
and Sestrostomella, although the typical species bear a pecu- 
liar stamp. Ifthe oscula are radiated by radial canals, as 
now and then occurs, the distinction from Stellispongia is 
difficult ; if, on the other hand, the roundish heads project 
more definitely from the mass, transitions towards Sestrosto- 
mella are produced. ‘To the present genus I refer only nodu- 
lar forms in which the individuals are not sharply defined, 
but amalgamated with each other. 

The species are distributed through the different horizons 
of the Cretaceous formation. 

1. Lymnorea spherica, Mich. Ie. pl. li. fig. 16. 

2. Tremospongia plana, From. Introd. pl. iv. fig. 10. 

3. Manon pulvinarium, Goldf. Tab. xxix. fig. 7. 


OcuLOSPONGIA, Fromentel. 
Manon, Goldf. 
Oculispongia p. p., Tremospongia p.p., Rom. 

Oculospongia, Sphecidion, Pom, 

Sponge nodular or clavate, massive; vertex with but 
slightly scattered, circular oscula, from which tubular canals 
penetrate into the skeletal mass. Outer surface with or with- 
out a wrinkled dermal layer. Skeleton consisting of coarse 
anastomosing fibres. 

This genus is distinguished from Synopella merely by its 
simple circular oscula, which are not composed of several 
apertures. Jurassic and Cretaceous. 

21. Spongites sella and binoculatus, Quenst. Petr. cxxvi. 
figs. 58, 59. 

. Oculospongia neocomiensis, From. Introd. pl. ii. fig. 8. 

. Tremospongia dilatata, Rom. Spongit. Taf. i. fig. 24. 

24. Limnorea mamillaris, Rim. Spongit. Taf. i. fig. 14. 

Oculospongia flabellata, From. Cat. Rais. pl. iii. fig. 4. 

Oculospongia tirregularis, Loriol, Land. pl. v. fig. 18. 


Go bo 


or 


130 M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Calcispongie. 


7. Manon capitatum, Goldf. Taf. 1. fig. 4. 
8. Manon tubuliferum, Goldf. Taf. 1. fig. 5. 


CRISPISPONGIA, Quenstedt. 

Manon p. p., Goldf. 

Conispongra, Ktal., Pom. 

Crispispongia p. p. Quenst. 

Verrucospongia p. p., Laube. 

Sponge nodular, polymorphic, sometimes consisting of thick, 
contorted, and amalgamated leaves, usually adherent by a 
broad base to foreign bodies. Whole surface, or only the 
vertex, coated with a dense, smooth dermal layer, in which 
there are rather large, round or distorted, frequently margined 
oscula; these are either quite shallow or sunk into the sponge- 
mass in the form of a funnel, often furnished with canal-ostia 
at the bottom. The skeleton consists of coarse anastomosing 
fibres. Canal-system indistinctly developed. 

Goldfuss admirably figured two species of the present genus 
under the name of Manon peziza, on Taf. xxxiv. fig. 8, a, b. 
Etallon (Classif. Spong. du Haut-Jura, p. 149) subsequently 
established the genus Condspongia for a conical species from 
the Coral Rag of Valfin; but as this name is quite inappli- 
cable to all the other species, I have adopted the designation 
Crispispongia proposed by (uenstedt, but confine this name 
to the forms indicated below. 

I am acquainted with a still undescribed species from the 
Trias of St. Cassian (like Verrucospongia crassa, Laube, 
Taf. i. fig. 13); all the rest occur in the Upper Jura. 

1. Crispispongia pezizoides, Litt. 

Manon pexiza p. p., Goldf, Taf. xxiv. fig. 8, a. 

2. Crispispongia expansa, Quenst. Petr. Taf. exxiv. figs. 
38-47. 

3. Conispongia Thurmannt, Etal. Actes Soc. Jur. d’Emul. 
1860, p. 149, fig. 16. 


[LASMOSTOMA, Fromentel. 


Tragos p. p., Manon p. p., Spongia p. p., auctt. 

Elasmostoma, Porostoma p. p., Chenendroscyphia p. p., From. 

Tragos p.p. Chenendopora p.p., Elasmostoma, Cupulospongia Peps, 
Rom. 

Elasmostoma, Trachypenia, Coniatopenia, Pom. 


Sponge usually consisting of a rather thin, curved leaf, but 
sometimes funnel-shaped or cup-shaped. One surface with a 
smooth dermal layer, in which are very shallow oscula of a 
roundish or irregular form. Opposite surface naked, porous. 
Canal-system wanting. 


M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Calcispongie. 131 


Skeletal fibres coarse, apparently formed principally of 
uniaxial, frequently curved bacillar spicules and scattered tri- 
radiates. 

All the species occur in the Cretaceous. 

1. Tragos acutimargo, Rim. Nordd. Ool. Taf. xvii. fig. 26 ; 
Spongit. Taf. i. fig. 21. 


Elasmostoma frondescens, From. Introd. pl. iii. fig. 6, 


2. Elasmostoma neocomiense, Loriol, Descr. anim. invert. 
foss. Néoc. du Mont-Saleéve, pl. xxii. figs. 1, 2. 
. Chenendroscyphia crassa, From. Cat. Rais. pl. iv. fig. 2. 
. Porostoma porosa, From. ib. pl. ii. fig. 3. 
. Chenendroscyphia mamillata, From. ib. pl. 1. fig. 4. 
. Elasmostoma cupula, Rom. Spongit. Taf. 1. fig. 22. 
. Oculospongia polymorpha, Rim. ib. Taf. 1. fig. 16. 
. Manon macropora, Sharpe, Q. J. G. S. x. pl. v. figs. 3, 4. 
9. Cupulospongia Normanniana, D’Orb. Prodr. 1. p. 188. 
Manon peziza, Mich. Ic. pl. xxxvi. fig. 5, 
10. Manon peziza p. p., Goldf. Taf. xxix. fig. 8. 
11. Cupulospongia consobrina, D’Orb. Prodr. ii. fig. 188. 
Manon peziza p. p., Goldf. Taf. 1. figs. 7, 8. 
Manon stellatum, Goldf. Taf. i. fig. 9. 


12. Spongia Trigert, Mich. Ic. pl. lit. fig. 2. 


Oo Cup Oo 


DreLostoma, Fromentel (non Rém.). 
Forospongia p.p., D’Orb. 


Like Zlasmostoma, but both surfaces furnished with smooth 
epidermis and shallow oscula. Cretaceous. 
1. Diplostoma neocomiensis, From. Introd. pl. in. fig. 3. 


PHARETROSPONGIA, Sollas. 
Manon p. p., Chenendopora p.p., auctt. 


Cupulispongia p. p., D’Orb. 

Cupulochonia p. p., From. 

Cupulospongia, Phlyctia, Trachyphlyctia, ? Heterophlyctia, ? Heteropenia, 
Pom. 

Pharetrospongia, Sollas. 


Sponge cup-, funnel-, or leaf-shaped ; in the last case the 
thick-walled leaf always bent or folded. Upper surface 
=inner surface) usually smooth, with very small oscula or 
only simple pores. Outer surface rough, porous. Canal-sys- 
tem deficient, or consisting of fine tubes, which penetrate from 
both surfaces into the wall. Skeleton consisting of anasto- 
mosing vermiform fibres, which are entirely composed of 
simple bacillar spicules. 

As Mr. Sollas has so admirably described (Quart. Journ. 


132 M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Calcispongie. 


Geol. Soc. 1877, p. 242) the microstructure and characters of 
the organization of Pharetrospongia Strahant, I extend this 
name to a number of calcareous sponges of similar structure 
and form which have hitherto generally been referred to 
Cupulospongia, D’Orb., or Cupulochonia, From. Under these 
names, however, the most different Hexactinellide, Lithistide, 
and Calcispongiz have been thrown together; so that it does 
not seem advisable to maintain either of them. 

I have somewhat altered Sollas’s diagnosis, and associated 
with the typical species (P. Strahanz), which consists of a 
folded leaf, a series of cup-shaped sponges which agree in 
their other essential characters. The genus has thus certainly 
attained a wide extent and a somewhat vague limitation; but 
some unsuccessful attempts to break it up into several 
genera have led me constantly back to the union of all the 
forms cited below. Very frequently the state of preservation 
causes notable differences which did not originally exist. 
Thus, probably, all the species in which both surfaces are of a 
rough and porous texture must have lost the smooth thin 
epidermis, which is so beautifully preserved in certain speci- 
mens from Farringdon, Essen, and Maestricht. 

The development or the absence of canals depends, on the 
one hand, upon the size of the oscula and ostia, and, on the 
other, upon the coarser or finer meshes of the skeletal network. 
In Cupulospongia farringdonensis, for example, there is a 
double system of efferent and incurrent canals, whilst other 
species are entirely destitute of canals. 

If we give the genus Pharetrospongia the increased exten- 
sion proposed by me, it contains species from the Trias up to 
the uppermost Cretaceous. 


a. From the Trias. 
1. Achilleum patellare, Miinst. Beitr. iv. Taf. 1. fig. 6. 


b. From the Jura. 


1. Spongia helvelloides, Lamx. Exp. Méth. pl. Ixxxiv. 
figs. 1-3. 
c. From the Cretaceous. 


1. Cupulochonia cupuliformis, From. Introd. pl. in. fig. 5. 

2. Cupulospongia tenurpora, Rom. Spongit. Taf. ii. fig. 7. 

3. Chenendopora multiformis, Rém. ib. Taf. i. fig. 13, and 
il. fig. 2. 

Ag Cupulochonia sequana, From. Cat. Rais. pl. iv. fig. 1. 

5. Cupulochonia tenuicula, From. ib. pl. iv. fig. 3. 

6. Cupulochonia profunda, From. ib. pl. iv. fig. 4. 


M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Caleispongie. 133 


?7. Cupulochonia spissa, From. ib. pl. iv. fig. 5. 
8. Cupulochonia exquisita, Loriol, Arzier. pl. ix. figs. 9, 
10. 
9. Cupulochonia *insueta, Loriol, ib. pl. ix. fig. 11. 
10. Cupulochonia Couloni, Loriol, Urg. Land. pl. vi. 
fig. 17, and vii. figs. 1, 2. 
11. Cupulochonia sabaudiana, Loriol, ib. pl. vii. figs. 7-9. 
12. Cupulochonia Hisely?, Loriol, ib. pl. vii. figs. 11, 12. 
13. Manon farringdonensis, Sharpe, Q. J. G. S. x. pl. v. 
figs. 5, 6. 
Chentiidopora Fungiformis, Mant. (non Mich.) Medals, i. p. 228. 
14. Cupulospongia subpeziza, D’Orb. Prodr. Et. 22, no. 
1521. 
Manon pexza, Goldf. Taf. v. fig. 1. 


215. Spongia boletiformis, Mich. Ic. pl. i. fig. 1. 
216. Epitheles multiformis, Rim. Spongit. Taf. xiv. fig. 2. 


PACHYTILODIA, Zittel. 

Seyphia p. p., Goldf. 

Hippalimus p. p., Rom, 

Sponge funnel-shaped or pyriform, large, very thick-walled, 
with a broad depression in the vertex. Base furnished with 
a smooth covering layer. Rest of the surface naked, without 
special oscula or canal-openings. Skeleton consisting of a 
coarse-meshed net of very thick, curved, anastomosing calca- 
reous fibres, which sometimes coalesce to form regular lamelle 
and vesicles, and among which the circulation of water took 
place without any special canal-system. 

This genus is distinguished trom Pharetrospongia by its 
thick skeletal fibres, the complete absence of a canal-system, 
and its very thick wall. 

The typical species, Seyphia infundibuliformis, Goldf., 
Taf. v. fig. 2 (Quenst. Petr. Taf. cxxxii. figs. 1-3), occurs 
frequently in the Tourtia of Essen. 


Lerosponaia, D’Orbigny*. 


Achilleum p. p., Munst. 
Leiofungia, From. 
Leiospongia, Aulacopagia, Lenopagia, ? Elasmopagia, Pom, 


Sponge nodular or branched, on the sides with a smooth or 


* The position of this genus among the Pharetrones cannot be regarded 
as perfectly certain until spicules have been detected in the skeletal fibres. 
Possibly Letospongia, like most species of the genera Actinofungia, From., 
Actinospongia, D’Orb., and Amorphospongia, D’Orb., in which the skele- 
ton consists of anastomosing calcareous fibres, is nearly allied to certain 
calcareous Iydrozoa (Millepora). 


Ann. & Mag. N. Ilist. Ser. 5. Vol. iv. 10 


134 M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Caleispongie. 


concentrically wrinkled surface ; vertex consisting of a curled, 
rather coarse tissue of anastomosing calcareous fibres, which 
also composes the interior of the sponge-body. The circula- 
tion of water could only take place in the interstices of the 
skeleton. 

In this genus I have been unable to detect spicules in the 
calcareous fibres. All the thin sections which I have prepared 
of specimens from St. Cassian or from the Seeland Alp ex- 
hibit a crystalline-radiate structure. 

By Laube several true Bryozoa were united with Letofun- 
gia, Cribroscyphia, and Actinofungia; and Pomel also refers 
a true Bryozoan (Catenipora spongiosa, Klipst.) to Aulaco- 
pagia. All these forms may easily be distinguished from the 
fibrous sponges by their tubular structure. 

I am acquainted with the genus Levospongia only from the 
Alpine Trias. 

1. Achilleum milleporatum, Minst. Beitr. iv. Taf. 1. fig. 5. 

2. Achilleum radiciforme, Mist. ib. Taf. 11. fig. 20. 

3. Achilleum verrucosum, Miinst. ib. Taf. i. fig. 1. 

4, Achillewm subcariosum, Mist. ib. Taf. i.*fig. 2. 

5. Achilleum reticulare, Miinst. ib. Taf. iv. fig. 4. 

Non Letofungia reticularis, Laube, St. Cass. Taf. ii. fig. 8. 


6. Achilleum rugosum, Miinst. ib. Taf. 1. fig. 3. 


Family 4. Sycones, Hiickel. 


Wall regularly composed of straight unbranched canals or 
tubes, directed radially towards the axis of the stomach 
(radial canals, radial tubes). Skeletal spicules regularly 
radially arranged; dermal and gastral skeletons separated 
from the parenchyma-skeleton. 


ProTOSYCON, Zittel. 

Seyphia p. p., Goldf. 

Siphonoceha p. p., From. 

Sponge simple, cylindrical or clavate, narrowed below, with 
a wide tubular central cavity extending to the base. The 
wall consists of hollow radial cones, placed in layers one 
above the other, with their bases towards the central cavity 
and their apices directed outwards. These hollow cones, 
opening inwards, produce, on the wall of the central cavity, 
numerous ostia, arranged in longitudinal rows, and leading 
into the hollow cones. As the latter are narrowed outwards 
and terminate in a truncated head, conical interspaces, but 
pointed inwards, are formed between; and if both the hollow 
cones and interspaces are filled with rock matter, it appears 


Mr. G. E. Dobson on a new Species of Vesperugo, 135 


as if the wall were furnished with two kinds of radial canals, 
one set opening into the central cavity, while the others 
commence about the middle of the wall and widen outwards. 

The skeleton appears to be composed chiefly of tri- and 
quadriradiate spicules ; I have, however, never succeeded in 
distinctly displaying their form in thin sections. 

I have no hesitation in referring this elegant genus to the 
Sycones. The whole external form of the cylindrical sponge- 
body, its construction of radial tubes, the numerous serially 
arranged ostia on the wall of the central cavity, and, finally, 
the mesh-like interspaces on the outer surface agree in a 
remarkable manner with certain living Sycones. It is, how- 
ever, impossible to assign it precisely to a place among the 
recent genera, on account of the imperfect preservation of 
the skeletal spicules. 

‘The typical species has been well figured by Goldfuss 
(Taf. i. fig. 10) as Scyphia punctata. It occurs, not very 
abundantly, in the middle sponge-limestone of the White 
Jura. The skeleton almost always consists of calcite, and 
shows indistinct spicular structure. Rarely also specimens 
with a silicified skeleton occur; and one of these must have 
been taken by O. Schmidt for his figure (Atlant. Spong. 
Taf. i. fig. 21). The fragment probably shows the surface of 
the wall of the stomachal cavity with the ostia of the radial 
tubes, which stand in regular rows, and thus somewhat 
remind us of the Hexactinellide. That O. Schmidt indicates 
canals in the skeletal fibres is due to an illusion, at least if the 
figure in question belongs to Scyphia punctata. 

In Quenstedt’s ‘ Petrefactenkunde Deutschlands’ there are 
good figures of Scyphia punctata (Taf. cxxxi. figs. 24-27). 


XV.—Deseription of a new Species of Vesperugo from Ber- 
muda. By G. E. Dosson, M.A., M.B., &e. 


Vesperugo vagans, n. sp. 


Kars short, triangular, like those of V. pipistrellus; the tragus 
reaches its greatest width in the upper third, its inner margin 
is slightly concave above, the outer margin straight in the lower 
two thirds, with a small rounded lobe at the base, not suc- 
ceeded by an emargination, upper margin broadly rounded 
off, in general outline, on the whole, like that of V. maurus. 

Postcaleaneal lobe well developed; the last rudimentary 
caudal vertebra alone free. 

Fur, above, dark reddish brown ; beneath similar, but paler 

10* 


136 © Dr. A. Gunther on two new Specics of Fishes. 


at the extremities. The fur of the body extends upon the 
wing-membranes for a short distance above and beneath, and 
a very few hairs appear behind the forearm upon the under 
surface of the membranes 5 otherwise they are naked. 

The upper incisors resemble those of V. Teneminckii more 
than those of any other species ; the inner ones are moderately 
long and unieuspidate, the outer incisor on each side very 
short and conical, scarcely exceeding the cingulum of the 
inner incisor in vertical extent, but nearly equal to it in cross 
section at the base; lower incisors nearly at right angles to 
the direction of the jaws, trifid, and crowded; first upper 
premolar extremely small, and with difficulty seen even with 
the aid of a lens, in the inner angle between the closely ap- 
proximated canine and second premolar. 

Length (of the type, an adult female preserved in alco- 
hol), head and body 2-0, tail 1-8, head 0'°65, ear 0”5, 
tragus 02, forearm 1'°55, thumb 0-3; third finger—I1st ph. 
1'-45, 2nd ph. 0"°6, 3rd ph. 0°75 ; fifth finger—Ist ph. 1'"3, 
2nd ph. 0'°35, 3rd ph. 0°35 ; tibia 06, foot 0-38. 

Hab. Bermuda. ‘Type in the collection of the British 
Museum. 

The form of the upper incisors and the very small size of 
the first upper premolars at once distinguish this species. 
Externally it probably resembles V. maurus of Europe and 
Asia most closely. 

The occurrence of a new species on the small island of 
Bermuda, 600 miles distant from the mainland, is very re- 
markable; but I have little doubt that this species will be 
found hereafter on the continent of America. 


XVI.—WNotice of two new Species of Fishes from the South 
Seas. By Dr. A. GUNTHER. 


Tue Museum Godeffroy has recently received, through its 
collectors, two interesting new species of fishes from the 
South Seas, which may be characterized as follows :— 


Magramma giganieum. 
D. +3. A.#. LL. lat. 85. 


The height of the body is contained twice and two thirds 
in the total length (without caudal), the length of the head 
twice and four fifths. The maxillary does not extend to the 
vertical from the front margin of the eye. Preoperculum 


M..A. Giard on the Genus Entoniscus. Lay 


with the posterior limb vertical and finely serrated. Dorsal 
spines of moderate strength. Upper margin of the soft dorsal 
convex ; dorsals continuous, but separated from each other by 
a deep notch. Caudal emarginate; anal with long anterior 
and short posterior rays. Upper and lateral parts dark olive- 
coloured, each scale with two, three, or more whitish dots. A 
black line along the hind margin of the praoperculum. 

Of this species a gigantic example, 3 feet long, has been 
sent by Herr Kubary from Ponapé. The collector says that 
it exceeds sometimes one metre in length, and that the natives 
eall it ‘ Koil.” 


Spherodon euanus. 
De. Aste chelate d1.. Leatransv. 5/17, 


Hye very large, one third the length of the head, equal 
io the width of the interorbital space, and more than the 
height of the preorbital. Scales on the cheek in four series, 
forming together a narrow vertical band. Dorsal spines rather 
feeble, broader on one side than on the other, the longest 
being a little shorter than the eye. The third anal spine much 
longer than the second. ‘The first ventral ray produced into 
afilament. Coloration uniform, without any spots on the 
vertical fins. Posterior half of the pectoral fin light-coloured ; 
base of the pectoral without black. 

One specimen, 13 inches long, from Kua, Friendly 


Islands. 


XVII.—Notes towards the Ilistory of the Genus Entoniscus. 
By A. GIARD*. 


[Plate X.] 


J. HisroriIcau. 


Amost all the zoologists who have studied the parasitic 
Cirripedes belonging to the group Suctoria have been induced 
also to pay attention to certain Isopod Crustacea of the family 
Bopyride, the history of which is intimately bound up with 
that of those animals. This was my own case when, in 1873, 
I commenced my researches upon Sacculina carcini. In fact 
this parasite itself bears a parasite, Cryptoniscus larveeformis, 
upon which I have already published some preliminary re- 


* Translated by W.S. Dallas, F.L.S., from the ‘ Journal de ?Anato- 
mie et Physiologie, 1878, pp. 675-709, 


138 M. A. Giard on the Genus Entoniscus. 


marks*. In order to elucidate some doubtful points in the 
degraded organization of the Cryptonisc’, I was obliged to 
have recourse to the examination of other Bopyride of less 
anomalous structure. I have thus collected materials of con- 
siderable importance upon this family of Isopods. But most 
of these animals are of great rarity; and the difficulty of 
tracing their embryogeny is also very great—a single female 
containing a great number of ova, it is true, but all in the 
same stage of development. Hence I have not yet been able 
to bring the monograph which I have projected to a point of 
perfection sufficient for the commencement of publication. I 
will now, however, at least make known some results obtained 
in the case of a very sparingly distributed genus, the genus 
Entoniscust. I hope by this means to hinder from useless 
researches those who might be tempted to attack the same sub- 
ject, and to furnish some data which will be made use of 
hereafter for a more general treatise f. 

The genus Entoniscus, established by Fritz Miiller in 
1862, includes animals which had been met with by Cavolini 
as long ago as 1787. Cavolini had observed Sacculinw upon 
several species of crabs ; and he regarded these parasites as the 
broods (ponte) of a small species of Cyclops grafted by the 
mother upon the tail of the Brachyurans. After bringing 
forward his observations upon this subject he adds :— 

“ Besides the Cyclops which we have just described, there 
is in the sea another insect which fixes its brood upon the 
body of our crabs, but in a manner much more inconvenient 
for those animals. It is, in fact, in the very midst of their 
viscera that the eggs are attached. Hitherto the Depressus§ 


* Giard, “Sur l’éthologie de Sacculina carcini,” Comptes Rendus de 
YAcad. des Sciences, 1874. 

+ A preliminary communication upon these animals has been printed 
in the Comptes Rend usde l’Acad. des Sciences (12th August, 1878). See 
Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. ii. p. 846. 

} I have already indicated briefly certain conclusions of this memoir, 
See Arch. de Zool. expér. tom, ii. 1873, p. 513, and tom. iii. 1874, Notes et 
Revue, pp. ili & iv. 

§ It is impossible not to recognize Grapsus varius in the fine descrip- 
tion given by Cavolini of his Granchio depresso :— 

“Questo granchio é copiosissimo per gli scogli del nostro cratere, e 
sembra godere piuttosto di stare in secco, massimassime quando, pel 
calor della state, le acque presso i lidi si riscaldano, o si albanano: su di 
questi scogli di erbe vestiti € curiosa cosa vedere come in terra seduto, 
or con una, or con ambe le mani, colga quella verde conferva e alla bocca 
Vaccosti. La forma del suo corpo é quadrilatera schiacciata, il colore di 
un verde cupo: le braccia son crasse e valide poco meno del paguro 
(Eriphia spinifrons of modern authors); la sua carne é mucilageginosa, 
e molto poca. Ma cid che lo rende singolare, é la velocita del corso : 
bisogua esser destro per dargli sopra la mano; altrimenti o fugge sullo 


M. A. Giard on the Genus Entoniscus. 139 


alone has appeared to me to be attacked. On the side of the 
stomach, at the point where the liver is situated, one sees a 
very voluminous mass, of a more or less yellowish or leaden 
colour, according to the degree of its maturity, occupying the 
place of the ovarian branch of the crab. This body pushes 
through the ribs of the carapace, and thus insinuates itself 
into the branchial cavity. It is not difficult to separate it 
from the crab, to which we find it to be attached by cellular 
tissue ; the anterior part of this ovarian body, that which is 
placed in the viscera, becomes mature first, and consequently 
it is much more dilated, a, while the other, 6, which 1s situ- 
ated between the ribs, is still immature, and retains the im- 
pression of these solid parts. The ovarian sac is formed of a 
transparent tissue, and contains in this state the graduated 
series of the development of the ova which it encloses: the 
most mature are in a, and are visible to the naked eye only 
as a granular substance; in the figure, however, they have 
been drawn a little larger, in order to avoid confusion; the 
less advanced ones are in 6. Seen by the microscope, the 
latter are of a rounded form, ¢; those which are a little less 
immature are figured at m; those which most nearly approach 
maturity are uniform and emarginate, as at 2; lastly, the 
hatched embryos have the form represented in 7, and run in 
all directions in the drop of water placed under the lens of the 
microscope. These insects have the body divided into a great 
number of rings, the first of which bears two eyes; the tail is 
bifurcate ; and the last joint of the first four pairs of feet is 
claviform. 

“ This insect belongs to the race of the Oniscus squilliformis, 
very well described by Pallas; it presents a certain analogy 
with the species described under the name of Oniscus locusta* 
by that illustrious naturalist, a species very frequent in the 
organic rubbish thrown up on the sand and bathed by the 
sea in its movements to and fro; it is our sand-flea. How- 
ever, the species which is developed at the expense of the 
blood of the crab is much smaller than this sand-flea. It is 
true that I have been able to see this insect only at the 


scoglio fin ché in mare precipiti, o vero in una prossima buca si rimpiatta : 
percid dai nostri pescatori si chiama Granchio spirito.” ' 

In the same memoir Cavolini describes and figures:—1, a Gregarina 
parasitic on the Grapsus, which he calls Tzenia 5 2, the z0ea of the Grapsus 
(pl. ii. figs.7,8, & 9). As early as 1768 Slabber, for his part, had discovered 
the metamorphoses of the i aes ; but it was only in 1823 that Vaughan 
Thompson generalized these observations, which had been completely 
forgotten. STO, tpl oe 

* ¢Spicilegia Zoologica,’ fase. ix. pp. 50-99 (Borolini, 1767). 


{40 M. A. Giard on the Genus Entoniscus. 


moment of its exclusion; but the size of the eggs which I 
have found attached to the feet of our sand-flea has taught me 
that the young of this latter must be of a size greatly superior 
to that of the insect which I have described and drawn issuing 
from the ovaries contained within the body of the crabs. 

“¢ Now in what way does the mother Oniscus introduce her 
brood into the body of the crabs, when this body is completely 
defended by a hard and crustaceous skin? Here | must 
argue by conjecture, but by necessary conjecture, until it may 
be possible to obtain ocular proof of the fact of this penetra- 
tion. We have already described above the two cavities 
situated one upon each side of the body of the crab, and in 
which the branchizs move. The water euters and issues from 
these by two apertures provided with valves, and situated at 
the sides of the mouth in front of the lateral commissure of 
the upper portion with the lower portion of the carapace. ‘The 
anterior part of these cavities is formed of a delicate mem- 
brane which clothes the viscera of the crab. We can therefore 
understand with the greatest facility that the mother insect 
penetrates with the water into such a cavity, and, perforating 
its delicate wall, introduces her brood into the body of the 
crab; the mother insect enters then in the same manner as 
the ova of Serpule or of oysters, which I have frequently 
found hatched or fixed against the ribs which exist in the 
above-mentioned branchial cavity. 

‘“‘ We have, therefore, in the crabs two cases of grafting of 
animal parts; the brood of these two insects, which need for 
their development juices elaborated in an animal body, could 
not be brought to its term by the mother. Nature has taken 
upon herself to furnish it with a fat and devoted nurse, 
namely the body of our crabs. The mother makes a small 
aperture in the skin which covers the intestine; sometimes 
she fixes her brood to the outside, sometimes introduces it into 
the body of the crab, enclosed in a membrane performing 
the part of a placenta; and, as the eggs contained in this 
membrane are animated and tend to develop themselves, it is 
certain that the canals of this ovary are suckers absorbing the 
liquids of the vessels of the living crab. By imosculating 
with these latter and forming anastomoses with them, they 
constitute a system continuous between the living body of the 
crab, and another body, likewise living, which tends to com- 
plete its evolution. In point of fact, a foreign foetus has 
become the actual progeny of the crustacean, and has deve- 
loped itself upon this animal in the same fashion as, among 
the Mammalia, the abdominal foetuses are developed nearly as 
they would be in the uterus, which is their normal and true 


M. A. Giard on the Genus Entoniscus. 141 


place of abode. If in a plant we make an incision and 
introduce into it a living branch of another plant, there is 
produced a graft by inosculation and union (raccordement) 
of the vessels; exactly the same thing takes place in our 
anunals. 

“T do not know whether, hitherto, any animals which 
graft themselves have been known. It seems to me that the 
opposite of what I have just indicated had rather been 
observed ; it had been seen that the eggs of one animal depo- 
sited in the body of another animal produce tumours, which, 
by bursting, form regular wounds. ‘This is the case with 
those flies which lay their eggs under the skin of cattle, in 
their nostrils, or their intestines, and whieh thus occasion a 
tumour, and afterwards a sort of blister, the matter from 
which nourishes their progeny *. Certainly the two para- 
sites of the crabs just mentioned are rather grafted animals 
than animal galls. ‘These latter are met with only in plants 
attacked by animals. The egg of an insect deposited upon a 
plant becomes soaked with the juices of the latter and grows 
at its expense; but it is not strictly correct to say that the 
canals of the egg anastomose with those of the plant and 
become continuous with these latter ’’ . 

It is evident, from Cavolini’s description and the figures 
which accompany it, that in this case, as in that of Sacculina, 
the supposed ovigerous sac is nothing but a crustacean de- 
graded by parasitism; and the form of the young enables us 
to recognize immediately that we have to do here with an 
Isopod belonging to the group Bopyride. The few errors of 
detail which exist in the description of the larva or of the 
adult animal will be referred to hereafter. They cannot, 
however, in any way modify this first conclusion. As will 
be seen, these observations of Cavolini were very remarkable 
if we consider the period at which they were published. 

Unfortunately, in this question of the Bopyride, as in that 
of the Suctoria, the bibliography is complicated in a regret- 
table manner; the very great difficulty of bringing together 
the original memoirs, often written in languages and published 
in repertories which are but little known, causes one to con- 
tent one’s self with quoting them from imperfect abstracts or 
unfaithful translations. Hence one has several times taken 

* “ (Hstri larvee latent intra pecorum corpus, ubi per totam hyemem 
nutriuntur: fonticuli vice gerunt &c.”—LINNEE. 

See also the works of Vallisnieri and of Réaumur. 

+ See Cavolini, ‘Memoria sulla generazione dei pesci e dei granchi’ 
(Napoli, 1787), pp. 190-194, pl. ii. figs. 17,18. We have thought it 
worth while to translate this curicus passage i evtenso, because now-a- 
days Cavolini’s memoir is hardly to be procured. 


142 M. A. Giard on the Genus Entoniscus. 


the trouble to demolish errors which did not exist in the 
authors incriminated, and to rediscover truths which had long 
been known 

Thus, quite recently, in his interesting memoir on the 
genus Cryptoniscus, P. Fraisse (2, p. 41) *, giving an analysis 
of the memoirs of Cavolini, makes the Italian naturalist say 
that it is very difficult to separate the Hntoniscus (the sup- 
posed ovigerous sac) from the viscera of the crab. It is 
evident that if Fraisse had had the text of Cavolini before 
him he would not have translated ‘‘ questo corpo non é diffi- 
cile separare”’ by “er sagt (Cavolini) dass er sehr schwer zu 
trennen sei.” 

I am equally unable to understand why Fraisse (/. ¢. p. 41) 
reproaches Steenstrup with having falsified the sense of Cavo- 
lini’s observations, saying that the Isopods observed by the 
latter were in the Sacculina and not nm the body-cavity of 
the crabs. The following is, in fact, the very judicious 
appreciation, given by Steenstrup, of the facts observed by 
Cavolini :— 

“ Among the excellent observations,” he says, “ contained 
in the valuable memoir of Cavolini, we find figured a very 
curious mass of irregular form entirely filled with more or 
less developed ova. ‘This mass was found in a crab ; by one 
of its extremities it was fixed to the inner stomachal wall; by 
the other it was fixed between the two partitions which bound 
at the sides the segments forming the thoracic cavity of the 
erab. In fig. 18, m,n, Cavolini has represented ova taken 
in the mass in various stages of development ; in fig. 18, 77, 
he has figured two young animals at the moment of their 
issuing from the egg. Cavolini compares these young ani- 
mals to the Oniscus squilliformis described by Pallas, and 
designates them by that name. It is impossible not to recog- 
nize in the description and drawing of these embryos a form 
very nearly allied to the Lirtope of Rathke, so near that one 
can hardly separate it therefrom ; one is consequently led, in 
spite of one’s self, to a comparison with the larve: of Bopyrus. 
The form of the young therefore shows us that this mass 
filled with ova is, in all probability, nothing but a degraded 
crustacean parasite, and even an animal of the family Bopy- 
ride ; only the animal is still more deformed, and, one might 
say, more monstrous than any other type of Bopyride, and even 
then Peltogaster and Pachybdella. It is more than an Epi- 
zoon; it is an Hntozoon, a sort of intravisceral worm, since, 
like the singular Gasteropod (H’ntoconcha mirabilis) disco- 

* These references throughout indicate the works of which a list is 
civen at p. 157, 


M. A. Giard on the Genus Entoniscus. 143 


vered by Johannes Miiller in Synapta digitata, it is also 
solidly attached to an internal organ.” 

It is clear from this passage that Steenstrup perfectly 
understood the general relations of the Hntondscus to the crab. 
Instead of referring to the Danish text, or to the German 
translation of Creplin, which is very correct, Fraisse has no 
doubt spoken of Steenstrup’s work only from what Lilljeborg 
says of it. The latter (4, p. 291, ‘Annales ’) has, in fact, con- 
founded the Hntoniscus observed by Cavolini with the Liriope 
(now Cryptoniscus) described by Rathke; and he has, moreover, 
very wrongly ascribed the same confusion to Steenstrup. 

Even the learned carcinologist Spence Bate has not been 
able to keep himself clear of several errors in the citation 
which he makes of Cavolini’s memoir*, in connexion with 
the genus Cryptothiria, Dana. He says:— Cavolini first 
described and figured two different crustaceous animals (one 
of which he doubtingly referred to the Oniscus squilliformis 
of Pallas) which he had found parasitic within a sac attached 
to the tail of a crab belonging to the genus Portunus or Car- 
cinus.” ‘There are, as will be seen, nearly as many inac- 
curacies as words in this short reference. 

The first and only zoologist who, since Cavolini, met with 
parasites of the genus Hntoniscus was Fritz Miiller, who 
appears not to have known the observations of the Italian 
naturalist. It was in 1862 that Fritz Miiller formed the 
genus Hntoniscus for an Isopod crustacean which he had met 
with in the visceral cavity of a Porcellana of the coast of 
Brazil, and which he named Hntoniscus porcellane f. 

In 1871 the talented zoologist of Desterro made known a 
new species of the same genus (Hntoniscus cancrorum), a 
parasite of several species of Xantho. 

Besides these two species, Fritz Miller has also met with 
Entonisct under the following circumstances :— 

1. In a small species of Porcellana which is found rarely 
among the Sertularians and Bryozoa upon the rocks (a single 
female of Hntoniscus which could not be studied, so that it is 
impossible to assert that it belongs to the species parasitic on 
the common Porcellana). 

2. In a Porcellana named by Fritz Miiller Porcellana 
(Polyonyx) Creplinti. It is allied to Porcellana biangulata, 
Dana (Polyonyx, Stimps.), and usually occurs in pairs in the 
tubes of Chetopterus. Only three times did Miiller meet with 


* «British Sessile-eyed Crustacea,’ vol. ii. pp. 262 & 264. 

+ According to F. Miiller this species of Yorcellana, of a blackish-green 
colour, is excessively common under stones at Desterro. (Five per cent. 
of these crustaceans harboured the parasite.) 


144 M. A. Giard on the Genus Entoniscus. 


isolated individuals—once a female, twice a male. Each of 
these three individuals harboured an Entoniscus, whilst none 
were ever found in the paired individuals. Fritz Miiller con- 
cludes from this that the presence of the Hntoniscus, like that 
of the Rhizocephala (Suctoria), superinduces sterility in the 
animal infested, whence the abandonment of the latter by its 
partner. 

The Entoniscus of Porcellana Creplinii differs from that of 
the ordinary Porcellana by the colour of the ovaries and the 
form of the ovigerous lamellee. 

3. Iu an Acheus living under rocks among Bryozoa and 
Ascidia; a single couple of Hntoniscd; the male, which is 
very characteristic, allows it to be affirmed that this species is 
distinct from /. porcellane and LE. cancrorum. 

This, therefore, makes at least four, and perhaps five, dis- 
tinct species of this singular genus, all inhabitmg a small 
corner of the Brazilian coast. 

It would be very odd if a group of parasites, living upon 
animals so widely distributed as the Decapods, were localized 
in so small a space. It may be asserted, without fear of 
deceiving ourselves, that, when they are more carefully sought 
for, the species of the genus Hntonzscus will soon be met with, 
more or less, everywhere. 

It was with this idea that, during a residence of several 
weeks that I made at the Pouliguen (Loire-Inférieure), I care- 
fully examined many Decapods of that interesting locality ; 
and I was especially urged to this investigation by the ex- 
treme abundance, in the locality, of Grapsus varius, which I 
knew had furnished Cavolini with the first species of the 
genus Entoniscus *, 


II. BioLoGgy AND ANATOMY. 


The Grapsi collected in the small bays formed by the very 
broken coast of the Pouliguen on the side of Penchateau are 
very frequently infested by an Lntoniscus which may be 
easily recognized as identical with that described by Cavolini, 
and which, for that reason, I propose to name Hntontscus 
Cavolinit. 

The parasite is met with in both the males and the females. 
According to the statistics of my researches, it is found most 


* I believe that Grapsus varius cannot go further north than the 
mouth of the Vilaine: I do not know it beyond Piriac; and it certainly 
does not exist at Concarneau. We find, besides, at the Pouliguen a 
number of southern types; without mentioning the flora in which this 
southern character is very strongly marked, we may cite, among insects, 
Argynnis pandora, Dejopeia pulchella, &e. &e. 


M. A. Giard on the Genus Entoniscus. 145 


frequently in the former. Of five infested individuals, four 
belonged to the male and one to the female sex. But I have 
learned from my investigations of the Rhizocephala that such 
statistics, to be of any value, must be founded upon hundreds 
of individuals collected in the same locality. Now my Grapst 
came from various parts of the coast ; and I have examined, at 
the utmost, two hundred individuals. I believe we may esti- 
mate at one in thirty the number of crabs which bear the 
parasite *, 

Sometimes one finds two Hntonisc? in the same crab; and 
in this case one of them has hampered the growth of the 
other, which is a favourable circumstance for the observation 
of intermediate stages, always rare among’ parasitic animals, 
in consequence of the rapidity of.the retrogression. 

Entoniscus Cavolinii, like the species studied by Fritz 
Miiller, is enclosed in a fine membrane in continuity with 
that which lines the inner surface of the branchial cavity of 
the crab. It is placed between the liver, the stomach, and 
the heart of its host. Generally the head is concealed among 
the hepatic ceeca, and in part hidden under the anterior ovi- 
gerous sac; the tail is recurved upon the ventral part, and 
passes under the heart of the crab. The parasite is sometimes 
on the left, sometimes on the right side of its host, most fre- 
quently on the left side (three times more frequently) as it 
seems to me. 

The general form is rather difficult to describe ; moreover 
it varies according to the age and position of the parasite. 
We have represented it (Pl. X. fig. 1), as accurately as pos- 
sible, from a living individual twisted upon itself. The 
colour also varies according to the state of development of the 
ova with which the animal is almost entirely surrounded ; it 
is straw-yellow when the ova are but little advanced; at 
maturity it acquires the lead-grey tint so well observed by 
Cavolini. This tint is due to the formation of a peculiar 
pigment in the embryo. 1 

We have represented in Pl. X. fig. 2 the same individual 
untwisted in such a manner as to bring the head into its 
normal position. In this figure the walls of the incubatory 
cavity and the abdominal plates are supposed to be removed, 

* It is remarkable that none of the Grapsi that I have examined bore 
a Saceulina. Fritz Miller remarked a frequent coexistence of Entoniseus 
porcellane and Lerneodiscus porcellane. My zealous collaboratewr, J. 
Prié, whose attention I had called to this point, has also never met with 
Sacculina Benedenit. Moreover the Suctoria seem to prefer calm and 
slightly impure waters ; they are much more frequently found upon the 


various Decapods of the Bay of Penbron, at the Croisic, than on the 
same crabs collected on the open shore of Pouliguen. 


146 M. A. Giard on the Genus Entoniscus. 


so as to show the real form of the body, composed almost 
exclusively of the ovary and the digestive tube. 

The incubatory chamber is composed of an anterior ventral 
cavity communicating laterally with two latero-anterior cavi- 
ties. Besides these three cavities, which are in communica- 
tion, and form, so to speak, a trilobate cavity, the whole 
dorsal part also presents a vast incubatory chamber, bilobed 
posteriorly, and falling laterally in two folds, which meet 
upon the ventral line when they are filled with ova. 

These various parts are more clearly visible in the animal 
before it is completely transformed into the stage represented 
by Pl. X. figs. 3, 4*. We then see distinctly the trilobed 
ventral cavity and the two chitinous crests of the ventral 
border of the dorsal chamber. 

This curious arrangement of the incubatory chambers is 
very different from that indicated by Fritz Miiller in the case 
of FE. porcellane and E. cancrorum. The first of these two 
species presents thoracic plates which only differ from the 
ordinary plates of the Bopyridee by their much greater deve- 
lopment and fringed appearance. The second certainly pre- 
sents an anterior ventral incubatory chamber ; but this chamber 
appears much more reduced than in £. Cavolinii, and does 
not seem to communicate with the dorsal part of the para- 
site. 

The terminal portion of Hntoniscus, or that which corre- 
sponds to the abdomen of the other Isopoda, is most frequently 
recurved towards the ventral side of the parasite. At the 
dorsal part of the first segment of this abdomen we see the 
heart beating, which has never appeared to me to form a 
hernia as in Hntoniscus porcellane. 

The ventral portion of the abdomen bears five pairs of 
folded and undulated lamellar appendages, corresponding to 
the five pairs of ramified appendages of the abdomen in Jone. 
These appendages decrease in size from the origin of the 
abdomen to the extremity of the body; so that, apparently, 
the first pair forms two large lateral tufts, and the last four 
pairs a median posterior tuft, equivalent to each of the first 
two. The last pair of appendages, however, are not very 
visible, and are formed by a simple fold of skin on each side. 

The body terminates in a triangular expansion presenting 
two dorsal folds. ‘There does not appear to be an anus, which 
is explained, as we shall see, by the arrangement of the diges- 
tive tube. 


* These figures relate to 2. Moniexit, but, for the point now before us, 
they may equally apply to E. Cavohinn. 


M. A. Giard on the Genus Entoniscus. 147 


The lamellar appendages of the abdomen of our Zntoniscus 
greatly resemble those which Fritz Miiller has described and 
figured in EH, porcellane. But in the latter the fringed 
lamin are situated beneath the thoracic segments, and the 
abdomen is occupied by sabre-shaped feet. 

In Entoniscus cancrorum Miiller found fringed abdominal 
folds ; but these folds, much less developed than in H. Cavo- 
“init, form, on each side of the abdomen, an undulated con- 
tinuous border, which does not extend so far as to the terminal 
part of the body. 

From this point of view also, #. Cavolinii therefore differs 
considerably from the species hitherto described. 

The head, of which we speak last of all, because, of all the 
external parts of the animal, it is the least visible at the first 
glance, is concealed beneath the folds of the ovigerous sac, 
and presents the form of a double sphere (PI. X. figs. 2, 5). 
The anterior part, in which the mouth is situated, is furnished 
with two lamellar folds ; we find no trace of antenne; and, 
by its internal organization, this head should rather have the 
name of cephalogaster. 

When we free the parasite from its ovigerous sacs and the 
ova or embryos which they contain, we obtain a body of a 
pretty constant form, composed in great part of the ovary and 
the digestive organs of the Hntoniscus. 

The ovarian body presents four lateral prolongations, two 
anterior and two posterior (Pl. X. fig. 2), which are directed 
from above downwards, towards the ventral part of the Ento- 
niscus. We distinguish besides, also on the ventral part, two 
or three pairs of much smaller eminences, which, with the 
preceding, perhaps represent the traces of the thoracic feet 
which have disappeared. Vestiges of these organs are still, 
in fact, to be seen upon the less degraded animal in the stage 
represented by figs. 3, 4. 

On the dorsal part we observe two long median protu- 
berances slightly bent from behind forwards. The posterior 
is the longer one. 

All these prolongations remind us of those observed in 
an animal allied to Hntoniscus, namely Cryptothirta balani 
(Hemioniscus, Buchholz), of which I have been able to exa- 
mine several individuals collected at Wimereux, in the inte- 
rior of the Balanus balanoides which cover the Tour de 
Croy. 

Tt is well known that, in certain species belonging to high 
groups, parasitism often recalls peculiarities of organization 
which are only to be met with in the larvee of the other species 
of the same group. ‘These phenomena of reversion to the 


148 M. A. Giard on the Genus Entoniscus. 


atavic type by parasitic retrogression have frequently led 
astray the zoologists who busy themselves solely with taxo- 
nomy, and sometimes even embryogenists. Starting from 
this idea, one might be tempted to compare the singular dorsal 
processes of Hntoniscus with the analogous protuberances 
which are observed in a great number of Crustacea in the 
zoéa-stage. It is a comparison which naturally occurs to the 
mind; and I thought it necessary to indicate it in my prelimi- 
nary communication upon the genus EHntoniscus. I have 
since reflected that more or less similar protuberances occur 
in a great number of parasitic Crustacea belonging to inferior 
types, notably among the Copepoda, where evidently they 
cannot have the same significance. Hence, while calling 
the attention of zoologists to the remarkable constancy of 
these appendages in Hntoniscus Cavolinii, I do not venture 
to pronounce in so affirmative a manner upon their true mor- 
phological value. / 

If we pass to the internal anatomy of the Hntoniscus, we 
shall see that it presents nothing particularly remarkable. 
Compared with the Bopyrus-type, our crustacean has only 
undergone a considerable reduction of its various systems of 
organs. 

The tegumentary system, cuticle and dermis is very like that 
of the other Isopods. It is clothed internally with a muscular 
layer, which enables the animal to perform rather slow vermi- 
form movements of contraction. 

The nervous system appears to me to be reduced merely to 
the cervical and anterior ventral ganglia; but my researches 
in this direction are too incomplete to enable me to deny 
absolutely the existence of the ventral chain. The movement 
of the abdominal plates even leads me to suppose that this 
chain does exist. 

The digestive tube commences with a mouth constructed 
for sucking, and placed at the lower part of two folds in the 
form of a sucking-cup; the mass in the form of a brain, called 
the head by Fritz Miiller, is hollowed internally by a cavity, 
the walls of which are lined with folds and villosities like 
those in the stomach of the Bopyrt. These villosities have 
already been indicated by Rathke, Cornalia, and Panceri. 
This is therefore a true gastric cavity ; and this apparatus, as 
a whole, would be better called cephalogaster. 

The digestive apparatus is then continued by a short 
straight tube, terminated cecally, at the anterior part of 
which the so-called hepatic ceca open. 

I have sought in vain for a terminal interstine comparable 
to that described by Buchholz in Hemioniscus ; I have been 


M. A. Giard on the Genus Entoniscus. 149 


unable to find any thing like it. Here, therefore, we have a 
fresh confirmation of the general law, according to which the 
more internal a parasite is, the more degraded is its digestive 
tube. ‘This progressive degradation, which goes on increasing 
from the genus Bopyrus to attain its maximum in the Znto- 
nisct, passing through the genera Hemioniscus and Crypto- 
niscus, reminds us precisely of what is observed in the 
Diptera of the family Cistride, in which the degradation 
becomes progressively more marked from the cuticolar 
ie to the gastricolar types, passing through the cavicolar 
orms. 

The hepatic ceca (for which I retain this old name, but 
without wishing to prejudge their true physiological part) are 
certainly homologous with the organs of the same appearance 
which we meet with in all Isopoda *. 

These cxca form two large lateral sacs which occupy all 
the thoracic portion and even a part of the abdomen of the 
Entoniscus ; their internal cavity is very spacious, as may be 
seen from the section drawn in fig. 7. The wall is covered 
with slight glandular folds, enclosing a brown substance, the 
aspect of which reminds one of what we have agreed to call 
liver in invertebrate animals. 

Kowalevsky was the first to indicate that the racemose 
hepatic ceeca described by Rathket in Bopyrus (‘Icones zooto- 
mice’ of V. Carus, Taf. xi. fig. 1, h) do not open directly into 
the digestive tube, but that they all open imto a common 
canal, which itself opens at a single point into the stomach, 
as in the other Isopods. This observation is perfectly correct; 
and I have been able to verify it in several species of Bopyrus 
and Phryxus. All the difference between the hepatic gland 
of the Bopyri and that of the Hntonisc?, therefore, consists in 
that in the former this gland becomes ramified and acquires a 
higher degree of differentiation. It may be said to be a dif- 
ference analogous to that which exists between the simple 
pulmonary sac of the Amphibia and the complicated lung of 
Mammalia and Birds. 

The circulatory system consists, in the first place, of a 
median dorsal vessel, upon the course of which is placed the 
heart, the beatings of which are very visible through the 
transparent integument of the animal. ‘There are besides, on 

* These organs likewise exist in the Cryptonisci, in which I have indi- 
cated them, mistaking, however, their true relations. There cannot be 
any connexion between the ovary and these enormous ceca which open 
into the digestive tube. 

+ Kowalevsky, ‘Entwickelungsgeschichte der Rippenquallen,’ Ein- 
leitung, p. vii, Mém. de l’Acad. de St. Pétersh. 1866, 

{ Rathke, ‘ De Bopyro et de Nereide.’ 

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. iv. 11 


150 M. A. Giard on the Genus Entoniscus. 


the ventral side, lateral vessels which send forth branches 
to the fringed plates of the abdomen. 

These fringed lamine may be regarded as true branchie. 
Moreover they occupy the position of the branchial laminz of 
the normal Isopods. Their excessive development in the 
Entonise? is easily explained in the following manner. 

We have stated that the Hntoniscus in the body of its host 
is completely surrounded by a fine membrane. This mem- 
brane does not belong to the parasite; it is the continuation 
of the membrane which clothes the viscera of the crab and 
separates them from the branchial cavity. This membrane is 
gradually drawn back by the growth of the Entoniscus, which 
is thus enclosed in a sort of pouch formed by invagination. 
From this it results that the EHntoniscus, as Fritz Miiller 
justly points out, is an external parasite, although it appears 
to be in relation with the most internal viscera of its host. 

That the Bopyride need well aerated water constantly 
renewed, appears clearly from the position which they take 
up in the various animals to which we find them attached. 
The typical Bopyrt lodge themselves in the branchial cavity 
of the Macrura and Anomura, where they draw from their 
host a revivified blood, and themselves find constant fresh 
supplies of water. Therefore their respiratory apparatus is, 
in general, but slightly developed. The Phryat attach them- 
selves to the abdomen of Paguri at the spot where the ova 
are collected in the females of those animals—that is to say, 
at the point where the movements of the infested animal 
also allow of a ready renewal of the water. Nevertheless, 
as this renewal is less perfect than in the preceding case, 
the abdominal lamine are already much better developed 
than in the Lopyri properly so called. 

In the Lntonisct the position of the animal, in a deep in- 
vagination of the inner wall of the branchial cavity of the 
crabs, renders respiration much more difficult. Hence the 
respiratory lamella have attamed a much more considerable 
development, and their undulated and crisped surface converts 
them into regular sponges constantly impregnated with liquid. 
Their movement of contraction, however, enables them to 
drive off this liquid, and to draw in fresh supplies when the 
necessity for so doing is felt. 

In E. porcellane, in which the abdominal feet have re- 
tained an ancestral form, it is the appendages of the thorax 
that have been modified and converted into undulated 
lamellee. 

It is clear, moreover, that these various peculiarities are 
serviceable not only to the adult Bopyride, but also to their 


M. A. Giard on the Genus Entoniscus. 151 


embryos, which, like the ova of all the other Crustacea, need, 
for their development in the incubatory cavities, perfectly 
aerated water. It is only necessary to place a female of Bopy- 
vus, separated from her host, in a glass filled with sea-water, 
even very pure and renewed several times a day, in order to 
see that the development of the ova, contained under the ven- 
tral lamella, is soon arrested. 

We have given above the description of the ovary. It will 
be sufficient to add that near the aperture of the ventral ovi- 
gerous sac we find two colleteric glands, the secretory ducts 
of which open not far from the apertures of the ovary near 
the small ventral eminences (Pl. X. figs. 7 & 2). These 
glands no doubt secrete the shell of the egg. There are 
analogous glands in Hemioniscus. 

Notwithstanding careful search, I have been unable to 
meet with the male of either of the two species of Hntoniscus 
that I have observed. I have vainly sought for it upon the 
body of the female and upon the crab parasitized. The notion 
that these Hntonisct may be hermaphrodites evidently presents 
no absurdity & priort. In fact we are acquainted with her- 
maphrodite types in certain zoological groups which are 
composed principally of forms with separate sexes. Speaking 
very generally, parasitism, or even fixation (which is only a 
first degree of parasitism), pretty frequently induces the deve- 
lopment of the two sexes in the same individual (Cirripedes*, 
Ascidia, Acephala). 

As long ago as 1866 Kowalevskyt observed the testes 
and the mobile spermatozoids of a fine Peltogaster parasitic 
on Callianassa subterranea, and since described by Kossmann 
under the name of Parthenopea. He states, in the memoir, 
that he has met with hermaphroditism in several other species 
of Peltogaster and Saceulina. 

Kossmann, in a memoir upon the Suctoria, has also figured 
(in 1872) the spermatozoids of several species, but did not see 
the mobile form of those elements. Kossmann’s memoir was 
first published in a journal which is not much diffused (‘ Ver- 


* The hermaphroditism of the parasitic Cirripedes of the group Suc- 
toria or Rhizocephala was long in doubt in consequence of the numerous 
errors which haye been published on this question. It is not very long 
since Hesse described as the male of Peltogaster a Bopyride Isopod 
crustacean! Such fancies would not deserve to be noticed here if they 
had not acquired a certain importance, even in foreign countries, by the 
support they have met with from certain Parisian savants. It is not 
without astonishment that we find a man of the importance of Spence 
Bate still asking in 1878, “ What do we know of the male of the Suc- 
toria ?” (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Tist., June 1878). 

+ Rippenquallen, see note, p. 149. 

LF 


152 M. A. Giard on the Genus Entoniscus. 


handl. der phys.-med. Gesellsch. in Wirzburg,’ Bd. iii. 
Heft 4, p. 296, pls. xvi.-xvii.). Without knowing of these 
previous investigations, I occupied myself with the same ques- 
tion in 1873; and I then gave, in the ‘Comptes Rendus’ of 
the Academy of Sciences, the description of the testis and 
perfectly mature spermatozoids in Sacculina carcint and in 
two species of Peltogaster. 

But in the present cases this hypothesis of hermaphrodi- 
tism loses much of its probability, if we consider that Fritz 
Miiller has described the male of all the species of Hntoniscus 
that he has met with. ‘There is very little probability that, 
in the same genus, species so nearly allied should present a 
physiological and morphological dissimilarity of such impor- 
tance; and I prefer to assume that my unskilfulness, or my 
limited opportunities, have prevented me from meeting with 
the males of L. Cavolinii and EL. Moniezi?. I need not say that 
I have searched fruitlessly for a testicular gland, and that I 
have observed nothing resembling the spermatozoids of the 
Bopyride. 

The youngest females of Hnioniscus Cavolinii that I have 
been able to observe were in the same stage of development as 
the young Entoniscus Moniezit, figured Pl. X. figs. 3 & 4. The 
general form was identical; one saw the same rudiments of 
thoracic limbs, the commencement of the formation of the 
ventral ovigerous sac, and the two lateral ventral folds of the 
future dorsal pouch. But there were as yet no traces of the 
ovarian prolongations. 

As a difference of specific value between 2. Cavolinii and 
Ei, Moniezit at this period of evolution, I will indicate only 
the much greater development of the first pair of abdominal 
lamine in L. Moniezit. In Entoniscus Cavolinit the first 
four pairs of lamine have then nearly the same development ; 
and it is only afterwards that the first pair grows more than 
the others. 


III. EMBRYOGENY. 


The anatomical details which we have just given present a 
great number of gaps, which will be excused, I hope, by all 
zoologists who have paid attention to the study of parasites. 
The scarcity of materials and the obscurity of the subject are 
two terrible obstacles, over which it is very difficult to 
triumph. 

What we have now to say as to the embryogeny of these 
animals is still more incomplete; and, unfortunately, long years 
will probably be necessary to arrive at satisfactory notions 
upon this subject. Notwithstanding the innumerable quan- 
tity of ova which the female Hnétoniscus contains, it may be 


M. A. Giard on the Genus Entoniscus. 153 


said that we find ourselves in a state of actual poverty, since 
all these ova are at the same degree of development, and it is 
impossible to make them continue their evolution outside of 
the maternal organism. 

I can say scarcely any thing about the embryo before its 
escape from the egg. The segmentation appears to be holo- 
blastic; the embryo is bent backward, like that of all the 
Bopyrid. The first six pairs of thoracic feet appear at first 
all similar; the seventh segment is destitute of appendages. 

The five pairs of abdominal feet, which, in my opinion, 
correspond to the natatory feet of the Cypris form of the 
Cirripedes, or to the cirri of the adult Zepas, appear first, and 
all together. 

On each side of the embryo, at the stage represented by 
fig. 9, we see a line of refringent bodies. I have seen similar 
lines in the embryos of several genera of Bopyride. In Hn- 
toniscus we see later on at the same place (fig. 9) two lines of 
pigment-cells. The pigment of Hnioniscus has never offered 
me the: characteristic odour of that of the Cryptonisc?, an 
odour which is correctly indicated by Dr. P. Fraisse. 

The embryo at the moment of its escape from the egg 
(fig. 10) is about 0°3 millim. in length. It presents two 
pairs of antenne: the inner ones, which are short, are termi- 
nated by two tufts of sete; the outer ones, which are much 
longer, are formed of six joints, of which the third bears two 
sete, much longer than the others. The front is nearly 
straight, as in the embryo of Hntoniscus porcellane. Besides 
the lateral eyes, which are double and correspond to the 
definitive eyes of the ordinary Isopods, it possesses a median 
eye, presenting exactly the structure of the nauplian eye of 
the Copepods &c. We find in it, in fact, two crystallines 
(figs. L1, 12), two optic nerves, and a strong black pigment- 
spot, the anvil-like form of which perfectly recalls that of the 
eye of the nauplius of the Cirripedes or of the free Cope- 

ods. 

Fritz Miiller indicates in the middle of the front of the 
embryo of 2. porcellane a transparent spot, which, no doubt, 
is only the rudiment of a similar nauplian eye. 

Dr. Fraisse has also observed something analogous in a 
species of Cryptoniscus (C. monophthalmus, Fy.). ‘The male 
of this species possesses a single median eye instead of the 
lateral eyes of the other types of the same genus*. 


* The Cypris-larva of an undetermined Cirripede, taken at Wimereux 
in September in the muslin net, also presented three eyes—the median 
eye of the nauplius and the two ordinary lateral eyes of the pupa-stage. 
A median pigment-spot also exists, besides the lateral eyes, in a branchio- 
pod crustacean, Holopedium gibberum, Zaddach. 


5 ae M. A. Giard on the Genus Entoniscus. 


The presence of a nauplius-eye very distinctly formed in 
the embryo of £. Cavolinit appears to me to be of some im- 
portance as a trace of the nauplius phase in the embryogeny 
of the Isopods. Hitherto we had no factual argument to 
appeal to in order to connect the Isopods with the original 
form common to all the Crustacea. The opinion of Fritz 
Miiller, who regards the embryonic membrane of Ligia or 
Oniscus as representing the nauplian skin, seems to me desti- 
tute of foundation. In all the groups in which embryonic 
membranes exist, these membranes are superadded in certain 
forms as protective organs of the typical embryo without 
modifying its essential characters. ‘They are in general ex- 
odermic folds performing the part ofan amnios. This is what 
takes place, for example, in insects, where these membranes 
may be formed in various fashions, and have no real morpho- 
logical significance from the point of view of comparative 
embryogeny. These membranes are most frequently deter- 
mined by physiological reasons, and may disappear or be re- 
tained in very nearly allied types. 

The presence of the eye, so characteristic of the nauplius, 
seems to me, on the contrary, a mark of great value for the 
phylogeny of the Arthrostraca. 

Each of the feet of the first five thoracic pairs terminates in 
a prehensile hand (fig. 8), of which the penultimate joint is 
oval, and bears two denticles on the side which is turned to- 
wards the opposable claw. 

The sixth pair of thoracic feet, so exceedingly characteristic 
for the distinction of the species of the genus Hntoniscus, does 
not at all resemble the same part in the types hitherto de- 
scribed. It consists of five joints; that which corresponds to 
the hand of the other pairs is more elongated (fig. 6, a), and 
terminates, on its inner margin, in a small curved fixed tooth ; 
its outer border is produced into a straight rod, as long as the 
joint which supports it, and furnished at its extremity with a 
tuft of rigid setee. 

Here, then, we find a remarkable confirmation of the law 
demonstrated by Darwin and Fritz Miiller:—When, in a group 
of animals, an organ presents an exceptional development, 
this organ is at the same time subject to great variability in 
the various species of the group. 

It is probable that this sixth pair of feet aid the embryo to 
make its way into the interior of the crab in which it is to 
undergo its retrograde metamorphosis. The variations which 
it presents in the different species of Hntoniscus are conse- 
quently in relation to the peculiar conformation of the branchial 
cavity of the animal infested. 


M. A. Giard on the Genus Entoniscus. 


155 


The five pairs of abdominal feet are all constructed in the 
same fashion: the basal joint bears one or two sete; the 
terminal setigerous joint presents a straight margin (fig. 10, a) 
which bears two sete; a third is inserted at the acute ex- 


tremity. 


The only internal organs visible in the embryo are the 
hepatic ceca and the heart, which latter is seen beating 
actively in the dorsal part of the first segment of the ab- 


domen. 


In the following Table I summarize the characters of the 
embryo of EH. Cavoliniz, compared with those of the species 


described by Fritz Miiller :— 


EK, PORCELLAN®. 


Length at hatching 
0-2 millim. 

Frontal margin nearly 
straight. 

Unpaired transparent 
spot on the frontal mar- 
gin. 

Inner margin of the 
hand of the first five 
pairs of feet smooth. 

Sixth pair of feet 
short, three-jointed ; ter- 
minal joint elliptical, 
without a hook. 

Last segment of the 
thorax wanting (?). 

Fifth pair ofabdominal 
feet still but little de- 
veloped, destitute of 
setee. 

Basal joint of the ab- 
dominal feet furnished 
with a seta. 

Terminal joint of the 
abdominal feet lancet- 
shaped. 


E. CANCRORUM. 


Leneth at hatching 
0°3 millim. 
Frontal margih arched. 


No such spot. 


Inner margin of the 
handfurnished with den- 
ticles. 

Sixth pair of feet of 
five joints, with a hand 
furnished with a hook. 


Last segment of tho- 
rax present. 

Fifth pair of abdomi- 
nal feet present, like the 
preceding ones. 


Basal joint of the ab- 
dominal feet with two 
sete. 

Setigerous joint 
straightly truncate. 


E. Cavorinit. 


Length 
0°3 millim. 

Frontal margin nearly 
straight. 

A median nauplian 
eye on the frontal mar- 
gin. 

Inner margin of the 
hand furnished with two 
teeth. 

Sixth pair of feet of 
five joints, with a hand 
furnished with a hook 
and a rod. 

Last segment of tho- 
rax present. 

Fifth pair of abdo- 
minal feet like the pre- 
ceding ones, 


at hatching 


Basal joint of the ab- 
dominal feet with one 
seta (?). 

Setigerous joint 
straightly truncate. 


The larvee of Hntoniscus can live for several days in sea- 


water. 


I have kept some alive that I had carried from the 
Pouliguen to Paris, and from Paris to Lille. 
they died without showing any modification. 


In ten days 
These embryos 


swim in the position described by Fritz Miiller—that is to 
say, with the body recurved towards the ventral surface, and 
the sixth pair of thoracic feet projecting at the sides. 

I incline to think, however, that with these animals, as 
with the other Bopyride, copulation takes place before the 


commencement of parasitic lite. 


In most [sopods the male is 


156 M. A. Giard on the Genus Entoniscus. 


smaller than the female ; and sometimes the difference of size 
in the two sexes is very great. Several species of Jdotew 
are remarkable in this respect. It has frequently happened 
to me to capture these animals in the muslin net; and almost 
always one meets with them in couples; the male, one third 
or one fourth the size of the female, is placed between the feet 
of the latter on the abdominal surface, absolutely in the same 
position as the male of the Bopyride. This is the case also 
with various Cymothoade ; and in some species of this group 
it is necessary, as in the Bopyride, that copulation should 
precede parasitism. This occurs notably in a curious Javan 
species described by Herklots*. 

In the course of this memoir I have several times alluded 
to a second new species of Hntoniscus, which I have also met 
with at the Pouliguen, and which I have named Z. Monieziz, 
dedicating it to R. Moniez, preparator of zoology at the 
Faculty of Sciences of Lille, who accompanied me in my 
journeys on the shores of the Loire-Inférieure. 

This species appears to be very rare, since I have seen 
only two individuals of it—an adult female and another at a 
less developed stage (figs. 38, 4), both found in the same 
example of Portunus puber. This crab had been collected at 
the island of Leven, opposite to the point of Peu-Chateau and 
the open coast of Pouliguen. In order to find it again I have 
in vain examined several hundreds of the Portunus fished on 
the coast. 

I have already indicated above some differences between 
this species and that of Cavolini in the stage represented 
(figs. 3, 4). 

The adult individual unfortunately contained only slightly 
developed embryos; and I was unable to compare these 
embryos with those of the species from the G'rapsus. ‘The diffe- 
rential characters were furnished to me by the colour of the 
ovary and of the ovigerous sacs—peculiarities of which Fritz 
Miiller ought to have made use to distinguish the various Hn- 
tonisct parasitic on Porcellane. In EL. Moniezii the ovigerous 
sac is of a nankeen-yellow, instead of presenting the greyish- 
yellow colour of #. Cavolinii at the same grade of evolution 
of the eggs. ‘The ovarian gland is yellow with a rosy tint ; 
it is straw-yellow in the parasite of the Grapsus. 


* J. A. Herklots, Deux nouveaux genres de Crustacés vivant en para- 
sites des poissons: Epicthys et Icthyoxenos,’ Archives Néerlandaises, 
tome y. 1870, p. 120 (Lethyoxenos Jellinghausir). 


M. A. Giard on the Genus Entoniscus. 157 


List of Publications in which the Genus Entoniscus is mentioned. 


1. Cavouini, P. Memoria sulla generazione dei pesci e dei granchi. 
Napoli, 1787. Translated into German by Zimmermann in 1792. 

. Fratssx, P. ‘ Die Gattung Cryptoniscus,” Arbeiten ausdem zoologisch- 
zootomischen Institut in Wiirzburg, Bd. iv. Heft 3, 1878. Also 
separately printed. 

. Grarp, A. “ Sur les Isopodes parasites du genre Entoniscus,”’ Comptes 
Rendus de V’Acad. des Sci., August 12, 1878. [‘ Annals,’ ser. 5, 
vol, ii. p. 346, ] 

4, LittsEBORG. “ Les genres Liriope et Peltogaster (Rathke),” in Nova 
Acta Reg. Soc. Sci. Upsal. ser. 3, vol. iii. et suppl. 1862. Almost 
completely reproduced in Ann. Sci. Nat. 1864, ii. p. 289, pl. xl. 

5. Miuumr, Fritz. “ Entoniscus porcellane, eine neue Schmarotzerassel,”’ 
Arch. fiir Naturg. xxviii, p. 10, Taf. ii. 1862. [‘ Annals,’ ser. 3, 
vol. x. p. 87.] 

3. Ipem. Fiir Darwin. Leipzig, 1864. [Translated into English by 
W.S. Dallas, 1869. ] 

. Ipem. “ Bruchstiicke zur Naturgeschichte der Bopyriden,” Jenaische 
Zeitschr. fiir Naturw. Bd. vi. p. 58, Taf. ili. & iv., 1871. 

8, SreEeNstRuP, J. “ Bemerkninger om Slegterne Pachybdella, Dies., og 
Peltogaster, Rathke,” Oversigt over det Kongl. Danske Widenskab, 
Selsk. Forhandl. 1853, nos. 3, 4, pp. 145-148 & 155-158. Trans- 
lated into German by Creplin, Arch. fiir Naturg. xxi. pp. 15-30 & 


62, 63. 
EXPLANATION OF PLATE X. 


Fig. 1, Entoniscus Cavolinit, adult, natural size. V, ventral surface. 
D, dorsal surface ; t, head recurved towards the belly; 0, poste- 
rior extremity, also recurved towards the belly; a B y, ovige- 
rous sac, through which the dorsal protuberances are distin- 
guished ; AA, anterior lateral protuberances ; rr, posterior lateral 
protuberances; K, ventral ovigerous sac, 

Fig. 2, The same, freed from the ovigerous pouches to show the form of 
the body. The letters have the same signification as in fig. 1, 
c, heart ; p, g, *, prominences (traces of thoracic limbs ?). 

Fig. 3. Young Entoniseus Montez, much enlarged, seen from the side. 
o, mouth; /, buccal ovigerous plates; A, hepatic czecum; 1,1’, 
the first two fringed abdominal lamelle ; 2, 3, 4, 5, last paiis 
of fringed lamellee ; 7, rudiments of thoracic limbs. 

Fig. 4. Embryo in the same stage, seen from the back. 

Fig. 5. am (cephalogaster) and mouth of FL. Cavolinit, with its sucking- 
disks. 

Fig. 6. Terminal joint of the sixth pair of thoracic feet of the embryo: 
a, of EB. Cavolinit ; 6b, of E. cancrorum; ec, of E.porcellane. The 
last two from Fritz Miller. 

Fig. 7. Section of EF. Cavolinii towards the anterior third. vd, dorsal 
vessel ; hh, hepatic czca; gl, colleteric glands opening at the 
entrance of the ventral ovigerous sac. 

Fig. 8. Terminal joint of the first five pairs of thoracic feet of the em- 
bryo of Z. Cavolinii. 

Fig. 9. Embryo of E. Cavolinii still in the egg. A, seventh thoracic 
segment still destitute of appendages ; pz, line of pigment-cells. 

Fig. 10. Embryo newly hatched. ¢, heart; a, terminal joint of an abdo- 
minal foot. 

Fig. 11. Head of the embryo, showing the antenne and the eyes. N, 
nauplian eye; 0, 0, 0’, o', the ordinary eyes. 

Fig. 12, The nauplian eye much magnified. /, crystalline (double lens); 
n, optic nerve; p?, pigment-spot. . 


bo 


jae) 


jr) 


“I 


158 Prof. A. Newton on some Moot Points 


XVIII.—On some Moot Points in Ornithological Nomencla- 
ture. By ALFRED NEwron, M.A., F.R.S., &e. 


Criticism by competent critics is the last thing of which an 
author ought to complain; and I am far from objecting to the 
spirit of the animadversions which Mr. Sclater and Mr. See- 
bohm, in ‘ The Ibis’ for the present month, have made on 
certain birds’ names used by me in the revised edition of 
Yarrell’s ‘ British Birds.’ Indeed [ have to thank both those 
gentlemen for the friendly, not to say flattering, terms in which 
they are pleased to speak of my labours. It becomes me, 
however, to attempt to prove that I have not gone so far 
astray as they would lead their readers to suppose; and this, 
I trust, I may succeed in doing to the satisfaction of impartial 
judges. 

Mr. Sclater begins his remarks (‘ Ibis,’ 1879, p. 346) by 
reeretting that I have not explained my reasons for adopting 
certain names in place of those usually current. To this my 
reply is, that, where space allowed me, I have done so, but 
that, in general, the amount of more important matter which 
I have had to insert has utterly precluded me from entering 
at any length on a subject like nomenclature, which interests 
but few persons—those few being experts, who commonly 
prefer investigating the subject for themselves. 

My friend next touches the question of the type of the 
genus Striv. But here he has nothing new to offer, and con- 
tents himself with the opinions that had before been expressed 
thereon by Mr. Salvin and Mr. Sharpe. Of those opinions I 
need not say more now; for some years since I treated them 
in considerable detail (‘ Ibis,’ 1876, pp. 94-105). To the 
remarks I then made Mr. Sclater does not refer. If he has 
forgotten them I freely forgive him the omission; if he has 
not forgotten them, I well understand that it may be easier to 
avoid than to answer the arguments therein adduced*. 

We then come to the specific name of the Short-eared Owl, 
for which I have used that published by Pallas in 1771f. 


* For those who may not have the third series of ‘ The Ibis’ at hand, 
it may be convenient to state here that the two principal positions I 
maintained were :— 

“(1) That the type, according to the modern notion, of the Linnxan 
venus Strix, is clearly and indisputably S. stridula. 

“ (2) That in subdividing a genus Brisson’s right to affix its original 
name to the portion of it he chose is not affected by his exceptional posi- 
tion as regards specific names, and that the type of his restricted genus 
Strix is also S. stridula.” 

+ Mr. Sclater says that herein ‘“ other authors have blindly followed” 
me. Who they may be I do not stop to inquire; but surely it is an 
assumption to infer that their eyes and opportunities of using them are 
not so good as his own, 


in Ornithological Nomenclature. 159 


Mr. Sclater expressly guards himself against aflirming that 
the “ Stryx accipitrina”’ of Pallas was not a Short-eared Owl ; 
but he notices that its head is described as “¢naurdtum,” and 
that “‘ no dimensions whatever are given.”’ The latter state- 
ment “is not quite correct ;” for Pallas begins his description 
with the words “ Magnitudo circiter St. Vlule ;’” and as to 
the fact of his having overlooked the tufts with which the 
head of this species is furnished, he is neither the first nor the 
last ornithologist who has done the like—as witness Buffon 
(Hist. nat. Ois. i. p. 372, pl. xxvii.), and, with regard to the 
female, our own Bewick. Indeed, as every one must know 
who has handled fresh examples, its tufts are not generally 
seen till they are sought. Moreover Mr. Sclater asserts 
“that it does not appear that the Strix accipitrina was really 
ever obtained, but only ‘observed.’” How then, I would 
ask, came Pallas to mention such a minute character as that 
of its remiges “ extima sola serrata,” unless he had pretty 
closely examined a specimen? But really to do away with 
any reasonable doubt as to what his bird was, we have his 
contemporary 8. G. Gmelin, in 1774, giving (Reise u. s. w. 
i. p. 163, pl. ix.) an effective and unmistakable figure of 
the species under that very name, and, speaking of various 
Owls he had met with at Astrakan, particularizing “ wiederum 
eine besondere Art, die nach emem Privat-Schreiben des 
Herren Professors Pallas an mich in dem ersten Theil seiner 
Reise-Beschreibung unter dem Nahmen Sérix accipitrina 
beschrieben seyn soll, dass ich von derselben auf der 9ten 
Platte nur eine deutliche Abbildung mittheile.” The evi- 
dence thus afforded is irresistible, even if Pallas’s description 
of the species, saving the omission of the tufts, were not quite 
as diagnostic as many descriptions I have elsewhere read of 
other Owls*. 

The next point on which Mr. Sclater differs from me relates 
to the generic name of the Tawny Owl; but on this, from what 
I have above said as to the type of the genus Sirix, I need 
not dwell, and so I pass to the question of the specific name 
of the EHagle-Owl. The erroneous statement that Thomas 
Forster “gave no such name” as Lubo tgnavus to this 
species, and the ingenious hypothesis of that author’s having 
published it “as a synonym which he did not adopt himself,” 
might have been spared had my critic but looked further into 
the subject. In the second catalogue, wherein Forster says 
(p. 40) he has “ founded a nomenclature,” will be found (p. 46), 


* Mr. Sclater also errs in asserting that Pallas “subsequently always 
called the Short-eared Owl] Strix @golius.” In his ‘ Zoographia’ he in- 
cludes the species twice—once under the former name, but the second 
time (i. p, 322) under that of S. uula! 


160 Prof. A. Newton on some Moot Points 


in all the dignity of capitals, ““BvBo IGNAVVS,”’ as the author’s 
deliberately adopted name for the Hagle-Owl, which no sugges- 
tion of its being in the first case a synonym can explain away ! 
Perhaps Mr. Sclater may say that I ought to have added a 
reference to this fact; but it certainly never entered my head 
that the omission would mislead so well-read an ornithologist, 
and, accordingly, I thought it enough solely to quote the first 
use of the name, as is my custom*. 

Lastly, as regards Mr. Sclater, I come to the case of Athene 
versus Carine. He rightly assigns the reason why I adopted 
the latter. Athena had a prior use in entomology, and no one 
can doubt that Athena and Athene are one and the same word, 
the difference of the final letter being merely dialectic. Now this 
is not so with Pica and Picus, which he cites as a parallel 
ease. ‘Those are perfectly distinct words, to which a perfectly 
distinct meaning has been attached from the days of Pliny to 
our own. Iam sure Mr. Sclater is too good a scholar not to 
admit this fact on reconsideration; and that he objects to 
homonyms is evident by his substitution, in this very number 
of ‘The Ibis’ (p. 388), of Calochetes for Euchetes, because, 
though more than twenty years ago he conferred the latter on a 
Tanager, it had, more than twenty years before that, been ap- 
plied to a Beetle. 

The objections raised by Mr. Seebohm refer to another 
eroup of birds, the Warblers ; and he has my fullest sympathy 
in his difficult task of trying to define it and of determining 
the names, generic and specific, which its different members 
should bear. Had I leisure to do so, there are several points 
in his article (‘ Ibis,’ 1879, pp. 308-317), of far greater im- 
portance than nomenclatural quibbles, on which I would 
comment; for I confess that in some places I fail to catch his 
precise meaning; but here I shall limit myself to two, in 
which he has arrived at results differing from those I have 
reached, 

The first of these concerns the specific name to be applied 
to the Greater Whitethroat. To the best of my belief, no other 
writer for the past sixty years and more has questioned the 
fact, that the bird represented by D’Aubenton (Pl. Enl. 581. 
fig. 1) was of this speciest. ‘Temminck, not once but twice, 

* Mr. Sclater thinks that “the excellent name of Bulo maximus,’ be- 
stowed by Fleming in 1828, should be adopted for this species. I have 
accordingly to remind him that Boie, six years earlier, called it B. athe- 
niensis (‘ Isis,’ 1822, p. 549), which looks as if Fleming’s “name must 
therefore be rejected.” 

+ There is an apparent but not real exception in Vieillot ; for his Sylvia 


Fruticeti is admittedly the Greater Whitethroat in autumnal plumage (cf. 
Degland, Orn. Eur. 1. p. 536), 


in Ornithological Nomenclature. 161 


and that in both editions of his ‘Manuel’ (1815, pp. 118, 
125; 1820, 1. pp. 208, 226), spoke most positively on this 
point. Kuhl, Bonaparte, Gray, Gerbe, and others have cited 
the figure without hesitation, some of them more than once. 
Years ago I showed the plate to several of my ornithological 
friends, who were well acquainted with birds and also with 
the representations of them by draughtsmen of the period. 
No one of them but, after due examination, declared himself 
satisfied that the subject of the figure was a Greater White- 
throat taken in autumn. Indeed it cannot have been any- 
thing else; the rufous vertex, nape, and mantie, the rufous 
edging of the wing-feathers, coverts as well as quills, the 
white outer web of the external remiges are characters which 
admit of no mistake. And yet Mr. Seebohm not only asserts 
that “it is impossible to accept this figure asa clear definition 
of a Whitethroat,” and “ equally impossible to determine what 
bird stood as model for” it, but he suggests the serious 
charge that D’Aubenton “ ‘ evolved’ the figure ‘ out of the 
depths of his moral consciousness,’ and coloured it to agree 
with Buffon’s description.” This accusation seems to me 
groundless ; and, for the credit of ornithology, I wish it were 
withdrawn. For more than a century D’Aubenton’s draughts- 
man Martinet has enjoyed unblemished fame as a faithful 
portrayer who, if wanting in the artistic execution we have 
occasionally seen since, yet had skill to seize and reproduce 
the most characteristic features of any bird he figured, as he 
most certainly did those of the Greater Whitethroat in the 
plate which Mr. Seebohm, without adducing the slightest 
evidence, accuses him of drawing from imagination, 

It remains to be said that the name Motacilla rufa be- 
stowed by Boddaert applies solely to the subject of this figure, 
and not to any Fauvette or Grisette described by Brisson or 
Buffon. Mr. Seebohm’s argument that Boddaert’s name 
should be rejected on other grounds involves, I think, some 
confusion of ideas, upon which I need not dwell. Its admis- 
sion would be incongruous with the rule of priority. 

This same confusion of ideas seems to me to underlie some 
of Mr. Seebohm’s remarks on the second point at issue, my 
having restored its Linnzean name to the Garden- Warbler ; for 
the mistakes of subsequent authors form no valid objection to 
retaining it in its original sense. ‘The state of the case is 
this. The Motacilla salicaria of the ‘Systema Nature’ rests 
actually on the bird described by that name in the ‘ Fauna 
Suecica:’ synonyms have nothing to do with it; and here, as 
elsewhere in like cases, their consideration must be excluded. 
Turning to the work last mentioned (ed. 1761) we find the 


162 On some Points in Ornithological Nomenclature. 


brief diagnosis quite compatible with that of the Garden-War- 
bler, and the description, which is much fuller than that given 
in the ‘Systema,’ incompatible in one character only—“‘ linea 
albida supra oculos,” while in other respects it fits the Garden- 
Warbler alone of all Swedish birds with which Linneus was 
likely to have met. Mr. Seebohm considers that the phrase 
“superciliis albis’’ condemns the description; but I assure 
him he is in error, for superciliwm does not necessarily mean 
an eyebrow, or still less a “ superciliary stripe ;” and the word 
is doubtless here used for the eyelids, which in the Garden- 
Warbler are clothed with white feathers. Again, the words 
** Pedes fulvi’”’ form no part of the original description, while 
his suggestion that Linneeus’s bird was an Acrocephalus is 
utterly at variance with the statements ‘‘ Rectrices remigibus 
concolores,” and “ Habitat in sylvis,’”’ as well as with the 
closing remark of the description, ‘‘ Avis valde affinis Sylvie 
[¢. e. the Greater Whitethroat], modo non sexu tantum dis- 
tincta.”’ Nilsson, unquestionably the best authority on the 
birds of Sweden, has never faltered in deeming the M. sali- 
carta to be the Garden-Warbler*; and I cannot at all 
agree with my critic that, under all these circumstances, 
Linneus “failed to define the species clearly,” or that his 
description of it is invalidated by the single inaccuracy above 
noticed. As well might we declare that his Malco haliactus 
is not the Osprey because he said of it, ‘ Pes sinister semi- 
palmatus” +! 

I have thus tried, as briefly as I could, to answer the objec- 
tions urged by my good friends, and, I trust, with some success, 
though I have not the vanity to suppose that I shall affect their 
opinions, for all must allow that a discussion on nomenclature 
is generally profitless. I cannot even say that I desire to make 
converts of them, since the names used by zoologists are almost 
a matter of indifference tome. I am simply striving to carry 


* Herein Gloger (Handb. p. 243) and, it would seem, Lichtenstein 
concur, 

+ I said before that I had no wish to criticise such parts of Mr. See- 
bohm’s paper as do not refer to myself; but I must remark that his 
comments on the M. borin of Boddaert seem to be beside the question. 
In almost every department of zoology we have long had local names 
brought into scientific nomenclature, witness Lemur mongoz, Lanius 
tschagra, Coluber hadje, Rana pipa, and Salmo hucho, among a multitude 
of others. The practice is not graceful; but Motacilla borin is hardly 
worse than any of the above, and quite as good as Lstrelda astrild, 
Fypsipetes ourovang, or Penelope marail, which are in common use. I 
cannot help thinking that those writers who may hereafter forego the 
expressions Sylvia cinerea and S. hortensis will not do so in favour of 
S. communis and S, simplex, in spite of my friend’s recommendation. 


On two new Helicide. 163 


out strictly and honestly, so far as in me lies, the Rules set 
forth by the British Association, and this without regard to 
consequences. I only regret that the attempt involves so much 
toil and waste of time; but I will not prolong these tedious 
remarks on so trifling a subject; I will only say, I have no 
wish to be thought an infaihble interpreter of those rules, and 
that I am no believer in nomenclatural finality ; for I bear in 
mind that the truthful lines are here applicable :— 
“ Critics I saw that others’ names efface, 

And fix their own, with labour, in the place. 

Their own, like others’, soon their place resigned, 

Or disappeared, and left the first behind.” 


Magdalene College, Cambridge, 
July 11, 1879. 


XIX.—Deseription of two new Species of Plectopylis, a Sub- 
genus of the Helicide. By Lieut.-Colonel H. H. Gopwin- 
AvuSsTEN, F.Z.S. Ke. 


AMONG some specimens of Plectopylis pinacis, Benson, of large 
size from Darjiling, given me by Ferd. Stoliczka, are several 
smaller shells which no doubt are referable to P. macromphalus, 
W. BIE, var. minor, alluded to in the ‘ Journal of the Asiatic 
Society of Bengal,’ 1870, p. 18. Mr. Blanford shows that it 
is quite distinct from pinacis, and, perhaps not having mature 
specimens of this Darjiling shell, considered it the same as the 
Khasi shell, to which it has a very great resemblance. I 
have now before me a very large number of this small form 
also from Darjiling, given me to look through by Mr. G. 
Nevill; and_on a closer examination the differences are well 
marked. 

In a drawing made under the superintendence of Stoliczka 
the animal of this small form of Plectopylis is represented as 
of a pink colour. 

In form the shell resembles macromphalus; but it may 
be distinguished by possessing a hairy epidermis, which, 
on microscopical examination, differs from pénacis in being 
laterally barred with brown, whereas macromphalus, in a large 
series, is uniformly coloured—also by the more distinct charac- 
ter of a ridge on the parietal side of the aperture, not present 
in the Khasi shell at its most advanced stage of growth. In 
most respects it is really a closer ally of pinacis from the 
same locality. 

The second species is also supposed to have come from the 
same part of the Himalayas. 


164 Rey. A. M. Norman on the Occurrence of 


Helix (Plectopylis) minor, n. sp. 


Locality. Dayjiling hills. 

Shell sinistral, openly umbilicated, discoidal, hirsute. Sculp- 
ture coarse, with irregular transverse ribbing, near the apex 
fine and regular ribbing; colour pale umber, with regularly 
disposed broadish transverse bars of sienna-brown ; spire flat, 
only the first three whorls slightly rising above the others ; 
suture shallow. Whorls five, subangular on the periphery 
of the last, which has four distinct rows of short hairs, entire 
at the poimt. Aperture oblique, slightly descending ; peri- 
stome lunate, slightly flattened on the upper outer margin, 
but very little reflected, the inner margins connected with a 
distinct ridge on the parietal side. 

The parietal vertical lamina is simple, with no distinct hori- 
zontal plica below it, as in macromphalus ; the palatal plice 
are six in front, four behind, the basal one in front thin and 
longer than the others. 


Plectopylis Hanleyt, n. sp. 


Sikkim ? No history ; only one specimen, in the collection of 
Mr. Sylvanus Hanley. 

Shell sinistral, depressedly conoid, openly umbilicated, pro- 
bably hirsute when young. Sculpture coarse, irregular, trans- 
verse ridges. Colour uniform ochraceous. Spire conoidal ; apex 
blunt, smooth. Suture well marked. Whorls six, close- 
wound, convex. Aperture semicircular, diagonal; peristome 
somewhat thickened, white, with a thin callus on the parietal 
margin, not to the extent of a ridge. 

Size—major diam. 5:5, minor diam. 5:0, alt. 3:0 millims. 

Parietal vertical lamina simple; palatal plice in two rows, 
four long in front, four short behind, and one basal long. 

This shell is very distinct ; it has somewhat the form of P. 
plectostoma, but is not so angular on the periphery, while the 
internal plication is quite different, besides being so very much 
smaller in size. 


XX.—On the Occurrence of Neomenia (Solenopus) dn the 
British Seas. By the Rev. A. M. Norman. 


THE translation of Koren and Danielssen’s paper on. Soleno- 
pus, in the ‘ Annals’ for May, relates to a very remarkable 
new order of Mollusca. “It will be of interest to your readers 
to learn that the type species has long been known to me as 
an inhabitant of the British Seas; and though at this moment 


Neomenia (Solenopus) ¢z the British Seas. 165 


I cannot recall to mind with certainty other localities, I have 
undoubtedly met with itin the Shetland seas. Last year I also 
dredged it in the neighbourhood of Bergen, Norway, whence 
also Koren’s and Danielssen’s specimens came. ‘he genus 
and species must in justice bear the name bestowed upon . 
it by Tullberg, who published an accurate description, illus- 
trated by two plates of figures of the animal and its anatomy, 
in 1875, at a time when M. Sars had only given the MS. 
name. The synonymy of the British species will be :— 


Subclass OPISTHOBRANCHIATA, Milne-Edwards, 1848. 
Order Tzroprancutara, Koren and Danielssen. 


Genus NeomentA, Tullberg, 1875. 
{ = Solenopus (Sars, MS.), Koren and Danielssen, 1878.) 


1. Neomenia carinata, Tullberg. 


1868, Solenopus nitidulus, M. Sars, Forhand. i Videnskabs-Selsk. Christ. 
p. 257 (name only, no description). 

1875. Neomenia carinata, T. Tullberg, “ Neomenia, a new Genus of In- 
vertebrate Animals,” Bihang til Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl. Band iii. 
no. 13, pls. i. & ii. 

1877. Solenopus nitidulus, Koren & Danielssen, Archiv for Mathematik 
og Naturvidenskab. Christiania, p. 6, and translated Ann. & Mag, 
Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. iii. p. 324. 

Habitat. Norway (Sars, Norman, é&c.); Sweden (Lovén) ; 


Shetland (Norman). 


2. Neomenia Dalyelli, Kor. & Dan. 


1877. Solenopus Dalyellii, Kor. & Dan./. ce. p. 10,’and in Ann. & Mag. 


Nat. Hist. 2. ce. p. 327. 
21853. Vermiculus crassus, Dalyell, Powers of the Creator, vol. ii. 


p- 88, pl. x. fig. 11. 

Habitat. Norway (Sars, Koren); North Atlantic, lat. 
64° 9' N., Jong. 6° 6! E. (?), 157 fathoms (Koren) ; Scotland ? 
(Dalyell). 

It will be seen from Koren and Danielssen’s paper that they 
regard this curious animal as a mollusk, though so much 
differing from previously known mollusks that it could not 
be included in any of the established orders. It may be in- 
teresting if I add here for comparison Tullberg’s concluding 
remarks, after he has previously gone carefully into the 
anatomy ; he says :— 

“ As regards the systematic position of this curious animal, 
some few remarks offer themselves ; but it seems safer to defer 
all detailed discussion on this subject until more complete 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5, Vol. iv. 12 


166 Geological Society. 


investigation shall have been made. As elsewhere, embryo- 
logy will give the best clue to its affinities. At present the 
type of Mollusca and that of Vermes seem both to claim Neo- 
menia as a distant relation, the latter perhaps with more 

right than the former. Neomenia, however, presents consi- 
~ derable deviations from both, in the absence of a radula, in 
the structure of the alimentary canal and of the nervous sys- 
tem, as also in other respects, as the form of the body and the 
spines of the skin.” 


PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES. 
GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. 


March 12, 1879.—Henry Clifton Sorby, Esq., F.R.S., 
President, in the Chair. 


The following communications were read :— 


1. “On Conodonts from the Chazy and Cincinnati groups of the 
Cambro-Silurian, and from the Hamilton and Genesee-Shale divi- 
sions of the Devonian, in Canada and the United States.” By 
G. Jennings Hinde, Esq., F.G.S. 


After a sketch of the bibliography of the subject, the author 
described the occurrence of Conodonts. In the Chazy beds they are as- 
sociated with numerous Leperditie, some Trilobites, and Gasteropods ; 
in the Cincinnati group with various fossils ; and in the Devonian 
strata principally with fish-remains; but there is no clue to their 
nature from these associated fossils. They possess the same micro- 
scopic lamellar structure as the Russian Conodonts described by 
Pander. The various affinities exhibited by the fossil Conodonts 
were discussed ; and the author is of opinion that though they most 
resemble the teeth of Myxinoid fishes, their true zoological relation- 
ship is very uncertain. The paper concluded with a classification of 
the Conodonts from the above deposits. 


2. “On Annelid Jaws from the Cambro-Silurian, Silurian, and 
Devonian Formations in Canada, and from the Lower Carboniferous 
in Scotland.” By G. Jennings Hinde, Esq., F.G.S. 


After referring to the very few recorded instances of the discovery 
of any portions of the organism of errant Annelids as distinct from 
their trails and impressions in the rocks, the author noticed the 
characters of the strata, principally shallow-water deposits, in which 
the Annelid jaws described by him are imbedded. A description 
was given of the principal varieties of form and of the structure of 
the jaws. They were classified from their resemblances to existing 
forms under seven genera, five of which are included in the family 
Kunicea, one in the family Lycoridea, and one among the Glycerea. 
The author enumerated fifty-five different: forms, the greater pro- 
portion of which are from the Cincinnati group. 


Miscellancous. 167 


April 30, 1879.—Henry Clifton Sorby, Esq., F.R.S8., 
President, in the Chair. 


The following communications were read :— 


1. “Vectisaurus valdensis, 2a New Wealden Dinosaur.” By J. 
W. Hulke, Esq., F.R.S., F.G.S. 


The author described some fossil remains, obtained by him in 
Brixton Bay, Isle of Wight, in 1871, consisting of an ilium, several 
pre-sacral, and one post-sacral vertebra. He established the Dino- 
saurian nature of the animal represented by them, and offered proof 
of its distinctness from already-known forms. He proposes for it 
the name Vectisaurus valdensis, a name descriptive of the locality 
and formation in which the remains were found by him. ‘The 
charaeters presented by the genus Vectisawrus were stated to be as 
follows :—Ilium with a long compressed antacetabular process, 
having its greatest transverse extent in a vertical plane, and 
strengthened by a strong ridge produced from the sacral crest. 
Vertebre in anterior dorsal region having opisthoccelous centres, 
their lateral surfaces longitudinally concave, transversely gently 
convex, meeting below in a blunt keel. 


2. “On the Occurrence of the Genus Dithyrocaris in the Lower 
Carboniferous, or Calciferous Sandstone, Series of Scotland ; and on 
that of a second Species of Anthrapalemon in these Beds.” By R. 
Etheridge, Esq., Jun., F.G.S. 


The author, in the first place, referred to the extension of the 
range in time of the genus Dithyrocaris, by the discovery of nume- 
rous fragmentary remains of D. testudineus, Scouler, in the Calcife- 
rous Sandstone or Lower Carboniferous Series of the south of 
Scotland, about the horizon of the Wardie Shales near Edinburgh, 
and in the Cement-stone group of Roxburghshire. 

A further and more complete description of Anthrapalemon 
Woodwardi, Eth., jun., was then given, in which the characters of 
some of the appendages were more particularly alluded to, such as 
the eyes, inner and outer antenne, and first pair of ciliate appen- 
dages, thus placing the stability of the species beyond a doubt. 

The paper concluded with the description of a second species of 
Anthrapalemon, from the Lower Carboniferous rocks of Roxburgh- 
shire, for which the author proposed the name of A. Macconochit, 
after the discoverer of the specimen. ‘This remarkable species, of 
which the carapace is at present the only portion known, differs 
essentially in the characters of this part of the body from all the 
other described species of the genus. 


MISCELLANEOUS. 
Notice of a new Jurassic Mammal. By Prof. O, C. Marsn. 


During a recent visit to the Rocky Mountains the writer spent 
some time in examining the deposits known as the Atlantosaurus- 


168 Miscellaneous. 


beds, and was rewarded by the discovery of several interesting fos- 
sils, among them the lower jaw of a small mammal. ‘This speci- 
men indicates a diminutive marsupial, quite distinct from the one 
previously described by the writer from the same horizon (Dryolestes 
priscus)*, Which has hitherto been the only mammal known from 
the Jurassic of this country. 

The present specimen, which is from the left side, has the larger 
part of the ramus preserved, with a number of perfect teeth in 
position. Most of the symphysial portion is lost, and the posterior 
part is missing or only faintly indicated. The jaw was remarkably 
long and slender. The horizontal portion is of nearly equal depth 
throughout, and the lower margin nearly straight. The form of 
the coronoid process, condyle, and angle of the jaw cannot be deter- 
mined from this specimen. 

The remarkable feature in this jaw is the series of premolar and 
molar teeth. These were very numerous, apparently as many as 
twelve in all, and possibly more. The premolars had their crowns 
more or less compressed and recurved ; and some of them were sup- 
ported by two fangs. These had a small posterior tubercle at the 
base of the crown, but none in front. The molar teeth were all 
single-fanged, with elevated conical crowns; those preserved have 
a distinct cingulum. The molars increase in size from the first to 
the fifth. All the teeth preserved have the crowns raised consider- 
ably above the upper margin of the jaw, and thus appear to be 
loosely inserted. A large pointed tooth lying near the jaw appears 
to be a canine. 

The principal dimensions of this specimen are as follows :— 


millim. 
Length of portion of jaw preserved .....,.... 11:5 
Dixtent of fivyeamolar teeth». 5). 2-003 <2 4-0 
Extent of entire molar series ........5..+.. 50 
Height of fifth true molar above jaw ........ 2:0 
Depth of jaw below fifth molar ............ 1:75 
Depth of jaw below last premolar .......... 15 
Depth of jaw below first premolar .......... 1-4 


In comparing this interesting fossil with the forms already 
known, it is at once evident that it differs widely from any living 
type. Its nearest affinities are clearly with the genus Stylodon of 
Owen, from the Purbeck beds of England; and in many respects 
the correspondence is close. 

This specimen clearly indicates a new genus, which may be called 
Stylacodon, and the species represented Stylacodon gracilis. With 
the genus Stylodon, this form evidently constitutes a distinct family, 
which may appropriately be termed the Stylodontide. The present 
specimen indicates an animal somewhat smaller than a weasel, and 
probably insectivorous in habit.—Amer. Journ. Sci. & Arts, July 
1879. 


* ‘Annals, July 1878, p. 108. 
+ Geological Magazine, vol. iii. p. 199 (1866), and Palzontographical 
Society, vol. xxiv. p. 45 (1871). 


Miscellaneous. 169 


Alleged Evidence of the Moa from feathered Ornaments of Maori 
Weapons. 


To the Editors of the Annals and Magazine of Natural History. 


GuntLEMEN,—I have been favoured by a letter from Dr. Hector, 
F.RS., dated “ Wellington, New Zealand, 20th May, 1879,” in- 
forming me that the paragraph from the ‘Otago Daily Times’ 
quoted in my ‘ Memoirs on the Extinct Wingless Birds of New Zea- 
land,’ vol. i. p. 448, relating to Dr. Hector’s examination of weapons 
alleged to have been brought by Capt. Cook from New Zealand, is 
incorrect, and that the editor’s remark, “ strange that this evidence 
should have reposed in the cellars of the British Museum for a cen- 
tury,” is quite unfounded, and that Dr. Hector “never made any 
statement that could possibly bear such construction as is implied by 
the writer of the paragraph in question.”—R. Owen. 


On the Metamorphoses of the Blister-beetle (Lytta vesicatoria). 
By M. J. Licurenste1n. 


During the first warm days at the end of May or the beginning 
of June, Blister-beetles in copulation are common on ashes, privets, 
lilacs, &c., and when placed under a bell glass the females soon 
make an excavation in the earth and deposit in it a mass of some 
hundreds of rather elongated whitish and transparent eggs. In a 
fortnight these eggs hatch and furnish the larve long since known 
as Triungulint, and figured by Ratzeburg and others. They are 
scaly, dark brown, with the meso- and metathorax and first abdo- 
minal segment white. This larva has very acute jaws, black pro- 
minent eyes, and two long caudal sete. 

After several fruitless trials the author got them to feed at first 
upon the stomachs of honey-bees, and then upon eggs and young 
larvee of various species of bees, especially Osmiew and Ceratina 
chaleites. Care must be taken to add honey to the eggs or young 
larvee, because animal food is only fitted for this first larval form, 
and the little Triungwinus seems to have an instinctive knowledge 
that it must not touch the egg or larva unless there is beside it suf- 
ficient honey to feed the form which is to succeed it. But when 
this condition is fulfilled the little animal at once attacks the egg or 
the larva, and is seen to increase in size rapidly. 

On the fifth or sixth day it changes its skin. It loses its caudal 
set and its brown colour, and becomes a small hexapod worm ; its 
jaws become obtuse, its eyes much less brilliant; it quits the ani- 
mal food and begins upon the honey. Five days later there is a 
fresh change of skin, and the first modifications become still more 
strongly marked ; the jaws become still broader, and the eyes more 
and more obliterated. 

Five days later there is another moult, when the eyes entirely 
disappear, the feet and the jaws become brown and horny at the 
extremity, the insect acquires the aspect of a small larva of a 
Lamellicorn, and is evidently destined to burrow in the ground. 


170 Miscellaneous. 


Up to this point the author reared the larve in small glass tubes 
like thimbles, corked and turned bottom upwards; and it was upon 
the surface of the cork that the above changes took place. He now 
employed a glass tube about 4 inches long and 1 inch in diameter, 
stopped at the bottom with a piece of sponge, and filled with earth, 
upon which he placed the Scarabeoid larva (as Riley has called the 
same stage in Hpicauta). The larva immediately buried itself and 
formed, a little above the sponge, against the wall of the tube, a 
small chamber or cavity. In five days more a fresh change of skin 
took place, producing a pupa like that of a Muscide, having four 
small mamille at the apex, and three pairs of small mamille at 
the part where the legs were. Its colour is horny white; and it is 
motionless, looking exactly like a chrysalis, This state lasts 
through the winter, the only sign of life being the issuing from its 
pores, from time to time, of a transparent colourless liquid, which 
remains for some days at the surface of the body. 

On the 15th April this pupa burst its envelope, and gave issue to 
a white grub, very like the Scarabeoid larva, but without its robust 
claws and jaws, only presenting rudimentary feet, each composed of 
three short and thick pieces. This grub moves slowly in its cell, 
but does not go out of it or eat. On the 30th April there is a 
fresh change, producing a nympha of the regular coleopterous type, 
having all the limbs recognizable. It is at first white, but soon 
becomes coloured; on the 17th May it was already very dark; and 
on the 19th the beetle was visible in the cell ready to make its ap- 
pearance. The complete development of the insect thus occupies a 
year. The author believes that in nature the insect preys upon 
burrowing bees, such as Halictus and Andrena.— Comptes Rendus, 
May 26, 1879, p. 1089. 


On the Systematic Position of the Volvocineee, and on the Limits of the 
Vegetable and Animal Kingdoms. By M. KE, Mavrpas. 


Since the publication of the memoirs of F. Cohn upon the Volvo- 
cine, it seemed that the old debates respecting the systematic posi- 
tion of those Microphytes were closed for ever. Every one, in fact, 
had adopted the opinions of this naturalist ; and in all the general 
treatises the Volvocinese are arranged with the Algxw. Stein, in his 
fine volumes recently published upon the Flagellate Infusoria, recurs 
to the old view of Ehrenberg, and reclaims the Volvocinex for the 
animal kingdom, placing them among the Infusoria. As this ques- 
tion affects important problems of cellular morphology and goes to 
the very heart of the controversy on the limits of the two organic 
kingdoms, I have thought it useful to make known to the Academy 
some observations and considerations opposed to the conclusions of 
the learned professor of Prague. 

With Stein, the true criterion which enables a Protozoon to be 
distinguished from a Protophyte is the simultaneous presence of 
vibratile cilia or flagella, of contractile vacuoles, and of a nucleus 
in one and the same creature. The Protozoa alone, according to 
him, combine these three organs; no well-characterized plant pos- 


Miscellaneous. 171 


sesses them together. He insists repeatedly upon this character, 
especially at pp. 37, 47, and 51 of the work above cited. It is on 
account of the simultaneous existence of these three organs, ascer- 
tained by all observers, and particularly by F. Cohn, in the Volvo- 
cinew, that Stein has excluded them from the vegetable kingdom, 
and placed them among the Flagellate Infusoria. We shall find 
that this character is of no importance, and that it occurs in Algw, 
upon the vegetable nature of which Stein himself would not venture 
to cast a doubt. 

In the first place, it is useless to dwell upon vibratile cilia; every 
one knows that all zoospores are furnished with them. 

I pass to the contractile vacuole. And here I cannot refrain from 
expressing my astonishment to sce a naturalist so exact, and gene- 
rally so well informed, as Stein still denying the existence of this 
organ (p. 47) in well-characterized plants. It has been seen by 
Leitgeb, De Bary, Fresenius, Strasburger, Dodel-Port, and Cien- 
kowski in the zoospores of Saprolegniew, of Cystopus, of Myxomy- 
cetes, of Palmellaceze, of Ulothriv, of Hydrurus, of Chetophora, &e. ; 
I have myself indicated it in Microspora floccosa and Stigeoclonium 
tenue ; and I am convinced that it will be found in many other zoo- 
spores if it is sought with high magnifying-powers and under good 
conditions of observation. At any rate, the numerous facts already 
ascertained are sufficient to refute the assertion of the celebrated 
professor of Prague. 

There remains the nucleus ; and Stein, in denying its existence in 
the zoospores of the Algee, is in accord with everybody. All the ob- 
servers who, since Thuret, have studied these organisms have been un- 
able to discover a nucleus in them ; and Strasburger, quite recently 
(‘ Botan. Zeitung,’ April 25, p. 274), assumes that the nucleus of the 
zoospores of Ulothriv does not exist during its wandering period, and 
is reconstructed afresh at the moment of germination. I have tried 
to verify these assertions by the aid of very precise methods of ob- 
servation, which I have long employed in the investigation of the 
nucleus and nucleolus of the Infusoria ; and in the zoospores of 
Microspora floccosa and of an undetermined @dogonium I have found 
a very distinctly characterized nucleus. 

I placed upon -the glass plate a small drop full of zoospores of 
Microspora, covered it with the thin glass, and drew away the water 
by aspiration, so that the zoospores were slightly compressed and 
rendered nearly motionless. I then cemented two of the opposite 
edges of the covering-glass with paraffin; and when it was well 
fixed I caused a drop of alcohol to penetrate beneath it by drawing 
off the water with bibulous paper. The zoospores were quickly 
killed, and retained by compression between the two plates of glass. 
I then replaced the alcohol with water, and the latter with saturated 
picrocarminate. In a few minutes, the action of the reagent being 
sufficient, I drew it off and replaced it by water, always by means 
of bibulous paper, and then replaced the latter by crystallizable 
acetic acid. This last reagent immediately clears the object; and 
there is then seen, in the rostral region of the zoospores, a small 


iy (7 Miscellaneous. 


spherical nucleus of an intense red colour and very distinctly 
defined, the rest of the body remaining very pale. As the acetic 
acid is very volatile, one has only to place at the edge of the covering- 
glass a drop of glycerine, which penetrates and replaces the evapo- 
rated acid, preserving the form of the zoospores. We thus obtain a 
preparation which only requires luting to be rendered permanent. 

With the zoospores of Gdogoniuwm, of which I had only a small 
number, I followed a rather different method. I killed them by 
exposing the drop of water for a minute to the vapours of osmic 
acid of 1 per cent.; I then cemented them under the covering-glass 
by means of paraffin, coloured them with the picrocarminate, and 
afterwards cleared them with the acetic acid and glycerine. The 
action of the picrocarminate requires to be continued longer than in 
the method with alcohol. The nucleus, situated in the middle of 
the body, rather a little behind than in front, appears like a small 
red sphere. 

These zoospores were killed during their period of mobility. The 
nuclei could not be confounded with the amylaceous corpuscles 
which are met with in many Volvocinez besides the true nucleus. 
The amylaceous corpuscles never acquire a red colour in prepara- 
tions made in accordance with the methods here employed. We 
have therefore to do with true nuclei, combined with vibratile cilia 
and with contractile vacuoles, in zoospores of Alge. The two Algve 
studied have zoospores belonging to two different types, those of 
Microspora being flagellate, and those of @dogoniwm furnished with 
a circlet of vibratile cilia. I am persuaded that if the zoospores of 
the other Algz are suitably investigated a nucleus will be found in 
in all of them. 

The new criterion proposed by Stein for distinguishing the two 
organic kingdoms is therefore of no value. Moreover, to seek a 
well-defined boundary between plants and animals seems to me to 
be a search very little in harmony with all the recent progress of 
biological studies. The latest works all tend more and more to de- 
monstrate that all the barriers which it had been attempted to raise 
between these two groups have nothing fundamental or real in 
them. From the physiological point of view, Claude Bernard has 
established incontestably the biological unity of the living world. 
The same conclusion springs from all the morphological results that 
we have attained. At present neither physiology nor morphology 
furnish any exclusive character belonging to one or the other of the 
two kingdoms. When we study the amphibiological creatures which 
swarm in the lower grades of the living world we may therefore 
sometimes be puzzled where to class them. It is necessary then to 
consider the totality of the characters ; and, without having recourse 
to a third kingdom, we may almost always succeed in finding in 
them tendencies and affinities which enable us to assign them a place 
in the existing categories. It is by the consideration of these 
general characters that I am in complete accord with Cohn and other 
writers in classing the Volvocines among the Algze, side by side with 
the Palmellacese, the Conjugate, and the Zoosporexe.—Comptes 
Rendus, June 16, 1879, p. 1274. 


THE ANNALS 


AND 


MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. 


(FIFTH SERIES. ] 


No. 21. SEPTEMBER 1879. 


XXI.—Remarks on the Recent Eryontide. 
By the Rev. A. M. Norman, M.A. 


I am sorry that Mr. Spence Bate’s reply to my inquiries 
respecting the Crustacea described by him in a paper “ On 
the Willemoesia group of Crustacea,” which appeared in the 
‘Annals’ of December last, has remained so long unnoticed 
by me. Unfortunately I have been so occupied by duties that 
I have had no time for writing since the commencement of 
the year. 

Mr. Spence Bate’s paper just referred to was on a subject 
of the greatest interest. In it were described a number of 
Crustacea discovered by the ‘ Challenger’ in the abyss of the 
ocean, extremely closely related to a group of animals which, 
until recently, were believed to have been extinct for countless 
ages; for they had only been met with in old fossiliferous 
strata. The recent forms which have now been found are so 
closely the counterparts of their ancient brethren, that they 
mimic even minute details of sculpture in the several segments 
of the body. Yet, at the same time, I found conclusions drawn 
that were totally at variance with those at which I had arrived 
from the examination of two specimens of these animals which 
were dredged off the coast of Spain by the ‘ Porcupine’ expe- 
dition of 1870. 

Mr. Bate’s conclusions were to me startling ; but I did not 
venture to say that they were wrong, since, with the mass of 


Ann. & Mag, N, List. Ser. 5. Vol. iv. 15 


174. Rev. A. M. Norman on Recent Eryontide. 


material at his command, he had advantages in arriving at a 
definite opinion which I had not myself enjoyed. The matter, 
however, was of too great interest to pass by—of so much 
interest, not to myself only, but to many others, that it seemed 
the best way to ask Mr. Bate to give us further information 
upon the points in question. 

I am well aware that the style of my writing was terse. I 
adopted the form of abrupt questions for brevity’s sake ; for I 
was compelled to compress my observations into the small 
space of three pages, which had been kindly accorded tome by 
the Editors of the ‘Annals’ at a late period, when the matter 
for the issue of the next month’s number had already been 
determined on. I regret that it would seem that this brevity 
savoured to Mr. Spence Bate of discourtesy. 

Whether he is in the right or I am right in the views which 
we respectively hold is a matter of no moment to myself, if 
only the discussion of the points in question tends to throw 
more light upon the subject. 

My first and most important question was, “Are his genera 
Pentacheles and Willemoesia any thing more than the other 
sex of Polycheles?”” The first words of the reply are, ‘‘ Having 
just given a paper to prove that they are distinct and not one 
and the same species, I beg to repeat that Pentacheles and 
Willemoesia are not the other sex of Polycheles, and to refer to 
my paper for details.” I have referred again to his paper, 
only to find, as before, that there was not one single allusion 
to sex throughout it. It was this very omission which, on 
first reading his paper, had led me to the suspicion that Mr. 
Bate had fallen into the error of regarding certain modifica- 
tions of structure as of generic value, which really were 
dependent on and characteristic of the sex of individuals of 
the same species. The information, however, upon the ques- 
tion of sex which was wanting in the first paper has, in the 
second, been supplied. I will now state the grounds on which 
my own views were arrived at previously to the publication 
of Mr. Spence Bate’s paper. 

1. The known examples with the last pereiopods simple 
(Polycheles, Bate) were males, while those which had the last 
perevopods chelate or subchelate (Pentacheles and Willemoesia, 
Bate) were females ; thus :— 


A. Males, with last pereiopods simple. 


a, Polycheles typhlops, Heller. 'The type specimen was a 
male, and has the last pereiopods simple. 

b. Willemoesia crucifera, Suhm, a male; last pereiopods 
simple. 


Rev. A. M. Norman on Recent Eryontide. 175 


ce. Polycheles typhlops, Heller. A male from the ‘ Porcu- 
pine’ expedition, which I had examined, is charac- 
terized by the last pereiopods being simple. 


B. Females; last pereiopods chelate. 


d. Polycheles typhlops, Heller. A specimen dredged by 
the ‘ Porcupine’ expedition. 

e. Wallemcesia leptodactyla, Suhm. <A female, having the 
last pereiopods chelate. This specimen is said by 
Suhm to be a male; but it is clear that he fell into an 
error as regards the sex; for he says ‘at the coxal 
joint of the third pereiopod are the genital openings,” 
which statement, together with his figure (pl. xiii. 
fig. 2) of the first pleopod, clearly prove that the type 


specimen was a female. 


It will thus be seen that before the publication of Mr. Bate’s 
paper all known specimens which had simple last pereiopods 
were males, while such as had those limbs terminated by chele 
were females. 

2. That the male (c) and the female (d) represent the two 
sexes of one and the same species, and that therefore the ache- 
late or chelate character of the last pereiopods is a modification 
dependent upon sex. 

I stated in my former note that I considered the two speci- 
mens taken by the ‘ Porcupine’ expedition (see Proc. Roy. 
Soc. 1870, p. 154) to be male and female of Polycheles typh- 
lops, adding, “‘my conclusion that their difference is sexual 
may be wrong.’ Mr. Bate has commented on these words as 
though I did not know the sex of the individuals examined ; 
but to any one who reads the whole passage it will be at once 
obvious that my argument was that those structural differ- 
ences which he regarded as generic I found to accompany 
difference of sex, and regarded as sexual. The following 
detailed description of this male and female will enable other 
carcinologists in some degree to form their own opinions. 


Polycheles typhlops, Heller *. 


1862. Polycheles typhlops, Heller, Beitraige zur nahern Kenntniss der 
Macrouren, Sitzungsberichte der Akad. der Wissensch. math.-nat. 
Cl. Bd. xl. Abth. 1, p. 389, pl. i. figs. 1-6. 

1863. Polycheles typhlops, Heller, Crustaceen des siidlichen Europa’s, 
p- 211, pl. vii. figs. 1, 2. 


* Tf Heller’s figures are absolutely correct, the form here described is a 
different species; but with present knowledge I do not feel justified in 
giving it a different name to that under which I recorded it in the ‘ Por- 
cupine’ Report (Proc, Roy. Soc. 1870, no, 125, p. 154). ne 

5) 


176 Rey. A. M. Norman on Recent Eryontide. 


Male. Anterior margin of carapace with a strong central 
spine, flanked on each side with another spine; lateral margin 
bearing seven spines on anterior (hepatic) portion, five spines 
on the middle division, and about twenty on the branchial 
portion ; central dorsal line spined, spines arranged in single 
or double files, thus—1 (the rostral), 1, 1, 2,2, 2,2*; hinder 
margin bearing six spines—the median pair, and on each side 
of these two spines ; a curved row of five spines passes back- 
ward from the ocular notch; and a ridge crowned with about 
fourteen minute spines runs along the branchial region parallel 
with the lateral margin; still more minute spines are also 
present on the ridges which divide the gastric from the 
cardiac and branchial regions and other parts of the carapace. 
The pleon has the first five segments centrally carinated, 
with a large forwardly curving spine at the anterior end of the 
carina of each segment; this spine attains its greatest de- 
velopment on the fourth and fifth segments; sixth segment 
bicarinated, the caring nodulous; the sides of all the segments 
ornamented with small rounded tubercles. Te/son gradually 
tapering to an acute termination, its anterior portion with a 
central carina, while the hinder portion is bicarinate, the 
carine slightly serrulate. Gnathopods imperfect; the base of 
one remains as far as the middle of the meros, the outer 
margin of portion of the meros which remains bears several 
small spines. Last peretopods with the extremity simple, 
styliform, much shorter and more slender than the preceding 
pair. Lirst pleopods one-branched, simple, spoon-shaped, the 
expanded portion thin and transparent, with a central rib. 
Length 60 millims. . 

Female in all its general characters and the structure of its 
limbs closely resembling the male just described, but differs 
as follows :—Cephalothorax bearing on front margin a pair of 
central spines (instead of a single spine) ; lateral margin with 
the spines 6, 3, 8; central dorsal row 2 (rostral), 1, 2, 1, 2, 
2,2; no spines on hinder margin, except the central pair ; 
five spines on hepatic and gastric regions as in male; ridge 
on branchial region with only five spines; the smaller spines 
present on the carapace of the male are absent or evanescent. 
The pleon is carinated and armed exactly as in male, and only 
differs in the minute tubercles on the sides not being deve- 
loped. Ocular notch deeper than in male. First peretopods 
with two spines on the outer margin of the meros, and a 


* These are only the more prominent spines; the intermediate spaces 
between them are furnished, as are all other parts of the carapace, with 
minute spines, any one of which, a little more developed, would make 
such a spine as would be counted in the row. 


Rev. A. M. Norman on Liecent Eryontide. 177 


single distal spine on meros, carpus, and manus; lower 
margin of manus spinulated, edge of finger minutely and 
exquisitely serrated. Last peretopods much smaller than the 
others, chelate, the finger longer than the thumb. First 
pleopods with the terminal portion styliform. Length 50 
millims. 

Male taken off Portuguese coast in 220 fathoms, ‘ Porcu- 
pine’ Exped. 1870, Station 13, lat. 40° 16’ N., long. 9°37' W. ; 
female in 257 fathoms (Station 8, lat. 48° 13’ N., long. 
9° 11' W.) on the Channel slope. 

Now these two crustaceans show a very close resemblance 
to each other in all general characters, while the points of 
divergence are only such as might reasonably be expected to 
result from difference of sex and of size; and I cannot feel 
myself justified in regarding them as belonging to two species ; 
and still less am I prepared to place them in two genera. 
The female is much smaller than the male; and this fact and 
the difference of sex may well account for the less-pronounced 
character of the spimous adornment of the carapace in the 
former: it will be observed that the arrangement of the lines 
of spines is the same in both. I have gone into very minute 
detail as to the number of spines which compose the rows, 
because it is only here that any difference can be detected ; 
but no species-splitter has yet gone so far as to base character 
on such minutiz as these. ‘The male before us, indeed, 
proves from its own carapace that stress must not be laid 
on such points; for while one lateral margin has seven spines 
on the hepatic region, the other has eight. The one important 
point of distinction between the two ‘ Porcupine’ Polycheles 
is the character of the last pereiopods. Is, then, the achelate 
or chelate structure of these limbs a difference resulting from 
genus or sex ? 

3. Sexual diversity in the last peretopods of the male is a 
common feature among the Crustacea. 

The male sexual organs are situated at the base of the last 
peretopods; and while many organs, both of the cephalothorax 
and pleon, undergo frequently the most remarkable modifica- 
tions, as indirectly subservient to the sexual functions, in few 
organs are these modifications more general or more remark- 
able than in the last pereiopods. Many instances might be 
cited among the higher Crustacea, while among the Copepoda 
the varied and peculiar modifications of these limbs in the 
male are found to be of no small importance in the diagnosis 
both of genera and of species. 

4. Male Crustacea are constantly found to differ froin their 
JSemales by structural differences which, in the aggregate, are far 


178 Rev. A. M. Norman on Recent Eryontide. 


more remarkable than those upon which specific and even 
generic characters are usually based. 

This is now so fully proved that it may be laid down 
plainly as an axiom. As instances of extraordinary diver- 
gence in form and structure between the sexes it will suffice 
to name the order Cumacea, the Isopeda (Bopyrus, Phryxus, 
Gyge, Ione, Cryptotheria, Anceus, Tanais, Apseudes, Nesa, 
&e.), the parasitic Copepoda (Chondracanthus, Brachiella, 
Lernanthropus, Lerneopoda, Anchorella, Strabax, Medisecaste, 
Diocus, and their allies), the Cirripedia (bla and Scalpellum). 
It would be a long task to attempt to enumerate the multitude 
of instances in which the different sexes of Crustacea have 
been described as different species, very often belonging to 
different genera. 

These are the grounds on which the conclusion was arrived 
at that the chelate or achelate character of the last legs of 
those recent Eryontide which I had seen and of those which 
had been described was indicative of the sex to which the 
individual belonged and had no further importance. 

Have Mr. Spence Bate’s papers changed my views? In 
his first paper, | repeat, there was not a statement to make 
me modify it in the slightest degree, inasmuch as the sex of 
the specimens described was in no case given, while forms 
were described which apparently closely corresponded in all 
particulars save in those which he regarded as generic, but 
which I took to be sexual. I therefore considered that his 
paper, so far from weakening, gave strength to the opinion 
which I entertained. 

In his second paper, however, in which he was good enough 
to reply to my inquiries, Mr. Bate has given us the sexes of 
the species he has examined ; and a first glance at the list 
might seem to argue that he had completely proved his point, 
and that the divergences were generic and not sexual. 

To those, however, who know much of the life-history of 
the Crustacea the statement will not seem necessarily to be 
quite conclusive. 

There are certain rules which should be borne in mind in 
the study of the Crustacea which seem now to be fully esta- 
blished, and which I will proceed to lay down. 

a. Among the Crustacea, for every female we must be pre- 
pared to find, and shall often find, two forms of males. 

b. One of these males may be expected to resemble the females 
more or less closely, and will perhaps only be distinguishable by 
examination of the sexual organs themselves ; the other form 
will exhibit varied and very marked points of divergence from 


Rey. A. M. Norman on Recent Eryontide. 179 


the female, sometimes in general contour, but more especially in 
the structure of the limbs. 

ce. Different limbs will be thus sexually modified in different 
groups or in different genera ; and these modifications become 
valuable for the classification of families and genera, while the 
exact mode of the modification of the particular limb is of 
much use as specific character. 

d. In the case of dimorphous males, the males most closely 
resembling the females are either immature or, in some in- 
stances perhaps, where the males are as large as the adult 
females, sterile. The second form of male, which is widely 
divergent from its female, is the fully developed sexual indi- 
vidual ; and the alterations of structure are exhibited sometimes 
in a very different form of carapace, but always in specialized de- 
velopment of certain appendages, which may be either antenne, 
mouth-organs, gnathopods, pereiopods, pleopods, or uropods, 
which become indirectly subservient to the discharge of the 
function of the impregnation of the female. It is often only 
at the final moult of the male that these peculiar specialized 
characters of sex are assumed. 

e. Krom the time of the assumption of the complete sexual 
character, in some (rare) cases the discharge of the sexual 
office would seem to be the only thing remaining for the life of 
the individual, the function of alimentation in part or even 
wholly ceasing. 'Uhis extreme case, however, has, I believe, 
as yet been observed only among the order Isopoda, where we 
find instances in Anceus (Hesse and others), Tanais (F. Miiller 
and A. M. N.), Apseudes (G. O. Sars, in Aspeudes ano- 
malus). 

Dimorphous males are known to us in genera of Macrura, 
Cumacea, Isopoda, Amphipoda, Copepoda, Ostracoda, and 
perhaps Cirripedia (‘‘ complemental male,” Darwin). 

One instance may now be referred to, because it has refe- 
rence to that group of genera, the Astacide, to which it was 
stated, in my former notes, that I agree with Heller in con- 
sidering Polycheles to be perhaps most nearly related. 

The freshwater crayfish, Astacus, of Europe has its closely 
allied counterpart in North Americain the genus Cambarus. 
In this genus, though not as far as is known in Astacus, two 
forms of the male occur. 

The following passage from Hagen will speak for itself :— 
“The discovery that every species of Cambarus possesses 
two different forms of males was made by Prof. L. Agassiz, 
and kindly communicated to me. 

“The existence of a second form of the male, if it were no 


180 Rev. A. M. Norman on Recent Eryontide. 


more than a passage or metamorphic form, would not be ex- 
traordinary. But the great number of full-grown second-form 
specimens in every species, which are often even larger than 
the first-form males, seems to prove that they are individuals 
which have remained in a sexual stage that does not agree 
with their corporal development—in short, that they are per- 
haps sterile. 

‘The objection that these second-form males may be indi- 
viduals shortly before or shortly after the casting of the skin, 
I can surely refute, as I have seen many specimens at this 
stage of growth, the museum collections exhibiting the ani- 
mal in all the different phases of its existence. 

€ Another objection, that the males of the second form, or 
perhaps those of the first form, are abnormally developed 
individuals, is refuted by the great number of the two forms 
existing and living together. 

“The conjecture, on the other hand, that the second-form 
males may be sterile, is really supported by the anatomical 
examination of the two forms in the principal groups of Cam- 
barus” *, 

Not only so, but Hagen tells us of two forms of the other 
sex, and that in certain abnormal females he finds ‘a ten- 
dency to a more masculine development, as in the aforesaid 
males a tendency to a feminine development ”’ +. 

Mr. Bate informs us that he has females of six species of 
Willemoesia and Pentacheles (that is, with chelate last perei- 
pods) and males of two, and that he has males of three species 
of Polycheles with simple last pereiopods, and females of two. 
As far as members go (but, of course, numbers are of little 
or no value), this gives 9 to 4 in favour of my view. 

The exceptions are that he has males of Wellemoesta lepto- 
dactyla and Pentacheles Suhmi with chelate last feet. I have 
hinted in this paper, from what we know to occur among 
other Crustacea, that these males may be either immature, and, 
not yet having attained their full sexual characters, exhibit 
still the female form of the limb, or that they may be in- 
stances of dimorphous (sterile) males. Indeed it would 
seem that Mr. Spence Bate is not without doubts as to the 
location of some of the forms he has described as species ; 
for immediately after the list he adds, ‘‘ For some time I was 
hesitating where several species of Pentacheles should be placed, 
as there 1s a regular gradation from the imperfect to the perfect 
chelate character of the fifth peretpod; but as I found Poly- 
cheles, both male and female, with the simple non-chelate foot, 

* Hagen, ‘ Monograph North-American Astacide,’ 1870, p. 22. 
+ Hagen, /. c. p. 17. 


Rev. A. M. Norman on Recent Eryontide. 181 


at present it appears to me that there is no arrangement so 
constant as that which I propose.” 

The other exceptions occur in Polycheles (as that genus is 
defined by Bate), in two species out of three of which he has 
females with styliform last feet. On examining the figure of 
Polycheles crucifer which accompanies Suhm’s paper, it would 
seem that the inner antenne are without the scale which is 
characteristic of Polycheles of Heller, and which I stated in 
my former notes to be the chief character that seemed to 
separate Po/ycheles from the supposed extinct genus Hryon. 
Can it be that Polycheles, as defined by Bate, with simple last 
pereiopods in both sexes, has the inner antenne without a 
scale, and is in reality Eryon? It would be of especial interest 
should it prove so; but I am not sure that Bate’s fig. 6 does 
not show the antennal scale to the left of the figure ; but in 
that case it is very remarkable from having a deeply serrated 
edge. 

It seems necessary that I should adda few words respecting 
the homologues of the eyes in these Crustacea. Mr. Spence 
Bate has very kindly sent me a copy of plate xiii., in which 
he has lettered what he considers to be the eyes in the several 
figures. ‘They are not the same organs which Heller took to 
be the rudiments of the eyes; and I venture to think that 
Bate is right and Heller wrong in his homology. But that 
these organs are used for vision I cannot conceive to be pos- 
sible. It will be found amoug the stalk-eyed Crustacea that 
loss of vision and consequent change of function in what would 
ordinarily be the eye is accompanied by one or other, or by 
both, of the following modifications :—Ist, that the eyestalk is 
no longer movable, but becomes firmly fixed in the socket; 2nd, 
that the eye assumes a difference of form, and is either (a) nar- 
rower and pointed, instead of club-shaped at the extremity, and 
so employed (in some instances at any rate) as an organ of 
offence, as in Lthusa granulata, Norman, or Cambarus pellu- 
cidus, Tellkampf, or (b), on the other hand, becomes expanded 
and flattened into a plate, examples of which may be found 
in the genera Pseudomma, G. OQ. Sars, Amblyopsis, G. O. Sars, 
and Petalophthalmus, Suhm. 

Now, in the Crustacea which we are considering, Mr. 
Bate says, the ‘‘ eyes” are ‘immovably lodged,” and “ the 
peduncle throughout the group is reduced to a minimum 
and fixed as a rigid part of the dermal structure ;” and with 
respect to form in Wellemoesia leptodaclyta they would seem, 
from the figure given, to be not unlike those of Calocaris 
McAndre?, Bell; while in Pentacheles enthrix and Polycheles 
crucifer, instead of being club-shaped as in veritable eyes, 


182 Prof. T. Rupert Jones on 


they terminate in a long acute point in the one case, and in a 
“long obtuse point” in the other. The reason why, in my 
former note, I was not in a position to deny positively that 
these extremely rudimentary organs had lenses, was because, 
although the ‘ Porcupine’ specimens showed not the slightest 
trace of lenses, yet, as they had been preserved in glycerine 
and subsequently transferred to spirit, it was possible that 
this treatment might have destroyed lenses which had 
existed. 

Mr. Bate inquired whether I could say there were eye- 
stalks in the young of ‘‘ Astacus ? zaleucus, Willemoes-Suhm, 
Nephropsis Stewartii, Wood-Mason, and the blind prawns of 
the North-American caves.’’ Of the first two only the type 
specimens are known. It is hardly likely, therefore, that I 
should be acquainted with their young. With respect to the 
“blind prawns of the North-American caves,” I know of no 
such Crustacea; and suppose that “prawns” was a slip for 
“ crayfish,” and that he refers to the Cambarus pellucidus of the 
Mammoth Cave of Kentucky. That crustacean has eyestalks 
not only when it is young but in maturity also. “ Like the 
other animals living in caves, it is blind. The eyes are atro- 
phied, smaller at the base, conical, instead of cylindical and 
elongated as in the other species. The cornea exists, but is 
small, circular, and not faceted; the optic fibres and the 
dark-coloured pigments surrounding them in all other species 
are not developed” *. 


XXII.—Notes on the Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca. 
No. XIII. Entomis serratostriata and others of the so- 
called “‘ Cypridinen”’ of the Devonian Schists of Germany. 
By Prof. T. Rupert Jones, F.R.S., F.G.S. 


[Plate XL+] 


Introduction.—In the ‘ Annals and Magazine of Natural His- 
tory’ for June 1873, pp. 413-416, is a list of the species of 
Entomis with which I was acquainted at that date. These 
included several Devonian species from Germany, and Silurian 
species from Bohemia, known to me from figures only, as well 
as some British Siluriant and Carboniferous species which 


* Hagen, J. c. p. 33. 

+ This Plate has been drawn under a grant from the Royal Society for 
the illustration of fossil Bivalved Entomostraca. 

} Entomis aciculata, op. cit. p. 416, was from Peeblesshire, not the 
“Pentland Hills.” 


Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca. 183 


had come under my notice. Having expressed a difficulty * 
in mastering the description of figures of the so-called ‘“ Cy- 
pridinen,” published in 1856 (‘ Beitr. Pal. Thiir. Waldes ’) by 
my friend Dr. Richter, of Saalfeld, I was most courteously 
favoured by him witha good set of specimens for examination 
early in 1874. Some, indeed, of these were types of species 
published in 1869, in his paper on the Devonian Entomostraca 
of Thuringiat, which memoir had escaped my observation 
until after my “ Notes on Entomis,” &c. were printed in 
1873. In the meantime, before Dr. Richter’s specimens 
reached me, I was so much struck with the peculiarity of the 
Entomostracan structures figured in the ‘ Zeitschrift’ of 1869, 
that I could not but believe some peculiar generic form, oc- 
curring in the Thuringian strata, had been elaborated by my 
friend ; and I suggested, in the ‘ Neues Jahrbuch fiir Min.’ 
&e. 1874, 2. Heft, p. 180, that his name should be associated 
with it in the term Lichteria. 

After a long study of Dr. Richter’s specimens, having 
taken them up again and again during the last four years, 
as new information on analogous and collateral materials 
become available, T cannot find any reason to support the 
establishment of my proposed genus ‘ #ichterta;’’: for the 
typical specimens show merely the conformation and cha- 
racters of Hntomis; and lately Dr. Richter has informed 
me that he now refers his so-called ‘ Cypridinen”’ to that 
genus. 

Description.—Two separable valves, oblong-ovate in out- 
line, ornamented with longitudinal and subconcentric riblets, 
and impressed externally with a more or less pronounced 
nuchal or dorsal furrow, ending in a small and often obscure 
pit at about the middle of the valve, constitute the best pre- 
served remains of the Devonian Entomides under notice. 

The pressure, both vertical and lateral, to which the Devo- 
nian schists have been subjected very rarely leaves these little 
fossils in their original shape; and the material of the valves 
has almost always disappeared, leaving hollow external moulds 
and convex internal casts. ‘The former show the delicate cos- 
tulation of the valves ; the latter are usually smooth and rarely 
bear any of the external ornament. Flattened by perpendi- 
cular pressure, and lengthened, shortened, or otherwise dis- 
torted by lateral pressure in different directions, the natural 
ovate form is seldom preserved, but is replaced by every 
modification from subcylindrical to circular and oblique-oval 

* Op. cit. p. 415, note. 

+ ‘Zeitschrift deutsch. geol. Gesellsch,’ Jahrgang 1869, pp. 757-776, 
pls. xx. & xxi. 


184 Prof. T. Rupert Jones on 


shapes. In some cases the dorsal notch is nearly obliterated 
by vertical pressure ; and in other instances it is exaggerated 
by horizontal squeezing, when the valve becomes shortened to 
a small subglobular mass, and the two ends of the valve are 
made to approach each other. 

The real outside of a valve is very rare. ‘The convex cos- 
tulate specimen (fig. 8), even, may be destitute of the external 
coating. Hollow impressions of the surface, sometimes with 
remains (or mineral replacements) of the test adhering thereto, 
are common ; and the interior of these moulds usually has the 
ridge and knob, or some indication of them, which are due to 
the nuchal incurving of the test. It is possible that on the 
exterior this feature was not nearly so strong as within, being 
due as much to a local internal thickening of the substance 
as to a bending-in of the shell. It was, however, always 
sufficiently defined to form a weak line when the valves 
were shortened by being squeezed endwise (see figs. 3, 
15, 16). 

. The convex casts of interiors are destitute of riblets, and 
sometimes (in the Saalfeld specimens) bear only a central pit, 
corresponding with the central knoblet of the hollow rib- 
leted moulds. Thus these insides of valves appear to have 
been smooth, with a small central tubercle, and no definite 
trace of the external nuchal suleus, which, however, gives a 
distinct mark on internal casts of valves bent and shortened 
by terminal pressure, as mentioned above. In specimens 
from other localities the smooth convex casts bear the nuchal 
furrow and no definite central pit. 

None of the smooth convex casts with a pit only are 
figured here, but are recognizable in some of the published 
illustrations, as in Richter’s ‘ Beitrag’ &e. pl. ii. fig. 2. 

Many similar smooth convex casts, but bearing the nuchal 
furrow, are present in a drab mudstone of the “ Cypridinen- 
Schiefer”’ from Nassau (formerly in Mr. Daniel Sharpe’s col- 
lection), and are oblong-oval, narrow, oblique, or quite 
round*, according to the direction of the lateral (horizontal) 
pressure to which they have been subjected. 

The longitudinal wrinkling of the surface of the valves 
varies in the number, arrangement, smoothness, and thickness 
of the riblets or costule. They may be quite even and smooth 
(fig. 18 5), shghtly roughened (figs. 6 6, 7 6, and 8 4), crenulated 
(figs. 16 and 56), and even serrated (fig. 45; see also ‘ Zeit- 
schr.’ 1869, pl. xx. fig. 10). The indentations are sufficiently 
coarse and defined in some specimens of these hollow moulds 

* Such as are figured by Richter, ‘ Beitrag’ &e. pl. il. figs. 28,31, and 
‘Zeitschr.’ 1869, pl. xx. fig. 7. See also our figs. 3, 15, 16. 


Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca. 185 


to appear as minute pits, like the bases of hollow spines * 
(fig. 4a). In the Nassau specimen, referred to above, these 
little pits are, in many of the hollow casts, very numerous, 
strong, and regular. 

In thickness the riblets vary considerably; so that we 
may count 36 on some valves (figs. 2, 6)—and on others, 
of about the same size, 30 (fig. 4), 28 (fig. 9), 22 (fig. 8), 20 
(fig. 18), 18 (fig. 11), 16 (fig. 12). On smaller valves, with 
the thin riblets, we find 22 (fig. 5), 18 (fig. 14), 16 (fig. 13) ; 
and on a small valve of the thick-wrinkled kind there are 18 
(fig. 10). 

As to the arrangement of the riblets, the typical pattern is 
a parallel longitudinal folding, with turns of the middle riblets 
(either backwards and forwards, or irregularly concentric) 
near the ends of the valves, and a continuous concentric wrin- 
kling at the margins. ‘here are usually two terminal centres 
of curves or folds; but they may be modified or obliterated 
by pressure. The whole series of riblets in some cases appears 
to be naturally subcircular and concentric (figs. 2, 6, 9). 

The differences in essential characters among these Devo- 
nian Lntomides cannot be regarded as very great. The modi- 
fications of shape can be recoguized as distinctive only in so 
far as some specimens (such as figs. 1, 2, 5, 7,13,14) are 
more elongate and almond-like than others. Pressure in 
several directions has interfered with the outlines, often to a 
puzzling extent. The sculpturing has many gradations of 
pattern. Perhaps the only tangible distinctions are :—(1) be- 
tween the valves with strong (figs. 4, 8, 10, 11, 12, 18), and 
those with feebler riblets—the former kind usually accom- 
panying the oblong, and the latter the almond-like shape of 
valve; (2) among the latter, between the parallel (figs. 1, 5, 
7, 13, 14) and the concentric arrangement of the costulation ; 
(3) among the last, between the almost simple concentric 
(figs. 2, 6) and the more labyrinthic (fig. 9) pattern. 

I have not been able to make out the intimate structure of 
the valves as described and figured by Dr. Richter in the 
‘ Zeitschr.’ 1869; nor can | agree with the determination there 
given of their parts and features. The “ back-views ” of the 
test are to me the side-views of individual valves, not showing 
the nuchal furrow, either because it is wanting on the out- 
side of the valve (?), or because it is obsolete or obliterated by 
pressure. The suborbicular forms, shortened by pressure 
from end to end, were referred to in the memoir as “ female” 
individuals, and the nuchal or dorsal furrow as a transverse 


* Such a spinous surface, indeed, is indicated in Richter’s ‘ Beitr. Pal. 
Thiir. W.’ pl. ii, f. 34; C. gyrata, p. 36. 


186 


Prof. T. Rupert Jones on 


ventral slit (like the opening of the hood in some Phyllopods), 
crossed by a bridge of shell-matter. Dr. Richter’s views of 
the relationship of the so-called “ Cypridinen,” described and 
figured in the ‘ Zeitschrift’ for 1869 are there given with 
some doubt; and we now know (see above, p. 183) that he 
refers them to Hntomis. 


Fig. 1. 


Fig. 2. 


Fig. 8. 


Fig. 4. 


Fig. 5. 


Fig. 6. 


Fig. 7. 


Fig. 8. 


Fig. 9. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XI. 


Concave cast, with faint knob and ridge (the latter extended 
by pressure). Furrow-casts interrupted by slight indentations 
due to the serrulation of the riblets, Richter’s pl. xx. fig. 10 
(Zeitschr. 1869) makes the nearest approach to the typical in- 
terruption of the furrow-casts. This specimen (referred by Dr. 
Richter to “ C. serratostriata”), is in a red schist, with many 
casts, hollow and raised, elongate, oval, and round. 

Concave cast, squeezed so as to give the furrow-casts a lozenge- 
shape arrangement. On similar schist to that of fig. 1, and 
referred to the same species. It may be the same as fig. 6 
(“tenella”), or possibly fig. 9 (“ labyrinthica”). 

Convex smooth cast (marked with sand-granules only) of a valve 
squeezed up endways on itself, with the nuchal depression 
exaggerated by the pressure, and a mark below of the test 
broken across. With fig. 1, and referred to the same species. 

Shallow concave cast, with faint irregular knob and ridge. The 
furrow-casts are much interrupted by what seem to be the 
bases of external spines, along the internal lines. On reddish- 
grey schist. This is referred by Dr. Richter to “C. gyrata.” 

Small hollow cast, with ridge and slight knob. On red schist, 
with numerous casts, both raised and sunken, long, oval, and 
round. On this hand-specimen occur such smooth convex 
casts, with central pit, as that shown in Richter’s ‘ Beitrag,’ pl. ii. 
fig. 27. Referred to “ C. serobiculata, Richter,” but probably 
E. serratostriata. 

Hollow casts of a pair of opened valves, with ridges within, which 
represent the nuchal furrow of each valve. In dull purplish- 
red schist. Referred to “C. tenella, Richter,” but corresponding 
in some respects with “C. labyrinthica,” Richter (see fig. 9). 
The smoothness of the delicate costule and their circular 
arrangement may be distinctive features; but, on the other 
hand, these may possibly be modifications from pressure. The 
figured “ tenella” (‘Zeitschr.’ 1869, pl. xx. fig. 11) has concen- 
tric riblets ; but they are pitted. 

Hollow cast (somewhat crushed) with ridge and knob. In dark- 
grey schist, with both concave and convex casts, variously 
squeezed. Referred to “ C. teniata, Richter,’ but probably £. 
serratostriata, 

Convex, somewhat flattened, cast ; in purplish-grey schist, with 
both raised and hollow casts, but low and shallow. Riblets 
strong and slightly serrulate. Referred to “C. gyrata, Richter.” 

Shallow hollow cast, with the furrow-casts much modified by 
pressure. In pale purplish-grey schist, with a few shallow and 
imperfect casts. Referred to ‘ C. labyrinthica, Richter,” with 
the figure of which (in ‘Zeitschr.’ 1869, pl. xx. fig. 12) it 


Fig. 10, 


Figs. 11, 


Figs. 15, 


Fig. 16. 


Fig. 16. 


Fig. 17. 


Fig. 18. 


Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca. 187 


agrees as to the branching and anastomosing of the concentric 
costulee. 

Small, oblong, hollow, cast, with ridge reaching all across, 
owing to unequal pressure. Furrow-casts broad ; internal lines 
here and there showdue indications of bases of spines. On 
reddish schist, with many modified casts. Referred to “C. 
temata,’ and somewhat corresponding with ‘Zeitschr.’ 1869, 
pl. xxi. fig. 1, but unlike our fig. 7, which is referred to the 
same, 

12. Hollow casts, with ridges and knobs faint; furrow-casts 
broad ; costulee thin and slightly irregular. In dark purplish- 
red schist, with similar casts, variously modified as to shape by 
pressure, and with numerous inner and outer moulds of annu- 
lated Tentaculites. Fig. 11 shows a specimen somewhat 
shortened by pressure. These are referred to “C. serrato- 
striata,” but apparently belong to the more oblong form, with 
coarser furrows, which more nearly corresponds with Entomis 
gyrata (Richter). 

14. Small, almond-shaped, hollow casts, much like fig. 5, and 
on the same hand-specimen. Referred to “ C. scrobiculata,” 
but probably belonging to £. serratostriata. 

Outline of a small smooth cast of a shortened valve ; others of 
a larger size occur on the same slab, which bears also the spe- 
cimens figs. 5, 13, 14, 16. Referred to “ C. scrobiculata,’ but 
probably belonging to E. serratostriata. 

Small, convex, smooth, subglobular cast, of a squeezed-up and 
shortened valve, with central pit and furrow, exaggerated by 
terminal pressure. On the same piece of red schist as that 
yielding figs. 5, 13, 14, 15, Referred to ‘C. scrobiculata ;” 
probably £. serratostriata, 

Outline of a broken hollow cast of the dorsal edge of two united 
valves, with a slightly raised seam along the junction of the 
valves, and a very faint cross ridge. In reddish-grey schist, 
weathering brown, with Tentaculites, and numerous casts, both 
raised and hollow, of L. serratostriata. The specimen is marked 
“ Ventralseite von C, tenella ;” but it is the dorsal, and not the 
ventral, edge of the closed carapace of the common Entomis. 
Shallow hollow cast, with remains of the test; furrow-casts and 
lines quite smooth and sharp. In dark schist, with scattered 
portions of other similar copper-red tests, or their replacement 
by mineral matter (iron oxide?). Marked “C. costata,” but 
differing considerably from pl. xx. fig. 15, ‘Zeitschr.’ 1869. It 
is not very distinct from our figs. 4, 8, 10, 11, 12, except that 
the costulse are smoother and make two folds near one end of 
the valve, a pattern obscurely traceable in fig. 4, 


Conclusion. We may conclude, as far as the present evi- 
dence permits, that figs. 1, 3, 5, 7, 13, 14, 15, 16, and 17 
belong to Entomis serratostriata (Sandberger), figs. 2 and 


6 to #. 
figs. 4, 


tenella (Richter), fig. 9 to EL. labyrinthica (Richter), 
8, 10, 11, 12, and 18 to Z. gyrata (Richter). 


188 Prof. R. Owen on the Natural Term of Life 


XXIII.— On the Natural Term of Life and of tts chief Periods 
in the Hippopotamus (Hippopotamus amphibius, Linn.). 
By Prof. OwEN, C.B., F.R.S., F.Z.S. 


Ir may be interesting to note, in relation to the longevity 
of wild mammals (a constant in the determination of 
which it is difficult to get facts), that the hippopotamus 
the capture of which, shortly after birth, is noted in the 
‘Annals & Magazine of Natural History’ for June 1850 
as having occurred in August 1849, died at the Zoological 
Gardens in March 1878. The conditions under which this 
animal lived to the age of twenty-eight years and eight or 
nine months, were such as to support an inference that it died 
of old age, and that the natural term of life of Hippopotamus 
amphibius may be set down at thirty years or thereabouts. 

No special morbid appearance was discovered to suggest 
that death from old age had been anticipated. The worn 
state of the teeth was that of a vegetable feeder at the close 
of natural life. It may be thought that some allowance should 
be made for the artificial conditions under which this male 
hippopotamus lived; yet its health and vigour were such as 
to enable him to procreate. 

The first offsprmg was a male, which was born February 22, 
1871; it died on the 23rd of the same month*. 

The father had attained a size in 1854 indicative of the 
procreative period; but the exercise of the faculty was de- 
layed both by the later acquisition of the female and the state 
of their abode. 

Mr. Bartlett informs me :—“ I believe the reason she did 
not breed sooner was the fault of the construction of the water- 
tank. I had the tank made to slope gradually at the side; 
and this form of tank enabled the animals to copulate, whereas 
the sudden drop of 2 feet was unsuited to the purpose”? f. 

The pregnant state of the female was suggested by “a 
considerable change in her habits and appearance.” The 
coitus had been noted as on June 29, 1870, giving a period 
of gestation of 7 months 22 days, =237 days. 

The periods of gestation of the Hippopotamus amphibius 
determined at the Zoological Gardens of Amsterdam are 
from 7 months and 21 days to 7 months 25 days. 

The second offspring of the same parents at the London 


* ¢Proceedings of the Zoological Society,’ March 1871, “Notes on 
the Birth of a Hippopotamus in the Society’s Gardens,” by A. D, Bart- 
lett, Superintendent. 

+ Letter, July 17, 1879. 


and of its chief Periods in the Hippopotamus. 189 


Zoological Gardens was born January 7, 1872*, and was 
begotten May 27,1871. It was a female, and died on the 
10th January, 1872; the gestation was 227 days, being 10 
days shorter than in the case of the male offspring. 

On November 5, 1872, the Secretary reports “the birth of 
a third hippopotamus (Hippopotamus amphibius), which had 
taken place that day in the Society’s Gardens at 7 A.M. 
The period of gestation in the present instance had been eight 
calendar months less four days, according to the keeper’s 
observations ”’ f. 

The coitus here is noted as on March 9, 1872t. The off- 
spring was a male; and the gestation was five days longer 
than in the case of the first male, and fifteen days longer than 
in the case of the female offspring. 

Since this birth the mother has ceased to breed ; she is four 
years younger than the male. ‘The female hippopotamus in 
the menagerie at Amsterdam produced young as soon as she 
was full-grown. 

The term of growth of the hippopotamus appears to be 
about five years; it extended, in the instance of the male 
born in midsummer 1849, as to length, to the year 1854; but 
the well-fed animal gained in bulk during some following 
years. The procreative period, commencing probably in 
1854, was continued up to the year 1872, and perhaps a 
few years later, say to 1875, when the animal had attained 
the age of 26 years; this would leave a period of four years 
for old age. 

An approximate conclusion as to the natural term of life in 
mammals may be made upon knowledge of the duration of 
one of the well-marked periods of existence. These are three, 
viz. the ‘‘ preprocreative,”’ the “ procreative,” and the “ post- 
procreative” periods. In the human subject the first is modi- 
tied to a small extent by latitude and climate. Taking an 
average as at 18 years, the procreative period may be set 
down as at three times that extent, carrying on the life-term 
to 72 years. If the postprocreative equals the preprocreative, 
life will extend to 90 years. 

If the first period of life be characterized by the acquisition 
of full growth, then a man might survive as long after the 
procreative period, ending say at 75 in the male, as he had 
lived to acquire maturity and complete ossification, say at 30 
years, and so reach the rare term of 105 years. 


* See “Notes on the Visceral Anatomy of the Hippopotamus,” by J. W. 
Clark, F.R.S., Proc. Zool. Soc. 1872, p. 185. 

+ Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie, by the Secre- 
tary, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1872, p. 795. { Ibid. p. 819. 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Sex. 5. Vol. iv. 14 


190 Rev. O. P. Cambridge on some 


The ascertained relative duration of the three periods above 
defined in the artiodactyle mammals most nearly approaching 
the Hippopotamus amphibius in size, supports the conclusion 
here endeavoured to be drawn from what could be ascertained 
of these periods in the captive male in the Gardens of the 
Zoological Society of London, viz. that the duration of its life 
under these circumstances must be that, or nearly that, of the 
individuals of the species in their native land and wild state, 
which may accordingly be set down at or about 30 years. 

It is but due to the responsible officers in charge of the 
exotic animals in that noble establishment, to bear grateful 
testimony to their successful treatment, and to their exact ob- 
servations and records of phenomena essential to the advance- 
ment of the science of Natural History. 


British Museum, July 20, 1879. 


XXIV.—On some new and rare British Spiders, with Cha- 
racters of a new Genus. By the Rev. O. P. CAMBRIDGE, 
M.A., C.M.Z.8., &e. 


[Plate XII.] 


SINCE my last communication on British Spiders (Ann. & 
Mag. Nat. Hist. Feb. 1878, ser. 5, vol. i. p. 105, pl. xi.) I 
have been enabled, through my own researches and the kind 
assistance of several friends and relatives, to add thirty-nine 
species to the list of those then known to Great Britain and 
Ireland. Fifteen out of the thirty-nine appear still to be 
undescribed ; twelve others have not hitherto been recorded as 
British, though known on the continent of Europe; and the 
twelve remaining species have lately been described, either 
as new to science or to Britain, in Part I. of “The Spiders of 
Dorset,” published in the ‘ Transactions of the Dorset Natural- 
History and Antiquarian Field Club’ for 1879. The fifteen 
new species, above referred to, are described in the follow- 
ing pages ; and several of them are figured in the accompanying 
Plate. A list is also appended of those spiders not before 
recorded as British, and of the others mentioned above as 
described and recorded in “ The Spiders of Dorset.” 

Several of the species included in the total (484) of British 
spiders recorded up to the time of the publication of my last 
communication (February 1878) have since been ascertained 
to be synonymous with others previously known. The num- 
ber now considered to be British, so far as they are known up 


new and rare British Spiders. 191 


to the present time (Aug. 7, 1879), is 519; and, of these, 364 
have been met with in the county of Dorset. 

On one of the spiders now described a new genus is founded. 
This little spider (Zheridiosoma argenteolum) is of great 
interest as well as beauty, and forms a link between Theridion 
and Lpeira. The snare, however, of a very closely allied 
species* is (as described by Dr. Ludwig Koch) decidedly of 
the type belonging to the Thertdiides, in which family the 
present spider must therefore be included. 


Order ARANEIDEA. 
Fam. Drassides. 
Genus GNAPHOSA, Latr. 


Gnaphosa suspecta, sp. Nn. 


Length of an immature female 2 lines. 

This spider is of a rather flatter form than Gnaphosa anglica, 
Cambr. The legs are stronger, and the cephalothorax is devoid 
of the strong, dark, V-shaped marking characteristic of that 
species. The colour of the cephalothorax is pale yellow-brown, 
thickly mottled and suffused with a deeper hue, and edged with 
a brown-black marginal line. The legs are pale yellow-brown, 
more or less suffused with a darker colour. There are no 
spines, apparently, on those of the first two pairs, excepting 
two of a strong bristly nature on the upperside of the femora. 
All the tibie, tarsi, and metatarsi are furnished above with a 
few long, erect, slender hairs. 

Relative length of the legs 4,1, 2,33; but the difference 
between those of the first and fourth pairs is slight. 

The palpi, falees, and maxille are similar in colour to the 
legs, while the colour of the sternum is like that of the cephalo- 
thorax. 

The eyes, though very similar in general size and position 
to those of G. anglica, are more closely grouped and form a 
more rectangular area, whose transverse diameter is also 
shorter in proportion to the longitudinal. 

The abdomen is rather broad, and of an oblong-oval form 
truncate before; it is of a dull brown colour, the slightly 
reddish-yellow adpressed pubescence being mixed with longer, 
stronger, prominent, black bristly hairs. 

The example above described was found under a stone near 
Sherborne, in the spring of 1878, by my nephew, Frederick 
Octavius Pickard-Cambridge. Although, owing to its not 


* Theridion gemmosum, L. Koch, Nuremberg, 1878. 


14* 


192 Rey. O. P. Cambridge on some 


being adult, its best specific characters are not developed, I 
have ventured to describe it as a new species; it is, at any 
rate, distinct from G. anglica, Cambr., and G. lugubris, C. L. 
Koch, the only other British forms of the genus yet dis- 
covered. 

Genus DRASSUS. 


Drassus minor, sp.n. (Pl. XII. fig. 1.) 


Adult female, length 2 lines. 

Cephalothorax elongate-oval ; lateral constrictions at caput 
slight; the profile line forms an even, but not strong, curve ; 
clypeus not exceeding in height the diameter of the fore- 
central eyes. Colour pale dull yellow-brown, some dark 
veinings indicating the normal indentations. 

Eyes rather large and closely grouped, in the ordinary two 
curved transverse lines, but not very different in size; the hind- 
central pair oval and oblique, their most proximate points sepa- 
rated from each other by less than their narrowest diameter, 
and each is separated by only a very slightly greater interval 
from the hind-lateral next to it. Fore-central pair large, 
separated by a very small interval, and about equally distant 
from the fore laterals. 

Legs not very long, but strong; relative length 4, 1, 2, 3, 
rather paler in colour than the cephalothorax, and furnished 
with a few spines, chiefly on the tibiae and metatarsi of the 
third and fourth pairs of legs. 

Falces moderately long, tolerably strong, and rather darker 
in hue than the legs. 

Mazxille strong, of ordinary form, curved and _ inclined 
towards the labium, but with a very slight impression across 
the middle; colour darker than that of the cephalothorax. 

Labium oblong-oval, longer than broad, apex rather 
rounded, and rather darker than the maxille. 

Abdomen elongate-oval, rather truncate before ; colour dull 
sooty brown, with a somewhat deeper longitudinal central 
stripe on the fore half of the upperside; on each side of this 
are faintly visible the usual three elongate pale spots in a 
curved longitudinal line, followed by a very faint indication 
of the usual transverse angular lines. The underside is 
paler than the upper, and the whole is clothed with very short 
pale hairs. The genital aperture is tolerably large, of cha- 
racteristic and distinctive form, with a red-brown corneous 
margin ; and immediately behind it are two red-brown, shining, 
circular, convex spots close to each other in a transverse line. 
The whole is surrounded by coarse, dark, converging hairs. 

An adult and two immature females of this species were 


new and rare British Spiders. 193 


found at the roots of coarse grass and herbage on the Wey- 
mouth side of the Chesil Beach, near the Portland Station, 
on the 6th of June, 1879. It is allied to Drassus eriminalis, 
Cambr., and D. infuscatus, Westr., but is very much smaller 
and differs totally in the form of the genital aperture, as well 
as in the relative position of the eyes, though resembling them 
a good deal in general form and colouring. 


Fam. Theridiides. 
Genus STEATODA, Sund. 
Steatoda Clarkit, sp. n. 


Length of an immature female, 2 lines. 

Cephalothorax constricted laterally on the margins at caput, 
and of a yellow-brown colour. 

Eyes rather large and closely grouped in a transverse-oval 
figure; those of the hind-central and lateral pairs nearly equal 
in size and pearly white; those of fore-central pair dark- 
coloured, further apart than those of hind-central pair, but 
forming a line of nearly equal length; those of the hinder 
row equidistant from each other, and separated by intervals 
of less than an eye’s diameter; the four centrals form a 
square. 

Legs short, 1, 4, 2, 3, tolerably strong, and of a brownish- 
yellow colour. 

Abdomen oval, tolerably convex above and projecting a 
good deal over the base of cephalothorax. Colour brownish 
yellow-white on the upperside, with a broadish submarginal 
bordering band of red-brown, interrupted at the fore extre- 
mity and at three other places on each side by transverse 
brownish-yellow distinct lines; sides and underpart brownish 
yellow, the former marked and spotted with reddish brown 
near the posterior extremity. 

Sternum dark yellow-brown. 

A single example of this very distinct species was received 
some years ago, among many other spiders, from the late Rev. 
Hamlet Clark, by whom it was found near Torquay. Owing 
to its having been accidentally mislaid until very lately, it has 
hitherto escaped notice. 


THERIDIOSOMA, g. 0. 


Cephalothorax short; thorax round-oval, gradually rising 
in a curve to the ocular area; caput strongly constricted on 
the lateral margins, and deeply indented on each side near 
the thoracic junction. 


194 Rev. O. P. Cambridge on some 


Eyes of tolerable size, subequal and closely grouped, in 
two rows, the posterior row much the most strongly curved ; 
those of the fore-central pair placed on a tubercular promi- 
nence. Four centraleyes form a trapezoid whose anterior side 
is shortest. 

Legs short, moderately strong; relative length 1, 2, 4, 3, 
or 1, 4, 2, 3, furnished with coarse hairs and a few strong 
bristles only. 

Mazille short, strong, and straight, convex in front, broad 
at their extremities, where the outer side is well rounded, and 
the inner side rather less so. 

Labium short and somewhat semicircular. 

Abdomen large and globular. 

This is a genus of very great interest, and appears to be a 
connecting link between Theridion and Hpeira. Dr. L. Koch 
includes a very closely allied species, found near Nuremberg, 
in the genus Theridion (T. gemmosum) ; but the form of the 
maxille and the stronger legs seem to exclude it entirely from 
that group, and to necessitate a new genus for its reception. 
Dr. Koch describes the snare as consisting simply of a few lines 
spun from plant to plant. This habit, together with some 
structural considerations, exclude it from the Hpeitrides, which, 
however, it resembles in the form of the maxille. The egg- 
cocoon is described as pear-shaped; it is suspended by a 


slender footstalk, and is apparently very like that of Lo 
thoracica. 


Theridiosoma argenteolum, sp.n. (Pl. XII. fig. 8.) 


Adult female, length very slightly over 1 line. 

The colour of the cephalothorax is yellow, the caput suffused 
with sooty black, especially on the sides near the occiput ; 
a few hairs are directed forwards from the ocular area, with 
some others disposed in a central longitudinal line running 
backwards. 

The eyes occupy the whole width of the caput at its rather 
produced extremity ; those of the hind-central pair are of a 
bluish-grey hue, and are nearer together than each is to the 
hind-lateral eye on its side; the interval being about half 
an eye’s diameter. Those of each lateral pair are placed 
slightly obliquely on a tubercle, the hinder one being the 
smallest and of a pearly-white hue ; the fore-laterals are pale 
greyish; the fore-centrals are seated on a rather strong tuber- 
cular prominence, and are dark-coloured and not easily seen ; 
the hinder row is much more strongly curved than the ante- 
rior one; the eyes of the latter are near together, but not con- 
tiguous, the interval between the fore-centrals being very 


new and rare British Spiders. 195 


small, while that between each and the fore-lateral on its side 
is a little greater. 

The /egs are short, moderately strong, 1, 2, 4,3; but the 
difference between 2 and 4 is very slight. Their colour is 
yellow, the tibie tinged with brownish orange, and much 
stronger than the metatarsi; the extreme point of the meta- 
tarsi and the fore half of the tarsi are black. Their armature 
consists of hairs and a very few prominent and rather strong 
bristles only, none of the latter, however, being sufliciently 
strong to be called a spine; the tarsal claws are rather weak. 

The palpi are slender, short, of a yellowish colour, tipped 
with blackish, and furnished with coarse bristles. 

The falces are moderate in length and strength, vertical, 
and similar to the legs in colour, the denticulations being very 
minute. 

The maxille are of a dull yellowish hue; and the labiwm 
is rather darker-coloured. 

The sternum is of a somewhat subtriangular form, yellow 
along the middle, with a broad dark yellowish-brown border. 

The abdomen is very large, globular, and projects greatly 
over the base of the cephalothorax. It is very thinly clothed 
with hairs, and is of a shining silvery-white colour, with a 
golden tinge on the middle of the upperside, and clouded in 
parts with a pale brownish-claret hue, forming a definite 
though not a very strongly marked pattern; and the whole 
surface is covered with an irregular network of fine dusky 
lines. On the fore part of the upperside is a ring formed by 
a band of a pale claret colour; the enclosed space bears a 
blackish cruciform marking; this is followed by a somewhat 
dagger-shaped marking of a similar hue, which runs into a 
large, quadrate, dull claret-coloured area; this area is rather 
the palest along the middle and at the fore extremity, but 
reaches quite to the spinners, on each side a little above which 
there is a rather large silvery blotch, with another, smaller one 
still nearer to the spinners. The sides are marked with a 
strong oblique claret-coloured stripe or band. The under- 
side is reddish brown. ‘The spinners are short and compact, 
the four outer ones equal in length. The genital aperture is 
rather large, of a transverse somewhat oval form, and placed 
behind a strong shining black prominence. 

A single example of this very pretty and distinct little 
spider was found among low herbage on the edge of a watery 
swamp near Bloxworth, on the 30th of June, 1879. It is 
closely allied to Theridion gemmosum, L. K.; but on compari- 
son with types of that species received from Dr. L. Koch, I 
think it is of a distinct species. The colouring and pattern 


196 Rev. O. P. Cambridge on some 


are different, the tibiae of the first pair of legs are rather 
longer and stouter, and the interval between the eyes of the 
hind-central pair is greater. 


Genus NERIENE, Blackw. 
Neriene reproba, sp.n. (Pl. XII. fig. 2.) 


Length of the adult male very nearly 13 line. 

The cephalothorax is of a dusky yellow-brown colour, marked 
with converging lateral indistinct markings of a deeper hue ; 
its convexity is moderate ; the lateral marginal compression 
at the caput is scarcely visible ; and the profile line forms a 
gradual. and pretty even curve from the hinder extremity to 
the eyes. The height of the clypeus slightly exceeds half 
that of the facial space. 

The eyes are in the usual position, placed on black tuber- 
cular spots, and form an area whose transverse measurement 
is about double that of the longitudinal diameter. They are 
of moderate size, and do not differ greatly from each other in 
that respect; and the curves of the two rows (of which the 
anterior is the shortest, and the convexities of which are 
directed away from each other) are as nearly as possible 
equal. ‘The eyes of the hind-central pair are separated by 
rather more than a diameter’s interval; and their distance 
from the hind-laterals is considerably greater; those of the 
fore-central pair are rather the smallest of the eight, con- 
tiguous to each other, and separated by a diameter’s inter- 
val from the fore-laterals; those of each lateral pair are conti- 
guous to each other, and seated obliquely on a strong tubercle. 

The legs are moderate in length and strength, 4, 1, 2, 3, 
tapering regularly to their extremities, well furnished with 
coarse, rather prominent hairs, and a few slender erect bristles 
and hairs; they are of a pale dull yellow-brown colour, rather 
deepening in hue towards their extremities, 

The palpi are rather short, similar in colour to the legs, 
excepting the fore part of the radial joint, which is blackish red- 
brown, and the digital joint, which is of a dark yellow-brown 
hue. The radial is rather shorter but stronger than the cubital 
joint; its fore extremity on the upperside is produced, and 
strongly emarginate or indented in a circular form, leaving 
two cusps, of which that on the inner side is slightly curved, 
pointed, and of a corneous appearance; this joint is furnished 
with coarse hairs and black bristles, of which those on the 
outer side are most numerous and strongest. The digital 
joint is of moderate size, oval, with a large roundish lobe 
at the base on the outer side tinged with red-brown; and at 


new and rare British Spiders. 197 


the middle of the hinder extremity is a short red-brown, some- 
what tooth-like, pointed prominence, whose point is directed 
outwards. The palpal organs are highly developed and 
complex ; a strong somewhat pointed process, with its inner 
edge minutely serrated, projects prominently downwards from 
near their centre; and at their fore extremity on the outer 
side is another short strong one, of a black hue, whose ex- 
tremity appears to be subdivided into several short divergent 
projections. 

The falces are similar in colour to the cephalothorax, mode- 
rately long, powerful, vertical, slightly divergent at their 
extremities; and each falx has a strong, sharp-pointed, tooth- 
like process in front, towards the fore extremity on the inner 
side. 

The maville are strong, especially at their base on the 
outer side, where the palpi are inserted, obliquely truncated 
at their extremity on the outer side, and strongly inclined 
towards the labium; the latter is short, and of a somewhat 
semicircular form. 

The abdomen is oval, rounded before, pointed behind, and 
moderately convex above; it is of a dull sooty yellowish- 
brown hue, clothed thinly with coarse blackish hairs. 

This spider is allied to Nerdene livida, Bl., but may easily 
be distinguished by the tooth-like process on the falces, and 
the absence of the red-brown impressed spots on the upper- 
side of the abdomen, as well as by the totally different struc- 
ture of the palpi and palpal organs. It 1s also allied to 
Nertene (Drepanodus) albipunctata, Cambr.; but the bifid 
termination of the tooth-like process on the falces of the 
latter, the armature of the tibize of the first and second pairs 
of legs, and the wide separation of the fore-central eyes, will, 
with some other important differences, distinguish the present 
species at once from that spider. 

A single example of the adult male was found under a 
stone at Ringstead (on the coast between Weymouth and 
Whitenose), in April 1879, by my nephew, Frederick O. P.- 
Cambridge. 

Neriene rudis, sp. n. 

Length of the adult female rather more than 1 line. 

The profile of the upper part of the caput of this spider 
forms a strong curve, the occipital region being considerably 
convex; the lateral constrictions on the lower margins of the 
caput are but slight. 

The colour of the cephalothorax is a bright shining yellow- 
brown; the legs (which are tolerably long, rather slender, 


198 Rey. O. P. Cambridge on some 


and furnished with hairs and a few fine bristles) being a 
little lighter in hue, while the falces, maxille, labium, and 
sternum are darker. The falces are long, powerful, verti- 
eal, and prominent near their base in front, being also armed 
with a row of five strongish teeth on the inner side of the 
extremity of each falx. 

The eyes are in the ordinary position and placed on dark 
tubercles ; they are rather small, and do not differ very greatly 
in size. Those of the hind-central pair are much nearer to each 
other than each is to the hind-lateral eye on its side, the interval 
between them being equal to a little more than an eye’s diame- 
ter; those of the fore-central pair are almost contiguous to each 
other. The clypeus projects evenly forwards; and its height 
rather exceeds half that of the facial space. 

The palpi are tolerably long, similar in colour to the legs ; 
the radial and digital joints are of a deeper tinge, and devoid 
of any terminal claw. 

The abdomen is of an oblong, somewhat cylindric-ovate 
form, rather broadest at its hinder extremity; its colour is 
black; and it is thinly clothed with hairs. The genital aperture 
is large, prominent, of characteristic form, and of a dark 
blackish and red-brown colour. 

A damaged example of the male appeared to show but little 
difference from the female in general character and appear- 
ance. The falces, however, are less powerful; and the abdo- 
men is shorter and less cylindric in form. The palpi have the 
cubital and radial joints short; the latter is considerably pro- 
duced at its fore extremity on the upperside, the termination 
being obtusely pointed and directed slightly outwards; and 
on the outer margin of the radial joint is a rather dense tuft of 
strong black hairs. The digital joint is large and of a short 
roundish-oval form; the palpal organs are prominent and 
complex ; near their extremity, on the inner side, is a strong, 
tapering, sharp-pointed, black spine, which curves round in a 
nearly circular form underneath the fore extremity of the digital 
joint, and has its hair-like point in contact with the outer side 
of the palpal organs, at whose extremity there are also several 
other prominent corneous processes and spines. At the base of 
the palpal organs, on the outer side, is a strong curved process, 
somewhat obscured by the tuft of hairs on the outside of the 
radial joint. 

Examples of this spider, which I believe to be hitherto 
undescribed, were contained in a collection made by Mr. H. 
C. Young of Glasgow, near that city, and kindly sent to me 
for determination. 


new and rare British Spiders. 199 


Neriene exhilarans, sp.n. (Pl. XII. fig. 3.) 


Adult male, length 1 line. 

Cephalothoraz oval, with little or no lateral marginal im- 
pression at the caput; the profile line forms an even slope, 
with the slightest possible curve, from the hinder extremity 
to the occiput, which is a little gibbous; the ocular area 
slopes forwards ; and the clypeus (the height of which exceeds 
half that of the facial space) is rather prominent at its lower 
margin; immediately behind each lateral pair of eyes is a 
small, slightly elongate, but rather deep indentation, on the 
inner side of which is a distinct triangular black spot. The 
colour of the cephalothorax is a deep rich brown; and its 
whole surface is very finely and thickly punctuose. Along 
the central line of the caput is a single row of four or five 
bristles directed forwards ; and a few others occupy the ocular 
area. - 

The eyes are not very large, nor do they differ greatly in 
size; they are in the usual position—rather closely grouped 
together, the two rows being near to each other. Those of 
the hind-central pair are separated from each other by rather 
less than a diameter’s interval, and from the laterals by 
rather more than a diameter; those of each lateral pair are 
seated slightly obliquely on a strong tubercle. 

The legs are slender, tolerably long, of an orange-yellow 
colour, furnished with hairs, and with two or three very 
slender erect bristles on the genual and tibial joints; relative 
length 1, 4, 2, 3. 

The palpi are slender, moderately long, of a pale orange- 
yellow colour, the digital joints brown. The radial and cubital 
joints are of the same length; the former is the strongest, 
and has, at the inner side of its fore extremity, a slightly 
tapering, curved, and obtusely-pointed reddish-brown apo- 
physis, rather less in length than the joint itself. The digital 
joint is rather large, and has a strong lobe or protuberance on 
the outer side. The palpal organs are not very prominent, or 
very complex. A slender, black, filiform spine issues from 
their base on the outer side, crosses over to the inner side of 
their fore extremity, which it encircles, passing close beneath 
the point of the digital joint, and forming a sinuous coil at 
their fore extremity rather on the outer side, in contact with 
some semitransparent membrane. 

The falces are strong, divergent, prominent in front, and 
the extremities rather attenuated. heir colour is like that 
of the cephalothorax ; towards their outer margins, and more 
sparingly in front, they are furnished with some minute 


200 Rev. O. P. Cambridge on some 


tubercles, each terminating with a fine hair; and on their 
inner sides are some sharp teeth, the longest and strongest 
of which is placed in front of the rest, just at the point where 
the attenuation begins. 

The mazille are strong, much bent and inclined to the 
labium, and furnished on their outer sides with some denti- 
form tubercles, each of which ends with a bristle. 

The labium is very short, truncated at its apex, and (with 
the maxille) of the same colour as the falces. 

The sternum is large, heart-shaped, very finely punctuose, 
and of a deep blackish-brown colour. 

The abdomen is oval, moderately convex above, and pro- 
jects a little over the base of the cephalothorax ; it is of a 
dark blackish olive-green hue, thickly covered (when seen 
through spirit) with pale yellowish lines and spots, and 
clothed with short hairs. ‘The spinners are short, of a pale 
colour, and placed in a sort of sunken hollow, or pit, of a 
circular form. A little way in front of them, beneath the 
abdomen, are two parallel transverse folds in the epidermis, 
within which I conceive there may be the external orifices to 
some supernumerary breathing-organs. 

A single example of this very distinct spider was found by 
myself among moss in a fir-plantation near Bloxworth, on the 
17th of May, 1879. It is evidently closely allied to Neriene 
sulcata, Bl., a spider I have never seen; but as Mr. Black- 
wall does not mention the very remarkable and easily-observed 
characters furnished by the tubercles on the falces and max- 
ill, I think there can be no doubt of its specific difference. 


Neriene nefaria, sp.n. (Pl. XII. fig. 4.) 

Length of the adult male 1 line. 

The cephalothorax is of ordinary form; the lateral con- 
striction on the lateral margins of the caput is slight, the 
occiput a little rounded, and with only a slight depression 
between it and the thoracic indentation. The oblique indenta- 
tions marking the junction of the caput and thorax are strong, 
and, together with those on the thorax, are marked by dusk 
black converging lines, the general ground-colour being dull 

reenish olive yellow-brown, with a black marginal line. 
The height of the clypeus, which is a little gibbous or rounded 
in profile, is rather more than half that of the facial space. 

The eyes are in two curved rows, well separated from each 
other, and occupying the whole width of the upper part of 
the caput, the curve of the posterior row being the strongest. 
The length of the anterior row is but very slightly shorter 
than that of the posterior one; the eyes of each of the lateral 


new and rare British Spiders. 201 


pairs are contiguous to each other, and seated on tubercles, 
being thus but very slightly oblique in their position. The 
eyes of the posterior row are of equal size, and separated by 
equal intervals of no more than a diameter’s extent. Those 
of the fore-central pair are nearer together, but not quite con- 
tiguous to each other; the fore-laterals are the largest of the 
eight, and are distant from the fore-centrals by about the 
diameter of the latter. The four central eyes form a narrow 
trapezoid, the anterior side of which is shorter than the pos- 
terior. 

The legs are rather short, tolerably strong, their relative 
length 4, 1, 2,3; they are of a clear yellow colour, furnished 
with coarse hairs and a fair number of short, erect, fine bristles, 
mostly on the tibiz and metatarsi of the first two pairs; a 
single stronger bristle also springs from the anterior extremity 
of the genual joints. 

The palpi? are similar in colour and armature to the legs. 

The falces are vertical, moderate in length and strength, 
divergent at their extremities, and similar in colour to the 
cephalothorax. 

The mawille are strong and a little inclined to the labium, 
which is broad but short ; these parts are similar in colour to 
the falces. 

The sternum is heart-shaped and of a deeper hue. 

The abdomen is of moderate size, and of a broadish oviform 
shape ; it is of a dull blackish colour, palest underneath, and 
pretty thickly clothed with coarse hairs. The process con- 
nected with the genital aperture is rather prominent, of a 
red-brown hue, and of characteristic form. A little way in 
front of the spmners, beneath the extremity of the abdomen, 
is a very distinct transverse slit, or narrow opening, of consi- 
derable length; this, without a doubt, is the orifice of an 
additional spiracular organ, and forms a very strong specific 
character in the present spider, even if it be of no greater 
systematic significance. 

A single example was found at the roots of herbage on the 
edge of the low cliffs bordering the Smallmouth Sands, near 
Weymouth, on the occasion of the meeting of the Dorset 
Natural-History and Antiquarian Field Club, on the 2nd 
July, 1879. 


Neriene mystica, sp.n. (Pl. XII. fig. 5.) 


Adult female, length 1 line. 

The cephalothorax is of an elongate-oval form somewhat 
drawn out at the fore extremity, the clypeus projecting, and 
equal in height to half that of the facial space. It is of a 


202 Rey. O. P. Cambridge on some 


dull greenish yellow-brown colour; the margins and some 
vein-like converging lines blackish, and the fore part slightly 
suffused with a sooty hue. The hinder slope has a very large, 
deepish, extended indentation, giving it a hollow appearance 
in profile, with a prominence at the thoracic junction, and a 
correspondingly deep depression directly behind the occiput, 
which is a very little gibbous; the ocular area slopes for- 
wards; and the clypeus (seen in profile) projects in a slightly 
upturned form: the whole profile line is thus characteris- 
tically, but unusually, irregular. 

Behind each lateral pair of eyes is a slight longitudinal 
indentation running backwards. The ocular area is of a 
broadish transverse-oval shape ; and the eyes are rather closely 
grouped together: those of the hind-central pair, which are 
the largest, are further from each other than each is from the 
lateral on its side, the interval being about equal to an eye’s 
diameter; the interval between the fore-centrals is very 
small, and each is contiguous to the fore lateral next to it; 
the lateral pairs are placed very slightly obliquely. 

The legs are slender, rather short, of a pale orange-yellow 
colour, furnished with hairs and, chiefly on the tibial joints, 
with a few erect slender bristles. 

The falces are small, straight, slightly inclined backwards, 
and (with the maxille, labium, and sternum) similar in colour 
to the cephalothorax. 

The abdomen is large, tolerably convex above, of a some- 
what oblong-oval form, and projects, though not greatly, 
over the base of the thorax ; it is of a dull black hue tinged 
with olive, glossy, and very sparingly clothed with hairs. A 
very broad strong prominent process is connected with the 
genital aperture, the extremity being of a somewhat recurved 
form. 

A single example of this spider was received about the 
middle of June 1879 from my cousin, Colonel Pickard, R.A., 
by whom it was found at Balmoral Castle, Scotland. The 
very peculiar and irregular profile line of the cephalothorax, 
the projecting clypeus, and prominent genital process will 
serve to distinguish this species from all its congeners known 
to me. 


Neriene tmproba, sp.n. (Pl. XII. fig. 6.) 


Length of the adult male, 4; of an inch. 

Cephalothorax dark black-brown tinged with an olive- 
greenish hue. Ocular area somewhat produced forwards, but 
with no eminence or elevation on the caput; profile level, the 
dip between the caput and thorax very slight. 


new and rare British Spiders. 203 


The eyes are at the extremity of the caput. The fore-cen- 
trals describe a square whose posterior side is longer than the 
rest. The position of the fore-central and lateral pairs is 
rather difficult to make out, owing to their indistinctness ; 
but the interval between the eyes of the former considerably 
exceeds a diameter. 

Legs moderately long, slender, yellow. 

Falpi short ; digital joint and palpal organs very large, the 
rest very slender. ‘The cubital joint is very short; the radial 
stronger and considerably produced in front, in a somewhat 
curved form, over the base of the digital joint, pointing out- 
wards, its extremity being deeply cleft, or bifid ; the posterior 
portion of the bifid part is prominent and tipped with a small 
reddish-brown point, the anterior portion is obtuse, and ad- 
heres more closely to the digital joint. The palpal organs are 
complex, but tolerably compact ; and at their extremity is a 
very small, fine, brown spine, curved in a circular form, but 
almost concealed in a membranous substance. 

Abdomen black and glossy. 

A single example was received in 1878 from Mr. T. Work- 
man of Belfast, by whom it was found near that city, and kindly 
sent to me among some other spiders taken in the same locality. 
Subsequently (May 15, 1879) an adult and immature males 
were found at Bloxworth, under some bricks in the Rectory 
yard. In the form and structure of the palpi and palpal 
organs this spider bears much general resemblance to Wale- 
kenaéra erythropus, Westr. (Cambr. ‘ Spiders of Dorset,’ 
p- 165); but the entire absence of any elevation on the caput 
distinguishes it at a glance from that species. The portion of 
structure also, in the palpus of that spider, corresponding to the 
posterior part of the bifid extremity of the radial apophysis in 
the present species, emerges very distinctly from beneath the 
joint, while in the present spider it appears to form part of the 
upperside of it. 


Walckenaéra minutissima, sp.n. (Pl. XII. fig. 7.) 


Adult female length } line (5 of an inch). 

The cephalothorax, legs, palpi, falees, maxille, labium, and 
sternum of this exceedingly minute spider are of a not very 
deep brown colour, the genual joints of the legs being much 
paler than the rest. 

The abdomen is large, of a globular form, and _ projects 
greatly over the thorax, its colour being of a dull olive-green 
strongly suffused with a sooty hue, and its surface thinly 
clothed with short hairs. 

In its general form this little spider is very like Walekena- 


204 Rev. O. P. Cambridge on some 


éra brevipes, Westr., resembling it in the short broad cephalo- 
thorax, short legs, and round abdomen. It is, however,a smaller 
spider, and of a paler hue; and although the eyes are in a 
very similar general position, they are larger and more closely 
grouped together. The interval, also, between those of the 
central pair of the hinder row is greater, being double that 
which separates each of them from the lateral eye on its side ; 
whereas in W. brevipes the eyes of the hinder row are sepa- 
rated by equal intervals. In the present spider the position of 
the eyes approaches very nearly to that of Pholcomma gibbum, 
Westr. The height of the clypeus, also, in W. minutissima 
is greater than in W. brevipes, being very nearly equal 
to two thirds of the height of the ocular area, while in W. 
brevipes it 1s only a little more than one half of the height of 
that area. In the male (when discovered) the height of the 
clypeus will probably be found to exceed two thirds that of 
the ocular area. The legs are slender, short, and furnished 
with hairs, one or two being erect. 

From Walckenaéra brevis, Wid., the present spider may 
be distinguished, not only by the same characters in respect 
of the eyes which distinguish it from W. brevipes, but by its 
much smaller size, paler colour, and the still greater propor- 
tional height of the clypeus, which in W, brevis is no more 
than half that of the ocular area. 

Two adult females were received from Colonel Pickard, 
R.A., by whom they were found at Balmoral Castle, Scotland, 
about the middle of June 1879. 


Genus LinyputiA, Latr. 
Linyphia subnigripes, sp. n. 

Length of an adult female, 14 line. 

The cephalothorax is of ordinary form ; its colour is yellow- 
brown, marked with a dusky brown marginal line and indis- 
tinct converging bars, following the course of the normal 
indentations. There is also a central longitudinal line of the 
same colour. 

The eyes are seated on black spots, those of the posterior 
row forming a transverse straight line, the interval between 
those of the hind-central pair being greater than that between 
each and the hind-lateral eye on its side; the fore-central 
pair are placed on a prominence, which brings them rather 
considerably in advance of the rest. 

The legs are long, slender, and tapering, furnished with 
hairs, and distinct, prominent, but not very strong spines ; 
they are similar in colour to the cephalothorax, excepting the 


new and rare British Spiders. 205 


tibie and metatarsi of the first, second, and fourth pairs, and 
part of the metatarsi of the third pair, which are of a deep 
blackish-brown hue. The lengths of the second and fourth 
pairs differ but little if any thing; the first pair is the longest, 
and the third shortest. 

The palp? are, like the legs, furnished with hairs and spines, 
and of a yellow-brown colour, the radial and digital joints 
black-brown. 

The abdomen is oviform, and projects a little over the hinder 
part of the thorax; it is of a dull yellowish-brown hue, marked 
(especially above) with numerous irregularly shaped, yellowish 
white, somewhat shining, cretaceous spots, whose disposition 
leaves an indistinctly defined, longitudinal, central, yellowish- 
brown stripe on the fore half of the upperside, and some 
oblique lateral ones. The genital aperture is small, not very 
prominent, but of characteristic form and dark red-brown 
colour. 

A single example of this spider was kindly sent to me by 
Mr. T. Workman, by whom it was found near Belfast in the 
autumn of 1878. It is allied to Linyphia luteola, Blackw. ; 
but the dark brown portions of the legs and palpi distinguish 
it at once from that and from all other species known 
to me. 

Linyphia relativa, sp. n. 

Length of an adult male, slightly over 1 line. 

Cephalothorax broadish oval, a very little constricted on the 
lateral margins at the caput, of a yellowish colour slightly 
tinged with brown, and with some lateral converging lines of 
a deeper hue. The hinder slope is rather abrupt, deeply and 
broadly indented ; and the profile line of the upper part of the 
thorax and caput is level, with a very slight impression 
behind the occiput. The ocular area is a little prominent, and, 
as well as the upper part of the caput, which is rather rounded, 
is thinly furnished with bristly hairs directed forwards. The 
height of the clypeus exceeds half that of the facial space. 

The eyes are on black spots ; those of the posterior row are 
removed from each other by rather less than an eye’s dia- 
meter; those of each lateral pair are placed obliquely ; those 
of the fore-central pair are the smallest of the eight, and con- 
tiguous to each other. The four central eyes form a square, 
whose anterior side, however, is much shorter than the rest, 

The legs are long, slender, 1, 2, 4, 3, similar in colour to 
the cephalothorax, furnished with hairs and armed with long, 
rather slender, but distinct black spines: three of these on each 
of the tibie of the second, third, and fourth pairs, one on the 

Ann. & Mag. N. Ilist. Ser, 5. Vol. iv. 15 


206 Rev. O. P. Cambridge on some 


genua, and one on the inner side of the fore extremity of the 
femora of the first pair only, the tibiee of this pair having four ; 
there is a single spine also on each of the metatarsi. 

The palpi are rather short, and similar to the legs in colour. 
The radial and cubital joints are of equal length: the former 
is much the stronger, and is a little produced at its fore extre- 
mity on the upperside ; it is furnished with black bristles and 
hairs; four of the strongest of the former are curved and taper- 
ing, and form nearly a straight line from the base to the extre- 
mity of the joint, the line being also continued backwards by 
another similar bristle at the middle of the fore extremity of 
the cubital joint; these bristles are all about the same length 
and strength. The digital joints are of good size, and have 
their convex sides directed inwards to each other; each has a 
large lobe on the outer side, and two small subconical pro- 
minences at its posterior extremity. The palpal organs are 
prominent and complex, with a strong, subangularly curved 
process at their base on the outer side; the posterior extre- 
mity of this process is the largest and most prominent; and 
there are some bristly hairs issuing from near the other (or an- 
terior) extremity. 

The falces are moderately strong, rather long, divergent, a 
little bent outwards near their fore extremity, and directed 
backwards, towards the sternum; their colour is a little 
browner than that of the cephalothorax. 

The colour of the mazille is dull yellowish, and the labéum 
and sternum are strongly suffused with brown. 

The abdomen is short oviform, considerably convex above, 
and projects a little over the base of the cephalothorax ; it is 
of a dull brown hue, broken up into blotches, or reticulated 
by pale irregular lines on the upper part and sides, the under- 
side being dark brown. 

An example of this spider was found among moss in Bere- 
wood, adjoining the Bloxworth woods, on the 2nd of May, 
1879. It is allied to Linyphia alacris, Bl, but may be 
distinguished easily, by the different pattern of the cephalo- 
thorax and abdomen, and by the absence of the very long, 
strong, single bristle which projects from the fore side of each 
of the cubital and radial joints of the palpus of that species— 
the bristles on those joints of the present spider being (as 
above described) more numerous, and, as nearly as possible, 
equal in length and strength. 


Linyphia turbatria, sp. n. 
Adult male, length 1 line, or a little over. 
The whole of this spider is of a yellow-brown colour, the 


new and rare British Spiders. 207 


cephalothorax being the palest and clearest, and the abdomen 
the darkest, with a sooty hue. The caput and thorax are about 
level as far as the thoracic junction, whence the posterior slope 
is distinct but not very abrupt; between the occiput, which 
is rather rounded, and the thoracic junction is a very slight 
shallow depression. The clypeus is almost vertical, and its 
height is less than half that of the facial space; on the fore 
part of the caput, and along the central line backwards, are a 
few strong bristly hairs. 

The eyes are of tolerable size, seated on black spots, and 
occupy the whole width of the fore extremity of the caput ; 
the interval between those of the hind-central pair is distinctly 
greater than that between each of them and the hind-lateral 
eye on its side, being about equal to a diameter; those 
of the fore-central pair are contiguous to each other, and each 
is separated from the fore-lateral on its side by less than its 
own diameter; the direction of the lateral pairs is slightly 
oblique. The four central eyes form a square, whose anterior 
side is rather shorter than the rest. 

The /egs are rather long, slender, 4, 1, 2, 8, and furnished 
with hairs and a few spine-like bristles. 

The palpi are short and slender ; the radial and cubital joints 
equal in length; the former is very slightly produced and 
rounded at the fore extremity on the upperside, and fur- 
nished with bristly hairs; the latter has a single prominent, 
tapering, slightly sinuous bristle at the fore extremity of its 
upperside. The digital joint is small, and of a narrow or 
somewhat oblong-oval form, rather exceeding in length the 
radial and cubital joints together, and clothed with bristly 
hairs, especially at the fore extremity. The palpal organs 
are not very complex; at their base on the outer side is a 
strong, bent, somewhat crescent-shaped corneous process, 
the fore part being strongly emarginate ; and at their extre- 
mity is a small, straight, sharp, black, thorn-like spine, 
in contact with some semitransparent membrane. 

The falces are vertical, tolerably long, but rather weak, and 
divergent. 

The sternum is similar in colour to the abdomen, which last 
is clothed with strong bristly hairs. 

The female resembles the male in general form and colours, 
but is larger. The genital process is characteristic but not 
conspicuously prominent. 

Two males and a female of this spider were found in a 
swamp near Bloxworth, at the end of June 1879. The male 
may easily be distinguished from Linyphia oblivia, Cambr., 
L, oblita, Cambr., and some other allied and rather obscure 

15% 


208 Rev. O. P. Cambridge on some 


species, by the very narrow form of the digital joints of the 
palpi. 
Genus Diz, Thor. 


Dica devoniensis, sp. ti. 

Length of an immature female, nearly 24 lines. 

The cephalothorax, legs, palpi, and other fore parts are of 
a brownish-yellow colour, tinged with reddish; a rather 
radiated area at the thoracic junction suffused with whitish. 
The metatarsi, and the larger portion of the tibie of the first 
two pairs, are armed beneath with two parallel longitudinal 
rows of spines. 

The eyes of the hind-central pair are nearer to each other 
than each is to the lateral eye next to it. The four central 
eyes form a square, the anterior side being a little shorter 
than the posterior one. 

The abdomen is oval, of a pale dull brownish-yellow colour 
mottled with yellowish-white, and with some pale transverse 
lines along the middle of the upperside. 

The spider above described was received some years ago 
from the late Rev. Hamlet Clark, by whom it was found near 
Torquay. It has been mislaid, and so overlooked until re- 
cently. M. Simon, who has examined this specimen, is of 
opinion that it belongs to an undescribed species. It is 
certainly very distinct from any other British Thomisid ; 
probably, however, the colours have faded since it was 
caught. 


The following spiders are now for the first time recorded as 
British :-— 


Genus GNAPHOSA, Latr. 


Gnaphosa lugubris. 


Gnaphosa lugubris, C. L. Koch, Die Arachn. vi. p. 60, Taf. exev. fig. 473 ; 
E. Simon, Arachn. d. France, iv. p. 174. 

I have met with the female in the adult state in the months 
of September 1878 and Apml 1879, under old turves on 
Bloxworth Heath, together with numerous immature indivi- 
duals of both sexes. It is nearly allied to Gnaphosa anglica, 
Cambr., but is larger and differs in the structure of the genital ° 
aperture, although resembling that species very closely in 
general form and colours. 


aew and rare British Spiders. 209 


Genus Drassus, Walck. 


Drassus infuscatus. 
Drassus infuscatus, Westr, Ar. Suec. p. 347. 


An adult female occurred among dead leaves and moss in a 
wood at Bloxworth at the end of September 1878. It is 
closely allied to Drassus troglodytes, C. Koch, and to Drassus 
criminalis, Cambr., but differs from both in the form and 
structure of the genital aperture. 


Genus Prostuestma, L. Koch. 
Prosthesima Latreillir, 

Prosthesima Latreillii, Sim. Arachn. d. France, iv. p. 62. 

Meiancphora atra, C. Koch, Die Arachn. vi. p. 88, Taf. cci. fig. 493. 

Two adult examples (one of each sex) of this spider were 
found on Bloxworth Heath in May 1877, but were at the 
time mistaken for Prosthesima nigrita, Faby. (Drassus pusil- 
lus, Bl.). An adult female was received in the spring of 
1876 from Ventnor, and an adult male from Balmoral, where 
it was found in June 1879 by Col. Pickard, R.A. I also 
met with a female and its egg-~cocoon under a stone at Pox- 
well, near Weymouth, at the beginning of July 1879. The 
egg-cocoon is of a lenticular form and of a dark yellowish 
red-brown colour. 

Although very similar in general appearance to P. nigrtta, 
the male may be distinguished at once by the structure of the 
palpi; and the female by the form and structure of the genital 
aperture. 

Prosthesima longipes. 
Melanophora longipes, L. Koch, Die Arachn.-Fam. der Drassiden, 
p- 147, pl. vi. figs. 88, 89. 

Adult and immature examples of both sexes of this spider 
were found on Bloxworth Heath, under old turves and among 
moss and heather, in September 1878. It may be distin- 
guished from its congeners by the much longer and more 
slender legs, as well as by the structure of the palpi of the male, 
and the genital aperture of the female. 


Prosthesima latitans. 
Melanophora latitans, L. Koch, E. Simon, Arachn. d. France, iv. p. 70. 
An adult male of this species was found near Lulworth 
Cove, Dorsetshire, on the 26th of June, 1878. It is closely 
allied to Prosthesima Petiveri?, Scop. (Drassus ater, Bl.), 


210 Rey. O. P. Cambridge on some 


but is of a more completely jet-black colour, and the palpal 
organs are quite different in their structure. 


Prosthesima lutetiana. 


Melanophora ‘lutetiana, V1. Koch, Die Arachn.-Fam. der Draasiden, 
p- 157, Taf. vi. fig. 100 ; and E. Simon, Arachn. de France, iv. p. 78. 
Closely allied to Prosthesima nigrita, Fabr., but larger, and 
differs in the structure of the genital aperture. An adult 
female, found at Dunmore in Scotland, was received in 1878 
from Mr. H. C. Young of Glasgow. Several immature 
examples, which I believe to be also of this species, were 
received some years ago from Mr. W. Farren, by whom they 
were found in Wicken Fen, Cambridgeshire. 


Genus DictyNA, Sund. 


Dictyna viridissima. 


Aranea viridissima, Walck. Faune Par. ii. p. 212, 
Drassus viridissimus, Walck. Ins. Apt. i. p. 231. 


Examples of the adult male of this spider, found at Box 
Hill, Surrey, were sent to me in March 1879, by Mr. T. 
Workman of Belfast. These examples were in bad condition 
and had lost their colour, but have been identified for me by 
Mons. Eugtne Simon. 


Genus NERIENE, Bl. 


Neriene viva. 
Neriene viva, Camby. Proc, Zool. Soc. 1875, p. 330, pl. xliv. fig. 5. 
Two adult males of this very distinct little spider were 
found among rushes and sedgy grass in a swamp near Blox- 


worth in May 1879. 
Neriene barbata. 


Neriene barbata, Thor, Tijds. Ent. xviii. p. 89; and Sy. Akad. Handl. 
xiii. no. 5. 


An adult male was kindly sent to me in March 1879 from 


Glasgow by Mr. H. C. Young, by whom it was found in the 
neighbourhood of that city. 


Genus WALCKENAERA, Bl. 
Walckenaéra prominula. 


Erigone prominula, Camby. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1872, p. 750, pl. xlv. fig. 4. 


Examples of this spider were found at Newhaven, Sussex, 
on furze bushes in bloom, in the months of May and June 


new and rare British Spiders. 211 


1871, by myself and Mons. Eugtne Simon. I have also 
received it from Bavaria and other parts of Germany. 


Genus Puriopromus, Walck. 


Philodromus constellatus. 
Philodromus constellatus, Sim. Arachn, de France, ii. p. 298. 


Closely allied to Philodromus aureolus, Clk., but easily dis- 
tinguished, among other characters, by the large, radiating, 
stellate, brownish-yellow marking at the thoracic junction. 

A single example of the female was found several years 
ago at Bloxworth, but has hitherto been overlooked among 
numerous specimens of P. aureolus. 


Philodromus emarginatus. 

Philodromus emarginatus, Schr. ; Simon, Arachn. de France, ii. p. 277. 

A single example of the female was found at Bloxworth 
some years ago, but, like the preceding species, was over- 
looked among specimens of Philodromus aureolus and P. ces- 
piticolis. It is closely allied to P. Kineatipes, Cambr., of 
which I have, in the course of the year 1878, received adults 
of both sexes from Mr. H. C. Young of Glasgow ; but on a 
comparison of these with adults of P. emarginatus, sent to me 
from France by Mons. EKugétne Simon, I believe the two to 
be distinct species. 


Species lately described in * Spiders of Dorset,’ Pt. 1., as 
either new to science or not before recorded as British. 
Genus SeGEsTriA, Latr. 

Segestria bavarica, C. Koch; O. P. Cambridge, Spiders of 
Dorset, pt. i. p. 8. Isle of Portland. 
Genus Liocranum, L. Koch. 
Liocranum celere, Cambr. U. c. p. 40. Bloxworth, Dorset. 


Genus HAHNIA. 


Hahnia candid® Sim.; Cambr. /.c. p. 71. Portland. 
Hahnia helveola, Sim. ; Cambr. 1. c. p. 72. Bloxworth and 
North Wales. 


Genus Ropertus, Cambr. 
Robertus astutus, Camby. 7. c. p. 103. Bloxworth. 


212 Rev. O. P. Cambridge on some 


Genus NERIENE, Bl. 


Neriene dolosa, Cambr. 1... p. 126. Bloxworth. 
Neriene jugulans, Cambr. /. c. p. 138. Sherborne, Dorset. 


Genus WALCKENAERA, Bl. 


Walckenaéra crassiceps, Westr.; Cambr. /.c. p. 151. Blox- 
worth. 


Genus Linyputa, Latr. 


Linyphia Frederict, Cambr. l. c. p. 186. Warmwell and 
Sherborne. 

Linyphia decipiens, Cambr. 1. c. p. 208. Bloxworth. 

Linyphia pholcommoides, Cambr. 1. c. p. 212. Sherborne. 


Genus Ero, C. L. Koch. 
Ero tuberculata, C. L. Koch; Cambr. Jc. p. 235. Woking- 


ham and Bloxworth. 


Notes on some other Spiders ; with correction of errors in 
“ Notes on British Spiders”? (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 
Feb. 1878, ser. 5, vol. i. pp. 105-128). 


Lethia patula. 
Lethia patulu, Cambr. 1. ¢. p. 108. 


I had inadvertently overlooked the fact that at the time my 
notes on this spider were written (/.¢.) it had already been 
described by M. Simon as a Déctyna (Arachn. de France, i. 
p- 197. It appears, however, to be undeniably a Lethia. 


Lethia albispiraculis. 


Lethia albispiraculis, Cambr. Spiders of Dorset, p. 53; and Ann. & 
Mag. Nat. Hist. Feb. 1878, p. 109, pl. xi. fig. 1, 

Adults of both sexes were again found at Portland on the 
6th of June, 1879. The male resembles the female in general 
colours and appearance ; but it is rather darker, and the spira- 
cular plates are devoid of the shining white hue observable 
(but, 1 find now, not invariably) in the female. This species 
is closely allied to Lethia subnigra, Cambr., but is, I think, 
distinct from it. 

Cryphaca merens. 

Crypheca merens, Cambr. Spiders of Dorset, p. 59. 


An adult female was found by myself on iron railings at 
Bloxworth in April 1879. This example conclusively proves 


new and rare British Spiders. 215 


it to be a Crypheca, allied to C. stlvicola, Hahn, but smaller, 
and differing not only in colour and. markings, but in the 
structure of the genital aperture. The length of the adult 
female is barely over 1 line, while that of this sex of C. s¢lvi- 
cola is from 14-13. It is stated (/.¢.) that the inferior spin- 
ners of the very young and minute type specimen were longer 
than the superior pair. As this is not borne out by the adult 
example now recorded, I conclude that the extra length ob- 
served in the type specimen must have arisen from an acci- 
dental elongation, which occasionally happens to the spinners 
of many spiders when preserved in spirit of wine. 


Drassus braccatus, L. Koch. 
Drassus bulbifer, Cambr. de, p. 111. 


I was unaware until lately that this spider is identical with 
Drassus braccatus, L. Koch. The name bulbifer therefore 
becomes a synonym, and that conferred by Dr. Koch has 
priority. 

Clubiona neglecta, Cambr. 


An adult male and female of this rare spider were lately 
received from Belfast, where they had been found by Mr. T. 
Workman during the past spring. 


Liocranum gracilipes, Bl. 


Liocranum gracilipes, Bl.; O. P. Cambridge, Spiders of Dorset, p. 39. 
Tiocranum prelongipes, Cambr. (sub Drassus), Ann, & Mag. Nat. 
Hist. June 1861. 
I have come to the conclusion, after careful examination 
and consideration, that the two spiders above mentioned are 
of the same species. 


Phyllonethis instabilis. 
Phyllonethis instabihs, Cambr. Spiders of Dorset, p. 95. 


Adults of both sexes have been found during this last May 
near the same locality in which it was originally discovered 
about seventeen years ago. 


Steatoda coracina, C. L. Koch. 
Steatoda coracina, C. L. Koch, Cambr. Spiders of Dorset, p. 98. 


An immature male was found on Bloxworth Heath in April 
last, an adult female under a stone on the 30th of last June, 
and an adult male on heather on the 15th of last July in the 
same locality. A single example only, found in May 1863, 
had been previously recorded in Britain. When running, the 


214 Rev. O. P. Cambridge on some 


male has a more decidedly ant-like appearance than almost 
any other spider I am acquainted with. 


Walckenaéra erythropus, Westr. 


Walckenaéra erythropus, Westr.; Cambr. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. Feb. 
1878, p. 116; Spiders of Dorset, p. 165. 

T have found numerous examples of this little spider among 
brickbats and in other situations at Bloxworth rectory during 
this last spring and early summer; and have also received 
several specimens from Windsor Castle, where it was found 
by Col. Pickard, R.A. Hitherto this has been a very rare 
spider ; and it is difficult to account for its being thus abundant 
during the present season, in which spiders, generally speaking, 
have been very scarce. 


Walckenaéra parallela, Bl. 
Walekenaéra parallela, Bl. ; Cambr. Spiders of Dorset, p. 156. 


I have not met with a single example of this spider during 
the past spring, though it has frequently been searched for in 
places where it was found in some abundance in the spring of 
1878. 

Epeira acalypha, Walck. 
Epeira acalypha, Walck.; O. P. Cambridge, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 
Feb. 1878, p. 119. (sub Zilla). 

By an inadvertence a striking variety of this spider was 
recorded (J. c.) under the genus Zilla. It is, however, un- 
doubtedly an Epetra. 


Philodromus lineatipes. 
Philodromus lineatipes, Cambr. Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. Feb. 1878, 
p. 122, pl. xi. fig. 5. 

The expectations expressed (7. c.) that the specific distinct- 
ness of this spider would be confirmed by the discovery of the 
adult form, has been fulfilled by the reception, from Mr. H. 
C. Young of Glasgow, of adults of both sexes. It is very 
nearly allied to, but, I think, distinct from Philodromus emar- 
ginatus, Schrank. 


List of the Spiders noted and described. 


Segestria bavarica, C. LZ. Koch, Prosthesima lutetiana, L. Koch, 


Gnaphosa suspecta, sp. n., p. 191. — Latreillii, C. Z. Koch, p. 209. 
lugubris, C. Z. Koch, p. 208. | —— latitans, L. Koch, p. 209. 
Prosthesima longipes, Z. Koch, Drassus minor, sp. n., p. 192, Pi. 
p- 209. XII. fig, 1. 


new and rare British Spiders. 


Drassus infuscatus, Westr., p. 209. 
— braccatus, L. Koch, p. 2138 
(sub D, bulbifer, Cambr.). 
Clubiona neglecta, Cambr., p. 215. 
Liocranum celere, Cambr., p, 211. 
—- gracilipes, B/., p. 213. 
Dictyna viridissima, Walek., p. 
210. 
Lethia patula, Sim., p. 212. 
albepiecals, Cambr., p. 21 
Crypheeca meerens, Cambr., 


2. 

p- 

Hahnia candida, Sim., p. 211, 

helveola, Sim., p. 211. 

Phyllonethis instabilis, Cambr., p. 

213. 

Steatoda Clarkii, sp. n., p. 193. 

coracina, C, L. Koch, p. 213. 

Theridiosoma, g.n., p. 193. 

argenteolum, sp. n., p. 194, 
Pl. XII. fig. 8. 

Neriene viva, Cambr., p. 210. 

barbata, Thor, p. 210. 

—— dolosa, Cambr., p. 212. 

jugulans, Cambr., p. 212. 

reproba, sp. n., p. 196, Pl. XII. 
fie, 2. 

—— rudis, sp. n., p. 197. 


215 


Neriene exhilarans, sp. n., p. 199, 
Pl, XII. fig. 3. 

—— nefaria, sp. n., p. 200, Pl. XIT. 
fig. 4. 


—— mystica, sp. n.,p. 201, Pl. XII. 
fig. 5. 


—  improba, sp. n., p. 202, Pl. 
XII. fig. 6. 
Robertus astutus, Cambr., p. 211. 
Walckenaéra minutissima, sp. n., 
p. 203, Pl. XII. fig. 7. 
crassiceps, Westr., p. 212. 
prominula, Cambr., p. 210. 
parallela, B/., p. 214. 
erythropus, Westr., p. 214. 
Linyphia Frederici, Cambr., p. 212. 
decipiens, Cambr., p. 212. 
—— pholcommoides, Cambr.,p.212. 
subnigripes, sp. 0., p. 304. 
relativa, sp.n., p. 205. 
—— turbatrix, sp. n., p. 206. 
Ero taberea late C. L. Koch, p. 
212 


Epeira acalypha, Walek., p. 214. 

Dizea devoniensis, sp.n., p. 208. 

Philodromus lineatipes, Cambr., p. 
214. 

—— emarginatus, Schrank, p. 211. 

—— constellatus, Sim., p. 211. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XII. 


Fig. 1. 
Fig. 


bo 


Neriene reproba, sp. n. 


Drassus minor, sp.n. 4, profile, without legs or palpi; 6, genital 
aperture ; ¢, eyes, from in front ; d, natural length of spider. 
a, front view of eyes and falces; 8, left 


palpus, from outer side, rather in front; ¢, right palpus, from 


oo 


Fvg. 5. Neriene exhilarans, sp.n. 


above and behind; d, natural length of spider. 


a, profile, without legs or palpi; 


b, front view of eyes and falces; c, eyes in slightly different 
osition ; d, portion of caput in profile; e, cubital and radial 


Fig. 4. 


joints of right palpus, from in front; f, natural length of spider. 
Neriene nefaria, sp. n. a, profile, without legs or palpi ; 6, under- 


side of abdomen; 2, transverse slit near spinners of ditto ; 


Fig. 


or 


. Neriene mystica, sp. n. 


c, genital aperture ; d, natural length of spider. 
a, profile, without legs or palpi; 0, por- 


tion of caput, and eyes, from above and behind ; ¢, genital aper- 


Fig. 6. Neriene improba, sp. 1. 


ture; d, ditto, in profile ; e, natural length of spider. 
a, eyes, from above and behind; 6, right 


palpus, from inner side; ¢, ditto, from above and behind; 


d, natural length of spider. 
Walckenaéra minutissima, sp. 0. 


Fig. 7. 


a, profile without legs or palpi ; 


b, fore part of caput and eyes, from in front; c, ditto, from above 
and behind; d, genital aperture ; e, natural length of spider. 


Tig. 8. Theridiosoma (gen. nov.) argenteolum, sp. 1. 


a, profile, without 


lees or palpi; b, genital aperture; ¢, ditto, in profile; d, outline 
of spider, of natural size; e, eyes, and falces from in front ; 
Ff, natural length of spider ; g, maxillee and labium. 


216 Dr. H. A. Nicholson and Mr. R. Etheridge, J un., on 


XXV.—Descriptions of Paleozoic Corals from Northern 
Queensland, with Observations on the Genus Stenopora. 
By H. A. Nicuorson, M.D., D.Sc., F.G.S., &e., Professor 
of Natural History in the University of St. Andrews, and 
R. ETHERIDGE, Jun., F.G.S., of the British Museum. 


[Plate XIV.] 


1. Introduction. 


THE corals about to be described are derived from two 
sources, viz. a collection from the limestone of the Broken 
River, made by the late Mr. Richard Daintree, C.M.G., 
F.G.S., and a second from several localities, made by Mr. R. 
L. Jack, F.R.G.S., F.G.S., at present Government Geologist 
for North Queensland. 

At the time the ‘ Daintree collection’? of Queensland 
fossils (animal remains) was described by Mr. R. Etheridge, 
F.R.S.*, the corals were not included in Mr. Etheridge’s 
report, but, having been placed in our hands for description, 
are now in the British Museum. 

The collection made by Mr. Jack has only reached this 
country within the last few months; and as a portion of it 
and of that made by Mr. Daintree are from one district and, in 
all probability, from the same limestone, or at any rate from 
a limestone in the same series, the present appeared to us a 
favourable opportunity for working out the two collections in 
connexion with one another. 

Many of Mr. Daintree’s corals are in travelled blocks of 
limestone, in all probability taken from the bed of the Broken 
River near the outcrop of the limestone yielding them. In 
this respect Mr. Jack’s collection becomes of essential service, 
because the corals comprised in it have all been obtained én situ, 
and, in addition to enabling us to show the above supposition 
to be correct, further indicate that the blocks cannot have 
travelled far. 

The Australian Paleozoic corals have not been investigated 
to any great extent. The most important memoirs on the 
subject are:—an appendix to Dr. C. Darwin’s ‘ Geological 
Observations on Volcanic Islands’ t, by the late Mr. Lons- 
dale, in which the genus Stenopora was first enunciated; the 
remarks by the same author contained in Count P. de Strze- 
lecki’s work ‘Physical Description of New South Wales 
&e.’ t; descriptions by Prof. J. D. Dana in the ‘ Geology of the 

* Quart. Journ. Geol, Soc. 1872, xxviii. pp. 317-350. 


+ London, 1844, 8vo, App. pp. 161-163, 
{ London, 1845, 8vo, p. 262 et seg. 


Paleozoic Corals from Northern Queensland. 217 


United-States Exploring Expedition, under Capt. Wilkes, 
U.S.N.’*; Prof. F. M‘Coy’s paper “On the Fauna and 
Flora of the Rocks associated with the Coal of New South 
Wales”’ +, containing descriptions of Cladochonus tenuicollis 
and Strombodes australis. 'These, with Prof. de Koninck’s 
‘Recherches sur les Fossiles paléozoiques de la Nouvelle- 
Galles du Sud’ {, comprise the more important publications 
bearing on Australian Paleozoic corals, although there are a 
number of minor papers which need not now be referred to. 


2. Geological Notes. 


The published information in connexion with the localities 
or horizons from which the corals about to be described come 
may be summed up as follows :— 

‘The Broken-River Limestone, represented by the specimens 
collected by Mr. Daintree, is considered by Mr. R. Etheridge, 
F.R.S., as the lowest fossiliferous deposit in Queensland. 
He says, ‘‘ There cannot now be any doubt that the Broken- 
River Limestone beds, containing Favosites &c. &e., are the 
lowest fossiliferous deposits in the Queensland area; and their 
age is undoubtedly Lower Devonian or ‘ Siluro-Devonian’” §. 
On this subject My. Daintree, who probably had the best 
knowledge of North-Australian geology, says, ‘ In the lime- 
stone bands which form the lower portion of the series’’ (7. e. 
the Devonian) “corals are very numerous; in fact the lime- 
stones, where little alteration has taken place, are a mass of 
ageregated corals’ ||. In addition to these remarks, Mr. 
Daintree gives a woodcut view of a ‘Section of Devonian 
Coral Limestone, Terrible Creek, near Messrs. Cunningham’s 
Cattle Station, Burdekin River, Northern Queensland ” J, in 
all probability the very locality from which his corals came. 

T'wo specimens in the Daintree collection are from the 
Gympie gold-field, in the characteristic green chloritic rock 
of that district. These beds are also considered by Mr. 
Kitheridge to be of Devonian age**; but Prof. M‘Coy is more 
inclined to regard them as Carboniferous tf. 

We now come in due course to the specimens forwarded by 
Mr. R. L. Jack. From the Bowen-River coal-field there are 
two species of Stenopora from beds which have been shown 


* New York, 4to, pp. 711, 712. 

t+ Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1847, xx. p. 227. 

} Bruxelles, 1876, pts. 1 and 2, pp. 140 and 133; 1877, pt. 3, 
pp. 145-157. 

§ Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. 1872, xxviii. p. 324. | Ibid. p. 290, 

q Loe. cit. p. 290, fig. 12. ** Thid. p, 324. 

++ Prodromus Pal, Victoria, 1874, i. p. 58. 


218 Dr. H. A. Nicholson and Mr. R. Etheridge, Jun., on 


by one of us* to possess strong Permo-Carboniferous aflini- 
ties. The Fanning-River Limestone has in the same manner 
been shown to be of Devonian age, by means of the Mollusca 
there associated with the corals. The age of the Arthur’s- 
Creek Limestone, a new locality, will be commented on at 
the close of this paper. 


3. Lithological Characters of the Specimens. 
We are indebted to our friend Mr. T. Davies, F'.G.8., of 


the British Museum, for the following notes on the litho- 
logical characters of some of the matrices containing certain 
of the corals about to be described. 

The fossiliferous rock of Coral Creek consists of an ochreous, 
concretionary or nodular ironstone, resembling, in a remark- 
able degree, some forms of bog-iron-ore. In this, in addition 
to a copious molluscan fauna, occurs Stenopora Jackii (nobis). 
Other nodules occur associated with this, formed of detrital 
matter, which varies according to the derivative rock, in some 
cases being more felspathic and quartzose with scales of mica, 
suggesting a gneissic or granitic rock as the source. ‘These 
nodules contain Stenopora ovata, Lonsdale, in abundance. 

The fossiliferous rock of the Gympie gold-field, containing 
many fossil Sprrifere, Stenopora? sp., &c., is of aqueous 
origin, and consists of the detritus of preexisting metamorphic 
shales and limestones. Large angular and subangular frag- 
ments of a fine-grained chloritic slate occur in a conglomerate 
of small oval pebbles of limestone, dolomitic limestone, and a 
siliceous rock. The cementing material consists of the fine- 
grained comminuted detritus of chloritie schist. Chlorite 
alone occurs as an incrustation on the contained fossils, more 
especially upon the remains of the Mollusca. 


4. Descriptions of the Species. 
Spongida (Stromatoporoidea). 

Before proceeding to a detailed description of the corals, we 
may mention the presence of the genera Stromatopora and 
Caunopora in the Queensland limestones —a fact not hitherto 
recorded, so far as we are aware. 

Stromatopora occurs amongst Mr. Daintree’s fossils from 
the Broken-River Limestone, but in so highly silicified a 
state that we have not been able to make a satisfactory 
examination of the specimen. Another example has been 
forwarded by Mr. Jack from the Arthur’s-Creek limestone, 


* In a paper lately read before the Geological Society of London. 


Paleozoic Corals from Northern Queensland. 219 


which is very like some of the Devonian species of Devon- 
shire and the Hifel. 

The Caunopora is also from the limestone of Arthur’s 
Creek, and is apparently distinct specifically from Caunopora 
placenta, Phillips, the characteristic Devonian form from 
Devonshire. 

Pending a detailed and proper description of the Eifel and 
Devonshire forms of Stromatopora and Caunopora, we refrain 
from entering into details concerning these specimens, and 
hope to be able to do so, with more satisfactory material in 
our hands, at some future date. 


Class ACTINOZOA. 


Genus F'AvosiTes (pars), Lamarck, 1816. 
(Hist. des Anim. sans Vertéb. ii. p. 204.) 


Obs. The Silurian rocks of New South Wales have yielded 
no less than five species of this genus, and one doubtful one, 
to the researches of Prof. de Koninck*, viz.:—Favosites aspera, 
D’Orb.; F. cristata, Blumenbach; F. ‘fbrosa, Goldf.; F. Lor- 
best, Edw. & H.; and £. gothlandica, Fougt. ‘The same author 
likewise mentions as occurring in the Devonian rocks of New 
South Wales:—Jf. alveolaris, Goldf.; F. basaltica, Goldf.; F. 
jfibrosa, Goldf.; EF. polymorpha, Goldf.; and F. reticulata, 
Blainville. In addition to these, Kavosites gothlandica was 
long ago shown to be present in New South Wales rocks by 
Mr. Lonsdale t; and its existence (as #. Goldfusst, Edw. 
& H.) in the Devonian rocks of Buchan, Victoria, has been 
pointed out by Prof. M‘Coy f. 

Amongst the Queensland corals are two forms of Favosites 
only separable by the size of the corallites composing the 
respective colonies. We refer these as follows :— 


Favosites gothlandica (Fougt), Lamarck. 


Favosites gothlandica, Lamarck, Hist. Anim. sans Vertéb. 1816, ii. 
p- 206. 

Calamopora gothlandica, Goldfuss, Petr. Germ. 1829, i. p. 78, t. 26. 
fie. 3, a-e. 

Favosites gothlandica, Edwards and Haime, Polyp. foss. Terr. Pal. 
1851, p. 232. 

Favosites Goldfussi, Edw. & H. ibid. p. 235, t. 20. fig. 3, a, b. 


Obs. It will be convenient to consider the form with the 
smallest corallites as the typical F. gothlandica, whilst that 


* Foss. Pal. Nouv.-Galles du Sud, 1876, pts. 1, 2, pp. 20-25. 
+ Strzelecki’s Phys. Descr. New South Wales, 1845, p. 266, 
{ Prod. Pal, Victoria, dec. iv. 1876, p. 15. 


220 Dr. H. A. Nicholson and Mr. R. Etheridge, Jun., on 


with the larger calices may be looked upon as the variety 
Goldfusst. Widwards and Haime regarded I’. gothlandica as 
an essentially Silurian species; and the corresponding Devo- 
nian form was separated by them under the name of £. Gold- 
fusst. The latter is stated by its authors to be distinguished 
from the former by its larger corallites and more closely set 
mural pores. The size of the tubes (14 line), however, is 
frequently exceeded by typical Upper Silurian examples of 
F. gothlandica, notwithstanding their more commonly smaller 
size. Under any circumstances the size of the corallites 
merely cannot be regarded as a character of the smallest 
specific value, while the mural pores exhibit an at least 
equal variability. Upon the whole, therefore, /. Goldfussi, 
Edw. & H., cannot be satisfactorily separated from /’. goth- 
landica, except as a mere variety. 

In the specimens here referred to F. gothlandica, var. G'old- 
fusst, the diameter of the calices, as before stated, is about 13 
line, in extreme cases reaching as much as 2} lines. In one 
example there are four tabulz in the space of two lines verti- 
eal, whilst in another specimen the same number are contained 
in a space a little exceeding this. ‘The examples collected by 
the late Mr. Daintree appear to be only portions of colonies ; 
but, notwithstanding this, one of the specimens, a very fine 
one, measures 93 inches by 43, forming a more or less elon- 
gated depressed parallelogram. This form of LF. gothlandica 
corresponds in a striking manner with that met with in the 
Corniferous Limestone of North America, a careful com- 
parison having been made with colonies of the latter coral in 
the cabinet of one of us. 

We now come to four specimens, and possibly a fifth, which 
we look upon as referable to Kavosites gothlandica proper, 
as understood by Messrs. Edwards and Haime. They also 
bear a close resemblance to J. epidermata, Rominger, from 
the Corniferous Limestone of North America, which is pro- 
bably, after all, only another variety of the widely spread and 
typical [’. gothlandica. In the colonies in question the calices 
are much smaller, scarcely ever exceeding 1 line in diameter, 
and frequently less, whilst four tabule appear, on an average, 
to be comprised within the space of 14 line vertical. We say 
on an average, because we find, on the examination of a sufli- 
ciently large number of specimens gathered from various 
quarters, and including those from Australia, that there is 
every gradation between these two conditions in the size of 
the corallites and disposition of the tabule. It is on these 
grounds, combined with the variable disposition of the mural 
pores, that we propose to consider J. gothlandica in the wide 


Paleozoic Corals from Northern Queensland. 221 


sense understood by Goldfuss, before its subdivision by Ed- 
wards and Haime. 

In the fifth example, previously referred to as probably 
Henne with the other form, the septal spines are well deve- 
oped. 

gi et and Horizon. Broken River, a tributary of the 
Burdekin River, North Queensland. Specimens obtained ¢n 
sttu and in partially rounded blocks. Devonian Limestone. 

Collector. The late Richard Daintree, Esq., C.M.G., 
E.G.5. &e, 


Genus ALVEOLITES, Lamarck, 1801. 
(Systéme des Anim. sans Vertéb. p, 375.) 


Obs. We have before endeavoured to point out* the 
chaotic condition in which the genus Alveolites at present 
rests. ‘The conclusion at which we arrived, after a very care- 
ful examination of a large series of corals referable to the 
Alveolites- Cheetetes section of the 'Tabulata, was :—“ Not only 
does it appear to be evident that the name Alveolites covers a 
number of forms which are not always united by relations of 
genuine aftinity, but even those forms which may be regarded 
as types of Alveolites are only separable from certain allied 
groups by characters difficult to define or discover, and some- 
times of dubious value and uncertain interpretation.” Since 
these remarks were made, Alveolites has been the subject of 
further research by one of us; and in a forthcoming work ft it 
will be shown that this name must be restricted to a small 
group of species, while many forms which have been indis- 
criminately assigned to it will have to be distributed amongst 
other genera. 

We have before us two corals from Queensland, which we 
have not been able to submit to as complete an examination 
as we should like. One of them is a ramose form of Alveo- 
lites, accepting that genus as formerly understood, with affini- 
ties to Pachypora ; the other is an expanded or lobate species 
of so-called Alveolites. 

Under this name there have been described from the Paleo- 
zoic rocks of Australia the following species :—The Upper 
Silurian series of Burrowang has yielded to the researches of 
Prof. de Koninck { Alveolites repens, Fougt, and A. rapa, 
De Kon. ‘The Lower Devonian rocks of the same colony 
have yielded Alveolites subequalis, Kdw. & H., and A. ob- 


* Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool. xiii. p, 355. 

+ H. A. Nicholson ‘On the “Tabulate Corals” of the Paleeozoic Rocks, 
with Critical Descriptions of Illustrative Species.’ 

{ Foss. Pal. Nouy.-Galles du Sud, 1876, pt. 1, pp. 17, 18, and 77, 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. iv. 16 


222 Dr. H. A. Nicholson and Mr. R. Etheridge, Jun., on 


scurus, De Kon. We may at once state that the Queensland 
Alveolites forwarded by Mr. Jack in no way correspond to 
any of these; indeed the two new species described by 
Prof. de Koninck appear to us to be very unsatisfactorily 
established, and nothing is known of their microscopic 
structure. 


Alveolites (Pachypora ?), sp. ind. 


Obs. A ramose species, with affinities to Pachypora, and 
possibly really referable to this latter genus. It is very like 
A. (Cladopora) robusta, Rominger*, from the Corniferous 
Limestone of North America. The surface-characters are 
much destroyed by weathering; and as its internal structure 
shows nothing but mural pores and tabule, with no special 
features of interest, little further can be said about it. The 
coral may at once be distinguished from our Pachypora mert- 
dionalis by its very oblique tubes and calices. 

The largest of the specimens before us (by no means a 
perfect specimen) is 34 inches in length. The distance 
between two points of bifurcation or dichotomization of the 
branches is 1 inch 3 lines. 

Locality and Horizon. Arthur’s Creek, Burdekin Downs, 
Devonian Limestone. 


Collector. R. L. Jack, Esq. 


Alveolites, sp. ind. 


Obs. An expanded, lobate, or palmate form, which, in the 
present unsatisfactory and chaotic state of Alveolites, is very 
difficult to determine, although, specifically speaking, we do 
not know any thing precisely like it. Sections show that the 
corallites were thin-walled and irregular, with mural pores 
and plenty of tabule. With the material before us we feel 
we should be only unnecessarily increasing nomenclature by 
bestowing a name, and therefore refrain. 

Locality and Horizon. Arthur’s Creek, Burdekin Downs, 
North Queensland. Limestone of Devonian age. 

Collector. R. L. Jack, Esq. 


Genus HELIOLITES, Dana, 1846 (?). 
(Zoophytes, Wilkes’s U.S. Expl. Exped. p. 541.) 


Obs. The Silurian and Devonian rocks of one or other of 
the Australian colonies have yielded four species of this genus, 
so far as present researches have gone; and to these we have 
to add a fifth and sixth. 


* Foss. Corals of Michigan, p. 54, t. 22, figs. 1, 2. 


Paleozoic Corals from Northern Queensland. 223 


Heliolites interstinctus, Linn., has been met with, according 
to Prof M‘Coy*, in the Upper Silurian Limestone of Waratah 
Bay, Victoria. The researches of Prof. de Koninck have 
shown the existence of H. megastoma, M‘Coy, and H. Murchi- 
soni in the Upper Silurian rocks (probably Ludlow or Wen- 
lock) of New South Wales, at Burrowangf, whilst the Devo- 
nian of the same colony has yielded H. porosa, Goldf. } 


Heliolites porosa, Goldfuss. 


Astrea porosa, Goldfuss, Petr. Germ. 1825, i. p. 61, t. 21. fig. 7. 

Heliolites porosa, M.-Edwards and Haime, Polyp. foss. Terr. Pal. 1851, 
p- 218; Mon. Brit. Foss. Corals, 1853, pt. 4, p. 212, t. 47. fig. 1, a-/; 
De Koninck, Foss. Pal. Nouy.-Galles du Sud, 1876, pt. 1, p. 81; 
Etheridge, jun., Cat. Australian Foss, 1878, p. 37. 


Obs. Under this name we have assembled a series of speci- 
mens from three localities in North Queensland, varying more 
or less slightly in their characters amongst themselves, but 
which we think are all referable to Heliolites porosa, Goldf. 
The composite corallum in these corals is massive, with a 
flat under surface or base, having few and faintly marked 
concentric ridges. The calices in all the specimens are cir- 
cular, pretty equally developed in the same individual, and 
separated by unequal interspaces occupied by ccenenchymal 
tubes§$ ; each calice varies from }-2 of a line in diameter. 
The tubes of the coenenchyma are rather small and polygonal, 
and constitute somewhat large interspaces between the coral- 
lites. The septa are only visible here and there. 

Upon comparing a series of specimens of H. porosa from 
German and British Devonian rocks we find that considerable 
variation takes place,—Ist, in the diameter of the corallites 
themselves ; 2nd, in the size of the ccenenchymal tubuli; 
3rd, in the amount of intercalicular space occupied by the 
latter ; and 4th, in the length of the septa. These variations 
are, indeed, shown in the figures given by MM. Milne- 
Edwards and J. Haime. So far as we are able to judge, the 
Queensland examples appear to occupy a median place in the 
above scale ; the diameter of the corallites and ccenenchymal 


* As Pale@opora, in Progress Report for 1876, no. iv. Geol. Survey 
Vict., by T. Couchmann, pp. 156, 158 (Melbourne, 8vo, 1877). 

+ Foss. Pal. Nouy.-Galles du Sud, 1876, pt. i. pp. 24, 25. 

} Ibid. p, 81. 

§ In this and in the following descriptions of species of Heliolites we use 
the terms “ccenenchyma” and “ ccenenchymal tubes” simply in accordance 
with previous custom, and for the sake of convenience. There is, of 
course, no true “ ccenenchyma” in Heliolites and its allies; and the so- 
called “ccenenchymal tubes” are really a specialized series of small 
corallites. 

16* 


224 Dr. H. A. Nicholson and Mr. R. Etheridge, Jun., on 


tubuli is greater than in some European examples and less 
than in others. On the whole the interspaces occupied by the 
tubuli are perhaps greater in the Queensland examples. 

In vertical sections we can distinguish with ease the tabula 
as described by Edwards and Haime, horizontal, but some- 
times oblique. These authors describe the ccenenchymal 
tubuli as “nearly regularly hexagonal.” Certainly this is the 
case with some of the tubes on various parts of the Queensland 
eer but we find by far the commoner form is the poly- 

onal. 

Locality and Horizon. Broken River, North Queensland, 
in rolled blocks (Daintree) ; Limestone of the Fanning River, 
Burdekin Downs, N. Q., in sttu (Jack); Limestone of Arthur’s 
Creek, Burdekin Downs, in situ (Jack). Devonian. 

Collectors. The late R. Daintree, Esq., and R. L. Jack, 
Esq. (Coll. Geol. Survey of North Queensland and Brit. 
Mus.) 


Heliolites Daintreet, Eth., Jun., and Nicholson. 
(Pl. XIII. figs. 8, 3a.) 


Spec. char. Corallum compound, discoid or flattened; upper 
surface a little convex ; under surface more or less flattened, 
concentrically wrinkled round the edges. Calices large, equal 
in size, with a diameter of ? line, or at times almost 1 line, 
closely set; calicular edge deeply scalloped. Septa numerous 
and well-marked, certainly tourteen and sometimes more, 
unequal in size. Coenenchyma composed of large and well- 
developed tubes separating the corallites by irregular inter- 
spaces, often of small extent. A specimen measures 34 inches 
by nearly 4. 

Obs. We have separated from the foregoing specimens one 
which appears to us to possess characters sufficiently worthy 
of specific distinction. 

It may be distinguished by the size and contiguity of the 
large corallites, with their strongly scalloped margins. The 
coenenchymal tubuli are irregularly developed; for between 
neighbouring calices we occasionally see only one row of tubes, 
but more commonly the number is increased totwo. The latter 
number varies up to three or four, beyond which we have not 
observed them to be increased. 

Tn the contiguity of its calices and frequent diminution of 
the tubuli, H. Daintreet resembles H. megastoma, M‘Coy, of 
the British Silurian rocks, but is at once distinguished by the 
prominent scalloped edges of the calices, and the flat or little- 
convex form of the corallum. 

In the contiguity of the corallites one to the other there is 


Paleozoic Corals from Northern Queensland. 225 


a good deal of resemblance between our H. Dazntreet and H. 
pyrvformis, Lonsdale, as figured by Hall from American spe- 
cimens ; but the other characters are quite dissimilar. 
Locality and Horizon. Broken River, North Queensland, 
as a rolled block. 
Collector. The late R. Daintree, Esq. 


Heliolites, sp. ind. 

Obs. A third and small species of Helvolites is represented 
by a single example nestling in the middle of a large block of 
fravosites. The calices and ccenenchymal tubuli are very 
small, the latter so much so that the use of a lens is required 
for their detection. The corallites are circular and possess 
very thin and thread-like margins, and they are separated 
from one another by intervals of ccenenchyma of some extent. 

The tubes of the latter are very small and almost micro- 
scopic, hexagonal or polygonal. 

In a vertical section the structure is characteristically 
Heliolitiform. In the interspaces between the corallites the 
smail square cells, making up the ccenenchyma, are quite 
apparent, but rather unequal in size. The tabule in the 
corallites are moderately close and horizontal. 

We have observed traces of very small septa remaining in 
one or two of the corallites; but their structure is so deli- 
cate and minute that their preservation is surprising. We 
think it very probable that this is an undescribed minute 
Heliolites ; but as we have only one example before us, we 
refrain from committing ourselves toa name. It appears to 
be smaller in general than any of the commoner species of 
Hleliolites known to us, especially as regards the size of the 
ccenenchymal tubes. 

Locality and Horizon. Broken River, North Queensland, 
in a large block of Havosites. Limestone of Devonian age. 

Collector. The late R. Daintree, Esq. 


Heliolites plasmoporoides, Kith. Jun., and Nicholson, sp. nov. 
(Pl. XIII. figs. 2, 2 6.) 


Spec. char. Corallum irregularly ovate; upper surface 
convex. Calices circular, with a thin thread-like margin, 
average diameter 1} line, contiguous, but separated from 
one another by small interspaces of coenenchymal tubuli. 
The latter are large and of very regular form: some are 
elongate, with one axis much longer than the other; others 
are polygonal; and, again, others are without definite outline. 
Between contiguous corallites there is usually but one row of 
large oblong interstitial tubes, reaching from calice to calice ; 


226 On Paleozoic Corals from Northern Queensland. 


or, where the corallites become a little separated from one 
another, these may be increased in number. Septa almost 
obsolete, thread-like. A specimen measures 5 inches by 4. 

Obs. The form and arrangement of the coenenchymal tubuli 
render the present species a very interesting one. If hori- 
zontal sections in the mass are examined only with the naked 
eye or ordinary lens, the species will be pronounced a 
Plasmopora; and this it at first appeared to us to be. It has 
all the general appearance of this genus, especially in the fact 
that there is often but a single row of oblong interstitial tubes 
between every two corallites. In such sections the walls of 
these tubes have quite the appearance of thread-like coste 
radiating from corallite to corallite, or bifurcating at various 
angles where their number is increased between the corallites, 
as in Plasmopora. When, however, vertical microscopic 
sections are examined, the true affinities of this peculiar coral 
at once become apparent. In the first place, the arched and 
vesicular tabula of Plasmopora are wanting, and we find in 
their place the straight horizontal diaphragms of Le/iolites. 
Secondly, in similar sections the interstitial or coonenchymal 
structure is found not to consist of vertical canaliculi formed 
by the irregularly-developed walls of the tubuli, and sub- 
divided by horizontal or convex dissepiments into irregularly 
formed cells, as in Plasmopora, but of a series of small regular 
and well-developed cells formed by the intersection of the 
vertical tubuli and their horizontal tabule, which are 
usually placed on the same level and correspond with one 
another, precisely as seen in vertical sections of LHeliolites 
megastoma, M‘Coy. 

In working out this interesting coral we have made a series 
of microscopic sections of Plasmopora petaliformis and Helio- 
lites megastoma, for comparison with those of the Queensland 
fossil; and these have enabled us to indicate Heliolites as the 
eae resting-place for this otherwise very Plasmopora-like 
coral. 

So far as our investigations enable us to form an opinion, 7. 
plasmoporoides is most nearly allied to H. megastoma, M‘Coy ; 
indeed, in the figure of this species given by Edwards and 
Haime we notice the one-celled disposition of the coenen- 
chyma in places, similar to that seen in the present species. 
The latter, however, is clearly distinguished from H. megastoma. 

Locality and Horizon. Broken River, a tributary of the 
Burdekin River, North Queensland. Devonian Limestone. 

Collector. The late R. Daintree, Esq. 


| To be continued. | 


On new Species of Lepidoptera from Madagascar. 227 


XXVI.— Descriptions of new Species of Lepidoptera from 
Madagascar, with Notes on some of the Forms already de- 


scribed. By Artuur G. Butter, F.L.8., F.Z.8., &e. 


Tue following species have recently been added to the collec- 
tion of the British Museum. 


Nymphalide. 
Saryrinz. 


StRABENA, Mabille. 


So far as I have been able to ascertain, this genus has not 
hitherto been characterized, unless the description of S. Smithit 
(in which the truncato-angulated form of the primaries and 
dentate character of the secondaries is mentioned) be re- 
garded as a sufficient indication of the generic peculiarities. 
‘The aspect of the species here described, and which I believe 
to be another representative of Strabena, is not unlike that of 
Dedalma, the arrangement of the ocelli on the under surface 
being very similar to that of Neope. 


1. Strabena Mabillet, sp. n. 


¢. Ale supra piceo-fusce, areis costali et apicali anticarum nigres- 
centibus, margine nigro lineam albidam vel pallide fuscescen- 
tem includente; antics ocello magno, in spatii primi mediani 
medio posito, nigro, albo pupillato, castaneo cincto; postice 
ocellis duobus minoribus, interiore majore, fascia submarginali 
pallida, intus fusco hmitata: corpus nigro-fuscum. Alze subtus 
fusce, lituris numerosis nigris ornate, marginibus fere velut 
supra: anticee costa nigra, lituris albis interrupta, area interna 
lituris nigris inconspicuis, litura subapicali costali obliqua macu- 
laque ad marginem externum flavis, ocello parvo subapicali nigro, 
albo pupillato, olivaceo cincto, fusco cireumcincto, lilacino zonato, 
ocello superno iride multo latiore; posticee maculis nonnullis 
sparsis flavis, fascia obliqua a lineis irregularibus nigro-fuscis 
limitata ; ocellis septem nigris, ceruleo-albido pupillatis, flavo- 
cinctis, fusco circumeinctis, llacino zonatis, primo, quarto et 
quinto duplo majoribus: corpus olivaceum. Alar. exp. une. 2. 


Antananarivo (Kingdon). 

Specimens nearly agreeing with that here described were 
regarded by the late Mr. Hewitson as a variety of ‘ Mycalesis 
antahala”’ of Ward; the species, however, is apparently more 
nearly allied to the “ MZ. avelona”’ of the same author. 


2. Culapa parva, n. sp. 


Olivaceo-fusca: ale anticee supra ocello magno nigro, albo pupil- 
lato, fulvo late cincto, in spatio primo mediano posito: postice 


228 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Species of 


ocello apud angulum ani parvo: corpus nigrescens. Al subtus 
lilacinze olivaceo transversim liturate, fascia lata media flavido- 
olivacea, fascia ejusdem coloris marginali; anticz ocello superno 
iride antice obliterata; posticee ocello superno minore: corpus 
olivaceum. Alar. exp. une. 1, lin. 9. 


Antananarivo (Kingdon). 
The type of Culapa of Moore, is “ Mycalesis mnasicles,’ 
Hewitson. 


? 


3. Pseudonympha subsimilis, un. sp. 


Ale supra fere velut in “‘ Mycalesi iboina” sed minores et paululum 
pallidiores ; anticze subtus lineis ocellisque similibus, linea autem 
submarginali alternatim angulata: posticz arenoso-albide fusco 
lituratee, lineis mediis velut in “ MZ. ankova;” ocello apud api- 
cem costali et duobus apud angulum analem valde ingequalibus, 
linea submarginali alternatim angulata et duabus marginalibus 
velut in anticis olivaceo-fuscis: corpus griseum. Alar. exp. une. 
1 din. 72 


Fianarantsoa (Shavw). 


4, Pseudonympha angulifascia, n. sp. 

Als supra fere velut in ‘‘ MM. iboina” sed minores ; antice subtus 
obscuriores ; postice flavee, area basali, fascia valde irregulari 
media (ferrugineo limitata), nebula discali, apice, lineis duabus 
submarginalibus ciliisque fuscis; macula subcostali apud apicem 
nivea; ocellis duobus apud angulum ani nigris, albo pupil- 
latis flavo cinctis, interiore magno, exteriore minimo: corpus 
fuscum, pedibus pallide olivaceis. Alar. exp. unc. 1, lin. 6, 


Antananarivo. 


We have also received from this locality what I suppose to 
be the “ Mycalesis anganavo” of Ward, a little species much 
resembling a small Pedaliodes or Steroma in form and in the 
marking of the under surface: it cannot well be placed either 
in Mycalesis, Pseudonympha, or Strabena. For this form, 
which seems to unite the characters of several distinct genera, 
I propose the name of Henotesia. 


HENOTESIA, gen. nov. (évoTyat0s), 


Alarum forma velut in Pedaliodi, palpis autem brevioribus venisque 
Strabene (a Pseudonympha nervulis secundo et tertio alarum 
posticarum medianis latius separatis). 


5. Henotesia anganavo?, Ward. 


Olivaceo-fusca: alee anticee supra ocello magno, nigro, albo pupillato, 
castaneo cincto; postice ocello multo minore apud marginem 
externum, linea submarginali undulata nigra. Ale subtus tusce 


la etd 


Lepidoptera from Madagascar. 229 


nigro liturate: antice ocello superno et linea submarginali indi- 
stincta nigra, area externa paululum pallidiore: posticee fascia 
valde irregulari media nigro-fusco limitata et extrorsum flavo 
limbata, area externa dilute fusca, nigro indistincte liturata: 
ocellis duobus analibus inzqualibus nigris, albo pupillatis, late 
ferrugineo cinctis, linea undulata submarginali fusca, linea ante 
marginem ciliisque nigrescentibus. Alar. exp. une. 1, lin. 6. 


Antananarivo. 

As I am not by any means certain that this is the species 
intended by Mr. Ward’s very brief description, and as, more- 
over, I consider the name anganavo by far too barbarous to 
be countenanced by the naturalists of the future, I would 
propose that, in the event of the type of Henotesia proving 
distinct, it should receive the name of H. Wardii. The only 
means of deciding the question will be by examining either 
the type or a figure made from it, as the description might 
apply to half-a-dozen species. 


6. Ypthima Vinsoni’, Guénée. 


Now that we have received this species (from Antanana- 
rivo), I strongly suspect it to be conspecific with “ Hrebéa 
rakoto,’ Ward. The example received is certainly very dis- 
tinct from Y. Batesti, being considerably larger and altogether 
different on the underside. Satyrus mopsus of Mabille seems 
to be allied to Y. Vinsonii; the latter cannot, surely, be a 


Strabena, as hinted by M. Mabille. 


7. Ypthima niveata, n. sp. 

9. Y. Batesii affinis: supra olivaceo-fusca, areis alarum discali- 
bus albicantibus, marginibus autem fundi colore ; antics ocello 
magno subapicali nigro, lilacino bipupillato, fulvo cincto ; pos- 
ticee ocellis duobus subapicali et subanali unipupillatis. Antics 
subtus disco albo ; postice albze, coste basi, angulo anali, striga 
submarginali, linea fere marginali ciliisque fuscis, ocellis super- 
nis fusco zonatis, ocello parvo anali duplici: corpus nigrescens. 
Alar. exp. une. 1, lin. 7. 


Antananarivo (Toy). 

It is barely possible that this can be the female of Y. 
Batesii; it differs from it so much more than do the opposite 
sexes of any other species in the genus. 


NYMPHALIN2E. 


M. Mabille appears to mistake my Panopea Dructi for the 
common Panopea dubia, Pal. de Beauv.; it is, however, a 
constant and distinct species. 


230 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Species of 


8. Salamis definita, sp. n. 


Magnitudine speciei cui nomen S. aglatonice, signationibus autem 
velut in S. Duprei, caudis alarum posticarum elongatis, margini- 
bus autem velut in S. aglatonice infuscatis; area basali alarum 
omnium distinete cinerea; ale subtus fundo niveo, areis ob- 
scurioribus subcinereis; ocello subanali posticarum magno. Alar. 
exp. une. 2, lin, 6-11. 


Fianarantsoa and Antananarivo. 

This species is evidently quite common. It is much smaller 
than S. Dupré, with less faleated primaries, the bases of the 
wings and the border of the secondaries grey; the under 
surface also usually shows no trace of the sandy yellowish 
tint so frequently found in S. Dupré. From S. aglatonice, 
with which it agrees in size, it differs in its more falcate 
primaries, the greater extent of the black apical border of 
these wings, the almost entire absence of the rose-coloured 
shot and of the large black spot on the first median interspace 
of primaries, and in the caudate character of the anal angle 
of secondaries. 


ACRAINE. 


9. Acrea fornax, sp. Nn. 


Ale anticee rufo-fulve strigulis duabus basalibus, costa, dimidio 
fere apicali et margine lato externo nigerrimis, coste basi rufa, 
punctis duobus minutissimis in marginis postici sinibus positis, 
fasciola trifida subapicali alba ; posticee rufo-fulvee margine ex- 
terno late nigro, punctis paucis ad marginem rufis, macula irre- 
gulari ad cellule basin, serie subbasali macularum quinque, plaga 
cellulam terminante et serie macularum octo ineequalium omni- 
bus nigris: corpus nigrum fulyo alboque punctatum. Alze subtus 
multo pallidiores quam supra; antice maculis triangularibus 
marginalibus fulvis, ad apicem elongatis : posticee subrosez, area 
basali obscuriore, maculis nigris fere velut supra, margine ex- 
terno late nigro maculis ad marginem triangularibus fulvis, venis 
ferrugineis: corpus nigrum, palpis, pedibus anticis femoribusque 
aureo-flayis, ventre longitudinaliter albo strigoso. Alar. exp. 
unc. 2. 


Fianarantsoa (Shaw). 

This very distinct species is probably most nearly allied to 
A. Sganzin¢i; but in form it more nearly agrees with A. pseu- 
dolycia. 


Lycenide. 


10. Castalius azureus, sp. n. 


Ale supra cerulee apud margines saturatiores; antica margine 


Lepidoptera from Madagascar. 231 


costali et basi nigrescentibus, venula superiore discocellulari 
nigra, margine externo latius nigro, area statim pone cellulam 
subpellucida, albicante ; postice basi nigrescente, linea marginali 
punctisque submarginalibus nigris, macula apicali, a lunula ceru- 
leo-cinerea interrupta, nivea, ciliis albis nigro persectis, cauda 
nigra: corpus nigrescens, oculis albo cinctis, palpis lateraliter 
albis. Ala subtus cretaceo-albe, linea tenui marginali, serie 
macularum apud marginem externum virgulisque submarginali- 
bus nigris ; antic macula discocellulari serieque angulari macu- 
larum quinque discalium, tribus quarum superioribus confluenti- 
bus; posticee ad basin sordide, macula oblonga discocellulari, 
tribus apud basin in serie obliqua positis, octo discalibus, tertia et 
quarta in serie angulata connectis, wnaque subanali nigris ; 
maculis duabus scriei marginali analibus smaragdino bracteatis 
virgulisque submarginalibus croceis; ciliis velut supra: pectus 
cinereo-albidum ; venter sordide albidus. Alar. exp. une. 1, 
Im, 7. 


Antananarivo (Kingdon), Fianarantsoa (Shaw). 

Two collections contained a single example of this very 
distinct and beautiful little species. In the specimen from 
Fianarantsoa several of the submarginal black spots on the 
upper surface of the secondaries are wanting. 


11. Jolaus argentarius, sp. n. 


@. Antics: supra area interno-basali argenteo-cerulea, area media 
plagam magnam sericeo-albam formante, costz basi nitide fusca, 
area apicali et margine externo late nigris ; postice sordide albz 
apud basin argenteo-cerulez, fascia lata subcostali nigrescente, 
in medio nigra, linea marginali maculisque submarginalibus 
nigris albo limbatis, macula autem subanali maxima extrorsum 
vivide ceeruleo limbata, caudis nigris albo terminatis: corpus 
fuscescens, cinereo-hirtum. Ale subtus albe; antice virgula 
discocellulari, striga obliqua discali, lunulis septem submar- 
ginalibus et linea marginali nigris ; posticee maculis duabus apud 
basin nigris, linea valde irregulari a costa ad marginem inter- 
num errante, apud aream analem trisinuata, partim fusca cetero- 
quin nigra, macula costali subapicali nigra, strigis duabus mar- 
gini apicali subparallelis pallide fuscis, macula rotundata in area 
prima mediana sita plagaque adherente fulvis, lunulis duabus 
margini anali parallelis nigris, macula submarginali apud angu- 
lum analem cinerea, macula anali nigra maculaque adherente 
alba, introrsum smaragdino, extrorsum aureo zonatis: ventre 
fuscescente. Alar. exp. une. 1, lin. 5. 


Antananarivo (Kingdon). 


232 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Species of 


Papilionide. 
Prerinz. 


12. Nychitona sylvicola, Boisd. 


A specimen of this species now received agrees in all points 
with the description; the small spot which Dr. Boisduval 
mentions as usually present is, however, very indistinct; on 
the under surface it agrees well with Cramer’s figure of NV. 
medusa, said to come from Bengal. We have an example 
agreeing in all respects with the figure and with N. sylvicola, 
from the Congo, but none from any part of India. The spe- 
cimens previously received, and supposed to be N. sylvicola, 
agree in all respects with NV. nupta. With regard to the latter 
species, which Mr. Kirby supposes to be the female of N. 
alcesta, | may mention that the sexes are identical, the upper 
surface being pure white in both ; in N. alcesta, on the other 
hand, both sexes have a well-defined black spot on the disk 
and at apex of primaries. 


13. Belenois albipennis, sp. n. 


2. B. helcide simillima, margine autem nigro minus profunde 
exciso ; posticee subtus nives, haud crocee. Alar. exp. unc. 2, 
lin. 7. 

Antananarivo (Kingdon). 

If this should prove to be no more than a variety, it will 
throw doubt upon the value of several other species in the 
genus. 

PAPILIONINE. 


An example of Papilio endochus received with Mr. King- 
don’s series differs from the typical form in the absence of the 
second black costal patch on the primaries. 


Hesperiide. 
14. Trapezites? Kingdoni, sp. n. 


Ale antice supra velut in 7. jaccho (T’. eliena, Hewits.) ; posticse 
nigro-fusce plaga magna diffusa media ochracea, ciliis sordide 
aurantiacis: corpus nigrescens ; thorace lateraliter viridi piloso. 
Antice subtus costa late ferruginea, margine externo late lilacino, 
maculis hyalinis velut supra; postice rufo-fusce plaga obliqua 
media et fascia lata marginali lilacinis, margine abdominali 
roseo-fusco, ciliis sordide aurantiacis: corpus pallide fuscum, 
pectore albido-hirto, palpis albis. Alar. exp. unc. 1, lin. 4. | 


Antananarivo (Kingdon). 


Lepidoptera from Madagascar. 233 


It is possible, as the secondaries of this species are rather 
shorter than in the Australian insects composing the genus 
Trapezites, that it may have to be separated as the type of a 
distinct genus; the pattern and general coloration, the an- 
tenne, form of primaries, and appearance are, however, so 
exactly like Trapezttes that I have hesitated to separate it. 
‘ Pamphila’ gillias of Mabille (Pet. Nouv. ii. p. 285, 1878) 
seems to be an allied species *. 


15. Cyclopides pardalina, sp. n. 


Nigra; antice supra linea subcostali basali, striga securiformi media, 
macula subcostali media, duabus subapicalibus oblique positis et 
quarta bifida discali croceis ; postice plaga permagna subpyri- 
formi media crocea, ciliis extrorsum croceis. Al subtus apice 
costaque sordide flavis, maculis snpernis majoribus croceis ; pos- 
tice citrinz maculis subcostalibus submarginalibusque septem 
et striga interno-mediana cinereo-fuscis: pectus viridi-cinereum, 
antice flavescens, ventre citrino, Alar. exp. une. 1. 


Antananarivo (Kingdon). 
Allied to C. paniscus and C. malgacha. 


Sphingide. 
CH@ROCAMPINZ. 


16. Gnathostypsis laticornis, sp. n. 


Ale supra roseo-ferruginee vel rufo-fusce, tertia parte externa anti- 
carum dilutiore, linea valde indistincta aream externam introrsum 
limitante, linea regulari discali margini parallela fusca, costa et 
margine interno cinerascentibus, cillis testaceis; postice margine 
externo cinereo-fusco introrsum sinuato, ciliis albis fusco hic 
illue punctatis: corpus ferrugineum vel rufo-fuscum; oculis 
albido cinctis. Als subtus ferruginez fusco striolate, marginibus 
externis cinereo-fuscis paululum roseo tinctis: corpus rufescens, 
pedibus albicantibus, ventris segmentis testaceo et albo margi- 
natis. Alar. exp. une. 1, lin. 6-7. 


Antananarivo and Fianarantsoa. 

Although I have not seen the type of Gnathostypsis, this 
species answers so well to the characters given by Dr. Wal- 
lengren that I have little doubt of its being a second species 
of that genus. 


* Five species of Hesperide are described in this number of the 
‘Petites Nouvelles:’ for my part I do not think that naturalists’ adver- 
tisement sheets ought to be used as media for describing new species, 
Publication even in newspapers should, in my opinion, be ignored, much 
more in two- to four-page advertising pamphlets. 


234 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Species of 


17. Diodosida Grandidieri, sp. n. 


Affinis D. murin®, corpore alisque anticis cinereis ferrugineo lineatis: 
alee antic fere velut in D. murina lineis subparallelis script, 
plaga subapicali marginali, margine apud angulum externum 
punctisque lineas terminantibus nigro-fuscis, macula interno- 
basali unaque diffusa pone cellulam fuscis ; postice nigro-fusce, 
striga margini parallela indistincta rufescente, plaga marginali 
apud angulum analem cinereo-albida, ciliis albis: corpus linea 
dorsali longitudinali fusca; antennis pallide testaceis. Antic 
subtus cineres, disco pallide carneo-fusco a linea undulata in 
venis nigro punctata limitato; postice carneo-albide lineis tribus 
subparallelis cinereis, linea quarum externa nigro punctata, mar- 
gine latius cinereo introrsum dentato, ciliis albis, Alar. exp. 
une. 1, lin. 11. 


Antananarivo (Kingdon). 
18. Cherocampa humilis, sp. n. 


Als supra cupreo-fusce, sericese ; antic area basali costaque subci- 
nereis, area externa saturatiore a linea regulari obliqua, ad apicem 
currente, introrsum limitata; posticee margine externo latius ob- 
scuro: corpus alis obscurius. Ale subtus testacee marginibus 
paululum obscurioribus; antic minime rufescentes: corpus 
subtus pallide testaceum, ventre roseo tincto, Alar. exp. unc. 2, 
in 1, 


Antananarivo (Kingdon). 
Possibly the male of C. Batschit, but differmg from the 
figure in form, and considerably smaller. 


Other Sphingide received from Mr. Kingdon are:—A mbulyx 
Coquerilii 3, Boisd.; Charocampa gracilis, Butl. (a South- 
African species) ; Protoparce lingens 9, Butl.; and Diludia 
chromapteris, Butl. Of the last-mentioned species (hitherto 
unique, so far as I am aware, in the Museum collection) there 
was a very fair series, exhibiting slight variations in the 
intensity of the coloration, but not in any of the markings. I 
consider this rather important evidence in favour of its dis- 
tinctness from the allied D. jasminz, Boisd., since that species 
is described as having “ whitish grey upper wings and ash- 
coloured stigma,’’ no mention also being made of the parallel 
discal series of whitish spots common to D. chromapiteris ; 
the lower wings moreover are said to be “ black, with the 
base broadly of a beautiful orange-yellow, and the anal angle 
marked by a little patch of ashy grey;” in D. chromapteris 
they are greyish brown, with the basal half bright ochreous, 
with two transverse central blackish bands, the inner one 
quite black, the outer one dentate and dividing a series of 


ES ae 


Lepidoptera from Madagascar. 235 


grey dashes between the veins ; instead of a grey patch, there 
is a snow-white spot near the anal angle placed upon a longi- 


tudinal black dash *, 


Agaristida. 


19. Rothia micropales, sp. n. 


R. pali affinis, multo minor, nigro-fusca ; ali antics fascia obliqua 
pallide flava pone medium sita, costam angulumve externum 
haud attingente; postice plaga media rotundata flava cyaneo 
zonata, oculis flavo cinctis: abdomen lateribus croceis. Alze 
subtus paulo pallidiores ; antics: nigro-fusce, basi crocea, fascia 
superna flavida, ciliis apicalibus albis; posticze croces areis 
apicali et externa nigro-fuscis: corpus sordide croceum, palpis 
nigro-fuscis albo maculatis, pedibus supra fuscis, Alar. exp. 
une, 1, lin. 8. 


Antananarivo (Kingdon). 

Professor Westwood places &. pales first in his list of the 
species of Rothia; yet he refers to this genus two Husemice 
(EL. agrius and pedasus of Herrich-Schiiffer). In this matter 
he is manifestly in error, H. agrius being closely allied to 
E. zea of the same author, and H. pedasus being allied to ZL. 
hypopyrrha. 

In the British Museum we have specimens of 7. zea and 
E. hypopyrrha, ‘They both have the greater part of the secon- 
daries carmine upon the under surface, and form a group, 
with HL. agrius and pedasus, which cannot be separated gene- 
rically from Husemia, unless, indeed, the more robust body of 
E. hypopyrrha, and its slightly more pointed primaries in the 
male, should be considered suffictent reasons for regarding it 
alone as the type of a new genus. 


20. Rothia Westwoodit, sp. n. 


Nigra ; ale antic fasciola pone medium abbreviata flava, antice 
coarctata ; postice plaga permagna dimidium basale fere im- 
plente flava; abdominis lateribus ochreis. Ale subtus ad basin 
ochre ; corpus ochreum, palpis nigris flavo punctatis. Alar. 
exp. une. 1, lin. 5. 


Antananarivo (Kingdon). 

This seems to be a common species. 

The female of Husemia hypopyrrha, obtained by Mr. Shaw 
at Fianarantsoa, only differs from the male in its browner 
ground-colour and rather broader wings. 


* The type being slightly rubbed, I have corrected one or two points 
in the original description, 


236 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Speetes of 


Zygenide. 


21. Pseudonaclia? trimacula, Mabille. 


We have received a female of this species from Fiana- 
rantsoa. 
22. Pseudonaclia simplex, sp. n. 


Ale antice nigro-fusce immaculate ; postice aurantiace margine 
externo late nigro: corpus nigro-fuscum. Antics subtus et 
margo externus alarum posticarum purpureo-fusca, aliter velut 
supra. Alar. exp. une. 8. 

Fianarantsoa. 

A third species in the same collection appears to have the 
outer half of the primaries rubbed until quite denuded of 
scales; I therefore hesitate to describe it before seeing other 
examples to determine whether or not these wings are natu- 
rally semihyaline. 


Lithosiide and Arctiide. 


Sozuza argentea, S. Kingdoni, and Areas virginalis have 
been received from Fianarantsoa, 


Nyctemeride. 
Nyctemera insularis, Boisd., and N. biformis 9, Mab., 
have come from Fianarantsoa. 
9° p 
23. Hylemera puella, sp. n. 

3. Sericeo-nivea; ale semihyaline ; anticee area apicali et margine 
externo late nigro-fuscis angulum introrsum formantibus, basi 
paululum fulva: corpus cinereo-albidum, collo tegulisque fulvis, 
antennis nigris. Ale subtus velut supra: corpus lateraliter 
fuscescens, pedibus palpisque flavescentibus. Alar. exp. unc. 1, 
lin. 2. 


Fianarantsoa (Shaw). 
24. Hylemera fragilis, sp. n. 
3g. Precedenti persimilis, sed margine interno, areis apicali et 


externa alarum anticarum abrupte et profunde apud ramos 
medianos excisis. Alar. exp. unc. 1, lin. 2. 


Antananarivo (Kingdon). 
Liparide. 


25. Leucoma pruinosa, sp. n. 


@. Nivea, nitens; ale semihyaline; abdomen testaceum niveo 


Lepidoptera from Madagascar. 237 


squamosum: subtus alba, oculis fuscis, tarsis nigrescentibus ad 
basin albis. Alar. exp. une. 2, lin. 11. 


Antananarivo (Kingdon). 
Size of L. auripes, 2, but with more elongated wings. 


26. Gogane turbata, sp. n. 


Al antics ferruginos, strigis duabus obliquis sinuosis pallidioribus, 
virgula discocellulari nigra, margine latius testaceo lituris ferru- 
gineis intersecto, introrsum squamis nigris limitato, venis in disci 
medio nigris, margine interno squamis consuetis mediis elon- 
gatis, partim nigris instructo; postice ochracez area submargi- 
nali, presertim ad apicem nigro-squamosa: thorax ferrugineus 
squamis elongatis sparsis nigris instructus, lateribus pallidioribus ; 
abdomen ochraceum. Ale subtus ochree, anticee maculis submar- 
ginalibus et puncto discocellulari nigris, postice macula subapicali 
nigra; corpus sordide aurantiacum. Alar. exp. une. 1, lin. 9. 


Antananarivo (Aingdon). 

The characteristic projecting patch of scales from the inner 
margin of the primaries seems to satisfactorily establish the 
generic position of this species. 


We have received from Antananarivo what I believe to be 
the male of my Gogane ochrea. If so, the species would be 
better placed in Cheerotriche, as the form of the male and its 
broadly pectinate antenne agree with that genus rather than 
with Gogane: the males of Gogane correspond in form and 
antenne with the females of Charotriche; the females of 
Gogane have the antenne as in the males. The male of C. 
ochrea may be characterized thus :—Smaller than the female, 
with shorter wings, the primaries decidedly more orange in 
colour; an abbreviated longitudinal black dash and two dots 
just above the origin of the median branches , and a black- 
edged rounded grey spot near the middle of the inner margin ; 
a few black scales on the internal fringe below this spot. 


27. Huproctis titania, sp.n. 


¢. Lacteo-alba, sericea, macula ad angulum cellule superiorem 
flava, costa sordide alba; ale posticee paululum flavescentes ; 
capite, prothorace et abdomine (basi excepta) ochreis ; antennis 
ferrugineo pectinatis: alz subtus lacteo-alb, nitentes, costis 
paululum ochraceis ; antic macula superna cum area costali 
confluente; palpis, pectore antice et ventre lateraliter ochreis. 
Alar. exp. unc. 2. 

2. Multo major, ochrea; ale pallid, magis forsitan straminex 
quam ochree, nitentes, anticee puncto ad angulum cellule ochreo ; 
capite et prothorace lete ochreis; abdomine sordide ochreo, 
maculis dorsalibus pilosis obscurioribus ; cauda perlata, ad basin 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. iv. 17 


238 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Species of 


pilis crassis nitide aureis instructa, aliter lanosa fusca: subtus 
pallide ochrea, ale nitentes, anticze costa letius ochrea ; palpis, 
pectore antice et ventre lateraliter subaurantiacis; pedibus crinitis, 
ano sericeo sordido. Alar. exp. une. 2, lin. 5. 


Antananarivo (Kingdon). 


LZLAPIA, gen. nov. (AatAay, azos). 


Lopere, Wik. (Cataphractes, Fld.) affinis, alis autem elongatis, an- 
ticis margine interno rotundato, corpore robustiore, antennis longis 
tenuibus, palpis porrectis nudis, pedibus crinitis. Gen. typ. Z. 
notata. 


28. Lelapia notata, sp. n. 


Ale antics cinereo-fusce pallide roseo tincte, in medio nebulose, 
plaga magna fere triangulari ad costee medium sordide alba, in 
cellula discoidali autem nivea et puncto nigro utrinque limitata, 
puncto interiore in serie punctorum angulata alam transerrante 
sito, litura subbasali costali nigra, serie punctorum nigrorum 
discali curvata; postice lete ochre: thorax cinereo-fuscus roseo 
tinctus, collo nigro maculato antice ochreo; palpi antennaque 
nigrescentes; abdomen ochreum. Ale antice subtus cineres, 
area magna costali cellulam partim implente ochrea, macula dis- 
cocellulari et altera costali nigris, area interna late ochracea sericea; 
posticee ochrese, macula discocellulari et altera costali nigris: 
corpus antice purpureo-fuscum, aliter ochraceum, tarsis pedibus- 
que anticis fuscis. Alar. exp. unc. 1, lin. 7. 


Antananarivo (Kingdon). 

In pattern this singular species agrees almost better with 
the little species of the genus Lacipa than with Lopera; in 
the form of the wings it is more like Huproctis. 


NUMENOIDES, gen. nov. 


Numeni affinis, feemina autem antennis late pectinatis. Gen. typ. 
N. grandis. 


29. Numenoides grandis, sp. n. 


Q. Statura NV. patrane 9. Ale antic fasciis roseis stramineo 
limbatis fasciisque alternatis irregularibus ferrugineis ornate, serie 
irregulari lunularum ferruginearum nigro limbatarum discali, 
area apicali et margine externo late ferrugineis ; postice ochree 
fascia interrupta media et macula discocellulari nigrescentibus, 
macula obliqua subapicali et altera subanali nigris: thorax roseus, 
a tergo ochreus ; abdomen lte ochreum maculis lateralibus nigris ; 
antennis albidis testaceo pectinatis. Ale subtus ochres, antics 
costa rufo-ferrugineo maculata, fascia pone medium angulata antice 
ferruginoso-fusca, maculis duabus costalibus oblique positis fuscis 
albido cinctis, areis apicali et externa velut supra ferrugineis fulvo 


Lepidoptera from Madagascar. 239 


notatis ; posticee dimidio costali rufo squamoso, ferrugineo oblique 
fasciato (fasciis ochreo limbatis), fascia valde irregulari pone 
medium fusca, linea irregulari ferruginea discali, plaga elongata 
marginali in dimidio apicali posita rufo-ferruginea fulvo notata: 
pectus ochreum, roseo hirtum, genibus nigrescentibus, palpis 
nigro maculatis; venter sordide roseus maculis tribus semi- 
circularibus fulvis, serie macularum utrinque ejusdem coloris ro- 
tundatarum, ano fulvo. Alar. exp. une. 2, lin. 10. 


Antananarivo (Kingdon). 
Evidently a very handsome insect when fresh from the 
pupa. 
530. Lymanirta rosea, sp. n. 


Roseo-alba ; alse sericese, anticee basi albo punctate, area basali nigro 
maculata, striga angulata undulata submedia nigrescente, linea 
angulata regulariter undulata discali fusca, linea submarginali 
undulata fusca; posticg macula discocellulari et fascia squamosa 
submarginali fuscis: “corpus album, antennis fuscis; abdomen 
roseo tinctum. Subtus roseo-alba; alee antics cellula discoidali 
nigro strigata, maculis apud angulum externum nigris; postice 
macula discocellulari nigra. Alar. exp. une. 1, lin. 7. 


Fianarantsoa (Shaw). 
Unfortunately not in very good condition; nevertheless 
I think I have not everlooked any of the markings. 


31. Dasychira vibicipennis, sp. n. 


D. fasccline affinis, multo major: ale antics maris cinereo-fuscee 
albo sparse, feminse cinereo-albidee, venis albis, fasciola basali, 
fasciis duabus undatis lunulatis, virgulis duabus discocellularibus, 
maculis duabus subapicalibus plus minusye distinctis oblique 
positis punctisque marginalibus ferrugineis, ciliis pallide fuscis ; 
posticee pallide testacez, area externa femine sordida, ciliis albi- 
dis: thorax testaceus, capite tegulisque plus minusve albidis, an- 
tennis fusco pectinatis; abdomen testaceum, segmentis albican- 
tibus. Alz subtus fusco-albide, venis discocellularibus late 
obscuratis ; anticee feminz striga discali diffuse fusca; postice 
virgula ejusdem coloris costali : corpus subtus fusco-albidum, maris 
fere testaceum ; pedes tarsis nigris albo fasciatis. Alar. exp. 
G, une, 2, ln. 2; 9, unc. 3, lin. 1, 


Antananarivo (Kingdon). 


32. Dasychira gentilis, sp. n. 

@. Preecedenti affinis: ale antice cretaceo-albe et, area externa 
excepta, nigro dense punctata, fasciis aream basalem transerran- 
tibus tribus macularibus, maculis quinque difformibus apud venas 
discocellulares confertis, fascia angulata maculari discali, maculis 
quinque sparsis ei parallelis maculisque marginalibus rufis ; 
postice straminez : corpus ochraceum, antennis nigro-fusco pecti- 


Iie 


240 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Species of 


natis. Ale corpusque subtus ochracea immaculata. Alar. exp. 
une, 2, lin. 9. 


Antananarivo (Kingdon). 


33. Mardara viola, sp. n. 


Ale antic purpureo-cineree, plaga interna fasciam postmediam 
partim implente alba, area basali virescente, nigro notata, margine 
externo latius pallido, subviridi, introrsum irregulariter nigro 
limitato, lineis duabus postmediis denticulatis viridi-albo margi- 
natis nigris, externa undata, macula lunulari discocellulari nigra ; 
posticee albee, areis costali et externa testaceis, striga submarginali 
venisque discocellularibus fuscescentibus: corpus testaceo- albidum, 
antennis fuscis, testaceo pectinatis. Ale subtus albide, area 
costali late rufo-fuscescente, striga anticarum discali, posticarum 
submarginali fuscescentibus, maculis lunatis discocellularibus 
nigris: corpus testaccum. Alar. exp. une. 1, lin. 7. 


Antananarivo (Kingdon). 
This is the first extra-Indian representative of the genus. 


34. Mardara peculiaris, sp. n. 


Ale antice nigro-fusce, signatura 7j-formi nigra albido partim 
marginata aream basalem fere includente, linea albido marginata 
interna, fascia obliqua statim pone signaturam basalem sita tes- 
tacea, apud marginem internum expandente, a linea nigra inter- 
secta, serie lunularum nigrarum sinuosa discali, maculis introrsum 
nigris extrorsum testaceis submarginalibus, ciliis nigrescentibus 
linea basali albida; postice albe, area costali, area apicali et 
margine postico fuscescentibus: corpus fuscum, antennis nigro 
pectinatis. Ale subtus multo pallidiores, anticz cinereo-fusces- 
centes area interna albida, virgula discocellulari, linea curvata 
discali ciliisque fuscis ; posticee maculis squamosis discalibus fuscis, 
margine postico fuscescente: corpus subtus fuscescens, tarsis 
albido fasciolatis. Alar. exp. unc. 1, lin. 5. 


Antananarivo (Kingdon). 
A singularly marked species. 


Notodontidez. 


CHRYSOTYPUS, nov. gen. (ypucotuTros). 


Pygere affinis, ale antice autem magis productz, cellula discoidali 
multo longiore, venz subcostalis ramis magis divergentibus, vena 
mediana quadriramosa (vena inferiore discoidali ramum quartum 
formante); posticee breviores, margine costali magis convexo, cel- 
lula discoidali latiore, ramis subcostalibus separatim emissis, vena 
mediana quadriramosa (vena discoidali ramum quartum formante) : 


corpus paululum gracilius, pedibus longioribus subnudis. Gen. 
typ. C. dives, 


Lepidoptera from Madagascar. 241 
35. Chrysotypus dives, sp. n. 


Aureo-fuscus: ale nitentes, ferrugineo liturate, lineis duabus trans- 
versis ferrugineis; antice linea tertia subapicali obliqua, costa 
ferruginea ad basin purpureo tincta; cilia alarum omnium ad 
angulum analem ferruginea: corpus cinereo-fuscum, squamis 
sparsis ochreis, capite colloque aurantiacis. Alee subtus pallidiores : 
corpus pallide fuscum, pedibus rufescentibus. Alar. exp. unc. 2, 
an, 0, 


Antananarivo (Kingdon). 

This species resembles Siculodes in coloration and pattern. 

Another new genus, allied to Cetra, was obtained by Mr. 
Kingdon ; but the specimen is not in sufficiently good condition 
for me to make out a good generic diagnosis from it. 


ARGYROTYPUS, gen. nov. 


Precedenti simillimus, ale postice autem angustiores, apice acu- 
minato, antennis latius pectinatis, palpis longioribus, pedibus 
tenuioribus. Gen. typ. A. locuples. 


36. Argyrotypus locuples, sp. n. 


Ale antics supra rufo-fusce, maculis rotundatis nitide argenteis fere 
obtectz (vel argenteze fusco reticulatze venisque fuscis); posticee 
nitide argentez, angulo anali rufo-fusco reticulato: thorax rufo- 
fuscus, antennarum basi, macula tegularum humerali, ciliis inter- 
nis et metathoracis lateribus argenteis ; abdomen argenteum linea 
dorsali punctisque lateralibus rufo-fuscis. Ale subtus argentex 
ferrugineo reticulate: corpus argenteum, ventre ferrugineo seria- 
tim maculato, pedibus (palpisque plerumque) ferrugincis. Alar. 
exp. une. 1, lin. 9. 


Antananarivo (Kingdon). 
In some respects allied to the genus Harpyia. 


37. Nioda lignea, sp. n. 


NV. basivitte subaffinis: ale antic rubro-fusce, pallid, dimidio 
interno cinerescente, costa viridi maculata, striga longitudinali 
ad yenam medianam adherente picea, vitta ad venam discoidalem 
adheerente nigra, strigulis inter venas apud marginem externum 
nigris, macula apicali, altera subapicali, lineola ad marginis ex- 
terni medium et macula apud angulum externum triangulari 
marginalibus albis nigro extrorsum tenuissime limbatis, ciliis 
fusco-albidis a linea nigra intersectis ; posticze fusco-albide, striga 
submarginali indistincta fusca, hnea marginali alteraque cilia per- 
currente fuscis : corpus testaceum, thorace, tegulis et metathorace 
albido pilosis. Subtus pallide cinereo-fusca: alee maculis disco- 
cellularibus, striga indistincta curvata discali maculisque submar- 
ginalibus fuscis, linea marginali alteraque cilia pereurrente obscu- 


242 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Species of 


rius fuscis ; anticee vittis tribus brevibus apicalibus nigris. Alar. 
exp. une. 1, lin. 5. 


Fianarantsoa (Shaw). 


Lasiocampide. 


Mr. Shaw obtained the male of Anchirithra insignis at 
Fianarantsoa. It chiefly differs from the female in having a 
longer body, with well-developed anal tuft; the antenne are 
equally plumose in both sexes. 


Limacodide. 


38. Parasa valida, sp. n. 


Ale antices supra virides, basi purpureo-fusca, extrorsum tenuiter 
albo ex parte limbata, margine costali ochraceo, area externa late 
rufo-fusca, introrsum a linea curvata obscuriore limbata, fascia 
indistincta diffuse cinerea, ciliis subcinereis; postice ochre, 
sericese, area externa sordida, venis apud marginem ciliisque rufo- 
fuscis: thorax viridis, fronte, palpis antennisque rufo-fuscis 
obscuris; abdomen ochreum, ano nigrescente. Ale subtus ochra- 
ces, antics disco flavescente, area costali ad ale medium fusca, 
area externa fere velut supra sed paululum pallidiore ; postice 
area costali presertim apud apicem fusco squamosa : corpus subtus 
piceum. Alar. exp. unc. 1, lin. 7. 


Antananarivo (Kingdon). 
More nearly allied to P. latistriga of South Africa than any 
other described species. 


Bombycidez. 
SYNCLYSMUS, gen. nov. (cuvyKkAvop0s). 


Forma, colore signaturisque supra fere velut in Hypochroma, struc- 
tura autem vyenarum corporis antennarumque velut in Bombyce et 
generibus ei affinibus, venis medianis triramosis; ale antic breves 
late, vena subcostali quinqueramosa, discoidalibus simplicibus ; 
posticee elongate subpyriformes, vena subcostali biramosa: antennee 
breves, late pectinate ; pedes breves crassi ; tibize posticee dilatatee, 
compress. Gen. typ. S. niveus. 


39. Synclysmus niveus, sp. 1. 


Sericeo-albus: alse linea discali regulariter undata squamosa nigra, 
punctis marginalibus nigris; antice marginibus sordidis fusco 
nigroque irroratis, area basali a linea nigra squamosa oblique 
feedata, a linea distincta angulata nigra oblique extrorsum limi- 
tata; antenne fusco pectinate. Ale subtus punctis marginalibus 
nigris, area costali nigro irrorata; antice puncto costali apud 


Lepidoptera from Madagascar. 243 


apicem nigrescente, aliter omnino albea. Alarum exp. une. 1, 
lin. 6. 


Fianarantsoa (Shav). 
This genus must, I think, be regarded as a link between 
Bombyx and Asthenia. 


Caradrinide. 


40. Caradrina spelotidia, sp. n. 


Speloti fimbriole simillima, structura autem Caradrine : ale antice 
supra olivaceo-fusce nitentes, litura basali, linea sinuosa aream 
basalem extrorsum limitante, fascia obscure marginata sinwosa 
media, linea trisinuata submarginali, macula adheerente costali 
punctisque marginalibus nigrescentibus ; posticee multo pallidiores, 
ad basin albidw, area externa obscuriore, ciliis albidis: corpus 
fuscum. Al antic subtus fusce, nitentes, margine costali pallida 
nigro pone medium oblique notata, punctis marginalibus nigris, 
ciliis albidis ; postice albide, sericew, macula discocellulari, litura 
discali arcuata plagaque apicali squamosa fuscis, punctis margi- 
nalibus nigris: corpus subtus fusco-albidum. Alar. exp. unc. 1, 
hn. 3. 


Fianarantsoa (Shaw). 
Orthosiide. 


41. Panolis notabilis, sp. n. 


Alw antice supra coloribus fere P. piniperde, signaturis autem 
omnino distantes, area basali rosea lilacino tincta, nigro notata, 
marginibus omnibus roseis, plaga permagna media, antice obliqua, 
excisa, lacteo-flavida, ochraceo maculata, extrorsum a fascia cur- 

vata (rufescente, purpureo punctata) limbata, lineis duabus sub- 
marginalibus curvatis aureo-fulvis, ciliis fulvis rufo-fusco acumi- 
natis ; ; posticee lacteze roseo paululum tinctee, ciliis fulvis ad apicem 
fusco acuminatis: corpus pallide fuscum, capite colloque testaceis 
ferrugineo notatis, prothorace cinerescente, abdomine roseo hirto. 
Alz subtus sericeo-lactee, ciliis citrinis, linea discali vix distin- 
guenda fundo obscuriore curvata, punctis discocellularibus fuscis ; 
antices area subcostali sordide rosea; postice margine costali 
roseo squamosa: pectus nigrescens, lateribus albicantibus ; abdo- 
men sordide roseum, ano testaceo; pedes purpureo-fusce, fulvo 
fasciolate. Alar. exp. unc. 1, lin. 5. 


Antananarivo (Kingdon). 
Hadenide. 


42. Hremobia virescens, sp. 


Als anticee supra flayo-virides fusco nigroque maculate, serie punc- 
torum trium alborum subbasali, lincis duabus valde irregularibus 


244 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Species of 


fasciam latam mediam formantibus albis, macula discocellulari 
alba, serie virgularum <-formium submarginalium albarum 
maculisque connatis nigris ; ale postice albide, area externo- 
apicali punctoque discocellulari pallide fuscis: thorax aureo- 
viridis, tegulis nigro bimaculatis, abdomine pallide fusco, antennis 
fuscis. Ale subtus lactez serices, antice area discoidali fusces- 
cente ; posticee maculis duabus subapicalibus squamisque sparsis 
costalibus ferrugineis, puncto discocellulari nigro: corpus subtus 
albidum, capite coxisque anticis fuscis. Alar. exp. une. 1, lin. 2. 


Antananarivo (ingdon). 


43. Huplexia debilis, sp. n. 


E. lucipare affinis, omnino autem pallidior fasciis maculisque male 
conspicuis : alve antice plaga permagna maculam reniformem inclu- 
dente subapicali albida, limbo externo angustiore, linea pallida 
submarginali regulari ; ale postice vix infuscatee albidw. Alar. 
exp. une, I, lin. 3, 


Antananarivo (Kingdon). 
One example, rather worn: although most nearly allied to 


the European species, it bears a greater general resemblance 
to EL. discisignata of India. 


Ennomide. 


CROCINIS, gen. nov. (Kpoxos, ives). 


Pyrinie affine, distat autem antennis pectinatis palpisque longiori- 
bus. Gen. typ. C. fenestrata. 


44, Crocinis fenestrata, sp. 0. 


3. Pyrine martiate persimilis, crocea: ale antice area externa, 
angulo externo excepto, latius ferruginea, apud apicem fusces- 
cente, maculis sex mediis albo-hyalinis congregatis ; postice lineis 
duabus abbreviatis abdominalibus mediis rufis; antenne nigre. 
Ale subtus stramines, antic area externa indistincte lilacina, 


maculis supernis mediis: corpus lacteo-albidum, pedibus stramineis. 
Alar. exp. une. 1. 


Antananarivo (Kingdon). 


45. Crocinis ochracea, sp. Nn. 


g. Pallide crocea: ale antice costa paululum saturatiore squa- 
misque argenteis sparsa, margine externo irregulariter ferrugi- 
noso, punctis minimis marginalibus nigris, ciliis aureo-fuscis, 
litura apud angulum externum angulata ferruginea extrorsum 
plumbeo limbata, punctis nonnullis plus minusye distinctis sub- 
apicalibus ferrugineis, lineis duabus irregularibus duplicatis fer- 
rugineis, interiore subbasali indistincta, exteriore media, puncto 
discocellulari nigro ; postice lineis tribus xquidistantibus dupli- 


Lepidoptera from Madagascar. 245 


catis indistinctis ferrugineis, punctisque duobus tribusve ejusdem 
coloris marginalibus : caput obscurum, antennis nigris. Subtus 
pallidior, sericea, lineis obsoletis punctisque inconspicuis. Alar. 
exp. lin. 11. 


Antananarivo (Kingdon). 
46. Crocinis plana, sp. n. 

¢. Crocea: alee anticze apice et macula triangulari marginali cum 
eo confluente nigro-fuscis lilacino tinctis, puncto discocellulari, 
lituris tribus abbreviatis apud angulum externum internis squa- 
misque nonnullis subbasalibus sparsis nigro-fuscis : corpus anten- 
nis nigris, abdomine pallido. Alz subtus punctis discocellularibus 
nigro-fuscis, antice macula marginali elongata lilacina fusco 


limbata, squamis nonnullis subapicalibus costalibus fuscis. Alar. 
exp. lin, 114. 


Antananarivo (Kingdon). 
The genus Crocinis appears to replace Pyrinia (Crocy- 
pteryx, Guén.) in Madagascar. 


Euboliide. 
47. Hubolia dulcis, sp. n. 


Ale antice cineree, lineis tribus transversis nigro-fuscis, prima 
subbasali apud costam inangulata, secunda aream basalem limi- 
tante extrorsum a vena mediana ad marginem internum cinereo- 
fusco limbata, tertia discali subangulata introrsum cinereo-fusco 
limbata, extrorsum albo marginata, macula discocellulari nigra, 
margine externo ciliisque obscuris ; posticee rufo-testaceze, imma- 
culate: corpus cinereum. Subtus rufo-testacea: ale antic 
macula superna discocellulari nigra. Alar. exp. une. 1. 


Antananarivo (Kingdon). 
A pretty little species, quite distinct from any known form. 


The following genus is placed by Walker at the end of the 
Noctuites, among the Pseudo-Deltoids ; it may, however, have 
to be referred to the true Deltoids. 

48. Singara hypsotdes, sp. n. 

Alz antice supra lacteo-straminex, serices, area costali, striga 
curvata diseali diffusa ciliisque ochraceis, macula discocellulari 
punctisque duobus obliquis subapicalibus nigris, costa nigro irro- 
rata; postice ochres, fascia vix distinguenda pallidiore discali ad 
marginem abdominalem introrsum virgula nigricante squamosa 
marginata: thorax lacteo-stramineus, capite palpisque nigris albo 
sparsis ; abdomen ochreum. Subtus ochrea: ala maculis magnis 


discocellularibus nigris; tarsi nigro-fusci. Alar. exp. une. 1, 
lin. 11. 


Fianarantsoa (Shaw). 


246 Ona new Species of Chameleon from Madagascar. 


Botydide. 
49. Botys Kingdont, sp. n. 


B. marginali affinis: ale subhyaline, aureo-albide, margine externo 
ciliisque aureis, anticee apice costaque cupreis, fasciola obliqua 
subapicali, macula apud venas discocellulares triangulari striga- 
que subcostali basali purpureo-nigris, puncto apud angulum 
externum purpureo-fusco; postice macula subapicali et puncto 
apud angulum analem purpureo-nigris: thorax purpureo-fuscus ; 
abdomen rufescens, segmento basali flavo albo marginato, segmentis 
secundo et tertio lateraliter argenteo maculatis. Ale subtus palli- 
diores: corpus argenteum, genibus tibiisque aureis. Alar. exp. 
une. 1, lin. 1. 


Antananarivo (Kingdon). 

A very beautiful species, smaller than B. marginalis, with 
darker and differently formed border to the primaries, and with 
differently coloured body. 


The only representative of the TINEINA now received is 
one of the Crambites, which I believe to be Ancylolomia? 
anticella of Walker. 

The difficulty of obtaining papers published in recent French 

ublications is so great that I have been almost inclined to 

doubt whether the authors desire the English public to see 
them. I have consulted three of the largest libraries acces- 
sible to me, to none of which the French Entomological Society 
has sent the complete volume of its ‘ Annales’ for 1878. 


XXVII.—Description of a new Species of Chameleon from 
Madagascar. By Dr. A. GinTueER, F.R.S. 


[Plate XIII. ] 


A SMALL collection, made by the Rev. G. A. Shaw, at Fia- 
narantsoa, Betsileo, Madagascar, contained three species of 
Chameleons, viz. Ch. lateralis (Gray), Ch. gularis (Gthr.), and 
an undescribed species, which may be named 


Chameleon minor. 


This species is allied to Chameleon bifurcus, but consider- 
ably smaller, and also differing from it in several other 
respects. 

Snout of the adult male produced into two flat compressed 
horns, slightly divergent in front, and covered with large 
scutes; they are much approximated at their base, and con- 


Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on a new Species of Cetonia, 247 


nected by a transverse scute, which also, in the female, is 
persistent, although this sex, as usual, is destitute of horns. 
Occipital region flat, slanting from behind forwards, with a 
rounded margin behind, and without lateral flaps. The dorsal 
crest is low, composed of a few isolated tubercles, and ceases 
towards the middle of the back. No distinct gular or ventral 
median series of tubercles, the median tubercles differing so 
slightly from those on the side as to scarcely deserve the de- 
signation of crest. ‘The scutes on the upperside of the head 
and on the cheek are rather large and irregular. No larger 
tubercles on the body or limbs; heel without spur or promi- 
nence. 

Dark greenish, with a white streak along the median line 
of the throat and belly; female, besides, with a similar white 
band along the hinder side of the hind leg, and continued for 
‘a short distance on each side of the tail. 

Four specimens were collected, three adult males and one 
female; the largest of the males is 8? inches long, the tail 
measuring 44. The smallest male (which has the horns fully 
developed) is 74 inches long, the tail measuring 4 inches. 
The female is the smallest of all; yet it must be adult, as it is 
full of mature eggs. It is only 5} inches long, the tail 
measuring 3 inches. 


XX VII.—Description of a new Species of Cetonia from the 
Island of Formosa. By CHARLES O. WATERHOUSE. 


Cetonia (Protetia) culta. 


Olivaceo-ochraceo furfurosa, opaca; thorace crebre punctato, lineis 
duabus interruptis guttisque nonnullis lateralibus pallidis, scutello 
elongato, impunctato ; elytris crebre punctatis, guttis parvis irre- 
gulariter dispositis, macula laterali pone medium fasciaque com- 
muni flexuosaante apicem pallidis, sutura ad apicem haud producta; 
sterno et abdomine in medio pedibusque (plus minusye) denudatis, 
purpureo-cupreis. @. 

Long. 8 lin. 


A very distinct species, perhaps most resembling P. znéri- 
cata, Saund., but rather broader, and with distinct, moderatel 
fine, rather close punctuation on the thorax and elytra, the 
latter very obtuse at the apex and without any prolongation 
of the suture. The general colour is brownish yellow slightly 
tinted with olive, dull, resembling some varieties of Gymnetis 
pantherina. 'The thorax has two interrupted lines above, and 
three or four spots at the sides, pale sandy ; the posterior angles 


248 Miscellaneous. 


are much rounded, the base is very slightly sinuate before the 
scutellum. Scutellum long and rather narrow. Elytra rather 
short, with the single sublateral costa scarcely visible, the 
sutural angle not prolonged, with small round, pale sandy 
spots scattered over the surface, more closely on the disk; 
there are four or five slightly larger spots on the margins, one 
of which is particularly noticeable rather behind the middle ; 
towards the apex of each elytron is a flexuous mark. ‘The 
middle of the sternum and the middle of the abdomen are de- 
nuded, shining; the legs are more or less denuded. The 
pygidium is densely strigose-punctate, with some pale spots 
on each side. The anterior tibie have two not very sharp 
teeth. 

Hab. Takow, South Formosa. 

Presented to the British Museum by H. E. Hobson, Esq. 


MISCELLANEOUS. 


On the Oviposition of the Amblystomes at the Museum of Natural 
History. By M. L. Varrranr. 


Ar the meeting of the Academy of the 27th March, 1876*, the 
oviposition of the Amblystomes produced from Axolotls born in 
the menagerie of the Museum was noticed by Prof. Blanchard. 
Since that period those animals have been carefully observed, and 
have given occasion to some observations the results of which, I 
think, it may be useful to indicate. 

These ova, deposited about the 19th March, have been regularly 
developed in accordance with the mode already known in the case 
of the Axolotls. The tadpoles passed the winter in the form of 
branchiferous larvee ; and about forty individuals were successfully 
preserved. In February 1877 (that is to say, at the end of ten 
months) one of them became converted into an Amblystome. The 
others were divided into two parts. Scme (the first series) were 
placed in an aquarium full of water and thus kept completely im- 
mersed ; the others (second series) were placed, on the contrary, 
in a receiver, in which the level of the liquid never rose above 
0-:03-0°04 metre; a portion of dry ground also enabled the animals 
to issue from the water with facility. As a term of comparison, 
other individuals proceeding from a laying of ordinary Axolotls 
were divided in nearly equal numbers into two corresponding 
series, and placed in the same conditions. 

The subjoined Table shows the present state of the experiment, 


* Comptes Rendus, tome Ixxxii. p. 916; ‘Annals,’ May 1876, p. 414. 
A note on the same subject was also published in the ‘ Bulletin de la 
Société Philomathique de Paris,’ 6° série, tome xi. p. 13. 


Miscellaneous. 249 


which has been prosecuted for a little more than three years. In 
each series it makes known the number of individuals transformed, 
the number of those remaining in the state of Axolotl, and, lastly, 
the number of dead. 


Oviposition of Amblystomes. 


Amblystomes. Axolotls. Dead. 
First series........ 1 16 3 
Second series ...... 2 14 4 


Oviposition of Awolotls. 


Amblystomes. Axolotls. Dead. 
First series........ 2 4 10 
Second series ...... A 4 iar 


Since 1876 the reproduction of the Amblystomes could not be 
again obtained ; but on the 13th and 14th April last these animals 
presented modifications which enabled approaching oviposition to be 
foreseen. The abdomen of the females had attained a considerable 
development: in the males the labia of the cloaca were inflated ; 
the tail, usually rounded, had acquired an elevated form, in conse- 
quence of the development of a vertical crest, which was particu- 
larly marked at the upper part of the organ, upon which it con- 
siderably exceeded the level of the dorsal line. M. Desguez, atten- 
dant in the menagerie, was even a witness of the copulation at 
this period. The first oviposition, which commenced on the 17th 
April, continued on the two or three following days; a second took 
place on the 12th May; and at present there exist in the menagerie 
about from seventy to eighty very lively and well-developed tad- 
poles. Some of the first hatched have even acquired, in less than 
three months, a comparatively considerable size; they do not 
measure less than 0-10-0-12 metre; their integument is marbled 
with green, with whitish spots more apparent than in the adult 
Axolotls, of which, however, they present all the external cha- 
racters. 

The fecundity of the transformed Axolotls being no longer con- 
testable, one is led to recognize that they must be regarded not as 
an aberrant form, resulting, to some extent, from a pathological 
modification (an opinion maintained by a certain number of authors 
and still accepted by some foreign naturalists), but as a normal 
metamorphosis conformable to the commonly known cycle among 
the Urodela. These animals, under certain biological conditions 
which have still to be determined, may, it is true, reproduce in 
two states—the larval state, and the state of complete development ; 
nevertheless this is a fact which is not without its analogues among 
the lower Vertebrata and certain Articulata, according to a remark 
made as long ago as 1868 by Prof. Blanchard *.—Comptes Rendus, 
July 14, 1879, p. 108. 


* Comptes Rendus de la réunion de la Société Helvétique, & Einsiedeln, 


250 Miscellaneous. 


On the Organization of Batrachobdella (B. Latasti, C. Vig.).. 
By M. C. Vieurer. 


This little Hirudinean lived parasitically upon an Algerian Ba- 
trachian, Diploglossus pictus, which, combined with a certain ex- 
ternal resemblance, led to its being taken for Glossiphonia algira. 
Like the latter animal, it presents only two eyes, but is in other 
respects distinguished therefrom, even externally, by its smaller 
size, its more regular form, not attenuated in front, its greener 
colour, and its proportionally larger posterior sucking-disk. The 
following are the results of its anatomical examination. 

Generative organs.—The genital orifices are situated, the male on 
the twenty-tirst ring, and the female between the twenty-third and 
twenty-fourth. There is no regular penis, but a mere button, as in 
the Glossiphonie; this button is generally placed a little to the 
right of the median line, when the animal is looked at from the 
lower suriace. The epididymi are very large ; and, after a certain 
number of folds, each of them gradually narrows into a very deli- 
cate deferent canal. Twelve testes of comparatively large size are 
arranged in two regular and parallel series. The female apparatus 
consists of two very small pyriform ovaries, from which start deli- 
cate oviducts, opening into a very small matrix situated immediately 
above the vulva. ‘The latter is transverse and always exactly 
median. 

Digestive apparatus.—There is, as in the Glossiphoniw, an exser- 
tile trunk, behind which the esophagus has the aspect of a muscular 
tube with longitudinal and annular fibres. Above the genital 
apertures there is a large pyriform brownish inflation, visible by 
transparence in the living animal, and which is constituted, from 
without inwards, by rather voluminous brownish cells, and by 
larger clear cells with a brilliant nucleus, arranged all round the 
lumen of the digestive tube. Immediately behind this inflation, 
which, no doubt, performs the function of the liver, are the first 
lateral cxeca, which pass in front of the first testes ; five other ceca 
on each side pass between the testes of eachrow. Lastly, a seventh 
pair of narrow ceca comes behind the last pair of testes. The axial 
portion of the digestive tube between the ceca presents small tur- 
bid cells, which also perhaps have the function of hepatic cells. 
Behind the seven pairs of narrow ceca, and where the cavity of the 
body is no longer occupied by the testes, come four pairs of large 
execa—the first two pairs directed slightly forward, the third nearly 
transverse, the fourth directed backward. The terminal portion of 
the digestive tube makes a small loop to the left, and is then directed 
in a straight line to the anus. 

Circulatory apparatus.—The circulatory apparatus much resem- 
bles that described by Budge in Clepsine; one may even say that 
it is nearly identical, at least so far as I have been able to discover. 
The vascular loops of the head, however, advance in front of the 
eyes further than is figured by that author. The cardiac vessel is 
exactly similar. 


Miscellaneous. oat 


Nervous system.—The nervous system is nearly as described by 
Baudelot in Clepsine. It consists of twenty-one ganglia, not in- 
cluding the collar and the posterior mass. In one type the sub- 
cesophageal portion of the collar results from a more considerable 
grouping, and the terminal mass of the chain from a smaller group- 
ing than in- Clepsine. The number of large cells contained in the 
vesicles appended to the ganglion is less than is figured in Baude- 
lot’s memoir. 

To sum up:—Batrachobdella approaches the Glossiphonie or 
Clepsine by its nervous system and its circulatory apparatus, while 
the general arrangement of the generative organs is rather that 
which oecurs in the Ponbdelle or Pontobdelle; and the digestive 
apparatus, although presenting a trunk as in Clepsine, differs from 
what is seen in all other Hirudinee by the arrangement of the ceca 
and presence of an hepatic inflation—Comptes Rendus, July 14, 
1879, p. 110. 


Description of a new Species of Chirocephalus. By Jounw A. Ryprr. 


The genus Chirocephalus does not seem to have been noticed up 
to the present time in North America; I therefore take much plea- 
sure in announcing the discovery of a hitherto undescribed species 
of the genus in the vicinity of Woodbury, New Jersey, where it was 
found in abundancein the ditches by Mr. W. P. Seal, a resident of the 
place, and an indefatigable collector of the minute life of his neigh- 
bourhood. 

The genus, as characterized by Dr. Wm. Baird*, has been found 
in Switzerland, France, England, Russia, and Siberia. The species 
C’. lacune, most nearly like the one I am about to describe, is figured 
and described by Guérin, in his ‘ Iconog. Régne Animale,’ as being 
found at Fontainebleau, France. The differences between our species 
and Guérin’s are, however, sufficiently striking and constant to 
characterize a well-marked specific type ; and I accordingly propose 
the following specific characterization of the American form :— 


Chirocephalus Holmanii, nov. sp. 


Claspers moderately robust ; second joint forked, longest branch 
longer than first joint and curved inwards, its tip crossing 
that of its fellow of the opposite side when in repose; shorter 
branch less curved, slightly swollen, and rough on the inner surface 
of its tip, about half as long as the longer branch. Two long 
fleshy proboscis-like prehensile organs arise from the bases of the 
claspers, and are coiled up between the latter; muscular fibres 
pass throughout their length; near their origin and for the first 
third they are expanded inferiorly into a thin margin with about 
seven papilliform processes ; they then gradually contract, becoming 
cylindrical at their second third, where about seven well-marked 


* Monograph of the Family Branchipodidee, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. 
2nd ser. vol. xiv. 1854, pp. 216-229. 


252 Miscellaneous. 


digitiform processes are found, the longest of which are about as 
long as twice the diameter of the proboscis at this point; the re- 
maining third gradually contracts, and is thickly studded with half- 
rings of small papille, which seem to mark indistinctly the seg- 
ments of the organ. Total length of the proboscis, when extended, 
about three times that of the claspers. Total length 12-14 millims. 
Habitat, Woodbury, New Jersey. 

I name the above species in honourof Mr. D. §. Holman, actuary 
of the Franklin Institute, in recognition of the services he has ren- 
dered in devising methods for studying living cbjects, both large 
and small, under the microscope, and to whom I am also indebted 
for the specimens from which the above description has been taken. 

The detection of a member of the genus in this country is very 
interesting, but less so than the detection of Pawropus Hualeyi, Lub- 
bock, in the vicinity of Philadelphia, without any difference, as far 
as Sir John Lubbock’s excellent plates of English specimens would 
enable one to judge, that would make it even a variety, although re- 
moved by more than 3000 miles of ocean from its congeners. It 
has been suggested, however, that, inasmuch as Philadelphia is an 
old English settlement, Pauropus may have been introduced; but 
in the case of Chirocephalus such an explanation is less open to 
aeceptance.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., April 29, 1879. 


Note on the Adoption of an Ant-Queen. 


Mr. McCook reported the following case of the adoption of a fer- 
tile queen of Crematogaster lineolata, a small black ant, by a colony 
of the same species. The queen was taken in Fairmount Park, 
April 16, and on May 14 following was introduced to workers of a 
nest taken the same day. The queen was alone within an artificial 
glass formicary; and several workers were introduced. One of these 
soon found the queen, exhibited much excitement, but no hostility, 
and immediately ran to her sister workers, all of whom were pre- 
sently clustered upon the queen. As other workers were gradually 
introduced they joined their comrades until the body of the queen 
(who is much larger than the workers) was nearly covered with 
them. They appeared to be holding on by their mandibles to the 
delicate hairs upon the female’s body, and continually moved their 
antenne caressingly. This sort of attention continued until the 
queen, escorted by workers, disappeared in one of the galleries. 
She was entirely adopted, and thereafter was often seen moving 
freely, or attended by guards, about the nest, at times engaged in 
attending the larvee and nymphs which had been introduced with 
the workers of the strange colony. The workers were fresh from 
their own natural home; and the queen had been in an artificial 
home for a month. As among ants the workers of different nests 
are usually hostile to each other, this adoption of an alien queen is 
an example of the strong instinct which controls for preservation of 
the species.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sct. Philad., April 1, 1879. 


THE ANNALS 


MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. 


[FIFTH SERIES. ] 


No. 22. OCTOBER 1879. 


XXIX.—On the Structure of Stromatopora. 
By H. J. Carter, F.R.S. &e. 


[Plate XV. ] 


HAVING published an article “On the Probable Nature of the 
Animal of Stromatopora,” and another ‘On the Mode of 
Growth of Stromatopora, including the Commensalism of 
Caunopora,” in which some errors of the former are corrected, 
I now propose to communicate a third, ‘On the Structure of 
Stromatopora.” 

By adopting the “commensalism of Caunopora,’’ first 
noticed by C. F. Roemer, the structure of Stromatopora 
becomes much simplified, and the general features of the 
whole group more easily defined; but it must not be supposed 
that this structure can be seen with the unassisted eye, al- 
though higher powers than simple lenses of $-inch to 2-inch 
focus are detrimental to it, like most other minute fossiliza- 
tions when in limestone; nor can it be obtained without 
much sectioning and as minute dissection as the lapidification 
will permit. Hence nothing of this kind can be done in the 
quarry, and much must be obtained from the polished speci- 
mens of lapidaries; so that when the collector, previously 
unprepared in this way, visits the quarry where there may be 
abundance of specimens, he will be very likely to come away 
disappointed. 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. iv. 18 


254 Mr. H. J. Carter on the 


STROMATOPORA, Goldfuss. 


Gen. char. Corallum concentrically laminar, massive, in- 
crusting ; curve of the lamina large, simple, and expanded, 
or small, short, and abruptly undulating, following one’ or 
several axes, directed in the same or several ways in accor- 
dance with the number and direction of the undulations, com- 
posed of coenenchyma formed of rectilinear or curvilinear fibre, 
and presenting in the course of the lamina isolated spots of 
stellate venation, whose flexuous rays, becoming divided and 
subdivided into branches, finally terminate by anastomosing 
with those of the neighbouring stellations and ccenosarcal 
cavities respectively (Pl. XV. fig. 1). 

Lamine.—Variable in thickness according to the fineness or 
coarseness of the specimen or species; in some not more 
than 1-144th inch, in others wider; but this measurement 
must not be confounded with the coarse yet characteristic 
lamination of “ weathering’’ in the mass, where a variable 
number of the thin lamine may be left together; again 
varying in the undulating structure, which frequently resem- 
bles the “ gnarly grain”’ of an oak panel, in contradistinction 
to the less wavy condition of the layer in the “ straighter 
grain,” well illustrated in the horizontal section of a tree, 
where the same lines are sometimes close together and some- 
times wide apart in the same concentricity. 

Rectilinear and Curvilinear Structure of the Cenenchyma.— 
Baron Rosen in his ‘ Thesis,’ to which I have before alluded, 
clearly describes and illustrates these two structures (‘ Ueber 
die Natur der Stromatoporen,’ 1867, pp. 6, 7, and tabb. 1, 6) 
in his S. typica and S. Schmidtii respectively, which in a 
general way holds good throughout, but, of course, is subject 
to modifications which more particularly belong to the descrip- 
tions of the species respectively. 

Considering the “rectilinear structure” first (Pl. XV. 
fig. 2), this may be divided into a horizontal and a vertical 
facies—in which the former presents a number of triangular or 
polygonal (fig. 2,@), and the latter a number of rectangular 
spaces (fig. 3,dd). In the horizontal section (fig. 2) the 
triangular spaces are formed by the extension of straight lines 
between a number of more decided puncta (fig. 2, d d), 
which are the truncated ends of the vertical lines or rods that 
form the most striking part of the rectangular structure in the 
vertical section (fig. 3, a a). Thus, as this structure is 
repeated in each lamina, the triangular spaces appear on the 
upper and under side of it respectively, while the interval, 
now filled with transparent calcite (fig. 2, ee, and fig. 3, dd), 


Structure of Stromatopora. 255 


was occupied by the fleshy part of the animal, and thus was 
the ccenosareal cavity of the ecenenchyma; but, although the 
horizontal lineation forming the triangular spaces was only 
empressed upon the coenosarc, it nevertheless alone formed 
the upper and under lines of the rectangular spaces in the 
vertical section (fig. 3, 66) ; while such lamine being succes- 
sively formed, at last produced the great corallum. That the 
horizontal lineation was only impressed upon the ccenosare is 
evidenced by the decomposed fossil structure, in which the 
parts occupied by the ccenosare, 2. e. the transparent, have 
become opaque calcite, while all the rest have disappeared or 
only left a brown stain. Thus the white calcite, bearing 
merely the impressions of the horizontal lines, would remain 
continuous throughout the lamina in other respects, but for 
the intervention of the vertical lines or rods—finding its 
openings only through the triangular spaces in the surface. 
All this is further confirmed by the structure of the wndecom- 
posed lapidification, where the reverse of colour is the case, 
and the horizontal lines and vertical rods are composed of 
opaque white, while the intervening portion is filled with 
transparent calcite, presenting, from its transparency, a dark 
colour. When, from the undulating form of the layer or 
other causes, the horizontal section is slightly oblique, the 
pattern of the triangular lineation is not so complete, while 
where it is entirely absent the ends of the rods of the vertical 
structure alone come into view (Pl. XV. fig. 2, b), and vice 
versa. 

The size of the triangular spaces varies slightly with 
the structure of the coenenchyma, which may be finer or 
coarser according to the specimen or species, or from the 
variable size of the polyps which had to protrude through 
them ; but while they slightly vary among themselves, per- 
haps the average diameter of the largest may be from 1-180th 
to 1-120th inch. Those of Hydractinia pliocena* are only 
1-360th inch, of H. calcarea 1-600th inch, and of H. echinata 
about 1-266th inch in diameter, the smaller triangular 
spaces being for younger polypites and other appendages that 
might have existed in Stromtopora, as seen in the living 
Hydractinia echinata, or when it has been preserved in spirit 
with the polyps still exserted. 

The size of the rectangular spaces in the vertical section 


* Hydractinia pliocena, Allman, should, as Dr. G, Steinmann has stated 
(‘Neues Jahrbuch f. Min., Geol. u. Paleontologie,’ 1879, Heft v.—viii. 
p- 733), be now Hydractinia incrustans, Goldfuss, from a gigantic speci- 
men over 50 centims. in extent, at the Strasburg Museum, called by 
Goldfuss ‘* Stromatopora incrustans” (Bronn, Ind. Pal. p. 1203). 

18* 


256 Mr. H. J. Carter on the 


(Pl. XY. fig. 3, dd) would, of course, be influenced by the 
thickness of the layers &c., as stated under “ Lamine.” 

On the other hand, the “ curvilinear structure” (Pl. XV. 
figs. 4, 5), although also divisible into a horizontal (fig. 4) 
and vertical (fig. 5) facies, is not so strongly differentiated as 
the rectilinear one ; for the curvilinear element enters into the 
vertical lineation sufficiently to give it a mixed character of 
vertical and inflected lines (fig. 5), while the triangular linea- 
tion is quite excluded from the vertical section in the recti- 
linear structure. Still, while the curvilinear structure is alone 
seen in the horizontal section (fig. 4) and the mixed form in 
the vertical one (fig. 5), the difference is sufficiently marked 
to obviate confusion ; besides, there is an indistinct horizontal 
lineation in the vertical which is never seen in the horizontal 
section, arising not from actual lines, but from structural 
arrangement influenced by the laminar growth. 

In the horizontal section the curvilinear structure is repre- 
sented by a vermicular fibre or thread (Pl. XV. fig. 4, aaaa), 
which, branching and anastomosing repeatedly, is not con- 
fined to the surface as the triangular lineation in the recti- 
linear form, but, descending perpendicularly (fig. 5, ecc), 
gives rise to the straighter curvilinear structure observed in 
the vertical section (fig. 5,a@aaa) ; so that, in short, the curvi- 
linear thread is horizontal in the horizontal and somewhat 
verticalized in the vertical section of the layer, which, being 
repeated concentrically, leads at last to the production of the 
general mass of this kind of Stromatopora, as the rectilinear 
does to its corallum. 

Here the intervening cavities (Pl. XV. figs. 4 and 5, b4,b6, 
respectively, now filled with transparent calcite), which held 
the ccenosare, are, of course, as vermicular in form as the 
curvilinear thread of the coenenchyma, so that, in the decom- 
posed fossil, where the same change takes place as that men- 
tioned in the rectilinear structure, a vermicular form makes 
its appearance in opaque white calcite, which in the wnde- 
composed lapidification was transparent, while hardly any thing 
but a brown stain remains of the formerly white curvilinear 
structure; in short, as before stated, the colouring is reversed. 

While, however, as also before stated, these are the extreme 
forms of the coenenchymal structure of Stromatopora, there are 
intermediate and modified forms (always remembering, of 
course, the influence that various kinds of lapidification may 
produce)—such, for instance, as a condensation of the hori- 
zontal layer of the rectilinear structure in the finer species, 
wherein the ends of the rods are so expanded that the straight 
lines between them can hardly be seen, and the interstices 


Structure of Stromatopora. 257 


indicative of the holes of the polyps, being thus reduced to 
various diameters below 1-600th inch, causes them to look 
like apertures in the midst of a layer composed of the puncta 
(¢. e. ends of the rods alone). Or, in the curvilinear structure, 
the interspaces representing the ccenosarcal cavities become 
so uniformly contracted that both the horizontal and vertical 
sections indicate a composition of vertical tubes alone, in 
juxtaposition like those of Favosites gothlandicus, but with 
the stellate venation to be mentioned hereafter and without 
the tabula, though still communicating with each other as 
freely as the ccenosarcal cavities in the more typical form. 

Again, although the differences between the rectilinear and 
curvilinear structures are so marked, they are very analogous 
in their growth, inasmuch as the end-to-end anastomosis of 
the old fibre with the new in both instances leads to a conti- 
nuity of structure in the mass, differentiated only by the 
characters above mentioned. 

Lastly, the “vertical rods” may be thick or thin; and 
although par excellence confined to the rectilinear (Pl. XV. 
fig. 3, aa), similar ones also occur in the curvilinear structure 
but not always, and therefore are not inserted in the illustra- 
tions; they are, however, just as much in connexion with the 
curvilinear structure, which they simply pierce, as they are 
with the triangulated layers of the rectilinear structure, which 
they as simply unite together. They may also present the 
same appearance of original hollowness. Mr. Champernowne 
informs me that he has several specimens bearing these 
“rods” both with and without the presence of the tubes 
which characterize the specimens called ‘ Caunopora;” so 
that the rods do not depend upon the presence of the tubes. 
In my own small collection the only specimens of curvi- 
linear structure (viz. two) which bear the “rods,’”’ happen 
to be accompanied by the tubes of Caunopora. But the most 
remarkable feature in them is that their axial structure, as 
well as the connecting fibre being transparent, indicates that 
they were originally hollow (figs. 2 and 3, eee). 

How far this hollowness was in connexion with the cceno- 
sarcal cavities of the coenenchyma or with the axial portions of 
the rectilinear and curvilinear fibre respectively, which, as 
just stated, also gives evidence of similar hollowness, I am 
not able to say; but hereafter I shall show that the rods were 
probably closed where they projected beyond the free or 
natural surface. 

The composition of all the fibre in the ccenenchyma, too, 
always appears to be granular, and so open in some parts 
that it appears almost cribriform. For this I have endea- 


258 Mr. H. J. Carter on the 


voured to account by the fact that the calcareous fibre in 
Millepora alcicornis, as the horny fibre in Hydractinia echi- 
nata, appears first in small increments, which afterwards 
become continuous in both instances; but in vain do we 
look for the granular appearance in the fresh fibre of Mille- 
pora alcicornis after it 1s fully formed; so that it is just 
possible that lapidification may have had a hand in this ap- 
pearance. 

Stellate Venation—The stellate venation consists of points 
in the ccenenchyma more or less uniformly distant from each 
other, from which flexuous rays, now represented by trans- 
parent calcite, radiate in all directions, becoming branched 
and subdivided as they go, until finally they terminate in 
anastomosing with those of the neighbouring stellations and 
in the ccenosarcal cavities of the coenenchyma respectively 
(Pl. XV. fig. 1). They appear to come into existence with 
each lamina, as testified by the larger masses of rectilinear 
ccenenchyma produced by the prevailing species of Stromato- 
pora in Pit-Park Quarry at Dartington, wherein the lamina 
may not be more than 1-96th inch in thickness; hence the 
least abrasion in making a section of such specimens may 
take them away or bring them into view. The flexuous ray and 
its branches may vary from 2 lines or less to 2 inches, chiefly 
according to the species, with a diameter at its origin gene- 
rally proportionate to its length, that of the latter being 
1-24th inch*. The rays appear to be generally centred in 
an elevation, and to descend, branching as they go, over the 
sides of it to the plane surface of the species, following the 
layer, whose undulation may be in proportion to the mamil- 
lary projections on the free or natural surface, being greatest 
in species like S. polymorpha, Goldf., while in others there 
may be hardly any elevation perceptible, yet still the stellate 
venations exist. Generally, too, they are centred in a special 
enlargement like a cell, which may in some species have 
more or less vertical extension; but, whatever the centre may 
be, it does not appear to have had an external opening, as 
shown by Rosen’s magnified illustration of a stellate vena- 
tion from Stromatopora astrottes (see tracing fig. 6, from tab. ii. 
fig. 7), which had not even a central enlargement. How far 
the extension of the flexuous ray may be. confined to the 


* This is the largest that I have seen, and occurs in a species appa- 
rently peculiar to Pit-Park Quarry, Dartington, of which Mr. Champer- 
nowne has a specimen wherein the flexuous ray even exceeds these 
dimensions. The largest seen by Baron Rosen is that of Stromato- 
pora astroies, of which I have given a tracing (fig. 1) of the natural 
size. 


Structure of Stromatopora. 259 


lamina in which it is developed I am not prepared to state; 
but it often appears to descend through several layers in the 
mass when this is merely owing to the undulation of the 
layer; while in flat species a horizontal shave more or less, as 
before stated, may bring it into view or take it away alto- 
gether, showing that in this instance it is confined to the 
layer. Still, as the cavities of the coenosarc become continuous 
by extension upwards, so the branches of the flexuous ray of 
the stellate venation may be more or less extended vertically. 
Hence also, as the form presented by the free surface of 
Stromatopora cannot be generic but must be specific, so this 
must be given, together with the other peculiarities of struc- 
ture, in the descriptions of the respective species. 

We have now to consider the import of the parts that 
have been enumerated, and see if this can be elucidated by 
reference to existing species. 

It is true that no species of Stromatopora is known to exist 
at the present day; but still there may be organisms of a like 
nature that reflect back a light which may lead us to a right 
understanding of what Stromatopora was. 

That Millepora alcicornis, although not growing into such 
thick masses as Stromatopora, does produce a corallum which 
is composed of a curvilinear ccenenchyma, increasing by lami- 
nation, and spreading over or enveloping every hard object 
with which it comes into contact, like Stromatopora, is incon- 
testable. 

That the fossil species, viz. Hydractinia pliocena (origi- 
nally and significantly called Stromatopora incrustans by 
Goldfuss, as before stated), was produced by a like organism 
to that of Millepora is equally true. 

And, lastly, we have species of Hydractinie at the present 
day producing respectively horny and calcareous polyparies 
analogous to these coralla. 

Nor does any one doubt that all these were produced by 
Hydroid Polyps issuing from holes smaller even than those 
indicated by the triangular spaces in the rectilinear structure 
of Stromatopora. In short, when we look at a whelk-shell 
covered with living Hydractinia echinata in its natural ele- 
ment, or after having suddenly been plunged from it into 
spirit and water for preservation, we do not wonder that such 
an exuberant growth of polyps of all sizes, such as must also 
be present in Millepora alcicornis, could easily produce the 
coralla of either Hydractinia pliocena or any of the Stroma- 
topore. 

So far, then, we can account for the corallum of Stroma- 
topora and the animal which produced it. 


260 Mr. H. J. Carter on the 


What part, then, did the “ stellate venation” perform? and 
is there any thing analogous to it in the organisms just men- 
tioned ? 

From what has been stated of the stellate venation, it does 
not appear that it had an eaternal opening in the fresh state, 
as will be shown hereafter, whether with or without a central 
cell or inflation, such as that, in the latter instance, figured by 
Baron Rosen (op. et /. c.)—and therefore that its functions were 
not excretory like those of the canal-systems of sponges, which, 
possessing a stellate form like that of the stellate venation of 
Stromatopora, are present on the surface of some species. 
Again, the stellate venation in Stromatopora appears in every 
layer however thin, which, in some specimens of the recti- 
linear species from the Pit-Park Quarry at Dartington, split 
off individually, each bearing its own centres of stellate vena- 
tion, which are generally situated one over another as they 
are on the summits of the gentle elevations which charac- 
terize the growth of the species. This, too, is not like the cha- 
racter of the stelliform excretory canal-systems of sponges, 
which are confined to the surface of the few species that pre- 
sent them. We therefore, however like the latter may be to 
the stellate venations of Stromatopora, may dismiss this specu- 
lation from our conjecture. 

Next, as to any thing like the stellate venation in any of 
the recent or fossil specimens of organisms apparently allied 
to Stromatopora. 

Here we must first advert to what takes place in the deve- 
lopment of the polypary of Hydractinia echinata and H. cal- 
carea respectively, all of which may be found detailed and 
illustrated in extenso in my communications on the subject 
published in the ‘ Annals’ (vol. xi. p. 1 &c. pl. i., 1873; 
and vol. xix. p. 46 &e. pl. viii., 1877), but which will be 
briefly repeated here for our present purpose—that is, to show 
that there is a grooved venation in dried specimens of the 
recent species to which I have alluded, previously formed by, 
and afterwards supporting in the living state, a stoloniferous 
branched tubulation whose office is similar to that of the 
hydrorhiza of the Hydroid Zoophytes, viz. to produce the 
rudiments upon which the whole of the rest of the polypary 
is erected. ‘This tubulation may be first observed in the pro- 
liferous membrane of Hydractinia echinata, as well as in that 
of H. calcarea, and is easily recognized by the presence of 
horny or calcareous points, as the case may be, upon its ev- 
ternal surface, which are not only the rudiments of the poly- 
pary, but those of the grooved venation, as before stated, in 


Structure of Stromatopora. 261 


which the stoloniferous tubulation is afterwards to be lodged, 
but which, disappearing in the dried state, leave the latter in 
the form so beautifully displayed in the surtace of the branched 
species of Hydractinia (H. arborescens, Ann. 1878, vol. i. 
p- 298, pl. xvi. fig. 4). The same kind of grooved venation 
exists in Millepora alcicornis either in the surface or immedi- 
ately beneath the last or outer layer, according to the degree 
of development to which the layer has arrived, since, as may 
be gathered from what has been stated of the stoloniferous 
tubulation in Hydractinia, the tubulation soon obscures itself 
by the development of the polypary around and above it. 
The same grooved venation may be beautifully seen on the 
surface of the fossil species, viz. Hydractinia pliocena, All- 
man, = Stromatopora incrustans, Goldfuss, ut anted, and not 
only on the surface but in the subjacent layers as they are 
split off from the fossilized polypary or corallum. 

Now no naturalist or comparative anatomist (for it is essen- 
tial that a paleontologist should be one) could ever confound 
this structure with that of the excretory canal-system of 
sponges, however like the latter may be to it; if so, I must 
refer him to Mr. Moseley’s description of it in the living 
species under the name of “hydrophyton” (Phil. Trans. 
1877, vol. clxvii. p. 125, pl. ii. fig. 16, &ec.), wherein it will 
be found to be “ lined, and in many places filled with cellular 
elements” (p. 128, pl. ii. fig. 17), and not hollow like the 
canal of sponges; while I myself cannot see any difference, 
except in form, between this grooved venation and the stellate 
venation—which in the lapidified state of Stromatopora in the 
horizontal section is filled with transparent calcite, but which, 
of course, when in the interior of the corallum becomes tubu- 
lar, and in the larger forms of Pit-Park Quarry, to which 
I have alluded, filled (when under decomposition) with a 
mould of opaque white calcite, following the same mineral 
changes as before mentioned under similar circumstances, 
and thus contrasting strongly, in its branching form, with the 
dark remains of the decomposed corallum in which it is thus 
imbedded. 

Nature frequently repeats herself in form, although not in 
function, as if there were a unity of design. Thus there is a 
specimen of a polyzoon in the Liverpool Free Museum, which 
was brought to my notice by Mr. T. H. Higgin, F.L.S., 
where the ccenobium is identical with the general form of the 
siliceous hexactinellid sponge called Hurete farreopsis, which 
I have figured in the ‘ Annals’ (vol. xix. pl. ix. fig. 1); and 
I possess the calcareous cormus of a Synascidian still larger, 


262 Mr. H. J. Carter on the 


where the general structure is similar, 7. e. composed of a 
branched anastomosing tubulation in which the latter is one 
third of an inch in diameter, and thus forms a clathrous 
mass. (By “ calcareous’? I mean charged with globular 
spined spicules of carbonate of lime, like those of the Déde- 
mida, Giard.) Now all these are built upon the same design, 
and in all the oral orifices of the organisms respectively pro- 
ducing them are on the outer side of the tubulation; yet no 
naturalist would assert that a polyzoon, a spongozoon, and 
an ascidian were one and the same organism. Hence the 
form may be the same, but the function different; and so the 
stellate venation of Stromatopora may be like the stellate ex- 
cretory canal-system of sponges presenting this form, with a 
totally different function ; on the other hand, in Hydractinia 
and Stromatopora respectively, the form of the venation may 
be different and the function the same. 

Lastly, we come to the ‘vertical rods” of Stromatopora, 
to which I have alluded as always existing in the rectilinear 
and only sometimes in the curvilinear coenenchyma, pre- 
senting an axial transparency indicative of their having once 
been hollow in the whole of their length, except probably at 
the surface, where the hollow is closed; and that this was 
probably the case we arrive at in the following way, viz. 
that the spines in both Hydractinia echinata and H. calcarea 
which pass up through the whole layer of the polypary are 
respectively hollow throughout, but closed at the apex (Ann. 
1877, vol. xix. pl. vii. figs. 1 and 4)—also that the spines 
on the surface of the fossil species, viz. H. pliocena, are the 
same, and appear to be continuous with the vertical tubes 
in the stroma or corallum, while Labechia conferta of the 
Silurian Formation (which was a species of Hydractinia, and 
to which I shall allude more particularly hereafter) presents 
the same kind of axial transparency in its vertical rods or 
columns, which terminate in opaque (closed) conical points 
respectively on the surface, indicative of their also having 
been in lke manner otherwise hollow (fig. 8,a,6). Hence 
too, perhaps, we may account for the axial transparency, 
indicating original hollowness, in the “ vertical rods” of 
Stromatopora. 

Further, if we compare Favosites gothlandicus (fig. 7) with 
Labechia conferta (fig. 8—both fossils of the Silurian Forma- 
tion), both will be found to be composed of vertical spaces 
tabulated; but while the former was composed of tubes in 
juxtaposition with horizontal tabule (fig. 7, 4), the latter was 
composed of thick hollow columns between which the tabule 
were extended in a much less regular manner (fig. 8, a, 0) ; 


Structure of Stromatopora. 263 


and thus in Labechia we have a transitional form from 
Havosites gothlandicus to the rectilinear structure of Stroma- 
topora, which, in the horizontal section (fig. 2, a, and fig. 8, a), 
it closely resembles—accounting for Lindstrém’s statement 
that G. Hisen had pointed out to him “that there are spe- 
cimens found in Gothland combining the peculiar features 
of Labechia with those of Cenostroma” = Stromatopora 
(Ann. 1876, vol. xvili. p. 5). 

That Labechia was a species of Hydractinia is evident from 
its structure and mode of growth—/. e. more or less laminiform, 
enveloping small shells and corals in its course of increase. I 
make this statement from two large specimens now before me, 
in which there are a number of layers of Labechia varying in 
thickness under one third of an inch, heaped irregularly upon 
each other with shells, corals, and sand between them, some 
of the former of which have not only become united to and 
imbedded in the layers, but also, after the manner of Hydrac- 
tinia, appear to have become partly absorbed into their struc- 
ture ; so that, under this form, Labechia, contrary to Messrs. 
Nicholson and Murie’s statement (Journ. Linn. Soe. vol. xiv. 
p- 235), ¢s closely allied to Hydractinia, which seems to show 
that the assertion was made upon a single specimen in which 
this did not occur. 

There is a species of Stromatopora, viz. 8. elegans, Rosen 
(the well-known “ staghorn variety”), among those in the 
possession of the lapidaries hereabouts, which in the pre- 
sence and position of the stellate venation has puzzled both 
Mr. Champernowne and myself; for the pattern in the coenen- 
chyma exactly represents the stellate venation in the hori- 
zontal section, but in its branches will be found to end not 
like that of the usual venation, namely in the ccenosarcal 
cavities, but in the fibre of the ccenenchyma itself; and yet 
the branches of the stellate venation, when it happens by 
the section to have come into view, follow the course of the 
coenenchymal stellation. The stellate figure in the ccenen- 
chyma (however much, in the horizontal section, it may 
look like the cylindrical branches of the stellate venation) 
has a vertical extension, as well as a horizontal one, in the 
ecenenchyma, so that the horizontal section might cut off seve- 
ral thin slices and still leave the same figure; while the 
stellate venation is probably confined to only one part of it, 
and therefore only now and then, in small fragments, is seen, 
but, of course, must somewhere become continuous with 
the ccenosarcal cavities. Hence I should be inclined to infer 
that the “stellate venation” maintains its horizontal position, 
however much vertically the stellate figure assumed by the 


264 Mr. H. J. Carter on the Structure of Stromatopora. 


coenenchyma may be extended. But this, again, although 
desirable to notice here, is a point which chiefly belongs to a 
particularization of the structure in connexion with a descrip- 
tion of this species. 


Budleigh-Salterton, 
July 29, 1879. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XV. 


Fig. 1. Stromatopora astroites, Rosen, natural size, showing spots of 
“stellate venation.’ (After Rosen, tab. ii. fig. 6.) 

Fig. 2. Stromatopora, sp. (Pit-Park Quarry, Darlington). Illustrating 
the rectilinear ‘structure in a horizontal section of the ccenen- 
chyma. a, ends of vertical rods, with the rectilinear lines be- 
tween them forming the triangular spaces; 6, the same, with 
the rectilinear lines removed; c, dark shade to represent the 
transparent calcite indicative of original hollowness; d d, ends 
of rods; ee, cavity of coenosare. 

Fiy. 3. The same. ITlustrating the rectilinear structure in the vertical 
section of a little more than a single lamina. aa, the rods; 
bb, the horizontal lines limiting the lamina above and below, 
being produced by the edge of the layer (a, fig. 2); cc, inflated 
ends of the rods uniting respectively with those of the next 
laminze both above and below; d d, rectangular or quadrilateral 
spaces, forming part of the ccenosarcal cavity ; the dark shade 
represents the transparent calcite, indicating original hollow- 
ness both in the rods and horizontal lines. 

Fig. 4. Stromatopora, sp. (Pit-Park Quarry, Dartington). Illustrating 
the curvilinear structure in the horizontal section of the ccenen- 
chyma. aaaa, vermiculated thread or fibre cut through on the 
surface ; bbb, vermicular cavities of coenosarc ; ¢ cc, descending 

ortions of vermiculated thread of coenenchyma. 

Fig. 5. The same. Illustrating the curvilinear structure in the vertical 
section. aaa, vermiculated thread or fibre cut through verti- 
cally, showing a tendency to vertical elongation ; b66, vermi- 
cular cavities of ccenosare ; ec ce, descending portions of ver- 
miculated fibre. : 

N.B. Figures 2-5 inclusive are drawn to the scale of about 
1-96th to 1-1800th inch. As the structures vary in size in 
different species, and, indeed, in different specimens of the safhe 
species, so here the rectilinear appears smaller than the curvi- 
linear, but, from what has been stated, it might have been the 
reverse, 

Fig. 6. Stromatopora astroites, Rosen, One star of stellate venation, 
magnified five diameters. (After Rosen, tab. ii. fig. 7.) The 
unfinished state of the ultimate branches here is to indicate that 
they are sunk into the ccenenchyma of the Stromatopora, and, 
therefore, that the centre is elevated. 

N.B. The fact of the structure of the coenenchyma being much 
smaller than the stellate venation is evidenced by fig. 1 (viz. 
Stromatopora astroites), wherein the former is too minute to be 
represented of its natural size, while the latter can be easily 
seen with the unassisted eye. Hence it must not be expected 
that the stellate venation can be represented here upon the 
same scale as the rectilinear and curvilinear structures of the 


On Paleozoic Corals from Northern Queensland. 265 


ccenenchyma respectively (figs. 2-5); but when magnified, as in 
fig. 6, on a much lower scale, being smaller, it might, without 
this explanation, lead to the idea that the stellate venation was 
much smaller than the general coenenchymal structure, while it 
is greatly the reverse. 

Fig. 7. Favosites gothlandicus. a, portion of surface, to show the hexa- 
gonal form of the cells ; 6, portion of vertical section, to show 
the vertical septa or walls of the cylinders traversed by the 
tabule. 

Fig. 8. Labechia conferta. a, horizontal section, to show the arrangement 
of the rods or pillars, and the lines (¢abule) traversing their 
interspaces—also that they were hollow, as indicated by the 
white centre now filled with transparent calcite; 6, vertical 
section, to show the same, but with closure of the pointed free 
extremities. 

N.B. These figures (viz. 7 and 8) are all magnified upon the 
same scale, viz. two diameters, and are slightly diagrammatic, to 
show how the rods and tabulz of Labechza, replacing the cylin- 
ders and tabule of Favosites, present an analogous struc- 
ture to the rectilinear coenenchyma of Stromatopora (figs. 2 
and 3). 


XXX.—Descriptions of Paleozoic Corals from Northern 
Queensland, with Observations on the Genus Stenopora. 
By H. A. Nicwotson, M.D., D.Sc., F.G.S., &c., Professor 
ot Natural History in the University of St. Andrews, and 
R. ErHeripGe, Jun., F.G.S8., of the British Museum. 


[Plate XIV. ] 
(Continued from p. 226. } 


Genus STENOPORA, Lonsdale, 1844. 

Stenopora, Lonsdale, Darwin’s Geol. Obs. Vole. Islands, 1844, p. 161 
(note). 

Stenopora, Lonsdale, Strzelecki’s Phys. Descr. New South Wales &c., 
1845, p. 262. 

Tubulichdia, Lonsdale, Bull. Soc. Géol. de France, 1844, 2nd ser. i. 
p- 497. 

Tubuliclidia, Lonsdale, Murchison’s Geol. Russia, 1845, vol. i. pp. 221 
and 631 (note). 


Gen. char. Corallum ramose or sublobate, rarely massive, 
rooted below, and composed of tubular corallites, which are 
nearly vertical in the centre of the branches, and radiate out- 
wards, from an imaginary axis, to open on all points of the 
free surface. Corallites polygonal, thin-walled, and more or 
less completely in contact in the centre of the branches; but 
in the outer curved portion of their course-more or less cylin- 
drical, and annulated by periodical ring-shaped thickenings, 
which are placed at corresponding levels in contiguous tubes, 


266 Dr. H. A. Nicholson and Mr. R. Etheridge, Jun., on 


in such a manner as to leave vacant spaces between the inter- 
vening unthickened portions. Visceral chamber in the outer 
portion of the tubes alternately contracted and dilated in cor- 
respondence with the periodic thickening of the walls just 
spoken of, but open and subpolygonal in the axial portion of 
the corallum. Septa obsolete. Tabule remote, usually 
placed at corresponding levels in contiguous tubes. Mural 
pores of small size, not numerous, and irregularly distributed. 

History. The genus Stenopora was proposed and partially 
described by the late Mr. Lonsdale in an appendix, entitled 
“ Description of six Species of Corals from the Paleozoic For- 
mation of Van Diemen’s Land,” to Dr. C. Darwin’s work 
‘Geological Observations on the Volcanic Islands’*. Of the 
few characters assigned to it, the only one which can be at all 
seized upon as of generic value is the so-calied periodical 
constriction of the tubes. Two species were described in 
detail, Stenopora tasmaniensis and S. ovata. From the re- 
marks made by Mr. Lonsdale on the former we gather that the 
branches sometimes become hollow, and that the tubes in the 
body of each branch are angular, but after deflection towards 
the surface they become oval. No tabule were observed. Some 
peculiar changes in the surface of the colony were observed 
by Mr. Lonsdale: for instance, where the mouths of con- 
tiguous corallites are not in contact they were seen to be 
separated by foraminated grooves, the latter becoming, as 
growth progressed, gradually filled up; the walls then thick- 
ened, and a row of tubercles were developed along the crests 
so formed. The mouth afterwards became closed by a lamina 
projecting from the inner wall. 

In Count P. de Strzelecki’s work ‘ Physical Description of 
New South Wales, &c.’ +, Mr. Lonsdale further described 
Stenopora, gave additional notes on the two species already 
mentioned, and added two others, S. informis and S. crinita, 
both massive forms, the two previously described species 
being ramose. In the generic description now given the 
contraction of the corallites “at irregular distances, but in 

lanes parallel to the surface of the specimen,” is mentioned, 
and also the existence of additional interpolated tubes. We 
may here remark that in this final definition of Stenopora by 
Lonsdale there is no character which would now be regarded 
as of generic importance. 

The structure of Stenopora ovata is described at greater 
length than in the previous notice of this species. In the 
centre of the branches the tubes are in contact and polygonal, 


* London, 1844, pp. 161-169. + London, 1845, pp. 262-266. 


Paleozoic Corals from Northern Queensland. 267 


and the tubular “constrictions” are very numerous and 
strongly marked; but no satisfactory evidence was forth- 
coming of the ultimate closing of the tube-mouth in S. ovata, 
as described in S. tasmaniensis. 

In the form described under the name of Stenopora crintta, 
Mr. Lonsdale observed that the additional or interpolated 
tubes sometimes sprang “from the lines of contraction, but 
sometimes commenced in the spaces between them.” 

In a table of fossils attached to a paper by Murchison and 
De Verneuil on the Permian System of Russia*, the name 
Tubuliclidia (Lonsdale) is used instead of Stenopora, and two 
additional species are there mentioned, S. spinigera and S. 
crassa. 

In Murchison’s ‘Geology of Russia’ the name Tubuliclhidia 
is retained in a similar table of fossils; but in an appendix f 
to this work the name Stenopora is again made use of, and 
Tubulichidia relegated to the synonymic list. The two species 
previously mentioned are here described and figured; and 
although Lonsdale says nothing about the presence of tabule, 
if we mistake not, they are distinctly figured in one of the 
illustrations of S. crassa §. 

In 1848 Prof. J. D. Dana|| pointed out that the diagnosis 
of Stenopora by Lonsdale was insufficient, and redefined it as 
follows :—“ Internal structure of corallum fine, prismatic ; 
cells of surface minute, subangular, contiguous ; zoophytes 
glomerate or ramose; surface often small-verrucose.” This 
definition adds nothing to our knowledge of the genus as 
worked out by Lonsdale. 

In 1849 the same author referred{] all Lonsdale’s species of 
Stenopora to the genus Chetetes; but, at the same time, he did 
not fail to notice the peculiar tube-accretions, termed by 
Lonsdale ‘constrictions ;”’ and he likewise confirmed the latter’s 
observation on the occasionally hollow nature of the branches 
in the ramose species. Dana, in addition, described a new 
species as Chetetes gracilis**, which appears to be con- 
generic with S. tasmaniensis and S. ovata. 

Messrs. Milne-EKdwards and Haime, in their memoir on the 
Perforate and Tabulate Zoanthariatt, define Stenopora as a 
Chetetes with small styliform processes at the angles of the 
calices, and give as their type S. spinigera, Lonsdale. 
This definition was repeated in their Introduction to their 


* Bull. Soc. Géol. de France, 1844, ser. 2, i. p. 475. 


t Vol. i. 1845, p. 221. PP. 631. § Tab. A. fig. 12, a. 
|| Wilkes’s U.S. Explor. Exped. Zoophytes, p. 537. 
q Ibid. Geology, pp. 711, 712. ** P. 712; t.-10; fige1s; 


tt Comptes Rendus Hebd. 1849, xxix. p. 261. 


268 Dr. H. A. Nicholson and Mr. R. Etheridge, Jun., on 


‘Monograph of the British Fossil Corals’ *; whilst in their 
more extended work ‘ Polypiers Fossiles &c.’ they placed 
the whole of the Australian species described by Lonsdale 
doubtfully in the genus Chetetes +, and noticed the presence 
of tabule in S. crinita. 

It has already been pointed out by one of us { that “ they 
(7. e. Edwards and Haime) thus do not notice the characters 
relied upon by Lonsdale and M‘Coy as separating Stenopora 
and Chetetes, whilst they introduce a feature not mentioned by 
either of these observers. In other words, they break up Lons- 
dale’s genus into two portions, one of which, typified by Steno- 
pora spinigera, Lonsd., they retain under Stenopora ; whilst 
the other, comprising all the (so called) species enumerated by 
M‘Coy, King, Geinitz, and Howse, they place under Cheetetes 
and Havosites.”’ 

In 1851 Prof. M‘Coy gave a diagnosis of Stenopora derived 
from the study of so-called British species. He described the 
presence of lateral gemmation, the absence of connecting 
tubuli or foramina in the tubes, and the presence of ‘ imper- 
fect diaphragms perforated in the middle”? §. 

This would have been a real advance in our knowledge of 
Stenopora, because Lonsdale said no trace of transverse dia- 
phragms had been noticed ||, were there any evidence to show 
that M‘Coy’s definition was based upon corals really belonging 
to this genus {/, or possessing a structure at all similar to that 
exhibited by either of the typical forms, S. tasmaniensis or 
S. ovata. M‘Coy’s “ Stenopora fibrosa, Goldf.,”’ which is the 
first species described after his definition, is a Silurian form, 
and is almost certainly a Monticulipora. Any appear- 
ance of “ perforated diaphragms” in Stenopora can only be 
due to the periodic contractions of the visceral chamber 
by the annular thickenings of the walls of the corallites, 
the true tabule being thin, horizontal, and complete, as we 
shall show hereafter. 


* 1850, p. Lxi. + 1851, pp. 273, 274. 

{ Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. xxx. p. 499, 

§ Brit. Pal. Foss. fase. i. p. 24. 

|| Darwin’s Geol. Observations, p. 162. 

4 We have carefully examined specimens and thin sections of Monti- 
culipora (Chetetes) tumida, Phill., which M‘Coy described as a Stenopora ; 
and we find this form to very closely approach the type species of Steno- 
pora in internal structure, with which, in fact, it agrees in most features 
of importance. The thickening of the tubes towards their mouths, how- 
ever, appears to be not so distinctly a periodical and annular thickening, 
and mural pores have not been yet detected, while several Silurian Mon- 
ticulipore exhibit similar features in a less marked form. Under these 
circumstances, therefore, we have not felt ourselves justified in actually 
removing Monticulipora (Chetetes) tumida, Phill., to Stenopora. 


Paleozoic Corals from Northern Queensland. 269 


Fromentel, in his ‘Introduction 4 l’étude des Polypiers 
Fossiles’*, follows Edwards and Haime in referring the 
Stenopore to Chetetes, with a note of interrogation; indeed 
this reference is adopted by Milne-Edwards even in his most 
extended and latest work on this subject, ‘ Histoire naturelle 
des Coralliaires’ f. 

Prof. de Koninck has, to us, made a most inexplicable 
reference { in placing S. tasmaniensis and S. ovata as syno- 
nyms of Monticulipora tumida, Phill. (Chetetes tumidus 
auctt.). They have no specific connection with this charac- 
teristic Kuropean Carboniferous species. 

In the Cambridge ‘Catalogue of Cambrian and Silurian 
Fossils’ §, the late Mr. J. W. Salter adopted Stenopora 
nearly in the same sense in which it was employed by Prof. 
M ‘Coy. 

In 1874 a paper by one of the present writers (‘‘ Descrip- 
tions of Species of Chetetes from the Lower Silurian Rocks 
of North America) ” was published||, in which the relations of 
Stenopora to other genera were touched on. One very impor- 
tant point is here brought forward, viz. that in all the Ame- 
rican Devonian and Silurian species of Monticulipora exa- 
mined by the author the outer walls of the corallites were 
exposed by fracture, as in Stenopora, although in every other 
respect the characters were those usually ascribed to Chetetes. 
The confusion which has arisen by the indiscriminate use of 
the terms Favosites, Chatetes, Monticulipora, and Stenopora 
by various authors is again commented on by the same 
writer in his ‘ Report upon the Paleontology of the Province 
of Ontario’. The difficulty formerly experienced in sepa- 
rating Cheetetes from Stenopora is here alluded to; and the 
author considers that the forms referred to the latter by 
paleontologists who have written since Lonsdale cannot be 
separated from Cheetetes. 

Ina paper “On the Affinities of the Anthozoa Tabulata”**, 
Dr. G. Lindstrém has proposed the elimination of Stenopora 
from amongst the Tabulate corals, and the placing of it with 
the Polyzoa. 

The last reference we have to make in the history of this 
interesting genus is an important one. In his recent work, 
“Recherches sur les Fossiles paléozoiques de la Nouvelle- 


* Paris, 1858-61, pp. 274, 275. + Vol. iii. 1860, p. 272. 

{ Nouvelle Recherches sur les Animaux foss. &c. pt. 1. 1872, p. 143. 
§ Cambridge, 1873, pp. 29, 108. 

|| Quart, Journ. Geol. Soc. 1874, xxx. pp. 499-515. 

q Toronto, 1874, pt. 1. p. 60, 1875, pt. 2, p. 29. 

** Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1876, xviii. p. 9. 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. iv. 19 


270 Dr. H. A. Nicholson and Mr. R. Etheridge, Jun., on 
Galles du Sud,’ Prof. L. G. de Koninck has shown the exis- 


tence in Stenopora ovata of mural pores or perforations *, and, 
in consequence, has referred it to the genus Favosites. The 
pores in question are described as irregular in disposition, 
some on the faces of the walls themselves, others on the 
angles of the corallites. The presence of tabule, first figured 
by Lonsdale in Stenopora, is recorded in this species. 

Obs. Taking S. ovata, Lonsd., as the foundation of the 
following remarks, the corallum in Stenopora is usually more 
or less branched ; but the branches may be so thick, or may so 
extensively coalesce, that its general form becomes that of a 
lobate mass. The corallites (fig. 1, A) radiate in all direc- 


A. Portion of a branch of Stenopora Jacki, Nich. & Eth., Jun., split 
open, of the natural size. B. Portion of the same, enlarged, 
showing the annulation of the tubes in their outer portions. C. A 
few of the tubes of the same, still further enlarged, showing the 
mural pores. Permo-Carboniferous, Queensland. 


tions from an imaginary axis, and present very different 
appearances in the central and circumferential portions of the 
corallum respectively. In the axial portion of the branches 
the tubes are nearly vertical, are essentially polygonal or 
prismatic in shape, have thin walls, and are nearly or quite 
in contact with one another throughout. As they pass up- 
wards the tubes gradually diverge, coming, at last, to be 
nearly horizontal, and preserving this direction for a consider- 
able distance, till they at last open upon the surface. There 
is thus an exterior zone of the corallum, in which the coral- 
lites are nearly transverse to the axis of the branches ; and in 
this region (fig. 1, B) they have a generally cylindrical ap- 
pearance, owing to the fact that their walls are thickened at 
very short intervals by annular accretions of growth, the por- 
tions of the tube between them retaining their normal dia- 
meter. As these thickened portions are placed at corre- 


* Bruxelles, 1877, pt. 5, pp. 156, 157. 


Paleozoic Corals from Northern Queensland. 271 


sponding levels in all the corallites, it follows that the tubes 
are in actual contact with one another at these points only, 
and that they are separated by ring-like spaces corresponding 
with all the unthickened segments of the tubes. 

Thin sections of the corallum show different appearances 
in different portions. Thus, in a transverse section across a 
branch, the axial corallites are seen to differ in no essential fea- 
ture of their structure from those of Monticulipora or Favosites. 
Each possesses its own wall, which is not abnormally thick- 
ened (fig. 2, B), the boundary between contiguous tubes being 


A. Two tubes of Stenopora ovata, Lonsd., cut transversely across their 
thickened portions, and showing the contraction of the visceral 
chamber by an annular deposit of sclerenchyma, which is nog in 
contact with the wall on one side. 3B. Two tubes of the same from 
the centre of a branch, cut across, and showing the thin walls and 
polygonal form. C. Portion of a tube of the same cut longitudinally, 
showing the thickening of the wall, the tabula, and one of the 
mural pores. Enlarged twenty-five times. Permo-Carboniferous, 
Queensland. 


clearly indicated by a distinct dark line. The tubes in this 
portion of the corallum are also regularly polygonal, and are 
certainly, as a rule, in close contact. On the other hand, in 
sections tangential to the branch and taken a little below the 
surface, the tubes are cut across in their outer portions, where 
they are periodically thickened. The tubes still appear to be 
polygonal and in contact, each being bounded externally by 
a well-marked dark line; but the appearances presented by 
the area within this boundary-line are very puzzling, appa- 
rently varying according as the section traverses the tubes at 
the level of their thickened portions or at that of the unthick- 
19* 


272 Dr. H. A. Nicholson and Mr. R. Etheridge, Jun., on 


ened intervals between the latter. In the former case the 
visceral chamber (fig. 2, A) is seen to be greatly contracted, 
and to be reduced to a comparatively small rounded or sub- 
polygonal central tube, which is in turn surrounded by a thick- 
ened ring of sclerenchyma, which usually shows distinct 
traces of its being composed of successively-deposited con- 
centric lamine. In the latter case there 1s still a ring of 
sclerenchyma within the dark outer polygonal boundary ; but 
this ring is of small thickness comparatively, and the central 
tube is wide and open. Further, in both cases alike there are 
two phenomena observable which we are at present unable to 
account for. One of these consists in the fact that the ring 
of sclerenchyma within the corallite is never in contact with 
the outer polygonal wall for more than one half or two thirds 
of its circumference, being separated from the latter through- 
out the remaining part of the tube by a distinct and conspi- 
cuous interspace, which is filled in the fossil with transparent 
calcite. Not only is this partial interspace between the inner 
ring and the outer wall apparently always present (fig. 2, A), 
but it seems to be always situated upon the same side of all 
the corallites in any particular section. The other inexpli- 
cable feature is, that the outer dark walls of the corallites 
appear to be always in close contact, whereas an examination 
of the exterior of the tubes shows them to be only in contact 
along the planes where thickenings of the wall are developed, 
while they are separated by distinct intervals in the spaces 
between them. 

Moreover, in many parts of tangential sections the corallites 
exhibit few features that would satisfactorily separate them 
from similar sections of certain Monticulipore—though they 
usually have exceptionally thick walls, and also often exhibit 
a thin dark ring a little within the true wall and concentric 
with the latter. There are also some other phenomena occa- 
sionally observable which it is extremely difficult to explain ; 
and we must admit that there are various points as to the 
anatomy of this curious genus which must remain obscure 
until a large series of specimens can be microscopically inves- 
tigated. 3 

Longitudinal sections of the corallites (fig. 2, C) show the 
periodical annular thickenings of the tubes in a very instruc- 
tive manner, and demonstrate that these are really thickenings 
of the wall, projecting both externally and internally ; so that 
it is not correct to regard the corallites as being “ periodically 
constricted,” this phrase applying only to the visceral chamber 
In fact the longitudinal section of the wall has a regularly 
moniliform appearance, owing to its successively traversing 


Paleozoic Corals from Northern Queensland. 2%0 


thickened and unthickened segments. Sections of this kind 
also show that there exist remote and complete tabule, which 
are usually placed at approximately corresponding levels in 
all the corallites of a single colony. Lastly, these sections 
occasionally show mural pores, though these structures can 
best be made out by a microscopic examination of the exterior 
of the tubes, when they are found to have the form of small, 
circular, irregularly-distributed apertures. It may be added 
that long sections show the same puzzling feature as do tan- 
gential slices—namely, that the corallites are apparently in 
contact throughout their entire length, whereas macroscopic 
examination shows them to be clearly free over the unthick- 
ened segments of the tube. 

Our specimens are not in such a condition as to justify our 
making any definite statements as to the characters exhibited 
by the surface, except that the calices are certainly not oblique. 
The exterior of the mouths, according to Lonsdale, are round 
or slightly oval, and the dividing ridges sharp, with a large 
tubercle at the interspace between every four mouths. So 
far as we can judge, the general aspect of the calices is very 
similar to that of either Monticulipora or Chetetes; and we 
should therefore doubt if a simple inspection of the exterior 
would enable an observer to certainly separate an example of 
Stenopora from one of either of the latter genera. At any 
rate, it is probable that the presence of spines or tubercles in 
the lips of the calices (even if a constant character) cannot 
be supposed to have more than a mere specific significance. 

As to the affinities and systematic position of Stenopora, 
Lonsd., the discovery by Prof. de Koninck of mural pores, 
and the existence of these in other forms, as demonstrated by 
us, are quite conclusive as to the propriety of referring the 
genus to the Favositide ; and it is thus widely removed from 
Cheetetes, Fischer, and Monticulipora, D’Orb., to which it 
bears a striking superficial likeness, and from which it has 
usually been supposed to be hardly, or not at all, separable. 
Within the family of the Favositide the genus holds an 
entirely unique position, and possesses no close ally with 
which it need be compared in detail. 

In making specific determinations of Stenopore we labour 
under a certain disadvantage ; for it has already been pointed 
out by one of us that the collection containing two of the 
types (8. tasmaniensis, Lonsd., and S. ovata, Lonsd.) has 
been lost ; but this is partly counterbalanced by the existence 
of the fine specimens of the same species described by Mr. 
Lonsdale in the Strzelecki collection. 

Geological Position. So far as can be at present stated, the 


274 Dr. H. A. Nicholson and Mr. R. Etheridge, Jun., on 


species of Stenopora, Lonsd., are confined to the Carboniferous 
or Permo-Carboniferous formation of Australia and Tas- 
mania. ‘There is, indeed, some uncertainty as to the pre- 
cise geological horizon of some of the deposits which have 
yielded Stenopora; but there is no reason to think that 
any of these are of Silurian age, and all the corals of this 
formation which have been at various times referred to Steno- 
pora must, pending their complete examination by micro- 
scopic methods, be placed under Chetetes or Monticulipora. 


Addendum.—The preceding description of the genus Steno- 
pora was founded entirely upon an examination of S. ovata, 
Lonsd., and of the undoubtedly congeneric S. Jackit, nobis. 
Since this was written, however, we have been enabled to 
examine S. tasmaniensis, Lonsd., S. crinita, Lonsd.; and a 
third form, which may be 8. énformis, Lonsd., and we have 
thereby gained some additional information, and at the same 
time, in some respects, materially augmented the difficulty 
which we have experienced in our endeavour to interpret the 
structure of this extraordinary genus. So many points, indeed, 
have presented themselves for solution, that we think it best 
to postpone our remarks upon this subject till we can devote 
a memoir especially to the elucidation of this genus. In the 
meanwhile, therefore, we will only say here that S. tasmant- 
ensts, Lonsd., is in all its essential details similar to S. ovata 
and S. Jacki, whereas S. crinita and S. informis differ in 
important respects from the species just mentioned, and show 
a curious approximation to certain of the so-called Monticuli- 
pore. 


Stenopora ovata, Lonsdale. 


(Pl. XIV. figs. 1-1ce; and woodcut, fig. 2.) 

Stenopora ovata, Lonsdale, in Darwin’s Geol. Obs. Vole. Islands, 
p. 163 (1844), and in Strzelecki’s Phys. Descr. N. 8. Wales, p. 263, 
pl. viii. figs. 8a & 3b (1845). 

Chetetes(?) ovatus, Milne-Edwards & Haime, Pol. Foss. des Terr. 
Pal. p. 273 (1851). 

Monticulipora tumida (pars), De Koninck, Nouy. Rech. Terr. Carb. 
Belgique, p. 143 (1872). 

Favosites ovata, De Koninck, Pal. Nouv.-Galles du Sud, pt. iii. p. 156, 
pl. iii. fig. 5 (1877); Etheridge, jun., Cat. Australian Foss, p. 36 
(1878). 

Spec. char. Corallum sublobate or submassive, of cylin- 
drical or flattened branches, which have a diameter of from 
half an inch to an inch anda half or more. Corallites vertical, 
or nearly so, in the centre of the branches, but finally bending 
outwards nearly at right angles, and being continued for some 
distance in this direction before reaching the surface. Coral- 


Paleozoic Corals from Northern Queensland. 275 


lites in the central portions of the corallum thin-walled, poly- 
gonal, and closely contiguous; but in the horizontal portion 
of their course thickened by annular accretions, by which the 
tubes are placed in contact, the intervening unthickened seg- 
ments being free. Corallites on an average from 7); to #5 inch 
in diameter, tubes of smaller size being here and there interca- 
lated among the larger ones. In the outer portion of the tubes 
about six of the annular thickenings of the tubes and as many 
unthickened segments occupy the space of one line. Tabule 
horizontal, complete, remote from one another as a general 
rule, and, for the most part, placed at corresponding levels in 
contiguous tubes, these levels having no evident relation to 
the annular thickenings of the tubes. 

Obs. Having already given a full account, so far as our 
materials permit, of the internal structure of the genus, we 
need not go into details as to the minute internal structure of 
the present species. Our specimens, moreover, do not exhibit 
the surface in any manner that would enable us to give the 
external characters of the species. That our specimens are 
referable to Stenopora is proved beyond a shadow of doubt by 
their microscopic structure ; and in identifying them with S. 
ovata, Lonsd., we have relied chiefly upon the rapid diver- 
gence of the tubes from the central bundle, and the great 
number and close arrangement of the annular thickenings of 
the corallites in the horizontal portion of their course, these 
being sometimes so much developed as to give to the exterior 
of the tubes a regularly crenulated appearance. The annular 
thickenings are also unusually broad ; and many smaller tubes 
are interpolated among the larger ones as the surface is ap- 
proached. 

Our determination is the more to be relied on as we have 
made a direct comparison between Mr. Jack’s specimens and 
Mr. Lonsdale’s Strzeleckian type*, although, for reasons 
previously explained, we have not had the advantage of ex- 
amining the specimens upon which the species was originally 
based by Mr. Lonsdale, and which were collected in Tas- 
mania by Dr. Charles Darwin, F.R.S. 

Locality and Horizon. Permo-Carboniferous, Coral Creek, 
Bowen-River Coal-field, Queensland. 

Collector. R. L. Jack, Esq., F.R.G.S., F.G.S., &e. 


Stenopora Jackit, Nich. & Eth., Jun. (Woodcut, fig. 1.) 


Spec. char. Corallum ramose, dividing at wide intervals, 
the branches cylindrical, averaging about two lines in dia- 


* Phys. Descript. N.S. Wales, &c., 1845, t. 8. f£. 3 (coll. Brit. Mus.). 


276 Dr. H. A. Nicholson and Mr. R. Etheridge, Jun., on 


meter, and gradually tapering to their free extremities. The 
corallites are nearly vertical in the axial portion of their 
course, but ultimately bend outwards nearly at right angles 
to the imaginary axis of the branches, and open on the sur- 
face by rounded calices which are free from any obliquity. 
As the terminations of the branches are approached the angle 
of deflection of the corallites becomes less and less, and the 
horizontal portion becomes shorter and shorter; until at the 
extremity the whole of the corallites are nearly vertical. 
Average diameter of the corallites from 75 to #5 inch, smaller 
tubes being intercalated among those of average size as the 
surface is approached. Annular thickenings of the hori- 
zontal portions of the tubes narrow and ring-like, about five 
occupying one line, this being the total length, in general, of 
the annulated portions of the corallites. Mural pores minute, 
irregularly distributed. Surface not observed. 

Obs. This is a graceful and well-marked species, easily 
distinguished from S. ovata and S. tasmaniensis of Lonsdale 
by its habit and general proportions. We should have been 
inclined to refer it to Stenopora (Chetetes) gracilis, Dana, 
had it not been for the fact that Dana lays stress upon the 
length of the tubes in the latter species, as well as upon the 
remarkable paucity of annulations in the same. 

In the present species, on the other hand, the annulations 
of the tubes in the horizontal portions of their course are 
much more numerous than in S. tasmaniensis, Lonsd., while 
it differs conspicuously from SS. ovata, Lonsd., in its size and 
general proportions. The presence of minute irregularly 
placed mural pores can be readily made out in specimens 
which are longitudinally fractured, by an examination of the 
exterior of the tubes under low powers of the microscope. 

Locality and Horizon. Permo-Carboniferous, Coral Creek, 
Bowen-River Coal-field, N. Queensland. 

Collector. R. L. Jack, Esq., F.G.S. 


Stenopora? sp. 


Obs. Among our specimens from the Daintree collection 
we have numerous examples of a ramose coral which, from its 
general appearance, can only be regarded as a species of Steno- 
pora, but which, so far as we can make out, does not exhibit 
the peculiar internal structure of this genus as typified by 
S. ovata, and which we, therefore, think may possibly be a 
Monticulipora, D’Orb. The specimens in question occur 
abundantly in a curious chloritic conglomerate (of Devonian 
or Carboniferous age ?), which is largely impregnated with 
a grass-green chloritic or serpentinous mineral; and none 


Paleozoic Corals from Northern Queensland. 277 


of them exhibit the characters of the surface. Moreover, 
though the coralla are calcareous, and are themselves per- 
meated by crystalline calcite, their more delicate structures 
seem to have been destroyed during the process of fossiliza- 
tion, and microscopic sections fail to show the internal struc- 
ture in a thoroughly satisfactory manner. 

The corallum in this form is ramose, the branches from two 
to five lines in diameter, diverging from a main stem obliquely 
or at right angles, the terminal portions always bifurcating, 
and the apices of the branches rounded or lobate. The coral- 
lites, after a short vertical course in the axis of the branches, 
are abruptly deflected nearly at right angles ; and after hold- 
ing this latter course for a space of from half a line to a line 
or more, they open by direct apertures upon the surface. As 
examined by a lens, the outer horizontal portions of the coral- 
lites appear to be thickened at intervals, as in Sfenopora; but 
thin sections do not confirm this view of their structure. On 
the contrary, their walls seem to be uniformly thickened, the 
thickening increasing in amount as the calices are approached, 
and sections at right angles to the tubes appear to give clear 
indications of the existence here and there of a series of inter- 
stitial tubuli. Neither tabule nor mural pores are recogni- 
zable with any certainty. 

When fractured surfaces of this coral are examined, the 
appearance presented is so Stenopora-like, that we feel our-: 
selves obliged to refer the species to Stenopora rather than to 
Monticulipora, notwithstanding the absence of the more de- 
tailed characteristic internal structure of the former genus. 
It is, of course, just possible that this may be due to the 
mode of preservation. The general aspect of this species is 
quite that of Dana’s Stenopora (Chetetes) gracilis, especially 
in the lobate bifurcation of the terminal branches; but the 
internal structure, so far as known to us, does not altogether 
correspond with the latter. Our Stenopora disagrees with 
Dana’s species in the same way as S. ovata does; viz. the 
periodical thickenings, although faintly marked, are much too 
numerous for S. gracilis. 

Locality and Horizon. Ina fine conglomerate containing 
much chloritic matter, Gympie Gold-field. Devonian or Car- 
boniferous (?). 

Collector. 'The late Richard Daintree, Esq., C.M.G., F.G.S. 
(Coll. Brit. Mus.) 


Genus Arzopora, Nich. & Eth., Jun., gen. nov. 


Gen. char. Corallum massive, resembling that of Favosites, 
of polygonal corallites, which radiate outwards from an ima- 


278 Dr. H. A. Nicholson and Mr. R. Etheridge, Jun., on 


ginary axis to open upon the upper surface of the colony. 
Under surface covered with an epitheca (?). The corallites 
are firmly united by their walls, which are extensively pierced 
by apertures, placing the visceral tubes in direct communica- 
tion. Septa trabecular, often irregularly divided, or anasto- 
mosing at their free ends. ‘Tabule rudimentary, represented 
by occasional horizonal trabecule. No columella nor coenen- 
chyma. 

Obs. This genus is founded upon a single remarkable 
specimen belonging to the ‘‘ Daintree collection,” from the 
Devonian or Carboniferous deposits of Queensland, which we 
propose to distinguish specifically by the name of Araopora 
australis, and of which we subjoin a brief description. 


Areopora australis, Nich. & Eth., Jun. 


Spec. char. Corallum massive, pyriform, of considerable 
size, composed of polygonal or prismatic corallites which 
radiate outwards from an imaginary axis to open on the upper 
surface of the colony. Average diameter of the corallites from 
two thirds to three fourths of a line, no very small tubes being 
intercalated amongst those of ordinary dimensions. Walls 
amalgamated, irregularly cribriform. Septa variable in num- 
ber, spiniform, or irregularly divided. ‘Tabule: rudimentary. 

Obs. The corallum of A. australis might at first sight be 
readily taken for that of any of the larger and more massive 
species of Favosites (such as PF. hemisphericus, Yand. & 
Shum.), though even to the naked eye the absence of distinct 
tabule and the cribriform or porous condition of the walls 
are striking features. Our only specimen is not perfect, and 
is not only completely silicified, but is thoroughly infiltrated 
with silica tinged with oxide of iron. Its height is rather more 
than three inches, and its greatest width something over four 
inches. Its form is pyriform, the narrow base having evidently 
been attached to some foreign body, while the under surface 
was almost certainly covered by an epitheca, of which no traces 
now remain. ‘The calices must have opened over the whole 
of the upper surface; but none of them are preserved in the 
specimen now before us. ‘The corallites radiate with a 
graduated divergence from the imaginary axis of the colony ; 
and their form is regularly prismatic or polygonal, as in Favo- 
sites. 'This character, however, is much more perceptible by 
the eye, or when the surface is examined with a lens, than it 
is when thin sections are investigated under the microscope, 
as it is to some extent masked in the latter case by the broken 
and cribriform structure of the walls. Thin sections (fig. 3, 
A & B), whether transverse or vertical, show that the walls of 


Paleozoic Corals from Northern Queensland. 279 


the tubes are extensively porous and cribriform, being pierced 
by numerous apertures, which place the visceral chambers in 
direct communication. Transverse sections also serve admir- 
ably to show the character of the irregular trabecular septa, some 
of which are simply spiniform, while others divide towards 
their inner extremities, or even unite with their neighbours 
by their free ends. Vertical sections show that the septa are, 
upon the whole, placed in longitudinal rows; and they exhibit 
occasionally horizontal trabecule (fig. 3, B), which may be 
regarded as of the nature of rudimentary tabule. 


Pn B ite GY 


A. Part of a transverse section of Ar@opora australis, Nich. & Eth., 
Jun., enlarged eight times, showing the trabecular septa and 
porous walls. 5B. Part of a vertical section of the same, similarly 
enlarged, showing the cribriform character of the walls, the septa, 


and the rudimentary tabule. Devonian, Queensland (Daintree 
collection). 


From a consideration of the above characters it cannot be 
doubted that we have to deal in Arwopora with a genuine 
** Perforate””? Coral, which, however, is closely related to the 
Favositide, and may be best placed in this family rather than 
in any of the more regular groups of the Perforata. By the 
characters of its walls and septa the genus presents certain 
alliances with the Poritide ; but its general form and aspect 
are those of a Havosites; and the presence of rudimentary 
tabule would further confirm the view here taken. Among 
the genera of the Favositide its nearest ally is to be found in 


280 Dr. H. A. Nicholson and Mr. R. Etheridge, Jun., on 


the Lower Silurian genus Columnopora, Nich., which it nearly 
resembles in form and habit. It is distinguished from the 
latter, however, by the less regularly perforate character of 
its walls, by the rudimentary condition of its tabule, and by 
the irregularly dividing and trabecular septa. We are unable 
to institute any comparison between Arwopora and the Cre- 
taceous genus Koninckia, E.& H.; but the septa of the latter 
seem to be merely spiniform (six in number), and the tabule 
are said to be well developed and complete. 

Locality and Horizon. Limestone of the Burdekin River, 
N. Queensland. Devonian. 

Collector. The late R. Daintree, Esq. 


Genus Pacuypora, Lindstrom. 


Pachypora meridionalis, Nich. & Eth., Jun. 


Spec. char. Corallum ramose, of cylindrical branches, about 
two lines and a half or three lines in diameter, dividing dicho- 
tomously at comparatively remote intervals. Corallites not 
regularly polygonal, with very thick walls, the diameter of 
which increases as the mouth is approached. Calices hardly 
at all oblique, about a third of a line, or sometimes rather more, 
in diameter, oval, rounded, or irregular in shape, often open- 
ing into one another, surrounded by thick obtuse margins, 
which exhibit no traces of the original polygonal wall of the 
corallite. Mural pores few, very large, and irregularly placed. 
Tabule few and remote. 

Obs. This species is unquestionably very closely allied to 
Pachypora (Kavosites) cervicornis, De Blainv., of the Kuro- 
pean Devonian; and we have felt some hesitation in giving 
it a distinct specific designation. Both belong to that section 
of Favosites in which the walls are thickened by the secon- 
dary deposition of sclerenchyma in successive lamine, the 
amount of this thickening being increased as the mouth is ap- 
proached; and both are therefore referable to Lindstrém’s 
genus Pachypora. Both are alike in form and general habit, and 
have singularly large, sparse, and irregular mural pores. After 
a comparison, however, of the Australian specimens with ex- 
amples from the Eifel, both macroscopically and microscopi- 
cally, we have come to the conclusion that the former must 
in the meanwhile be regarded as specifically distinct, upon the 
following grounds :— 

a. Pachypora meridionalis, nobis, is, on the whole, a much 
smaller species than P. cervicornis, De Blainv., the branches 
in the latter often reaching 8 or 10 lines in diameter. 

b. The corallites in P. cervicornis can always be shown, by 


Paleozoic Corals from Northern Queensland. 281 


thin sections, to preserve their polygonal outline, in spite of 
the thickening to which they are subjected ; in the axis of the 
branches they are regularly polygonal; and even the thick- 
ened lips of the calices show more or less distinctly a poly- 
gonal line placed at a little distance from the mouth of the tube, 
which represents the original wall. On the other hand, in P. 
meridionalis the polygonal form of the corallites is more or 
less completely obliterated, even in the axis of the branches 
the originally prismatic wall cannot be detected, and the 
thickened lips of the calices are simply rounded and obtuse. 

ce. In P. cervicornis the calices are about half a line in 
diameter, rounded or subpolygonal, and only occasionally 
opening into one another. In P. meridionalis, on the con- 
trary, the calices are mostly only about a third of a line in 
diameter (counting in, as before, the wall around them), their 
shape is very irregular, and they open into one another so 
frequently, and to such an extent, that they sometimes become 
almost vermiculate in character. 

Upon the whole, therefore, we consider the present species 
to be sufficiently distinct from P. cervicornis, De Blainv., to 
deserve a separate name; and we know of no other adequately 
characterized species with which it is necessary to compare it 
in detail. We may add that the differences between P. meri- 
dionalis and P. cervicornis, which we have above alluded to, 
are much more conspicuous if we take specimens of the form 
usually known by the latter name in the Devonian Limestones 
of Devonshire, and figured as such by Milne-Edwards and 
Haime (Brit. Foss. Cor. pl. xlvii. fig. 2). 

Locality and Horizon. In Devonian Limestone (apparently 
abundant), Fanning River, Burdekin, N. Queensland ; Lime- 
stone of Arthur’s Creek, Burdekin Downs, N. Queensland. 

Collector. R. L. Jack, Esq., F.G.S. 


Pachypora? sp. ind. 


Obs. A second and ramose form, in all probability referable 
to this genus, occurs in the Fanning-River Limestone ; but the 
state of preservation did not permit of our making thin sec- 
tions ; so that we can do no more than simply record the occur- 
rence of it. The same form is also met with at Reid. 


Collector. R. L. Jack, Esq. 
Genus Tratuypora, Edw. & Haime, 1851. 
(Polyp. Foss. Terr. Pal. p. 305.) 
Trachypora, sp. ind. 
Obs. So far as we are aware, Trachypora has not been 


282 Dr. H. A. Nicholson and Mr. R. Etheridge, Jun., on 


hitherto recognized as an Australian genus of Paleozoic 
Corals. Mr. Jack has forwarded to us a single and badly 
preserved example, which, although sufficiently good for 
generic identification, is in too ill-preserved a condition to 
warrant us in attaching to it a specific description and name. 

The specimen is seated on the weathered surface of a piece 
of limestone, and exhibits the vermiculate surface and non- 
septate calices characteristic of Zrachypora. 

Horizon and Locality. Arthur’s Creek, Burdekin Downs, 
N. Queensland. Devonian Limestone. 


Collector. R. L. Jack, Esq. 
Genus AULOPORA, Goldfuss, 1826. 


(Petrefacta Germanie, i. p. 82.) 


Obs. Without at present entering into the question of the 
extent to which Aulopora, Syringopora, and Cladochonus may 
be regarded as distinct, it may be simply stated that only one 
species of Aulopora has been described from the Paleozoic 
rocks of Australia, viz. Aulopora fasciculata, De Koninck*, 
from the Upper Silurian of Bell River, New South Wales. 
We have now to place on record the presence, in the Arthur’s 
Creek Limestone, of a form possessing all the characters of 
the European Devonian Aulopora repens. 


Aulopora repens (Knorr & Walch.), Edwards & Haime. 


Aulopora serpens, Goldfuss, Pet. Germ. i. p. 82, t. 29, f. 1. 

Aulopora repens, Edwards & Haime, Pol. foss. Ter. Pal. 1851, p. 312. 

Obs. We have an example of this interesting coral creep- 
ing over the surface of a specimen of Heliolites porosus. The 
weathering of the surface of the coral has removed the epi- 
theca and exposed wall of the Aulopora, and laid bare the 
interiors of the ramifying or stolon-like corallites. 

The spaces enclosed by the union of the corallites are irre- 
gular in shape, some polygonal,others elongated. The corallites 
either occur along the course of the creeping network, or are 
thrown off as a small projection at each bifurcation. There is 
no regularity in their disposition: at one point they succeed 
one another very rapidly along the creeping tubes, and are 
much crowded; but on other portions they are scattered and 
separated by much greater interspaces. On the edge of the 
corallum, where the reticulation becomes of a more open nature, 
the zigzag appearance given to the corallites by frequent 
dichotomization becomes very apparent. ‘There are no septa 
visible in our example. 


* Foss. pal. Nouv.-Galles du Sud, 1876, p. 14, t. 1. f. 1. 


Paleozoic Corals from Northern Queensland. 283 


Horizon and Locality. Arthur’s Creek, Burdekin Downs, 
North Queensland. Devonian Limestone. 


Collector. R. L. Jack, Esq. 


Tn addition to the corals which we have now described, the 
Arthur’s-Creek Limestone has yielded a colony of Lithostrotion 
or Lonsdaleia, enveloped in a mass of Stromatopora, and partly 
silicified. In all probability it is a species of the former 
genus. 


5. Distribution of the Species and Age of the Beds. 


1. The fossiliferous beds of Coral Creek, at a point below 
the Sonoma road-crossing, in the Bowen-River Coal-field, have 
yielded 


Stenopora ovata, Lonsdale. 
Jacki, nobis. 


2. The Fanning-River Limestone has also afforded the 
following two species, although there are indications of other 
corals not determinable :— 


Heliolites porosus, Goldfuss. 
Pachypora meridionalis, nobis. 


3. The green fossiliferous chloritic rock of the Gympie gold- 
field is crowded with a pretty coral, which may be a Monti- 
culipora, but which we place provisionally as 


Stenopora ? sp. ind. 


4, The limestone of the Broken River, a tributary of the 
Burdekin River, contains :— 


Favosites gothlandicus (Fougt), Lamk., vars. 
Heliolites porosus, Goldfuss. 

plasmoporoides, nobis. 

Daintreei, nobis. 

, sp. ind. 

Areopora australis, nobis. 


5. The Arthur’s-Creek Limestone, Burdekin Downs, has 
yielded the largest number of species, viz. :— 


Caunopora. 

Stromatopora. 

Alveolites (Pachypora), sp. near A. robustus, om. 
(lobate form), sp. 

Aulopora repens, Ed. § H. 

Heliolites porosus, Goldfuss. 

, vars. 

Lithostrotion, sp. ind. 

Pachypora meridionalis, nobis, 

Trachypora, sp. ind, 


284 Dr. H. A. Nicholson and Mr. R. Etheridge, Jun., on 


With regard to the first locality, we would simply point out 
here that evidence has been elsewhere adduced by one of us 
to show that in all probability certain of the beds of the Bowen- 
River Coal-field, including those of Coral Creek, are of Permo- 
Carboniferous age, with a strong leaning towards the Permian 
aspect—and that the detailed examination of the Stenopore 
in no way invalidates this view, but, on the contrary, lends 
colour to it. 

The Gympie series, from which the coral we have noticed 
as Stenopora ? (or perhaps Monticulipora) is derived, is con- 
sidered by Mr. R. Etheridge, F.R.S., to be: of Devonian 
age. Weare not ina position either to confirm or disprove 
this opinion, as the material examined by us throws no fresh 
light upon the subject. 

The Fanning-River Limestone and its associated shale have 
been shown, in the paper just referred to (as before the Geo- 
logical Society), to possess a strong claim to be considered 
Devonian. We have determined only two corals satisfactorily 
from this horizon, Helvolites porosus and Pachypora meridio- 
nalis (nobis). The former, a typical Devonian coral in Devon- 
shire and the Hifel, supports the evidence afforded by the 
Mollusca in a marked degree; that of the Pachypora will be 
considered immediately. 

We now come to the two last localities, both in the Burde- 
kin district—a limestone developed on the Broken River and 
Arthur’s Creek, Burdekin Downs. The first point to be 
noticed in connexion with these localities is the presence of 
massive Favosites, of the Devonian type, quite undistinguish- 
able from the /. gothlandicus and its variety F. Goldfusst, of 
the Devonian of Europe and North America. Secondly, we 
note the presence of numerous large colonies of Heliolites, 
including Helvolites porosus in abundance. 

Again, strong evidence of a Devonian age is afforded by 
the appearance here of a coral which we cannot distinguish 
from Aulopora repens, Edw. & H., a very characteristic Devo- 
nian species, and of the equally characteristic Devonian genus 
Trachypora, while species of Alveolites of a Devonian type 
are also present. Hardly less characteristic is the Pachypora 
to which we have given the name of P. meridionalis, and 
which is most intimately allied to the P. cervicornis, De 
Blainv. sp., of the Devonian of Europe, and to similar or 
identical forms in the Devonian of North America. Upon 
the whoie, therefore, putting to the evidence afforded by 
the corals that derived from such characteristic forms as 
Stromatopora and Caunopora, we cannot doubt that the 
deposits now under consideration are of Devonian age. So 


Paleozoic Corals from Northern Queensland. 285 


far as we are acquainted with their fauna, they would seem 
to correspond very closely with the Middle Devonian Lime- 
stones of the Hitel, or perhaps with the somewhat older series 
of the Corniferous Limestone of North America; but we do 
not doubt that large additions will yet be made to the list of 
fossils from these beds, when it will be possible to compare 
them more closely with the corresponding deposits in Europe 
and North America. 

In conclusion, we may at once state that our investigations 
amongst the corals of the Broken-River and Arthur’s-Creek 
Limestones of North Queensland quite enable us to confirm, in 
a general way, Mr. Etheridge’s opinion of the former series, 
that ‘their age is undoubtedly Lower Devonian or ‘ Siluro- 
Devonian.’ ”’ 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIV. 


Fig. 1. A fragment of Stenopora ovata, Lonsd., of the natural size. la. 
Side view of three corallites of the same, in the outer portion 
of their course, enlarged, showing the periodic thickenings of 
the tubes. 16. Part of a tangential section of the same, taken 
just below the surface, and enlarged twenty-five times, showing 
the hexagonal corallites and the ring-like deposit of scleren- 
chyma in the interior of many of the tubes. le. Part of a 
vertical section of the same, enlarged twenty-five times, show- 
ing the periodical thickenings of the tubes, the remote tabule, 
placed at corresponding levels in contiguous tubes, and the mural 
pores. ld. Part of a transverse section of Stenopora crinita, 
Lonsd., enlarged ten times, showing the ring-like sclerenchyma- 
tous deposit in the tubes, introduced for comparison with 1 0. 

Fig. 2. A small portion of a transverse section of Helolites plasmopo- 
roides, nobis, of the natural size. 2a. Part of the same section, 
enlarged five times. 20. Part of a vertical section of the same, 
enlarged five times, showing that the tabula of the smaller 
tubes have the characters of those of Heliolites and not of those 
of Plasmopora. 

Fg. 3. Part of the surface of Heliolites Daintreei, nobis, of the natural 
size, showing the proportions and relative positions of the large 
corallites. 3a. Part of a transverse section of the same, en- 
larged five times. 

Fig. 4. A small fragment of Pachypora meridionalis, nobis, of the natural 
size. 4a. Portion of the surface of the same, enlarged five 
times. 46. Tangential section of the same, enlarged ten times, 
showing the thickened walls of the corallites. 4 c¢. Part of a 
longitudinal section of the same, enlarged ten times, showing 
the thickening of the tubes near their mouths. In the portion 
of the section represented, the visceral chambers of the corallites 
are filled with matrix, rendering it impossible to recognize the 
tabulze or mural pores. 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. iv. 20 


286 W. Hi. Patton on the Genus Macropis. 


XXXI.— Observations on the Genus Macropis. 
By W. H. Parton*. 


HerMANN MUuuer found the females of the European 
Macropis labiata, Panz., upon the flowers of Lystmachia vul- 
garis only, while the males occurred also upon the flowers of 
Gnanthe fistulosa, Rhamnus frangula, and Rubus fruticosust. 
This is the basis upon which Sir John Lubbock has made 
and repeated the statement, that “the species visits exclu- 
sively Lysimachia vulgaris” t. Yet Dufour had previously 
taken both sexes upon Alisma Plantago, and Schenck had 
taken either one or both sexes upon Bryonia, Rubus cesius, 
Circium arvense, and Picris. Subsequently Mr. John B. 
Bridgman has taken the male upon Cirsium arvense§ and 
upon Lysimachia, Mint and Marsh Potentilla, and the female 
upon Circium arvense and Lysimachia\|. 1 have taken the 
female of the American species upon Lysimachia ciliata, 
Rhus glabra and R. typhina, and Archangelica hirsuta, and 
the male upon Rubus villosus and Cornus paniculata. 

Yet there appears to be some peculiar relationship between 
the Macropis and the Lysimachia. Collecting in 1874 and 
1875, I observed that the females taken upon other flowers had 
no pollen masses upon their legs, and were indeed upon 
another quest. Mr. Bridgman (/. c. 1878, p. 22) observed 
that the females taken on Cirsium arvense had no pollen. 
Can it be that the young live upon the pollen of Lysimachia 
only, just as other insects are restricted to the foliage of par- 
ticular plants ? 

Hermann Miiller (/. c. p. 248), observing that the pollen 
was collected upon the tibiz of these bees in thick moist balls, 
and unable to find any honey in the flowers of Lysimachia 


* From Silliman’s ‘ American Journal,’ Sept. 1879, pp. 211-214. 
as ¢ Die Befruchtung der Blumen durch Insecten,’ pp. 348 and 463 

73). 

¢ Belfast Address, 1874; ‘Nature,’ vol. x. p. 425, and ‘ British Wild 
Flowers in Relation to Insects,’ p. 21. The inconsistency of his state- 
ment appears when he says (‘British Wild Flowers,’ p. 126) that “ Lysz- 
machia vulgaris produces no honey ;” and the question arises in the mind 
of ee reader, where do the bees get the honey upon which they must 
live! 

§ Newman’s ‘ Entomologist,’ Aug. 1876, p. 158. 

|| Ibid., Jan, 1878, vol. xi. p. 22. 

§] The group of Lysimachias containing Z. ciliata has recently been set 
apart as a distinct genus, Steironema, Raf., by Prof. Gray (Proc. Am. 
Acad. vol. xii. p. 62) because of differences in the estivation of the - 
corolla; but for our present purposes, 7ridynia (containing stricta and 
quadrifolia), Lysimachia (containing vulgaris), and Stetronema may be 
treated together under the name Lysimachia. 


W. H. Patton on the Genus Macropis. 287 


vulgaris, was led to believe that the bees pierced the cellular 
tissue of the flowers with the ligula for the juices with which 
to moisten the pollen. This act of the bee seems to me both 
impossible and unnecessary. ‘The ligula is too weak ; and if 
we are to look to the Lystmachia for a solution of the problem, 
it is well to ask whether the glands with which the filaments 
and base of the corolla are beset may not furnish the nectar. 
In the American L. ciliata, L. quadrifolia, and L. stricta, 
and on the filaments at least of the European L. vulgaris the 
glands are very numerous. But upon the flowers of stricta 
and qguadrifolia the Macropis has not yet been found, although 
the flowers have been often watched ; it seems, therefore, that 
the glands afford no attraction. We must conclude that it is 
with nectar that the pollen is moistened; and as it has been 
my good fortune to distinctly observe a female Macropis 
sucking nectar from the flowers of Rhus glabra, it is evidently 
from these and other flowers that the Macropis obtains the 
honey for the food both of itself and its young. 

But why does the Macropis moisten the pollen as it is col- 
lected? this is an unusual habit. The social bees moisten 
it in order that it may be retained on the pollen plates. The 
Scopulipede and Gastrilege bees retain the dry pollen with 
the hairs forming the pollen-brushes. The Lysimachia pollen 
is not of so dry a nature that hairs would not hold it. An 
altogether new interest was given to the genus Macropis by 
Hermann Miiller’s observation that it alone of all the solitary 
bees of Germany moistened the pollen as collected, thus econo- 
mizing the expanse of hairs upon the legs*. The retain- 
ing-hairs upon the posterior legs of Macropis are unusually 
short. By moistening the pollen they are enabled to retain 
much larger masses than they otherwise could. Such, also, 
is the habit, as I have observed, of the allied American 
genera Scrapter, Calliopsis, and Perdita (P. 8-maculata, Say) ; 
and Fritz Miller has recorded the same habit for Cenéris, 
Tetrapedia, and Epicharis in Brazilt, although in these latter 
genera the scopa is long. 

On account of the close resemblance which Macropis bears 
to the higher bees, Shuckard (‘ British Bees’) was led to be- 
lieve that it would be found to agree with them in their noisy 


* L.c. p. 47, and Anw. d. Darw. Lehre auf Bienen, p. 22 (1872). 

+ ‘Nature,’ vol. x. p. 103. These observations by Fritz Miller are 
open to doubt. In Centris, as in our native genera Diadasia (n. g.) and 
Melissodes, the hairs of the scopa are conspicuously plumose, and the 
pollen would have a matted appearance even when dry. It can be stated 
with confidence that, even if the pollen is slightly moistened by these 
bees, it is not formed into a paste, as it is by the social bees. 


20* 


288 W. H. Patton on the Genus Macropis. 


flight also. But repeated observations in the field, under the 
most favourable circumstances, have satisfied me that their 
flight is perfectly silent. Yet Shuckard is not correct when 
he says the other Andrenide are mute; for I have observed 
that certain species of Colletes, C. armata, mihi, and C. com- 
pacta, Cress., and possibly some of the larger species of An- 
drena, make, during flight, a distinct hum, much like that of 
the honey-bee. 

Up to the present time no French* or English author has 
questioned the validity and naturalness of the two groups 
Abeille and Proabeille, into which Réaumur divided all the 
bees. Kirby adopted this classification, employing the 
names Apis and Melitta; Latreille adopted it under the names 
Apiarie and Andrenete; and all subsequent authors have 
employed the same classification, either under these names 
or under Leach’s family names Apide and Andrenide. Yet 
the only characters given for separating the Apide and An- 
drenidee which are not entirely erroneous are :— 

Apide: labium longer than mentum, basal joints of labial 

palpi elongate, labium slender and not flattened. 

Andrenide: \abium shorter than mentum, basal joints of 

labial palpi not unlike the following joints, labium 
flattened. 

But in the genus Scrapter (placed among the Andrenidz) 
the palpi are precisely as in Calliopsis (placed among the 
Apide), and, as I have observed, the labium in repose is 
of precisely the same length—in both extending to the tip 
of the basal joint of the palpi. The greater breadth of the 
labium in Scrapter can alone determine to which family it 
belongs; and this difference in breadth is imaginary rather 
than real. Moreover, in the genera Megalopta and Oxisto- 
glossa, and some groups of the genus Nomia (genera placed 
among the Andrenidz), the labium is as slender as in the 
Apide; and in the genus Hyleoides (placed among the An- 
drenidze) the joints of the labial palpi are proportioned just as 
in certain of the Apide. 

Rejecting, therefore, the families Andrenide and Apide, 
and without proposing, at present, a more natural classifica- 
tion for the ANTHOPHILA, Macropis may be removed from 
connexion with the short-tongued bees and placed between 
the Andrenoides and Scopulipedes. In the greater number of 
its characters it is allied to the Andrenoides ; but in single 
characters of great value it bears relationship to other very 


* As Lepeletier failed to recognize the Bees as a natural group, he 
cannot be said to have presented any classification of them. 


W. H. Patton on the Genus Macropis. 289 


diverse groups. With the Andrenoides it agrees in the vena- 
tion of the anterior wings, which differs from that of Scrapter 
and Calliopsis in the pointed marginal cell only, in the cleft 
claws of the female, and in the habit of moistening the 
pollen as collected. With Andrena it agrees in the form of 
the tongue and palpi. With the Scopulipedes it agrees in the 
short anal lobe of the posterior wings and in general appear- 
ance. In the form of the basal joint of the posterior tarsi of 
the female it agrees with none but the social bees, which 
also have the habit of moistening the pollen as collected. 


MacroPis, Panz. (1809). 


Ocelli in a slight curve; face slightly narrowed beneath ; 
clypeus not elevated, yellow in the male; labium transverse, 
entire; mandibles stout, obtusely bidentate; maxillary palpi 
6-jointed, the sixth and one half of the fifth joints extending 
beyond the apical lobe of the maxille; labium lanceolate, 
one third the length of the mentum, the latter narrowing 
toward the base, the paraglosse small; joints of the labial 
palpi decreasing in length successively, the basal joint equal 
in length to the second and third taken together. ‘The flagel- 
lum in the female subclavate, the first joint ovate, the second 
narrowed toward the base and one third longer than the first 
joint, the third and fourth joints equal and when taken to- 
gether shorter than the second joint, the apical joint obliquely 
truncate; in the male the first joint of the flagellum is globose, 
the second scarcely longer than the first, the third scarcely 
one half as long as the second, the fourth about equal in 
length to each of the following joints, the flagellum not clavate, 
but longer than in the female. ‘The anterior wings have two 
submarginal cells, the second receiving both recurrent nervures, 
the origin of the first recurrent nervure far beyond the origin 
of the cubital nervure ; the stigma of good size; submarginal 
bulle six, two on the first transverse nervure, one on the 
second, one on the first recurrent nervure, two on the second ; 
basal lobe of the posterior wings extending beyond the middle 
of the submedian cell. Both sexes have the tarsal claws cleft, 
and a distinct enclosure at the base of the posterior tibie. 
Posterior femora of the male swollen ; posterior tibize in both 
sexes robust; basal joint of the posterior tarsi of the female 
quadrate, flattened, the upper angle not produced, the second 
joint attached at the lower angle; the posterior tibie and the 
basal joint of the posterior tarsi of the female clothed with a 
short dense pubescence, upon which the pollen is collected in 
moist masses; basal joint of the posterior tarsi of the male 


290 Dr. V. Sterki on a new Infusorian. 


armed with a regular comb of long teeth projecting from the 
inner margin of the lower face. Sixth segment of the abdo- 
men of the female with a smooth enclosure on the disk. The 
seventh segment in the male with a triangular pyramidal 
projection on the disk, the apex of the projection obtuse, the 
anterior and longest side polished. 


XXXII.—Tintinnus semiciliatus, a new Species of Infusoria. 
By Dr. V. STERKI*. 

THERE are so many “new species” of Infusoria that it is 

hardly fair to publish separately the discovery of a single one. 

As regards the present species this course is taken because it 

appears specially adapted to interest us, with regard to the 

establishment of certain morphological characters. 

The body of the animal is of the same form as that of 7%n- 
tinnus fluviatilis, St.,—elongated, usually drawn out at the 
hinder end into a peduncle, by which it is fixed in a tube 
formed and inhabited by it. This peduncle is thin, but not 
abruptly marked, the body passing gradually into it. The 
mode of contraction is characteristic, and differs both from 
that of the Vorticelline and of the Stentorine ; the peduncle 
simply shortens until it almost disappears, but without the 
body essentially changing its form. The animals were fre- 
quently to be met with outside the above-mentioned tubes. 
Whether they had fallen out, or, in other words, had been torn 
out, or whether they occur so normally, I am unable to say. 
The latter is the more probable supposition from the analogy 
of 7. fluviatilis ; only it may be remarked that even after the 
lapse of considerable time they had not commenced the forma- 
tion of new tubes. In this “free” state they were entirely 
destitute of a peduncle, an indication of which was frequently 
to be seen only as a little stump; otherwise the body was 
perfectly rounded behind. In some cases a portion was half- 
constricted off behind; this state was probably produced 
traumatically by pressure. Even when observed for a long 
time this constriction went no further; so that in this case 
there could be no question of division. The length of the 
body (without cilia) is 0:04-0:06, with the peduncle 0:1-0°12, 
and the diameter about 0°03 millim. 

At the anterior end the body is somewhat narrowed, trun- 
cated transversely, with a portion of firmer substance pro- 


* Translated by W.S. Dallas, F.L.S., from the ‘ Zeitschrift fiir wis- 
sensch. Zoologie,’ Bd. xxxii. (1879) p. 460. 


Dr. V. Sterki on a new Infusorian. 291 


jecting like a wall all round (external parenchyma), which 
bears, at its free margin, a closed circlet of 15-20 larger 
“cilia,” which will be more particularly described hereafter. 
Within, at the base of the wall, there is a series of smaller 
finer cilia, about half the length of the former.- The middle 
part, which projects upwards like a hill, consists of softer 
material, and possesses spontaneous movement. On one side 
of this part, within the above-mentioned wall, there opens a 
somewhat irregular peristomial cavity penetrating into the 
soft sarcode as a simple sac-like depression. No separate 
cesophagus or mouth is observable in it; but this is easily 
intelligible, because this part of the body is not enclosed by 
any cortical layer, and the nutritive masses can consequently 
get easily into the interior. In like manner neither cilia nor 
an undulating membrane are to be observed on the peristome. 
Here, as in 7intinnus fluviatilis, all these structures are func- 
tionally replaced by the portion situated between the peri- 
stome and the middle line, which moves alternately forward, 
and at the same time sideways, and then back again, con- 
stantly oscillating to and fro, and thus acting like a cushion- 
like lip or tongue-like organ. In this case it is a very inter- 
esting and remarkable fact that we have here evidence of the 
possibility of a spontaneous and voluntary movement of the 
soft internal parenchyma, of which this part may well be said 
to consist. 

The substance of the body is colourless or scarcely tinged 
with pale yellow, transparent, with a few granules and food- 
masses. Myophane bands, such as occur in the Stentorine, 
were not to be detected, any more than a serial arrangement 
of the oil-drops in the external parenchyma. In the peduncle 
also no differentiation into various parts was recognizable. 

In the interior of the body there is, near the posterior end 
(leaving the peduncle out of consideration), a single distinctly 
recognizable elongate nucleus on the side opposite to the peri- 
stome. In its posterior extremity, in many cases, a well- 
marked, spherical, strongly refractive part was distinguishable, 
probably the nucleolus—which is rendered more probable be- 
cause I could detect nothing of the kind in the vicinity of the 
nucleus. A contractile vesicle, apparently rather variable in 
position and dimensions, occurs in the neighbourhood of the 
peristome. In the anterior half of one specimen there were, 
moreover, several rather large roundish “serous” spaces, 
between which many smaller ones could be recognized—a 
phenomenon which, as is well known, occasionally occurs in 
many other species. 

I was unable to ascertain the position of the anus. 


292 Dr. V. Sterki on a new Infusorian. 


The ciliation is of remarkably peculiar character. The 
anterior part of the body, from one third to nearly the half, 
bears scattered, short, fine cilia, like those of the Stentorine, 
but not so close together, while the hinder part and the peduncle 
remain perfectly naked. These cilia are usually directed 
rather forward; their movements, at least according to my 
observations, are slow and not very effective, and certainly 
incapable of taking any essential part in the locomotion of the 
animal. According to Claparéde and Lachmann the species 
of Tintinnus living in the sea have the body entirely ciliated ; 
while 7. fluviatilis, which -I only observed closely after 7. 
semiciliatus, is entirely destitute of the fine body-cilia. The 
species now under consideration consequently holds a middle 
place in this respect. 

It was particularly interesting to me to be able to ascertain 
exactly, in 7. semiciliatus, the position and form of the so- 
called adoral cilia. Here these are not simple sete or styles, 
any more than in the Oxytrichine *, Kuplotine, Stentorine, 
&e., but flat membranes with a long insertion. ‘There are 
about 15-20 of them, which, however, do not stand trans- 
versely, 7. e. perpendicular to the series, as in the above-men- 
tioned groups, but obliquely, thus forming, in this respect, 
a very interesting intermediate step between the “ Hetero- 
tricha,” such as Stentor, and the “ Peritricha,” although most 
nearly related to the former. 

It has been elsewheret+ stated that the adoral membranelle 
of the Oxytrichine &e. originate as small lists, rismg one 
after the other, which gradually, by continued growth, attain 
their normal size and form. In the Vorticellinz, on the con- 
trary, according to my observations, a single, closed, annular 
(¢.e. spiral) border rises, and in its further growth becomes a 
single membrane. It is only when this has attained a con- 
siderable breadth (representing about half the length of the 
future cilia) that it begins to become fibrous at its free margin, 
so that, while growth still continues in the direction of length, 
a splitting at the same time extends more and more backward. 
In the species of Tintinnus, therefore, we have, to a certain 
extent, a middle form ; the series is from the first broken up 
into pieces, which, however, are not placed at right angles, 
but obliquely to the series. Or might the course of develop- 
ment have followed the opposite direction ? 

From its insertion each membrane widens outwards, at first 
slowly, then more rapidly. From about the middle it is cleft, 


* Zeitschr. fiir wiss. Zool. Bd. xxxi. pp. 44 et seq. 
+ Zeitschr. fiir wiss. Zool. Bd. xxxi. p. 46. 


Dr. V. Sterki on a new Infusorian. 293 


like a hand, into about six divisions. I have seen this struc- 
ture clearly and repeatedly and in different positions of the 
animal; so that there can be no doubt about it. Moreover 
the observations were made on perfectly fresh and lively spe- 
cimens, so that any division superinduced by pathological 
conditions is excluded. In the sequel I had the opportunity 
of observing nearly the same structure in Tintinnus fluviatilis, 
St., only it appeared to me that the points were rather more 
numerous and also finer and smaller. Hach of these “ cilia” 
gradually turns a little upon its axis, so that the surface 
approximates to the circular zone of insertion. In repose 
they all stand straight out, or still more bent in towards the 
axis of the body, forming a dense tuft ; but they do not appear 
so much curved, or even almost angularly bent, as those of 
T. fluviatilis. 

As already indicated there is within the cilia just described, 
at the base of the wall-like supporter of the latter, a second 
series of short fine cilia, which, so far as can be seen, are 
neither particularly flattened nor divided into filaments. 
They may perhaps be homologous with the paroral cilia of 
the Oxytrichine *. Whether 7. fluviatilis possesses the 
second inner row of cilia I do not know; at any rate I have 
not yet seen them. 

In general the movement of the animal is but small, and is 
limited in the case of the specimens inhabiting tubes to a 
rather slow protrusion and a by no means rapid retraction, 
by the elongation or abridgment of the peduncle, which may 
be entirely withdrawn into the body. The forward move- 
ment is of such an extent that the anterior large cilia protrude 
from the tube and can move; but they never separate widely 
from each other. Frequently we meet with specimens of our 
species without tubes, which attach themselves to the object- 
bearer (or to any object upon it) without a peduncle, and, indeed, 
very often with the anterior part turned upwards. Here, as 
in a lateral view, the animals may be observed very conveni- 
ently, as they usually remain quite quiet. Frequently no 
cilium moves for a long time; then a single one slowly bends 
outwards (peripherally), and strikes rapidly and, as it were, 
convulsively inwards; then one or another in different parts 
will act in the same manner. Simultaneous movement of all 
the cilia, or of a considerable portion of the series, is more 
rarely observed ; and especially there are no simultaneous or 
undulatory movements passing through the series. In the 
open water the animals swim pretty rapidly by means of the 


* Loc. cit. pp. 37, 38. 


294 Dr. V. Sterki on a new Infusorian. 


large anterior cilia, with the anterior part forwards. Nothing 
was to be observed of a newly formed posterior circlet of cilia, 
as in the Vorticellinee and other Peritricha. 

I have several times seen indubitable commencements of 
transverse division, in the form of a second, smaller, circlet 
of cilia placed laterally on the body, which could not be inter- 
preted as any thing else. Unfortunately I had not the oppor- 
tunity of observing its development further. 

It remains to say a word or two with regard to the tube 
mentioned at the commencement of this paper. It is about 
0:035 millim. in diameter, and becomes as much as 0°40 millim. 
long. Composed of the remains of macerated parts of plants, 
small fungoid and algoid filaments, &ec., it is formed in the 
same way as the similar but shorter and less distinct tube of 
Stichotricha, by the accumulation of the masses brought toge- 
ther by the stream of water set up by the animal around its 
body, which are then pressed together, and as it were felted 
by pressure and the movement of the body in the interior. A 
rusty-red colour appears to be only accidentally caused by the 
material which happens to be present. The tubes were of 
equal width from one end to the other, and not closed behind, 
or only by masses which had accidentally fallen in. As they 
are generally much longer than the animal, and the latter is 
always seated near the extremity, it is evident that it must 
detach itself from time to time, and again attach itself more 
towards the end. 

T observed Tintinnus semiciliatus here in Schleitheim in 
January and February 1878. I obtained some dozens of 
specimens. ‘They occurred in long-stagnant water containing 
Algez, on the surface of which a covering of fungoid and 
algoid filaments had been formed ; the animals occurred prin- 
cipally in these masses. 


POSTSCRIPT. 


I have the opportunity of adding on the proof that I ob- 
served some specimens of this species in February of the 
present year (1879). They occurred on plants in the aqua- 
rium, sometimes without a tube, sometimes with a short 
one, which now did not show the yellowish colour. All 
the essential characters just described were exhibited in 
the same manner; so that the species may be regarded as 
confirmed. 


Mr. A. W. E. O’Shaughnessy on new Lizards. 295 


XXXITI.—Deseriptions of new Species of Lizards in the Col- 
lection of the British Museum. By A. W. E. O’SHAuGu- 
NEssy, Assistant in the Natural History Departments. 


THE present paper contains descriptions of four new species 
of Cercosauride, one of them being the type, apparently, of a 
new genus. I have also taken this opportunity to publish 
descriptions of some new species of lizards belonging to the 
genera Gongylus, Mocoa, and Letocephalus. 


Neusticurus ecpleopus, Cope. 


Neusticurus ecpleopus, Cope, Journ, Ac. Nat. Sc. Philadelphia (n. s.) 
viii, 1876, p. 161. 

In the course of recent examinations of lizards in the 
British-Museum collection I have been able to recognize and 
separate this species from NV. (Custa) bicarinatus, L., having 
previously labelled it as a new species before seeing Prof. Cope’s 
description. M. I. Bocourt informs me, in reply to a commu- 
nication which I addressed to him on the subject, that he has 
found two very small specimens in the Paris Museum, col- 
lected by MM. Castelnau and Deville (Cat. Méthod. 1851, 
p- 112), exhibiting all the characters by which this species is 
distinguished from the larger one. In the British-Museum 
collection it is represented by three full-grown examples and 
one young, while of the N. bicarinatus we possess two adults 
and one young individual. From this series I am enabled to 
state that the internasal plate is not always entire in N. 
ecpleopus, two of the specimens showing it cleft longitudinally 
as in N. bicarinatus. The other points of difference, how- 
ever, are very well marked. The carine of the dorsal scales 
are much stronger and more prominent; the scales on the 
nape are granular, with rows of convex ones, much as in 
Lepidophyma ; moreover the ventral plates are quadrangular 
and in six longitudinal series, whereas in NV. bicarinatus they 
are always rounded and in eight or ten series. I may further 
add that in N. dicarinatus there is a small quadrangular pre- 
frontal plate wedged in between the internasal and the two 
large fronto-nasals ; in NV. ecpleopus this extra plate is absent, 
even when the internasal is bisected. 


EMPHRASSOTIS, gen. nov. (Cercosaurid.), 
Head broad, somewhat flattened above; snout short, rounded. 
Kar indistinct. Nostril in a single large nasal plate; no 
frenal; no supranasals ; no fronto-parictals ; no fronto-nasals. 


296 Mr. A. W. E. O’Shaughnessy on new Species of 


Scales of back narrow, elongate, smooth, in transverse rings ; 
of belly smooth, square, in longitudinal series. A slight fold 
along the side of the body, but without smaller scales. 


Emphrassotis simoterus, sp. 0. 


Head broad, flattened above; snout short, rounded. Ear 
indistinct. Nostril in a single large nasal plate ; no separate 
frenal plate, there being an oblique superficial groove, not 
amounting to a division, in the middle of the nasal plate 
above the small preocular. A large anterior supraocular. 
Internasal longer than broad; no fronto-nasals or fronto- 
parietals ; frontal broad, scarcely longer than internasal, not 
touching the point of the narrow wedge-shaped interparietal, 
from which it is separated by the shght anterior junction of 
the two very large parietals, which are followed by two rather 
large, transverse, postparietals ; a series of small occipitals 
behind the inter- and postparietals. Only two pairs of post- 
mental shields behind the large single submental. 

A slight fold along each side, but without smaller scales. 

Scales of the back elongate, narrow, quadrangular, in trans- 
verse series, not keeled; those of the belly square, in ten 
longitudinal series. Preeanal scutes 2, 5. 

In other respects this lizard resembles Proctoporus pachy- 
urus, Tsch., and tama unicolor, Gray. From the first it 
differs in the absence of a frenal plate, agreeing in that 
character, and in having only two pairs of postmentals in con- 
tact after the submental, with Gray’s species. The absence 
of fronto-parietals, however, separates it from both. 

Above light brown, thickly variegated with darker; entire 
ventral surface bluish. 

One specimen, 44 inches in length, from Intac, Kcuador, 
collected by Mr. Buckley, is in the collection of the British 
Museum. 

This lizard seems to constitute a link between the Cerco- 
sauride and Gerrhonotus. 


millim 
IGtANC OF BUOUb LOU CVE) ssi. «ain wt cia nara sian Sin Wale eis 5 
5 * Fore Miles) staAyedaieGistetss y Tomes 27 
- + WEN tse afelan ach. cern auetawe rela needs 70 
Deneth-of fore limb) 2:22.02 22a ons hieaeieey ms ieee fan 13 
pp ) blared On GOO 5 </.- ic eela'e alates © «bss DERI aTs 4 
35 Mena Sl trrtatly Fgh: vatls ita ba teehee tay ee anc BRO 18 
fourth hindstoe ih stream aes 2 + eleidieehhe loleharelens 5 


Ecpleopus (Proctoporus) Frasert, sp. n. 
Head somewhat elongate. Ear well developed. Nostril in 


Lizards in the British Museum. 297 


the nasal shield, which is followed by a quadrangular frenal, 
placed obliquely over a triangular preocular. Internasal 
broad, longer than frontal ; no fronto-nasals ; a pair of fronto- 
parietals, each as long as the frontal ; two large parietals, one 
interparietal, and three small occipitals. Three pairs of post- 
mentals in contact behind the single submental ; large scutes 
in two series before the collar. Dorsal scales in 35 trans- 
verse rows from occiput to base of tail, quadrangular, elon- 
gate, smooth. Sides with much smaller scales, almost granular 
on the sides of the neck and behind the axilla. Belly with 
nearly square quadrangular plates, in 10 longitudinal series. 
Preeanal scutes large, 2, 5, the central one in the hinder row 
very narrow. ‘The fore limb reaches forward to the eye; the 
posterior, half the length of the side. 

Bluish above, with black dots placed irregularly; a black 
lateral stripe from the eye along the side of the body. Lower 
surface paler bluish ; round black dots numerous and distinct 
on inferior surface of the limbs. 

The specimen in the British Museum is from Guayaquil, and 
was collected by Mr. Fraser, together with anumber of other 
Cercosauride: which have been described from time to time. 

This species differs from H. maculatus, Tschudi, in the 
absence of fronto-nasals. It appears to resemble considerably 
Proctoporus pachyurus, Tschudi, but has not the small rounded 
convex scales on the neck of that species, in which also the 
number of dorsal rows of scales is 54. 


millim. 

Disiines. of SHOUL TOM CVO. .5 4 %srare decease <ftrmacusinenas 5 
- - GaI-OPenIMNe’., «a, srcwsys ees ries 12 

“Hy Foxe lan 5.5 «dad dareeraie maya 23 

9 ” WODGG oie sisrealselerces okenne tanto 
Berieti onto]: Mma Bh ce iessiwsae\gtns yoraiensbeivtars ih ote eine 15 
iF Htiet A SELONUEOG: 5 iiss ar eiaiel bial stele mt go) ajeyaieie wien 5 

-- HEED cee uratgnteres, ion shu magere selena ramen 20 

28 Pouraly NING: COP sits aie ad scale ets sos eeiste ee 8 


Ecpleopus oculatus, sp. n. 


Head rather long and narrow. Ear distinct. Internasal 
and frontal plates equal, the suture between them straight ; no 
fronto-nasals ; a pair of fronto-parietals, nearly as long as the 
frontal, in contact throughout their length; interparietal large, 
broad ; parietals large, pentagonal ; two postparietals. Nos- 
tril in middle of a large nasal plate, which is followed by a 
quadrangular frenal. An elongate plate at the angle of the 
mouth, and five supralabials; temporals large, polygonal. 
Submental elongate, followed by only two pairs of contiguous 
postmentals ; a third pair are widely separated by a group of 


298 Mr. A. W. E. O'Shaughnessy on new Species of 


wedge-shaped and pentagonal plates, which occupy the rest of 
the space as far as the first gular row of scales, of which there 
are three small and three large before the collar. 

Dorsal scales narrow, elongate, each scale elevated into a 
ridge in the middle, in 86 transverse series between the occi- 
put and the root of the tail; scales of the sides much smaller, 
round, convex or granular on side of neck and axillary region; 
of belly in 10 longitudinal series, the middle ones square, the 
outer ones narrower. ‘Tail with scales like the back and the 
belly. Preeanal scutes 2, 4. 

The fore limb reaches to the middle of the eye, the hind 
limb two thirds the length of the side. 

Brown above ; a longitudinal stripe of lighter brown edged 
with black on each side of the back from the occiput to the 
tail. Ten or eleven conspicuous ocelli, white in the centre, and 
surrounded by a black ring, along the side of the body ; beneath 
each one of these a smaller white spot is visible. All the 
ventral scutes and those of the under surface of the limbs 
black in the middle, white on the edges, the black forming 
longitudinal stripes. 

One specimen, collected by Mr. Buckley at Intac, Ecuador. 


millim, 

Distance of SnOUt LLOM, BYE. 5 va vey wens os oe ho diye cee 5 
of sp Gar-Opemimenr re es ae ste lealele 14 

is 5 fOPGMMIDS,.A rivers kiine at ae babe 27 

= zs MENG ctaiegitkerofers suiteveleyetisteevartee 63 

Mer een OL LOTe IMAI Ga. : « Sinwcr isielsee aig ee eledeets Gin oman 20 
5 Chie MEOUE COE: : keys ac iaiayere seco seem y serait 4 

vy FourthelrontstOer Wa vated dae aimeleiaue uote 5 

re hinid-limb-~ 0.030, Soa gists « bshaters etait 27 

. fourthyhind tO Ae Heteeae as). ote Josie titans 9 


The lizard here described evidently resembles closely the 
description given of H. (Oreosaurus) luctuosus by Dr. Peters 
in Abhandl. Ak. Berl. 1862, p. 205, with which it is perhaps 
identical. Dr. Peters states that there are 43 transverse series 
of scales between the occiput and the root of the tail, and 
has not given a figure of the lizard. I am inclined to think, 
however, that I have only redescribed that species. 


Cercosaura (Pantodactylus) vertebralis, sp. n. 


A single broad internasal plate, separated from the frontal by 
a pair of fronto-nasals ; frontal very short, scarcely longer than 
the internasal, and only half the length of the supraorbital re- 
gion; two fronto-parietals as long as the frontal, and contiguous 
throughout the whole of their length ; an interparietal and two 
parietal plates, followed by three occipitals; two series of large 


Lizards in the British Museum. 299 


temporals. Nostrils anteriorly in a large nasal plate, behind 
which are two pentagonal frenals. Lower eyelid with a trans- 
parent disk. Supralabials 6 ; infralabials 5; submental broad, 
followed by two pairs of large contiguous postmentals; a double 
series of very broad plates occupies the centre of the throat to 
the collar, the sides being granular. Scales of the back very 
narrow, elongate, keeled, with triangular points in front and 
behind, closely fitting, in 14 longitudinal and 31 transverse 
series from occiput to root of tail; scales similar to those of 
the dorsal series descend almost to the ventral plates in the 
middle of the body, the rest of the lateral region in front and 
behind being granular like the sides of the neck. Ventral 
shields in 6 longitudinal series, those of the 4 inner being 
very broad, of the two external smaller, in 22 transverse rows. 
Preanal scutes 2, 2, like those of the belly—a small triangular 
one, with the apex wedged in between the two preceding 
scutes, completing the preanal border. Tail with scales con- 
tinued in series like those of the back and belly. 

A broad bluish-white or cerulean stripe extends from the tip 
of the snout to the extremity of the tail, with a narrow black 
border on each side along its whole length. Entire upper sur- 
. face oneither side of the stripe and sides of the body olive-brown, 
taking in the supraorbital and temporal regions of the head, 
which are sharply defined against the central stripe. A nar- 
row white stripe along the supralabials to the armpit. A 
series of small white ocelli surrounded by black rings from 
the ear along the whole side of the body and tail; two lower 
series of smaller similar ocelli between the fore and hind 
limbs. A conspicuous white ocellus at the junction of the 
forearm and the chest, another in the middle of the forearm, 
and a third on the elbow ; some ocelli also on the hind limb. 

Lower surface bluish, sprinkled with blackish. 

This species, remarkable for its coloration, is most closely 
allied to Cercosaura (Pantodactylus) argulus, Peters, /.c. p. 184. 
Amongst other differences the latter has only a single 
frenal, and the internasal is divided into two plates. 

The type specimen in the British Museum is from Intac, 
Ecuador. 


millim 
Distances Of Mout FON OVC mp5 baie siecle cbgieiss ste ohm ses alone ve. 
ae fe ear-opening ahaatieaueusiaeeee Sans 82 
A 5% RONG WAU hora la sco hott. « tagsreualgt 15 
3 He WMG a order cle eo ric.e Mee aieie ears 33 
Lenpiii of Fore Gina! 37525) ed Riles. VES alae eet Pe 12 
“4 thind:tronbrOG\.:icshatetes 2 phe aks smatine avieds oe 3 
" ROU TROBE TOG. Mi sisss ccs sph ces akietoregal co 43 


x Hind limbee ey. 33. ohhes ata aia en eee 16 


300 Mr. A. W. E. O’Shaughnessy on new Species of 


Mocoa tetradactyla, sp. n. 


Head broad ; snout obtuse, rounded. Internasal plate broad, 
its posterior point touching the short pentagonal frontal ; two 
broad transverse fronto-nasals nearly contiguous; fronto-parie- 
tal plate very large; its greatest breadth nearly double that 
of the frontal, almost triangular, but furnished with a poste- 
rior projection which reduces the interparietal to the merest 
rudiment; two oblique transverse parictals, each followed by 
two broad posterior plates. Four supraorbital plates. Nos- 
tril in the hinder and lateral portion of the nasal plate, the 
anterior angle of which is separated from that of the opposite 
side by the internasal; two frenals and three preoculars, one 
superior and two inferior. Seven supralabials ; six infra- 
labials. Transparent disk of lower eyelid very large. Har- 
opening moderate. Scales smooth, equal on the sides and 
belly, in 32 longitudinal series, the middle ventral series 
between the chin and the vent consisting of 54 scales. 

Anterior limb, when stretched forward, reaching to front 
angle of eye; with four toes, the first shorter than the fourth, 
the second shorter than the third, which is the longest : hind 
limb reaching forward three fourths the length of the side, 
with five toes. 

Above olive-brown ; speckled with black on the head. 
Five longitudinal black lines on the back between the series 
of scales, and separated from the sides of the body by a 
broad unbroken stripe of the ground-colour; a bright yel- 
lowish-brown stripe extends from above the ear-opening 
along the side to the tail, and another similar stripe between 
the fore and hind limbs. Lower surface bluish. 


millim. 
Distance: of snout 2VOMT CYG. 21.55 ones ways <ieheishora ela, Wie stale 53 
. ee BAT-OPSMEO ES slate ie nie pa ayeus ete dared 123 
i a Lore Limb yet on cts thse eas 20 
ss *. MILL, coy ietecaavate ieteh aie arehavelnlays ta 55 
Tenpsthiok foredimientil..«aslin.c ouatereaeins lee ele ere 153 
4 THIN VEPONE TOG D %..201- ass to creates eh set he eine + 
hind Lima aes ace os Zi sha snag aan eOneie, erates 20 


” 
The above description is drawn from a single specimen 
obtained from Mr. Krefft, no locality being affixed to it. As 
I can see no good distinction between Dr. Gray’s genus 
Carlia and Heteropus, the typical specimen of Carlia mela- 
nopogon having the scales as distinctly keeled as those of 
Heteropus fuscus, I prefer leaving the present species, in which 
the scales are smooth, in Mocoa. 


Mocoa mustelina, O’Shaughn. 
Lygosoma lacrymans, Peters (Annali del Mus. civ. di Genova, 


Lizards in the British Museum. 301 


xill. 1878, p. 348), is identical with the above species, de- 
scribed by me in Ann. Nat. Hist. (4) 1874, xui. p. 299. 

Dr. Peters has recently confirmed, in the Annali del Mus. 
civ. di Genova, xiii. 1878, p. 347, my statement of the 
identity of Huprepes novare, Steind., with Lygosoma (Mocoa) 
noctua, Less. (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xu. 1873, p. 44). 
He further suggests as probable that Mocoa cuprea, Gray, 
should be referred to the same species. I agree with Dr. 
Peters that it would have been impossible to form a correct 
idea of this lizard from the description given of it by Dr. 
Gray. Iam, however, able to answer his query respecting it. 
The specimen designated as Mocoa cuprea is not in a good 
state of preservation ; it is very different from JMocoa noctua, 
being perhaps not a Mocoa at all. 


Gongylus gastrostictus, sp. Nn. 


All the head-shields exactly as in G. ocellatus, with the 
exception of one additional supraorbital. Lower eyelid scaly, 
not transparent; ear large. Scales everywhere rounded, 
smooth, smaller on the sides; in 32 longitudinal series; 70 
transverse series between the mentals and the vent. Limbs 
short, the fore limb, when laid forward, reaching to the anterior 
margin of the ear; a postaxillary groove not well developed ; 
toes as in G. ocellatus. 

Uniform brown above. Sides densely variegated with 
blackish, passing into series of dots on all the scales of the 
ventral surface, the ground-colour of which is whitish; chin 
blotched ; infralabials bordered with blackish. 


millim. 

Distance: of snout from eye: ssi 5 'se tues coe hat Seek a 5 

” - GAN-OPOMING (als Shiai eka. ete de 

$s a Fore Mamas 254 sPavaty a vies» « eles 23 

- a VEILED, att ecipiatanay aoe eeeomoiS 80 
Veneth of fore Limb 2: occa au over ais 6 .01ajn see) is Pere oat 133 

“r PRIEAMECOME COR a Paetett co aca ww os eestor cette 3 

i Hira RE aa aia) siataciceet a Nee alee shals. «eaten 20 

4 fourth’ Bind) Loess. suts.cias das sigs: Seth entets ok 73 


One specimen from Madagascar in the British Museum. 

This adds another to the many representatives of the genus 
Gongylus in Madagascar hitherto made known by M. Grandi- 
dier, and more recently by Dr. Giinther. 


Letocephalus (Craniopeltis) variegatus, sp. n. 

Head broad, flattened above ; its width equal to its length 
from the postoccipital to the tip of the snout. Scales on the 
muzzle swollen, irregular. ‘Two interorbital series of poly- 

Ann. & Mag. N. Mist. Ser. 5. Vol. iv. 21 


302 Mr. A. W. E. O’Shaughnessy on new Lizards. 


gonal scales, which, contiguous between the supraorbital disks, 
diverge anteriorly, forming a group of very large scales, two 
on each side, on the top of the muzzle. Occipital plate large, 
irregularly oblong, followed by a small postoccipital ; two 
large polygonal plates between the former and the supraorbital 
disk on each side. Supraorbitals composed of a central series 
of six large plates, with series of hexagonal small scales on 
each side. Supralabials 7; one exceedingly long infraocular; 
loreals small, in several series. Three gular folds ; sides of 
the neck with numerous folds between the ear and the fore 
limb, and with bunches of projecting scales on the anterior 
border of the ear and on each side of the neck. A central 
crest of curved scales from the occiput along the middle of 
the back and tail. Scales of the back small, keeled; of the 
tail larger, keeled; of the belly intermediate in size and 
smooth. ‘Tail broad, flattened at its base. Upper surface 
variegated with somewhat ill-defined dark brown crescentic 
cross bands, leaving narrow spaces of light ground-colour, 
and covered with irregular yellowish-white dots. Sides 
bluish. Lower surface yellowish; gular region clouded with 


darker. 


millim. 
Mistanceroy snout frommeye: yas, .'cta\e ein ate ate os eee ots 11 
5) - CBE-OPCMING ys: caida heel 26 
s A foregaMnD) ox ceicts sacs etka 47 
“A 5 VOUG reais atieersiegete tee serene 1i6 
Bresdthy of headl-s,. 22). ie We wesc leiaie-e 0 alee ates eres 24 
Teeng Ee of fore: limaly 52 .ef) sicciae arelestiese ease 52 
i PIPE MYLO HOP Gn Assis oe ataptafert aspen 15 
- PUATNed MEIN Meee cuss niea eo oako veateacie 7s Sake bore 69 
is fourthehind toes seeder meteor 18 


This species is apparently very similar to Aneuporus occi- 
pitalis, Boc., referred by Cope to Craniopeltis, Peters. It 
clearly belongs to that section of the genus Letocephalus as 
constituted by Gray which has the large occipital plate 
characteristic of L. Grayii, Bell, .L. microlepis, Gray (a 
species which we are unable to identify), and the species de- 
scribed by Peters under the subgeneric name Craniopeltis, as 
a subdivision of Tropidurus, Wied. 

From all the species now represented in the British Museum 
it differs by characters which the above description will render 
apparent; and the irregularly shaped occipital, rather longer 
than broad, is a much smaller plate than that of Aneuporus 
figured by M. Bocourt, in Miss. Scient. au Mexique, pl. xviii. 
fig. T. 

oT specimens, the longest of which is 114 inches in 
length, were collected by Mr. E. White near Cordova. . 


On the Homologies of the Cephalopoda. 303 


Letocephalus aculeatus, sp. n. 


Two lateral carme along the upper edge of the sides as 
well as the median dorsal one. Supraorbitals very broad, as 
in L. tridescens, Gthr. 

Head as high as broad. Nostril posteriorly in an elongate 
nasal shield. Scales on the top of the muzzle numerous, 
polygonal, becoming larger towards the frontal region, where 
they pass into the two series of large interorbital plates, which 
are closely in contact. Three occipital plates—two rather large 
anterior, and one small posterior; two parietals on each side, 
the posterior one being very large. Orbital canthus sharp. 
A single series of very broad supraorbitals bordered with some 
small scales on each side. Only one elongate scale on the 
canthus between the upper angle of the orbit and the nostril, 
there being two such scales in L. dridescens. Upper labials 
four, narrow, elongate; a row of eight small scales above 
them ; two rows of frenals, with an elongate infraocular scale. 
Kar-opening about half as large as the eye. ‘The scales are 
everywhere keeled, sharp and dagger-like, with projecting 
points. A median dorsal crest of erect triangular scales ex- 
tending on the tail; a weaker lateral one on each side of the 
back. ‘Tail long, compressed, nearly thrice the length of the 
body. 

Baneed green, brownish on the sides, with vertical streaks. 
A white stripe from the ear to the fore limb, and another 
superiorly from the ear as far as the shoulder ; another white 
stripe descending from the lateral carina to the fore limb. 


millim 

Distance of snout fronr Gye’ <5. cafe. vec ce ene many © 10 
“6 op (SE aad aici e ICE MERCROKO BIGIO: CHO O) DSCC 23 

i? p fore Lom: ih... eta 2 45 

3 = WORE clas.) hateshad omits vores 100 
EicHetaiok foredlimaae iy... tyecy.0 45: erage siesscrs ouslote pueieinero nae 50 
r: third, and fourth front toe ......:..+:5.- 16 

2 LEET Lo ony eas et Sale Sete riage Poster cele 85 
FOUPEMMHANG TOC es vic ire eoie gs ate nope. oretetale 25 


” 


Five specimens of the above described species were collected 
by Mr. Roff; they are from Moyobamba, Peru. 


XXXIV.—On the Homologies of the Cephalopoda. By J.¥. 
Buiake, M.A., Lecturer on Comparative Anatomy at 
Charing-Cross Hospital. 


THERE are two points of interest in the relations of the Ce- 


phalopoda which cannot yet be said to be settled. ¢ The first 
21 


304 Mr. J. F. Blake on the 


is their relation in homology, and thereby in their ontogeny, 
to the other classes of Mollusca; and the second, the relations 
of the Dibranchiate and Tetrabranchiate orders. ‘These are 
questions on which our two great anatomists Professors Owen 
and Huxley have expressed decided opinions, which have not, 
however, been accepted by all, or perhaps the majority, of 
foreign naturalists. Constant accumulations also of new facts, 
especially in relation to the embryology of the Dibranchiates, 
force on us a reconsideration of the ideas derived solely from 
older ones, and even may lead us to put a different interpreta- 
tion on the latter. 

Jn order to compare the various classes of the Mollusca, we 
must place them in similar positions as defined by the first 
part of their alimentary canal and the circumcesophageal 
ganglia. The primitive form will then have a straight ali- 
mentary canal, with the cerebral ganglia above, the pedal more 
or less below, and the heart near the other end, its afferent 
vessels coming from the direction of the anus, and its effe- 
rent going towards the head. From this primitive form the 
rest may be deduced by a bending forwards of the anal end, 
carrying with it the heart and its branchiw. On the direction 
of this flexure of the intestine great stress has been laid by 
Huxley ; but I have not found much notice taken of it by 
foreign writers. It is obvious that such a flexure may take 
place in two opposite directions; and these have been defined 
by Huxley, in his recent work on the Anatomy of the Inver- 
tebrated Animals, as follows:—In the first the cerebral 
ganglia lie within the general angle formed by the intestine ; 
m the second it is the pedal ganglia which lie within it. 
Unfortunately these two directions have been called respec- 
tively the “hemal’’ and “ neural.” Of course the flexure 
must in every case be neural, as tending to bring the anus 
nearer to the nervous centres; and it must generally be also 
hemal, for the heart usually accompanies it in its changes. 
In particular the Cephalopoda are said to have a neural 
flexure. In these the intestine is bent to the side of the pedal 
ganglia; but yet its direction is towards the heart, which 
lies on the underside. In the Pulmonata the intestine bends 
to the side of the cerebral ganglia; and yet its direction is 
towards the heart, which lies on the upperside. These latter 
were formerly said to have a neural flexure; but it is now 
called hemal*. Taking this last view, and substituting the 
terms “cerebral” and “ pedal’’ for hamal and neural, the 
distinction between the classes is most marked, the Pteropoda 

* Huxley, ‘Morphology of Ceph. Mollusca,’ 1853, and ‘ Introduction to 
Classific.’ p, 89, with ‘ Manual of Invert. Animals,’ p. 514, 


Homologies of the Cephalopoda. 305 


alone agreeing with Cephalopoda in having a pedal flexure, that 
of all the rest, except Nudibranchs and Tectibranchs (which 
have scarcely any flexure at all), being cerebral. A point 
of difficulty still remains respecting this. Although the heart 
always accompanies the intestine in its flexures, and its affe- 
rent vessels come from the direction of the anus, yet when the 
intestine is rectified it appears to have a different relation to 
it. When the intestine is naturally straight, as in the Nudi- 
branchs &c., the heart les on the cephalic side—I believe, 
without exception. It would have the same position in the 
Cephalopoda and Pteropoda. But in the Heteropoda (Atlanta) 
certainly, in the Pulmonata, and, I think, also in the Pectini- 
branchs it would le on the pedal side. It is not easy to say 
whether the heart les within or without the curve formed by 
the intestine (on which its position, when the latter is rectified, 
would depend) when, in point of fact, it lies at the stde. Per- 
haps, however, it is all a matter of accelerated growth. In 
the Lamellibranchs the intestine pierces the heart, which 
therefore lies on both sides of it; and the branchiz surround 
the anus in Doris &c. Both tend to develop most on the 
outside, while the portion lying within the body aborts. Ac- 
cording, therefore, as the flexure is cerebral or pedal does one 
or the other part of the circle become persistent, under the 
condition of being exterior. But the original flexure itself 
may have been caused by the increased growth of that side 
which now lies outside. ‘This does not, certainly, account for 
the one-sided hearts of the Nudibranchs ; but it does account 
for the different direction in which the shell of a cephalopod 
and of asnail is coiled: the former has its convexity, and 
therefore its greatest growth, on the pedal, the latter on the 
cerebral side. In both cases the convex side of the shell is on 
the side of the heart. In the case of the Spdrula, not only the 
convex side of the shell, but the whole last chamber of the 
shell lies on the side of the heart. 

We should conclude from the above observations that the 
Cephalopoda branched off from the main molluscan stem, 
through the Pteropods, at an earlier period than the develop- 
ment of ordinary Gastropods ; and, indeed, we find their re- 
mains in deposits of earlier date than those containing the 
latter. 

The next point of importance is the homology of the foot 
and other non-pallial outgrowths, on which, in tact, depends 
the position in which we should suppose the animal placed 
for comparison. In Prof. Huxley’s paper on the Morphology 
of the Cephalous Mollusca (Phil. Trans. 1853), the line 
along the base of the foot is taken to have a constant direction, 


306 Mr. J. F. Blake on the 


and, the arms of the cephalopod being taken as homologous to 
the foot, the intestine is made to begin in a vertical direction, 
while in all other mollusks (except Pteropods) it is made to 
commence in, and have generally, a horizontal direction. It 
would seem, to say the least, more natural that the position 
of the intestine and the nervous centres should be constant, 
rather than that the whole animal should be displaced for the 
sake of the, ex hypothese, greatly modified foot. Prof. Owen, 
in a recent paper, calling the side on which the cerebral 
ganglia are placed in Cephalopods dorsal, and the opposite 
side ventral, states that this is assented to by every malaco- 
logist. It may be wrong for all that: the foot may be 
always horizontal ; the animal may grow vertically instead of 
horizontally ; but what is the proof? Prof. Huxley states it 
as follows :—“‘ Whether we have to do with a cephalopod or 
with an ordinary mollusk, the first step in the development is 
the separation of the blastoderm into a central elevation, the 
mantle, and certain lateral portions. Now these portions 
become in the Gastropoda the head and foot; in the Cepha- 
lopoda the head and arms. It follows, therefore, that the 
arms of a cephalopod are homologous with the foot of a gas- 
tropod.” 

Now, at the earliest stage at which such organs are recog- 
nizable, we have, for example, in Paludina vivipara (Leydig, 
Zeitsch. fiir wiss. Zool. 11. 1850, p. 127, &c.) the alimentary 
canal in a straight line, a median outgrowth on one side (the 
foot), and on the other a raised ciliated circle (the velum) ; 
subsequently the growth of the shell and mantle near the 
anal end, but slightly on the foot side, displaces the anus 
forward by taking its place at the end of the intestinal axis. 
Subsequently the foot grows out behind and before, so that its 
main axis becomes parallel to the alimentary canal. If now 
we place the mantle at the top and the mouth at the bottom, 
we may call the velum and tentacles on one side, and the foot 
on the other, lateral outgrowths; but the alimentary canal 
will run, as in a cephalopod, straight into the mantle-cavity, 
which direction remains (as far as the stomach) unchanged 
during development, while the foot does change its position by 
its fore and hind outgrowths. In the development of the 
Cephalopoda the partial segmentation of the ovum and the 
possession of a large yelk or nutritive vitellus displace the 
mouth, which should arise on the underside of the mantle 
elevation, and causes it to appear near the circumference of 
the blastoderm, the anus appearing later at the opposite end 
of the diameter; but there ts never a straight canal between 
them ; their cavities both grow into the hollow of the mantle- 


Homologies of the Cephalopoda. 307 


cavity, and meet near its base. Thus the first portion of the 
alimentary canal, as soon as it is formed, has the same direction 
with respect to the mantle as in the Gastropods. The direc- 
tion, therefore, that is normal is this one, namely direct into 
the mantle-cavity, and not parallel to the edges, as Huxley’s 
diagram would make it; and we must place the Cephalopod 
for comparison with the Gastropod with the cesophagus in the 
same direction, either both horizontal or both vertical. As 
the line parallel to this on the cerebral side of the latter is 
called dorsal, and the basis of the foot ventral, so in the 
former the os sepi@ lies on the dorsal surface and the funnel 
along the ventral, while the shell of the Nawéi/us comes ‘ be- 
hind.” 

And now as to the foot. There is this essential difference 
between the foot of a Gastropod and the arms of a Cephalopod, 
strongly insisted on by Grenacher (Zeitsch. fiir wiss. Zool. 
vol. xxiv., 1874), that the foot is an unpaired organ, being 
situated in the median line. It shows a tendency to spread 
forward and backward, but not laterally; and where it is 
divided the several parts succeed each other in a longitudinal 
direction. This character is seen even in Lamellibranchs which 
have a paired shell. Only the anterior portion in any mollusk 
shows itself slightly bilobed. The arms of the Cephalopod, an 
animal with a s¢ngle shell, are, on the contrary, from their very 
commencement, paired; and they are thus lateral in a very dit- 
ferent sense from that in which the foot is so. This is to me, 
as itis to Grenacher, conclusive against their homology. The 
one can only be compared (with Huxley) to the dorsal fin of a 
fish ; the others with its paired fins. But we must seek light 
also on this question from the relations of the nerve-ganglia. 
On this point, too, there seems to be a conflict of opinion ; but 
the testimony appears to me conclusive against the homology 
Iam disputing. In the first place, it might be said, the pedal 
ganglia are paired, therefore the foot itself is in its nature 
paired; yet the buccal ganglia and some of the visceral gan- 
glia are often paired; and no one will assert the alimentary 
canal to be any thing but a single organ. In the next place, 
the normal arrangement of nerves in a Gastropod, consists 
of two cerebral ganglia above the cesophagus and two pedal 
ganglia below, with which may be more or less united a pair 
of splanchnic ganglia behind. The auditory organs are in 
connexion with the pedal ganglia when not directly supplied 
from the cerebral. ‘There is thus but one nervous ring. Now 
in the Nautilus* the ring is subdivided, and there are two sets 

* Owen, ‘Memoir on the Pearly Nautilus,’ 1852; Macdonald, Phil, 
Trans. 1855. 


308 Mr. J. F. Blake on the 


of far-separated subcesophageal ganglia. The auditory organ 
arises at the junction of the upper and lower ganglia, but 
more in relation to the hinder than the front band of the latter. 
The hinder pair have been called the splanchnic, and the front 
pair the pedal; but their position in this case would be ano- 
malous, and it is the hinder ganglia which chiefly supply the 
shell-muscles, which, though not homologous, are to a certain 
extent analogous to the foot. But if the Nautilus leaves us 
in doubt, a Sepia*, an Ommastrephest, or an Argonaut} 1s 
clear. In these there are three pairs of subcesophageal gan- 
glia. The front pair supply the arms, the m¢ddle pair supply 
the funnel and the auditory organs, the hinder pair supply the 
viscera. If, then, we are to take any ¢ndependent: guidance 
from the nerves, the front pair are not pedal, but belong in all 
the Cephalopoda to organs not developed in the adult Gastro- 
poda ; the middle pair correspond to those in the latter class 
called pedal; and the hinder pair are the splanchnic. 

To what, then, are the arms homologous? Lovén, in 1848 
(‘ Bidrag till Kannedomenom utwecklingen af Moll. Acephala’) 
called them a persistent velum ; and to this view Grenacher 
gives his adhesion. There seems, however, at first sight a 
fundamental objection to this, as Grenacher himself points 
out. The velum is always developed on what will be the 
cerebral side of the cesophagus, while the arms of the Cepha- 
lopod arise at first on the opposdte side, or where the foot 
should be. It is no answer to this to say, without proof, that 
as they are not needed for nutrition they may shift their place, 
or, because the cesophagus is unpaired, to make light of its 
relative position. Such a treatment of questions would render 
homology hopeless. It seems to me thie true solution will be 
found by asking, What is the velum of a Gastropod? Hux- 
ley first, then Gegenbaur, and lastly Ray Lankester have 
shown how these ciliated bands may be traced from one class 
to another—sometimes in the larva only, and sometimes as an 
adult organ (see Lankester on Embryology and Classifica- 
tion, 1877). In the primitive condition they formed a circle 
round the cesophagus, and as often as not are thrown out into 
long proeesses ; with a change in the direction of the intestine 
their uniformity is broken, and part dies away, while the other 
part is left, forming a circle surrounding, not the cesophagus, 
but a portion of the body on one side of it, the foot being on 
the other. Since then, in the Gastropoda, the intestine 


* See Huxley, Anat. of Invertebrates, p. 526; after Garner, Trans. 
Linn. Soe. 1836. 

+ Hancock, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1852. 

{ Beneden, Mem. Acad, Brussels, vol. xi, 1838, 


Homologies of the Cephalopoda. 309 


turns to the cerebral side, we have the ‘‘ velum”’ formed on 


that side, whereas in the Cephalopoda, the flexure being to the 
opposite side, we have what we may call the “ antivelum ”’ 
on the pedal side. ‘Thus the arms are homologous to the oppo- 
site portion of the architroch to that which forms a velum, and 
merely afford another instance in which these primitive for- 
mations are retained as functional organs. Moreover, from 
within the circle of the embryonic velum rise up in some 
Gastropods two long retractile tentacles; in like manner 
from within the later-formed circle of the antivelum rise up 
the two retractile tentacles of the Decapods. 

If such be the true homology of the arms, what in the 
Cephalopoda represents the foot of other Mollusca? When 
we remember that even among the Lamellibranchs the foot is 
sometimes wanting, that it is very variously developed in the 
Gastropoda, and has merely a rudimentary representative in 
most of the Pteropoda, we cannot make sure of its being 
present at all. That it should be represented by the two 
halves of the funnel, as Gegenbaur supposes, is as objection- 
able an idea as its homology with the arms, and for the same 
reason—though, being more closely connected with the region 
of the foot, they may be supplied from the pedal ganglia. I 
can only suggest one median unpaired outgrowth which may 
represent it ; and that is the valve within the funnel, which 
occurs in a great number, and especially in the Nautilus, 
which is least removed from the general type. This, however, 
must be doubtful, as the development of this valve has not 
been observed. 

The recognition of the two funnel-halves of the adult 
Nautilus and the embryonic Dibranchiate as part of a second 
outgrowth surrounding the body, to which the name of epi- 
podium has been given by Huxley, is pretty general; and 
there seems to be nothing against it. Grenacher has shown 
that each half is originally again in two parts, one following 
the other longitudinally; and one of these parts only he 
reckons homologous to the sails of the Pteropods. 

With regard to the relations of the Nautilus to other Cepha- 
lopoda, it isremarkable how every additional fact in the develop- 
ment of the latter shows the former to represent embryonic 
stages; and this is the more interesting as the allies of the Nau- 
tilus certainly preceded the Dibranchiates in their appearance 
on the globe. The following points, old and new, are most 
noticeable in this respect. In the Nautdlus and in the embryo 
Dibranchiate the funnel is in two halves, but unites into a 
single tube in the adult of the latter. In the Nautilus and 
embryo Dibranchiate up to a late stage there is no ink-bag, 


310 Mr. J. F. Blake on the 


which only comes in the third period of the development of 
the latter ; and, moreover, the Spirula, which is most nearly 
allied to the Nauéttlus by its siphonated shell, has the smallest 
ink-bag. Again, the Nautilus has its eye a simple cavity, 
opening externally by a minute aperture ; and this is one stage 
of the development of the eye of a Dibranchiate. In the 
Nautilus the auditory organs are found close beneath the eyes ; 
in the Dibranchiates they are at first found in the same posi- 
tion, and only gradually grow closer and closer together till 
they come into contact with each other on the ventral side. 
Finally the tentacular and labial processes of the Nautilus are 
flattened more or less, and lie one within the other. In the 
development of the Dibranchiate the arms rise as broad flat 
processes also, and one pair lres within the rest. 

This last point throws light upon another question which I 
wish to discuss—namely, whether the six or eight processes 
on which the tentacles of the Nautilus are found are homolo- 
gous to the eight arms of the Octopus, each tentacle repre- 
senting a sucker, or whether each tentacle is homologous to a 
whole arm of an Octopus, the number having been greatly 
reduced. The former view was propounded by Valenciennes *, 
but has been contested by Owenf. ‘Though to my mind 
highly interesting and suggestive, it has scarcely been noticed 
by other writers. Prof. Owen brings forward four reasons 
against this homology. First, that the general order of de- 
velopment is from the multiple to the simple, and therefore we 
ought to expect more arms in the Nautilus. In order that 
this might be true of the Cephalopod’s arms we ought to find 
in the development of the Dibranchiates that they arose in 
greater numbers, and ultimately grew together into the eight. 
But Grenacher has now shown that first three arms arise as 
simple broad expansions on each side, and at a later period 
the suckers and the other arms appear, the fourth pair being 
but a process of the third, while of the first three the earlier 
ones lie partially within the later, and the third is the largest ; 
so that, if we accept the above homology, the Nawétlus exactly 
represents an early stage in this as well as in other respects ; 
for it also has the fourth or anterior pair but feebly developed, 
being represented by but one tentacle beneath the hood. ‘The 
third pair are the largest, and the other two are surrounded by 
it. Thus development in this case is not from the multiple 
to the simple in Prof. Owen’s sense. It is, however, so in 
another sense, and in one which makes for this homology. 


* Annales du Musée, 1841. 
+ Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1843, vol. xii. 


Homologies of the Cephalopoda. 311 


The second objection is, that the nerves of the tentacles arise 
independently from the ganglia, and each one is therefore 
homologous to a single arm, the rest having aborted. But as 
each sucker of the Argonaut, as shown by Beneden*, has its 
ganglion and nerve, it is these that are homologous with the 
several tentacles of Nautilus, which each have a single nerve 
arising from a ganglion, not yet separated at the base—the 
only difference being that each tentacle is separate, and the 
development being from the multiple to the simple, the suckers 
on the Dibranchiates are collected onto an arm whose nerve 
though gangliated is single. The other two objections need 
not be noticed, as they have been answered by implication ; 
but there is an argument in favour of this homology derived 
from knowledge acquired since the time of that paper. One 
of the most remarkable features of the Dibranchiates is the 
hectocotylization of one of the arms of the male, whereby it 
is made an organ subservient to reproduction, though there 
is no constancy with respect to the particular arm which under- 
goes this change. Now Van der Hoevent has shown, and 
Keferstein{ has confirmed the fact, that the male Nauéz/us in 
like manner suffers hectocotylization, by which the organ 
called the spadix is produced, an organ which, like that of the 
Argonaut and others, has a glandular function, and is brought 
into relation with the spermatophores. Now if each tentacle 
were homologous to an arm it should be one of the tentacles, 
or part of one, which is so modified. But what is the case? 
In the female the corresponding labial process is divided into 
two parts, one supporting four tentacles and the other eight ; 
and it is the corresponding four tentacles in the male which 
make up the spadix within which they may be seen in trans- 
verse section. ‘Thus it is part of one of the processes whose 
tentacles are modified in the Nautilus, just as it is one of the 
arms whose suckers are modified in the Octopod; ergo the 
process is the homologue of the arm. 

Again, there is a word to say about the hood of the Nau- 
tilus. On account of there being a tentacle contained in a cavity 
on each side within, this has been taken to represent the 
two foremost tentacular processes, or, as | may now call them, 
arms of great substance, and which have grown together; and 
so the eight are made out. Whether this is the right way to 
look at them, or whether the hood is not an independent organ 
which has grown to the single-tentacled arms lying immedi- 


* «Mémoire sur l’Argonaute,” Acad. Brussels, vol. xi. 1838. 
+ Wis. en Natuurk. Verh. der Koninkl. Akad. deel iii. 1856; and Ann, 
& Mag. Nat. Hist. 1856. 
- ¢ Bronn’s ‘ Klassen und Ordnungen,’ Band iii. 1865, 


312 On the Homologies of the Cephalopoda. 


ately beneath them, is rather difficult to say, and is one point 
which would be settled by a knowledge of the Nawtelus’s 
development. On the one hand, as was originally suggested 
by Van der Hoeven, and has been expounded recently by 
Owen*, the hood in the extinct allies of the Nawéclus had the 
power of secreting calcareous or horny matter known as the 
aptychus; and this leads us to the shell of the Argonaut, secreted 
by the anterior pair of arms, which would thus be homologous 
with the aptychus if the hood were a modified pair of arms. 
On the other hand, if we carefully examine the upper surface 
of a Sepia and other Decapods in front of the calcareous “bone” 
and just behind the eyes, we shall find two hardened plates 
(called neck-plates by Keferstein), whose shape and orna- 
ments are so similar to those of the aptychus as to make us 
almost certain of their homology ; and these, therefore, must 
represent the hood of Nautilus, with whose position they agree. 
Yet we do not know that these two plates are in any way 
connected with the arms, either in the adult or during deve- 
lopment; but they seem to belong to the anterior part of the 
epipodial ring. Hither homology is so interesting that one 
would wish to find some way of adopting them both. 

Finally, is the bone of the Sepia homologous with the shell 
of the Nautilus? Not exactly, I think. ‘The homologues of 
the latter may be seen in the shell of the Spzrula and the 
phragmocone of a Belemnite; but any representative in the 
Sepia must be sought in its mucro, and not in the mass of the 
bone. ‘This opinion (for at present it is little more than an 
opinion) seems to gain weight by a consideration of the fossil 
genus Ascoceras. ‘This occurs inthe Upper Silurian strata, a 
very probable date for the near approach of the Dibranchiates. 
In it we find two sets of septa: the one set are at the base of 
the shell of the ordinary kind pierced by a siphuncle; the 
other set are in the body-chamber. They lie on one side 
obliquely ; they run into one another in their curves ; and they 
are penetrated by no siphuncle. In other words, the shell 
presents us with the characters of the Nautilus-shell at its 
base, and with those of the Sepia-bone above; and from it we 
may perhaps perceive the true relations of these two structures. 
Further details on this genus cannot now be entered upon ; 
but they will be given in my forthcoming ‘ Monograph of the 
Fossil Cephalopoda of Great Britain.’ 


Proc, Zool. Soc., Jan. 1879. 


A new Distinction between the Species of Phrynus. 313 


XXXV.—Respecting a new Distinction between the Species 
of the Genus Phrynus of Authors. By Arruur G. 
Butter, F.L.S. &e. 


In the second part of the ‘Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte’ for 
this year I find a paper by Dr. I’. Karsch (an assistant in the 
Royal Zoological Museum at Berlin) entitled “ Ueber eine 
neue Hintheilung der Tarantuliden,” in which the author 
splits up the species of Phrynus into four genera by the 
number of the tibial joints of the fourth pair of legs. He 
says (pp. 196, 197), ‘‘We have now before us a series of 
steps without break in the increase of the tibial joints of 
the legs of the hindmost pair, which may easily be over- 
looked.” He then proceeds to characterize the genera founded 
upon this character as follows :— 


“1, All six true legs formed alike—that is to say, the fourth pair of 
legs without posterior tibial joint. Phrynichus, nob. 
Spec. typ. Phryn. reniformis (Linn.), 1763. 
Syn. Phalangium lunatum, Pallas (1772). 


“2. The legs of the fourth pair each with one posterior tibial joint : 
Damon (C. L. Koch), 1850. 
Spee. typ. Damon medius (Herbst), 1797. 
Syn. Phrynus variegatus, Perty (1830-54), 
“3. The legs of the fourth pair each with two posterior tibial joints, 
of which the anterior one is shorter. Tarantula, Fabr. 1793. 
Spec. typ. Tar. pumilio (C. L. Koch), 1841. 
Syn. Phalangium reniforme, Pallas (1772). 
“4, The legs of the fourth pair each with three posterior tibial joints. 
Charon, nob. 2 
Spec. typ. Charon Grayt (Gerv.), 1842. 
Syn. Phrynus medius, Hoeven (1842). 


“The genus Phrynichus, as it appears, has the most species of all to 
show, then Tarantula; to the Austral-Asiatic genus Charon two species 
belong —Grayi (Gerv.) and australianus (LL. Koch, 1867, Verhandl. 
zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xvii. pp. 231, 252), from Upolu; and the genus 
Damon appears only to consist of one species, the medius (Herbst).” 


After reading the above I carefully examined the sixty- 
eight dried examples of Phrynus in the collection of the 
British Museum (I would not look at our spirit-specimens, 
because unless these animals are quite dry it is almost impos- 
sible to detect the joints in the posterior or fourth pair of legs) ; 
and having noted down the number of tibial joints in each 
species, and compared them with the published figures, I was 
forced to the conclusion either that the figures do not accu- 


314 Mr. A. G. Butler on a new 


rately represent the number of joints, or that they vary in 
different individuals of the same species. A second difficulty 
lies in the character given to the genus Phrynichus as compared 
with Charon; for either Dr. Karsch has reckoned the meta- 
tarsus as a fourth tibial joint, making three posterior tibial 
joints, in which case the genus Phrynichus, according to our 
specimens, exists only upon paper; or he has not reckoned 
the metatarsus as a tibial joint, in which case the genus 
Charon ceases to exist. 

As I consider that the metatarsus is not a true tibial joint, 
although in Phrynus it often looks like one, I shall regard 
the genus Charon as non-existent, and see how far our ex- 
amples confirm Dr. Karsch’s statements respecting the number 
of species referable to each genus. Before doing this, how- 
ever, I may state that I have again compared our specimens 
with the published figures and satisfied myself that they were 
correctly determined when my monographic revision of the 
genus was published. I have also discovered that Herbst 
invariably, and Koch almost invariably, figures a Phrynus 
without posterior tibial joints to the fourth pair of legs. 

The examples in the Museum, then, are as follows :— 


Purynicuus, Karsch. 


P. scaber, Walck. (Round Island). 
P. lunatus, Fabr. (Natal). 
P. fuscimanus, Koch (Columbia). 


According to Koch’s figures we should have to add P. 
nigrimanus, P. marginemaculatus (figure agrees with P. 
lunatus), P. variegatus, P. reniformis, P. palmatus, and P. 
ceylonicus ; and according to Herbst, P. medius, P. palmatus, 
and P. reniforme. The only conclusion, therefore, that I can 
rationally arrive at with regard to Dr. Karsch’s observation 
that “the genus Phrynichus, as it appears, has the most 
species’ is, that the species have not been seen in nature, but 
only in the published figures, which are not correct. 


Damon, Karsch. 


P. palmatus, Herbst (Mexico and Columbia). 

P. annulatipes, Wood (Zulu country, Natal, Cape). 
P. Grayti, Gervais (Manilla). 

P. bassamensis, Lucas (West Africa, Congo). 

P. medius, Herbst (Fernando Po, Sierra Leone). 
P. Kochi, Butler (America). 


Here, again, we have six species in place of one. 


Distinction between the Species of Phrynus. 315 


TARANTULA, Karsch (= Phrynus). 


P. rentformis, Herbst (Haiti). 

P. vartegatus, Herbst (Amazons, Jamaica, Venezuela, 
W. coast America). 

One example of P. palmatus, Herbst (Mexico). 

P. Whitet, Gervais (Burdwan). 

P. coronatus, Butler (California). 

P. Batesii, Butler (Upper Amazons). 

P. longicornis, Butler (Para). 

P. granulosus, Butler (South America). 

P. gorgo, Wood (Para ?). 


P. cheiracanthus, Gervais (Demerara, New Granada). 


Our two specimens of P. palmatus from Mexico are refer- 
able, according to this character, to two distinct genera, 
although in all other respects (excepting that one of them is 
slightly immature) they agree fairly well. Now although it 
is possible that they may be distinct, I am much more inclined 
to believe that the character discovered by Dr. Karsch, although 
interesting as not having previously been prominently brought 
forward, is an unreliable one even for specific distinction. 

There is one point in which Dr. Karsch appears to have 
_ misunderstood my paper where he says, “ Butler’s Einthei- 
lungsgrund in amerikanische, australische, asiatische und 
afrikanische Formen halte ich fiir durchaus unthunlich, da 
diese geographischen Grenzen nicht fiir das, was man unter 
Art versteht, existiren und auf die Bestimmung der Formen 
als solche gar keine Verwendung finden.” If Dr. Karsch 
means that geograpbical divisions do not necessarily repre- 
sent groups of subgeneric value, I am quite willing to agree 
with him; butif he means that they are of no use in enabling 
a naturalist to identify his species, I can only answer that he 
is the only zoological worker, with the exception of one good 
man who has unfortunately left this world, who ever, to my 
knowledge, attempted to make suchastatement. For my part 
I believe geography to be of the greatest value in assisting 
the identification of species; and I should at all times name a 
wingless African insect, if previously wrongly identified with 
a tropical American one, just as I have renamed the P. medius, 
described and figured by Koch, from America, knowing by 
intuition, as well as by comparison of specimens and figures, 
that it could not be the P. medius of Africa. 

Before writing a paper on the subdivision of a large genus, 
many types of which we possess, it is strange that Dr. Karsch 
should not have asked me to examine them and tell him 
how many joints there were in the hind tibiw of the typical 


316 Ona new Species of Wild Dog from Demerara. 


specimens. In the type of P. Grayit, upon which the genus 
Charon is founded, there is only one posterior tibial joint; so 
that, if a species with three joints does exist, the genus must 
fall, as not being founded upon the species to which it is 
ascribed. 


XXXVI.—Description of a new Species of Wild Dog from 
Demerara. By Dr. AtBert GUNTHER, Keeper of the 
Zoological Department, British Museum. 


At the beginning of the present year I received from the 
Rev. W. Y. Turner a living example of a dog from Demerara 
which was evidently distinct from all the other species de- 
scribed from South America. My esteemed correspondent in- 
formed me that the animal must be very rare, as but few 
of the people in his neighbourhood knew it. It had been 
brought up in captivity, was perfectly domesticated, and 
allowed to run about the house like a domestic dog. During 
its journey to England it lost some of its tameness; but soon 
became accustomed to its new home, which it never left of 
its own accord. It was very playful, especially towards even- 
ing, but slept during the might. It never barked or wagged 
its tail, but uttered a short sharp cry when left by itself, or a 
hiss when an attempt was made to take its food. During my 
temporary absence from London it was found necessary to 
confine it in a cage—a change which it survived for a few 
weeks only. 

This species is allied to Canis vetulus, from which it differs 
by having longer legs, a less bushy tail, and a much darker 
coloration. 

Body slender, with long legs and tail, pointed snout, and 
rather long ears. Fur harsh, brownish grey, the long hairs 
on the back bemg black, those on the side whitish; snout 
coloured very much like the body. Head without conspicuous 
markings; chin and anterior portion of the throat black ; 
posterior part of the throat, abdomen, and inner side of the 
thighs dirty whitish. Legs and tail of the same greyish 
colour as the sides of the body; sole of the fore foot, hinder 
side of the hind foot, and terminal fourth of the tail black. 


in. lin. 
Total lomperth ss ite fA. tuto tiie beta icie es trchs eect 38 6 
Lenpth: of the, head) |. .s. at indets stotavenhe male oye 5 9 
Distance of the eye from the nose............ 2 6 
Weng parol the Gar apie nko 5 stalete sores een iene 3.0 
Distance of the ear from the tail ............ 21 0 
Leneth of theitankivs c4-25 eRe Sete 12 6 


Geological Society. 317 


The skull is very similar to that of C. vetulus ; but the third 
premolar is entirely in advance of the hind margin of the 
foramen infraorbitale, whilst it is below it in the majority 
of the other South-American dogs. 

in. lin, 

Bength oh sel eee ie aa aes 5 
Distance of orbit from incisors ...........606 2 
“f foramen infraorbitale fromincisors.. 1 

; fourth molar from incisors ........ 1 
IGAH GEN OL TIASAL BONE 43 ¢si0s ds enece 4,4 ootuiemis as 1 
Least width of interorbital space ............ 1 
Distance of incisors from hinder palatal margin.. 2 
3 between the fourth molars.......... 0 

* re EO i Bae Soa ds 0 

=! between the canine and fourth molar.. 0 
Length of three posterior molars ............ 1 
Greatest width between zygomatic arches .... 2 10 


Number of caudal vertebre 23; length of the series of 
caudal vertebree 13 inches. 


in. lin 

Benethisal, WURIETUs) sha alshe xls aies nies .22>. 9, 0.300 ee, 8 4 6 
i WNT: Mca Sieh a Roc Terabe aoe sieiniere ess 4 il 

of DENUITE) $5 Bee Dw OO Oba ooo OCICS Cr 4 1 

: fourth metacarpal .............00- 1 1l 

Ys FEN tole As eae SUNT Ae oaths 411 

9 PAUL oetes = chaPaletey oRidete xsl oictoy s oteneere 5 0 

35 Gnindimetatarsal cy we sss cies eis 2 3 


P.S. The Zoological Society has received, through G. H. 
Hawtayne, Esq., C.M.Z.S., a second specimen from Deme- 
rara, which seems to be perfectly identical with the one 
described here. 


PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES. 
GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. 


May 28, 1879.—Henry Clifton Sorby, Esq., F.R.S., 
President, in the Chair. 


The following communications were read :— 


1. “On the Endothiodont Reptilia, with Evidence of the Species 
Endothiodon uniseries, Owen.” By Prof. R. Owen, C.B., F.R.S., 
F.G.8., &c. 


The author referred to the characters assigned by him to his 
Endothidon bathystoma, which had the alveolar borders of both 
jaws toothless, perhaps covered with horn during life, as in the 
Chelonians; whilst within this border there were three series of 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. iv. 22 


318 Geological Society. 


teeth both in the palate and the mandible. He next described a new 
species, under the name of Hndothiodon wniseries, founded upon the 
fore half of a skull, having only a single row of teeth in the palate, 
a character which may prove to be of generic importance. The 
author finally discussed the relationships of this genus, which he re- 
regarded as belonging to the order Anomodontia, and as showing, 
like Oudenodon, traces of derivation from Dicynodon in the presence 
of caniniform processes in the upper jaw. ‘The development of 
teeth interior to the alveolar margins in both jaws was to be re- 
garded as a character of family value; and the author remarked 
upon the interest of the continuance of a common Ichthyic and 
Batrachial dental character in exceptional cases among the Reptilia 
up to the establishment of the Crocodilian type, above which, in the 
vertebrate series, calcified palatal teeth no longer appear. 


2. “Note (3rd) on Hucamerotus, Hulke, Ornithopsis, Seeley, = 
Bothriospondylus magnus, Owen, =Chondrosteosaurus magnus, 
Owen.” By J. W. Hulke, Esq., F.R.S., F.G.S8. 


In this paper the author gave a description of an unusually 
perfect dorsal vertebral centrum of Ornithopsis, and some additional 
information respecting the cervical and anterior dorsal vertebra. 
He further compared the presacral vertebrae with those of several 
recently discovered Dinosaurians of the Colorado region, showing 
several agreements, but also such differences as to prove the 
generic distinctness of Ornithopsis. He discussed the question of 
the nomenclature of the species indicated in the title of his paper, 
and maintained that the name Ornithopsis ought to be adopted for 
the single genus to which he referred them. 


3. “ Description of the Species of the Ostracodous Genus Bairdia, 
M‘Coy, from the Carboniferous Strata of Great Britain.” By Prof. 
T. Rupert Jones, F.R.S., F.G.S., and James W. Kirkby, Esq. 


The long persistence of the genus Bairdia, from the Silurian 
period to the present day, and its essentially marine character, 
were first noticed ; also the relatively rare occurrence of any species 
of Leperditia, Beyrichia, and Kirkbya (associates of Bairdia in 
Carboniferous strata) in freshwater or estuarine beds. Carbonia, on 
the other hand, was confined to the fresh or brackish waters in 
which the Coal-measures were formed. The difficulty of defining 
the species of Bairdia from carapace-valves alone, without limbs 
and soft parts, and the possibility of several genera being grouped 
under this head, were mentioned. The speciesof Bairdia described 
and figured in this paper were, it is believed, all that have been 
found in the British Carboniferous rocks, with the exception of 
M‘Coy’s B. gracilis. Two of Count Miinster’s Bavarian Bairdie, 
from Hof, have not yet occurred with us; neither have four of 
Dr. D’Eichwald’s Russian Carboniferous species, nor the Australian 


Geological Society. 319 


B. affinis, Morris. Including these, there are twenty-three known 
Carboniferous species of Bairdia. Seven of these are recurrent in 
the overlying Permian limestones, which have yielded twelve 
species of this genus. With six Silurian forms, there are altogether 
thirty-four recorded paleozoic species of Buirdia. 


4. “ Report on a Collection of Fossils from the Bowen River Coal- 
field and the Limestone of the Fanning River, North Queensland.” 
By R. Etheridge, Esq., jun., F.G.S. 


The collection on which the present paper was founded had been 
received from Mr. R. L. Jack, F.G.S. ; and the information furnished 
by it was supplementary to that obtained from Daintree’s collection. 
The fossils are from three distinct horizons. The author first briefly 
described the geology of the formations from which the fossils were 
derived, and stated that the results of his investigations led him to 
refer those from the Fanning River Limestone to the Devonian, 
those of the Bowen River Coalfield to the Upper Carboniferous or 
Permo-Carboniferous, and those from the Tait River to the Cre- 
taceous. Twenty-six species of animal remains, chiefly Mollusca, 
are described in all, twenty of which are from the Bowen River 
Coalfield ; the latter include a fine series of Strophalosiw. The new 
species are Protoretepora Koninckii from the Permo-Carboniferous 
of Bowen River, and Crioceras Jackii from the Cretaceous ; also 
Strophalosia Jukesii from the Carboniferous of New South Wales. 
The paper included a list of the localities in which the specimens 
were collected, and a full bibliography of Queensland paleontology. 


5. On a Fossil Squilla from the London Clay of Highgate, part 
of the Wetherell Collection in the British Museum.” By H. 
Woodward, Esq., LL.D., F.R.S., F.G.S. 


The specimen described is preserved, as usual, in a phosphatic 
nodule, and exhibits five well-preserved abdominal segments (xIv.— 
xvuiI.), a portion of the carapace, traces of the thoracic appendages, 
and the appendages of the twentieth segment preceding the telson. 
The abdominal segments increase in breadth posteriorly as in 
modern Squille. The species is most nearly allied to a recent 
Australian Squilla (unnamed) related to S. Desmarestii. The author 
proposed the name of Sguilla Wetherelli for the London-clay fossil. 


6. “On WNecroscilla Wilsont, a supposed Stomatopod Crustacean 
from the Middle Coal-measures, Cossall, near Ilkeston, Derbyshire.” 
By H. Woodward, Esq., LL.D., F.R.S., F.G.S. 


The specimen described was found by Mr. E. Wilson, of Not- 
tingham, in a nodule of Clay-ironstone. It consists of the four 
posterior abdominal somites and the telson. The author discussed 
its zoological characters, which led him to regard it as approaching 


320 Geological Society. 


the Stomapoda rather than the Isopoda. He thought it probable 
that Dr. Dawson’s Diplostylus is allied to this newly discovered 
form, for which he proposed the name of Necroscilla Walsoni. 


7. “On the Discovery of a fossil Squilla in the Cretaceous Depo- 


sits of Hakel, in the Lebanon.” By H. Woodward, Esq., LL.D., 
F.R.S., F.G.S. 


This fossil Squilla occurs in a collection, chiefly consisting of 
fossil fish, but also including several Crustacea and some beautifully 
preserved Cephalopods, obtained in the Lebanon by Prof. E. R. 
Lewis, of Beirit. The specimens are in a compact cream-coloured 
limestone, most of the slabs of which contain examples of Clupea 
brevissima and C’, Botte, fragments of Hurypholis Boissiert, and other 
fishes. Like the London-clay form, the species seems to be most 
nearly allied to the Australian species collected by Prof. Jukes, and 
the segments are not ornamented with spines and ridges. ‘The 
author proposed for it the name of Squilla Lewisii. 


8. “On the Occurrence of a fossil King-Crab (Limulus) in the 
Cretaceous Formation of the Lebanon.” By H. Woodward, Esq., 
LL.D., F.B.S., F.G.S. 


This was another of Prof. Lewis’s discoveries, and was of much 
interest as helping to bridge over the interval between the Jurassic 
Limuli of Solenhofen and those now living. The author described 
the characters presented by the single specimen, for which he pro- 
posed the name of Limulus syriacus. 


June 11, 1879.—Prof. Joseph Prestwich, M.A., F.R.S., 
Vice-President, in the Chair. 


The following communications were read :— 
to) 


1, “On a Mammaliferous Deposit at Barrington, near Cam- 
bridge.” By the Rev. O. Fisher, M.A., F.G.S. 


The gravel in which these remains were found is about 20 feet 
above the alluvial flat by the river Rhee, and is evidently post- 
glacial. The gravel contains some of the ordinary land- and fresh- 
water shells, but not Cyrena or Unio. Remains of the following 
Mammalia have been found—Ursus speleus, Meles tawus, Hyena 
spelea, Felis speleea, Cervus megaceros, C. elaphus, and another, Bos 
primigenius, Bison priscus, Hippopotamus major, Rhinoceros lepto- 
rhinus, Elephas antiquus and primigenius—with a worked flint, 
almost certainly from the same deposit. The author considers the 
abundance and admixture of these remains due to the locality 
having been a sort of eddy or pool in the old river. The remains 
are described; and the rest of the paper is occupied with a correla- 
tion of the gravel with others in the adjoining district, and a con- 
sideration of the physical conditions under which it was deposited. 


Miscellaneous. By Alt 


2. ‘Further Discoveries in the Cresswell Caves.” By Prof. 
Boyd Dawkins, M.A., F.R.S., F.G.S., and the Rev. J. M. Mello, 
M.A., F.G.S., with notes on the Mammalia by the former. 


This paper contained the account of digging-operations carried on 
in one of the smaller caves of the Cresswell Crags, known as 
Mother Grundy’s Parlour. The authors described the occurrence in 
the red clay and ferruginous sand of this cave of bones of Hippo- 
potamus and the Leptorhine Rhinoceros, proving the existence of 
these animals in the wooded valleys of the basin of the Upper 
Trent at the time of the accumulation of those deposits ; while at 
the same time, so far as the evidence goes, there was an absence of 
Paleolithic man, of the Reindeer, and of Horses, while Hyznas were 
abundant. In a subsequent period, represented in all the caves by 
the Red Sand, the Mammoth, Woolly Rhinoceros, Horse, and Rein- 
deer inhabited the vicinity, and were subject to the attacks both of 
Hyzenas and of human hunters, whose quartzite implements prove 
them to have belonged to the same people whose traces are found in 
the river-deposits. In the breccia and upper cave-earth of the larger 
caves the existence of the Paleolithic hunter is evidenced by flint 
implements resembling those of Solutré, accompanied by implements 
of bone and antler. Associated with these was the incised figure 
of a horse described in a former paper. The authors finally dwelt 
briefly upon the characteristics of the caves in prehistoric and 
historic times, and indicated some of the anthropological points of 
interest connected therewith. 


MISCELLANEOUS. 


On the Notodelphyide. By M. L. Kerscuner. 


Tue author describes two new genera of the curious Copepod 
family Notodelphyide, each including a single species, which he 
names Paryphes longipes and Dorsipys uncinata*. He prefaces his 
descriptions with some corrections of previous notions as to certain 
points in the organization of these crustaceans. He shows that the 
brood-chamber, which is usually regarded as contained within the 
body-cavity, is formed, in the majority of Notodelphyide, by a dupli- 
cature of the integumeut of the body proceeding from the dorsal 
surface of the fourth and from the sides of the fourth and fifth 
segments, but that in two genera this duplicature is inserted even 
upon the second thoracic segment. He further indicates that an 


* The former generic name was preoccupied by Burmeister in 1835 
fora genus of Rhynchota; the latter, if it has any derivation at all, is 
probably a mongrel compound of Latin and Greek. We hope the author 
will take the opportunity of changing both names before his paper is 
printed, 


aon Miscellaneous. 


unpaired ovary is present, and that the ova pass in strings into the 
oviducts (formerly “ ovaries ”’). 

The author confirms a part of Thorell’s observations upon the 
connexion of the female generative organs, and, by the discovery of 
the hitherto overlooked external genital aperture of the female, 
brings back these organs to the general type of the whole order. 

In all the males observed he describes an unpaired testis, and 
represents the envelope of the spermatophores as secreted by the 
wall of the whole of the seminal duct. In the spermatophore itself 
he recognizes more layers than Thorell. He describes the type on 
which the nervous system is constructed, and, in opposition to Buch- 
holz, asserts the presence of olfactory nodes.—Anzeiger Akad. 
Wiss. in Wien, June 13, 1879. 


Notice of a new Pauropod. 


Mr. J. A. Ryder described a new myriopod which he had recently 
discovered, and which turned out to be nearly allied to the form de- 
scribed by Sir John Lubbock under the name of Pauropus. ‘The 
specimens which the speaker had obtained were five in number and 
had but six segments, fewer than any other known member of the 
group, whilst the number of pairs of legs was nine, the same as in 
Pauropus, which is very strong evidence that the specimens are 
adults. The following characterization of the genus and species 
was proposed :— 


Hurypauropus spinosus, gen, et sp. nov. 


Body-segmeuts six in number, sixth exceedingly rudimentary ; 
antenne five-jointed ; legs in nine pairs, equidistant ; tergal sclerites 
laterally expanded so as to conceal the legs almost entirely when the 
animal is viewed from above, and covered with fine tubercles which 
are joined to each other by raised lines ; appressed curved spines are 
scattered over their surface in less number, and also fringe their 
margins, being disposed at regular intervals; the spines and lines 
give the dorsal surface of the little creature a slightly silky lustre 
when viewed with reflected light. Colour a delicate light brown. 
Mouth-organs the same as in the first-described genus. No evidence 
of eyes could he detected. Length j. inch; width about =, inch. 
Habitat in Fairmount Park, Philadelphia, east and west of Schuyl- 
kill, under decaying wood. 

The tergal sclerites are much thicker than in Pauropus, haying 
the characteristic brown colour of chitin when viewed with trans- 
mitted light. The antenne have the terminal globular hyaline body 
with a long pedicle, as in Pawropus pedunculatus. The type is the 
most distinct form discovered since the detection of the first known 
representatives in England in 1866, and also extends the geogra- 
phical range of the family, and does much towards fully establishing 
the Pauropoda as a distinct order of myriopods.—Proc. Acad. Nat. 
Se. Philad., April 22, 1879. 


Miscellaneous. 323 


On the Respiratory Apparatus of the Ampullariz. 
By M. A. Sasarier. 


In a note inserted in the ‘Comptes Rendus ’ of the 12th of May 
last, M. Jourdain described the arrangement of the respiratory ap- 
paratus of the Ampullarie. Having already occupied myself with 
this subject in 1877 *, and having pursued my researches, I am able 
to make known some new facts which had escaped the observations 
of my predecessors. 

The venous blood, returning from the different parts of the body, 
divides into three parts :—1, one passes to the right into a cavern- 
ous sinus, which accompanies the terminal intestine; this is the 
rectal sinus, which is a diverticulum of the general cavity of the 
body: 2, the second part comes from the anterior region of the body 
(head, pharynx, stomach, anterior margin of the palatine arch) and 
forms on the right the proper afferent vessel of the lung, which it 
circumscribes to the left and in front ; this vessel presents a double 
series of orifices for the afferent branches of the roof and of the 
floor of the pulmonary chamber: 3, the third part, which is far 
more important, comes together in a large deep vessel with muscular 
walls, which soon ramifies on the lower surface and in the thick- 
ness of the large gland, to which I have already alluded. From 
this network the efferent vessels take their origin, the greater part 
of which reunite in a large trunk with muscular walls which carries 
the blood to the renal organ: this is the deep afferent vessel of the 
renal organ, whichis peculiar to the Ampullarie. The other vessels 
which originate from the large gland discharge themselves succes- 
sively into a superficial vessel of no great size placed on the posterior 
margin of the renal organ, and which is its superficial afferent vessel, 
corresponding, in all respects, to the single afferent vessel of the 
other Pectinibranchiata. Hence the blood which has traversed the 
large gland in a true portal system is not, as M. Jourdain thinks, 
mingled with the blood returning from the organs of respiration, to 
be immediately poured into the heart, but it does not reach this 
latter organ until after it has traversed the renal organ first and 
the respiratory organs afterwards. 

From the anterior margin of the renal organ there originates, by 
successive roots, an efferent vessel of the renal organ, which, after 
having anastomosed with the afferent vessel of the same organ, con- 
tinues forward on the right margin of the principal branchia, of 
which it constitutes the afferent vessel. This vessel receives, in 
passing, some affluents proceeding from the rectal sinus. 

On the left margin of the branchia, between this latter and the 
lung, is a large trunk which terminates at the auricle, and which is 
not simply, as M. Jourdain thinks, an efferent vessel of the branchia 
and of thelung. ‘This vessel contains, in fact, a series of fissure-like 
orifices, which pour into it the blood from the branchia, and two 


* Assoc. francaise pour l’avanc. des Sciences, session du Havre, 1877, 
992 
p. 623. 


324 Miscellaneous. 


series of circular orifices, of which the upper are the efferent orifices 
of the pulmonary arch, and the lower are the afferent orifices of the 
floor of the lung. On this floor, in fact, the vessels which originate 
from these orifices ramify in a network of which the efferent 
branches converge into a large trunk, entirely overlooked by M. 
Jourdain, and which, collecting the blood of the whole of the floor 
of the lung, empties itself directly into the auricle. From this 
results the fact, entirely exceptional in the Pectinibranchiata, that 
the auricle receives two totally distinct afferent veins. The one is 
branchial and pulmonary, the other exclusively pulmonary. This 
is a remarkable peculiarity of the anatomy of the Ampullaria, 
which is in connexion with the double respiration of these animals, 
and with the alternations in function of the double respiratory ap- 
paratus. - 

The afferent vessel of the branchia and the proper afferent vessel 
of the lung meet in front in such a manner as to form an anterior 
arch. The intermediate trunk meets this arcade very obliquely and 
under a very sharp angle open to the left. There is thus formed 
between the two vessels a valvular spur, which plays an important 
part in several respects. When, during sojourn in the water, the 
pulmonary respiration and circulation are suspended by the want 
of air and the collapse of the lung, the blood of the proper afferent 
vessel of the lung, being unable to traverse the pulmonary network, 
arrives in abundance at the level of the mouth of the intermediary 
trunk, to which it applies the valvule and which it thus stops. It 
is thus obliged to pass entirely into the afferent vessel of the 
branchia, and, consequently, into the branchia, of which the activity 
is thus greatly increased. When, on the contrary, during sojourn 
in the air, the collapsed branchia does not act, the blood of the 
afferent vessel of the branchia, arriving en masse on the edge of the 
spur, there divides into two currents, one of which penetrates into 
the proper afferent vessel of the lung, and the other into the inter- 
mediary trunk, of which it augments the tension, and which distri- 
butes a part of it to the floor of the lung, and reconducts the rest to 
the heart. By this means the activity of the pulmonary circulation 
is increased during the repose of the branchia. Hence results this 
interesting fact, that the Ampullarie, which are Pectinibranchiata 
in which pulmonary respiration has made its appearance, have the 
respiratory vessels disposed in such a manner that, when this newly- 
introduced function suspends its activity, all the blood which should 
have traversed the pulmonary network is constrained to traverse 
the branchial system, where its heematosis is assured. This curious 
arrangement may suffice to explain the preservation of the branchia 
in Gasteropoda, in which the lung has attained so remarkable a | 
development, and which might have become purely pulmonary 
animals. 

The distribution of the vessels in the pulmonary walls merits 
special mention. They form a double system of portal veins ; that 


Miscellaneous. ‘ooo 


is to say, the vessels form on their journey two successive net- 
works separated by intermediary trunks. This arrangement, a little 
less accentuated on the floor than on the roof, added to the pre- 
sence of a fine vibratile epithelium on the course of the pulmonary 
vessels, proves the active part of this apparatus as an organ of 
hematosis.— Comptes Rendus, June 23, 1879, p. 1325. 


On the Zoantharia Malacodermata of the Shores of Marseilles. 
By M. E. Jourpan. 


The anatomical plan of the Actiniade is well known ; it may be 
compared to a cylindrical body, furnished at one end with a buccal 
aperture surrounded by a circlet of tentacles, and hollowed by a 
mesenteric cavity (gastric cavity of the larva), which is connected 
with the mouth by an esophageal region of ectodermal origin, 
formed by a short and wide tube. Between the cesophageal tube 
and the walls of the body are the septa, which terminate freely by 
the lower part of their inner margin in the mesenteric cavity. 

We have successively studied these different regions in the types 
which presented peculiarities appreciable by the naked eye, and we 
will here give a summary of the principal results that we have 
obtained. 

The walls of the body contain three layers—an external cellular 
layer or ectoderm, a fibrous mesodermic layer, and an internal cel- 
lular layer or endoderm. 

The ectoderm is formed of glandular elements, vibratile cells, 
epithelial elements, which are probably sensitive (analogous to 
those of the chromatophorous sacs of Actinia equina), and, lastly, 
neuro-muscular elements, which we have distinctly observed in the 
above species. In Phellia this cellular layer secretes a viscous 
mucus, which, by agglutinating fragments of all sorts, gives a 
peculiar aspect to the body. 

In Bunodes the glandular elements of the ectodermic layer group 
themselves together and form the little organs which adorn the 
column of these animals. 

Cerianthus is remarkable for the structure of its mesodermic layer, 
and thus constitutes a distinct type among the Zoantharia Malaco- 
dermata. This layer is composed of a thick muscular region in- 
cluded between two planes of connective tissue. The longitudinal 
muscular fibres composing it are smooth and arranged in radiating 
lamine. Beneath the inner fibrous plane there exists another layer 
of circular fibres. 

In the Actinie the mesoderm is represented by laminz of con- 
nective tissue, clothed internally by a layer of circular muscular 
fibres, which occur throughout the height of the column. Calliactis 
possesses a fibrous layer of exceptional thickness and density, tra- 
versed by persistent pores, and sprinkled in its upper part with 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. iv. 23 


326 Miscellaneous. 


numerous islets of annular muscular fibres which must act after the 
fashion of a sphincter. 

The endoderm is composed of a cellular layer, which covers the 
inner surface of the mesoderm and extends over the septa. 

The structure of the tentacles is similar to that of the walls of 
the body. These organs, however, are characterized by the pre- 
sence of a layer of longitudinal muscular fibres situated beneath the 
ectoderm. 

The septa originate from the mesodermic layer of the column. 
Their axis is a fibrous tissue covered with a layer of longitudinal 
muscular fibres. Upon one of its surfaces each septum bears a 
series of longitudinal folds, the totality of which represents a sort 
of fibro-muscular bundle. 

The wsophagus, resulting from the turning back of the two pri- 
mitive lamella, necessarily presents the structure of the wall of the 
body. The exterior cellular layer contains peculiar glandular 
elements. 

In Cerianthus and the Actinie the reproductive elements origi- 
nate in a sort of doubling of the fibrous layer of the septa—that is 
to say, in the mesodermic region.—Comptes Rendus, August 25, 
1879, p. 452. 


Notes on the Marriage-flighis of Lasius flavus and Myrmica lobi- 
cornis. By the Rev. H. C. McCoox. 


The author remarked that the first-named ant is one of the most 
familiar objects in nature. Its small dusky-yellow workers may be 
seen in every American lawn, walk, field, and yard, throwing up 
their fragile moundlets of sand pellets, and swarming upon particles 
of fruit, crumbs, bones, dead insects, and all manner of sweets. It is 
quite cosmopolitan in its distribution, and is well known in Europe. 
The following observation of the annual marriage-flight of the sexes 
was made September 5, 1878, in the vicinity of Philadelphia. The 
nests observed were located directly in and on the grassy border of 
a trodden path ina farmyard. At4p.m. the males and females 
were seen coming out and re-entering the gate, amid great excite- 
ment on the part of the workers. The females particularly were 
followed by workers who “teased” them occasionally by gently 
nipping them with their mandibles. The flight of the young queens 
was, with few exceptions, made from the top of stalks of grass, 
where they clung for several minutes, poising themselves, spreading 
their wings, and swaying up and down. LEven to these elevations 
the workers followed them, hastening their flight by occasional 
“‘ nips.” When the queen rose in flight, there was no evidence of 
feebleness or inexperince, except, in some cases, a slight tendency 
to a zigzag course for the first few yards. ‘The flight was then, and 
in most cases from the very first also, strong and in a straight 


Miscellaneous. 327 


course. The insect first rose to a height of about 20 feet, which 
was soon increased to 40, 50, and even 60 feet (estimated) ; and this 
latter height was maintained until the form was lost to sight. The 
author was able to follow the ants in several instances to a distance 
of more than 300 feet before they disappeared, at which time they 
gave no sign of alighting. Some were seen to alight at the distance 
of 60 and 80 feet; others flew into a large buttonwood-tree within 
30 feet of the nest. 

The flight was in every case solitary, and was in all directions, 
although generally in the direction of the breeze. The males were 
in the meantime continually taking flight, urged thereto by teasing 
workers, each separately, and wholly independent of other males 
and of the females, as to the time and direction of flight. This fact 
led Mr. McCook to infer that the pairing of the sexes must have 
occurred within the nest before departure therefrom. Except in 
the case of those individuals who lit upon the buttonwood-tree, 
there appeared no opportunity for a meeting after flight. There 
was nothing in all the facts to suggest the idea of a future consort. 
The same feature of independent and solitary flight of the sexes 
had been observed in the swarming of the shining slave-maker, 
Polyergus lucidus. This is in marked contrast with the habit of 
some other ants as illustrated in an observation subsequently 
given. 

Before taking flight the Z. flavus females spent some time in 
combing and cleansing themselves. A female was placed among 
the workers of another nest not more than a yard distant from her 
own, in order to test the treatment of an aliens She was immedi- 
ately attacked fiercely, and would no doubt have been soon killed 
had she not been removed. In two formicaries from which the 
above marriage-flight occurred, it was observed that the doors were 
closed about half-past four p.m. by bits of dry grass and pellets of 
soil. ‘They so remained during the night, or at least were found 
closed in the morning, ‘Three days thereafter several males were 
found nestled under a chip by the roadside. As soon as the chip 
was turned up, two of these were seized by a couple of prowling 
ants of the species Tetramorium cespitum and Formica Schaufussi, 
and carried off as prey, a suggestion of the common fate of emmet 
masculines. 

Mr. McCook’s attention had been called to an articlein a Hollidays- 
burg (Pennsylvania) journal, which reported a remarkable swarm of 
ants that had crossed that town on the 18th September, 1876. He 
immediately wrote to the Rey. D. H. Barron, a citizen of the place, 
and a gentleman of intelligence and prudence, giving certain points 
which it was desirable to ascertain. The ants, in the course of 
their flight, had come into contact with the mechanics at work upon 
the tower of the new court-house, whom it was reported they had 
assaulted vigorously. Mr. Barron visited these men, and, after a 
careful interview communicated the following facts:—The flight 
actually occurred substantially as reported ; the day was clear, warm, 


328 Miscellaneous. 


and calm; the ants came between 10 and 11 a.m., from the direc- 
tion of the Chimney Rocks, a ridge of the mountain on the south- 
east of the town. As to numbers, the answers of the men were as 
follows :—* So thick you could hardly see through them ;” ‘‘swarms;” 
‘‘ about 30,000!” The ants struck the building at the height of 
about 120 or 125 feet, and certainly assaulted the men. Whether 
the attack was a bite or a sting they could not tell ; but it was some- 
thing very uncomfortable, and they would not like to have it re- 
peated. The ants were of two sizes—some larger, some smaller. 
One of the men had saved some specimens, which were sent to Mr. 
McCook, and proved to be the males and females of Myrmica lobi- 
cornis, Nylander. These ants can inflict a painful sting, but pro- 
bably attacked the workmen simply in self-defence; that is, the 
men happened to obstruct their flight, and naturally vigorously 
brushed off the insects who lit upon them, who, in turn becoming 
irate, applied their stings. Such avast horde as this swarm con- 
tained must have been composed of the winged inmates of many 
formicaries on the mountain-side. This is quite in contrast with 
the solitary flight of the Zasiws flavus as previously described. 
The pairing of the sexes was probably in the air, or after alight- 
ing, as in the case of the agricultural ant*. Mr. McCook had 
taken ants of the same subfamily Myrmicide while they were in 
the act of pairing in the air. 

In connexion with the above notes on the queen-life of ants, he 
presented an observation reported to him by Mr. Jos. Wilcox. 
This gentleman had seen a colony of some species of Camponotus 
occupying a large dead cypress tree standing in the midst of a cypress- 
swamp in Florida, at least 600 feet from the shore. The tree was 
wholly isolated from the land and from all surrounding vegetation, 
except another fallen cypress tree which leaned up against it. Evi- 
dently a fertilized queen had at some time flown from the land to 
this tree, where she had established the colony. The fact is inter- 
esting as indicating the origin of formicaries from single queens, as 
myrmecologists have supposed to be frequently, if not commonly, 
the case—further as showing the ability of a large number of ants 
(this nest was reported to consist of vast numbers) to maintain 
active life under quite circumscribed environment. ‘The insects 
sheltered in such numbers by old trees may have furnished a large 
portion of the food supply. The specimens brought by Mr. Wilcox 
were taken from a colony on the land, which he supposed to be 
identical with the swamp-tree nest, and were examples of Cam- 
ponotus esuriens, Smith—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., April 29, 
1879. 


* ¢ Aoricultural Ant of Texas,’ p. 143. 


THE ANNALS 


AND 


MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. 
[FIFTH SERIES.] 


No. 23. NOVEMBER 1879. 


XXX VII.—Additions to the Amphipodous Crustacea of New 
Zealand. By Grorce M. THomson, Dunedin. 


[Plate XVI.] 


A GREAT boon was conferred upon working naturalists in this 
colony by the publication, in 1876, of a Catalogue of the 
Stalk- and Sessile-eyed Crustacea of New Zealand, by Mr. E. 
J. Miers, of the British Museum, under the auspices of the 
Colonial Government. Information on the subject was there 
collected together which had previously been obtainable only 
by reference to expensive and difficultly obtainable works ; 
and though the catalogue was necessarily imperfect, it gave 
a good starting-point to those engaged in working up this 
branch of the New-Zealand fauna. Naturally enough, chiefly 
the larger Crustacea belonging to the Brachyura and Macrura 
had been obtained by earlier collectors, and the list of them 
is tolerably complete. It is to the Isopoda and Amphipoda 
that additions will chiefly be made, these tribes being well 
represented in our seas. 

Mr. Miers has enumerated fifteen species of Amphipoda in 
his catalogue, all of which, with the exception of Phronima 
novee-zealandie, Powell, were previously described in Spence 
Bate’s catalogue of Amphipodous Crustacea in the British 
Museum. Ofthese species, Zalitrus (?) nove-zealandie, Dana 
(Orchestoidea (?) novi-zealandie, Spence Bate), must be ex- 

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. iv. 24 


330 Mr. G. M. Thomson on the 


cluded, as I have already shown (in a paper published in the 
N.-Z.-Inst. Transactions) that it is only the female of Yalor- 
chestia Quoyana, Dana. In the same paper I have replaced 
Paramera tenuicornis, Miers (Mera tenuicornis, Spence 
Bate), in the genus in which it was originally placed by Dana, 
as Melita tenuicornis. At the same time I added fourteen 
species (belonging to eleven genera), of which twelve were 
new to science. These additions were *Nicea nove-zealan- 
die, *N. fimbriata, and *N. rubra, Lysianassa Kréyert, 
* Pherusa nove-zealandie,*Atylus Danatt,* Dexamine pacijica, 
* Calliope didactyla and *C. fluviatilis, *Gammarus barbi- 
manus, Themisto antarcticus, *Platyscelus intermedius (which 
may prove to be the connecting-link between P. Lissoina 
and P. serratus, the extreme forms of one and the same 
species), * Caprella caudata and * Caprellina nove-zealandie. 
In the ‘ Annals’ for December 1878, Mr. T. W. Kirk of 
Wellington made some additions to the local crustacean fauna, 
including the following Amphipods—Caprella lobata and *C. 
nove-zealandie. 
’ Tam now able to add four more species, of which three are 
new. 


1. Amphithonotus levis, sp. nov. (Pl. XVI. figs. 1-4.) 


Animal quite smooth and not carinated on the back. Ce- 
phalon produced into a small faleate rostrum, which projects 
between the bases of the antenna. LEyes large, subreniform. 
Superior antenne slightly exceeding the inferior, about half 
as long as the animal; peduncle very short; flagellum long, 
slender, and multiarticulate. Peduncle of inferior antenne 
longer than peduncle of superior. Appendage of the mandi- 
bles long, middle joint exceeding the other two. Maxillipeds 
having the appendages longer than their respective joints. 
Gnathopoda small, subequal, abundantly ciliated; propodos 
with a well-defined, nearly transverse palm, against which 
the dactylos impinges closely. Pereiopoda subequal, poste- 
rior pair the longest. Pleopoda subequal; rami lanceolate, 
those of the penultimate and antepenultimate pairs unequal 
in length. ‘Telson tubular, notched at the apex. Length 
‘3 inch. 

Hab. Dredged in Dunedin Harbour in 4-5 fathoms. 

Though agreeing closely in generic characters, this species 
is very distinct in appearance from A. Hdwardsit, as figured 
in the British-Museum catalogue, and also apparently from 
A. spiniventris, Costa. 


* Species not before described. 
+ Printed “ dania” in Trans. N.-Z. Inst. vol. xi. p, 288. 


Amphipodous Crustacea of New Zealand. 331 


2. Aora typica, Kroyer. 

Of this species I got one specimen in the dredge, along with 
the preceding. This agreed well with the characters given in 
Brit.-Mus. Cat. p. 161, differing only slightly in the following 
respects :—The superior antenne were about as long as the 
animal; the propodos of the first gnathopoda, as well as the 
last four joints of the second gnathopoda, were very hairy ; 
telson quite smooth. 

Colour yellowish, with small black spots chiefly on the 
lower parts of the body and on the limbs. Length °3 inch. 

The species has evidently a wide range, having been origi- 
nally described from specimens obtained at Valparaiso. 


3. Microdeutopus maculatus, sp. nov. (Pl. XVI. figs. 5-8.) 


Animal smooth, slender. Coxe rather small. Superior 
antenne considerably longer than inferior, two thirds as long 
as body; second joint of peduncle long and slender; third 
short and furnished with a 5—6-jointed appendage ; flagellum 
very slender, many-jointed, sparingly ciliated. Inferior an- 
tenne strong, subpediform, with a stout olfactory denticle, and 
furnished with numerous cilia ; third joint of peduncle short, 
fourth and fifth very long; flagellum short, indistinctly 6—7- 
jointed. Mandibular appendage 2-jointed. Maxillipeds with 
strongly-toothed appendages. Gnathopoda moderate, covered 
with strong cilia: first pair rather the largest ; carpus rounded 
on its inferior margin; propodos oblong, with a very oblique, 
curved palm defined by a strong spine; dactylos strong and 
curved, finely toothed on the inner margin: second pair 
similar, but with the palm transverse and without the defi- 
ning spine. Third pereiopoda shorter than preceding ; posterior 
pair very long. Antepenultimate pleopoda reaching to ex- 
tremity of ultimate pair; base of the rami with a stout spine. 
Telson with a broad apical notch, each side with a slender 
spinule. Length °35 inch. 

Hab. A single specimen dredged in Dunedin Harbour in 
4—5 fathoms. 

Apparently a very distinct species. 


4. Cyrtophium cristatum, sp. nov. (Pl. XVI. figs. 9-15.) 


Male. yes prominent. Pereion wider than deep, trans- 
versely ribbed and tuberculate. Last segment of pereion and 
three anterior segments of pleon elevated into prominent crests. 
Antenne with long cilia on their inferior margins : superior 
pair shorter than inferior; peduncle reaching the extremity of 
penultimate joint of peduncle of inferior, bearing a one-jointed 


332 On the Amphipodous Crustacea of New Zealand. 


appendage ; flagellum very indistinctly 7-8-jointed: inferior 
pair very strong, about as long as body; second and third 
joints with spines on their anterior margins; fourth and fifth 
joints long; flagellum indistinctly three-jointed, the first joint 
being equal to the two succeeding. Mandibles with an ap- 
pendage, the basal joint of which is much the shortest. 
Maxillipeds with appendages to the basos and ischium ; dac- 
tylos spatulate. First gnathopoda with simple cilia on 
their inferior margins; carpus produced inferiorly into a 
rounded lobe; propodos narrowing auteriorly, palm very ob- 
lique, defined by three or four stout spines; dactylos strong, 
curved and acutely toothed on its inner margin. Second 
gnathopoda large and powerful, furnished with numerous 
plumose hairs, which are particularly abundant in two rows 
on each side of the palm; basos hollowed out in front so as 
to receive the upperside of the propodos; meros acutely pro- 
duced on its infero-posterior margin; propodos articulating 
on the upper margin of the carpus, oblong, that of the left side 
slightly the larger and having the teeth more prominent on 
its upper margin; palm extending along the whole under 
surface, with two or three denticulations ; dactylos long, curved, 
and smooth. Pereiopoda subequal, fifth pair rather the 
longest ; setee numerous and strong, not exceeding the dia- 
meter of the articulations to which they are attached. 'Telson 
conical, tipped with a few slender sete. 

Female differs from the above only in the greater width of 
the pereion, and in having the second gnathopoda relatively 
smaller, rounder, and wanting the plumose cilia. Length 
*25 inch. 

Hab, Dredged along with the preceding species in Dunedin 
Harbour in 4—5 fathoms, among Sertularve and seaweeds. 

This species differs from the generic characters of Cyrto- 
phium in possessing an appendage on the superior antenne ; 
but as it agrees in every other respect, I do not feel justified 
in placing it in a new genus. It comes nearest to C. brasi- 
liense, obtained by Dana in the harbour of Rio Janeiro. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVI. 


Fig. 1. Amphithonotus levis 9, magnified. 

Fig. 2, The same: cephalon, showing the rostrum, x 14. 
fig. 8, The same: mandible, with its appendage, x 56. 
vg. 4. The same : telson, seen from above, x 14. 

4g. 5. Microdeutopus maculatus 2, magnified. 

#ig. 6. The same: telson and posterior pleopoda, x 28. 
fig. 7. The same : mandible and appendage, x 28. 

Fig. 8. The same: maxillipeds, x 28. 


On the Geological Distribution of the Rhabdophora. 333 


Fig. 9. Cyrtophium cristatum 3, magnified. 

Fig. 10, The same: mandible, x 28. 

Fg. 11. The same: left maxilliped, x 28. 

Fig. 12. The same: first gnathopod, x 28. 

Fig. 13. The same: second gnathopod, x 25. 

Fig. 14. The same: single hair from palm of same, x 115. 

Fig. 15. The same: telson and posterior pleopoda, three pairs, x 28. 


XXXVIII.—On the Geological Distribution of the Rhabdo- 
phora. By Cuaries Lapworts, F.G.S. &c. 


{Continued from vol. iii. p, 455. ] 
Part II. Dara. 


CAMBRIAN SystTEM.—Although the fact of the existence of 
Cladophora in the Upper Cambrian rocks has been admitted 
by paleontologists since Salter’s discovery of Dictyonema 
sociale in such abundance in strata of this age in Merioneth- 
shire, it is only within the last few years that the presence of 
Rhabdophora or true Graptolites in these ancient deposits 
has been placed absolutely beyond question. Kjerulf, indeed, 
figured a well-marked Dichograptus (Bryograptus) trom the 
Alum-shales of Christiania in his ‘ Veiviser,’ as early as 1865 ; 
but its exact horizon is even yet doubtful. Its true Cambrian 
age, however, is rendered highly probable by Linnarsson’s 
more recent discovery of Dichograptus tenellus &c. in the 
highest Olenus-beds of Westrogothia*, and an allied form in 
the Dictyonema-schists of Scania. These strata correspond 
to the highest portions of the Lingula-flags of Wales, and 
are unequivocally of true Cambrian age. 

The question of the existence of Rhabdophora in the Upper 
Cambrian of Britain has also been satisfactorily set at rest by 
the interesting researches of Dr. C. Callaway. This careful 
observer detected Graptolites in the Shineton (Upper Cam- 
brian) shales of Salop as early as 1873 ; and in the following 
year examples of Bryogruptus and Clonograptus from these 
rocks were forwarded by him to me for identification; and I 
recognized at once their striking similarity to the forms figured 
from the Swedish Cambrian by Kjerulf and Linnarsson. 
Within the last few months Dr. Callaway has discovered 
fragments of the first of these genera in the Cambrian rocks 


of the Malvern Hills. 


* Linnarsson, ‘(#fversigt af Vetenskaps-Ak, Forhandlingar, 1871, 
p- 794; and Geol, Mag., June 1876, 


334 Mr. C. Lapworth on the Geological 


ORDOVICIAN OR LOWER SrLurtan System.—Notwithstand- 
ing the great additions made of late years to our knowledge of 
the fossils of the rich graptolitiferous zones of the Llandovery 
and Wenlock formations, Salter’s well-known generalization that 
Murchison’s Lower Silurian system is most prolific in Grapto- 
lites remains practically undisturbed. The Arenig formation 
also, though it can no longer be defined as the birthplace of 
the family, must still be acknowledged as its metropolis; for 
if we have respect to the abundant extra-British forms de- 
tected in this formation, it must be conceded that “ nowhere 
else are there so many species and such complex forms” *. 
This may, it is true, be owing to the fact that not only in 
Britain, but also in Europe and America the rocks of Arenig 
age are essentially dark carbonaceous shales or schists more 
or less graptolitiferous throughout; while the succeeding forma- 
tions are marked by a much greater development of sandstones 
and limestones, from which, as a rule, Graptolites are absent. 
Nevertheless, even where black shales crowded with Grapto- 
lites do occur in these more recent formations, we never find 
so great a variety of types as upon any single horizon in the 
Arenig; and it may be that the Rhabdophora (like the 
Cladophora) had their culmination at or near the commence- 
ment of the Arenig, the loss, especially in genera, being very 
rapid as we pass upwards into the Llandeilo and Bala. 


Arenig Formation. 


The only Welsh rocks belonging to this formation as yet 
carefully searched for Graptolites are the Arenig rocks of the 
neighbourhood of St. David’s, familiar togeologists through 
the extended researches of Dr. H. Hicks. The three sub- 
groups into which the strata of this age are there divisible all 
yield Rhabdophora in some abundance. ‘The forms recog- 
nized by Mr. Hopkinson and myself include F :— 


I. Lower Arenig. 


Didymograptus extensus, Hall. Phyllograptus stella, Hopk. 
pennatulus, Hail. Trigonograptus truncatus, Lapw. 


sparsus, Hopk. 


ensiformis, fall. 


II. Middle Arenig. 


Didymograptus patulus, Hall. Tetragraptus serra, Brongn. 
Tetragraptus Halli, Hopk. quadribrachiatus, Hall. 
? Hicksi, Hopk. Clematograptus implicatus, Hopk. 


* Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xix. pp. 119 et seq. 
Tt Hopk. & Lapw. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. vol, xxxi. p. 634. 


Distribution of the Rhabdophora. 335 
III. Upper Arenig. 


Didymograptus bifidus, Hall. Dicellograptus divaricatus ?, ZHail. 
affinis, Wich. Climacograptus confertus, Lapw. 

—— indentatus, Hail. Diplograptus dentatus, Brongn. 
Nicholsoni, Zapw. Glossograptus ciliatus, Hmm. 
patulus, Hall. 


Some of the same forms occur in the corresponding Arenig 
rocks of Merionethshire. In the Jermyn-Street Museum the 
following forms are labelled as having been collected from the 
Upper Arenig of Tyobry near Tan-y-Bwylch * :— 
Diplograptus tricornis, Carr. Glossograptus ciliatus, Em. 


bimucronatus, Wich. Diplograptus foliaceus, Murch. 
Climacograptus confertus, Lapw. angustifolius, Hall. 


The Arenig rocks in the neighbourhood of Shelve yield 
Rhabdophora in some abundance. From the lowest zones 
near the Bog Mine I have collected forms of Phyllograptus, 
Didymograptus, and Trigonograptus. In the Middle Arenig 
near Shelve church Mr. Hopkinson has detected | Didymo- 
graptus patulus, Hall, and Clematograptus implicatus, Hopk. 
I have found some of the same forms at Ladywell Mine, Dis- 
gwylfa &e. From the Upper Arenig of Ritton Castle I have 
collected Didymograptus Nicholsoni, Lapw., and D. patulus, 

“Hall. Didymograptus constrictus, Hall, is not uncommon in 
similar strata near Snailbeach. 

Lake District—The Arenig rocks of the Lake District 
include the Skiddaw Slates of Sedgwick. Little is yet known 
with certainty with respect to their proper physical and pale- 
ontological subdivisions. At present it is only possible to 
regard them, with Prof. Nicholson, as forming two main 
groups —a lower group of dark flagstones and shales, and an 
upper group of black shales and mudstones. Their Grapto- 
lites have been made the subjects of special memoirs by Salter 
and Nicholson; but the remarkably intertwined character of 
the two supposed subfaunas renders it more than probable that 
we have yet much to learn with respect to the systematic 
places of the several fossiliferous horizons. 

From the Lower Skiddaw Rocks the following species have 
been collected + :— 

Loganograptus Logani, Hall. Schizograptus reticulatus, Nich. 
Temnograptus multiplex, Nich. Ctenograptus annulatus, Nich. 


* Collection, Museum, Jermyn Street, case iv. | ;4;, 4, &e. &e. Com- 


pare also Salter, Mem. Geol. Survey, vol. iii. p. 256 &¢, 

+ Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. xxxi. p. 636. 

{ Nicholson, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., October 1869; Quart. Journ. 
Geol. Soc. vol. xxiv. p. 125 &e. 


956 Mr. C. Lapworth on the Geological 


Dichograptus octobrachiatus, Hall, Didymograptus bifidus, Hall. 


Sedgwicki, Salter. —- Nicholsoni, Lapw. 
Tetragraptus Headi, Hall. —— affinis, Nich. 
quadribrachiatus, Hall. Phyllograptus typus, Hall. 
bryonoides, Hail, angustifolius, ZZaill. 
erucifer, Hall. Diplograptus Hopkinsoni, Nich. 
Didymograptus patulus, Hall. mucronatus ?, Hall. 
gibberulus, Mich. Azygograptus Lapworthi, Nich. 


— nitidus, Hall. 


The various species of Monograptus (Graptolithus*) quoted 
by Salter and others from the Skiddaw series are almost cer- 
tainly merely fragments of compound genera. The Grapto- 
lithus latus of M‘Coy + was certainly of this nature; and the 
Graptolithus tenuis, G. Nilssoni, and G. sagitiar‘us of Salter 
may with safety be assumed to have had a similar origin. 
His Didymograptus sextans (Dicellograptus?) is equally dubi- 
ous. His Diplograptus pristis could not have been Hisinger’s 
species, but was possibly Diplograptus serra (Brongn.) or 
some allied biserial form. 

From the Upper Arenig rocks of Ellergill &c. Professor 


Nicholson has collected + :— 


Trigonograptus lanceolatus, Nich. Didymograptus geminus, His. 
Trichograptus fragilis, Nich. fasciculatus, Nich. 
Didymograptus patulus, Hall. Glossograptus armatus, Mich. 

bifidus, Hall. Phyllograptus angustifolius, Mich. 
——- affinis, Nich. Diplograptus serra, Brongn. 


To these I have myself added 
Diplograptus tricornis, Carr. Azygograptus ccelebs, Lapw. 


and species of Climacograptus. 

Scandinavia.—The Lower Ordovician rocks of Sweden 
which correspond to our British Arenig are the so-called 
Lower. Graptolite- or Phyllograptus-Schists that underlie the 
well-kuown Orthoceras-Limestone. Their included Rhabdo- 
phora have recently been carefully worked out by Mr. Lin- 
narsson ; but the majority of the forms he has discovered are 
as yet undescribed. In the various collections from these 
beds which I have up to this date had an opportunity of ex- 
amining [ have recognized § :— 


Tetragraptus bryonoides, Hall. Didymograptus constrictus, fall, 

—~— fruticosus?, Hall. -——-- strictulus, Linnrs. 
quadribrachiatus, Hall. Phyllograptus angustifolius, Hail. 

Didymograptus patulus, Hail. Temnograptus multiplex ?, Mich. 


* Salter, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xix. p. 135 &e. 
+ Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. iv. p. 223. 

{t Nicholson, doe, cit. supra. 

§ Compare Linnarsson, Geol. Mag., June 1876. 


Distribution of the Rhabdophora. 337 


Dr. Tornquist has identified, in addition, Didymograptus 
extensus, Hall, Didymograptus affinis, Nich., and Phyllo- 
graptus typus, Hall. To these Mr. Linnarsson has recently 
added representatives of Didymograptus v-fractus, Salt., Tri- 
chograptus multiplex, Nich., Diplograptus Hopkinsont, Nich. 

The dark shales that succeed to the Cambrian rocks of the 
neighbourhood of Christiania in Norway, and include the 
local representative of the Orthoceras-Limestone of Sweden, 
have long been known to be graptolititerous. A few of the 
Rhabdophora of these beds have been figured by Boeck + and 
Scharenberg ¢; but the horizons of the species are unknown. 
The forms named below may be easily identified upon their 
plates. Those in all probability restricted to the higher zones 
I have marked with an asterisk. 


Tetragraptus fruticosus, Hall. Phyllograptus typus, Hail. 
Didymograptus Murchisoni, angustifolius, ZZadd. 
Beck.* Climacograptus Scharenbergi*, 
geminus, His, Lapw. 


America.—As pointed out by Professor Selwyn §$, the main 
mass of the Point-Levis or Quebec group of the valley of the 
St. Lawrence lies at the very base of the Ordovician or Lower 
Silurian system, and is thus, broadly speaking, synchronous 
with the British Arenig rocks. Its Rhabdophora have been 
long familiar to the eyes of paleontologists in the beautiful 
plates of Hall’s classical memoir on the Graptolites of the 
Quebec Group. It may be that the more ancient of the 
strata from which his specimens were procured may even- 
tually be proved to be of true Cambrian age. In the mean- 
time, however, no division of these forms can be attempted. 
The species figured by Hall from Point Levis include :-— 
Clonograptus flexilis, Hall. Didymograptus bifidus, ad, 
rigidus, Hall. indentatus, Hall. 
abnormis, Hall. extenuatus, Hall. 
ramulus, fall. constrictus, /Zall, 
Loganograptus Logani, Hail. arcuatus, Hall. 

Dichograptus octobrachiatus, Hall. extensus, Hall. 
Tetragraptus Headi, Hall. pennatulus, Hall. 
alatus, Hall. Phyllograptus typus, Hall. 
crucifer, Hall. iliciformis, Hail. 
—— quadribrachiatus, Hall. angustifolius, all. 


denticulatus, Hall. Diplograptus dentatus, Brongn. 

bryonoides, Hall. inutilis, Hall. 

Bigsbyi, Hall. Climacograptus antennarius, Hail. 
Didymograptus nitidus, Hall. Trigonograptus ensiformis, Hall. 


patulus, Zail. Retiograptus tentaculatus, Hall, 


+ Boeck, ‘ Bemerkninger angaaende Graptolitherne :’ Christiania, 1851. 
{ Scharenberg, ‘ Ueber Graptolithen:’ Breslau, 1851. 
§ Selwyn, Canadian Naturalist, 1879, p. 17. 


338 Mr. C. Lapworth on the Geological 


From similar beds at Orleans Island, Gros Maule, and the 
river St. Anne, Hall describes :—Didymograptus similis, H.; 
Tetragraptus fruticosus, H.; T. Headi, H.; Dichograptus 
octonartus, H.; Clonograptus Richardsont, H.; and Phyllo- 
graptus Anna, H. 

Of these Quebee forms Tetragraptus Headi, H., T. bryo- 
nites, H., Phyllograptus angustifolius, H., and P. typus, H., 
were subsequently detected in corresponding strata on the 
coast of Newfoundland *, where their association with Crus- 
tacea &c. of Tremadoc and Arenig types, as at Point Levis, 
is demonstrative of their systematic place at or near the base 
of the Ordovician. 

Australia.—Mr. R. Etheridge, Jun., and Professor M‘Coy 
have recently described a small collection of Rhabdophora from 
the lowest Ordovician rocks of Australiat, which is remark- 
able for its general identity in facies with that of the Arenig 
rocks of England and Canada. ‘The species figured are pos- 


sibly :— 


Loganograptus Logani, /Zall. Dichograptus octobrachiatus, Hall. 

Goniograptus Thureaui, A/‘Coy. Phyllograptus typus, Had. 

Tetragraptus bryonoides, Hall. Retiograptus tentaculatus ?, Hall. 
quadribrachiatus, Hall. Didymograptus Pantonii, M‘ Coy. 


— truticosus, Hall. nitidus, Hall. 


together with indeterminable species of Climacograptus and 
Diplograptus. 


Llandeilo Formation. 


Dr. Hicks breaks up the Llandeilo formation of Wales into 
three portions, the well-known limestones and calcareous 
shales of Llandewi Felfry and Llandeilo forming the central 
member. ‘This arrangement, though not universally applica- 
ble, may possibly be the natural one in the southern districts. 
There the Lower Llandeilo consists of dark carbonaceous shales 
and thick beds of coarse sandstones, with occasional igneous 
rocks of contemporaneous age, the Middle Llandeilo of cal- 
careous flagstones, and the so-called Upper Llandeilo of soft 
dark grey flags and mudstones, forming a gradual transition 
into, and only doubtfully separable from, the overlying Bala 
formation. 

In the Lower Division, as seen to the west of Shelve, I 
have collected Didymograptus Murchisoni, Beck, in some 
abundance, and in corresponding strata below as well as 


* Logan and Billings, Geology of Canada, pp. 291, 295, 872. 
+ R. Etheridge, Jun., Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist., July 1874; M‘Coy, 
Prodromus Paleontology Victoria, decades i., 11., and y. 


Distribution of the Rhabdophora. 339 


amid the voleanic rocks of the Gelli Hills near Builth. In 
the dark Llandeilo shales of Pwllacca near Llandeilo I have 
seen the smaller varieties of Didymograptus Murchisoni in 
myriads, together with Diplograptus foliaceus, Murch., Cli- 
macograptus celatus, Lapw., and indeterminable forms of 
Didymograptus. Didymograptus Murchisoni, Beck, is quite 
as abundant in the black shales below the Limestone of 
Llandewi Felfry near Whitland, associated with Dédymo- 
graptus Nicholsoni, Lapw., Goniograptus, sp., Climacograptus 
confertus, Lapw., Diplograptus tricornis, &e. The forms 
recognized by Mr. Hopkinson and myself* in the Lower 
Llandeilo zone of Abereiddy Bay include 


Didymograptus euodus, Lapw. Diplograptus foliaceus, Murch. 
indentatus, Hall. tricornis, Carr. 
—— Murchisoni, Beck. Dicellograptus moffatensis ?, Carr. 


and some others. 

In the Middle Llandeilo of Abereiddy Bay are found 
Dicellograptus, Diplograptus foliaceus, Murch., and D, tri- 
cornis, Carr. In the corresponding strata of Builth Road 
and Wellfield, Radnorshire, I have detected 


Dicellograptus patulosus, Lapw. Diplograptus tricornis, Carr. 
Coenograptus gracilis ?, Hall. Climacograptus celatus, Lapw. 
Diplograptus foliaceus, Murch. 


A fine example of Dicranograptus formosus, Hopk., from 
these beds at Castell is in the Jermyn-Ntreet collection (Case 
lv. 3s). Rocks of corresponding age at Meadowtown near 
Shelve have yielded me Diplograptus foliaceus, Murch., and 
D. dentatus, Brongn. 

The Upper Llandeilo rocks of Abereiddy Bay have, up to 
this time, proved barren of Graptolites. From the Upper 
Llandeilo of Hagley, near Chirbury, I have collected Diplo- 
graptus foliaceus, Murch., and Climacograptus Scharenbergi, 
Lapw. From the Upper Llandeilo of Llandrindod Wells Mr. 
Hopkinson sent me, some years ago, Climacograptus Scharen- 
bergi, Lapw., C. celatus, Lapw., and Dicellograptus mof- 
fatensis, Carr. From the same rocks near that town I have 
this summer collected Diplograptus tricornis, Carr., D. folia- 
ceus, Murch., Climacograptus celatus, Lapw., C. perexca- 
vatus, Lapw., C. Scharenbergi, Lapw., and species of Dicel- 
lograptus aud Lastograptus. 

At the village of St. Clear’s, near Caermarthen, the bank of 
the little river exposes a good section of highly fossiliferous 


* Hopkinson and Lapworth, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxxi. 
p. 654. 


340 On the Geological Distribution of the Rhabdophora. 
black shales, apparently of Upper Llandeilo age. In these I 


have recognize 

Dicranograptus formosus, Hopk. Climacograptus ceelatus ?, Lapw. 
sextans?, Hall. perexcavatus, Lapw. 
Diplograptus foliaceus, Murch. 


During the progress of the Geological Survey of North 
Wales Mr. Salter detected Graptolites in the deep-seated 
schists of Tiddyn Dicwm, near Tremadoc. From their appa- 
rent stratigraphical position he assigned them to the general 
horizon of the Arenig formation. There can be little doubt, 
however, that they are actually of Llandeilo age. ‘The speci- 
mens from this locality preserved in the Jermyn-Street 
Museum, or figured in the ‘Geology of North Wales’*, 
include Dicranograptus ramosus, Hall, Diplograptus tricornis, 
Carr., Climacograptus Scharenbergi, Lapw., and C. bicornis, 
Hall. I recognized the same species in a fine collection made 
by Mr. Hopkinson from this locality in 1873, together with 
the following additional species :— 


Didymograptus, sp. Diplograptus angustifolius, Hall. 
Glossograptus Hincksi, Hopk. Dicellograptus sextans (?), Hall, 
Diplograptus dentatus, Brongn. Diplograptus Whitfieldi, Had. 


Treland.—The only graptolitiferous strata in Ireland that 
ean with certainty be assigned to the Llandeilo formation 
are the schists of Bellewston Hill, County Meath, whence 
Mr. Baily procured Didymograptus Murchisont, Beck, in 
association with Diplograptus foliaceus, Murch., and other 
forms fF. 

Sweden.—The black shales that overlie the Orthoceras- 
Limestone of Sweden, and are known as the Dicranograptus- 
or Middle Graptolite-schists, fall into two tolerably distinct 
paleontological groups. The lower group (Murchisoni- or 
geminus-schists) is marked by the presence of Didymograptus 
geminus, His., and several allied species; and it may there- 
fore be roughly paralleled with our British Llandeilo. Ac- 
cording to the most recent researches of Mr, Linnarsson f its 
lowest beds contain representatives of the British forms 
Phyllograptus typus, Hall, Diplograptus Hopkinsont, Nich., 
and Diplograptus tricornis, Carr. ‘These pass up into a 
group of dark shales with Didymograptus geminus, His. ; and 
the Llandeilo group is terminated by beds with Glossograptus 
Hincksi, Hopk. With the above forms occur also Diplo- 


* Memoirs Geol. Surv. England and Wales, vol. iii. pl. xii. 

+ Baily, Journ. Geol. Soc. Dubiin, Jan. 1862. 

{ Linnarsson, ‘(Efversigt af Vetenskaps-Akademiens Forhandlingar,’ 
1878, 


Mr. G. Nevill on a new Species of Acme. 341 


graptide of the genera Diplograptus and Climacoyraptus, 
together with Lastograptus and Azygograptus &c. 

France &c.—Didymograptus Murchisoni and its allies occur 
in the inferior division of the Schiste ardoisier of Bre- 
tagne * in association with Crustacea of Llandeilo type. It 
is found also in similar strata near Oporto in Portugal f. 


[To be continued. ] 


XXXIX.—Description of anew Species of Acme and Varieties 
from the Conglomerate Beds at Menton. By Grorrrey 
NEVILL, C.M.Z.S. 


Acme Foliniana. 


Testa turrito-elongata, imperforata, cornea, levis et nitida; spira 
subrecta, paululum prope apicem obtusum eversa; anfract. 

6 aut 6} (rarissime 7), convexiusculi, sutura distincta separati, 

interdum inferne linea incisa (more Eulimidarum) circumdata ; 

apertura subverticalis, subquadrangularis, marginibus callo levi 
junctis; columellaris subrecta; peristom. album, percrassum, 
_ duplex. 
Typi anfr. 6°5; long. 5°5, diam. 1°75; apert. alt. 1°5, lat. 1:1 

millim. 

This was an exceedingly abundant form, often in a perfect 
state of preservation, at three different levels ; a few specimens 
had seven well-developed whorls, the others 6 or 63, increa- 
sing very gradually and regularly, moderately convex, the last 
two approximately of equal breadth ; apex blunt and obtuse, 
the apical whorls with a slight inclination to the right (away 
from the axis of the shell) ; perfectly smooth, polished, shi- 
ning, of a more or less paie horny colour, sometimes so trans- 
parent that the columella can be traced from the apex to the 
base ; suture distinct, with a more or less obsolete incised 
line close below it, as in many species of Hulima &c. ; aperture 
a trifle everted, subquadrate, with a remarkable, pure white, 
callous rib close to the peristome, imparting a duplex appear- 
ance to the latter; a thin callosity joms the margins. 

I have much pleasure in naming this, the giant of its 
genus, after my friend the Marquis de Folin of Bayonne, 
whose researches connected with minute marine species are 


so highly valued and appreciated. 


* Tromelin and Lebesconte, ‘Catalogue des Fossiles Siluriens,’ 1875, 
. 46, &e. 
E a Sharpe, “Geology of Neighbourhood of Oporto,” Q. J.G.S. vol. y, 
p. 147. 


342 Mr. G. Nevill on a new Spectes of Acme. 


Type, Indian Museum, Calcutta; also in coll. Marquis de 
Folin, Mons. J. René Bourguignat, Coombe Williams, P. 
Joly, P. Fagot, and Colonel Godwin-Austen. 


Var. emaciata, nov. 


This is a dwarf form, apparently varying in every spe- 
cimen, and of which it seems to me impossible to grasp 
any thoroughly constant character. Taking an extreme spe- 
cimen, it is distinguished by its smaller size, by the more 
regularly turreted spire being quite upright, 6 whorls, of 
almost equal size, slightly more convex, especially the last, 
which is also proportionally very short; aperture smaller, a 
trifle more vertical and scarcely everted; callosity joining 
margins well developed; peristome does not present the 
duplex appearance of the preceding, except at the columella. 
Rare in middle deposit only. 

Long. 4°13, diam. (vix) 1°5 millim. 

Type var., Indian Museum, Calcutta ; also in coll. Marquis 
de Folin and Mons. J. René Bourguignat. 


Var. pachystoma, nov. 
(An potius A. pachystoma, sp. nov. ?) 


This, unlike the preceding, is an exceedingly well-marked 
and distinct form, unmistakable at a glance. I think it ex- 
tremely probable Mons. Bourguignat is correct in regarding 
it as a distinct species. It can be known from the typical 
form by its much less distinct suture, by the shorter, less 
elegantly and regularly turreted spine, composed of only six 
more rapidly imcreasing whorls, the apical two compressed, 
the others scarcely convex, almost cylindrical, especially the 
last, which is proportionally much longer, the antepenulti- 
mate one much broader than the others (not the case in type 
form) ; the apical portion of the spire considerably more 
diverted from the axis of the shell, with the aperture very 
much everted, imparting a still stronger resemblance to cer- 
tain species of Hulima; the thick, white peristome is sur- 
rounded by a still more callous rib, especially noticeable at its 
termination, about the middle of the columella, which is 
slightly oblique; the duplex character of this outer lip is still 
more distinctly and clearly marked. This form was by no 
means uncommon, though much less abundant than typical 
A. Foliniana, with which it was associated. 

Long. 5, diam. 1°9 millim. 

Type var., Indian Museum, Calcutta ; also in coll. Marquis 
de Folin and Mons. J. René Bourguignat. 


343 


On some new Species of Araneidea. 


XL.—On some new Species of Araneidea. 
By the Rev. O. P. Camsripce, M.A., C.M.Z.S., &e. 


[Plate XVIL] 


A SMALL collection of spiders, chiefly of the genus Hrigone 
(Neriéne and Walckenaéra, Bl.), lately received from Graf 
Eugen v. Keyserling of Glogau, Silesia, contained four 
species which appear to me to be undescribed. These, 
together with another very remarkable one of the same 
group, sent to me from Lisbon by Mr. H. O. Forbes, are de- 
scribed and figured in the present paper. ‘Those received 
from Count Keyserling were found in different localities in 
Germany ; and among them were also examples of the follow- 
ing known species :— 


Dictyna viridissima, Walck., Or- Walckenaéra cucullata, C. Z. Koch, 


zova. Munich and Glogau. 
Neriéne exhilarans, Cambr., Mu- brevis, Wid., Munich. 
nich. pusilla, Wid., Munich. 


livida, B/., Glogau. 

— cornuta, Bl., Orzova &e. 
graminicola, Sund., Munich. 
rufipes, Sund., Liivland &e. 


— hbifrons, Bl., Orzova. 

—— prominula, “Comibr. ., Glogau. 
—— perforata, Thor., Orzova. 
— cristata, B/., loc.? 


—— dentipalpis, ih 7ad., loc. ? 

isabellina, C. L. Koch, Dux. 

—— fuscipalpis, C. LZ. K., Glogau. 

rubripes, B/., Glogau. 

Bathyphantes brev ipalpis, Menge, 
Munich. 

Walckenaéra Simoni, Cambr., Mu- 
nich. 

—— elongata, Wid., Munich. 


The following are the species 


pallens, Cambr. .» Munich. 

altifrons, Cambr., Glogau and 

Munich. 

antica, Wid., Danzig. 

Linyphia decens, Cambr. , loc. ? 

oblivia, Camobr., Munich and 
Glogau. 

eee pallida, Cambr., Glogau. 

nigrina, Sund., Glogau. 


supposed to be new :— 


Neriéne rasa, sp. n., Dux, p. 345, Pl. XVII. fig. 1. 


Keyserlingii, sp. n., loc. ?, p. 344, Pl. XVII. fig. 2 
— — iracunda, sp. n., Liivland, p. 346, Pl. XVII. fig. 3. 
Walckenaéra nasuta, sp. n., Lisbon, p. 347, Pl. X VIL. fig. 
—— congenera, sp. 0. , Munich, Pp: 348, Pl. XVIL fig. 5. 


4, 


Fam. Theridiides. 
Gen. NERIENE, BI. 
(Bt AV IL fe. 1.) 


Adult male, length very nearly } of an inch. 

The colour of the cephalothorax, falces, maxille, labium, 
and sternum is a clear but darkish yellow-brown ; the legs 
and palpi are of a paler hue, and the abdomen is blackish 

olive-brown. ‘The general convexity of the cephalothorax is 
somewhat depressed ; but the caput is well rounded on all 


Neriéne rasa, sp. n. 


344 Rey. O. P. Cambridge on some 


sides, and the profile of the clypeus (which considerably ex- 
ceeds in height half that of the facial space) continues the 
curve of the profile of the occiput; the profile line behind the 
occiput exhibits a very slight depression ; on the caput and 
clypeus are some prominent hairs. 

The eyes are small, and, excepting the fore-centrals, which 
are very small, are of equal size; those of the hind-central 
pair are considerably nearer together than each is to the hind- 
lateral eye on its side, the interval being no more than an 
eye’s diameter, which is also the same interval as that which 
separates them from the fore-centrals ; those of each lateral 
pair are placed obliquely on a tubercle ; the fore-centrals are 
dark, indistinct, and contiguous to each other. 

The legs are of tolerable length and rather slender ; their 
armature had been almost entirely denuded, but it appears to 
have consisted of hairs only. 

The palpi are short ; the radial joint is stronger, but scarcely 
longer, than the cubital, both being very short; the former 
spreads out a little in front, but has no projection or apo- 
physis; it is furnished with some bristly hairs, the longest 
and strongest of which are on the outer side; the digital joint 
is of moderate size, and has a strong lobe or prominence to- 
wards its hinder extremity on the outer side; the palpal 
organs are moderately complex; at their base on the outer 
side is a prominent, almost circularly curved, corneous process, 
and at their extremity are two or three small, blunt, projecting, 
corneous points. 

The falces are long, strong, and greatly inclined back- 
wards to the labium ; they are also a little divergent at their 
extremities. 

The abdomen is of tolerable size; its shape is a regular 
oval, its surface glossy and very sparingly clothed with hairs ; 
and it projects a little over the base of the thorax. 
~ This spider is allied to Neriéne Huthwaitii, Cambr., which 
it resembles very much in general colouring and appearance ; 
but it may easily be distinguished by the much shorter radial 
joint and much larger digital joint of the palpus ; the struc- 
ture also of the palpal organs is entirely different. 

A single example was sent to me for examination by Count 
Keyserling, by whom it was found at Dux. 


Neriéne Keyserlingii, sp.n. (Pl. XVII. fig. 2.) 
Adult female, length + of an inch. 
The whole of the fore part of this spider, including the legs 
and palpi (which are a little the palest), is of a clear yellow 
colour ; and the abdomen is pale straw-coloured. The cephalo- 


new Species of Araneidea. 345 


thorax is of a rather flattened form; the profile line forms a 
slightly curved slope to the eyes, the depression behind the 
occiput being exceedingly slight. The normal grooves and 
indentations are fairly marked, and are also indicated by con- 
verging lines of a dusky hue. 

The eyes are of tolerable size and not very unequal; they 
are rather closely grouped ; those of the posterior row are 
equidistant from each other, being separated by a central- 
eye’s diameter, each of the central eyes being also separated 
by a similar space from the fore-central eye opposite to it. 
Those of each lateral pair are contiguous to each other, and 
are seated obliquely on a black tubercle; those of the fore- 
central pair are on a large black spot, and are separated from 
each other by nearly half a diameter. 

The legs are moderate in length and strength (4, 1, 2, 3), 
furnished with hairs, and a very few slender prominent 
bristles. 

The falces are long, strong, very prominent towards their 
base in front, a little divergent, and armed with strong sharp 
teeth on the inner sides, a row of five (the strongest) being 
placed along the outer edge, and three along the inner edge 
of the groove in which the fang lies when at rest. On the 
outer sides in front are some minute piliferous tubercles ar- 
ranged in two or three longitudinal lines. 

The mazille are long, strong, somewhat obtusely pointed 
on the inner extremities, and inclined towards the labium, 
which is of a semicircular form. 

The abdomen is oval, broadest behind, and projects over the 
base of the cephalothorax ; it is of a pale straw-yellow colour, 
thinly clothed with fine hairs, and marked with four small, 
round, red-brown, impressed spots near the middle of the 
upperside, forming a trapezoid, whose posterior is longer than 
the anterior side; a sooty-black broken: stripe bisects the 
upperside in a longitudinal direction, the hinder part being 
formed of two elongate arrow-head markings, following each 
other in close contact, the posterior one merging in a large 
sooty-black patch some little distance above the spinners. It 
is probable that in a series of examples some variations in this 
pattern would be exhibited. The genital aperture is small 
and characteristic in form, but has no prominent process con- 
nected with it; just in front of the spinners is a curved lip- 
like fold in the integument, having every appearance of being 
the aperture leading to one or two spiracles (breathing- 
organs). 

Two examples of this fine and distinct species were com- 
prised in the collection of spiders received for examination 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. iv. 25 


346 Rev. O. P. Cambridge on some 


from Count Keyserling, by whom they were found in Ger- 
many ; but the precise locality is unknown to me. 


Neriéne tracunda, sp.n. (Pl. XVII. fig. 3.) 


Adult male, length slightly over 1 line. 

The cephalothorax is of a dark yellow-brown colour, and of 
a somewhat oblong-oval form, broad at the fore part, and the 
lateral constriction on the margins, at the caput, exceedingly 
slight. ‘The profile line forms a tolerably even, though very 
slight curve ; the ocular area slopes forwards; and the clypeus, 
which projects a little, is less in height than half that of the 
facial space. 

The eyes are all seated on tubercles; those of the lateral 
pairs rather strong; they are not very large or greatly dif- 
ferent in size, those of the anterior (or fore-central) pair, which 
are a little the smallest, are separated by a small but distinct 
interval, those of the hind-central pair are divided by rather 
less than a diameter’s interval, that which separates each of 
them from the hind-lateral eye on its side being about equal 
to a diameter. ‘The curves of the two rows of eyes are 
as nearly as possible equal, but directed in opposite directions, 
and enclosing a transverse oval space; those of each lateral 
pair are placed very slightly obliquely. 

The legs are rather long, slender, 4, 1, 2, 3, furnished with 
hairs, and one or two erect bristles only, and of a pale orange- 
yellow colour. 

The palpi are short; the digital and radial joints brown, 
the rest similar in colour to the legs. The cubital and radial 
joints are very short; the latter is the strongest and has its 
fore extremity on the upperside produced, but very slightly, 
into a somewhat pointed termination ; and there is also a pro- 
minent point on the outer side: the digital joint is of moderate 
size ; it has a small, blunt, somewhat tooth-like projection at 
its base; and on its outer side is a prominent, somewhat ele- 
vated subangular lobe. The palpal organs are complex and 
well developed, but present no very noticeable processes. 

The falces are powerful, prominent near their base in front, 
divergent, and greatly cut away on the inner side of their 
fore half—so far as I could see, destitute of teeth, excepting a 
bluntish one at the extreme inner point near the insertion of 
the fang. ‘The outer sides in front are furnished with minute 
piliferous tubercles. The colour of the falces is similar to 
that of the cephalothorax. 

The maxille are like the falces in colour; they are strong, 
moderately long, rounded on their outer sides and at the ex- 
tremities, and inclined towards the labiwm, which is short,’ 


new Species of Araneidea. 347 


somewhat roundly truncated at the apex, and of a dark black- 
brown hue. 

The sternum is similar to the labium in colour. 

The abdomen is narrow oviform, glossy and black, and 
thinly clothed with hairs. 

A single example of this spider, which is allied to Nerdéne 
subtilis, N. conigera, and N. innotabilis, Cambr., was received 
from Count Keyserling, by whom it was found in Liivland. 


Gen. WALCKENAERA, Bl. 


Walckenaéra nasuta, sp.n. (PI. XVII. fig. 4.) 


Adult male, length ; of an inch. 

The cephalothorax, legs, palpi, and falces are of a light 
rather orange-yellow colour, the tibie, tarsi, and metatarsi 
of the legs being a little the palest, and the caput slightly suf- 
fused towards the fore part on the upperside with a dusky 
brownish hue. The caput is elevated, and the fore extremity 
of the upperside projects forwards in a somewhat curved 
and tapering form, terminating in a round knob connected 
with the main portion by a narrow neck-like constriction, and 
giving it a very nose-like appearance; the fore part of the 
caput, as well as the knob, is furnished pretty thickly with 
hairs; there are also a few shorter ones along the upperside of 
the caput, directed slightly backwards. The thorax is a little 
gibbous about the middle of the upperside. 

The eyes are small, seated on black spots, and in the usual 
four pairs ; the lateral pairs are one on each side, towards the 
fore extremity of the caput, at about the thoracic level; the 
fore-central pair is in front, between and on a level with the 
laterals ; the eyes of these three pairs are respectively con- 
tiguous to each other, while those of the hind-central pair are 
wide apart, one on each side of the produced part of caput, a 
little behind the neck or constriction. 

The legs are slender, not very long, furnished with ordinary 
hairs, and a few erect ones on the upperside of the tibie and 
metatarsi. 

The palpi are moderately long ; the cubital joint is rather 
long and slightly clavate; the radial joint is short, but has 
its fore extremity produced into a long, tapering, twisted, 
sharp-pointed, rather prominent apophysis. The length of 
this joint and its apophysis is about equal to that of the 
cubital joint. The digital joint is of moderate size; and the 
palpal organs are prominent and rather complex, but have no 
very remarkable processes. 

The abdomen is oviform ; it projects but slightly over the 

25* 


348 On some new Species of Araneidea. 


base of the cephalothorax, and is jet-black, thinly clothed with 
hairs. 

A single example, in excellent condition, of this very 
remarkable little spider was kindly sent to me, from Lisbon, 
with numerous other spiders, by Mr. H. O. Forbes. 


Walckenaéra congenera, sp.n. (Pl. XVII. fig. 5.) 


Adult male, length 1 line. 

The cephalothorax is of a deep rich black-brown colour, the 
legs orange, and the abdomen jet-black. The caput is elevated 
into a moderate-sized, well-rounded eminence ; the height of 
the clypeus is a little over half that of the facial space; it 
slopes forwards following the same line as that of the fore 
protile of the eminence on the caput. The upper (or hind- 
central) pair of eyes are seated on the fore part of the upper- 
side of the eminence, and are separated by an eye’s diameter. 

The legs are slender, of moderate length, 1, 4, 2, 3, and 
furnished with hairs only; if any other armature was ever 
present it had been rubbed off before the example came to 
hand. 

The palpéare moderately long, slender, and of a yellow colour, 
excepting the digital joint, which is dark yellow-brown. The 
cubital joint is slightly clavate and bent downwards ; the radial 
joint is stronger than the cubital, and has its fore extremity, on 
the upperside, produced into a long, somewhat tapering, and 
curved apophysis, whose broadly obtuse point is directed out- 
wards across the middle of the digital joint, and a little turned 
upwards on the lower edge; within the curvature of this 
apophysis is a strong, not very long, obtuse, prominent process 
also directed outwards; and in front of it (though it was 
difficult to see its exact origin) is a small, sharp-pointed, 
spine-like projection ; numerous bristly hairs issue from the 
outer side of the radial joint, chiefly towards its hinder part ; 
the digital joint is oval and of tolerable size ; the palpal organs 
are well developed and complex ; they are closely encircled 
near the middle with a black spine; and a more slender one 
coiled in a circular form is situated at their extremity. 

The maville are of an olive-brown hue, the /abiwm blackish 
brown ; the sternwm is glossy and black-brown; and the abdo- 
men, which is also glossy, is jet-black, rather large, consider- 
ably convex above, and very sparingly clothed with hairs. 

This spider is closely allied to Walckenaéra pregracilis, 
Cambr., but is larger ; the legs are also shorter; the eminence 
on the caput is of a more rounded form, and less sloping 
in profile both before and behind; the two eyes seated on its 
summit are also nearer together. The palpi are somewhat 


On new Species of Lepidoptera from Japan. 349 


similar to those of that species; but the radial apophysis is 
shorter, stouter, and more obtuse at its extremity, the process 
also within its curvature is straighter, shorter, and stouter. 

It is also allied to Walckenaéra erythropus, Westr., though 
the palpi, as well as the eminence on the caput of this last 
species, differ in structure, the digital joint being larger, the 
radial apophysis less strong at its extremity, the process within 
its curvature longer, more prominently turned upwards, and 
furnished with a cusp-like point at its end. 

A single example received for examination from Count 
Keyserling, by whom it was found near Munich. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVII. 


Fig. 1. Neériéne rasa, sp. n., d, p. 843. Dux. a, profile, without legs or 
palpi; 4, front view of eyes and falces; c, left palpus, sideways, 
above and a little underneath in front ; d, curved process at base 
on outer side of palpal organs, from in front; e, natural length 
of spider. 

Fig. 2. Neriéne Keyserlingii, sp. u., 2, p. 344. Germany. a, profile, 
without legs; b, front view of eyes and falces; c, hinder extre- 
mity of abdomen, from underneath; d, same as ¢, in profile; 2, fold 
in front of spinners, supposed to conceal spiracular orifices; y, 
the same as 2, in profile; e, genital aperture ; f, natural length 
of spider. 

Fig. 3. Neriéne iracunda, sp.n., 3, p. 346. Liivland. a, profile, with- 
out legs or palpi; 8, front view of eyes and falces ; ¢, left palpus, 
from outer side, rather in front; d, ditto, in front, rather on 
inner side; e, natural length of spider. 

Fig. 4. Walekenuéra nasuta, sp.u., d, p. 347. Lisbon. a, right palpus 
on outer side; 6, humeral, cubital, and radial joints of left 
palpus, from in front ; ¢, profile, without legs or palpi; d, natural 
length of spider. 

Fig. 5. Walckenaéra congenera, sp. n., 3 (profile, without legs or palpi), 
p- 348. Munich. a, caput, from above and behind; 4, left pal- 
pus, from above and rather in front; c, radial joint of ditto; d, 
natural length of spider. 


XLI.—Descriptions of new Species of Lepidoptera from 
Japan. By Artuur G. Bur er, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &e. 


THE moths described in the present paper were mostly pre- 
sented to the British Museum by Mr. Henry Pryer of Yoko- 
hama, who collected them in that locality. Amongst them 
are many species of great interest, exhibiting marvellous re- 
semblance to well-known European types, whilst one or two 
show greater similarity to forms occurring in the New 


World. 


350 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Species of 


One insect in Mr. Pryer’s collection I was much surprised 
to find, upon examination, to be absolutely identical with a 
West-Indian form; I allude to Gonitis fractifera. As the 
Indian species of Gronitis seem to be constant to locality, the 
various forms being nearly allied and limited in their range, 
it is very strange to find a form common to St. Domingo and 
Jamaica in Japan. 


Sphingide. 
1. Acosmeryx metanaga, n. sp. (no. 217). 


dé. Rather larger than A. sericeus g ; coloration inter- 
mediate between it and A. anceus ; markings of primaries and 
entire coloration and marking of the under surface almost as 
in A. naga—lilacine grey, clouded and banded with fuligi- 
nous brown; wings tinted upon the disk with ferruginous ; 
primaries with a lunated belt dividing off the basicostal area 
and an oblique darker belt from the costa just beyond the 
middle to the external border, both fuliginous brown; the 
usual transverse undulated dark brown lines; outer border 
smoky brown, undulated internally, intersected by a grey 
stripe from the subcostal furca to the second median branch ; 
a triangular subapical marginal dark-brown spot ; secondaries 
greyish, becoming reddish on the disk, which is crossed from 
near anal angle by a dusky bordered lilacine streak, followed 
by a rather broad fuliginous outer border, which tapers to the 
anal angle ; thorax, excepting the tegule, red-brown ; margins 
of abdominal segments red-brown; antenne sordid white. 
Expanse of wings 4 inches. 


2. Pergesa mongoliana, var., Butl. (no. 219). 


Differs from the ordinary Japanese examples in its much 
deeper coloration above, the absence of the pale patches at 
apex and on the disk of the primaries, and in the bright red- 
dish coloration of the under surface. In this last character, 
however, it agrees with the type from Mongolia. 


3. Triptogon sperchius, Ménétr. (no. 205). 


We have received a pair of what appears to be this species, 
agreeing fairly with the published figures, and therefore 
establishing the entire distinctness of my TZ. picetpennis. 
Although | could not hesitate to describe an insect so entirely 
distinct in coloration and marking as 7. picetpennis from the 
figure published by Ménétriés, it is satisfactory to be able to 
confirm the validity of the species by comparison with actual 
specimens. 


Lepidoptera from Japan. 351 


Zygenide. 


4. Illiberis sinensis, Walker (no. 243 B). 
This insect has now come from Yokohama. 


5. Procris funeralis, sp.n. (no. 244). 


Deep purplish brown, the fringes paler; the disk of secon- 
daries whitish and semihyaline ; abdomen black, claspers and 
proboscis horn-yellow; a whitish extruded anal tuft. Ex- 
panse of wings 9 lines. 


Arctiidae. 


6. Spilosoma leucothorax, Felder (no. 288). 
This species is new to Japan. 


7. Spilarctia imparilis, var., Butl. (no, 286). 


The male now sent agrees with the typical female in 
spotting, but the female sent with it agrees more nearly 
with the typical male; it is therefore clear that, as in the 
European species, the Japanese Spilarctie vary considerably 
in the number of spots upon the wings. 


8. Spilarctia inequalis, n. sp. (no. 294). 


3. Wings above pale buff, becoming pink towards the 
inner margins; a black spot at the superior angle of each 
discoidal cell: primaries with a spot in the cell, two or three 
close to inner margin, near to which commences an oblique 
series from the centre of the margin to the lower discoidal 
interspace, where it meets a series of abbreviated black dashes 
running to the apex ; a second less distinct series of similar 
dashes between the oblique series and the outer margin: 
secondaries with a spot on the discoidal interspace and four 
near the anal angle blackish grey: thorax white, the head 
and shoulders tinted with buff; abdomen carmine, with lateral 
black dots and fringe of ochreous hairs; antenne black. 
Wings below nearly as above: body below whitish, the collar 
and fringe of the palpi carmine ; upper surface of palpi and 
of front legs and the tarsi and knees of the other legs black. 
Expanse of wings 1 inch 4 lines. 

2. Wings above semitransparent white, tinted with pale 
buff at the borders; a blackish spot at the superior angle of 
each discoidal cell: primaries with a double series of abbre- 
viated black dashes as in the male, but without the oblique 
series of spots or other spots noted as existing in that sex: 


352 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Species of 


secondaries with a spot near the apex and a second near the 
anal angle: thorax and base of abdomen white ; remainder 
of abdomen pink, but with the anal segments pale buif, a 
series of black spots on each side; head slightly yellowish ; 
antenne black. Wings below as above: body below white, 
venter black-spotted, anus buff; collar and fringe of palpi 
pink ; upper surface of palpi and of front legs black; upper 
surface of the remaining legs brown. Expanse of wings 
1 inch 10 lines. 

The female at first sight looks almost like S. rhodophila, 
whereas the male agrees better with S, obliqua. 


9. Spilarctia rosacea, n. sp. (no. 289, ¢). 


Primaries above fawn-colour, with the borders and veins 
pale creamy buff; the basal third of costal margin black; a 
small spot at the superior angle of the cell, a second on the 
costa beyond it, a third just above the bend of the submedian 
vein, an oblique series of black spots from inner margin to 
apex, interrupted at the fourth median or lower radial branch; 
an abbreviated series of black points near the outer margin : 
secondaries rose-coloured, with the margins buff; a large 
black spot at the end of the cell: thorax cream-coloured ; 
head grey ; antenne and eyes black ; abdomen rose-coloured, 
with dorsal and lateral series of black spots. Primaries below 
bright rose-red, with the outer and inner margins and a patch 
at basal third of costa ochraceous, base whitish, a black spot 
at the end of the cell, a broad interno-median longitudinal 
streak and an oblique series of spots from the latter to the 
apex black: secondaries rose-coloured, with yellowish borders; 
a black spot at the end of the cell: body whitish, palpi and 
coxe and femora of anterior and middle legs carmine, tibize 
and tarsi of hind legs blackish, venter laterally spotted with 
black. Expanse of wings 1 inch 9 lines. 

The insect sent as the female of this species is S. seriato- 
punctata of Motschulsky, the male of which we previously 
possessed ; the sexes of that species do not differ either in 
size, form, or colour, whereas the insect now described differs 
in all of these points, its chief resemblance, indeed, con- 
sisting in the presence of the black basicostal streak on the 
primaries. 


Lithosiide. 


10. Cyana decipiens, n. sp. (no. 1126). 


Primaries sordid white, with broad chocolate costal border 
not quite reaching the base, a dusky-bordered, irregular, sub- 


Lepidoptera from Japan. 303 


basal, pale sandy yellowish stripe, and a second across the 
disk, close to the external border ; the veins upon the broad 
central area enclosed by these two stripes dotted with oliva- 
ceous ; external area limited internally by a series of black 
>-shaped markings, almost forming a zigzag line; external 
angle clouded with olivaceous; fringe obliquely streaked with 
ferruginous ; an oblique curved discocellular black dash ; 
costal margin yellowish, spotted with olivaceous : secondaries 
shining white, with slightly brownish external area, broadest 
at apex: body white. Under surface sordid white, primaries 
broadly suffused with grey ; a discal series of blackish semi- 
circles near the outer margin; fringe as above. HExpanse of 
wings 1 inch 7 lines. 

This species wonderfully resembles the New-Zealand genus 
Declana. 


11. Miltochrista torrens, n. sp. (no. 266). 


Primaries bright orange, with costal and outer margins red; 
two black dots at the base ; two blackish irregular lines upon 
the basal half from inner margin to subcostal vem: secon- 
daries yellowish rose-coloured, with bright rosy border; fringe 
of all the wings ochreous: thorax reddish orange; abdomen 
buff, with dorsal and lateral series of black dots. Under 
surface pale rosy, with the borders of the wings brighter in 
colour ; body yellowish. LExpanse of wings 1 inch. 


12. Systropha nivosa, n. sp. (no. 270). 


Snow-white, wings sericeous; primaries below pale brown 
with white fringe; anterior and middle pairs of legs brownish 
above. Expanse of wings 1 inch. 


Notodontide. 
13. Stauropus persimilis, n. sp. (no. 321). 

Closely allied to S. fag?, but smaller, the ground-colour of 
the wings more uniformly reddish brown, the basal pale area 
of primaries much less defined; the whitish border below 
obsolete.  Expanse of wings 2 inches 2 lines. 

This is, of course, nothing but a small representative race 
of S. fagi; the caterpillar, probably of this species, from 
Hiogo, is black with castaneous head. 


14. Peridea cinerea, n. sp. (no. 331). 


Nearly allied to P. sikkima, with the same markings, but 
much smaller, altogether greyer, and with the yellow spots 


304 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Species of 


on the disk of primaries replaced by snow-white ones; the 
primaries and thorax, seen as a whole, are distinctly ash- 
coloured instead of greenish brown. Expanse of wings 
2 inches. 

This species is of the same general tint as Phalera sigmata ; 
but the body is browner; it and “ Heterocampa” stkkima are 
decidedly best placed in Peridea, with which they appear to 
agree in all essential points of structure. 


PALECA, n. gen. 


Allied to Cleapa, but with the palpi nearly twice as large 
(giving the genus quite a Deltocd character), and with the 
antenne less widely pectinated, with the apical fourth simple ; 
body slightly more slender and decidedly longer. Type P. 


rufescens. 
15. Paleca rufescens, n. sp. (no. 1067). 


Primaries above clay-coloured, shining; the basal and 
external thirds dusky and edged with a pale line, so that the 
central third forms a broad belt, expanding upon the costa, 
and enclosing a blackish discocellular spot: secondaries pale 
shining brown, the external half being distinctly more dusky 
with defined inner edge: thorax clay-coloured, abdomen pale 
brown. Under surface pale cupreous brown, shining ; wings 
with indications of a blackish discal line and with black 
discocellular spots. xpanse of wings 1 inch 3 lines. 


INGURIDIA, n. gen. 


Allied to Ingura (I. recurrens), but the wings broader, the 
secondaries altogether larger; antennez: simple, palpi slightly 
more slender ; hind legs quite as strongly quadrispinose, but 
apparently rather less densely hairy ; pectus covered with 
long coarse hairs. ‘Type J. abrostolina. 


16. Inguridia abrostolina, n. sp. (no. 782). 


Dark brown, primaries above clouded with greyish; the 
discoidal spots and a large rounded spot below the cell indi- 
cated by black outlines, and enclosed by two transverse black 
lines, which indicate the central belt; a pale grey submar- 
ginal line and a black marginal line formed of confluent 
lunated spots; head and thorax pale and silvery, abdomen 
dark greyish brown. Under surface dark brown, shining ; 
wings with a darker discal line and pale fringe; the fringe of 
Phe ene almost wholly white. LExpanse of wings 1 inch 
1 line. 


Lepidoptera from Japan. 355 


This species, though similar in general tint to the allied 
genus Ingura, is even more like Abdrostola in pattern and 
coloration. 

17. Lophopteryx Pryert, n. sp. 

Near to the ‘‘ Notodonta”’ Sieversti of Ménétriés, but shorter 
in the wings, with more prominent scale-tooth from the inner 
margin of the primaries, and with the central belt and discal 
spots on these wings more sharply defined. Expanse of 
wings 1 inch 5 lines. 

L,. Sieversii is carefully figured ; and therefore, although we 
do not possess the species, I have no difficulty in charac- 
terizing the Japanese insect as distinct. 


Drepanulide. 


18. Oreta auripes, n. sp. (no. 348). 
?. Allied to O. calida (Ill. Lep. Het. pl. xxii. fig. 6), size 


of the male of that species, and of the same general colour 
above—laky brown, mottled with grey; wings crossed by 
two grey lines, wider apart than in O. calida, the outer one 
on primaries incurved and bounded by an ill-defined yellow 
line which runs to apex; fringe and margin of secondaries 
bright ferruginous: body pale whity brown, the metathorax 
and abdomen slightly rosy; head and antennz ochreous ; 
collar rosy brown. Wings below bright ochraceous, clouded 
with rosy reddish, reticulated and dotted with lilacine grey ; 
a curved discal line of the same colour across the primaries : 
body below creamy yellowish ; anterior legs bright reddish 
orange; other legs golden orange. Hxpanse of wings 1 inch 
9 lines. 

This species should be placed between O. calida and O. 
pulchripes. Drepanulides palleolus, Motschulsky (no. 345), 
is a Callidrepana. 

Saturniide. 


19. Tropwa aliena, u. sp. (no. 323). 


6. Wings above pale yellowish green *, white at the base 
and along the abdominal border of secondaries; the usual 
small oval ocelli closing the discoidal cells; a slightly sinuous 
yellowish olivaceous discal stripe from costa of primaries to 
abdominal margin of secondaries ; fringe pale sandy yellow: 
primaries with a second, irregular, oblique, subbasal, yellowish 


* Probably emerald-green when fresh from the chrysalis, as there are 
traces of this colour on the underside of the wings. 


356 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Species of 


olivaceous stripe; costal border sordid plum-colour, densely 
irrorated in front with white scales, and bounded behind by 
a black stripe: body white; the head, collar, margins of 
the thorax and abdomen slightly yellowish ; a broad belt of 
dark plum-colour across the prothorax and tegule ; antenne 
bright testaceous; hind margin of eyes red. Wings below 
with an undulated discal line in place of the sinuous stripe of 
the upper surface; body below sordid white, palpi and legs 
rosy. Expanse of wings 5 inches 10 lines. 

This beautiful species most nearly agrees with the Mexican 
T. dictynna, but differs in the absence of the conical chocolate 
patch uniting the ocellus of primaries to the costal border, in 
the more wavy discal stripe, and the presence of a second 
stripe towards the base of the primaries. 

Linneus evidently confounded 7. dictynna with T. luna; 
for although, in the 10th edition of his ‘Systema,’ he quoted 
Catesby’s figure of the North-American insect and Petiver’s 
representation of the same species as illustrations to his brief 
diagnosis, yet for the fuller description given in the ‘ Museum 
of Ulrica’ he quoted Clerck’s ‘Icones’ first of all; and the 
figure in the latter certainly represents the Mexican species, 
inasmuch as the wings are crossed by a well-defined discal 
stripe. It is probable that both descriptions are taken from 
the northern type. 


Limacodide. 


20. Narosa culta, n. sp. (no. 771). 


Primaries above pale pinky brown ; an irregular transverse 
subbasal olivaceous line followed by a broad unequal central 
olivaceous belt, a line of the same colour parallel to and im- 
mediately beyond the central belt ; a black oblique patch just 
beyond the end of the cell, and above it one or two little brown 
lines ; arather broad olivaceous discal belt, indistinct towards 
the inner margin; a subconfluent marginal series of black 
dots: secondaries pale silky brown, with a dusky marginal 
line: body pale brown. Primaries and pectus below shining 
greyish brown; secondaries shining whitish, with indistinct 
irregular dusky discal line, a discocellular lunule and an 
interrupted marginal line blackish: venter whitish. Hxpanse 
of wings 1 inch 1 line. 


Lasiocampide. 


Mr. Pryer has sent home a pair of a curious variety of Qona 
segregata, in which the bands are ferrugimous instead of 
blackish. 


Lepidoptera from Japan, 307 


Hepialide. 
21. Gorgopis niphonica, n. sp. (no. 236). 


Primaries above olive-brown, shot with rose-colour towards 
the outer margin ; the subbasal area darkest, marked with two 
unequal white dots placed obliquely ; a spot closing the cell, 
an irregular discal series doubled above the median vein, and 
a marginal series deep olivaceous : secondaries greyish brown, 
shot with rose-colour; fringe brown, spotted in the middle 
with cream-colour: thorax olivaceous; abdomen greyish 
brown. Under surface bronzy olivaceous, tinted with rose- 
colour. Expanse of wings 1 inch 4 lines. 


Cymatophoride. 
22. Cymatophora plumbea, n. sp. (no. 625). 


Silvery grey, primaries more metallic and less brown in 
tint than the secondaries ; basal area crossed by six parallel 
blackish irregular lines, the three outer of which are thicker 
and more distinct than the others ; a widely sinuated blackish 
line beyond the cell, followed immediately by two or three un- 
dulated parallel white-margined grey lines; veins on the disk 
alternately black and white; outer border broadly dusky, 
crossed by a white line limiting the dots on the veins ; a wavy 
marginal blackish line; fringe sordid white, traversed by 
a dusky line: secondaries pale brownish, with broad diffused 
brownish external area, a whitish discal stripe, and a well- 
marked blackish dorsal tuft: thorax white, speckled with 
black, giving it the appearance of the colour of the pri- 
maries. Under surface pale whity brown, shining; a white- 
bordered dusky discal stripe; pectus white. Hxpanse of 
wings 2 inches. 


Bombycoide. 
BELOSTICTA, n. gen. 


Allied to Acronycta, but differmg in the much more elon- 
gated form of the primaries, giving it quite the aspect of a 
Notodont: palpi much broader than in Acronycta, legs hairy; 
pectus clothed with long hair. Type B. extensa. 


23. Belosticta extensa, n. sp. (no. 739). 


Pale greyish brown; primaries indistinctly banded with 
bronzy brown; the discoidal spots black-edged ; two widely 
divergent irregular white-edged black lines across the wings ; 


358 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Species of 


an oblique black litura between these lines and below the 
orbicular spot ; veins on the disk alternately black and white, 
a series of more or less sagittate interneural black streaks along 
the external border, most prominent near external angle, 
limited internally by an ill-defined whitish line ; an undulated 
marginal black line, fringe sordid white; thorax whitish : 
under surface whitish, primaries and pectus tinted with pale 
purplish brown ; wings shining. Expanse of wings 2 inches 
2 lines. 


24, Acrenycta consanquis, n. sp. (no. 637). 


Close to A. menyanthidis, but decidedly greyer, the sagit- 
tate marking near external angle of primaries more distinctly 
and neatly formed, as in A. tridens, the 8 -like marking at 
the base replaced by a black-edged 8-shaped brownish mark- 
ing. Expanse of wings 1 inch 7 lines. 

The secondaries of this species are decidedly browner than 
in A. menyanthidis, and there is a well-defined pale brown 
discal stripe. 


Leucanlide. 
25. Mythimna deparca, n. sp. (no. 703). 


Allied to M. placida ; primaries pale greenish buff-coloured, 
external third ferruginous, crossed longitudinally by grey 
veins spotted with black, and transversely by a somewhat 
angulated dark-edged yellow line limiting the external border ; 
inner edge of the external third regularly undulated, a slightly 
darker ferruginous undulated line just inside it across the 
disk; two geminated dark grey lines, converging towards 
costa, upon the basal area, a black dot between these within 
the cell, and a second below the cell; discoidal spots outlined 
in ferruginous, the reniform placed upon a ferruginous nebula 
from which a streak of the same colour runs to the inner 
margin ; fringe rosy ferruginous, traversed by a grey line and 
spotted with ochreous: secondaries bronzy brown, darkest at 
outer border; fringe rosy, with yellow basal line: body above 
greenish buff-coloured, the centre of the thorax and fringe 
of the abdomen ferruginous; antennee with brown pecti- 
nations. Wings below shining whity brown, with ferruginous 
borders, blackish discocellular spots, a dusky submarginal 
line; primaries clouded with greyish brown: body below 
ferruginous; palpi and upper surface of front legs purplish 
brown, tarsi yellowish; other legs above blackish, banded 
with white, below ochreous. ixpanse of wings 1 inch 
7 lines. 


Lepidoptera from Japan. 359 


26. Leucania Loreyti, Duponchel (no. 648). 


I at first thought this species distinct from the European 
form; but a close comparison under the lens has satisfied me 
that it is only a slightly rubbed example; all the markings 
are the same. 


27. Leucania extranea, var., Guén. (no. 647). 


This is a singularly sandy-coloured variety which at first 
sight I was inclined to believe a distinct species; I have, 
however, found a specimen similarly coloured in the collection 
from India. 


28. Nonagria turpis, n. sp. (no. 655). 


Whity brown ; primaries with a curved series of black dots 
beyond the middle ; thorax darker brown: wings below paler, 
shining, with blackish marginal dots, discocellulars and an 
indistinct discal line grey ; body below brownish. Expanse 
of wings 1 inch 4 lines. 


Xylophasiide. 
29. Xylophasia scttula, n. sp. (no. 751). 


Primaries above clay-brown, sericeous, traversed by three 
very irregular paler lines—the innermost line limiting the 
basal third, subangulated, spotted with black, the central line 
oblique discal, dentate-sinuate, with the denticles represented 
by pale-edged black dots upon the veins, outermost line irre- 
gularly undulated, limiting the external border, bounded in- 
ternally on costal border by an ill-defined greyish diffused 
spot or nebula; one or two black dots on the costal margin, 
and a series between the veins on the outer margin; secon- 
daries shining fuliginous brown, with pale argillaceous, traversed 
by a dusky line; thorax red-brown, with the front of the 
collar pale; abdomen fuliginous, with reddish fringe. Under 
surface fuliginous ; wings paler than the thorax and shining, 
outer border whity brown; discocellular spots and a discal 
stripe dark brown; a marginal series of black dots, costa of 
primaries tawny ; coxee and fringes of legs purplish brown; 
venter whitish, with lateral black spots and yellowish fringe. 
EXxpanse of wings 1 inch 6 lines. 


30. Dipterygia caliginosa, Walkex (no. 659). 


Closely allied to D. pinastri, but larger and much darker, 
less red in tint, the oblique undulated outline of the dark 
area less oblique, and consequently with shallower sinuations ; 
body altogether of a more smoky tint; under surface shining 


360 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Spectes of 


grey, the postmedian line much less strongly defined and 
placed at nearly twice the distance from the outer margin. 
Expanse of wings 1 inch 8 lines. 


Referred by Walker to the genus Hadena. 


Apameide. 


31. Apamea limbata, n. sp. (no. 749). 


Primaries sandy whitish, mottled with grey, the central belt 
represented by two divergent undulated geminate black lines 
enclosing the discoidal spots, which are also outlined in black ; 
reniform spot dark grey ; an abbreviated black geminate litura 
close to the base, the costal area between the latter and the 
central belt suffused with dark grey ; area between the central 
belt and the irregular outer border blackish, excepting at inner 
margin ; outer border whitish, with widely bisinuate internal 
edge, a few scattered black scales and a marginal series of 
black dots ; fringe testaceous, spotted with black: secondaries 
silky white, the external area, especially at apex, suffused with 
smoky brown ; a spot closing the cell and a dentate-sinuate 
discal line of the same colour: body greyish brown; tegule 
grey at base, metathorax crossed by two subconfluent grey 
spots. Wings below shining sordid white; primaries slightly 
suffused with grey and with a distinct externally excised 
discal grey belt followed by a slender line of the same colour, 
marginal dots and fringe as above ; secondaries with a spot at 
the end of the cell, a number of scattered scales on the costal 
area, a discal series of abbreviated dashes, and a marginal series 
of dots black: body below sandy brownish. Expanse of 
wings 1 inch 7 lines. 

Possibly this may be the ‘¢ Caradrina variolosa”’ of Mot- 
schulsky ; but if so, the description is too imperfect for satis- 
factory identification. 


Noctuide. 
32. Agrotis depravata, n. sp. (no. 660). 


Primaries whity brown, spotted here and there with greyish 
brown ; an abbreviated black-edged zigzag pale line limiting 
the basal area; upon the latter several dark brown spots; two 
irregular parallel discal series of black lunules and a marginal 
series of partially confluent black dots ; discoidal spots indis- 
tinctly indicated by black scales: secondaries sordid white, 
with diffused brown external area and blackish marginal 
line: body sordid whitish. Under surface sordid sericeous 
greyish white; wings with a slender black-dotted marginal 
line. Hxpanse of wings 1 inch 4 lines. 


° 


Lepidoptera from Japan. 561 


33. Hpilecta decorata, n. sp. (no. 697). 


Primaries above sap-green, the internal border from the 
inner edge of the central belt, and the external area suffused 
with red-brown, central belt indicated by two widely separated 
black-edged, pale green, lunulated stripes; a third somewhat 
similar stripe near the base; a blackish diffused spot at basal 
third of interno-median interspace ; costal margin interrupted 
by oblique blackish spots and dashes, several of which are 
continuous with the transverse stripes; orbicular and reniform 
spots formed of dark grey annular markings enclosed within 
black lines, the reniform interrupting a subangulated red- 
brown stripe which crosses the wing ; a submarginal series of 
spots, black internally and green externally ; a wavy black 
marginal line, the sinuations of which enclose a series of pale 
dots at the base of the fringe: secondaries bright ochreous, 
clothed at base and on abdominal area with pale golden-brown 
hair; a large black discocellular spot ; costal border fuliginous 
brown, shining ; outer border, and several spots on the fringe 
confluent with it, broadly black: thorax green, varied with 
brown; abdomen brown. Primaries below stramineous, costa 
and outer border whity brown, a subcostal streak, a broad 
almost triangular discal patch (crossed by darker stripes), 
and a series of marginal dots blackish ; secondaries bright 
ochreous, costal border whity brown, discocellular spot and 
outer border nearly as above; pectus greyish white; tarsi 
banded with black and white; venter brown. Expanse of 
wings 2 inches. 


34. Triphenopsis efflorescens, n. sp. (no. 696). 


Primaries above with the basal two thirds greyish brown, 
irrorated with bright green, mottled and striped with black, 
external third red-brown, crossed by an irregular blackish 
stripe limiting the outer border; a large white spot just beyond 
the reniform spot (which is black) edged with green: thorax 
brown, speckled with green and black, with dorsal orange 
tufts; the sides of the head, margin of collar, and shoulders 
white: secondaries bright ochreous, a broad streak in the 
cell, a broad interno-median streak from base to outer margin, 
the abdominal border, a large spot at the end of the cell, and 
a broad external border dark brown; costal border pale brown : 
abdomen brown. Primaries below sericeous brown, with the 
interno-basal area, a patch beyond the cell, the apical area, 
and outer margin pale stramineous; secondaries nearly as 
above, but the longitudinal streaks more slender: body pale 
greyish brown. Hxpanse of wings 2 inches. 

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. iv. 26 


362 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Species of 


35. Graphiphora lepida, n. sp. (no. 707). 


Rosy brown, sericeous: primaries with the orbicular and 
reniform spots confluent and uniting with a longitudinal ab- 
breviated basal dash below the median vein, these markings 
all very dark olive-brown ; two very slender and irregular 
zigzag blackish central lines; a bisinuated submarginal series 
of pale-edged brown spots: secondaries dusky towards outer 
margin, fringe pale: thorax pale brown, with a greyish tint, 
rosy in front, with a blackish bisinuated line across the collar ; 
head red-brown; abdomen brownish testaceous, with clay- 
coloured fringe. Wings and body below pale rosy brown; pri- 
maries greyish in the middle, discocellular spots and two con- 
tinuous parallel discal lines grey. Expanse of wings 1 inch 
8 lines. 


36. Graphiphora lubentia, n. sp. (no. 699). 


Primaries shining rosy brown, a chocolate-coloured nebula 
relieving the discoidal spots (which are well-defined and 
large), and limited internally by two parallel angulated brown 
lines, which cross the wing at basal two fifths; two or three 
brown markings near the base ; two arched discal lines placed 
close together, the inner one undulated; a slightly wavy 
brown line, interrupted towards costa and terminating upon 
the costa in an oblique blackish dash, limiting the external 
area: secondaries silky greyish brown, darkest upon the outer 
border ; fringe stramineous: thorax rosy brown, varied with 
chocolate-colour: abdomen greyish brown. Primaries below 
shining greyish brown, with reddish costal and external borders: 
secondaries shining creamy white, with broad, reddish, costal 
border, a greyish-brown streak parallel to the outer border, 
and an abbreviated discal line of the same colour across the 
costal area: body rosy brownish. Expanse of wings 1 inch 
9 lines. 

This species seems to be allied to “ Noctua” fuscostigma of 
Bremer. 


Orthosiide. 
Mr. Pryer has sent an example of the European genus and 
species Panolis piniperda. 


37. Teeniocampa evanida, n. sp. (no. 712). 


Sordid whity brown: primaries crossed near the middle by 
two parallel straight dusky lines, terminating in the cell on 
each side of the orbicular spot; the latter is large and oblique, 
and touches the reniform spot, which is also large; the area 


Lepidoptera from Japan. 363 


enclosed between these spots is greyish brown, and the spots 
themselves are indicated by a dark brown outline; an indis- 
tinct zigzag discal line, beyond which the ground-colour is 
paler ; a dark brown line edged with whitish, straight almost 
to the costa, and then slightly irregular, limiting the external 
area; a marginal series of black dots: secondaries with the 
discocellular spot and an oblique anal streak dusky ; an in- 
complete series of blackish marginal dots: abdomen tinted 
with gravel-yellow. Wings below whitish, sericeous, irrorated 
with grey ; primaries suffused with grey ; secondaries with a 
black discocellular spot: body below testaceous. HExpanse 
of wings 1 inch 10 lines. 


38. Hupsilia strigifera, n. sp. (no. 726). 

Pale rusty brown: primaries crossed by three slightly curved 
parallel and nearly equidistant white lines, the two inner ones 
being rather nearer together than the second to the third, a 
fourth yellowish line with the usual subcostal elbow limiting 
the external border, a blackish dot at each corner of the dis- 
coidal cell, but the ordinary discoidal spots obsolete ; secon- 
daries shining whity brown, with diffused grey border and 
reddish fringe: body with the thorax rather deeper in colour 
than the abdomen. Under surface altogether pale whity brown, 
with a rosy tinge; wings sericeous, with traces of two parallel 
pale-edged dusky lines; costal borders slightly irrorated with 
blackish scales ; fringe of primaries red-brown ; anterior coxe 
and palpi also red-brown, but not much darker than the rest 
of the body. Hxpanse of the wings 1 inch 6 lines. 


59. Dasycampa evelina, n. sp. (no. 725). 


Primaries pale gravel-brown, with a rosy tint over them ; 
all markings very indistinct, and almost all with slightly 
paler margins; the first line at basal third, the second from 
reniform spot to inner margin, the third irregularly undulated 
and crossing the disk, the fourth submarginal and interrupted 
throughout by a series of black dots; a marginal series of 
brown lunules; fringe greyish ; discoidal spots indicated by 
yellowish outlines: secondaries grey, with dark diffused outer 
border and pale rosy fringe, traversed by a grey line: body 
rosy, the abdomen greyish. Under surface shining rosy 
whitish: the primaries, with the exception of the costal 
margin, apical and external areas, suffused with grey; two 
dusky dots on the discocellulars, two parallel sinuous discal 
lines and the external edge of the fringe dark grey: secon- 
daries with a black discocellular lunule; a trisinuated, slender, 

26* 


364 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Species of 


black, discal line speckled with rosy scales. Expanse of 
wings 1 inch 5 lines. 


40. Dasycampa ardescens, n. sp. (no. 724). 

Primaries rich laky brown, sericeous ; markings similar to 
those of the preceding species, but redder, reniform spot partly 
grey: secondaries pale brown, with reddish fringe: thorax 
coloured like the primaries; abdomen wanting (probably 
pale brown, with reddish fringe). Wings below pale shining 
rust-red, with indistinctly brown, undulated, marginal line 
and minute, black, marginal dots: primaries suffused with 
pale greyish brown, excepting on the costal and external 
areas; secondaries with a black discocellular spot, and a wavy 
grey discal line: pectus dull red. Expanse of wings 1 inch 
7 lines. 


41. Mesogona dilatata, n. sp. (no. 706). 


Primaries above greyish brown, shot with lilac, inner 
margin slenderly sordid white ; two brown lines across the 
basal area and two across the disk, the latter very regular, 
slightly arched ; a dusky brown streak across the wing just 
beyond the middle, obscuring the reniform spot, which is 
barely visible ; orbicular spot grey, upon a pale brown back- 
ground; a marginal series of blackish dots: secondaries 
shining brown, with stramineous fringe: head and thorax 
purplish brown; tips of palpi, front of head, and antenna 
whitish; abdomen pale sandy brown. Under surface reddish; 
primaries with the basal three fourths, excepting the costal 
border, greyish. Expanse of wings 2 inches 1 line. 


42. Mesogona divergens, n. sp. (no. 722). 


Shining cupreous brown ; primaries clearer and more cop- 
pery in tint than the secondaries or body, which are slightly 
greyish ; markings of primaries, chiefly red-brown, as fol- 
lows—two widely divergent oblique lines crossing the wing 
at basal and apical thirds, outlines of the two usual discoidal 
spots, an ill-defined streak from the reniform spot to the inner 
margin, and scarcely visible indications of a submarginal 
irregular greyish line; fringe of secondaries clear; thorax 
darker than the primaries, greyish behind; abdomen grey 
with a somewhat reddish frmge. Under surface generally 
clearer and redder than the upper surface: wings with two 
parallel dusky discal lines and dusky discocellular spots ; 
primaries broadly suffused with grey; secondaries whitish, 
with reddish borders: body dull fleshy reddish. Expanse 
of wings 1 inch 8 lines. 


Lepidoptera from Japan. 365 


Cosmiide. 


43. Cosmia achatina, n. sp. (no. 734). 


Primaries clay-brown, basal and external areas irrorated 
with blackish scales; a broadly dentate-bisinuate submarginal 
stripe, an angulated discal crenulated line, the margin of the 
orbicular spot, and two irregularly undulated oblique lines 
across the basal area sordid white ; a blackish angulated line 
partially obscuring the reniform spot, which is indistinctly 
outlined in whitish; each of the lines united with a black 
spot on the costal margin: secondaries laky brown, with 
broad, diffused, blackish outer border, blackish discocellular 
lunule, and golden-yellow fringe: body pale bronzy brown. 
Wings below altogether paler ; primaries pale brown, with a 
blackish discal belt, confined within two darker lines which 
extend beyond it from the costal almost to the inner margin ; 
a pale costal patch just beyond the cell, and a white subapical 
spot; a marginal series of black dots: secondaries pale tes- 
taceous, with a diffused blackish subcostal spot and two discal 
lines, diffused between the median vein and the anal angle ; 
a black discocellular lunule; a marginal series of black 
lunular markings. Body below whitish. Expanse of wings 
1 inch 4 lines. 

Xylinide. 
44, Xylina mirabilis, n. sp. (no. 622). 

Primaries with the costal half pearly white, the internal 
half pale bronzy brown; a black spot at base of interno- 
median interspace; an oblique dark brown fasciole from 
costal margin to median vein at basal fifth; costa beyond 
this fasciole dark brown; a slightly oblique longitudinal 
brown stripe from the apex to just beyond the cell, where it 
joins a slender, postmedian, uregular, transverse line; a 
similar line from the inferior extremity of the subbasal fas- 
ciole; a maculated, white-edged, dark brown submarginal 
line; a very indistinct transverse line between the latter and the 
discal line ; a series of dark brown marginal liture almost con- 
fluent, so as to give the appearance of a crenulated line 3a black 
spot at end of cell; fringe grey: secondaries white, with 
pale brownish outer border; thorax dark brown ; abdomen 
white. Under surface sordid white; primaries brownish, 
with white and dark brown apical costal dashes: secondaries 
almost pure white, with pale golden-brown borders: body, 
with the knees of the legs, black ; tarsi brown. Expanse of 
wings 1 inch 10 lines. 


366 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Species of 


Acontiide. 
45. Acontia noloides, n. sp. (no. 767). 


Allied to A. stgnifera. Primaries above chalky white, a 
semicircular costal brown spot at basal fourth, two or 
three black dots at base; a grey spot towards the middle 
of the interno-median interspace; a rather irregular, cen- 
tral, brown band enclosing the reniform spot, which is 
represented by two black dots enclosed in a white 8-shaped 
figure; an indistinct blackish zigzag line just beyond the 
band, followed by an interrupted grey discal belt ; an inter- 
rupted red-brown marginal border enclosing externally white- 
edged black dots; fringe pale pinky brown, spotted and edged 
with blackish: secondaries pale greyish brown, with creamy 
whitish fringe: thorax white, with brown-edged collar; abdo- 
men brown. Primaries below brown, with pale-bordered, 
black, marginal dots ; fringe whitish, spotted and edged with 
blackish : secondaries sordid white, costal area grey-speckled ; 
two grey discal stripes, the inner one indistinct ; discocellular 
spot and a marginal series of dots blackish: body brown, 
legs pale. LExpanse of wings 8 lines. 

The primaries above are marked somewhat as in Nola 
candida. 

46. Acontia arefocta, n. sp. (no. 769). 


Primaries above with the basal third sordid white, limited 
externally by a slightly angulated black line ; external two- 
thirds pale golden brown, crossed in a line with the end of 
the cell by a very irregular, internally black-edged, white 
line, just beyond which the ground-colour is also whitish ; 
orbicular and reniform spots represented by white-edged black 
dots; a very uregular, sinuated, submarginal, white line; 
fringe creamy white, traversed by a grey line: secondaries 
pale brown, with basal and costal areas whitish ; fringe as in 
primaries : body sordid white. Wings below altogether paler 
than above ; a grey discal line. Expanse of wings 9 lines. 


Anthophilide. 
47. Anthophila hebescens, n. sp. (no. 770). 

Primaries above buff; a broad, indistinct, oblique, yel- 
lowish-edged, rosy belt across the disk; outer border and 
fringe tinted with rose-colour: secondaries greyish brown, 
with whitish fringe: body whity brown. Under surface 
chalky white; primaries with a greyish median suffusion. 
Expanse of wings 9 lines. 

This is a dull little species. 


Lepidoptera from Japan. 367 


Eurhipide. 


48. Thyris usitata, n. sp. (no. 252). 


Dark purplish brown, with cupreous reflections: wings 
spotted with golden yellow, most of the spots forming a sub- 
marginal series; primaries with two unequal and nearly 
central hyaline white spots, the larger one in front of the 
smaller ; secondaries with a broad, regular, hyaline, white 
belt upon the basal half, but not reaching the costal margin : 
head, collar, and palpi golden yellow at the sides; tegule 
edged internally with yellow; a snow-white spot on the 
shoulder; abdomen crossed by two slender white bands. 
Wings below nearly as above, the yellow spots larger and 
more numerous: venter crossed by two broad white belts. 
Expanse of wings 8} lines. 

The above description is taken from specimens obtained by 
Mr. Jonas. I delayed describing the species as I not only 
felt doubtful as to its correct location, but was uncertain as to 
the constancy of the characters distinguishing it from T. 
fenestrella of Europe. I now feel satisfied that it is distinct, 
having seen additional examples; and I have little doubt that 
its natural position is amongst the Noctuites, in the neigh- 
bourhood of Penicillaria. 


49, Penicillaria costalis, n. sp. (no. 750). 


Primaries purplish brown, the costal border, basal half of 
cell, median vein, and a V-shaped marking at the end of the 
cell (enclosing two dark brown lines) pale buff, two slender 
irregular black lines with dull castaneous borders indicating 
the central band; a reddish and black dash at base ; a diffused 
castaneous nebula near the external angle, crossed by a submar- 
ginal series of >-shaped black markings; a whitish unduiated 
marginal line: secondaries smoky brown, the discocellulars 
and marginal line dusky; a whitish line at the base of the 
fringe: body dark brown; the head, collar, and sides pinky 
buff. Under surface yellowish; a brownish diffused apical 
patch: secondaries with a blackish discocellular spot; two 
indistinct brown discal lines. Expanse of wings 1 inch 
6 lines. 


Plusiide. 
50. Plusta pyropia, n. sp. (no. 795). 


Primaries above fuliginous brown, with the central and 
externo-apical areas fiery cupreous; two widely separated, 
almost parallel, oblique, dark brown lines (the inner one 


368 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Species of 


slenderly edged internally with silver) representing the cen- 
tral belt, and enclosing two silver spots placed obliquely end 
to end in the centre of the wing; a zigzag dark brown line 
halfway between the central belt and the outer margin ; 
fringe at apex cinereous: secondaries and body pale smoky 
brown, the former with the external half darker; head and 
collar salmon-coloured. Primaries below grey, with the veins 
and borders sandy yellowish ; secondaries pale buff, with a 
discocellular dot and a diffused angulated discal belt, limited 
internally by a darker line, grey ; palpi and front of anterior 
coxee reddish brown. Jixpanse of wings 1 inch 2 lines. 

About the size and coloration of P. rutila, but more nearly 
allied to P. ornatissima. 


51. Plusia serena, n. sp. (no. 789). 


Allied to P. gamma, but smaller and shorter in wing, the 
“‘oamma’”’ marking clearly cut, slender, and golden; the 
pale cloudings less prominent, more as in P. u-awrewm ; the 
secondaries with the dusky border less strongly defined. 
Under surface nearly as in P. w-aureum. Hxpanse of wings 
1 inch 4 lines. 

Mr. Pryer has sent the female of Deva splendida, an 
example of the West-Indian species Gonitis fractifera dif- 
fering in no respect from specimens taken in Jamaica, a 
female of Toxocampa enormis, a male of Catocala nivea, a 
large variation of C. mirifica, a specimen of Nyctipao cre- 
puscularis, and what seems to be an interesting variety of 
Hypopyra dulcina, Another species of Hypopyride is the 
so-called Remigia ussurtensis of Bremer, which is referable 
to the genus Hntomogramma. 


Focillide. 


52. Lacera procellosa, n. sp. (no. 816). 


Closely allied to Z. capella, with the same general pattern ; 
larger, considerably darker, the projections of the outer margin 
in the primaries much more prominent, the outer margin of 
the secondaries noticeably more angulated ; most of the pale 
spots and lines on the wings more distinct and sharply cut, 
but the transverse pale buff subapical dots absent or indi- 
stinct; the submarginal zigzag lines of the primaries ex- 
ceedingly irregular, the inner one distinctly whitish in the 
centre ; secondaries considerably larger, the borders of the 
marginal black spots cinereous ; under surface of the secon- 
daries much more varied with pale greenish, the subapical 
black spots reduced to one, which is less sharply defined ; the 


Lepidoptera from Japan. 369 


black edging of the central band equal on both sides. Body 
dark smoky brown, almost black; the anterior femora with 
enormous development of woolly hair, their posterior and inte- 
rior surfaces sordid buff-coloured. EZxpanse of wings 2 inches 
6 lines. 
Thermesiide. 
53. Bithiasa notigera, n. sp. (no. 923). 

Smoky brown: primaries with a minute white discocellular 
crescent, two scarcely visible wavy parallel lines, of a slightly 
darker hue than the ground-colour, just beyond the middle ; 
external border limited by a similarly indistinct line ; both it 
and the inner of the discal lines edged with white upon costal 
area; subapical portion of the external border snow-white, 
crossed by two zigzag brown lines, the outer of which is 
marginal and only distinctly visible because of the white 
fringe: secondaries with three indistinct lines, the innermost 
limited by the discocellular lunule, which is white; the second 
just beyond the cell, dentate-sinuate and partly edged with 
whitish; the third limiting the external border, dentate- 
sinuate and margined by white dots: anus with whitish tuft. 
Under surface as above. Expanse of wings 1 inch 4 lines. 


54. Capnodes curvipalpis, n. sp. (no. 926). 


Dark smoky brown, with a faint purplish reflection: wings 
from the centre crossed by three partly white-edged irregularly 
zigzag black lines; a marginal series of subcontluent triangu- 
lar black spots, followed by a whitish line at the base of the 
fringe ; the latter grey, traversed by a brown stripe; primaries 
with a partly white-edged zigzag black line near the base, 
discoidal spots small and buff-coloured. Wings below speckled 
with white scales, markings as above; tarsal joints white- 
edged. Expanse of wings | inch 2 lines. 


Ennomide. 
50. Hpione grata, n. sp. (no. 368). 

Pale golden brown ; a line from apex of primaries to middle 
of abdominal margin of secondaries, the fringe, an angulated 
line limiting the basal area of primaries, and an oblique sub- 
apical costal dash ferruginous; costal area of primaries and 
the outer edge of the central line pearly greyish ; secondaries 
with an arched grey discal line. Under surface bright yellow, 
mottled with laky red; external area clouded with pink and 
lilac and limited internally by an arched, slightly sinuated 


370 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Species of 


blackish line; a ferruginous line across each wing, that of 
primaries at basal third angulated, that of secondaries just 
beyond the cell and nearly straight; primaries with blackish 
discocellular dot. Expanse of wings 1 inch 3 lines. 

EE. arenosa, a variety of E. strenioides, and the male of £. 
leda have been sent from Yokohama by Mr. Pryer. 


56. Hyperythra stulta, n. sp. (no. 364). 


Sordid stramineous ; external and internal areas of the wings 
shining, pearly; a dull testaceous nebula near the external 
angle of primaries ; secondaries with a discocellular spot and 
numerous short striz grey: body duller and more sordid than 
the wings, the tegule-and main stem of antenne whitish. 
Under surface sulphur-yellow, the wings sparsely sprinkled 
with little grey striations ; discocellulars of primaries covered 
by a grey-bordered white litura, a diffused transverse abbre- 
viated grey streak crossing the median branches almost to the 
inner margin; secondaries with a small 8-shaped grey disco- 
cellular marking: body sordid. Expanse of wings 1 inch 
5 lines. 


57. Angerona nigrisparsa, n. sp. (no. 373). 


Clear ochre-yellow, the wings sprinkled with circular black 
dots ; a marginal series of black dots terminating the veins ; 
antenne with brown pectinations ; abdomen greyish: under 
surface paler, but otherwise as above. Hxpanse of wings 
2 inches. 


58. Nematocampa straminea, n. sp. (no. 484). 


Nearly allied to N. resistaria of North America, much 
larger, paler, and with more numerous lines across the wings. 
Above cream-coloured, the body and bases of wings yellowish : 
primaries crossed by three nearly parallel angulated dark 
greyish-brown lines, a broad patch of the same colour at ex- 
ternal angle; the discocellulars, the nervules, outer margin, 
and a number of fine short striz upon the basal, costal, internal, 
and discal areas dark greyish brown: secondaries with the 
external two fifths, two central lines (the outer one angulated), 
the veins, and a number of speckles upon the abdominal area 
dark greyish brown: antenne greyish. Under surface chalky 
white ; the wings with two slender central lines, the discocel- 
lulars, a few scattered striations, the margin, and tips of fringe 
greyish brown ; primaries with an abbreviated line across the 
middle of the cell, and a little patch near external angle, also 
greyish brown. Expanse of wings 1 inch 2 lines. 


Lepidoptera from Japan. 371 


59. Endropia gracilis, n. sp. (no. 502). 


Wings subangulated, above pale sandy brown, speckled 
with grey and black dots ; a larger black dot on the discocel- 
lulars ; an irregularly edged straight discal greyish fuscous 
stripe: primaries with a second interrupted angulated stripe 
limiting the basal area; costal margin up to the angulated 
stripe blackish; a blackish pyriform spot upon the outer 
margin just below the apex: thorax white, with blackish 
shoulders and brown anterior margin ; head and collar orange ; 
abdomen pale sandy brownish speckled with black dots. 
Under surface bright stramineous, the wings speckled and stri- 
ated with dark brown; the indistinct stripes of the upper 
surface replaced by dark brown ones, the discal stripe being 
placed upon a diffused ferruginous band: body whitish, with 
the tibie and tarsi stramineous, bases of the tibial spines 
black. Expanse of wings 1 inch 4 lines. 


60. Endropia abjecta, n. sp. (no. 366). 


Pale testaceous, tinted with pink, mottled and speckled with 
grey: primaries with the apical two fifths bronzy brownish ; 
two transverse externally white-edged ferruginous lines—the 
inner one at basal third straight, the outer one, which crosses 
the disk obliquely, abruptly angulated towards apex ; a tri- 
angular costal lilacine patch between the outer line and the 
apex ; a ferruginous discocellular lunule: secondaries crossed 
by a central line similar to those of primaries; a slightly 
irregular grey discal line: body greyish. Under surface saffron- 
yellow, mottled with rose-colour, with bright rust-coloured lines, 
as above in shape; legs orange. Expanse of wings 1 inch 
8 lines. 

I find, from an examination of specimens in Mr. Moore’s 
collection, that my genus T’hiopsyche will have to sink as a 
synonym of Walker’s Corymica, the type of which is a 
Bornean species formerly in Mr. Saunders’s collection and now 
in the Hope Museum at Oxford. Mr. Pryer has sent the 
female of C. Pryert. 


Amphidaside. 
61. Biston robustum, n. sp. (no. 333). 


Wings above smoky brown, with pink reflection, irrorated 
with black, crossed by three angulated and sinuated black 
lines, two of which are parallel and discal, the third crossing 
the discoidal cell and very indistinct upon the secondaries ; 
primaries with an abbreviated central interrupted black stripe; 
secondaries paler than primaries: thorax blackish ; the head, 


372 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Species of 


collar, and tegule pale greyish brown; abdomen smoky 
brown, with paler margins to the segments ; antenne testa- 
ceous. Primaries below smoky brown, with whitish mottlings 
and white borders; three costal black spots and a series of 
smaller spots along the outer margin: secondaries white, 
clouded with brown, speckled with black, and crossed by two 
angulated discal black lines: body below bronzy brown. 
Expanse of wings 2 inches 11 lines. 


Boarmiide. 


62. Boarmia arguta, n. sp. (no. 392). 


Wings above white, densely and transversely striated with 
grey and blackish, and crossed by blackish belts arranged as 
in B. lunifera, but much broader and more prominent; a sub- 
marginal series of black-edged, white lunules, as in B. luni- 
fera*, but much less prominent, those of primaries being barely 
distinguishable: body testaceous, thorax crossed by two 
transverse dusky strip . Under surface creamy white ; wings 
with discocellular spots and an abbreviated discal series of 
dots dark grey ; primaries with an angular subapical belt, 
enclosing a white apical patch, dark grey. EExpanse of wings 
2 inches 4 lines. 


63. Boarmia rimosa, n. sp. (no. 394). 


Sandy brown: primaries crossed by two interrupted sinu- 
ated oblique black lines, indistinctly edged with whitish; a 
brown-bordered zigzag whitish submarginal line: secondaries 
without the inner black line, but the others nearly as in pri- 
maries ; an abbreviated, whitish, abdominal streak between 
the central black and the submarginal whitish lines. Wings 
below paler and greyer, crossed beyond the middle by a 
blackish-dotted paler stripe; a blackish dot on the discocel- 
lulars. Expanse of wings 1 inch 10 lines. 


64. Tephrosia petrosa, n. sp. (no. 401). 


Sandy yellow, densely mottled with dark brown; wings 
crossed at basal third by a mottled blackish band; a similar 
band, limited internally by a continuous dentate-sinuate black 
line ; an interruptedsubmarginal series of externally pale-edged 
blackish spots; an undulated interrupted black marginal line. 
Under surface whity brown, mottled and striated indistinctly 
with grey: primaries greyish towards the base ; external two 
fifths smoky brown; discocellulars dusky : secondaries crossed 


* Til. Lep. Het. iii. pl. xlviil. fig. 10. 


Lepidoptera from Japan. 373 


by three blackish spots, the central one being placed upon the 
discocellulars ; a diffused indistinct discal brown stripe. Ex- 
panse of wings 1 inch 7 lines. 


LYCAUGES, n. gen. 


Allied to Hemerophila; but the wings with the margins 
rounded and entire (not dentate-sinuate), the secondaries 
rather narrower, the palpi slightly shorter, the legs compara- 
tively longer and more slender. ‘Type L. lactea. 

The species of this genus are small, and might by a casual 
observer be mistaken for Acitdalie. 


65. Lycauges lactea, n. sp. (no. 453). 


?. Creamy white; wings with marginal and discocellular 
black dots ; an ill-defined brown stripe, followed immediately 
by a dentate-sinuaté brown line from apex of primaries to 
middle of abdominal margin of secondaries; an indistinct 
sinuated submarginal brown line: abdomen speckled with 
dark brown and with two or three dorsal black dots on the 
posterior segments. Under surface creamy white, purer than 
above; the wings sparsely speckled with brown and with 
greyish discocellular spots. Expanse of wings 11 lines. 


66. Argidava maculata, n. sp. (no. 513). 


Sordid, shining, chalky white ; primaries with a black basal 
dot, two spots near the base followed by an arched series of 
four crossing the basal third, a large spot at the end of the 
cell, two slightly undulated discal series (some of the spots in 
the outer series being large), and a marginal series of dots, 
all black ; secondaries with a grey dot at the end of the cell, 
indications of a submarginal line and marginal dots of the 
same colour: front of head black, thorax greyish. Primaries 
below silvery grey, with barely a trace of any spots; secon- 
daries shining white, with markings as above: body white. 
Eixpanse of wings 1 inch 1 line. 


67. Ophthalmodes cretacea, n. sp. (no. 406). 


Chalky white: wings crossed by two black lines, the outer 
one dentate-sinuate and postmedian; a black-edged grey spot 
at the end of each cell; two brownish discal stripes beyond 
the outer black line, the inner one close to it, the outer one 
submarginal ; the outer border sprinkled with brownish scales ; 
a marginal series of elongate black spots or fragments of lines: 
primaries with the inner black line placed far from the outer 
one near the base, and bounded internally by a brownish 


374 Mr. H. J. Carter on the Nutritive and 


band ; a second, indistinct band from the discocellular spot to 
the inner margin: secondaries with the inner black line close 
to the discocellular spot and placed upon a brownish diffused 
streak or band: abdomen with indications of brown spots in 
pairs upon each segment. Wings below white, the markings 
of the upper surface for the most part obsolete; discocellular 
spots black and prominent; a marginal series of black dots 
and a dentate-sinuate brown postmedian line; primaries with 
a brown subapical patch or belt enclosing a quadrate apical 
white spot. Expanse of wings 2 inches 3 lines. 


[To be continued. ] 


XLIL.—On the Nutritive and Reproductive Processes of 
Sponges. By H. J. Carrer, F.R.S. &c.* 


CoNFLICTING statements have been made respecting the 
nourishment of sponges, which need but a little explanation to 
become reconcilable. 

The subject has only just now presented itself separately, 
because it has hitherto been implied rather than stated that 
the nourishment of sponges was derived from foreign bodies 
observed in their interior. 


* Publications to which reference is made in the following Communication. 


1. 1826. Grant, R. ‘Observations on the Structure and Functions 
of the Sponge.” (Concluded.) Edinburgh New Philosophical 
Journal, vol. 11. p. 121, pl. ii. 

2. 1848. Carrer, H. J. “Notes on the Species, Structure, and 
Animality of the Freshwater Sponges in the Tanks of Bombay.” 
Ann. § Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, vol. i. p. 303. 

3. 1849. “A Descriptive Account of the Freshwater Sponges in 
the Island of Bombay, with Observations on their Structure and 
Development.” Jb, vol. iv. p. 81, pls. ili.-v. 

4, 18654. * Zoosperms in Spongilla.” Ib. vol. xiv. p. 334, pl. xi. 

5. 1856. LizpEerktun, N. “ Beitrage zur Entwicklungsgeschichte 
der Spongillen.” Archiv fiir Anat. Physiol. und wissenschaft- 
liche Medicin, pp. 1, 399 & 496, Taf. xv. und xviii. 

6. 1857. Carrer, H. J. ‘On the Ultimate Structure of Spongilla, 
and Additional Notes on the Infusoria.” Journal Bombay 
Asiatie Society, vol. v. p. 574, April 9th, reprinted in Ann. & 
Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, vol. xx. p. 21, pl. 1. 

7. 1857. Lizperktun, N. “ Beitrage zur Anatomie der Spongien.” 
Archiv fiir Anat. Physiol. und wissenschaftliche Medicin, p. 376, 
Taf. xv. Juni (der Gesellschaft naturforschender Freunde mit- 
getheilt in den Sitz. v. 6. Sept. u. 2. Dec. 1856). 

8. 1859. CarTEr, H. J. “On Fecundation in the Two Volvoces and 
their Specific Differences; on FEudorina, Spongilla, Astasia, 
Euglena, and Cryptoglena.” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, 
vol. iii. p. 1, pl. 1. 


Reproductive Processes of Sponges. 375 


Still, while attempting this reconciliation, it is necessary to 
bear in mind that the sponge-cell is unceasingly polymorphic 
except under the resting-form, which is spherical, and that this 
polymorphism enables it to assume a monadic monociliated 
form at one time and immediately afterwards almost any 
unciliated amoeboid one that can be conceived—apparently 
amalgamating with its neighbours into a homogeneous mass, 
yet at any moment ready to separate and resume any of its 
wonted forms under favourable circumstances. 

In 1849 I noticed that the “sponge-cell ¢ése/f frequently 
contained pieces of Conferve within duplicatures of its cell- 
wall, and other matters”’ similar to what might be seen in 
the “ proteus” = Ameba (no. 3, p. 94); also that the “ living 
sponge’ presents ‘ejecta”’ on its surface, which “ consist 


9. 1867. JAmes-CiarK,H. “Spongize ciliate as Infusoria flagellata.” 
Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. Mem. vol. i. pt. 3, pls. ix. and x. 

10. 1869. Carter, H.J. “On Greyella cyathophora, a new Genus of 
Sponges.” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. iv. p. 189, 

1. vil. 

1 1872. Hace, E. ‘Die Kalkschwimme.’ 3 vols. (Two text, 
one Atlas.) 

12. 1874. Carrer, H. J. “On the Nature of the Seed-like Body of 
Spongilla; on the Origin of the Mother-cell of the Spicule; and 
on the Presence of Spermatozoa in the Spongida.” Ann. & 
Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xiv. p. 97, pl. x. 

13.- 1874. “ Development of the Marine Sponges from the ear- 
liest recognizable Appearance of the Ovum to the Perfected 
Individual.” 0. vol. xiv. p. 521, pls. xx.—xxii. 

14, 1875, ScuunzE, F. EK. “ Ueber den Bau und die Entwicklung von 
Sycandra raphanus, Hackel.” Zeitschrift fiir wissenschaftliche 
Zoologie, Ba. xxv. Suppl. Taf. xviii.—xxi. 

15. 1876. Barros, Ch. “ Embryologie de quelques Eponges de la 
Manche.” [Inaugural Thesis.] Annales des Sci. Nat. Zoologie, 
sér. 6, t. iii. 

16. 1876. KetiEr, C. ‘ Untersuchungen iiber die Anatomie und Ent- 
wicklungsgeschichte einiger Spongien des Mittelmeeres. Ein 
Beitrag zur Lésung der Spongienfrage. 4to. Basel, 1876. 
Pasi. 1: 1. 

17. 1877. ScHuuzn, F. E. “ Untersuchungen iiber den Bau und die 
Entwicklung der Spongien.—Die Gattung Halisarea.” Zeit- 
schrift fiir wissenschaftliche Zoologie, Bd. xxviii. Taf. i—v. 

18. 1878. ——. Untersuchungen ber den Bau und die Entwicklung 
der Spongien.—Die Metamorphose von Sycandra raphanus.” 
Ib. Bd. xxxi. p. 262, Taf. xviii. und xix. 

19. 1879. BaLrour, F. M. “The Morphology and Systematic Posi- 
tion of the Spongida.” Quarterly Journal Microscopical Science, 
no. 75, p. 105. 

20, 1879. Merscunikorr, E. “Spongiologische Studien.” Zeitschrift 
fiir wissenschaftliche Zoologie, Bd. xxxii. p. 349, Taf. xx.—xxiii. 

21, 1879. Carrer, H. J. “ Contributions to our Knowledge of the 
Spongida.” Ann. §& Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. iii, p. 284, 
pls. Xxv.—xxix. 


376 Mr. H. J. Carter on the Nutritive and 


of the cast-off parts of organisms from which the nutrient 
parts have been abstracted (2. p. 98). 

In 1857 (while still at Bombay, and totally ignorant of 
what Lieberkiihn subsequently published at Berlin in the 
month of June of that year, from his communications to the 
“Gesellschaft naturforschender Freunde,’ on the 6th Sept. 
and 2nd Dec. 1856) I stated, among numerous other obser- 
vations on the development of Spongilla from the seed-like 
body, that, on watching the feeding of it with carmine 
under the microscope (with immersed object-glass, of course), 
the particles may be seen to pass into the ampullaceous 
sacs (“ Wimperkérbe”), where they are “instantly en- 
closed by the sponge-cell (spongozoon) on which they 
inpinge”’ (no. 6, p. 28); that the colouring-matter then is 
“wholly confined” to the ampullaceous sacs, and that 
when the latter are torn to pieces it is found to be con- 
tained in their cells (spongozoa), some of which are mono- 
and others unciliated; further, that after a little time the 
circulatory system of the young Spongilla becomes sus- 
pended synchronously with the closure of its now single 
osculum and the retraction of the tubular process which 
supports it; this lasts for about a ‘quarter of an hour,” 
when the circulation is resumed the proboscidian process 
reproduced, the osculum at its extremity reopened, and 
that portion of the particles of carmine which may be as- 
sumed to have been deprived of their nutritive parts may 
be seen to leave the ampullaceous sacs, one after another, 
and, passing along the canals of the excretory system, finally 
to rush out at the osculum (no. 6)*. Here, then, it was 
naturally implied, rather than stated, that this was at least 
one of the ways in which nourishment got into the sponge. 

It is also desirable to note that, among the carmine- 
bearing cells torn out from the ampullaceous sacs, there 
were unciliated as well as monociliated cells, and to con- 
nect this with the fact that shortly after a monociliated 
sponge-cell is eliminated from the sponge it loses its active, 
living, monadic form, and, retracting its cilium (which is but 
a hair-like extension of its own polymorphic body), assumes 
the more passive, amoeboid one, which is really the only visi- 
ble characteristic distinction between the monociliated cell of 
the ampullaceous sac and the cell of the parenchyma. Hence, 
whether the foreign material be in one or the other, the nutri- 
tive process may be assumed to be the same in both. 

In 1857, also, Lieberkiihn stated that on feeding Spon- 

* This paper, in importance and amount of fact, is, to me, the best I 
have ever published on sponges. 


Reproductive Processes of Sponges. 377 


gilla with carmine the particles entering by the pores were 
conveyed to and stuck in (‘‘stecken”’) the ampullaceous 
sacs (“ Wimperorgane’’) (no. 7, p. 384); also that Infu- 
soria passing through the “ canal-system ’’ were taken into 
the parenchyma (‘ Kérperparenchym”), and there falling 
to pieces, after some time disappeared without leaving a 
trace behind, after the manner of an infusorium which had 
been devoured by an Actinophrys (cb. p. 388). 

Although nothing is said here, again, about “ nourish- 
ment,’ no one can doubt what was passing in Lieberktihn’s 
Sagacious mind at the time, viz. that the Infusoria thus 
afforded nutrient matter to the Spongilla. 

We now cometo Hickel’s views in 1872, viz. that the flagel- 
late cells of the endoderm (‘‘ Geisselzellen des Endoderms’”’) 
are exclusively the organs of reception for the digestion of the 
food (no. 11, vol. i. p. 372); and these we may pass by with 
Metschnikoff’s observation, viz. that they are theoretical and 
not founded on matter of fact (no. 20, p. 372). This brings 
us to the following statements of Metschnikoff himself in 
1879, made under the heading “ Ueber die Nahrungsaufnahme 
bei Spongien”’ (no. 20, p. 371). 

Beginning with Lieberkiihn’s observations, Metschnikoff 
observes that they were made more than twenty years ago, 
and that their result has of late been “ lost sight of.” If it 
had not been for Lieberkiihn’s observations, my own, which 
were made seven years previously, would have shared the 
same fate (no. 5, p. 400). 

With Metschnikoff undue prominence seems to be given 
to the cells of the parenchyma (mesoderm) in the nourish- 
ment of the sponge. It is true that he says the ampullaceous 
sacs (“ Wimperkérbe’’) were ‘ usually’? empty, and that in 
some sponges nourishment is carried on by the mesodermal 
element. But why, with the facts above stated, should he 
give illustrations (no. 20, Taf. xxii. figs. 16, 17) wherein the 
mesodermal cells are represented as charged with particles of 
carmine and the ampullaceous sacs (“ Wimperkérbe ’’) empty, 
without in the text alluding to the opposite results of other 
experimenters, and conclude his observations with the state- 
ment that it was clear that the mesodermal cells could take 
in the material and were more or less able to digest it (no. 20, 
p- 374) ?—which implies that they alone are the nutrient 
organs, as the ampullaceous sac (“‘ Wimperkorb”’) is not men- 
tioned. 

It is possible, and I should think probable, that Metsch- 
nikoff has never seen my paper ‘‘ On the Ultimate Structure 
of Spongilla”’ (no. 6), and therefore is not aware of the 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. iv. 27 


378 Mr. H. J. Carter on the Nutritive and 


reflection which his observations cast on the statement that, 
in my experiments, the carmine or “ colouring-matter was 
wholly confined to the ampullaceous sacs.” But then he 
ought to have been acquainted with that of Lieberkiihn to 
which I have alluded, and which is in the page preceding that 
to which he has called attention (no. 20, p. 3871, footnote), and 
again in 1857, viz. ‘in Wasser befindliche Karminkérnchen 
sieht man hier aus dem grossen Hohlraum unmittelbar in 
jene Wimperapparate gelangen” (no. 7, p. 385). That I 
should have made the statement in 1857 that the carmine was 
“wholly confined to the ampullaceous sacs” is no excuse for 
an observer in 1879 exclusively mentioning the cells of the 
parenchyma as engaged in this process. 

Besides, in feeding the calcareous sponges with carmine 
and indigo respectively, the colouring-matter has always 
appeared to me to be so confined to the sponge-cells (spongo- 
zoa) of the ampullaceous sacs, that I have not sought for it 
anywhere else ; while I have sometimes seen the green germ 
of an Alga, together with the colour-particles, in the body of 
a spongozoon. 

Nevertheless our thanks are due to Metschnikoff for having 
especially pointed out that the mesodermal cells are capable 
of taking in nutritive material and digesting it, because, toge- 
ther with what had gone before, it is now shown that whether 
ciliated and in the ampullaceous sac, or unciliated and in the 
parenchyma, the sponge-cell generally is at least an alimen- 
tary organ; and thus the “ conflicting statements” to which 
I have alluded become reconcilable. 

Should the reader be inclined to recur to my paper in the 
‘Annals’ of 1849, he will there find the following para- 

raphs :— 

“ Tf a seed-like body which has arrived at maturity be placed 
in water, a white substance will, after a few days, be observed 
to have issued from its interior, through the infundibular 
depression on its surface, and to have glued it to the glass ; 
and if this be examined with the microscope, its circumference 
will be found to consist of a semitransparent substance, the 
extreme edge of which is irregularly notched or extended 
into digital or tentacular prolongations, precisely similar to 
those of the protean [Ameba], which, in progression or in 
polymorphism, throws out parts of its cell in this way (pl. iv. 
fig. 2,c). In the semitransparent substance may be observed 
hyaline vesicles of different sizes, contracting and dilating 
themselves as in the protean (fig. 2, d), and a little within it 
the green granules so grouped together (fig. 2, e) as almost 
to enable the practised eye to distinguish ¢n situ the passing 


Reproductive Processes of Sponges. 379 


forms of the cells to which they belong; we may also sce in 
the latter their hyaline vesicles with their contained molecules 
in great commotion, and between the cells themselves the 
intercellular mucilage (fig. 2, f). 

“If this newly formed sponge be torn up, its isolated cells 
assume their globular or passive form, or become polymor- 
phous, changing their position and their locality, by emitting 
expansions similar to the proteans or polymorphic cells deve- 
loped after a forcible expulsion of the contents of the seed- 
like body, and differing only from them in being more 
indolent in their movements ” (no. 3, p. 91, pl. iv. fig. 2). 

With this statement, at that comparatively early period, 
how was it possible to come to any other conclusion than that 
every part of the sponge-parenchyma is capable of enclosing 
nutritious material and digesting it like the Ameba (‘ pro- 
tean’’), even if we had not had the observations of Lieber- 
kiihn, confirmed by Metschnikoff (no. 20, p. 374), to establish 
the fact ? 

In the first paragraph above quoted I have mentioned the 
extreme edge of the young Spongilla as composed of semi- 
transparent substance charged with hyaline vesicles, as if this 
were a distinct portion; but from what I have stated at the 
commencement of this paper respecting the homogeneity of 
ameeboid cells after amalgamation, defying all attempt to de- 
tect their individuality, although capable at a moment’s notice 
of separating themselves from each other (as in the conjugation 
of two Difflugie), it is quite possible that this “‘ semitrans- 
parent substance’? may be composed of sponge-cells thus 
combined, and the ‘ hyaline” their ‘‘ contracting’’ vesicles 
respectively, since, as I have heretofore shown, the ap- 
parently homogeneous investing membrane or cuticle of the 
young Spongilla is so composed (no. 6, pp. 24, 25, pl. 1. 
fig. 7). 

Slabs with this is the curtous fact that the whole of the 
spongozva of an ampullaceous sac (“‘ Wimperkorb”’) may, under 
isolation, become thus amalgamated, and assume the form and 
habits of an Amaba, while the cilia of the spongozoa may be 
seen still playing in its interior, and the exterior enclosing 
particles of carmine which come into contact with it (no. 6, 
p- 26)—finally losing all appearance of cilia internally, and 
presenting an actinophorous form (db. p. 33, pl. 1. fig. 9). 

Since, then, we find Balfour (no. 19, p. 108) stating, “ It 
has not, so far as I know, been definitely made out where the 
digestion is carried on. Lieberkiihn would appear to hold 
the view that the amceboid lining-cells of the passages are 
mainly concerned with digestion, while Carter holds that 

27* 


380 Mr. H. J. Carter on the Nutritive and 


digestion is carried on by the collared cells of the ciliated 
chambers,” the above must be my reply. 

Although at one time the foreign material may be chiefly 
taken in by the sponge-cells (spongozoa) of the ampullaceous 
sac, and at another by the sponge-cells of the parenchyma, it 
cannot be inferred that there are two systems of alimentation, 
but rather that they are both the same, only that they are 
respectively more or less used according to circumstances. 

Again, while it may be generally thought that there is no 
direct communication between the inhalant orifices (pores) of 
the surface and the exhalant or excretory canal-system of the 
interior except through the ampullaceous sacs (‘‘ Wimper- 
kérbe’’), facts now prove that branches of the excretory canal- 
system may commence directly under the pores (no. 10, pl. vil. 
fig. 5, and no. 21, pl. xxv. fig. 4, e, &c.); so that whatever 
nutritious material may be in the water which thus passes 
directly into the excretory canal, must be deflected from it to 
arrive where the sponge-cells of the ampullaceous sac and 
parenchyma respectively are naked—that is, uncovered by any 
membrane which would prevent the particles of food from 
coming into direct contact with them—indeed, where the 
canals are formed by the sponge-cells alone, as stated by 
Lieberkiihn (no. 7, p. 388). 

Bearing upon Nutrition is Starvation, under which, as I 
have long since stated (no. 2, p. 309, and no. 6, pp. 82, 33), 
the sponge-cells leave their “ habitation” (that is, the skeleton) 
and creep about the watchgiass wherein the young Spongilla 
might have been allowed to grow out from the seed-like body. 
Lieberkiihn has recorded that the cells of Spongilla in the 
river Spree at Berlin are ameeboid in the winter, but put 
forth a cilium in spring (no. 5, p. 2); and this is confirmed 
by Metschnikoff in Spongilla from the Dnieper in the months 
ot October and November, together with the well-known fact 
that under ‘‘ unfavourable” circumstances the retraction of 
the cilium may take place at any time (no. 20, p. 575). 

But that the putting forth of the cilium in spring and its 
retraction in winter, when, as Metschnikoff states, the Spon- 
gilla had become charged with gemmules (seed-like bodies), 
seems to show that the active life of this sponge takes place 
during the warmer part of the year, like that of most orga- 
nisms, when nourishment is chiefly required for the fulfilment 
of the reproductive process ; and that the passive or amceboid 
state of the cells not only took place in the winter, when this 
activity was not required, but that the cilium at all times 
would be retracted under ‘ unfavourable circumstances,” ac- 
cording to Metschnikoff (no. 20, p. 375), may be inferred 


Reproductive Processes of Sponges. 381 


from the simple fact that these unfavourable circumstances 
take place before one’s eyes when the Spongilla or any other 
sponge is torn to pieces; while Metschnikoff states that, on 
the other hand, when the favourable circumstances were 
renewed (“‘ erneuertem Wasserwechsel ’’), not only the cilium 
but the ampullaceous sac (“ Wimperkorb ”’) was remade in the 
parenchyma of a young Spongilla. 

I cannot say, however, that the sponge-cells of Spongilla 
lose the cilium in the winter in the tanks of the island of 
Bombay, perhaps because the temperature then and there is 
about that of our midsummer, since the last mention of it in 
my ‘ Note-book,’ together with an illustration in which the 
“ ear-like processes ”’ (collar) are represented, is dated “ 9th 
January, 1859,” just after my paper on the subject had been 
published in England (no. 8, p. 14, pl. 1. figs. 12-14). 


Reproductive Process. 


While on the subject of alimentation, it might be as well 
to briefly enumerate the facts known in connexion with repro- 
duction, since the latter is chiefly dependent on the former 
process. 

As early as 1826, my late kind and talented teacher Prof. 
Robert Grant described and illustrated (among his imperish- 
able records of the Spongida) the embryo (swarm-spore) of his 
Spongia panicea=Halichondria incrustans, Johnston, begin- 
ning with the ovum “ lying in the recesses of the parenchy- 
matous matter,” following its development into the ciliated 
embryo, its exit afterwards through the excretory cell-system 
and subsequent fixation, finally ending in the full develop- 
ment of the young sponge (no. 1, pp. 127-133, and p. 140, 
pl. u. figs. 26-29). 

In 1854 I described and figured minute monociliated bodies 
which were observed in Spongilla at Bombay in the month 
ot July, and conjectured to be zoosperms (no. 4). Afterwards 
Lieberkiihn described and figured undoubted spermatozoa in 
Spongilla in July, at Berlin (no. 5, pp. 17, 18, pl. xv. fig. 34, 
and pl. xviii. figs. 10-17), previously observed by Miiller 
(no. 5, p. 19). 

That Lieberkiihn should have identified my description and 
illustrations with Trachelius trichophorus, Ehr., I could never 
understand, because he must have known that the former 
carried the cilium behind, and Trachelius carries its cillum in 
front. Moreover, although I have hitherto been inclined to 
doubt if they really were spermatozoids or the common mono- 
ciliated sponge-cell, I now observe, by the measurements 
of both (which have fortunately been published with their 


382 Mr. H. J. Carter on the Nutritive and 


descriptions respectively), together with my better acquain- 
tance with the subject, that the smallness ot the monociliated 
bodies which I figured as zoosperms, when compared with the 
“eared”? (collared) monociliated sponge-cell, 1s so much in 
favour of what I had conjectured, that little doubt can be 
entertained by those familiar with such bodies that they 
really were the zoosperms of Spongilla. The time of their 
appearance in the Spongilla, their mode of progression, and 
their inferior size, it we do not admit the absence of the ear- 
like processes (collar) also, must satisfy the most fastidious 
mind that they could have been nothing more or less than 
“¢ zoosperms.”’ 

About the same time also, viz. 1856, Lieberkiihn dis- 
covered and described, with illustrations, the swarm-spore 
(embryo) of Spongilla and its development, which Grant, as 
above stated, did of Halichondria incrustans in 1826 (no. 5, 
pp: 9-14 and pp. 405-413, pl. xv. fig. 35). 

Finally, F. E. Schulze, in 1877, pointed out the existence 
of spermatozoa in Halisarca lobularis in a much more satis- 
factory way than had hitherto been done, as testified by his 
descriptions and illustrations (no. 17, p. 24, Taf. ii.), toge- 
ther with some of his beautiful preparations, which, through 
his great kindness, are now in my possession. 

They occur in the form of globular groups (‘Sperma- 
ballen”’), so like in size and appearance to the ampullaceous 
sacs (‘‘ Wimperkérbe’’) that, but for the smallness of the 
monociliated colourless head of the former, they would be 
almost undistinguishable from the larger monociliated and 
collared form of the latter, both being polymorphic and bearing 
the proportion of about 1 to 5 (compare Schulze’s fig. 12, Taf. 
li., with fig. 17, Taf. iii., both of which are magnified 800 
times). In size the two look respectively very much like the 
so-called microspores and macrospores of Algz; and at first 
one would be inclined to think that reproduction was similarly 
accomplished by their union. But another factor steps in here, 
viz. the unciliated sponge-cells of the parenchyma or meso- 
derm, which Metschnikoff has shown to take in nourishment 
equally with the monociliated cells of the ampullaceous sacs, 
or, at all events, to do so when the latter do not. And here 
(in the mesoderm) it is, that the ova appear (see Schulze’s 
satisfactory figure of the eggs in Sycandra raphanus, H., 
no. 14, Taf. xvii. fig. 2)—a tact that all who have studied 
any of the calcareous sponges in spring (that is, during the 
reproductive period) must be well aware of, although Grant, 
who first mentioned this, observed it (Halichondria incrus- 
tans) during the autumn (‘‘ October and November ”) (no. 1, 


Reproductive Processes of Sponges. 383 


p. 128). Then the time varies with the species, as Grant 
has observed (no. 1, p. 133). 

The spermatozoa which I saw in 1854 bore the proportion 
of about 1 to 5 when compared with the average size of the 
common sponge-cell in Spongzlla, as the latter is much the 
largest. Those which Lieberkiihn figured in 1856 bear a 
similar ratio; and so do those figured by Schulze in Hali- 
sarca lobularis. 

The smallest size at which I could recognize the egg in 
Halisarca lobularis was 1-3000th inch (no. 13, p. 31, pl. xx. 
fig. 3, a); while the monociliated sponge-cell of the ampulla- 
ceous sac was a little smaller, viz. about 1-3600th inch in dia- 
meter (7b. fig. 2, a) ; and Schulze’s figures of the body of a 
monociliated collar-cell (“‘ Kragenzell”’), compared with that of 
the spermatozoid (no. 17, 7. c.), give about 1-18000th of an 
inch for the latter. It might be thought that it would have 
been better to have been able to omit the indefinite word 
“about”? (c?vea) ; but those who have s‘udied the minute ana- 
tomy of sponges well know that all their soft parts afford, 
from polymorphism and actual difference in size, only ap- 
proximate measurement. 

Hickel is the only one who believes (“‘ glaube”’) that he has 
seen the spermatozoids enter the ovum (no. 11, vol. i. p. 396, 
Atlas, Tat. 48. fig. 6) in Sycortis lingua=Grantia ciliata, 
Bowerbank. 

Keller of Zurich also gives a figure of it in Leucandra 
aspera, H., with reasons for coming to the conclusion (no. 16, 
p- 21, Taf. 1. fig. 4, c). 

But of all those who have so deeply studied the living 
calcareous sponges, it has been reserved for Hickel alone to 
see the act; and this, according to his statement (no. 11, vol. 1. 
p- 396), he has done repeatedly (‘‘ wiederholten Malen’’). Yet 
if his statements and figure are like those which he has given 
of my Sguamulina scopula (‘ Jenaische Zeitschrift f. Natur- 
wissen.’ Bd. ix. 1877), I regret to be obliged to say that they 
are not trustworthy, as may be seen by Saville Kent’s ample 
confirmation of my observations of 1870 in 1578 (Ann. 
vol. ii. p. 68, pls. iv. & v.) ; while it was not difficult to con- 
jecture, with apparent certainty, that which the sagacious 
Lieberkiihn had indicated sixteen years before by his descrip- 
tions and figures of the swarm-spore and spermatozoa respec- 
tively in Spongilia (I. c.). 

Another difficulty here presents itself, viz. that, from the 
polymorphic condition of all the soft parts in the living 
sponge, even to the capsule of the ovum, it becomes doubtful, 
unless the spermatozoon is seen to enter the ovum, whether 


384 Mr. H. J. Carter on the Nutritive and 


the remaining projection of the still waving tail, such as those 
in Keller’s instance, is confirmative of impregnation, simply 
because, when these polymorphic bodies become amalgamated, 
their water-like sarcode so flows together that their individu- 
ality becomes lost—although, where the body is not a sperma- 
tozoon, they can immediately individualize themselves again. 
Nothing is more like the ‘“ melting away” of a_spermato- 
zoon when it passes into the ovum than the union of two 
polymorphic amoeboid Infusoria; so, unless the act itself is 
seen (that is, the spermatozoid and ovum are both observed 
before union), the case may only remain “ probable,” as 
Keller has observed. 


Gemmule or Seed-like Body of Spongilla. 


Turning our attention shortly to the seed-like body of 
Spongilla for our present purpose, as I have already given this 
in detail (no. 12), we find that it is more or less globular in 
form according 1o the species, variable in size, although 
generally nearly as large as a small pin-head, so that they can 
be easily seen by the unassisted eye, congregated towards 
the base or first-formed parts of the Spong7lla, consisting of 
a cellular crust more or less charged with peculiar spicules, 
lined by a coriaceous membrane, and filled with a yellowish 
substance, something like the yelk of a hard-boiled egg, 
which is composed of transparent spherical sacs varying 
under 1-1000th inch in diameter, more or less filled with 
grain-like transparent compressed firm cells of different 
sizes varying under 1-3000th inch in diameter, bearing in 
one part of the crust a hilous aperture, through which the 
contents issue a few days after the seed-like body has been 
placed in water, in the form of the young Spongilla (no. 3, 
p- 87, pl. ui. fig. 6, a-z). 

If this growth be made to take place in a watchglass under 
cover of a bell-glass, or something of the kind, replenishing 
the water as required, it can easily be transferred to the field 
of a microscope from time to time, where it can be viewed 
under 3-inch object-glass, of course immersed; when the 
“transparent spherical sacs” with their ‘ grain-like cells” 
appear to issue entire with the rest of the substance from the 
seed-like body, and so become developed in their entirety, 
respectively, in this substance, now assuming the form of a 
parenchyma (no. 6, pp. 21, 22). 

On the other hand, the development of the swarm-spore or 
embryo leads to the same result, when some of its cell-contents 
-also become developed into ampullaceous sacs (no. 13, p. 337, 
pl. xxi. fig. 21, c, &e., and pl. xxii. fig. 34, d). 


Reproductive Processes of Sponges. 385 


In the future development of Spongilla the ‘“ transparent 
spherical sac” and its contents, which have become developed 
into an ampullaceous sac (‘‘ Wimperkorb’’), appear to me to 
grow into a gemmule or seed-like body (no. 6, p. 34), and 
thus this increase or reproductive process to be successively 
effected. 

That the “ grain-like cells” of the transparent sacs do 
pass into monociliated sponge-cells may be proved by taking 
out some of the “ yellow substance” on the point of a needle 
and placing it in a watchglass with distilled water, when, 
after a few days, the “ grain-like cells” for the most part 
disappear and are followed by a development of active mono- 
ciliated sponge-cells (no. 3, p. 91, and no. 12, pp. 97, 98). 

Now comes the question whether the monociliated “sponge- 
cells” of the ampullaceous sacs (“ Wimperkérbe’’) are impreg- 
nated by the spermatozoa for the formation of the seed-like 
body, and the cells of the parenchyma or mesoderm for the 
formation of the ovum respectively. 

When we reflect on the almost identity that exists between 
the spongozoon or monociliated sponge-cell and the solitary 
flagellated infusorium called ‘ Salpingeca”’ by the late H. 
James-Clark, who first pointed out the resemblance (no. 9), 
we can hardly help thinking that what the “ solitary’ form 
possesses in the way of organs is equally possessed by the 
social one or monociliated sponge-cell, and we can hardly doubt 
that the solitary Salpingeca and its like possess either an 
hermaphroditic, moncecious, or dicecious system of reproduc- 
tion respectively ; while, assuming that of the sponges to be 
moneecious, the female organ or ovary must be looked for 
either in the monociliated sponge-cells of the ampullaceous 
sac (“ Wimperkorb’’), or in the unciliated sponge-cells of the 
parenchyma or mesoderm ; and if this be the case, then we 
must consider the ampullaceous sacs in the marine sponges 
(wherein there are no seed-like bodies) abortive in this 
respect, and the ovum to be developed from the nutritive 
sponge-cells of the parenchyma. And as there are swarm- 
spores as well as seed-like bodies in Spongilla, both may 
become impregnated and developed in their respective cells, 
as already intimated, for the purpose of reproduction, in which 
case impregnation would take place in the body of the sponge- 
cell. How happens it, then, that Hickel has seen impreg- 
nation of the ovum to take place in the parenchyma or meso- 
derm? Perhaps the ova may be thrown off from the ovary 
of the parenchyma-sponge-cell in a very minute form, dis- 
charged, and then transported into the intercellular substance 
for increased growth previous to impregnation. 


386 Mr. J. Wood-Mason on a new Genus 


What Dr. Grant said of the sponge fifty-three years ago 
(no. 1, p. 138), equally applies to it at the present day, viz.:— 
‘This animal still affords many curious and interesting sub- 
jects of inquiry to those who have leisure and opportunities 
of examining the more perfect species of tropical seas [? in 
temperate ones too!]; and, though probably the simplest of 
animal organizations, the investigation of its living habits, its 
structure and vital phenomena, and the distinguishing cha- 
racter of its innumerable polymorphous species, is peculiarly 
calculated to illuminate the most obscure part of zoology, to 
exercise and invigorate our intellectual and physical powers, 
and to gratify the mind with the discovery of new scenes of 
infinite wisdom in the economy of Nature.” 


XLITI.—Preliminary Notice of a new Genus (Parectatosoma) 
of Phasmidex from Madagascar, with brief Descriptions of 
ats two Species. By J. Woop-Mason*. 


THE interesting and remarkable animals briefly noticed below 
formed part of a large collection of insects, chiefly Coleoptera, 
recently received in London from Madagascar; and | was 
fortunate, while at home on furlough, to secure specimens of 
them from Mr. E. W. Janson, the well-known Natural-His- 
tory agent. 

They are unquestionably nearly related to Hctatosoma, an 
Australian genus, the three known members of which are 
three of the most curious and striking forms comprised in the 
whole class Insecta. This relationship I have indicated in 
the name of the new genus which the differences presented 
by these insects compel me to propose for their reception. 


PARECTATOSOMA J, gen. nov. 


Closely allied to the Australian genus LEectatosoma, but 
differing therefrom in the following characters :—The pro- 
thorax is relatively longer and more spiny; the male is 
devoid of ocelli, and, like the female, brachypterous; the 
abbreviated tegmina in both sexes are shorter than the abbre- 
viated wings ; and the upper crest of each of the femora is 
produced into a sharp genual spine. 

Of the species of the Australian genus, Hctatosoma bufo- 


* From the ‘Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal,’ vol. xlviii. 
part ii, 1879, pp. 117, 118. Communicated by the Author. 
+ From mapa, by the side of, and Ectatosoma, generic name. 


of Phasmide from Madagascar. 387 


nium, Westw., is the one which the Madagascar forms most 
nearly approach. 


1. Parectatosoma hystrix, n. sp. 


3 ¢. Head armed with 12 spines (besides scattered spi- 
nules) arranged in four longitudinal rows and in pairs, of 
which one is large, compressed, and thorny, and constitutes 
the conspicuous cephalic horns; the pair of spines imme- 
diately in front of these is also compound, each being pro- 
vided with a sharp spine-like cusp in front. The post- 
antennary pair of spines is as well developed as in Ketato- 
soma. 

Sides and upper surface of prothorax strongly armed with 
thorns, some of which are double. The apices of the small 
tegmina barely reaching the bases of the wings; the true 
metanotum is consequently exposed, and it is armed at the 
middle of its hinder margin with a pair of stout thorns. The 
tergum of the first somite and the terga of more or fewer 
(according to sex) of the remaining abdominal somites pro- 
vided at their hinder extremities with two cross rows of 
spines. Posterior margin of tergum of last abdominal somite 
in the female symmetrically divided into six spinous pro- 
cesses. 

Colour deep black-brown, almost black, blotched with 
yellow, sparingly so on the under surface and legs, but more 
profusely on the pronotum and on the terga of the abdominal 
somites, on which parts the colour assumes an orange tinge 
and extends to the points of the spines; the antenne are 
ringed at the joints with the same colour; organs of flight 
greenish yellow, with their bases and principal nervures black. 

3. Length of body 61 millims., of head 7, pronotum 5, 
mesonotum 14, metanotum 7, abdomen 25+7=32, tegmina 
2°5, wings 8, fore femur 17, tibia 17°25, intermediate femur 
13:5, tibia 15:5, posterior femur 17, tibia 21, antenne 53. 

?. Length of body 86 millims., of head 10, pronotum 7, 
mesonotum 18, metanotum 10, abdomen 31:°5+12°5=44, 
tegmina 4°5, wings 10°5, fore femur 19, tibia 20, intermediate 
femur 16, tibia 18, posterior femur 21, tibia 25, antenne 
imperfect. 

Hab. Three males and three females from Fianardfntsoa and 
one female from Autandnarivo, Madagascar, differmg from 
the rest only in being much more variegated. 


2. Parectatosoma echinus, n. sp. 


3 ¢.- Slenderer, and less numerously and less strongly 
spined than the preceding. Head armed: female with ten 


388 M. A. Schneider on a new Moneron. 


spines, besides spinules, the cephalic horns more foliaceous 
and more sharply spined, with only one pair of spines in front 
of them instead of two, and that simple; male with eight 
only, one of the lateral pairs not being developed. Post- 
antennary spines reduced to minute tubercles. Vestiges of 
wings and tegmina larger, those of the latter overlapping one 
another and those of the former so as to conceal from view 
all but about one square millimetre of the unarmed meta- 
notum. The tergum of the first abdominal somite with but 
one row of spines at its hinder end; that of the terminal 
somite of the female divided at its posterior margin into four 
spinous processes. 

Colour. Body brown like rotten leaves, with the legs, 
antenna, organs of flight (which have their principal nervures 
darker), and spines lighter. 

&. Length of body 64 millims., head 4:5, pronotum 4:5, 
mesonotum 14, metanotum 6, abdomen 27°254 8°5=35°75, 
tegmina 3°75, wings 7:3, fore femur 17, tibia 17, intermediate 
femur 12°5, tibia 13°5, posterior femur 17:5, tibia 19°5, 
antenne 47. 

¢. Length of body 80 millims., head 7, pronotum 6°5, 
mesonotum 16°5, metanotum 8, abdomen 31+4+12=483, teg- 
mina 6, wings 11, fore femur 16°6, tibia 17, intermediate 
femur 12°5, tibia 13°6, posterior femur 18, tibia 21, antenne 
43°5. 

The fore legs and all the tibie in the male of this species 
are nearly quite simple. 

Hab. One male and two females from Fianardntsoa. 


XLIV.—Monobia confluens, a new Moneron. 
: 5] 
By Aime ScHNEIDER*, 


[Plate XVIII. ] 


I now present the description of a new Moneron, which ap- 
pears to me to possess some interest. The name I give it is 
in allusion to the community of life which is set up between 
the different individuals of the same group, the different mem- 
bers of a colony, as will be seen by-and-by. 

Monobia confluens lives in fresh water, and perhaps also in 
moist earth. I met with it for the first time in June 1878. 
T have had living representatives of it for about a week in a 


* Translated by W. 8. Dallas, F.L.S., from the ‘ Archives de Zoologie 
expérimentale,’ tom. vil. (1878) p. 585. 


M. A. Schneider on a new Moneron. 389 


moist cell under my microscope ; and they have furnished me 
with the following observations. 

In its simplest form in a state of repose Monobia confluens 
is a small nearly spherical mass of finely granular sarcode, 
appearing bluish by transmitted light, without a nucleus and 
without a vacuole (Pl. XVIII. fig. 1) From this homoge- 
neous body radiate in all directions excessively delicate pseudo- 
podia, so long that they are four times the length of the 
body, so slender and transparent that one can hardly trace 
them except by the aid of the small inflations, like knots, 
which are arranged at intervals along their course, and which 
refract the light more strongly. ‘These pseudopodia are recti- 
linear, slow of movement, and coalescent ; and by the combi- 
nation of these peculiarities they vividly recall those of the 
Foraminifera. 

When the little creature thus formed becomes active, it 
abandons the spherical form and extends itself, more or less, 
in one direction by a general contraction of its body. The 
physiognomy which it then takes on varies much less than in 
other Protozoa; it is usually that of a Savoy biscuit, inflated 
at the extremities and slightly narrowed in the middle, the 
inflated extremities being the seat of the emission of the 
pseudopodia (fig. 4). 

Sometimes the body becomes triangular, with pseudopodia 
radiating from each of the heads; more rarely it is quite 
irregular, with pseudopodia springing from all the little salient 
angles which are marked in its outlines (figs. 3 & 5). 

It is evident that, under these aspects, Monobia confluens 
feeds and nourishes itself. I have not witnessed the pre- 
hension of food, and I cannot say what part the pseudopodia 
take in it. But it is certain that foreign bodies, often in 
considerable number, are to be seen in the mass of the 
body, sometimes each contained in a vacuole produced by 
their liquefaction, and representing the product of their diges- 
tion, not yet mixed with the general mass. The pseudopodia 
do not appear to me to be adapted to digest on the spot; at 
least this seems to follow from the fact that I have never seen 
them involve foreign bodies. 

I have stated above that Monodia is destitute of vacuoles : 
by this I mean contractile vacuoles ; for we have just seen that 
such cavities are formed in connexion with digestion, as in the 
Amabe. 

As soon as the Monobdia has thriven so as to double its size 
or thereabout, it propagates, in accordance with the immu- 
table law that 1eproduction is the overflow of nutrition. We 
then see it elongate strongly, contracting and drawing 


390 M. A. Schneider on a new Moneron. 


itself out in the middle, until it presents the appearance of 
two spheres united by a band of sarcode. This band may 
become attenuated until it is no thicker than an ordinary 
pseudopodium ; this filament may give way in its turn; and 
then we have two individuals instead of one. But most com- 
monly this is not the course of events, and the two fractions 
of the division, although each acts independently, continue to 
hold one another, as it were, by the hand, like two sisters 
(fig. 2). They not only do not rupture the more or less 
attenuated thread which is interposed between them, but, as 
I have often witnessed, it also happens that two of their 
pseudopodia meet and become fused together, so as to set 
up a second point of communication parallel to the former. 

Whenever two pseudopodia issuing thus from two different 
centres meet together, there is an amalgamation of the pseudo- 
podia. ‘This amalgamation effected, the bond of union be- 
comes widened by afflux of plasma, and the communication 
between the two sarcodic territories is widely open, so that 
the granules can pass from one to the other. This mechanism 
explains the very varied aspects, changing from day to day, 
which the same colony presents. 

Starting from a single individual, we have just seen how we 
get to two, which sometimes separate and sometimes remain 
connected. Each of the two new individuals, behaving like 
the first after the lapse of a certain time, we get to four, all 
united to one another like the links of a chain. I have 
counted as many as eight thus associated; and their line ex- 
tended over a considerable distance, describing a slight curve 
(fig. 7). 

The following day this was no longer the state of affairs. 
Each member of the colony had pulled upon the common cord ; 
and a new resultant had been produced from these opposite 
caprices. My Monera were now grouped as shown in 
fig. 8—in a square surmounted by a triangle, the latter 
surmounted by an arrow. <A few pseudopodia stretched from 
one individual to another, and, soldered together, had sufficed 
to substitute this aspect for the former one. A little later the 
same cause had produced a different spectacle; and, a more 
lively image of society than any other, this mobile colony was 
never the same at the close of the day as it had been at the 
beginning. I shall not stop here to describe the series of 
these fluctuations. It will be easily understood that the 
number of members increased by the division of some of the 
colony ; but certain members also separate to live apart, at 
least for a time. Evidently we cannot but admit that sepa- 
rated individuals may resume their relations with a colony, or 


Bibliographical Notices. 391 


that two colonies may attach themselves to each other to form 
a larger confederation, after what has been said as to the 
facility with which the members of the same chapel married 
and divorced each other. 

Here the observations close. 

Is the mode of reproduction (fissiparity) which I have just 
described the only one possessed by this species? This is a 
question which 1 cannot venture to decide; we must not 
hypothecate the future ; and if it is true that we do not know 
any other mode of propagation than the above in certain 
genera (Protameba, Myxodictyum), it is not less true that 
our ignorance in this respect may merely be the consequence 
of adverse circumstances. We may, however, note that in the 
Monera which encyst themselves for the purpose of propaga- 
tion (Vampyrella, Protomyxa, &c.) we rarely find that the 
species is also endowed with active fissiparity during the 
period of its free existence; and this consideration may lead us 
to assume that we have to do here with a simple organism 
having only the simplest and most rudimentary of all the 
modes of multiplication, division wjthout any preliminaries in 
the free state. 

After what has just been stated it can hardly be doubted 
that our Monobia confluens is a Moneron. Is it possible that 
we have to do with an evolutive phase of a higher organism ? 
I see no reason to suppose any thing of the kind ; and analogy 
is opposed to such a suspicion. 

Like Myxodictyum sociale, this Moneron might be regarded, 
after the example of Claus, as a naked Foraminifer, if we did 
not know that the latest investigations on the Foraminifera 
tend to demonstrate the general existence of a nucleus in the 
representatives of that group. It therefore seems to me neces- 
sary to retain the order Monera as Hickel established it, 
until our knowledge of the mutual relations of the Protozoa 
shall become more complete. 


BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES. 


On the Structure and Affinities of the “ Tabulate Corals” of the 
Paleozoic Period, with Critical Descriptions of Illustrative Species. 
By H. Atterne Nicnorson, M.D., D.Sc., F.L.S., &e.. W. Black- 
wood & Sons: Edinburgh & London, 1879. 


Tus work is a further contribution towards the history of the 
Tabulate Corals, and contains a record of researches carried on during 
some years past on the Paleozoic species. The study of the forms 


392 Bibliographical Notices. 


belonging to this group has become of considerable interest and im- 
portance, both as regards their general structure and zoological 
position. As to their affinities, considerable difference of opinion 
prevails on some important points. Formerly regarded as true Zoan- 
tharia, it now appears doubtful, from recent investigations, whether 
most of the forms so assigned belong to that group. In fact, says 
Mr. H. N. Moseley (1876), “it would be as well if the term Tabu- 
lata were dropped altogether, since it has reference to a structure 
common to certain Alcyonaria, Zoantharia, and Hydroida, and, being 
not characteristic of any natural group, only tends to confusion.” 

Twenty years ago (1859) Agassiz suggested the hydroid nature of 
Millepora, which view, adopted by Claus and others in Germany, 
and by Dana in America, was only partially accepted. M.-Edwards, 
in the following year (1860), did not consider the facts on which 
this opinion was formed sufficiently ascertained; and Prof. All- 
man has recently expressed some uncertainty on the subject. With 
the exception of Prof. Verrill (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1872, vol. ix. 
p. 355), no one had examined the soft parts of any of the Tabulata, 
until the critical investigations of Mr. Moseley were communicated 
to the Royal Society in 1876, in which he states, “‘ though no evi- 
dence as to the structure of the generative system of Millepora was 
obtained, the results yield convincing proofs that this interesting form 
is atrue Hydroid ;” and the subsequent still more elaborate paper on 
the Stylasteridee (the Croonian Lecture, 1878) has further eluci- 
dated the subject, by showing that this family, with the Milleporide, 
should form a suborder, the Hydrocorallina. 

Besides the Milleporide, Agassiz believed that the Favositidee, and 
all the other species of which the septa are not continued vertically, 
ought not to be classed with the Corals—an opinion combated by 
Verrill and doubted by M.-Edwards; while M. Dollfus classed some 
genera of the Tabulata with the Hydroida, and the Chetetide and 
’ Favositidze, he considered, were allied to certain forms of Polyzoa. 

Prof. M. Duncan, in 1871 (Rep. Brit. Assoc.), treated of the 
structure and aflinities of the Tabulata, still retaining them among 
the Zoantharia, classing them into two principal and five minor 
groups, but considering some genera, as Chetetes and similar forms, 
to be allied to the Alcyonaria. 

The object of Dr. Nicholson in the work under notice is an attempt 
to elucidate the minute anatomy of the principal Paleozoic genera, 
which he has personally investigated ; and this has been chiefly 
effected by means of microscopic sections ; so that the present work 
is more extensively occupied with detailed descriptions of minute 
structure than treatises on fossil corals usually are; and well- 
known types have generally been selected for study. 

The first chapter is devoted to the affinities and classification of 
the Tabulate corals, and also contains a concise historical sketch, 
showing the principal tendencies of the more recent researches of 
naturalists and paleontologists with regard to this group of corals. 
The investigations of the author lead him to corroborate the views 


Bibliographical Notices. 393 


of Verrill, Lindstrém, and Moseley (above noticed) as to the neces- 
sity of abolishing the “ Tabulata’’ as a distinct and separate divi- 
sion of the Zoantharia ; and, further, that under the old name of 
Tabulata there are included twelve distinct groups of Corals: some 
of these are Hydrozoa and Zoantharia; a large number may be 
referred to the Aleyonaria ; but none are, probably, referable to the 
Polyzoa. 

The twelve groups into which Dr. Nicholson proposes to divide 
the Tabulata are the following—Milleporide, Pocilloporidx, Favo- 
sitide, Columnariade, Syringoporide, Auloporide, Halysitide, Te- 
tradiide, Thecidee, Helioporide, Cheetetidee, and Labechide. 

The first two groups, not containing any Paleozoic representatives, 
are but briefly noticed; the far larger portion of the work (chaps. 2 
to 14) comprises the results of the author’s investigations of the 
remaining ten groups. In chapters 2 to 6 (pp. 30-186) the author 
enters fully into the characters, position, and affinities of the older 
genera considered by him to belong to the Favositide, and concludes, 
after an extended study of their minute structure, that Prof. Ver- 
rill and Dr. Lindstrém are right in referring all the corals usually 
included under this head to the Z. perforata; and while not pre- 
pared to regard the group as a subfwmily according to the views of 
the above authorities, Dr. Nicholson gives his reasons at some 
length for inferring that “a large number of the types are more or 
less allied to the Poritide, and some of which may perhaps be 
capable of final removal to the latter family, but which really re- 
present a series of separate though allied groups.” 

Under the Columnariade are provisionally placed a few Paleozoic 
corals ; but their precise position is uncertain, as the typical forms 
exhibit certain Rugose features, while, on the other hand, they pre- 
sent some conspicuous points of resemblance to the Astreeide. 

With regard to the Paleozoic family Syringoporide, Dr. Nichol- 
son does not agree with the opinion of Dana and others as to 
Syringopora being allied to Tubipora, nor with Lindstrém that 
it is a Rugose coral, but considers that this family is related to 
the Fayositide, and should therefore find a place among the Z. 
perforata. 

The family Auloporide is considered to be in a chaotic condition, 
so that it is impossible to come to any positive conclusion as to its 
affinities or the forms it may contain, the materials in the author’s 
possession being insufficient for its clear elucidation ; but it may 
probably be regarded as a peculiar group of the Alcyonaria. 

The Halysitidee, typified by the so-called ‘‘chain-coral,” are sepa- 
rated from the Syringoporidw, which were included with them by 
M.-Edwards and Haime, and are stated to be nearly allied to the 
Helioporide, which they resemble in the general possession of two 
sets of tubes, differing in size and in the position of their tabule. 

The singular Silurian genus Tetradiwm, Dana, forms the family 
Tetradiide ; in general appearance it resembles some forms of 
Cheetetes, as C. radians, and in some characters is allied to Haly- 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. iv. 28 


394 Bibliographical Notices. 


sites and Heliolites; but from the quadripartite character of the 
septa, Prof. Safford regarded the genus as referable to the Rugosa. 

The group Thecidee includes but one genus, T'hecia, restricted to 
the Silurian rocks, the typical species of which, 7. Swinderniana, 
Goldf., the author has submitted to a careful macroscopic and micro- 
scopic investigation, from which it seems to form, in some respects, 
a link between the Perforate Corals and the Alcyonarian family of 
the Helioporide. For the structure and relations of the Helio- 
poride we are indebted to the researches of Mr. Moseley (Phil. 
Trans. vol. clxvi. pt. 1, p. 91), which prove that Heliopora and its 
ancient allies are truly Alcyonarians. Most of the genera are 
Paleozoic ; one (Polytremacis) is Secondary ; and Heliopora is both 
Cretaceous and Recent. 

The next group, the Cheetetide, Dr. Nicholson considers to be 
made up of very heterogeneous materials, which must ultimately 
_ be disintegrated. The chief member (Chetetes radians) and its 

allies are in some respects similar to the Favositide, “ except 
that ‘mural pores’ in the walls are wanting, while there are (in 
reality) no traces of septa, and the walls of the corallites are com- 
pletely amalgamated.” Although these forms are far removed from 
the Favositide, he is satisfied that they are genuine Actinozoa, and 
seem to have more affinities with the Alcyonaria. 

The group Monticuliporide, founded on the genus Monticulipora, 
D’Orb., and originally considered to be a Bryozoan, includes nume- 
rous forms whose position is uncertain, and which “ constitute 
perhaps the most difficult and intricate assemblage of Paleozoic 
fossils with which the zoophytologist is called to deal” (p. 270). 

Although giving the results of his investigations in considerable 
detail (pp. 270-330) as to the internal structure of the corals 
usually referred to Monticulipora and allied types, Dr. Nicholson 
proposes to publish hereafter an entirely separate memoir on the 
group. He considers, however, that although strong evidence has 
been brought forward to prove these forms to be Polyzoa, yet, from 
their general structural character and resemblance to Coelenterate 
types, the majority will prove to belong to the Actinozoa. 

The last family, Labechide, comprises the anomalous genus Labe- 
chia, originally placed by M.-Edwards and Haime among the Chete- 
tide, and considered by Dr. Lindstrém truly a Hydrozoon allied 
to Hydractinia. The peculiarities in its structure, however, are so 
numerous, and the apparent total absence of superficial openings of 
any kind is so puzzling, that Dr. Nicholson does not at present see 
how it can be placed among either the Hydrozoa or the Actinozoa. 

We have attempted but a brief and imperfect sketch of the chief 
views of Dr. Nicholson on the twelve subdivisions of the Tabulata, 
which the reader will find given in detail in the separate chapters 
treating of each special group. 

That some of the conclusions arrived at will be generally accepted 
the author does not expect; but while acknowledging the assistance 
he has derived from the labours of previous observers, it is fair to 
state that most of the facts recorded in the volume have been veri- 


ig 
Bibliographical Notices. 395 


fied by himself, and that nearly all the illustrations, whether in the 
text or in the plates, are from original drawings of sections prepared 
by him, with the view of showing the minute structure of the prin- 
cipal Paleozoic genera of the Tabulata, thus rendering the work a 
useful addition to this branch of Paleontology. 


Geological Survey of Canada. Mesozoic Fossils. Vol. i. part ii. On 
the Fossils of the Cretaceous Rocks of Vancouver and adjacent 
Islands in the Strait of Georgia. By J. F. Wurrnaves, F.G.S. 
Montreal, 1879. 

Tuts work forms the second decade of the first volume of Mesozoic 

fossils, published by the Geological Survey of Canada, and contains 

a description by Mr. Whiteaves of the fossils collected by Mr. 

Richardson from the Cretaceous rocks of Vancouver Island and 

adjacent districts, an account of which strata appeared in the ‘ Pro- 

gress Report’ of the above survey for the years 1871-76. The 

coal-bearing strata from which the fossils were obtained occupy a 

narrow strip on the shores of the Georgian Strait, and their conti- 

nuity is broken by crystalline rocks so as to divide them into two 
areas, respectively termed the Comox and the Nanaimo coal-fields. 

About one hundred species are noticed, chiefly from the productive 
coal-measures. These, with one exception, a Smilotrochus, belong to 
the Mollusca: more than half the species are Lamellibranchs ; and 
the Gasteropoda are more abundantly represented than the Cepha- 
lopoda. 

The geology of Vancouver Island was noticed many years since 
(1861) by Dr. Hector ; and some of the fossils have been described 
during the last twenty years by Mr. Meck, Mr. Gabb, and Dr. 
Shumard ; but seventeen are new to science. In order, however, to 
present as complete a report as possible on the fossil fauna of these 
deposits, Mr. Whiteaves has added in their proper places the names 
of species described or recorded from them by other naturalists. 

Thirty species from the coal-bearing rocks of Vancouver are also 
found in the Chico group of California, which, with the Martinez 
group, probably represent the Lower and Upper Chalk of Europe, 
while on paleontological and stratigraphical grounds (says Mr. 
Whiteaves) it seems likely that the coal-formation of the Nanaimo, 
Cowitchin, and Comox districts is the equivalent in time of the whole 
of the Upper Cretaceous. Some of the fossils of the Vancouver 
Cretaceous appear to have an extensive geographical range, as about 
fourteen species are believed to be common to the coal-bearing rocks 
of the Nanaimo and Comox districts and to the Chalk formation of 
Europe, Asia, or Africa. Among other interesting facts alluded 
to in the Report is that of the former extent of the Cretaceous ocean 
in North America, which, according to some authors, was separated 
into two basins by a land barrier nearly coincident with the present 
main axis of the Rocky Mountains. This hypothesis is now con- 
sidered untenable, both on physical and paleontological grounds ; 
and the results of recent explorations confirm the opinion of Mr. 
Gabb, that there must have been a water communication between 


* 


396 Miscevtaneous. 


the great Cretaceous sea that covered so much of what is now the 
central portion of the continent on the one side and the Pacific on 
the other. 

Ten plates accompany the descriptions of the species; and a table 
is given of their ranges in the different subdivisions of the Vancouver 
and Californian Cretaceous rocks. 


MISCELLANEOUS. 


On Hyale Lubbockiana (=Allorchestes imbricatus, Sp. Bate, and 
Nicea Lubbockiana, Sp. Bate). By the Rey. T. R. R. Srussirne. 


Ar Banff this August I had the pleasure of being shown over the 
museum of the place by Mr. Edward, the well-known naturalist. 
In his collection of Crustacea I observed Allorchestes wmbricatus, a 
species of which I had long been in search. Upon examining the 
rocks along the coast I found it living in great abundance. It was 
easy to distinguish it from Allorchestes Nilsson’ by the imbrication. 
On closer view a large hooked and serrated spine on the hand in 
the pereiopoda proved to be an equally constant and distinguishing 
character. A spine, however, of this description is the special 
characteristic of Nicea Lubbockiana; and upon comparing the ac- 
counts given by Mr. Spence Bate of Allorchestes imbricatus and 
Nicea Lubbockiana, I think it is evident that the two names belong 
to one and the same species. As explained in the ‘ Annals’ for 
May 1876, the generic name should be Hyale. Of the two specific 
names, Lubbockiana will have the precedence. 

The difference in the length of the inferior antenne in the two 
descriptions merely results from a difference in the age of the 
specimens described. The question of the telson has already been 
discussed in the paper above mentioned. 


On Robert Kerr’s Translation of the ‘ Systema Nature’ of Linneus. 
By Oxprrerp THomas, Assistant in the Zoological Department, 
British Museum. 


Having seen the above work quoted in certain of the papers on 
North-American Mammalia by Dr. Elliott Coues, the quotations being 
generally put in inverted commas, as though the work had not itself 
been referred to, I thought it worth while to examine the catalogue 
of the Banksian Library, where, as I expected, 1 found a copy of 
this rare and little-known book. It is dated 1792, and purports to 
be a revised edition of Gmelin’s ‘Systema Nature.’ There are a 
considerable number of species named in it, with full descriptions 
and references. It was never continued beyond the first volume, 
which contains the Mammalia and part of the Birds. 

Among the birds, nearly all the species additional to Gmelin 
appear to be quoted from Latham’s ‘ Index Ornithologicus ;’ but 
among the Mammalia, the new species described in Pennant’s ‘ His- 


Miscellaneous. 397 


tory of Quadrupeds’ (1781) and in Governor Phillips’s ‘ Voyage to 
Botany Bay’ (1789) have received Latin names, thus forestalling 
those in Shaw’s ‘General Zoology’ (1800-4), which have hitherto 
been looked upon as the first Latin binomial names of these 
species. 

On a cursory inspection I have noticed the following changes in 
nomenclature to be necessary :— 


The species hitherto known as must stand as 
Delichotis patachonica (Shaw) D. magellanica (Kerr). 
Sciurus Plantani, Ljung, S. badging, Kerr. 
Xerus namaquensis (Lecht.) 

(‘* X. setosus, Forst.,” auct.) X. capensis (Kerr). 
Petaurus taguanoides, Desm., P. volans (Kerr). 
Phalangista vulpina (Shaw) P. vulpecula (Kerr). 


Bat fortunately, in a large number of cases, it will only be neces- 
sary to accredit the old specific name to Kerr, later authors having 
used the same name. 

In this latter class the following may be instanced :— 
L. canadensis, Turt. 
Martes americana (T'wrt.). 
Mellivora indica (Shaw), 
Sphingurus mexicanus (Shaw). 
M. messorius, Shaw. 
D. virginianus, Shaw. 


M. Lutra canadensis, Kerr, 
M. zibellina americana, 
Ursus indicus, 

Hystrix mexicana, 

Mus messorius, 

Didelphis virginianus, 


Hu te ueu 


The British-Museum copy has evidently never been referred to, 
the leaves being uncut throughout. 

The full title is ‘The Animal Kingdom, or Zoological System of 
the celebrated Sir Charles Linneus. Class I. Mammalia, containing 
a complete systematic description, arrangement, and nomenclature 
of all the known species and varieties of the Mammalia, or animals 
which give suck to their young, being a translation of that part of 
the Systema Naturz, as lately published, with great improvements, 
by Professor Gmrttrn of Goettingen. Together with numerous addi- 
tions from more recent zoological writers, and illustrated with copper- 
plates: by Robert Kerr, F.R. & A.SS.E., Member of the Royal 
College of Surgeons, and of the Royal Physical Society, and Surgeon 
to the Orphan Hospital of Edinburgh. London: 1792.” 

I have thought it well to draw the attention of zoologists to this 
work, as the sooner the oversight of a book of this kind is noticed 
the better it is for the correctness of zoological nomenclature*. 


On the Structure of the Cephalic Ganglia of Insects. 
By M. N. Waener. 


It is well known that the two pairs of ganglia lodged in the head 
of an insect differ considerably with regard to their physiological 
functions. Formerly the part of an apparatus of coordination was 
ascribed to the subcesophageal ganglion ; but several naturalists have 


* During the printing of the above, a second copy of this book has 
been purchased for the library of the Zoological Department. 


398 Miscellaneous. 


demonstrated that coordination of all the movements of the appen- 
dages takes place regularly in decapitated insects. The subceso- 
phageal ganglion principally governs the appendages of the mouth, 
and differs but little in its histological structure from the other 
nodes of the ganglionic chain. As to the cerebroid or supraceso- 
_ phageal ganglia, they are the seat of nearly all the functions of the 
hemispheres of the brain in vertebrates. There are situated the 
organs of the perceptions, of memory, of intelligence, &c. Hence 
they have a more complicated histological structure. These ner- 
vous centres are nevertheless constructed on the same general plan 
as the other ganglia. In the middle they present bundles of ner- 
vous fibres, while the nerve-cells principally occupy the periphery. 
Towards the centre of the ganglion there are three groups of small 
cells arranged in stages one aboye the other and communicating by 
numerous fibres. The group situated in front of the others may be 
regarded as haying the most intimate relations with the convolu- 
tions (or organs in the form of a horseshoe), which are especially 
developed in the social Hymenoptera, the most intelligent of insects. 
The greater or less development of these parts of the nervous 
system coincides with the intellectual development. Thus we find 
the most remarkable development in the working ants, and then in 
the working bees; there is a less development in the female ants 
and in the queen bee. In the males these parts only exist in a 
rudimentary state. Sexual life, and especially the development of 
the ova and semen, are therefore opposed to the development of 
these organs. We can easily trace the bundles of nervous fibres 
which run from the base of the ganglion to the convolutions. 
From the sides of the ganglia issue the lobes which go to the com- 
pound eyes. In the humble-bees, in which each eye occupies 
nearly half the head, these lobes have an encrmous development. 
They are of an oval form, and composed, in the median part, of 
short cylinders arranged in series. 

These cylinders give origin to the fibres which penetrate into the 
base of the brain. In the exterior part of the optic lobes these 
fibres interlace and present the form of two flattened cones with their 
apices turned towards each other. In this way the fibres of the 
left side appear upon the right side, and the inferior fibres become 
superior. ach fibre by thus changing its direction enters into the 
constitution of the optic nerve which runs to each of the eyes 
forming together the compound eye. The intercrossing of the 
fibres does not occur here between the two opposite eyes as in the 
chiasma of the vertebrates, but between the eyes of the same side 
of the head. Such an organization very probably causes a perfect 
coincidence between all the optical impressions received separately 
by each eye. 

To obtain the preparations which have given me these results, I 
extracted the brains of the insects, hardened them by means of 
Betz’s fluid (a mixture in equal proportions of sulphuric ether and 
chloroform), and made thin slices of them.—Comptes Rendus, Au- 
gust 11, 1879, p. 378. 


se SO re 


ie 


~~ a + 


: sn ita” 
oo ee 


Miscellaneous. 399 


On the Part played by Insects during the Flowering of Arum 
erinitum, dit. By M. B. Scunerztzr. 


The spathe of Arwm crinitum diffuses so strong an odour of putrid 
flesh that the insects which deposit their eggs upon decomposing 
animal matters are attracted by it. The author found dozens of 
specimens of Musca Cesar at the bottom of the spathe: they had 
deposited their eggs ; and numerous small larva were creeping among 
the viscous hairs lining the interior of the spathe. Common house- 
tlies and even mites were also caught among these hairs. 

Sir John Lubbock has described the transportation by insects of 
the pollen of Arum iaculatum to the protogynous stigmas of other 
individuals. Hairs, which are nothing but aborted stamens, are 
directed from above downwards, and thus facilitate the access of 
the insect to the lower part of the spathe, which, by means of these 
hairs, becomes a temporary prison for it. 

In Arum erinitum all the hairs produced by the abortion of the 
sexual organs are directed from below upwards; and although they 
do not present any great obstacle to the access of insects they cer- 
tainly do not facilitate their entrance. The viscous hairs which 
line the inner surface of the spathe, however, are directed down- 
wards, and certainly present an obstacle to the escape of insects 
from the bottom of the spathe. 

On examining under the microscope the ovaries of Arum crinitum 
at the time when numerous flies occurred at the bottom of the spathe, 
the stigma was found ready to receive the pollen, and a few grains 
of pollen were already there, besides many crystals of oxalate of 
lime. The stamens, although the anthers were not yet open, con- 
tained perfectly ripe pollen; and the least pressure sufficed to make 
it issue from the anthers. 

All the flies found by the author at the bottom of the spathe 
were dead. ‘The insects penetrating into this prison do not, there- 
fore, carry out the pollen which has ripened during their captivity, 
as described by Lubbock in the case of Arwm maculatum; nor is 
this the office of their larvae (which soon die of starvation) or of the 
mites. Of the flies attracted by the fetid odour of the plant some 
lay their eggs at the bottom of the spathe, and then, being pre- 
vented from escaping from their prison by the viscous hairs which 
line its entrance, they die. Others, less pressed to oviposit, are 
attracted by the glandular hairs which cover the spadix and lead 
them, like the rungs of a ladder, to the stamens. Here, walking 
over the anthers, they cause the pollen to escape ; and still ascending 
the spadix in the direction of the hairs, they fly away to lay their 
eggs in another spathe, at the bottom of which they deposit upon 
the stigmas the pollen derived from the stamens of the former plant, 
and finally die in their turn. 

When the dead flies are examined after the lapse of a few days, 
their chitinous envelope is found dried up; but this is not the 
result of simple desiccation, as the insect lies upon a moist surface, 
upon which a portion of the liquid contents of the hairs has 


400 Miscellaneous. 


exuded. ‘These hairs are filled with a purplish-red, violet, or even 
blue liquid. When the violet or blue liquid is treated with dilute 
sulphuric acid it becomes bright red. Ammonia restores the origi- 
nal colour. The purple-red liquid scarcely changes colour with 
acid; but it becomes violet or blué under the influence of ammonia. 
The purple-red hairs which cover a great part of the inner surface 
of the spathe of Arum crinitwm may therefore probably contain 
an acid which, like that exuded from the hairs of Drosera, may 
contribute to the conversion of the nitrogenous materials of insects 
into matters capable of absorption by the spathe. 

The spathe is, in fact, a simple leaf, the parenchyma of which 
contains grains of chlorophyll, like all leaves capable of assimilation. 
We need only immerse the purple spathe of Arwm erinitum for a 
few days in a saturated solution of borax, to get rid of all the 
colouring-matters which masked the green colour of the chlorophyll. 
Thus, while admitting the possibility of the transportation of the 
pollen of Arum crinitum by flies to the stigmas either of another 
individual or of the same, the author is of opinion that insects also 
furnish nitrogenous nourishment to the plant through the mediation 
of the spathe. The name of Arum muscivorum, given to the plant 
by the younger Linné, would therefore be appropriate *. 

The so-called hairs which occur above the fertile stamens up to 
the extremity of the spadix present a structure very different from 
that of ordinary hairs. They are formed by an epidermic tissue, a 
parenchyma, and an axial vascular cord composed of tracheids. 
They are stamens, transformed, like those immediately below the 
fertile stamens, into glandular organs, which perform the same 
function as the aborted stamens of Parnassia palustris. The nume- 
rous living Bacteria which occurred upon the bodies of the dead 
flies among the hairs of the spadix of Arwm crinitwm show that 
here we have to do with a simple putrefaction of the albuminous 
materials of the insect; none of the dead flies among the viscous 
hairs lining the interior of the spathe presented any trace of 
Bacteria. Between the stamens and the pistils there is a whorl of 
aborted ovaries in the form of glandular appendages.—Comptes 
Rendus, September 8, 1879, p. 508. 


On a new Species of Wild Dog from Demerara. 


To the Editors of the Annals and Magazine of Natural Mistory. 


GENTLEMEN ,—I observe that inadvertently I have omitted to name 
the new species of dog described by me supra, p. 316. I propose 
for it the name of Canis rudis. 

Believe me, 

British Museum, Yours truly, 

October 1, 1879. A. GUNTHER. 


_* M. E. Aschmann has also cited Dracunculus crinitus among insec- 
tivorous plants. See Just’s ‘ Botanische Jahresbericht,’ 1877, p. 780, 


THE ANNALS 


AND 


MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. 


(FIFTH SERIES. ] 


No. 24. DECEMBER 1879. 


XLV.—On the Structure of Astrophiura, a new and aber- 
rant Genus of Echinodermata. By W. PrErcy SLADEN, 
F.L.S., F.G.S. 

[Plate XX] 


A BRIEF summary of some of the structural peculiarities of 
this abnormal Echinoderm was published last year (Proc. 
Roy. Soc. vol. xxvii. p. 456) ; and subsequently a short note, 
together with a specific diagnosis of the form, appeared in 
Carus’s ‘ Zoologischer Anzeiger,’ Jahrg. ii. (1879), p. 10. 
It is the purpose of the present communication to furnish a 
description in detail of Astrophiura permira, and to offer such 
remarks upon its affinities and relationship as are naturally 
suggested by the investigation. Some delay has intervened 
in the publication of these observations, prompted chiefly by 
the desire to obtain a further supply of material, in order to 
give a more exhaustive description of the anatomy of the 
organism; but as such a wish may remain unrealized for 
an indefinite period, it does not now seem desirable to with- 
hold longer the present notes upon this interesting specimen. 


Astrophiura permira, nobis. 

General Form.—The body is pentagonal and much de- 
pressed, arched above and slightly concave beneath, suggesting, 
at the first rough glance, a superficial resemblance to the 
Asteriscus type of starfish. The test is entirely covered with 

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. iv. 29 


402 Mr. W. P. Sladen on the Structure of 


caleareous plates, which are very conspicuous on account of 
the form and the arrangement which they present: those 
situated within the central half of the abactinal surface are 
disposed after the manner of the tessellation of an Ophiuroid 
disk, whilst the outer portion of the pentagon is occupied by 
plates which belong exclusively to the radial series, and re- 
present highly modified brachial plates of very abnormal 
development. The margin of the test is surrounded by a 
close-set fringe of small compressed spinelets; and the sin- 
gular appearance of the organism is still further enhanced by 
the possession of very short rudimentary rays of Ophiuroid 
type, which extend from the angles of the disk in continuation 
of the radial series of plates. ‘These diminutive arms, how- 
ever, are quite insignificayt both in size and character, in 
proportion to the general dimensions of the disk; and, as will 
be pointed out more fully hereafter, they would seem, when 
considered in relation to function, to be little more than aborted 
members. 

On the actinal side, the mouth is central and surrounded 
by ten large mouth-plates, which bear papille only; jaws, 
jaw-plates, and teeth being wanting. In one of the interradii 
there is a large escutcheon-shaped plate, homologous in its 
position with the mouth-shield of an Ophiuran ; it bears a 
puncture, and is probably the madreporite ; no other shields 
are present in the remaining four interradii. ‘The ambulacra 
are largely developed and conspicuous, the tentacle-pores being 
separated by thin plates and guarded by long lanceolate ten- 
tacle-scales. The median line of the radii is occupied by a 
series of large quadrate plates, which extend from the oral 
rime and represent under arm-plates, or what may perhaps 
be more correctly spoken of as subambulacral accessory 
pieces. The extensive triangular interradial areas are covered 
with a scaling of small hexagonal plates, which diminish in 
size as they recede from the actinostome; and the plating ter- 
minates at a short distance from the edge of the disk, leaving 
a portion of the radial plates exposed, in the form of a narrow 
marginal border. 

Description of a Specimen. Abactinal Aspect.—The upper 
surface of the disk is regularly tessellated with clearly defined 
symmetrical plates arranged in the following manner. One 
irregular heptagonal plate, apparently the representative of 
what would normally be a pentagonal one, occupies the centre, 
and is encircled by seven slightly elongated plates, irregularly 
pentagonal and hexagonal, which are the representatives 
of a normal series of five, the splitting of two of these having 


given rise to the present irregularity, to which is also due the 


a new Genus of Echinodermata. 403 


modification of the contour of the central plate. These repre- 
sent the ‘ primary plates”? of Ophiuride. External to the 
last-named series of plates follows a ring of ten more or less 
symmetrical pieces: the five which stand in the median line 
ot the radii are subtriangular or somewhat arrow-headed in 
outline ; and the intermediate or interradial ones are irregularly 
pentagonal. Each of the five radial plates, as well as the 
single central plate, bears a small tubercle of slight elevation. 
The radial plates have their apex directed outwards and in- 
serted between two large subtriangular plates, which represent 
the radial shields of a typical Ophiuroid disk. These touch, 
but only for a very short way on the middle of their inner 
sides, being again separated by the insertion on their outer 
margin of the triangular first upper arm-plate. The interra- 
dial space between the shields of two neighbouring rays is 
occupied by a single large quadrate plate, the outer margin 
of which is nearly in line with the outer margin of the radial 
shields. The whole series of plates above described form a 
circular area which occupies the central half of the pentagonal 
disk, the remaining outer portion being filled up by extraor- 
dinary radial plates, the abnormal development which these 
attain furnishing a highly remarkable feature in this Echino- 
derm, as the following description will indicate. 

Succeeding to the triangular first upper arm-plate, and 
situated in the median line of the ray, follow a series of 5-7 
rectangular plates, twice as broad as long, and which diminish 
in size as they approach the margin of the disk, where they 
become modified in form and pass off, by a gradation of 
stages, onto the rudimentary ray as the aborted representa- 
tives of upper arm-plates. On either side of each upper arm- 
plate is a long, narrow, band-like lateral plate, representing 
a side arm-plate, the breadth being equal throughout and cor- 
responding with the length of the upper arm-plate, whence 
they extend to the margin of the pentagonal disk, each plate 
in the series being consequently shorter than its more internal 
predecessor. With the exception of the pair belonging to the 
first, each side plate is connected with its own proper upper 
arm-plate, and proceeds from it at right angles to the median 
line of the ray ; this direction, however, is almost immediately 
changed, and the plate is bent sharply, though only slightly, 
outwards; whilst corresponding with this flexure in the 
pseudo-side arm-plates there is a slight downward depression, 
with a graceful curve, of the whole lateral series, which gives 
to the median portion of the ray a decidedly raised or gibbous 
character; and the series as a whole suggests some resemblance 
in appearance to the body of a trilobite. caer pseudo- 


404 Mr. W. P. Sladen on the Structure of 


side arm-plates, which belong to the first upper arm-plate, 
are separated from it by reason of the development of the 
radial shields and the position which it occupies, they main- 
tain nevertheless their own relative position in respect to 
the succeeding side arm-plates, and at the place where their 
inner margins meet on the edge of the disk they mark the 
middle of a side of the pentagonal body. In consequence of 
the angle of direction at which the lateral plates are prolonged 
from the median line, a large triangular interbrachial space 
is enclosed between the first side arm-plates of two adjacent 
radii and the central area of the disk; this is occupied by a 
single and uniform triangular plate, which is largest and 
most conspicuous upon the dorsal surface. 

The extremity of each side arm-plate which enters into the 
marginal edge of the pentagonal disk is notched, and bears 
articulated thereon (normally) three short, stout, “compressed 
spinelets of uniform breadth throughout, their length being 
equal to or rather greater than the breadth of the side arm- 
plates. These spines are truncate at the tip or slightly 
rounded, and so closely placed that they join tightly up to 
one another laterally, and form a continuous series, which 
borders the entire margin of the disk. The breadth of the 
fringe is rather greater at the middle of an interbrachial space 
than at the extremities, in consequence of the gradual diminu- 
tion in the length of the spines as they approach the angles. 
Here and there, in the specimen under notice, the perfect 
continuity of the series is somewhat interrupted, owing, pro- 
bably, to accidental breakage and abrasion; occasionally there 
is an additional spinelet to a side arm-plate, whilst in other 
cases two or three become merged together. Normally there 
are about 48-50 spinelets in each interbrachial space. 

The manner in which the radial plates of the disk-series 
become modified in the course of their passage onto the rudi- 
mentary arms is very interesting; and the transition into the 
true side arm-piates of the little rudimentary ray takes place 
so continuously and intelligibly that no doubt can exist as to 
the homology ef tke strangely developed, band-like, lateral 
plates in the disk with the true Ophiuroid elements of normal 
form (Pl. XX. fig. 3). It will be observed that the two or 
three terminal upper arm-plates, which fall within the limits 
of the pentagonal disk, lose their rectangular shape, and that 
the first change undergone by the oblong rectangular plate 
normally consists of a lateral contraetion by which the dis- 
proportion of breadth to length is reduced ; this contraction in 
the next outward plate is still more developed, its action 
being greater on the proximal than on the distal margin of 


a new Genus of Echinodermata. 405 


the plate. This gives to the side arm-plates the appearance 
of resting upon the preceding upper arm-plate, at the same 
time inducing therein a pentagonal tigure. 

In the last radial segment included within the pentagonal 
disk, the upper arm-plate has generally been so much reduced 
in size that the side arm-plates meet and hold it within the 
angle which they form, whilst the upper arm-plates, which 
follow upon the rudimentary ray, have become subtriangular 
or fan-shaped and quite insignificant in size. 

A slight variation, consequent on the irregularity of some 
of the plates, is noticeable in one of the radi of the present 
specimen (Pl. XX. fig. 4). This consists of the radial series 
apparently passing off into the free rudimentary ray before 
the margin of the disk is reached—a deceptive effect arising 
from a modification of the last segment included in the disk, 
by which the side arm-plates and their marginal spinelets 
remain isolated and form a continuous collar-like rim beneath 
the ray connecting the lateral fringes of the two neighbouring 
sides, whilst in all the other rays the series of marginal spines 
is separated by the presence of the free armlet. 

In one of the rays considerable irregularity occurs in con- 
sequence of the splitting-up of some of the upper arm-plates 
and the coalescence of two or more of the side arm-plates, 
the former circumstance being, to a certain degree, sug- 
gestive of the broken character of these plates in Ophioplocus 
and some Ophiure. 

Actinal Aspect.—The mouth is situated in the centre of the 
under or actinal surface, and is surrounded by ten large plates 
arranged in pairs, representing side mouth-shields. They are 
subtriangular or somewhat coulter-shaped, with the small end 
directed inward; and the two plates of a pair touch one 
another along their imterior half only, the outer portion 
arching outward towards the radii. These mouth-plates pro- 
ject prominently towards the centre of the actinostome, the 
mouth-slits being consequently deep and wide; and each 
mouth-plate (pseudo-side mouth-shield) bears on its outer 
side three or four short, oblong, flattened mouth-papille ; and 
a single, large, semicircular papilla stands at the apex of the 
pair of mouth-plates (Pl. XX. fig. 5). 

A mouth-shield is present in only one of the interbrachial 
spaces. It is roundly shield-shaped, and is, in all probability, 
the representative of the madreporiform body—an inference 
drawn from the fact that this plate bears a raised tubercle 
punctured with a large pore near one of its outer corners. 
No jaws (scutella oralia), no jaw-plates (tort angulares), and 
no teeth are present. 


406 Mr. W. P. Sladen on the Structure of 


Extending from the mouth-slits along the median line of 
the radii are a series of large quadrangular plates, occupying 
the position of under arm-plates in an Ophiuran (Pl. XX. 
fig. 6). The first or innermost under arm-plate is much larger 
than any of the succeeding ones, elongate and somewhat 
escutcheon-shaped inwardly, but having two broad ale or 
extensions produced with a graceful curve from the corners of 
the outer margin, the whole plate bearing a fanciful resem- 
blance to the gorget of ancient armour. ‘The succeeding 
under arm-plates are subquadrate, and, being bounded late- 
rally by incurved lines, resemble vertebree in outline; the 
number included within the disk is nine or ten, of which the 
two or three terminal ones diminish very rapidly in breadth, 
the passage of these into the true under arm-plates of the 
aborted ray being clearly traceable—a subject to which 
attention will be directed presently. 

The space occupied by the ambulacral system is very con- 
siderable, forming in each radius a petaloid area, down the 
middle of which runs the series of under arm-plates above 
described (Pl. XX. fig. 6). The entire intermediate space 
between two neighbouring radii is covered with a tessellated 
scaly membrane, composed of small, uniform, hexagonal 
plates. The tessellze, which form a more or less straight line 
bordering on the pore-area, diminish in size as they approach 
the edge of the disk, and at the same time become somewhat 
rounded in contour ; and the plating terminating altogether at 
a short distance from the margin of the disk, a border is left 
around the test exposing a portion of the lateral or side arm- 
plates, in breadth rather greater than the length of the longest 
spines of the marginal fringe. 

Returning now to the ambulacra. A pair of tentacles 
accompanies each under arm-plate, one on either side; and 
the neighbouring tentacles or ambulacral feet are separated 
from those of the next joint by a thin straight partition or 
septum, which extends somewhat upward into the disk or 
body in a manner suggestive of the arrangement of the 
ambulacral plates in certain Asteroids. Owing to the promi- 
nence of these septa, which extend between the outer angles 
of the under arm-plates and the margin of the interradial 
plating, they have the appearance of cutting up the ambu- 
lacral area into square compartments ; over these is stretched 
a thin membranous skin, which is punctured with a large 
round pore for the passage of the ambulacral tentacle, the 
orifice being frequently very little less in diameter than the 
length of the under arm-plate itself (fig. 6). Judging from 
the appearance of the specimen, the tentacles were, in all 


a new Genus of Echinodermata. 407 


probability, entirely retractile. Each pore is protected by 
tentacle-scales : one, which is large and lanceolate, is situated 
on the interradial side of the aperture, and is very frequently 
found reflected or bent quite backward towards the actino- 
stome ; another scale, smaller and more rotund, occurs on the 
side of the pore adjacent to the under arm-plate, but is often 
wanting on the pores of the outer portion of the radii. Both 
of these are unmistakably “scales” in the proper sense of 
the term, and bear no resemblance whatever to the usual 
form of tentacle-é papille”’ found in many Ophiurids. In 
addition to those just described there is frequently a free 
ovoid-shaped scale present on the outer or aboral portion of 
the membrane of the tentacular aperture. 

The last two or three arm-segments included within the 
disk are worthy of notice, since they show the gradual stages 
of modification which the radial series undergo in the course 
of their passage onto the rudimentary arm. In the last 
joint but two the breadth of the under arm-plate is very greatly 
reduced, the proportion to length being less than one half, 
and the aboral end forms, at “the same time, two sloping 
facets, in consequence of the encroachment of the succeeding 
pair of side arm-plates, which extend, by the prolongation ot 
their adoral margin, quite up to the median plate, the tentacle- 
pore being scooped out of the outer margin of the plate itself, 
as usual in Ophiuride. In the last under arm-plate but one 
the diminution in size becomes still greater, whilst in the 
segment which follows the side arm-plates meet for more than 
half their length in the median line, the under arm-plate 
being reduced to a small subtriangular plate enclosed in a 
notch on their outer margin ; this is the basement joint of the 
rudimentary arm, and is ‘situated half within and Lalf without 
the pentagonal disk ; the side arm-plates belonging to this 
segment bear three marginal spines, which are only very 
slightly modified from those of the marginal fringe. Passing 
outward to the second joint of the free ray, the under arm- 
plate is very insignificant, and the arm-spines are present as 
short, stout, rounded spinelets of true Ophiuroid type, whilst 
in the third joint the under arm-plate has become quite micro- 
scopic and the spines reduced to mere papille (Pl. XX. 
figs. 6, 6a). 

Concurrent with the changes noted above in the plates of 
the terminal segments of the “disk, the pore-areas become very 
greatly reduced in breadth towards the extremities of the 
radii; for whilst midway between the centre of the actinostome 
and the angle of the disk the half pore-area on either side is 
broader than the median range of under arm-plates, the last 


408 Mr. W. P. Sladen on the Structure of 


pair or two of pores are scarcely larger than the usual Ophiuroid 
tentacular orifices. This circumstance, together with the fact 
that the pores in the neighbourhood of the actinostome are 
likewise somewhat more circumscribed in breadth than those 
in the middle of the radius, imparts the petaloid form to the 
outline of the poriferous area. 

It is also of importance to note that there are no tentacle- 
pores or tentacle-scales present on the rudimentary arms. 
Owing to the state of preservation of the specimen under 
consideration, it is impossible to determine what was the length 
originally attained by these aborted prolongations of the radial 
system, as they have been unfortunately broken in every case ; 
but from the rapidity with which each succeeding joint dimi- 
nishes both in size and character from its predecessor, as well 
as from the rudimentary nature of the parts, the probability 
would seem very doubtful that these stunted, undeveloped 
arms were ever of any great extension. As indicating the 
really diminutive size of the small free rays, it may be men- 
tioned that the first three segments together measure little 
more than one tenth of the diameter of the disk. 

The innermost or basal portion of the pore-area is restricted 
on either side by a narrow elongated plate, which joins up to 
the ale of the first under arm-plate and is directed downwards 
towards the side mouth-shield (mouth-plate) ; it is somewhat 
sigmoid in shape, thickened at the outer (aboral) end and ter- 
minating inwardly in a point, and forms the interradial margin 
of the first tentacle-pore. This plate Iam disposed to regard as 
the homologue of the Ophiuroid genital scale, although in the 
present case it is comparatively small and insignificant, being 
even shorter than the first under arm-plate. ‘There appear to 
be traces of a slit on the interradial side of this plate, between 
it and the interradial plating, such as would correspond with 
one of the r?me genitales ; but in the present condition of the 
specimen it is impossible to speak with certainty on this 
point. 

The communication between the oral cavity and the inter- 
radial space is uninterrupted by any calcareous development, 
so far as I am able to determine without injuring the speci- 
men. By throwing a strongly concentrated ray of light 
through the test, two small reddish stains, about 1°5 millim. 
in diameter, are discernible in each interradial area, situated 
on the sides adjoining the radii, and at about one third the 
distance between the mouth and the margin: whether, how- 
ever, these indicate the limits and position of the generative 
organs cannot be stated decisively without further material ; 
but from the position which they occupy, as well as from the 


anew Genus of Echinodermata. 409 


connexion which is apparently traceable with the genital 
scales at the base of the radii, it seems not improbable that 
such may be the case. It would be hazardous, however, even 
to surmise, with our present information, whether these ex- 
tended interradial spaces are utilized mainly as a prolongation 
of the peritoneal cavity, or whether, on the other hand, they 
serve more specially the purpose of a marsupium or nida- 
mental cavity—a function not unfrequently called into action 
amongst Echinoderms. 

Internal Arm-skeleton.—As might be expected from the 
abnormal character of the animal, the internal structure of the 
radii is both remarkable and peculiar. A form of arm-skele- 
tion or central axis is present, but of a highly modified and 
aborted description ; indeed, from the manner in which light 
is transmitted through the radial portion of the disk, it would 
be at once inferred that any internal structures were of the 
most simple and rudimentary kind, as compared with similar 
parts in the regular Ophiuroid test. A section was made 
through one of the radii, between the fourth and fifth under 
arm-plates ; and although the separation of the elements was 
not effected as satisfactorily as might be, owing to the partial 
ankylosis of the various ossicles, which made a certain 
amount of fracture unavoidable and entailed the consequent 
destruction of some detail, the section is sufficient to show 
the general features of this portion of the anatomy of Astro- 
phiura without risking further damage to the specimen. 
The body or axis of the arm-skeleton is small and slender, 
and situated very high in position in the dorsal portion of the 
ray (figs. 7, 8, d,e) ; in fact the inferior longitudinal notch 
is situated entirely below, instead of being (in part at least) 
excavated out of the lower portion of the axis; the ale or 
wing-like disk-processes, which in the Ophiuroid arm occupy 
the whole space between the side arm-plates, are here quite 
small and rudimentary, being reduced to the diminutive ear- 
shaped structures marked 6. ‘The inferior longitudinal 
neuro-vascular notch is very large and triangular in section, 
being, in fact, most extraordinary in size, as well as remarkable 
for its great extension upward. 

We now come to a very noteworthy feature in the internal 
anatomy of the present animal, which is presented by the 
septa dividing the tentacular compartments. These consist 
of large, broad, thin plates which join up to the aborted disk- 
processes of the axis (figs. 7, 8, a), and form partitions reaching 
up to the inner surface of the abactinal wall of the test, their 
actinal edge forming the prominent straight divisions which 
are seen, on the superficial aspect of the underside of the 


410 Mr. W. P. Sladen on the Structure of 


animal, to span across the ambulacral area at each segment. 
It would seem also that there is occasionally a thickening of 
the side arm-plate in order to form a junction with, or pro- 
longation of, this plate; but whether such a development 
is the rule in every segment, I am unable to say, without 
destroying the specimen. It may be noted that this thicken- 
ing of two neighbouring side arm-plates is productive of a 
deep trench or groove between the side arm-plates, following 
the direction of their line of suture and leading into the main 
interradial cavity. Close up to the abactinal wall is the trace of 
a thin, delicate, arched plate, which forms the boundary of 
the tentacular cavity (fig. 8, f) : the extraordinary space occu-~ 
pied by the tentacular pit, to the exclusion (almost absolutely, 
I believe) of the muscular area, is highly remarkable. This 
is rendered very striking when a comparison is made of dia- 
grams of the respective parts in Astrophiura and a typical 
Ophiuran. . 

The internal skeleton of the aborted ray-extensions is quite 
rudimentary and abnormal, the arm-plates being increased to 
such a thickness as to form almost solid joints, and the com- 
munications between the succeeding segments being of the most 
limited character. This is apparent in the first free segment 
of radius iv (fig. 9); whilst a little further out upon the ray, 
in the fourth segment of radius v, the axis has the appear- 
ance of a miniature vertebra located in the centre of a dispro- 
portionately thick and solid arm-joint (fig. 10). 

Skin-appendages.—The plates of the entire test are smooth 
and naked, there being no trace of pedicellarie, granules, 
spinous stumps, or any corresponding developments what- 
ever. 

Locality, Preservation, and Colour.—The present example 
of this Kchinoderm was taken at Madagascar, and sent over 
by a collecting agent along with a number of littoral or shal- 
low-water Asteroids and Echinoids from the same locality. 
The specimen was simply dried; and its colour in that condi- 
tion is yellowish white, the marginal fringe of spinelets ap- 
proaching a light brownish shade, and the actinal or under- 
side a deeper tint of the same. 


Measurements of an Individual. 


millim. 
Diameter of pentagonal body.................. 14 
Rengthor side OP a datas ate eee 9°75 
Length ofa radige oi hee hee eS 8 
Diameter of the centro-dorsal ‘ ophiuroid” disk.. 8 


Radial shields, length to breadth.............. 21:5 
Second upper arm-plate, length to breadth...... 05:13 


anew Genus of Echinodermata. A411 


Second side arm-plate, length to breadth ...... 0:5 : 2°75 
Mouth-shield (madreporite), length to breadth 0:9: 0°8 
Side mouth-shields, A. 7) ao vo 
First under arm-plate, os ff 120. : 1:4: 
Second under arm-plate, a seats Ge OI5b 
Outer margin of a mouth-piece to inner point o millim. 

opposite first under arm-plate .............. 2:25 
Length of spines in the marginal fringe :— 

a. At the extremity of aside .............. 0:3 

B.! At thommiddle of a side 6.0.2. 64). Saul ss 0°75 
Length of three segments of rudimentary arm .. 13 
Breadth of rudimentary arm at base .......... 0°85 


General Conclusions.—The following peculiarities in the 
structure of Astrophiura suggest themselves as wortby of 
special attention, in consequence of their important bearing 
upon the question of the affinities and relationship of the 
form. 

1. The pentagonal, flattened, goniodiscoid body, combining 
within its area representatives of the whole free radial system 
as well as of the disk of a typical Ophiuran, presents us with 
nothing less than the anomaly of an organism having Ophiu- 
roid ray-plates expanded and then consolidated along with 
their disk into a pentagonal Asteroid form of test. Such a 
remarkable arrangement of the entire brachial series and ab- 
normal development of the side arm-plates is, so far as I am 
aware, quite without parallel amongst the Ophiuroidea *, and 
constitutes a character which I regard as an approach to the 
structure of the Asteroidea. Although it may be asserted 
that the resemblance is largely superficial, and that the plates 
when taken individually are truly Ophiuroid after all, the ob- 
_ jection is counterbalanced by the fact that this combination of 
radial and interradial systems within a common periphery 
involves morphologically a principle of much higher import 
than simply outward form, and to which testimony is borne, 
more or less fully, by each of the following particulars. 


* Mr. Theodore Lyman, writing some months ago, has kindly drawn 
my attention to an interesting species of Ophiomusium which he described 
amongst the material obtained by the ‘Challenger’ expedition, O. fla- 
bellum, Lyman, in which a monstrosity occurs in the side arm-plates, the 
first pair meeting outside the mouth-shield in the median line of the 
interbrachial space. If Iam not mistaken, the same peculiarity is found 
also in Ophiozona (?) dubia, Lyman (“ Blake” Exped., Bull. Mus. Comp. 
Zool. vol. v. p. 224, pl. ii. figs. 19-21). It is difficult, however, to look 
upon these cases as in any way fairly homologous with the extraordi- 
nary development present in <Astrophiuwra, in which we have the 
series of side arm-plates produced as flat plates extending from the 
upper arm-plates and occupying entirely a dorsal position upon the 
test, whilst in the instances cited above the prolongation of the plates 
occurs on the actinal surface and in a single segment of the ray only. 
Nevertheless it is a very interesting feature. i : 


412 Mr. W. P. Sladen on the Structure of 


2. The limitation of the tentacular pore-system to the disk 
likewise supports the above view as to the affinities of Astro- 
phiura. An approach in the same direction, although in a 
very different degree, is not wholly unknown in true Ophi- 
urans, the tentacle-pores extending very little, if at all, beyond 
the disk in Ophiomustum and Ophiolipus. 

3. The extremely rudimentary condition and aborted cha- 
racter of that portion of the radial series which is prolonged 
beyond the body-disk would seem to give indications of 
disuse and cessation of function in this area of Ophiuroid 
organization, followed by a localization of function according 
to the plan of Asteroid organization. Perhaps, to a certain 
extent, we find a step in the same direction in Ophiomusium 
and a few of the Ophioglyphe. 

4. The extraordinary development of the tentacular or 
ambulacral system compared with its usual standing in 
Ophiuran anatomy, together with a most extreme modifica- 
tion of the muscular system characteristic of that group, 
indicate unequivocally a tendency towards the growth of 
Asteroid characters ; whilst the septa or supplementary plates 
which form the divisional partitions of the tentacular com- 
partments in Astrophiura are not only unknown in Ophiu- 
roidea, but, as far as I am aware, are confined to the Aste- 
roidea. Regarding the aborted axial elements of the radii in 
the present echinoderm as the natural homologues of the 
ambulacral plates of Asteroidea, it remains only to determine 
the equivalents of the septa or accessory plates; and these I 
propose to identify with the internal connective pieces which 
occur in Astropectinide and Linckiade, and fill in the angle 
formed by the ambulacral and ventro-lateral plates, and to 
which M. Viguier (who has recently studied the calcareous 
test of starfishes) has applied the name of “ soutiens ambula- 
craires.”” If the view just enunciated be correct, we are 
presented by this plate in Astrophiura with the indications of 
a stage in the genetic development of Asteroidea all traces of 
which have gradually passed away in the course of the evolu- 
tion of the more advanced forms of the group. 

It should be mentioned that an approach towards the large 
size of the cavity for the reception of the tentacle is perhaps 
to be found in Ophiomyces frutectosus, Lyman. 

Respecting the under arm-plates, which seem to accord so 
fully with the homologous plates in Ophiuroidea, it may be 
remarked that their peculiarity in this instance may be ac- 
counted for by the abnormal development of the whole orga- 
nism, and the consequent action of correlation, rather than as 
the direct outcome of inheritance or functional utility. The 
original estimate of the ordinal value of these plates, in conse- 


a new Genus of Echinodermata. 413 


quence of their being elements of structure supposed to be en- 
tirely unrepresented in Asteroids, is placed in quite a different 
light by the statement made by A. Agassiz that homologous 
plates occur in an early stage of the Asteroid larva, but ulti- 
mately become resorbed during the growth of the ambulacra. 

5. ‘he prolongation of the peritoneal cavity into the radial 
portion of the animal is a divergence towards a structure 
usual in the Asteroid group*. 

6. The simple and rudimentary character of the mouth- 
armature certainly follows much more closely in principle the 
plan of structure obtaining in Asteroidea than the highly 
modified and complex organization which is found in most 
Ophiuroids. In fact simple mouth-plates bearing papille 
only are in Astrophiura the sole representatives of the ela- 
borate apparatus, consisting of side mouth-shields, jaws, jaw- 
plates, and teeth, which is met with in the latter group. 

It may be suggested that the mouth-plates, which are 
spoken of in the foregoing description as representatives of 
the side mouth-shields, might with more propriety be styled 
“jaws,” since these latter are the first formed and are the 
result of the development of the first adambulacral plate, 
whilst the side mouth-shields are the modification of the 
second adambulacral plate. A moment’s consideration, how- 
ever, will show that any dogmatic insisting upon such a 
nomenclature is a mere play on words; for it will be seen that 
the term which I elected to use, for descriptive purposes only, 
was that which expressed most clearly the position of the 
plates in relation to the mouth-shield, as well as their own 
individual form ; whilst the fact of their wanting both jaw- 
plates and teeth would have rendered the application of the 
other term, if perhaps somewhat more precise, certainly much 
more misleading. 

7. The aborted character of the axis or internal arm-ske- 
leton is particularly noteworthy, and gives evidence of a 
divergence from a very characteristic Ophiuroid structure, 
from which due significance must not be withheld when 
formulating the affinities of the present animal. 

In conclusion, it may be noted here that Ophdophyllum 
petilum, Lymant, a strangely abnormal Ophiuroid taken 
during the ‘Challenger’ expedition, superficially resembles 
Astrophiura in having a fringe-like border of spines round 
the margin of the disk: but here the comparison ceases; for 
they are not homologous with the same appendages in our 


* So far as the ovaries are concerned, Mr. Lyman informs me that he 
thinks he has found some such extension in Ophvocreas. 

+ “Ophiuride and Astrophytide of ‘ Challenger’ Exped.,” Bull. Mus. 
Comp. Zool. vol. y. p. 180, pl. vii. figs. 179-181. 


414 On a new Genus of Echinodermata. 


specimen, which are modified arm-spines belonging to the 
side arm-plates, whilst those in Ophiophyllum are, so far as 
I am able to judge from the figure alone, simply disk- 
spinelets attached indiscriminately to radial and interradial 
plates alike. 

Without reviewing in further detail the structural pecu- 
liarities of this abnormal Kchinoderm, it will be clear that no 
group of genera or family hitherto known can include a form 
of such aberrant type within the present limits of definition. 
Astrophiura consequently stands apart, and, in a classificatory 
point of view, must be considered as the representative of a 
family of which it is, as yet, the only member known. 

Regarding the serial position which the Astrophiuride 
would occupy amongst Echinodermata in relation to the 
accepted arbitrary divisions in present use, they will natu- 
rally be placed, by logical reasoning from the structure of 
the present form, intermediate between the Ophiuroidea and 
Asteroidea. Respecting the affinities of Astrophiura, the con- 
clusion seems inevitable that they apparently point to Ophiu- 
roid ancestry, whilst the modifications from the true Ophiuroid 
arrangement which are present unquestionably take the direc- 
tion of the more centralized Asteroid plan of organization, 
and thus form a step which diminishes the distance of struc- 
tural difference which has been considered to separate the 
two orders: upon such grounds Astrophiwra has a due claim 
on the consideration of systematists as an intermediate and 
connecting form. It is undoubtedly premature, in the present 
state of our information, to endeavour to indicate absolutely 
how far Astrophiura bridges over the differences between 
Asteroids and Ophiuroids ; but it is certainly not too much to 
say that this genus passes very much further over the border- 
land than any other Echinoderm with which we are at present 
acquainted. 

The following diagnosis will embrace the characters in- 
volved in the preceding description :— 


Fam. Astrophiuride, mili. 


Brachia cum disco ophiurano in corpore pentagonali inclusa. Dentes 
absunt. Oris armatura simplex et imperfecta. Pori pedum 
ambulacralium septis angustis ad perpendiculum radii directis 
disjuncti. Cava interbrachialia perlata. 


Astrophiura permira, gen. et sp. nov. 


Corpus pentagonale, depressum, supra conyexum, infra paulo con- 
cavum, obtectum squamis concinnis et planis, in dimidio inte- 
riore more disci ophiurani dispositis, in dimidio exteriore scutella 


On two new Isopods from New Zealand. 415 


lateralia brachiorum simulantibus maxime prolatis. Brachia 
incipientia ab angulis disci producta, series radiales continuantia. 

In superficie actinali os medium, decem magnis ossiculis oralibus 
cinctum, prostantibus scutellis adoralibus. Unum scutum buc- 
cale adest; dentes, scutella oralia et tori angulares absunt. 
Papille orales terne aut quaterne, cum und magna, ad angulos 
oris apposita. 

Series scutorum quadratorum a rimis oris per radios procedunt, 
scutellis ventralibus prostantibus, et per brachia inchoata pro- 
ducuntur. 

Foramina pedum ambulacralium septis angustis disjuncta, per- 
magna, protecta singula longa papilla ambulacrali ad margines 
interbrachiales, lanceolaté et squameeformi, alteré minore ad 
partem interiorem radii juxta scutella brachiorum ventralia posita. 
Arex interbrachiales squamis parvis hexagonalibus obtecte ; mar- 
ginem appropinquantes decrescunt, relinquentes limbum angustum 
expositum ; disci margine cincto densis spinis brevibus et com- 
pressis. 


Hab. in mari ad oras insulee Madagascar. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XX. 


Fig. 1. Astrophiura permuira, nobis, abactinal aspect. x 6-5. 

Fig. 2. Actinal aspect of the same specimen. xX 65. 

Fig. 3. Brachial series of radius ii, abactinal aspect. x 10. 

Fig. 4. Brachial series of radius v, abactinal aspect. x 10. 

Fig. 5. Actinostome: mouth-armature. x 10. 

Fig. 6. Pore-area and actinal aspect of radius iii. x 10. 

Fig. 6a. Terminal portion of pore-area and actinal aspect of radius ii. 


x 10. 
7. Transverse section, showing the proximal extremity of the fifth 
segment in the brachial disk-series of radius iv. x 10. 
Fig. 8. Transverse section, showing the distal extremity of the fourth 
segment in the brachial disk-series of radius iv. x 10. 
Fig. 9. Distal extremity of the first free segment of the rudimentary free 
arm of radiusiv. X 20. 
Fig. 10. Distal extremity of the fourth segment of the rudimentary free 
arm of radius vy. x 20. 


| 
Ss 


XLVI.—On two new Isopods (Arcturus, sp., and Tanais, 
sp.) from New Zealand. By Grorce M. THomson, 


[Plate XIX. figs. 1-6. ] 


Bt 


THE two new species of Isopods described in this paper re- 
present genera not hitherto found in New Zealand; and they 
are both somewhat remarkable for their resemblance to, and 
dissimilarities from, already known species. Both forms were 


416 Mr. G. M. Thomson on two new 


obtained by the dredge in from 4-5 fathoms in Dunedin Har- 
bour; and I have reason to believe that they are somewhat 
rare species. 

The first belongs to the genus Arcturus, and approximates 
very closely to A. corniger, Stebbing*, a species found at 
Algoa Bay. After reading Mr. Stebbing’s description of 
this species, and comparing it with that found here, J am 
inclined to think that he has only seen females. It is very 
similar to the female of the new species, but differs consider- 
ably from the male. 

The species found here, which I propose to call A. tuber- 
culatus, differs in the following general respects from A. 
corniger :—The superior antenne are four-jointed, having a 
large broad basal joint, and they extend considerably beyond 
the extremity of the second joint of the inferior antenne. At 
the extremity of the terminal joint there occur several minute 
jointed appendages, regarding the function of which [ am 
quite ignorant. The fourth segment of the body, which in A. 
corniger is produced upwards into six cone-like swellings, 
bears in the male of the local species one stout conical tubercle 
near each extremity (the anterior one being trifid), while in 
the female it has ten pointed tubercles. The branchial oper- 
cula are very long, and extend to the extremity of the abdo- 
men. The following is a specific description of this interest- . 
ing form. 


Arcturus tuberculatus, sp. nov. 


Male. Body rather robust. Head very indistinctly sepa- 
rated from first segment of body, its antero-lateral margin 
produced forward, apex crowned with a two-lobed tubercle. 
Three anterior segments also produced upwards into acute 
tubercles. Fourth segment smooth, bearing a single stout 
spine at each end on the median line, the anterior one being 
trifid. Superior antenne reaching beyond the extremity of 
second joint of inferior ; basal joint stout; second and third 
short; fourth as long as the two preceding, and bearing 
several jointed appendages, each consisting of a minute basal 
joint and a slender narrow lamella. Inferior antenne rather 
longer than first four body-segments; first and second joints 
short; third and fourth long, not ciliated, but with rows of 
minute tubercles on the under margin; flagellum three- 
jointed, sparingly ciliated, with a row of acute spines or 
serrations on its mner Margin. 

These sharp teeth are present on the antennz of both sexes, 
and must materially assist the animal in grasping its prey ; 


* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 4th ser. vol. xii. p. 97 (1873). 


Isopods from New Zealand. 417 


but the tubercles are found only on the male. They are very 
characteristic, each being a well-marked denticle with four or 
five rounded and roughened crowns. 

The female differs from the male-in having the whole body, 
except the lower antennw, more or less tuberculate. The 
head and three posterior segments of the body bear a row of 
tubercles on each side, and have their inferior margins laterally 
extended. The fourth segment is flattened on its postero- 
lateral margins; it bears on the median line at its anterior 
extremity a large three-pointed tubercle; behind this are 
three smaller tubercles placed transversely, the middle one 
being the smallest ; and on each side of the anterior margin 
are two tubercles, the lower of which is the largest. The 
oviferous pouch does not extend the whole length of this 
segment. ‘The fifth segment of the body is extended down- 
wards as if to form a supplementary pouch; but I do not 
know at all what the function of this enlargement can be. 
Length 0-2 of an inch, exclusive of the antenne. 

Hab. Dredged in Dunedin Habour, in 4-5 fathoms. 


The second species described in this paper is a Tanais, of 
which I have hitherto only obtained a single specimen, and 
of which consequently the description is somewhat meagre. 
It approximates rather closely to 7. vittatus, Lilljeborg, of 
Europe, and is probably its representative in these seas, 
but at the same time is sufficiently distinct. The following 
are the chief points of difference. The antenne are not so 
setose. The first gnathopoda are well developed ; but the im- 
movable finger is destitute of tubercles on its inner margin, 
while it is much thicker than the movable finger. The 
posterior pereiopoda are terminated by sickle-shaped fingers, 
but wanting the denticulations which are found in 7. vittatus. 
The fascicles of hairs on the pleon are composed of rather 
dense furry hairs, not slender cilia. Lastly the terminal 
uropoda have tive instead of three articulations. The follow- 
ing is the specific character :— 


Tanais nove-zealandia, sp. nov. 


Body broader than deep, with transverse fascicles of rough 
hairs on the three anterior segments of the pleon. Hye very 
small, black, and circular, placed on a prominent lateral lobe 
of the anterior margin of the head. Superior antennz three- 
jointed, setose at the extremity ; first joint longer than the two 
succeeding. Inferior antenne rather shorter than superior. 
First gnathopoda very stout, the immobile finger of the hand 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. iv. 30 


418 Ona new Species of Nebalia from New Zealand. 


smooth on its inner margin, or only slightly denticulated. 
Second enathopoda very slender. Posterior pleopoda bearing 
a smooth sickle-shaped finger, with a few long cilia at its 
base. Terminal uropoda almost as long as antenna, five- 
jointed, and with numerous sete. Length 0°18 inch. 

Hab. Dredged along with the previous species in Dunedin 
Harbour, in 4-5 fathoms. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIX. Fias. 1-6. 


Fig. 1. Arcturus tuberculatus (male). x 13. 

Fig. 2. The same (female), head and part of body. x 13. 
Fg. 3. The same, superior antenne. xX 56. 

Fig. 4. The same, lamellar plate of abdomen. xX 28. 

Fig. 5. Tanais nove-zealandie. X 13. 

Fig. 6. The same, extremity of last pair of legs. x 28. 


XLVII.—On a new Species of Nebalia from New Zealand. 
By Georce M. THomson, 


[Plate XIX. figs. 7-9.] 


In dredging during the past summer in Dunedin Harbour 
I obtained a single specimen of a Nebalia differing from any 
species hitherto described, and which, from the great length 
of its inferior antenne, I have named UN. longicornis. 

In a paper in the Linnean Society’s Transactions for 1875 
(ser. ii. vol. i.), “On some Atlantic Crustacea of the ‘ Chal- 
lenger’ Expedition,” Dr. Willemoes-Suhm described a new 
species of Nebalia from Bermuda (N. longipes), in_ which 
the phyllopodal character of the legs has been entirely lost, 
and the schizopodal character approached more than in any 
other species of the genus. Taking this fact im conjunction 
with the characters of several new deep-sea genera of Schizo- 
pods examined by him, he reopened the whole question of the 
position which Nebalia occupies in reference to other groups 
of Crustacea, and proposed to unite it with these new forms, 
the Myside, &c., in the enlarged group of the Schizopoda. 
Seeing, however, that it differs from all others of the family 
in the number of its segments, in the well-developed phyllo- 
podal character of the thoracic appendages in the majority of 
the species, and also in its development, it seems a_ better 
plan to adopt the proposition made by Dr. A. 8S. Packard, Jun. 
(in the ‘ American Naturalist,’ vol. xiii. p. 128), viz. to make 
it the type of a new order, the Phyllocarida. As he points 
out, Nebalia probably represents a persistent form of a very 


On some Moot Points in Ornithological Nomenclature. 419 


generalized type of great antiquity, and thus unites in itself 
characters of Phyllopoda, Copepoda, and Decapoda. 

The specimen found by me, which was over 4 inch in 
length, has the carapace extending back to about the third 
abdominal segment on- the sides, but with a rather wide 
dorsal sinus. ‘The beak is large and well developed. The 
eyes are similar to those of NV. bipes of Europe, being situated 
on movable peduncles, and formed of numerous crystalline 
bodies under a common cornea. The antenne are furnished 
with numerous hairs on their peduncles. The superior pair 
have a peduncle of two joints, the last of which bears two 
appendages, consisting of :—(1) a short triangular joint, with 
spines on its outer margin, and an oval ciliated plate; and 
(2) a slender flagellum of several articulations, the number of 
which were not made out. The inferior antenne consist of a 
peduncle of three stout joints (the second of which bears a 
large tooth om its upper margin, while the terminal one is 
furnished with rows of spines and hairs on its outer margin 
and a bunch of hairs at its extremity), and a long slender 
flagellum, consisting of between 70 and 80 articulations, and 
almost equal in length to the whole body. The branchial 
feet, which were apparently very slender, were completely 
concealed beneath the carapace. The third to the seventh 
(inclusive) abdominal segments have their posterior margins 
finely dentated. The four pairs of natatory feet have the 
peduncles largely developed; and their branches bear a row 
of spines on each outer margin. The caudal appendages also 
have a row of spines on each side, and are terminated by 
several long filaments, which are minutely plumose. 

Pale yellow in colour and semitransparent. Length 0°35 
inch. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIX. Fias. 7-9. 


Fig. 7. Nebalia longicornis. x 10. 
Fig. 8. The same, base of superior antenne. X 20. 
Fig. 9. The same, base of inferior antenne. X 20. 


XLVIII.—More Moot Points in Ornithological Nomenclature. 
By AutFreD Newton, M.A., F.R.S., &e. 


NOMENCLATURE is so trifling an adjunct to zoology that no 

true student of the science can fail to grudge the time which he 

is, on certain occasions, compelled to bestow upon it, or ought 

to be ungrateful to those who have expended their toil in pre- 

paring some rules for his guidance through the intricate maze 
30* 


420 Prof. A. Newton on some Moot Points 


of synonyms that, from one cause or another, enfolds almost 
every object with which he has to deal. Of such rules, the 
code adopted by the British Association, after the consultation 
of almost every eminent naturalist at home and abroad, and 
after more than twenty years’ deliberation, is naturally that 
to which the student turns, and is that by which, if he has 
any respect for the opinion of others, he will be governed. 
In one very small department of zoology I have tried to carry 
out these rules; and I am glad to say that my effurts so far 
have been favourably regarded by many of my fellow-workers. 
It is, however, impossible to please everybody ; and two of my 
friends lately deemed it their duty to demur to some of the 
decisions at which, in obedience to that code, I had arrived. 
Their objections I essayed to answer without delay (supra, 
pp- 158-163); and from the communications of several corre- 
spondents I judge that my reply has been pretty generally 
considered to be conclusive. IJ then said that [ had no desire 
to convert my critics; and I certainly had no expectation that 
I should do so. On the other hand, I did not anticipate that 
one of them would so immediately begin to prefer a fresh 
series of charges against me, such as [ find in ‘The Ibis’ for 
October, which reached me yesterday, and this, I may re- 
mark, without deigning to take any direct notice of my former 
reply. I am now accused of disturbing nomenclature by 
changes which are both “ frivolous” and ‘ revolutionary,” 
of having (in conjunction with others) ‘ gradually under- 
mined ”’ the principles of the aforesaid code, of being guilty 
of “ flagrant offences’ in violation of the same, of pursuing 
a ‘reckless course,” of “ corrupting the ornithological 
morality’ (whatever that may mean) of the age, and gene- 
rally of high crimes and misdemeanors. I therefore ask the 
dispassionate attention of the readers of this journal while I 
try to clear myself from the charges upon which I am thus 
peremptorily arraigned—premising that, with all the humility 
which ought to be displayed by a defendant, I shall not throw 
back hard words on my assailant. 

Mr. Seebohm’s opinions I do not wish to influence; but it 
is incumbent on me to correct his assertions when they are 
contrary to fact. He may think that the code of the British 
Association requires amendment—even to the extent of five 
“ riders ’’ to be added to one rule—or total abolition; and I 
have no desire to check the utterance of his expression; but 
when he states (Ibis, 1879, p. 429) that, “to make confusion 
more confounded,” Mr. Sharpe followed my “ unfortunate 
lead” through two volumes of his ‘ Catalogue of Birds,’ I am 
bound to say that out of thirty-four species of <Accipitres 


in Ornithological Nomenclature. 421 


treated in common by that gentleman and myself, his nomen- 
clature differs from my own in thirteen instances, including 
the important cases of Syrniuwm and Strix*. The fact that 
Mr. Sharpe did not follow me further is not only a proof of 
his wholly independent action, but a disproof of the imputa- 
tion of his ever following me “ blindly.” Whatever epithet 
may be applied to my “lead,” it is surely Mr. Seebohm’s 
statement that is ‘‘ unfortunate.” 

Leaving, however, my supposed copartners in crime to 
answer for themselves, and for their eyesight, which none 
can doubt they are competent to do, I will proceed to the 
charges now brought against me personally by Mr. Seebohm. 
Formidable as they seem, examination reduces them to twof, 
of which one is the old story—the proper scientific name to be 
given to the Greater Whitethroat. I really hoped I had dis- 
posed of this before t; but although he has never adduced an 
atom of evidence in support of his assertion (which fact does 
not much surprise me, seeing that none is forthcoming), Mr. 
Seebohm still maintains that “Pl. Enl. 581. fig. 1” is 
“unintelligible” (which fact has the contrary effect). He is 
absolutely obdurate on this point, and will hear not Moses or 
the prophets. In vain for him have Temminck and Kuhl, 
Bonaparte and Gray, Gerbe and many others written. What 
was intelligible to them is not so to Mr. Seebohm; but as it 
is no part of my business to find any of my friends in intelli- 
gence, I will here dismiss the matter, merely suggesting, as a 
subject of curious inquiry on the part of those who have 
leisure, whether, if the beloved and “ familiar’ name ‘ Phyl- 
loscopus rufus’ be not set aside, owing to the prior use of its 


* On the subject of the nomenclature of the Strigide I may perhaps 
be allowed to remark that, in thesame number of ‘ The Ibis,’ an editorial 
notice (p. 480) assumes that Forster's first application of the name Bubo 
tgnavus to the Kagle-Owl was made in his ‘second catalogue” (p. 46), 
ignoring the fact of its use in his “first catalogue ”’ (p. 8), which duly 
bears date 1817. This fact must be deemed conclusive. Those, how- 
ever, who are curious as to the date of the “second catalogue ” (to my 
mind so needlessly called in question) may like to know that the copy 
of the work in the library of the Linnean Society, containing (like my 
own) both catalogues in the original binding, is included in the list of 
“ Additions” to the library of that Society, printed at the end of the 12th 
volume of its ‘Transactions’ (p. 590), which volume bears date 1817, 
and is therefore undeniable evidence of the “second catalogue” having 
been published in that year—uuless, indeed, ground be shown for doubting 
the identity. 

+ The question whether we should write ‘ Acrocephalus aquaticus 
(Gmel.)” or ‘ Acrocephalus aquaticus (Temm.)” seems scarcely to require 
notice. 

t I wish here to correct a misprint in my former paper (supra, p. 161, 
line 15): “‘remiges” should be “ rectrices,” 


422 On some Moot Points in Ornithological Nomenclature. 


trivial term, might not Rule 11 of the code apply to it? To 
call a species ‘‘ rwfus’’ which has not a shade of that colour 
about it certainly has the appearance of implying “a false 
proposition.” 

The next and last specific charge is that concerning Acro- 
cephalus arundinaceus; and herein I at once claim an ac- 
quittal, since Mr. Seebohm has himself pronounced my deci- 
tion to be “legal” and confesses that its legality has been 
“indorsed ”’ by at least half a dozen other writers. 

It would be an easy matter to extend my remarks to 
the rest of Mr. Seebohm’s diatribe, and to criticise his pro- 
posed ‘riders,’ five in number, to the unhappy Rule 12, 
which at present falls so short of his desires. 1 would only 
observe thereon that there may be a something worse than 
judges’ law,’ namely law which is not judges’. Would-be 
legislators on nomenclature must take a wider view of the 
subject than ornithology only affords; but I cannot stop to 
establish that position. My inclination is not towards con- 
troversy; I have little time to spare; and, lastly, I am deeply 
affected by one of Mr. Seebohm’s statements. He declares 
(pp. 430, 431), doubtless from experience of his own case, that 
the blunders of ornithologists are ‘pretty much in the direct 
ratio of the amcunt of work they do.” This declaration should 
make all of us cautious; for it may be true in other cases. 

Mr. Seebohm is greatly averse from any change of esta- 
blished custom. So am 1; but I want to know what esta- 
blishes custom ; and, if he favours the readers of ‘'The Ibis’ 
with another dissertation on nomenclature, I hope he will 
define what he means by “ general use.” It is not enough 
that all ornithologists have hitherto agreed to regard a certain 
figure as a representation of a certain species: Mr. Seebohm 
says the figure is “unintelligible ;” and so all their opinions 
(‘general use” notwithstanding) are to go for nothing. He 
objects to my carrying out rules “ without regard to conse- 
quences ”’—or, in other words, impartially—that it is “ reck- 
less.” In his eyes obedience to a code is a “ flagrant offence”’ 
in violation of it. He finds me pursuing a strictly “legal” 
course; hence he terms that course “revolutionary’’ and wishes 
(pp. 429, 430) to alter the rules to suit his views of what the 
rules ought to be. If there is not here as nice a ‘‘ derange- 
ment of epitaphs” as any Mrs. Malaprop would desire, I 
hardly know where else it can be found. 


Magdalene College, Cambridge, 
November 3, 1879. 


On the Geological Distribution of the Rhabdophora, 423 


XLIX.—On the Geological Distribution of the Rhabdophora. 
By Cuares Lapworth, F.G.S. &c. 


Part II. Data. 
{Continued from p. 541. ] 


Bala Formation. 


In the present state of our knowledge it is impossible to fix 
upon the physical or paleontological line of demarcation 
between the Llandeilo and Bala (or Caradoc) formations. 
The Upper Llandeilo and Lower Bala rocks both consist, in 
great part, of dark and more or less carbonaceous shales, 
tolerably prolific in Graptolites. In the south of Scotland, 
strata of this nature (the Glenkiln Shales), unequivocally 
superior in systematic position to the generality of the Welsh 
Llandeilo rocks, afford a Graptolite fauna of a most distinc- 
tive character, but which, upon the whole, has a facies inter- 
mediate between that of the typical Llandeilo of Siluria and 
that discoverable in strata of undoubted Bala age. I have 
hitherto looked upon this Glenkiln fauna as of Upper Llan- 
deilo age. Not only, however, have I failed this summer in 
detecting many of its most characteristic species in the highest 
Llandeilo rocks of South Wales, but the recent researches of 
American geologists appear almost to demonstrate that in 
New York and Canada a similar fauna is characteristic of the 
shaly strata immediately overlying the Trenton Limestone— 
in other words, of shales admittedly homotaxeous with the 
lower beds of the British Bala formation. This also appears 
to be the systematic place of the same fauna in Ireland and in 
Scandinavia. ‘Till the lowest boundary of the Bala has been 
satisfactorily settled by careful research in the typical districts 
of North Wales, it is perhaps a matter of no great moment 
whether the fauna in question be considered as of Upper 
Llandeilo or of Lower Bala age. At present, however, the 
balance of evidence leans decidedly in the latter direction. 
It will therefore be more convenient to regard this peculiar 
fauna, provisionally, as of Lower Bala age. 


Llandeilo-Bala or Lower Bala. 
Scotland.—The Glenkiln or Lower Moffat shales of the 
south of Scotland, above referred to, yield, both in the typical 
localities near Moffat and in the district of the Leadhills, the 
following species :— 


Didymograptus superstes, Lapw. Ccenograptus sureularis, Hall. 
Ceenograptus gracilis, Had, explanatus, Lapw. 


424 Mr. C. Lapworth on the Geological 


Ccenograptus pertenuis, Lapw. Lasiograptus? bimucronatus, Mich. 
Leptograptus flaccidus, Hall. Diplograptus foliaceus, Murch, 
Dicellograptus divaricatus ?, Hall. dentatus, Brongn. 
patulosus, Lapw. —— angustifolius, Hall. 
sextans, Hall. tricornis, Carr. 
Dicranograptus formosus, Hopk. —— Whitfieldi, Hall. 
ziczac, Lapw. euglyphus, Lapw. 
—— Nicholsoni, Hopk. Climacograptus bicornis, Hall, 
ramosus, Hall. Scharenbergi, Lapw. 
Clathrograptus cuneiformis, Lapw. —— perexcavatus, Lapw. 
Glossograptus Hincksii, Hopk. —— ? celatus ?, Lapw. 


Lasiograptus Harknessi, Nich. 


The lowest or Stinchar Division of the Lower Paleozoic 
rocks of Girvan includes the two conglomerates of the valley 
of the Stinchar, with an intermediate limestone (Craighead) 
and some overlying shales. ‘The Crustacea and Brachiopoda 
are of a Lower Bala type with numerous Llandeilo (Trenton) 
affinities. The Graptolites I have collected from this division 
include, among others, the following Glenkiln forms :— 


Dicranograptus formosus, Hopk. Climacograptus bicornis, Hall. 
ramosus, Hail. celatus, Lapw. 
Glossograptus Hincksii, Hopk. Diplograptus tricornis, Carr. 
Lasiograptus Harknessi, Nich. dentatus, Brongn. 
Dicellograptus moffatensis ! ?, Carr. foliaceus, Murch. 
Leptograptus flaccidus, Hall. angustifolius, Hall. 
Climacograptus Scharenbergi, euglyphus, Lapw. 

Lapw. 


Ireland.—¥ivery form of Graptolite enumerated in the Glen- 
kiln list given above has been detected in similar association 
in corresponding rocks (Ballygrot beds) in the Lower Pala- 
ozoic strata of ee Down by my friend Mr. William 
Swanston, F.G.S., at Ballygrot and other localities to the south 
of Belfast’ Lough*. 

Portions of the same fauna have also been recognized at 
several localities in the south of Ireland. In Tramore Bay, 
county Waterford, the following forms were collected by 
officers of the Geological Survey, from dark shales interbedded 
with fossiliferous rocks full of Lower Bala fossils ft. 


ay a aa sp. (Hisingeri, Diplograptus foliaceus, Murch. 
Baily). Climacograptus bicornis, Hall. 
Tivelleseastus sextans, Hall. Dicranograptus ramosus, /Zall. 


Coenograptus gracilis, Hall. 


In the neighbourhood occur Leptograptus flaccidus, Hall, and 
a species of Didymograptus (Hisingert). 

* Swanston, Trans. Belfast Naturalists’ Field-Club, Appendix, 1876- 
1877. 


+ Memoirs Geol. Surv. Ireland, Explanation Sheet 167, &c., p. 23, 
et seq.; also Baily, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe, 1869, vol. xxv. pp. 158-162. 


Distribution of the Rhabdophora. 425 


At Balleymoney near Gorey, in the adjacent county of 
Wexford, a similar group of forms is met with, viz. :— 


Didymograptus (Hisingeri). Diplograptus mucronatus, Hall. 
Dicellograptus sextans, JZail. Climacograptus (bicornis ?), Hall. 
Leptograptus flaccidus ?, Hall. Dicranograptus ramosus, fall. 


The most prolific locality, however, appears to be that of 
Six-Mile Bridge, county Clare, on the western slope of the 
Slieve Bernagh mountains. From this locality Mr. Baily 
quotes 
Ccenograptus gracilis, Hall. Diplograptus Baylii, Carr. 
Dicellograptus sextans, Hall. foliaceus, Murch. 
Climacograptus bicornis, Hail. Didymograptus, sp. (Hisingeri). 


and some others. 

Wales.—The Graptolitic black mudstones of Llantaelrhys, 
Anglesey, noticed by Mr. Salter, probably belong also to this 
doubtful horizon. ‘They occur in the neighbourhood of lime- 
stones of Bala age, and yield Dicranograptus formosus*, Hopk., 
Climacograptus Scharenbergi, Lapw., and species of Didy- 
mograptus. 

America.—The typical Glenkiln fauna of South Scotland 
reappears almost unmodified in corresponding strata on the 
continent of North America. It is confined to the con- 
voluted shales that form the banks of the Hudson River in 
the neighbourhood of Albany, and to their Canadian equiva- 
lents. ‘These so-called Hudson-River shales were formerly 
regarded by the great majority of American paleontologists as 
the representatives of the Lorraine shales that form the 
highest member of the Ordovician of Western New York. I 
have myself advocated the theory that they are of much 
earlier date, and inferior in systematic position to the Trenton 
Limestone. In the face of recent discoveries, however, neither 
of these theories appears to be any longer tenable. Mr. Whit- 
field’s opinion, that they correspond, generally speaking, to 
the Utica Slates of Western New York and Canada, is pro- 
bably the nearest to the truth; but it is possible that some 
of the fossils quoted from them belong in time to the upper 
beds of the Trenton Limestone of the west. 

At the locality of Norman’s Kiln, near Albany, Professor 
Hall has collected 


Clematograptus multifasciatus, Ceenograptus gracilis, all, 
Hail. surcularis, Hail. 
Didymograptus serratulus, Hall, Dicranograptus ramosus, Hall. 


—— superstes?, Lapw. 


furcatus, Hall. 


* Salter, Mem. Geol. Survey, vol. iii. p, 256; Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. 
vol. vill. p, 359, 


426 Mr. C. Lapworth on the Geological 


Dicellograptus sextans, Hall. Diplograptus foliaceus, Murch. 
divaricatus, Hall. mucronatus, fall. 

Clathrograptus Geinitzianus, Hall. - angustifolius, Hall. 

Diplograptus marcidus, Hall, Glossograptus spiulosus, Hall. 
Whittieldi, Hail. Climacograptus bicornis, Hall. 


Of these species the following occur in similar beds in the 
valley of the St. Lawrence, Canada* :— 


Diplograptus foliaceus, Murch. Dicellograptus sextans, Hall. 
Climacograptus bicornis, Hail. divaricatus, Hall. 
Dicranograptus ramosus, /all/. Coenograptus gracilis ?, Hall. 


From the enigmatical Taconic shales of the valley of the 
Hudson, Dr. Emmons collected a few of the same formst, 
VIZ. :-— 


Ccenograptus gracilis, Hall. Didymograptus, sp. 
Glossograptus ciliatus, Hmm. 


and from shales in Augusta County, Virginia, possibly of 
the same geological age, Dicranograptus ramosus, Hall, and 
several other species of Graptolites of the Norman’s-Kiln 
type. A few like forms are also quoted by him from the shales 
of Parrotsville, Tennessee, which are apparently upon a 
similar geological horizon. 

The only Graptolite hitherto quoted from the true Trenton 
Limestone is Diplograptus amplexicaule, Hall}. The over- 
lying Utica Slate affords at Oxtumgo Creek, Fort Plain, New 
York, the following species§ :— 

Didymograptus serratulus?, Hall. Climacograptus bicornis, Hall. 
Diplograptus foliaceus, Murch. Dicranograptus ramosus, Hall. 


From strata overlying the Trenton Limestone of Nevada, 
Dr. Charles White enumerates || 


Dicranograptus ramosus, [all. Diplograptus quadrimucronatus, 
Diplograptus hypniformis, Waite. Hail. 
foliaceus, Murch. 


Australia.—A few forms of this Llandeilo-Bala fauna are 
enumerated by Professor M‘Coy from the so-called Llandeilo 
Flags of Australia. The forms that may possibly belong to 
this general horizon are {/ 


* Hall, 20th Report State Cabinet, New York, p. 221. 

+ Emmons, ‘American Geology,’ vol. i. pp. 104, 110. 

t Hall, Pal. New York, vol. i. p. 79. 

§ Whitfield, Report 100th Meridian, vol. iv. p. 10. 

|| Dr. C. White, Report West 100th Meridian, vol. ii. Paleontology, 


p: 9. 
§ M‘Coy, ‘Prodromus Paleontology of Victoria, decade ii. pl. xx. &e. 


Distribution of the Rhabdophora. 427 


Didymograptus extensus ?, Hall.' Ccenograptus gracilis, Hall. 
Dicranograptus ramosus, Hall. = Goniograptus Thueauri, M‘Coy. 
furcatus, all. 


Higher Bala or Caradoc Formation. 


Wales.—We now ascend into the rocks of which the Bala 
or Caradoc age is unequivocal. The most prolific graptoliti- 
ferous rocks of this date known to myself in Wales are ex~- 
posed in the railway-cutting a little west of the town of 
Conway. Here the black shales of the district are crowded 
with poorly preserved forms, principally* 


Dicranograptus Clingani, Carr. Diplograptus foliaceus, March. 
Idiograptus margaritatus, Lapw. Climacograptus bicornis, Hall. 


In the railway-cutting near the tunnel above Cynghordy - 
station, South Wales, the black shales of Bala age have 
afforded me 
Diplograptus foliaceus, Murch. Dicellograptus Forchhammeri, Gein. 
Climacograptus bicornis, Hall. 
and a few others. 

In the Harnage shales of the Caradoc area of Shropshire, 
Diplograptus foliaceus is not uncommon. A _ species of 
Climacograptus, allied to C. Wilsont, Lapw., was met with’ 
by myself at Soudley. An example of D. foliaceus, Murch., 
from the Caradoc of Robeston Wathen, is preserved in the 
Jermyn-Street Museum fT. 

Scotland.—The higher Caradoc beds of Wales are repre- 
sented in South Scotland by the Middle Moffat beds, or Hart- 
fell Shales. Up tothe present date I have collected from 
these the following species :— 


Pleurograptus linearis, Carr. Glossograptus Hincksii, Hopk. 
radiatus, Lapw. Lasiograptus Harknessi, Nich. 
Amphigraptus divergens, Hal/. Idiograptus margaritatus, Lapw. 
Leptograptus flaccidus, fall. Retiolites fibratus, Lapw. 
capillaris, Carr. Climacograptus bicornis, Hall. 
Dicellograptus moffatensis, Carr, caudatus, Lapw. 
anceps, Nich. — tubuliferus, Lapw. 
Forchhammeri, Gein. —— Wilsoni, Lapw. 
— Morrisi, Hopk. Scharenbergi, Lapw. 
caduceus, Lapw. Diplograptus foliaceus, Murch. 


elegans, Carr. tricornis, Carr. 
complanatus, Lapw. truncatus, Lapw. 
Dicranograptus ramosus, JZall. —— quadrimucronatus, Hail, 
Nicholsoni, Hopk. — socialis, Lapw. 

—— Clingani, Carr. euglyphus, Lapw. 


* Compare also Salter, Memoirs Geol. Surv. vol. iii. pl. xii. &e. 
seeeiiee et ’ I 
t+ Case iv. | 75. 


428 


Mr. C. Lapworth on the Geological 


The second or Ardmillan Division of the Girvan rocks is 
composed of the four successive subgroups of the Pinmore, 


Tralodden, Shalloch, and Drummuck beds. 


beds have yielded me 


Dicranograptus ramosus, Hall. 
Dicellograptus moffatensis, Carr. 
Leptograptus flaccidus, Hall. 
Diplograptus foliaceus, Murch. 


The Pinmore 


Diplograptus tricornis, Carr. 

Climacograptus Scharenbergi, 
Lap. 

celatus, Lapw. 


euglyphus, Lapw. 
The Tralodden beds afford 


Dicellograptus elegans, Carr. 
Forchhammeri, Geinitz. 
Morrisi, Hopk. 
complanatus, Lapw. 

- Diplograptus foliaceus, Murch. 
socialis, Lapw. 


Diplograptus truncatus, Lapw. 
quadrimucronatus, Hail. 
Climacograptus bicornis, Hail. 
tubuliferus, Lapw. 
Idiograptus aculeatus, Lapw. 


The Shalloch or Nematolites-beds yield only a few speci- 
mens of 


Dicellograptus Morrisi, Hopk. 


Diplograptus truncatus, Lapw. 
Diplograptus foliaceus, Murch. 


Idiograptus margaritatus, Lapw. 


The Drummuck beds are also very poor in Graptolites. 
The only forms hitherto collected from them by Mrs. Gray 
or myself include 


Dicellograptus anceps ?, Nich. Diplograptus truncatus, Lapw. 


Ireland.—The central member of the Black Graptolitic 
shales of county Down has yielded to the industrious re- 
searches of my friend Mr. William Swanston the following 
Hartfell species :-— 


Leptograptus flaccidus, Hall. 
Dicellograptus caduceus, Lapw. 
moffatensis, Carr. 
Forchhammeri, Geznitz. 
Morrisi, Hopk. 
Dicranograptus ramosus, Hall. 
Clingani, Carr. 

—— Nicholsoni, Hopk. 


Climacograptus bicornis, Hall. 
Scharenbergi, Lapw. 
tubuliferus, Zapw. 
Retiolites fibratus, Lapw. 
Diplograptus truncatus, Lapw. 
foliaceus, Murch. 

—— quadrimucronatus, Hall. 
tricornis, Carr. 


Sweden.—The Swedish Graptolite-bearing rocks that corre- 
spond to the Llandeilo and Bala strata of Britain are the 
Middle Graptolite-Schists of Linnarsson (Dicranograptus- 
Schists of Dr. Tornquist) and the overlying Trinucleus- 
Schist. ‘These beds repose at once upon the Orthoceras-Lime- 
stone (Arenig), and are surmounted by the Brachiopod-Schists 
(Llandovery) that form the basal formation of the Swedish 
Silurian proper. According to the most recent communica- 


Distribution of the Rhabdophora. 429 


tions of Mr. Linnarsson, the Middle Ctraptolite-Schists of 
Scania are composed of the following subgroups of strata in 
ascending order * :— 


(a) Zone with Phyllograptus typus (Hall ?), 


containing, in addition to Phyllograptus typus, representatives 
of the under-named British species :-— 
Didymograptus patulus, Hall. Climacograptus confertus, Lapw. 


geminus, His. erexcavatus, Lapw. 
Diplograptus Hopkinsoni, Nich. Scharenbergi, Lapw. 


(4) Zone with Didymograptus geminus (Didymograptus 
Murchisoni of British Palzontologists). 


This is characterized, like the corresponding British zone, 
by the abundance of the tuningfork-shaped Dédymograptt 
generally known under the names given above. They occur 
together with many of the same forms common in the under- 
lying zone (with the notable exception of Phyllograptus) and 
the addition of Diplograptus foliaceus, Murch. 


(c) Zone with Glossograptus Hincksi, Hopk. 


The chief fossil of this zone is a beautiful form of Glosso- 
graptus doubtfully referable to Hopkinson’s species. The 
Murchisonitorm Didymograpti are wanting ; and only a single 
patulous species remains.  Dvzcellograptus (Dicellograptus 
moffatensis ?, Carr.) makes its first appearance in this zone. 


(d) Zone with Diplograptus mucronatus (Linnrs.). 


The characteristic fossil of this zone is a peculiar Graptolite, 
probably an Jdiograptus. 'The associated forms are identical 
with, or allied to, the British species :— 

Diplograptus foliaceus, Murch. Climacograptus caudatus, Lapw. 


tricornis, Carr. Dicellograptus sextans, Hall. 
teretiusculus, His. moffatensis, Carr. 


(e) Zone with Climacograptus Scharenbergi, Lapw. 
This is marked by the prevalence of the species to which 


the zone owes its name, and rarer examples of the represen- 
tatives of 


Diplograptus foliaceus, Murch. Diplograptus teretiusculus, Hs. 
Hopkinsoni ?, Nich. Didymograptus superstes, Lapw, 


* Linnarsson, Geol. Foreningens Forhandl. 1879, Bd. iy. no. 8. 


430 On the Geological Distribution of the Rhabdophora. 


(f) Zone with Dicranograptus Clingant, Carr. 
This is locally prolific in the British forms 


Diplograptus foliaceus, Murch. Lasiograptus, sp. n. 
—— quadrimucronatus, Hall. Dicranograptus Clingani, Carr. 
Climacograptus bicornis, Hall. DicellograptusF orchhammeri, Gein. 


caudatus, Lapw. Morrisi, Hop. 


(g) Zone of Orthis argentea, His. 


The only species noted from this zone is an undetermined 
form of Climacograptus. 

These results harmonize the data previously collected from 
the district by former observers*, and are in strict concordance 
with the little that is yet known respecting the fossils of the 
corresponding strata in Westrogothia, Dalarne, and the island 
of Bornholm f. 

The zones (a) and (b) represent those British strata which, 
pending the advent of a more suitable title, we may term the 
Passage-beds between the Arenig and Llandeilo formations. 
The zone (a) is essentially Arenig in its general facies. The 
zone (b) is the exact representative of the Lower Llandeilo or 
Murchisoni-zone of Abereiddy Bay. The zones (c) and (d) 
are, as Linnarsson remarks, distinctly of Llandeilo age. 
Zone (e) is probably the equivalent of the transitional Glen- 
kiln shales of South Scotland. Zones (f) and (g) are, as 
Linnarsson observes, the Swedish representatives of the main 
mass of the Hartfell shales, and are therefore of unequivocal 
Bala age. 

The highest strata of the Swedish Ordovician are the so- 
called Trenucleus-Schists. The only Graptolites they have 
yielded hitherto are t 


Diplograptus pristis, His. Dicellograptus elegans, Carr. 


America.—The Hudson-River group or Lorraine Shales of 
New York and Canada, and their western representative the 
Cincinnati group of Ohio, occupy the systematic place of the 
British Caradoc rocks. Only a few Graptolites are yet known 
from these beds. From the Cincinnati group Hall enu- 
merates§ 


Climacograptus bicornis, Hall. Diplograptus putillus, ald. 
typicalis, Hall. 


* Tornquist, Gifvers. af K. Vet. Akad. Forh. 1875, no, 10, 4; Linnars- 
son, Geol. Foren. no, 22, 1875, &e. 

+ Johnstrup, Forh. Skand. Naturf. 11 (Copenhagen, 1878), pp. 
305-308. 

¢ Conf. Linnarsson, Geological Magazine, June 1876. 

§ Hall, Grapt. Quebec Group, p. 44, &e. 


On the so-called “ Farringdon (Coral-Rag) Sponges.” 431 
In the Utica or Hudson-River Shales of Lake St. John, 


Lower Canada*, occur 
Leptograptus flaccidus, Hall. Diplograptus quadrimucronatus, 
Diplograptus mucronatus ?, Hall. Fall. 
Retiograptus ? eucharis, Hall. 

From the Lorraine Shales of New York Professor Hall 
figures 
Amphigraptus divergens, ZHadl, Diplograptus hudsonicus, Nich. 
and some other species f. 

In the corresponding beds near Montreal occur Climaco- 
graptus bicornis, Hall, Diplograptus foliaceus, Murch., and 
Dicranograpius Nicholsoni, Hopk. t. 


L.—WNote on the so-called “ Farringdon (Coral-Rag) Sponges ” 
(Calcispongie, Zzttel). By H. J. Carrer, F.R.S. &e. 


A FEW days ago, while turning ont the contents of a box, I 
found a parcel of fossils labelled ‘‘ Coral Rag,” and, on opening 
it, not only saw that it contained several beautiful specimens 
of the so-called “ Farringdon sponges,” but recollected that 
these fossils had been given to me by a dear fellow student 
who lived at or near Farringdon in Berkshire, and whose un- 
timely decease, somewhere about forty years ago, was about 
coeval with the present; thus the parcel seems to have been 
unopened for this lapse of time. 

At once I observed that the Farringdon sponges belonged 
to the Order called by Professor Zittel, in his ‘ Studies on 
Fossil Sponges ”’§, ‘ Calcispongie,” which were first brought 
to my notice by his kindness in not only sending me entire 
specimens of these sponges themselves from the ‘ Upper Jura, 
&c.,” but slides of Peronella mulitdigitata and P. cylindrica 
respectively—showing that these, at least, contained triradiate 
spicules which, in the former, to me as well as to himself, 
seemed to be identifiable only with those of a recent Calci- 
sponge. 

* Hall, Grapt. Quebee Group, pp. 143 &e. 

| Eee eS Quebee Group, p. 13; Paleontology New York, 
vol. 1. A eb 

ii aes ‘Geology of Canada,’ p. 200. 

§ Abhandlungen der k. bayer. Akad. der Wiss. ii. Cl. Band xiii., 1877, 
I. Hexactinellide ; 2d. 7b. Abth. i. pp. 67-154, I. Lithistidee ; 7d. id. 
pp. 98-158, III. Monactinellide, Tetractinellide, und Calcispongia. 
‘Annals,’ 1877, vol. xx. p. 357 et seg.; 1878, vol. ii. p. 113 et seq.; 
1879, vol. ili. p. 304, respectively. Translated by W.S. Dallas, F.L.S 


432 Mr. H. J. Carter on the so-called 


Here the matter rested, so far as I myself was concerned, 
although Prof. Zittel had afterwards to embody the whole of 
his results in the article “ Spongie ” of his ‘ Handbuch der 
Paliontologie ”’ (2te Lieferung, p. 128 et seg., 1878), of which 
he kindly sent me a copy; and had I not unexpectedly come 
upon the “ parcel’ of Coral-Rag fossils above mentioned, I 
probably, on account of other engagements, should not have 
returned to the subject—although, on account of sundry objec- 
tions made at the time, I could never heartily accept Prof. 
Zittel’s views of the nature of these sponges ; but finding those 
in the parcel awoke in me a desire to make myself more par- 
ticularly acquainted with the Farringdon sponges than I had 
hitherto been, partly because I could not reconcile myself to 
the name “ Calcispongie ” for them, and especially because I 
had, through the kindness of Mr. Sollas, made myself almost as 
familiar with Pharetrospongia Strahani as himself previous to 
the publication of his excellent description and illustrations of it 
(Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. May 1877, vol. xxxiii. p. 242, pl. xi.), 
in which he rightly insists, according to my views, on the 
originally siliceous nature of this, now calcareous, fossil and 
so-called “‘ Farringdon sponge.” 

At first these fossil sponges appeared to me very much like 
what Clathrina, Gray,=Ascetta clathrus, Hiickel (which 
abounds on the rocks here), would be if fossilized ; but the fact 
of the Farringdon ones representing in a solid state the fibre 
of the sponge, and the apparent fibre of Clathrina consisting 
of a reticulated anastomosing hollow tube representing the 
excretory canal-system minus the parenchyma which fills up 
the interstices in other sponges, at once pointed out the de- 
lusion. 

Hence it becomes desirable to premise that the fibre of the 
so-called “ Farringdon (Coral-Rag) sponges” is entirely 
composed of calcareous material, solid, white, round, reticu- 
lated, massive, but still in this massive reticulation assuming 
a variety of definite forms in which the fibre itself is generally 
covered with a thin layer of granular crystalline calcite that, 
thickening in proportion to its distance from the surface, often 
leaves the interstices of the latter open, while it fills those of 
the interior, so that the fibre on the surface appears to be free ; 
and in this white, weathered-out structure consists their great 
beauty. Sometimes the fibre is entirely composed of linear 
spicules overlying each other like a rope, as in Pharetro- 
spongia Strahani, Sollas (op. et loc. cit.) ,and sometimes of com- 
pact crystalline calcite, in the midst of which the spicules 
exist like a core, as in the Farringdon specimen of Peronella 
dumosa. That which Prof. Zittel sent me is from the Duchy 


“ Farringdon (Coral-Rag) Sponges.” 433 


of Brunswick (see his illustration, ‘Handbuch, &ce.’ p. 190, 
fig. 108). 

On grinding down a slice of the Farringdon Peronella du- 
mosa for microscopic examination, I was gratified to see that 
it presented triradiate spicules, something like those of the 
preparation of P. multidigitata sent me by Prof. Zittel, to which 
I have alluded; but, to my great perplexity, I also saw that 
they were accompanied by an unintelligible mixture of incon- 
gruous forms like those represented by Mr. Sollas in his genus 
“Catagma” (Annals, 1878, vol. i. p. 356. fig. 1, and pl. xiv.), 
whose species also belong to the so-called “ Farringdon 
sponges.” 

Thinking, however, that I might find the triradiate spicules 
(quadriradiate ? for they only loom indistinctly by their trans- 
parency through the thin slice) strikingly shown in the other 
preparation to which [ have alluded, viz. Peronella cylindrica 
from the Upper Jura (see illustration, ‘ Handbuch, &e.’ p. 190. 
fig. 107), 1 ground down slices of the remaining specimens 
from Farringdon, viz. :—1,Verticillites anastomans (Zitt. op. 
cit. p. 190, fig. 106) ; 2, Corynella, sp. ; 3, Oculospongia, sp. ; 
4, Hlasmostoma acutimargo (Zitt. op. cit. p. 193, fig. 113); 
5, a specimen like Pharetrospongia (Manon, Sharpe) farring- 
donensis (op. cit. p. 193, fig 114); and 6, a thick, massive, 
erenulated, circular, horizontal form about 14 inch in diameter, 
with square margin, presenting a plurality of deep holes like 
that of Corynella. 

The result of this examination was as follows:—No. 1, 
?Lithistid (it should be remembered that, in addition to the 
looming indistinctness above mentioned, we must add, in the 
radiate or branched spiculation, the thinness of the slice, 
which, although it may not affect the linear form, such as that 
of Pharetrospongia Strahant, Soll., must, in the radiate or 
branched spiculation, leave fragments on/y of the spicules, so 
that, while the bifurcated ends of a tetractinellid spicule may 
simulate the radiate, the shaft alone might simulate the mo- 
nactinellid spicules of a Calcisponge) ; no. 2, ? Lithistid, with 
large ? bihamates; no. 3, simply granular, with no appear- 
ance of spicules; no. 4, ? Lithistid, branched; no. 5, linear, 
flexuous ; no. 6, ? Lithistid, branched. 

Thus the case now seemed to me hopeless, so far as the 
finding out of the kind of sponges which these fossils repre- 
sented either generally or specially ; for I could neither see 
the triradiates so like those of a Calcisponge in Zittel’s prepa- 
ration of Peronella multidigitata ; neither could I see, in any 
of the linear spicules, the slightest approach in form to the 
monactinellid one of the recent Calcispongiz, which, to the 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. iv. 31 


434 Mr. H. J. Carter on the so-called 


best of my knowledge, is so far peculiar that it is never seen 
in a siliceous state, any more than the form of the simple ace- 
rate of a Renierid or Chalina is observed in a calcareous one 
among the recent sponges. 

I then thought, if I could get an instance such as those 
mentioned by Prof. Zittel and Mr. Sollas respectively, of a 
siliceous sponge presenting itself under a calcareous fossilized 
form, I might then see how far its fibre would represent that 
of the Farringdon sponges; and it so happens that there 
exist among my Farringdon collection two cylindrical fossils 
each about one inch and a half long by half an inch broad, 
with an axial cavity and furrowed oral aperture, so like 
Lithistids that if they had not presented the same kind of 
white, round, open, reticulated, calcareous fibre on the sur- 
face as that of the Farringdon sponges with which they 
were associated, I should have set them down immediately 
as such. But on making polished longitudinal and trans- 
verse sections of the bodies of these fossils for further ob- 
servation (by reflected light), I found that their spiculation 
was Lithistid, and that instead of this spiculation presenting 
itself under the form of continuous reticulated fibre of the 
same size, like that to which I have alluded (that is, wrapt 
up in calcareous material), the spicules were naked, and, m 
this condition, bore unmistakable evidence of that Lithistid 
nature which, if viewed while invested in the calcareous fibre 
of the surface so characteristic of the so-called Farringdon 
sponge when seen under the microscope by transmitted light 
in a slice ground down to extreme thinness, would lead to the 
difficulty above expressed, the uncertainty of whether we were 
looking at the remains of an originally siliceous or calcareous 
spiculation. 

Thus my anticipation was realized, and some at least of 
the Farringdon sponges proved to have been originally 
siliceous. 

In reducing the slice of H/asmostoma from my Farringdon 
sponges to a sufficient thinness for microscopical examination 
it proved so intractable, from the presence of mineral crystals 
much harder than my grinding-stones, that I was obliged 
to have recourse to the Neocomian specimen for this purpose, 
kindly sent to me by Prof. Zittel; but just previously to the 
breaking-up of the slice of the Farringdon one, although not 
until it had been almost sufficiently reduced, [ saw that it was 
in structure similarly composed; nor could J help remarking 
at the same time the resemblance, in form at least, that 
existed between these two specimens and the Lithistid Ver- 
ruculina auriformis, also represented by Zittel (Handbuch &e. 


“ Farringdon (Coral-Rag) Sponges.” 435 


p- 153. fig. 68). My Farringdon specimen of Hlasmostoma is 
very perfect, but in form cupellate with a chink on one side 
and still open below, evidencing what I have elsewhere stated 
respecting the funnel-shaped sponges, viz. that they begin in 
the form of a fan, and then curving round, the opposite borders 
unite to such an extent as finally to convert the fan into a 
vase-shaped sponge. 

Now no one can confound the triradiate spicule of a Calci- 
sponge with the tetracladiate one of a Lithistid when both 
are clearly exposed; but in these obscure indications which 
can only be dimly seen in the calcified fibre of the Farringdon 
sponges when it is ground down to a thinness which must 
take off one or more of their branches, we are as likely to find 
an apparent identification with one as with the other. Hence, 
perhaps, the value of my communication to Prof. Zittel that 
his slice of Peronella multidigitata presented triradiates which 
could only be identified with those of the recent Calcispongie ; 
and hence the dubiousness which attended the “results” of 
my grinding-down of the slices of the Farringdon sponges 
above mentioned. 

Professor Zittel’s ‘Studies on Fossil Sponges,” to which I 
have already alluded, are to me beyond all praise; they form 
quite an epoch in the paleontological history of the Spongida, 
especially as regards the Hexactinellide and Lithistidee ; but 
when we come to his Monactinellide and Tetractinellide his 
material, if not also the time that he could spare for this 
part of his ‘Handbuch der Paliontologie,’ appears to have 
been pretty well exhausted; for while, in the translations 
(‘ Annals, J. ¢.), about 128 pages are occupied by the 
Hexactinellide and Lithistide, only 14 are given to the 
Monactinellide and Tetractinellide, with 43 for his fossil 
Calcispongiz. 

Thus, considering that the Monactinellide and Tetracti- 
nellide are incomparably more numerous at the present day 
than the Hexactinellide and Lithistide, it follows that either 
the former were far less plentiful in paleontological times than 
they are now, or that very few specimens have come to Prof. 
Zittel’s hands in a fossilized condition; while the chances of 
the Calcispongiz not being preserved, for the reasons I have 
heretofore stated, make it questionable whether Zittel has not 
termed “ Calcispongizw” many which ought to be among the 
siliceous sponges. 

Again, I agree with Mr. Sollas (Ann. 1878, vol. 11. p. 361) 
that, if “ well cleansed by caustic potash,” or, indeed, by fresh 
water, so as to extract the salt (chloride of sodium), the 
spicules of a Calcisponge might be preserved ee for 


436 On the so-called “‘ Farringdon (Coral-Rag) Sponges.” 


an indefinite period; but I do not think this cleansing is likely 
to occur in the sea, and therefore that the rapid destruction of 
these sponges, which appears to me to be owing to the pre- 
sence of sea-salt in the spicules, must be opposed to their ever 
being found in a fossilized condition. 

But I cannot agree with Zittel in considering Pharetro- 
spongia Strahani a Calcisponge ; for, in the first place, from 
what has been above stated, there is no reason to assume that 
calcareous material was its original composition; and, secondly, 
the acerate spicule is in form as peculiarly that of a Renierid 
as it is not that of a Calcisponge. 

With reference to my having also heretofore shown that 
both Pachastrellid and Kchinonematous sponges may possess 
triradiate spicules (Ann. 1876, vol. xvii. pl. xiv. and 1879, 
vol. ii. pl. xxvii.), I do not think that the latter can be 
confounded with the triradiates in the fossil Peronella multi- 
jida, nor are they like those of P. cylindrica, although those 
of P. cylindrica might be confounded with the spicules of a 
Pachastrellid, e. g. Dercitus niger, Gray (Ann. 1871, vol. viii. 
pl. iv. fig. 3), = Battersbya Buckland’, Bowerbank (Mon. Brit. 
Spongiadee, vol. iii. pl. xcii. fig. 8, 1874): the spicules in the 
latter illustration are particularly like those of P. cylindrica. 

Lastly, I have of late been examining the cherty, flint-like 
detrital remains of the Upper Greensand (Cénomanien) 
which are now strewn over the surface of the New Red Sand- 
stone of this neighbourhood in vast abundance, from their 
consisting of the once continuous and superincumbent strata 
of these parts, which, judging from their composition, were 
formed of the subtle material of a deep ocean-bed, in which 
all kinds of sponges, but especially the Hexactinellida and 
Lithistida, seem from their abundance to have attained their 
maximum of development; yet while these are imbedded, for 
the most part, in large fragments in this more subtle material, 
which has now passed into a translucent, flint-like, siliceous 
matrix, equally abounding in isolated spicules of every kind 
of siliceous sponge, I have never seen a form among the 
latter that I could identify with a triradiate, quadriradiate, 
linear, or any other kind of spicule of a Calcisponge, although 
often a Lithistid with weathered-out white fibre like that of 
the Farringdon sponges but s¢/zczfed. 

Furthermore, a few days ago a fragment of this detritus was 
brought to me, out of which I extricated the digital process of 
a fossilized sponge about two and a half inches long and three 
eighths of an inch thick, which by its fixed end had evidently 
been attached to a larger braneh, and at its free end is ob- 
tusely round. ‘Thus from its shape, together with the pre- 


On new Species of Lepidoptera from Japan. 437 


sence of some of the remaining acerate spicules left end to 
end on its surface in a reticulated form, there can be no doubt 
that it had belonged to a digitate Chalina; but, with the ex- 
ception of a few points, the whole of the fibre of the interior 
had disappeared, leaving the parts which it had occupied in 
the form of a reticulated, anastomosing, empty tubulation, 
while the interstices were filled with translucent homogeneous 
flint-like silex. 

Now here is a condition exactly opposite to that presented 
by the Farringdon (Coral-Rag) sponges, in which the fibre 7s 
retained and the interstices more or less empty, while the 
fibre is calcareous, and the interstices, where occupied, filled 
with calcareous material also. 

Thus I cannot help thinking that this silicified digital 
process of a Chalina in the Upper Greensand flint might have 
been calcareous if it had been in the Coral Rag, and there- 
fore that most, if not all, of Prof. Zittel’s fossil Calcispongie 
may, after further examination, have to be transferred to his 
other orders ; while I know no one would rejoice more to see 
this effected than Prof. Zittel himself, if the evidence in favour 
of it warranted the alteration. 


Budleigh-Salterton, 
Noy. 3, 1879. 


LI.—Descriptions of new Species of Lepidoptera from Japan. 
By Arruur G. BuTLer, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &e. 


{Continued from p. 374. | 


Geometride. 


68. Thalera veneta, n. sp. (no. 425). 


Emerald-green : wings crossed just beyond the middle by 
a white-edged darker line; a very slender bronze-brown mar- 
ginal line; fringe snow-white, spotted with ferruginous at the 
terminations of the veins: primaries with a second white line 
across the basal third; the costa buff-coloured: head bright 
clay-red ; antenne with golden-yellowish pectinations : thorax, 
excepting the tegulz, and abdomen sordid white. Wings be- 
low pale sericeous green ; primaries with buff-coloured costa : 
body below sordid white, legs pale buff. Expanse of wings 
1 inch 5 lines. 


438 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Species of 


69. Tanaorhinus prasinus, n. sp. (no. 431). 


Wings above pale pearly grey, with the external border 
rather broadly sap-green, a discal stripe close to the outer 
border of the same colour: primaries with the base, costa, 
and a regularly trifureate central belt sap-green : secondaries 
crossed in the middle by a rather broad, straight, central sap- 
green belt; costal border rather broadly snow-white : thorax 
green; antennee with ochraceous pectinations; abdomen 
cream-coloured. Under surface of wings stramineous, be- 
coming ochraceous upon the costa, the outer border slightly 
greenish ; an indistinct straight postmedian greyish transverse 
stripe: body white, the anterior coxe green in front; pro- 
boscis ochreous. Expanse of wings 1 inch 10 lines. 


Ephyride. 
70. Ephyra grata, n. sp. (no. 470). 


Stramineous, the outer borders of the wings golden yellow; 
a rather broad, internally sinuated, submarginal, purplish- 
brown belt, the outer edge of which is ragged and divided 
into short transverse striae; a postmedian zigzag series of 
minute black dots; several internal spots and two basal bands 
grey : body grey, with yellowish head and shoulders. Under 
surtace altogether paler, the black dots obsolete. Hxpanse of 
wings 11 lines. 

Closely allied to “ Acidalia” cwrata of Moore. A. ? tri- 
gonata of Walker is also an Ephyra. 


Acidaliide. 
71. Asthena auricruda, n. sp. (no. 438). 


Bright buff-yellow: wings crossed by four equidistant, 
parallel, irregularly zigzag, leaden grey bands; base of pri- 
maries also leaden grey: thorax greyish; front of head and 
centre of antenne black, vertex and the remainder of antennz 
sordid white. Under surface altogether paler; wings whitish, 
with faint indications of the bands of the upper surface. Ex- 
panse of wings 9 lines. 


72. Acidalia impexa, n. sp. (no. 439). 


Pale testaceous: wings with ochraceous fringe; outer 
border laky purple, leaving the margin near apex of pri- 
maries, so that it encloses an oblong marginal spot of the 
ground-colour ; costal margin of primaries tinted with pur- 
plish lake; collar of the same tint. Wings below creamy 


Lepidoptera from Japan. 439 


stramineous, marginal border grey ; an indistinct, transverse, 
central, dusky line, followed by a barely distinguishable irre- 
gular discal line. Expanse of wings 9 lines. 
Allied to A. jakima (Ill. Lep. Het. ii. p. 40, pl. 50. 
fig. 10). 
73. Acidalia macescens, n. sp. (no. 448). 


Very pale greyish brown: wings with black discocellular 
dots, immediately followed by a pale sinuous band; this is 
followed by a broader band, slightly darker than the ground- 
colour, followed again by a second, sinuous, pale submarginal 
band; inner edge of the brownish intermediate band traversed 
by a series of blackish dots; a marginal series of black dots. 
Under surface whitish, minutely irorated with brown ; dis- 
cocellular and marginal dots as above; discal band indi- 
stinctly seen, its inner edge indicated by a sinuous brown 
line. Expanse of wings 103 lines. 


74. Acidalia fedata, n. sp. (no. 456). 

Shining olivaceous brown; wings with greyish borders, 
blackish discocellular dots, and a dark grey, subangulated, 
externo-discal line: thorax greyish; vertex of head white ; 
anus yellowish. Under surface pale shining greyish brown, 
with indications of the markings of the upper surface. Ex- 
panse of wings 10 lines. 


75. Acidalia invalida, n. sp. (no. 463). 


Whity brown, minutely irrorated with darker brown: wings 
crossed by two sinuous dark-edged bands, one central, the 
other discal; discocellular spots and marginal dots black. 
Wings below whitish: primaries with brownish costa; the 
markings of the upper surface indistinct, the inner edge of 
the discal band indicated by a series of brown dots: body 
cream-coloured. EExpanse of wings 1 inch. 

“ Acidalia”’ defamataria and “* A.” emissaria of Walker 
are referable to my genus Lycauges. 


Caberide. 


ORTHOCABERA, 0. gen. 


Nearly allied to Cabera, but the costal margin of primaries 
straighter and longer, the outer margin nearly straight and 
decidedly longer, the inner margin about the same. Type 
O. sericea. 

In marking the type differs from C. pusaria (the species 
which it most resembles) in having most of the lines dupli- 


440 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Species of 


cated and those of the primaries oblique and converging 
towards the apex. 


76. Orthocabera sericea, n. sp. (no. 477). 


g. Sericeous snow-white: wings crossed by four bands, 
the first three of primaries and the third of secondaries formed 
of double sandy brown lines, tapering and converging towards 
the apex of the primaries, the first and second of secondaries 
reduced to single lines of the same colour, the first being 
quite basal and therefore only just visible; a submarginal 
line sinuated on the primaries and a marginal line also of the 
same colour: primaries with a minute dark brown discocel- 
lular dot; costal margin slenderly brownish: head and an- 
tenne yellowish. Wings below snow-white, immaculate : 
primaries with the costa pale golden brown: palpi yellowish ; 
legs varied with dead gold (perhaps due to abrasion). Ex- 
panse of wings 1 inch 5 lines. 


Macariide. 


77. Macaria Pryert, n.sp. (no. 494). 


Snow-white: wings streaked and mottled with greyish 
brown, crossed by two sandy brown lines, the first at basal 
fourth, the second duplicated as far as the second median 
branch of primaries, where it divides into a fork, the inner 
branch running through the discocellulars to costa, the outer 
branch carried on for a short distance and then abruptly 
elbowed so as to run parallel to the inner one, this outer 
stripe upon the primaries interrupted by black spots ; a broad 
greyish-brown band almost uniting with the duplicated stripe 
and sharply angulated externally, divided from the outer 
border (which is striated with dark brown) by a macular 
stripe of the ground-colour ; a marginal series of black spots : 
crest of head, antennz, and collar sandy or golden brown ; 
abdomen pearly white, the anterior segments with black 
dorsal dots in pairs. Wings below with the lines simple and 
badly defined, the mottling golden brown. Expanse of wings 
1 inch 5 lines. 


78. Macaria trrorata, n. sp. (no. 496). 

Clear sandy yellow, speckled with black: wings with the 
fringe black-spotted; a small black spot on the discocellulars; 
a slender, arched, black line, bordered with pale buff, and 
interrupted by the yellow veins, just beyond the middle ; 
traces of a discal series of black spots, most distinct upon the 


Lepidoptera from Japan. 44] 


primaries ; these wings also with a second black arched line 
near the base. Under surface nearly as above, slightly yel- 
lower. Expanse of wings 1 inch 3 lines. 

Allied to M. indictinaria of Bremer. 


Fidoniide. 


79. Lozogramma vapulata, n. sp. (no. 497). 


Whity brown, striated with little dashes of slightly darker 
brown, two indistinct angulated lines of the same tint across 
the basal half; a marginal series of black dots: primaries 
crossed obliquely from inner margin to apex by a darker- 
edged brown band, which widens abruptly at costal third, 
and is edged externally with white ; an elongated small black 
spot on the second median interspace ; an indistinct submar- 
ginal brownish streak : secondaries crossed just beyond the 
middle by a brown angulated stripe, which tapers to a line 
as it approaches the costa; an indistinct brownish line half- 
way between the postmedian stripe and the margin. Wings 
below white, with the markings of the upper surface sandy 
yellowish. Expanse of wings 1 inch 5 lines. 

This species seems allied to “ Macaria” castigataria of 
Bremer. 


80. Ozola terranea, n. sp. (no. 614). 


Pale brown, slightly greyish at the outer borders of the 
wings; a slender dark brown marginal line; a submarginal 
line formed of series of geminated almost confluent black 
dots ; three parallel, sinuated, discal dusky lines (the two 
outer ones approximated), crossed by black-spotted median 
branches and submedian vein: primaries darker than secon- 
daries, the discoidal area and a belt enclosed by the discal 
lines rust-red ; three indistinct, sinuated, dusky lines across 
the basal area. Wings below pale brown, the secondaries 
darker and greyer than the primaries; all the discal veins 
black-spotted ; the lines crossing the disk more distinct than 
above, but the lines crossing the basal area only represented 
by black spots on the costa of primaries ; small blackish disco- 
cellular spots: body greyish. Hxpanse of wings 1 inch. 


Larentiide. 


81. Emmelesia phasma, n. sp. (no. 435). 


Sericeous white: wings crossed by nine more or less 
distinct, grey, sinuated lines, the third and fourth and the 
sixth and seventh from the base approximated, very irre- 


442 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Species of 


gular, and dotted with black; the ninth or submarginal line 
indistinct ; a series of black marginal lunules. Wings below 
immaculate ; anterior cox, tibie, and tarsi pale golden 
brown. IJxpanse of wings 11 lines. 


82. Hupithecta stgnigera, n. sp. (no. 574). 

Sandy brown, crossed by numerous, parallel, undulated or 
zigzag, darker brown lines; an interrupted black marginal 
line : primaries with the costal border almost wholly occupied 
by five large, black-edged, brown spots, the third and fifth 
of which are connected with similar subcostal spots above the 
end of the cell and close to the apex; the first and third of 
the transverse brown lines expanded into bands; a white- 
edged black spot at the end of the cell; a submarginal series 
of externally white-edged black spots, united by longitudinal 
dashes to the interrupted marginal line: secondaries paler 
than primaries, the costal half whitish ; a blackish discocel- 
lular dot; the submarginal zigzag line externally white- 
edged and terminating at anal angle in a blackish spot: 
thorax whitish, with dark brown head and collar. Under 
surtace grey, discocellular spots and interrupted marginal line 
black and sharply defined; transverse lines indistinct, only 
indicated upon the disk. Hxpanse of wings 1 inch. 

Allied to #. rufescens (Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. ii. p. 52, 
pl. liu. fig. 12). 


83. Hupithect consueta, n. sp. (no. 568). 


Whitish, crossed by numerous undulated grey lines, some 
of which are deepened in colour, and their interspaces are 
filled in with grey so as to form a small basal band, a broad 
angulated belt occupying the central third of the wings, a 
submarginal externally zigzag stripe and an external border: 
primaries with a prominent black discocellular litura: body 
varied with grey transverse stripes and lines. Wings below 
grey; the outer edge of the central belt represented by a 
blackish stripe ; prominent black discocellular spots; a dif- 
fused discal stripe with pale external edge; fringe with white 
basal line ; costal margin of primaries white, crossed by large 
blackish costal spots. Body below white; legs greyish above. 
Expanse of wings 103 lines. 

In the pattern of the primaries this species almost agrees 


with Z. excisa (Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. ii. p. 52, pl. ii. fig. 11). 
84. Hupithecia lucinda, n. sp. (no, 578). 


Primaries pale sap-green, with blackish markings nearly as 
in the preceding species: secondaries sordid white, a few 


Lepidoptera from Japan. 443 


scales indicating traces of transverse lines: body pale sap- 
green, abdomen black-spotted. Under surface shining white ; 
primaries with a few indications of the commencement of lines 
upon the costa: secondaries crossed by two slender grey lines, 
indicating the central belt. LZxpanse of wings 8 lines. 

Seems allied to £. sophia (Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. ui. p. 51, 
pl. liii. fig. 9). 


85. Lobophora misera, n. sp. (no. 563). 

Wings smoky brown, tinted with pink: primaries with 
greenish costal and internal areas; darker than the secondaries 
and crossed by numerous black and brown lines, the inter- 
spaces between some of which are filled with brown darker 
than the ground-colour, so as to form a well-defined central 
band ; a subbasal angulated stripe, and one or two abbreviated 
bands and spots at apex; indications of a zigzag white sub- 
marginal line; a marginal series of black dots in pairs; 
fringe dark brown; a black discocellular litura: secondaries 
with dusky marginal line: body blackish, irrorated with grey. 
Under surface of wings pale reddish brown, with traces of the 
bands of the upper surface. Primaries with whitish internal 
area: body white, with blackish sides; legs banded with 
black. Expanse of wings 1 inch. 


86. Melanippe abraxina, n. sp. (no. 533). 


Wings snow-white, with a broad and slightly irregular dark 
greyish-brown outer border, traversed through the centre by a 
dentate-sinuate white stripe, and interrupted on second median 
interspaces by a marginal white spot ; a black marginal line ; 
fringe spotted with dark greyish brown. Primaries with a 
yellow-edged blackish spot close to the base, followed imme- 
diately by two angulated dark brown stripes; a very irregular 
constricted central band enclosing a black discocellular spot : 
secondaries greyish at base: body ochreous, covered with 
black spots ; antennee dark brown. Wings below with paler 
and more confused markings : body whitish, not spotted ; ab- 
domen transversely banded with black; legs externally black, 
banded with yellow, internally white and yellow. Expanse 
of wings 1 inch 6 lines. 


87. Larentia comis, n. sp. (no. 528). 


Greyish whity brown: primaries with the basal fourth 
dark brown, limited externally by a zigzag oblique white 
line ; a broad angulated central dark brown belt, limited on 
both sides by zigzag white lines, and enclosing a black disco- 


444 Mr A. G. Butler on new Species of 


cellular spot; a white dentate-sinuate discal line; an inter- 
rupted blackish marginal line: secondaries rather paler than 
primaries, with faint indications of two arched grey discal 
lines: head white, antenne brown ; thorax brown, with white 
fringes to the tegule; abdomen white, with blackish dorsal 
dots or transverse lines. Under surface whitish; the wings 
slightly grey to beyond the middle, where this colour is limited 
by an angulated dusky stripe; blackish discocellular spots. 
Iuxpanse of wings 1 inch 4 lines. 


88. Larentia inamena, un. sp. (no. 541). 


Primaries white, crossed by numerous irregular dark brown 
lines; some of these are united by having their interspaces 
filled in with slightly paler brown, so as to produce three basal 
stripes and a broad irregular central belt ; the two lines nearest 
to the outer margin become black, and the outer one expands 
into large white-edged spots above the third median branch ; 
outer border grey; a marginal series of black dots in pairs; 
basal half and tips of fringe brown: secondaries greyish 
brown, pale, crossed from just before the middle to near the 
outer margin by parallel indistinct whitish undulated lines ; 
marginal dots and fringe as in primaries: body brown. Under 
surface grey, with paler external area crossed by grey lines ; 
black discocellular dots. Hxpanse of wings 1 inch 2 lines. 


89. Anticlea umbrifera, n. sp. (no. 538). 


Primaries above rust-red, traversed by numerous zigzag 
blackish lines, and crossed by an irregular central white belt 
enclosing a black discocellular dot ; a series of black marginal 
dots in pairs; fringe tipped with grey: secondaries white, 
crossed by two parallel approximated blackish zigzag post- 
median lines ; outer border reddish; marginal dots and fringe 
as in primaries: body above grey, varied with rust-red and 
whitish. Under surface sordid white: wings crossed by two 
grey lines; discocellular dots black. Hxpanse of wings 
1 inch 4 lines. 


90. Scotosta sericata, n. sp. (no. 588). 


Shining bronzy grey: wings crossed by numerous zigzag 
and sinuated darker grey lines, three of which on the disk are 
filled in with reddish cupreous to form a discal band, three 
near the base of primaries and two close to the base to form a 
subbasal band and basal stripe ; the central belt indicated upon 
the primaries by the partial filling-in of three lines on each 
side with brown and by black dots upon the veins: in the 


Lepidoptera from Japan. 445 


secondaries the outer edge is alone indicated by black dots on 
the veins; ablack marginal line; fringe brown: head brown, 
first three abdominal segments with a central black dot. 
Wings below shining grey, the markings obsolete; fringe 
brown: body grey. Expanse of wings 2 inches 1 line. 


INUROIS, n. gen. 


Allied to Chetmatobia (C. brumata), but the neuration 
utterly different. In the primaries of Cheimatobia the costal 
vein 1s normal, joining the costal margin at about the third 
fourth ; in Jnwrots it unites with the subcostal vein just beyond 
its origin. The subcostal vein of Cheimatobia has four branches, 
all emitted at some distance from the end of the cell; that of 
LInurois has six branches, the first four of which are very 
short, and cross the costal area much less obliquely than is 
usual. In Chetmatobia the upper radial is trifurcate, the upper- 
most branch uniting with the subcostal so as to form a post- 
discoidal cell; in /rurots it is simple. In Chetimatobia the 
lower radial is emitted from an angle of the lower discocellular ; 
in Jnurots it is emitted normally from between the two disco- 
cellulars. In Cheimatobia these veinlets are irregular, and the 
upper one sloping backwards ; in Jnurozs they are regular and 
transverse. In the secondaries the differences are nearly as 
striking: thus the subcostal vein of Cheimatob/a emits its 
branches from a long footstalk, whilst in Znwrots there is none ; 
Cheimatobia has the discocellulars oblique and sigmoidal, the 
upper being about four times the length of the lower, but 
Inurois has a perfectly simple angle, with the radial emitted 
-from the centre; in Chetmatobia the third median and radial 
are about equal distances apart, whilst in Znwrods the second 
and third median branches are emitted near together and 
at some distance from the radial. In other respects the 
two genera are much alike, both in form, texture, and colo- 
ration. 


Type I. tenuis. 


91. Inurots tenuis, n. sp. (nos. 553 & 556). 


Primaries semitransparent whity brown, with a faint indi- 
cation of a slightly darker greyish broad central belt, its outer 
edge dotted with black upon the veins; a well-defined black 
discocellular spot and a marginal series of black dots: secon- 
daries slightly paler, with black discocellular and marginal 
dots: body brown. Wings below with a brown discal line 
across both primaries and secondaries. Expanse of wings 3 
1 inch 2 lines, ¢ 1 inch 3 lines. 


446 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Species of 
92. Cidaria mendica, n. sp. (no. 604). 


Smoky brown; wings sericeous, crossed by a very irregular 
white discal stripe, an indistinct series of whitish spots 
bounding the external area internally: primaries indistinctly 
striated with whity brown; a convex line of the same colour 
across the basal fourth ; a white spot at base; a black disco- 
cellular spot: secondaries paler than primaries, indistinctly 
striated with grey : abdominal fringe whitish ; external fringe 
of all the wings pale, tipped with white and interrupted by 
large dark brown spots; thorax paler than the head, collar, 
and abdomen. Wings below sericeous greyish brown, indis- 
tinctly mottled (particularly on the primaries) with whitish ; 
crossed by a very irregular whitish discal line; dusky disco- 
cellular spots; the fringe and the costal border of primaries 
yellowish, spotted with dark brown: body pale greyish brown, 
the pectus and a number of mottled markings on the legs 
whity brown. Expanse of wings 1 inch 7 lines. 

A very distinct but dull-looking species. 


Hypenide. 
93. Hormisa morosa, n. sp. (no. 1063). 


Greyish brown: primaries with the interno-median area 
gravel-coloured and crossed by an oblique externally brown- 
bordered snow-white stripe, which runs from inner margin to 
apex ; external border grey, fringe intersected and edged by 
dark brown lines: secondaries with a sandy tint, base of 
fringe gravel-coloured: abdomen with whitish posterior edges 
tothe segments. Primaries below greyish, with a slight sandy | 
tint, particularly on the outer border: secondaries whitish, with 
sandy yellowish borders and fringe: body below whitish, the 
venter yellowish. Expanse of wings 1 inch. 


94. Hormisa calamina, n. sp. (no. 1064). 


Primaries above pale buff, with two minute blackish dots at 
the angles of the cell; a submarginal series of very minute 
black dots; fringe brownish, becoming white at external 
angle: secondaries cream-coloured, with a slender marginal 
line and submarginal series of minute dots grey: body pale 
buff, the abdomen rather paler than the thorax. Under sur- 
face slightly greyer and paler than the upper, otherwise 
similar. EXxpanse of wings 1 inch. 


Herminiide. 
95. Herminia dolosa, n. sp. (no. 892). 


Primaries above sandy brown; a slender dark brown angu- 


Lepidoptera from Japan. 447 


lated line across the basal fourth, a second parallel to it just 
beyond the cell, and a third (nearly straight) limiting the ex- 
ternal area; a <-shaped dusky marking at the end of the cell 
interrupting a dusky diffused streak which crosses the centre 
of the wing; a slender black marginal line: secondaries 
ereyer than primaries, two indistinct oblique dusky lines 
crossing the disk, the outer one running to anal angle, where 
it is edged outwardly with white; a slender black marginal 
line. Wings below paler and more uniform in colour; prima- 
ries crossed by one blackish discal line, secondaries by two, 
the outer one with a pale border; a blackish marginal line. 
Expanse of wings 1 inch 2 lines. 


96. Herminia helva, n. sp. (no. 915). 


Pale stramineous, speckled with brown; primaries crossed 
by two very slender and irregular brown lines, representing 
the central belt and enclosing a dark brown discocellular dot ; 
an oblique dark brown line, bounded on each side by a diffused 
brownish indistinct stripe from external angle to apex; a 
black marginal line: secondaries with whitish costal half, the 
two usual whitish-bordered oblique discal lines; a marginal 
black line. Under surface more uniform in tint, the markings 
very indistinct, the innermost line of primaries obsolete. Ex- 
panse of wings 1 inch 4 lines. 


97. Bleptina onerata, n. sp. (no. 930). 


Primaries above shining chocolate-brown ; the base, a broad 
belt just before the middle, a costal spot immediately beyond 
it, and the outer margin densely irrorated with white scales; a 
discocellular spot and a marginal series black; fringe greyish 
brown, spotted at the base with darker brown: secondaries 
shining greyish brown, darker towards outer margin, fringe 
with a dark basal line: thorax bronze-brown, mottled with 
white; abdomen white, transversely banded with blackish. 
Wings below shining grey; fringe spotted with whitish; a 
white costal spot beyond the cell of primaries: body below 
white; legs above blackish, banded with white. Expanse of 
wings 1 inch. 


98. Locastra amica, n. sp. (no. 933). 


Primaries with the basal third sordid buff, speckled with 
black; central third white, slightly speckled and broadly 
bordered with black, the outer border being biangulated or 
zigzag; two small black spots (the outer one lunate), indi- 
eating the discoidal spots; external third copper-brown, 
clouded near apex and external angle with blackish; a mar- 


448 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Species of 


ginal series of black spots; fringe pale, spotted with blackish : 
secondaries pearly hyaline white ; a dot at the superior angle 
of the cell, and a broad external border blackish: thorax 
coppery brown, varied with black, whitish behind ; abdomen 
white, speckled with black, and with the basal and anal seg- 
ments dark brown. Wings below white, external area broadly 
tinted with brown; crossed by a series of diffused dark brown 
subconfluent spots, and limited within by an angulated series 
of subconfluent blackish spots: a blackish discocellular dot on 
each wing: primaries with the costa brownish, the base ap- 
pearing grey from transparency; the internal border silvery : 
pectus and legs pale shining brown, anterior cox and palpi 
black; venter white, with blackish anus. Expanse of wings 
1 inch 5 lines. 


99. Locastra inimica, n. sp. (no. 932). 


Primaries fuliginous brown, mottled with whity brown, the 
external area tinted with pink; a blackish oblique streak 
across the basal fourth; a blackish rhomboidal costai spot 
which crosses the cell just beyond the middle; a blackish 
discal zigzag series of spots across the disk just beyond the 
cell; a nebulous subapical patch and a marginal series of black 
spots; fringe grey, dark at base: secondaries sordid white, 
the apical area, outer margin, and a submarginal streak dark 
brown; a longitudinal blackish streak on first median, and a 
second on the submedian vein: body fuligmous brown. 
Wings below pearly white, becoming sordid towards outer 
margin and on costal border; discocellulars dusky ; a sub- 
angulated blackish discal line, and a large blackish subapical 
patch on each wing; a marginal series of blackish spots : 
body white. LExpanse of wings 1 inch 1 line. 


100. Bocana incongruens, n. sp. (no. 904). 


Fuliginous brown, tinted with lilacine ; wings crossed by 
two broad dark brown parallel oblique stripes, the first central, 
the second discal; fringe grey ; primaries with a small yellow 
discocellular crescent. Under surface greyish brown: wings 
with small discocellular white dots ; secondaries with indica- 
tion of a discal line slightly darker than the ground-colour. 
Expanse of wings 1 inch 3 lines. 


TROTOSEMA, n. gen. 


Allied to Echana; palpi shorter, recurved, and pressed close 
over the front of the head; wings rather short and broad, 
primaries with a pouch-like tuft of overlapping curly hair on 
the costal margin beyond the cell. Type 7. sordidum. 


Lepidoptera from Japan. 449 
101. Trotosema sordidum, n. sp. (no. 905). 


Smoky brown: wings crossed by two dusky diffused stripes, 
the first central, the second (with defined sinuated outer edge) 
limiting the external border ; a series of black marginal dots: 
primaries with black discoidal spots, both very small. Wings 
below irrorated with whity brown; two irregular sinuous 
dusky-bordered whitish discal lines; black discocellular spots 
and blackish marginal dots. Expanse of wings 1 inch 
3 lines. 


CIDARIPLURA, n. gen. 


Allied to Edessena, but differing in its enormous compressed 
sabre-like palpi; first palpal joint 4 millims. in length, curved 
upwards at the base, gradually expanding but straight from 
near the base to the crown; second joint 43 millims. in length, 
placed at right angles to the first, narrow at base, slightly 
widening towards the crown, thickly fringed with hair inter- 
nally ; third joint 44 millims. in length, narrow at base, gradu- 
ally tapering to a point at apex, slightly incurved and tringed 
internally with hair. Primaries acuminate, with arched outer 


margin. ‘Type C. gladiata. 
102. Cidariplura gladiata, n. sp. (no. 902). 


Smoky brown: wings crossed by a white-edged dark brown 
discal line; a black marginal line: primaries with a white 
reniform spot and a very minute white orbicular dot. Under 
surface paler; wings with an ill-defined dusky discal line 
and blackish discocellular spots. Hixpanse of wings 1 inch 
4 lines. 


103. Amblygoes albinotata, n. sp. (no. 921). 


Primaries bronzy brown, with grey external border; two 
nearly central parallel stripes, slightly darker than the ground- 
colour, and terminating upon the costa in reversed snow-white 
spots; a subapical costal white dot or slender transverse dash ; 
a lunular orange discocellular spot: secondaries dull copper- 
brown, with grey outer border, separated from the ground-colour 
by a scarcely perceptibly darker diffused band: thorax bronze- 
brown; abdomen grey. Under surface greyish brown: pri- 
maries with the costa bronze-brown, interrupted by a marginal 
short white line near the base, an oblique dash beyond the cell, 
and a slender subapical line parallel to the outer margin ; outer 
border irrorated with white scales ; a slender blackish margi- 
nal line: secondaries irrorated with white scales; a whitish 
submarginal line; aslender black marginal line: legs brown, 
tarsi banded with white. Expanse of wings 1 inch 2 lines 

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. iv. 32 


450 Mr, A. G. Butler on new Species of 


104, Lgnasia argillacea, n. sp. (no. 954). 


Reddish clay-colour, speckled with grey ; a marginal series 
of minute black dots followed by little transverse white lines ; 
fringe rosy, traversed by basal and central lake-red lines; a 
pale-edged brown discal line just beyond the discoidal cells, 
followed by a diffused indistinct greyish belt: primaries 
crossed near the basal third by a pale-edged brown line parallel 
to the discal one; costal border sericeous, crossed by two or 
three white dashes and with black marginal dots: thorax and 
abdomen dusky. Wings below pale greyish brown; mark- 
ings indistinct: body white, legs yellowish. Expanse of 
wings 10 lines. 


105. Egnasia fallax, n. sp. (no. 917). 


Primaries above whitish olivaceous, indications of an arched 
central band, dusky upon inner margin, and bounded exter- 
nally by a series of minute blackish dots ; three parallel indis- 
tinct greyish arched lines across the basal third, the innermost 
line dotted with blackish ; a very irregular grey discal line; a 
marginal series of black dots; fringe grey ; costal margin pale 
buff, spotted with blackish: secondaries grey: thorax whitish 
olivaceous ; abdomen slightly greyer, with pale margins to 
the segments. Primaries below sericeous greyish, with pale 
borders and dark fringe; costal border buff, crossed beyond 
the cell by an abbreviated oblique dusky line: secondaries 
sandy yellowish, speckled with grey ; two indistinct parallel 
arched discal lines; a black discocellular dot. Body below 
pean whitish, shining; legs paler. Expanse of wings 
10 lines. 


106. Egnasia erebina, n. sp. (no. 927). 


Smoky brown, with the external area broadly darker and 
limited internally by a sinuated black stripe or band ; a pale- 
edged blackish line limiting the external border; a marginal 
series of small blackish spots enclosing white semicircular 
lines ; fringe spotted with blackish ; centre of the wings occu- 
pied by little variously formed hyaline white characters: pri- 
maries crossed at basal fourth by an irregular series of about 
four black spots; a black costal spot close to the base: thorax 
smoky brown, abdomen greyish. Under surface greyish ; the 
basal area speckled with white; the discal lines with pale 
edges ; the sinuated stripe of the upper surface forming the 
inner discal line more regular than above and dentate-sinuate 
throughout; the hyaline white markings more distinct and 
black-edged ; marginal spots represented by subconfluent de- 


Lepidoptera from Japan. . 451 


pressed triangular blackish dots followed by a slender whitish 
line. Primaries without basal markings: body whitish, with 
the legs greyish. Expanse of wings 11 lines. 


107. Egnasia opalina, n. sp. (no. 895). 


Primaries strongly angulated; pearly grey, with brownish 
costal margin and fringe; two diverging transverse central 
orange-margined ferruginous lines: secondaries pale brown ; 
a dusky marginal line, followed by a whitish line at the base 
of the fringe: body pale brown. Under surface sericeous 
whity brown: primaries with faint traces of a darker trans- 
verse discal line. Expanse of wings 1 inch. 


Pyralide. 
DEANA (Adena, Wlk., nec Hadena, Guén.). 


108. Deana sericea, n. sp. (no. 1042). 


Sericeous greyish brown; a slightly darker discal angu- 
lated line, partly bordered outwardly with whitish; fringe 
cream-coloured, traversed near the base by a black line, white 
at the anal angles, and with a black patch at the angulation 
of the outer margins: primaries with the costal border cream- 
coloured beyond the middle; a pale-bordered dusky line across 
the basal fourth; a large white spot immediately beyond the 
discocellulars, which are blackish and <-shaped : secondaries 
with a pale spot beyond the discocellulars: frons silvery white, 
palpi blackish, antenne testaceous. Wings below paler and 
more sericeous, the discal line well defined, with better-marked 
whitish border; the spots beyond the cells white on all the 
wings; the primaries without basal transverse line; body 
below silvery white. Expanse of wings 1 inch. 

Walker refers his genus to the Crambites, remarking at the 
same time that it hardly belongs to that group. His type 
(A. xanthialis) is identical with a species doubtfully referred 
by him to the genus Scopula under the name of S.? hybrea- 
salis. 

109. Pyralis valida, n. sp. (no. 938). 

Greyish brown, with a slight cupreous reflection; wings 
crossed by two stramineous lines, those of primaries much wider 
apart and more angular than those of secondaries, fringe 
bright stramineous black at base: primaries with the apical 
two thirds of the fringe tipped with black; centre of costal 
margin spotted with yellow, apical portion blackish; a blackish 
dot at the end of the cell. Wings below shining, the inner 

32* 


452 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Species of 


stramineous line obsolete; basal two thirds of costal margin 

of primaries stramineous, spotted with black ; anal angle of 

secondaries occupied by a diffused subquadrate stramineous 

patch : legs pale yellowish. Expanse of wings 1 inch 1 line. 
Allied to P. rubidalis of Europe. 


110. Pyralis yokohame, n. sp. (no. 939). 


Primaries above greyish brown, with a feeble rosy reflection, 
crossed by two widely separated parallel slender straminecus 
lines ; fringe pale brown, with a dusky subbasal line: secon- 
daries pale brown, crossed by two slender whitish lines, the 
inner one angulated, the outer one arched; fringe as in pri- 
maries: thorax coloured like the primaries; abdomen pale 
brown, with a pink reflection. Wings below stramineous, 
with a paler discal line across the wings : secondaries whitish 
towards the abdominal border. Expanse of wings 1 inch 
1 line. 


111. Pyralis regina, n. sp. (no. 942). 


Primaries above shining purple, with faint indications of 
two widely separated paler lines, the outer one commencing in 
a well-marked golden-yellow costal dash; centre of costal 
margin minutely flecked with gold; fringe golden-yellow, with 
a basal lake-red line: secondaries lake-red, with purple outer 
border; two irregular yellow-edged central blackish lines ; 
fringe as in primaries: body brown, with purplish reflections. 
Under surface shining grey ; wings with stramineous fringe, 
slightly rosy at base; a yellow costal dash as above; basal 
two thirds of costal margin flecked with yellow: secondaries 
whitish towards the base; a diffused rose-red discal belt en- 
closing an arched yellow-edged blackish line: legs and venter 
silvery. Expanse of wings 8 lines. 


Near to P. lucillalis of Walker. 


112. Doththa consocia, n. sp. (no. 950). 


Wings above reddish cupreous, with the basal third laky 
brown, edged externally by a silvery-white line; basal half 
of fringe shining pink, bounded on each side by a black line, 
external half silvery white: primaries with an internally 
pale-edged slender black submarginal line ; outer border rosy ; 
internal area immediately beyond the subbasal line whitish : 
secondaries with a nearly central blackish-bordered white line : 
body pale brown. Wings below shining rose-red, with fringe 
as above: primaries with a large subapical patch and the 
costa clay-coloured ; a number of block edaed white costal 


Lepidoptera from Japan. 453 


‘spots; a discocellular black lunule; a blackish patch below 
the end of the cell, and another below the clay-coloured patch, 
and enclosed by a forked black-edged white line, the outer or 
main stem of which replaces the submarginal line of the upper 
surface: secondaries crossed at basal third by a diffused con- 
stricted whitish belt enclosing an irregular black line, and 
followed by a deep-reddish discocellular dot ; a black-bordered 
angulated white discal line; body below whity brown, anterior 
coxe rose-red. Expanse of wings 11 lines. 
Allied to D. icelusalis (Pyralis icelusalis of Walker). 


Asoplide. 
113. Samea commixta, n. sp. (no. 965). 


Wings above with the basal two thirds stramineous, varied 
with white: primaries with two black dots at base, two large 
dark brown spots close to base, followed by an irregular belt 
of the same colour almost crossing the wing; a blackish- 
bordered stramineous quadrate spot at the end of the cell; an 
irregularly angulated pale-bordered black discal line limiting 
the external third, which is dark brown, a marginal series of 
black dots; fringe stramineous, with central and terminal 
blackish lines: secondaries crossed by two irregular black 
lines; external area and fringe as in primaries: body 
whity brown, abdomen banded with blackish. Under sur- 
face whity brown, markings very indistinct. Hxpanse of 
wings 9 lines. 

Allied to Samea inscitalis (Aidiodes inscitalis of Walker). 


114. Samea exigua, n. sp. (no. 1032). 


Wings cream-coloured, with very pale cupreous-brown 
outer border, bounded internally by a dusky line; fringe grey, 
with white and blackish basal lines ; two central dusky lines, 
the outer one almost sigmoidal (but angular) upon the prima- 
ries, straight and uniting with the submarginal line on secon- 
daries ; costal area of primaries brownish: body cream-coloured, 
brown in front; anus yellow. Under surface white, markings 
as above, but all grey. Expanse of wings 7 lines. 


Margarodidez. 


115. Glyphodes Pryeri, n. sp. (no. 989), 


Very like G@. pyloalis of North China (G. sylpharis of 
Japan), but larger, the white areas sordid, the bands broader, 
duller, and connected upon the inner margin of primaries: 
secondaries crossed by a central bisinuated dark brown stripe ; 


454 Mr. A. G, Butler on new Species of 


lower discocellular covered by a cuneiform black spot. Ex- 
panse of wings 1 inch. 

The type of Walker’s G. pyloalis is in such poor condition, 
being much rubbed and destitute of fringe to the wings, that 
it is no wonder that I did not at first recognize its specific 
identity with the fresh and nearly perfect example obtained 
by Mr. Jonas. 


116. Margaronia inusitata, n. sp. (no. 983). 


Snow-white, sericeous : wings crossed by a sinuous discal 
greyish-brown line; three black-edged pale copper-brown 
discoidal spots confluent with the costal border, which is also 
pale copper-brown ; a fourth spot below the cell: secondaries 
with a black-edged small spot in the cell, and a larger one 
closing the cell: frons yellow; palpi black ; shoulders red- 
brown. Under surface with the markings much less distinct, 
partly obsolete. Expanse of wings 11 lines. 

Nearest in appearance to Cirrhochrista brizoalis, but very 
distinct in form. 


Botidide. 


117. Mecyna prunipennis, n. sp. (no. 1024). 


Primaries above reddish brown, tinted with plum-colour; a 
greyish spot at the end of the cell: secondaries sordid ochre- 
ous, with a grey external border: thorax plum-coloured ; ab- 
domen testaceous. Under surface ochreous; wings with rose- 
coloured tips; primaries with an oblique brown dash at the 
end of the cell, fringe brown; legs whitish, the femora clouded 
with rose-colour. Expanse of wings 1 inch 4 lines. 


Phycide. 
PARALIPSA, n. gen. 


Aspect of Achroéa; allied to Alipsa, from which it scarcely 
differs in the neuration of the secondaries; but the structure 
of the primaries is altogether distinct, that of Alipsa being 
very simple, the costal vein simple, terminating at about 
second third of costa, the subcostal four-branched, the cell 
very long, the discocellulars forming a transverse zigzag line, 
from the uppermost angle of which the upper radial is emitted, 
and from the lowest the third median and lower radial are 
emitted upon a long footstalk, the first and second median 
being emitted near together from the inferior extremity of the 
cell, and being distinctly curved, the median vein is slightly 
inarched, as well as the vein-like fold immediately below it, 
and the submedian is long. In Paralipsa the base of the 


Lepidoptera from Japan, 455 


costal border is swollen out into a bladder-like excrescence, 
the costal vein (so far as can be seen without actually destroy- 


SS AQ 
Hie ee 
. ee 
Neuration of (1) Alipsa and (2) Paralipsa. 


ing the specimen) appears to spring from near the base of the 
subcostal, and both of these veins almost immediately pass 
under a long depressed mass of hair-scales, from which they 
emerge just about the centre of the wing, the costal vein 
passing obliquely upwards to the margin, and the subcostal 
throwing off the first of its five branches parallel to it; paral- 
lel to and below the subcostal is an arched vein, from which 
both the radials are emitted; the discocellulars are absent ; 
and the median vein, which is normal in structure, curves 
slightly upwards towards the radials ; the false vein below the 
median curves slightly downwards at its extremity ; the sub- 
median is decidedly shorter than in Alipsa: the principal 
difference in the secondaries is that the second and third 
median branches are unusually short, little more than half the 
length of those in Alipsa: the palpi are unfortunately absent ; 
but in other respects the body is similar. Type P. modesta. 


118. Paralipsa modesta, n. sp. (no. 1170). 


Coloration of Alipsa angustella: primaries above lilac-grey, 
speckled with black, and with a central forked pale ferrugi- 
nous streak, a minute black subbasal dash, and a rounded 
black subcostal spot at apical third: secondaries sericeous 
white, with diffused dusky outer border, most distinct at apex : 
thorax lilacine grey; abdomen testaceous, with a pearly lustre. 
Under surface sordid white, the primaries with dusky external 
fourth. Expanse of wings 10 lines. 


Crambide. 


119. Crambus sabulinus, n. sp. (no. 1110). 


Primaries red-brown, with a lilac reflection ; costal border 
white ; a band of clay-colour across the basal third, its inner 


456 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Species of 


half formed of large embossed scales, its inner margin limited 
by a diffused transverse greyish stripe: secondaries sordid 
hyaline white, with brown veins and margins; fringe tra- 
versed by a brown line: thorax shining clay-colour ; abdo- 
men testaceous. Under surface shining, the primaries and 
body stramineous, the secondaries whitish, with testaceous 
veins and margins. Expanse of wings 11 lines. 


120. Crambus yokohame, n. sp. (no. 1087). 


Primaries above bright golden yellow; discoidal area bright 
silver; a black line starting from the base of costa running 
to near the end of the upper radial, and there uniting with a 
second line starting from the base of the median vein, thus 
enclosing the basal half of the costal border and the discoidal 
area; three black-dotted longitudinal silver streaks upon the 
median branches, the third being almost obliterated by a 
large, oblique, pearly white spot; a fourth silver streak on 
interno-median interspace, and a fourth abbreviated one just 
below the subcostal vein beyond the end of the cell ; a cunei- 
form, pearly white costal patch, bounded internally by an 
oblique abbreviated black line; a partly blackish-edged 
angular discal line; a silver triangular character filling the 
angle of the apex and edged internally with black, below it 
five black marginal dots; fringe white: secondaries sordid 
white, with greyish diffused outer border and silvery-white 
fringe : thorax golden yellow, with metallic cupreous tegulee ; 
abdomen pale yellowish. Wings below greyish brown, with 
whitish outer borders: secondaries paler than primaries, 
whitish towards abdominal margin. Body below whitish. 
Expanse of wings 1 inch 1 line. 


121. Crambus vigens, n. sp. (no. 1088). 


Primaries above satiny white, with incurved, metallic, 
silver fringe; several variously shaped black-bordered pearly 
white dots and liture on the internal and interno-median 
areas, the best-marked indicating part of a central band, the 
upper portion of which is indicated by two parallel, irregular, 
macular greyish lines; discoidal cell and the disk beyond it 
speckled with scattered black scales; two curved, parallel, 
approximated, golden-brown discal lines, a spot of the same 
colour, speckled with black, close to apex; a greyish submar- 
ginal line; three nearly marginal black dots, followed by a 
very slender black marginal line: secondaries creamy white, 
fringe silky white: thorax white; abdomen cream-coloured. 
Wings below cream-coloured: primaries suffused with 


Lepidoptera from Japan. 457 


brownish grey; fringe satiny white; three submarginal 
black dots: body below white. Expanse of wings 11 lines. 


122. Apurima lineata, n. sp. (no. 960). 


Primaries creamy white, streaked here and there longitu- 
dinally with pale golden brownish, and crossed from inner 
margin to apex by a golden-brown stripe; a black spot at the 
origin of the second and third median branches : secondaries, 
body, and under surface of the entire insect satiny white. 
Expanse of wings 1 inch 1 line. 


Tortricida. 


In a collection obtained in 1867 and collected by Mr. 
Whitely in Hakodaté, was an example of Penthina arcuella, 
Clerck, not differing in any respect from European specimens. 
This species was accompanied by one of the 7%ne’na, which 
evidently mimics it in Japan, being so like it as, at first sight, 
to have deceived several experienced Lepidopterists. 


Gelechiidz. 
123. Gelechia imogena, n. sp. 


Basal third of primaries opaline; two divergent, golden 
orange, basal dashes; a straight transverse orange band 
limiting the opaline area externally, its outer edge bisinuated, 
the lower sinuation receiving the inner extremity of an elon- 
gated black patch, which fills up the remainder of the internal 
area; this patch is interrupted by irregular lines of shining 
amethystine and orange scales, and is bounded above by a 
diffused pale yellow border; above the black patch the ground- 
tint of the wings is whity brown, irrorated with dark brown, 
and bounded externally by a broad, shining, golden belt 
enclosing an amethyst-coloured stripe; a blackish-edged 
submarginal stripe tapering towards the external angle, its 
upper portion pearly white, its lower portion amethystine ; 
outer border and internal fringe golden orange; external 
fringe dark brown, with plumbaginous lustre: secondaries 
bronzy brown ; fringe very long and interrupted by longitu- 
dinal paler streaks: body dark brown ; tegule orange, with 
plumbaginous internal fringe. Primaries below shining brown; 
secondaries shining grey : body brownish, with whitish legs, 
the tarsi above with blackish bars. Expanse of wings 9 lines. 

Hakodaté (Whitely). 

This species, although far more gorgeous in colouring when 
seen through a lens, bears a remarkable general resemblance 
to Penthina arcuella. 


458 On a new Copepod of the Genus Doridicola. 


LII.—On a new Copepod of the Genus Doridicola. 
By Henry N. RIviey, B.A. 


CEPHALOTHORAX broad oval, showing division into four 
segments. Antenne—first pair seven-jointed, terminating 
in a flagellum; the third joint the longest, but not so long 
as the flagellum ; the whole antenna as long as the cephalo- 
thorax: second pair three-jointed, ending in two claws, the 
terminal segment also bearing two smaller hooks. Mandi- 
bles flat and broad, with a single-jointed appendage with three 
sete. First pair of maxillipeds two-jointed, with two terminal 
sete ; second pair similar, but with two terminal claws. 
Swimming-feet broad ; both rami in all the feet similar, three- 
jointed, the terminal joint bearing three spines and two setose 
bristles ; the middle joint shorter, with one lateral spine, and 
two setose bristles on the lower margin; basal joint with 
one lateral spine and one bristle; the outer margin of the 
segment setose. Fifth pair of feet a single joint supported 
on a lateral prominence of the segment, and terminated by 
two bristles. Abdomen of four segments, the first not 
swollen; terminal appendages short, bearing each three setose 
bristles. 

Ovisacs oval. Colour white; pigment of eye rosy purple. 
Length 2 millims. 

Habitat. The tentacles of Anthea cereus, var. 

Locality. A pool at low water, near Ilfracombe, North 
Devon. August 1878. 

Obs. This animal closely resembles Doridicola agilis of 
Leydig ; but is distinguished by its habitat, colour, and shape 
of the last pair of thoracic feet, also the absence of any swell- 
ing in the first abdominal segment, and a few other minor 
differences. 

Like D. agilis it was extremely active and difficult to 
secure, concealing itself among the tentacles of the Anthea or 
clinging tightly to them. 

There were no males present. If the animal has not been 
already noticed, I propose the name of Doridicola anthee 
for it. 


Note.—It may be worth recording that the variety of Anthea 
cereus on which I found the Doridicola was entirely of a 
dark purplish slate-colour, and does not seem to have been 
hitherto noticed. 


On new Species of Coleoptera from Japan. 459 


LITI.—On certain new Species of Coleoptera from Japan. 
By GrorGe Lewis. 


WHILE recently compiling a catalogue of Japanese Coleoptera, 
I found in my cabinets a few new species, some of which are 
of more than ordinary interest; and I have therefore drawn 
out the following diagnoses with the object of clearing off old 
material before starting again to the Hast. As many authors 
have shown, the fauna of Nipon consists chiefly of species 
derived from the same source as those of Northern Asia and 
Europe ; but it is in part made up also of genera from the 
tropics, together with a few from the New World. There is 
more connexion between the fauna of the south of Japan and 
the Philippine Islands and Borneo than with South China, 
so far as the researches of entomologists at present lead us; 
and this is illustrated in the well-marked genera Nodynus, 
Xuthia, Ichthyurus, Ischalia, and Prionocerus, noted here. 
And this is not surprising ; for from South Japan, through to 
Formosa and thus on to Luzon, there is a series of small con- 
necting islands not far distant from each other. 

The Necydalis described below is of American type; and 
it is well to observe that the line of communication afforded 
by the Aleutian and Kurile Isles brings into Japan just such 
links from America as we might expect from a broken line 
of islands. 

Formerly, perhaps, this line was less interrupted or even 
complete ; but if so, it would appear from the paucity of 
analogous genera to have been connected only prior to the 
lifetime of existing races. There is one instance, worth re- 
cording, of an insect crossing the Pacific by this route; it is 
the ever-varying Corymbites lateralis, Leconte, the home of 
which is, I believe, Vancouver’s Island. ‘Then in the genus 
Penthe, the Japanese is allied to the American, not to the 
Javan species; and in the new genus of Necrophaga lately 
established by Dr. Kraatz, Ptomascopus, there are two species 
described from Japan and one from China; yet the second 
Japanese species is allied to an Amazon insect rather than to 
either of its fellows in Asia. ‘These instances, which are, 
however, the exception and not the rule, could be extended 
considerably did space allow; but the general result would 
be left unchanged. It will be an interesting day for those 
who study the Kastern-Asiatic fauna when a good collection 
comes from Korea or Saghalien. 


Tachycellus subditus, n. sp. 


T. elongatus, subovatus, niger, nitidus ; thorace distincte marginato, 


460 Mr. George Lewis on new 


basi sparsim punctato ; elytrorum sutura marginibusque testaceo- 

rufis ; tibiis tarsisque piceis, coxis rufis. L, 2-23 lin. 

Easily known from 7’, anchomenoides, Bates, by its less con- 
vex form, smaller size, and the red sutures of the elytra, the 
stria of which are more lightly impressed. 

Hab. Hiogo, very common in marsh lands. 


Ptomascopus plagiatipennis, n. sp. 
P. niger, subnitidus, undique punctatus; elytris singulatim plaga 
sanguinea notatis ; abdomine, corpore subtus, pedibusque griseo- 
pubescentibus. L. 7 lin. 


More robust than P. morto, Kraatz, with the punctuation 
larger and much more distinct, that of the elytra being of a 
somewhat larger grade than that of the thorax. The red 
blotch is broad, beginning near the apex of the scutellum, 
extending outwards to the edge of the elytra (leaving the 
suture black), and, then turning upwards, occupies half the 
base at the humeral angle: towards the apex there is a 
narrow streak of red filling the space between the carina and 
exterior Margin. 


Hab. Kagoshima; also Pekin. 


Note.—I have a species of this genus from the Amazon river :— 
Ptomascopus carbunculus, n. sp. 


Niger, nitidus ; capite subtiliter punctato ; thorace elytrisque sparse sub- 
tilissime punctatis; subtus griseo-pubescens. J., 5-53 lin. 


Nodynus leuco-fasciatus, n. sp. 


N. oblongus, depressus, niger, nitidissimus, fronte punctulata ; pro- 
noto antice et ad latera grosse punctato, stria integra, margine 
laterali angustissimo, elevato; elytris striis distinctis puncti- 
formibus, fasciis transversis medio albis; abdomine subtilissime 
punctato. L. 4 lin. 


Broader than N. nitidus, C. Waterh., with acute angles to 
the thorax, which gradually widens to the base, where it is as 
wide as the elytra. The fascia is irregular, and, during life, 
white. Suture and antenne black, and the apex of the elytra 
truncate. 


Hab. Yamato. 
Scaphidium Reitter?, n. sp. 


S. ovatum, piceum, nitidissimum ; fronte, ore, thorace ad marginem 
et in medio late, elytrorum fasciis duabus, pygidio propygidio- 
que rufescentibus; antennis basi piceis, articulo ultimo rufo. 


Half the stature of S. japonicum, Reitter, with elytra more 
truncate, and the colour wholly different. I have much 


Species of Coleoptera from Japan. 461 


pleasure in dedicating this insect to Herr EH. Reitter, the 
well-known microcoleopterist of Paskau. 
Hab. Hiogo, near Maiyasan temple. 


Mister margine-punctatus, n. sp. 


HI. ovalis, subconvexus, niger, nitidus, stria frontali subsinuata ; 
pronoto lateribus punctato, stria integra, margine subelevato, 
ante scutellum foveolato ; elytris striis 1.4. dorsalibus integris, 
5. et 6. medio abbreviatis ; propygidio pygidioque grosse sed parce 
punctatis ; mesosterni lateribus parce punctatis. L. 2? lin. 


Allied to the European 1. marginatus, from which the larger 
size and system of striation easily separate it. 
Hab. Hakodaté. 


Hister simplicisternus, n. sp. 

H. ovatus, niger, nitidus; fronte impressa, stria integra; pronoti 
stria laterali interna integra, externa abbreviata; elytris striis 
1.—3. dorsalibus integris, 4. et 5. et suturali brevibus ; propygidio 
punctato, subfoveolato ; pygidio apice subtiliter punctato ; meso- 
sterno marginato, basi non sinuato. L, 22-3 lin. 


Much smaller than s¢bzricus, Mars., to which section it be- 
longs; it may be recognized by the finer punctation of the 
pygidium (in some specimens almost smooth at the apex), and 
by the mesosternum having no notch to admit the pro- 
sternum. 

Hab. Hiogo, where it is common. 


Bacanius niponicus, n. sp. 


B. ovalis, convexus, rufo-castaneus, undique sat dense puncta- 
tus; pronoti stria integra, linea basali arcuata e punctis paucis 
composita; elytris haud striatis; antennis pedibusque rufo- 
brunneis. 


Near B. rhombophorus, Aubé, but half as large again ; the 
punctures are coarser and more equally distributed; and the 
punctured line before the scutellum is a simple bow of twelve 
or thirteen points. 

Hab. Nagasaki; under dead leaves at Suwosama temple 
in April. 

Acritus komat, n. sp. 
A, ovalis, convexus, piceus, nitidus, supra dense punctatus ; pro- 
noto linea basali punctorum transversa impresso ; antennis pedi- 
busque infuscatis. 


Very near A. minutus, Herbst, and of the same stature, but 
more closely punctured, especially on the dorsal region. ‘The 


462 Mr. George Lewis on new 


line of points before the scutellum is less defined, and extends 
transversely without any perceptible angle. 
Hab. Nagasaki; from an old tree in May. 


Xuthia niponia, n. sp. 

X. elongata, cylindrica, opaca, rufo-testacea; capite haud grosse 
punctato ; thorace grosse punctato, sulcis tribus longitudinalibus, 
inequalibus, vix conspicuis notato; elytris striis angustissimis 
elevatis, interstitiis seriatim grosse punctatis. L. 13 lin. 


The thorax is roughly punctate, with an uneven depres- 
sion in the median region, and one on each side, rather more 
defined, running laterally. The sutural stria of the elytra 
is for about the basal fifth of the wing-case separated from 
the second stria by an interstice of the same width as the 
remainder; but nearer the apex it closes towards the suture, 
with which it then again runs parallel. It is smaller than 
any of Mr. Pascoe’s species, as might be expected, from its 
northern locality. 

Hab. Nagasaki. 


Teredus politus, n. sp. 


T. elongatus, cylindricus, niger, nitidus ; capite thoraceque distincte 
punctatis ; elytris striato-punctatis; antennis pedibusque rufis. 
L. 12 lin. 

Shorter and broader than 7. nittdus, F. Although the 
colour and punctation of these two species do not materially 
differ, the Japanese one may hereafter form a new genus, the 
club of its antenna consisting of one large terminal ovate joint 
preceded by two small ones. 


Hab. South Japan. 


Macrodorcus Vanvolxemi, n. sp. 


M. elongatus, parallelus, niger, subopacus ; mandibulis capite vix 
longioribus, in medio unidentatis ; clypeo transverso, medio pro- 
minulo ; capite thoraceque subtilissime punctatis; abdomine subtus 
distincte punctato. L. 9 lin., mandib. ¢ 14. 


Amongst Japanese species, allied to M. opacus, C. Waterh. ; 
it is, however, more parallel, and the punctation of the abdo- 
men is general and distinct. The elytra are finely and clearly 
punctured on the disk and near the suture, the points at inter- 
vals assuming the form of irregular strie; but at the outer 
sides the punctation is deeper and more dense. ‘The clypeus 
is raised to a point in the centre only, the outer angles being 
obtuse. 

Hab. Yezo. Captured by M. Jean Van Voixem of Brus- 


sels. 


Species of Coleoptera from Japan. 463 


Cetonia brevitarsis, n. sp. 


C. breviter ovata, subnitida, cuprea, albo-variegata: C. submarmoree 
affinis. L. 9-10 lin. 


The chief differences between this species and C. submar- 
morea are :—the clypeus is raised in front, but not notched ; 
the whole outline is more quadrate ; the punctation below the 
humeral angle more strigose, and the tarsi are both shorter 
and thicker. These points are very perceptible in a large 
series I have from South Japan, where it is very common. 
In colour it varies from blackish brass to a reddish coppery 
tint. 

Hab. Nagasaki. 

Cetonia insperata, n. sp. 

C. 2 oblonga, nitida, purpureo-erea; elytrorum lineis transversis 
albis angustissimis, disco obsolete punctato ; abdomine convexo, 
levi. L. 92 lin. 

Not closely allied to any species I know. The polished sur- 
. face separates it from any Japanese species; the puncta- 
tion of the elytra is comparatively obsolete; and the white 
markings are very narrow. The head is fairly punctured, 
and the edge of the clypeus slightly raised both in front and 
at the sides. The propygidium and pygidium have the stri- 
gose punctation of the preceding, but rather less deeply 
impressed. ‘The outline of the insect viewed sideways between 
the lobe of the mesosternum and the apex of the elytra is 
concave. 


Hab. Yezo. 
Ichthyurus niponicus, n. sp. 


I. fuscus ; fronte depressa, flavo-testacea, capitis basi late nigra ; 
thorace disco nigro, margine antice late, basi anguste flavo ; 
elytris nigro-fuscis, marginibus externis flavis; antennis testaccis, 
apicem versus fuscescentibus ; abdominis margine late flavo. L. 
23 lin. 

This species is the smallest yet observed in the genus, and 
possesses the usual colours. The large middle thigh is dusky 
at the joint; and the posterior leg has the tibia and half the 
thigh darkish ; but the anterior leg is wholly pale. 

Hab. Hiogo, foot of Maiyasan. 


Ischalia patagiata, n. sp. 
I. oblonga, depressa, nigra, parce albo-hirta; antennis pedibusque 
obscuro-nigris ; elytris externe late luteo-marginatis. L. 24-3 
lin, 


464 Mr. George Lewis on new 


The yellow margin does not extend over the carina at the 
apex of the elytra, which are ribbed strictly to the pattern of 
I. indigacea, Pascoe. This species is rare ; but I have found it 
in elevated sylvan districts both at Hiogo and Nagasaki in 
August. 

Hab. South Japan. 


Epicauta taishoensis, n. sp. 


E. elongata, subparallela, nigra, subnitida, griseo-pubescens ; capite 
thoraceque dense punctatis; elytris subopacis, dense rugoso-punc- 
tulatis. L. 7 lin. 


The head is black, with a broad margin of red behind the 
eyes, which is narrowly interrupted in the centre before the 
neck. There is also a red spot on the forehead between the 
eyes; and the basal joint of the antenne has a red patch in the 
middle, on the underside. 

Near £. flabellicornis, Germ.; but in that European species 
the thorax is much more closely punctured. From £. Gorhami, 
Marseul (Japanese), it is separated by its wholly black thorax 
and elytra and the black surface behind the eyes. 

Hab. Tsusima. 


Prionocerus fuscipennis, n. Sp. 


P. obscuro-fuscus vel subzeneo-metallicus; capite scutelloque ob- 
scuro-viridibus ; thorace rufo; elytris thorace latioribus, postice 
subdilatatis, carinulis vix distinctis, nigro-pubescentibus. IL. 
5 lin. 


About the size of P. cyanipennis, Perty, from which it differs 
wholly in colour. The elytral nerves are furnished at intervals 
with long stiffish black hairs; and this seems a special cha- 
racter of this species. 


Hab. Yokohama. 


Leptura succedanea, n. sp. 


L. 2 nigra, elongata, vix nitida, brunneo-pubescens ; thorace supra, 
elytris totis, tibiis in medio rubris. 

This is the representative in Japan of the European L. rubra, 
L.; the chief differences are its bright colour, more slender 
figure, comparatively longer antenne, blacker legs, and much 
finer punctation on the segments of the abdomen. I do not 
know the male. 


Hab. North Nipon (Van Volxem). 


Necydalis pennata, n. sp. 


N. elongata, nigra, nitida, cinereo-tomentosa ; capite punctato; oculis 


Species of Coleoptera from Japan. 465 


prominulis ; thorace disco levi, ad basin punctato, scutello nigro ; 

elytris rufescentibus vix grosse punctulatis; pedibus rufis. L. 

6 lin. 

The large head and prominent eyes of this species bring it 
near N. mellita, Say, to which, however, it has no very close 
resemblance. ‘The tarsi are pitchy brown, as are also the 
lower portions of the hind tibiz. 


Litocerus Roelofst, n. sp. 


L. niger, griseo-pilosus ; rostro ad basin capiteque sub oculis albo- 
pilosis; thorace in medio macula testacea traguliformi, subtus 
obscure testaceo ; elytris testaceis, nigro-bifasciatis, fasciis mar- 
ginalibus angustioribus albis; pedibus testaceo variegatis. L. 
32 lin, 

Black ; rostrum behind the antenne and a patch under the 
eyes pubescent white ; thorax with a mesial arrow-shaped spot 
testaceous. The elytra are testaceous, with two beautiful 
fasciz, irregular, and narrowly margined with white. There is 
also a black spot on each of the tubercles at the base, which 
is confluent with the narrow line of black occupying the base, 
and behind the humeral spot a small black isolated spot, the 
latter white-margined. Abdomen has the last five sections 
testaceous and immaculate. ‘The first joint of each tarsus 
has a broad testaceous annulus, as has also each tibia. 

Hab. Nagasaki, Iponmatzu, on the wax-tree (hus suc- 
cedanea, L.). 


Cassida erudita, Baly (1873) ,= C. rugoso-punctata, Motsch. 

(1866). 

Cassida consociata, Baly (1873),= C. fusco-rufa, Motsch. 

(1866). 

Episcapha hamata, n. sp. 

E. elongata, subparallela, nigra, nitida; thorace subquadrato, antice 
leviter angustato, lateribus modice rotundatis, crebre subtiliter 
punctato; elytris obsoletius punctatis, annulo humerali integro, 
extus denticulato, ramum brevem emittente, fasciaque lata sub- 
apicali pallide fulvis. L. 6 lin. 


Allied to EZ. indica, Crotch, but not so obsoletely punctured ; 
it is also rather smaller and less convex. It is the only species 
from Japan at present with the isolated humeral spot. 

Hab. Hakodaté. 


Episcapha Gorham, n. sp. 
E. elongata, sublevis, nigra, crebre fortius punctata ; thorace sub- 
opaco, antice angustato, lateribus fere rectis, medio obsolete bi- 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. iv. 33 


- 


466 On new Species of Coleoptera from Japan. 


impresso ; elytris sat convexis, annulo humerali fere integro, extus 
bidentato, ramum unidentatum emittente, fasciaque denticulata 
subapicali rubris. L. 6 lin. 


This species comes into the £. vestita group; but it is not 
pubescent, and is more clearly punctured than any of its 
allies. The denticulations of both the humeral annulus and 
the apical lunular fascia are of the pattern of H. Fortunez, 
Crotch; but the form and punctation are very different. I 
have much pleasure in dedicating this species to my friend 
the Rev. H. 8. Gorham. 

Hab. Yezo. 


Coccinella Crotchi, n. sp. 


C. niger, subnitidus, punctatus; capite maculis duabus flavis notato ; 
prothoracis margine anteriore angusto, flavo ; elytris basi (sutura 
excepta) late flava, ante apicem singulatim flavo maculatis; pedi- 
bus anterioribus flayis. LL. 2 lines. 


The type of this species has two pale spots on the head ; but 
in a series these spots are often confluent, or the head wholly 
flavous. Ido not observe greater variations. ‘The anterior 
margin of the thorax is pale; and the angles being wholly 
so, give an appearance of greater breadth in that region. 
There is a broad margin of yellow colour at the base of the 
wing-case (suture black), and a patch just before the apex, 
the last not touching the edge of either elytron. 


Novius concolor, n. sp. 


J. niger, subnitidus, undique subtilissime punctatus ; griseo-pubes- 
cens; thorace elytrisque totis rufis. 


Half as large again as N. limbatus, Motsch., from which it 
may be known by its red thorax, scutellum, and elytra. 

Hab. Hiogo, Maiyasan temple, from which I possess a 
series. 


Nore.—I am indebted to Mr. H. W. Bates for the follow- 
ing descriptions of two new Japanese Longicorns in his 
collection :— 


Saperda tetrastigma. 


S. punctate affinis ; nigra, griseo-pubescens, supra griseo-fulva, nigro- 
setosa ; capite maculis duabus, thorace quatuor, elytris utringue 
quatuor lineatim digestis nigris ; antennis articulis 3. et 4. et 6.-11. 
basi griseis. Long. 63 lin. ¢. 


Of similar form to S. punctata, but rather less narrowed 
posteriorly. The head is broader and the forehead strongly 


Geological Society. 467 


transverse and plane. The elytra are rounded at the apex, 
and the sides are not abruptly vertical. The whole upper 
surface is clothed with short, erect, dusky bristles. The colour 
above is greyish tawny, with the following rounded black 
spots—one in the middle of the forehead and one on the occi- 
put, four in quadrangle on the disk of the thorax (besides one 
on each flank), and four on each elytron, placed in a line from 
the shoulder to near the apex, the apical one being much the 
smallest. The under surface, legs, and antenne are black, 
clothed with fine grey pile, the base of the third to the eleventh 
joints (with the exception of the fifth) being grey. 

d Japan. From the collection of the late Mr. W. W. Saun- 

ers. 
Glenea chrysochloris. 


S. Swinhoei affinis, at differt corpore metallico-squamoso,. Sub- 
gracilis, nigra, squamulis argenteo-viridibus dense vestita, et 
passim nigro-setosa ; thorace maculis duabus elongatis medianis 
alteraque minore laterali nigris ; elytris utrinque maculis duabus 
angulatis alteraque postica Q-formi nigris. Long. 73 lin. ¢ Q. 


Differs from the allied G. Swinhoed by the metallic-coloured 
clothing of the body. In this respect it agrees with the Hast- 
Siberian G. metallescens (Saperda id., Motsch.), from which 
its large black markings conspicuously distinguish it. The 
elytral spots are, on each side two large and angular, placed 
in succession on the disk before the middle, and one de- 
scribing nearly an oval between the middle and the apex; the 
shoulders and lateral carine of the elytra are also black. The 
elytra are briefly truncated at the apex, with a short tooth at 
the external angle of the truncature. The apex of the tibic 
is black, the tarsi above pale blue. The antenne are black, 
with the basal joints more or less marked with blue. 

Yezo; on elm trees. Taken by M. Jean Van Volxem 
(coll. H. W. Bates and G. Lewis). 


PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES. 
GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. 
November 5, 1879.—Henry Clifton Sorby, Esq., F.R.S., 
President, in the Chair. 
The following communications were read :— 


1. “On the Fish-remains found in the Cannel Coal in the Middle 
Coal-measures of the West Riding of Yorkshire, with the descrip- 
tion of some new Species.” By James W. Davis, Esq., F.G.8., &e. 


The remains described by the author were from a bed of Cannel 


33* 


468 Geological Society. 


Coal about 400 feet above the base of the Middle Coal-measures, 
and were chiefly obtained from this bed at the Tingley Colliery. 
The author described the general geological structure of the district. 
At Tingley the fish-remains were stated to occur in greatest abun- 
dance between the Cannel Coal and the “ hubb ;” but they are also 
found in both those portions of the deposit. Of known species the 
author has identified Calacanthus leptwrus, Ctenodus elegans, Megal- 
ichthys Hibberti, Rhizodopsis, sp., Paleoniscus, sp., Gyracanthus 
formosus, Ctenacanthus horridus, Diplodus gibbosus, Ctenoptychius 
pectinatus, Helodus simplex, teeth of Cladodus and Petalodus, scales 
of Rhizodus, ribs and bones of Ctenodus, Pleuracanthus levissimus, 
and six other species, and the following, which are described as new 
forms—(1) Compsacanthus triangularis, (2) C. major, and (3) 
Ostracacanthus dilatatus, the type of a new genus resembling Byssa- 
canthus, Agass. The teeth of Celacanthus were said to be small 
and sharply pointed: they have not been found attached to the 
jaw; but in certain specimens of the latter the alveolar spaces are 
well shown, extending in a single row along the rami. The air- 
bladder of this genus is also said to be preserved, and to present 
some resemblance to the bony air-bladders of Siluroid fish inha- 
biting the fresh waters of Northern India; and, in general, the 
author dwelt at considerable length upon the possible relationships 
existing between the fishes whose remains he described and the 
Teleostean Siluroids and Ostracion. 


2. On the Skull of Argillornis longipennis, Owen.” By Prof. 
R. Owen, C.B., F.R.S., F.G.8., &e. 


In this paper the author described a fragmentary cranium from 
the London Clay of Sheppey, from which it was procured by W. H. 
Shrubsole, Esq., who also furnished him with the humerus described 
in a former paper under the name of Argillornis longipennis*. In 
the present specimen the lower jaw and the fore part of the upper 
jaw are deficient. The author described the characters presented 
by the specimen in detail, and stated that, like those of the humerus 
previously described, they seemed to approximate the fossil most 
nearly to the Albatross among existing birds, although, like Odon- 
topteryx, it differed from Diomedea and also from the Cormorant 
and the Totipalmates generally, in the absence of the basirostral 
external nares and of the supraorbital gland-pits. The present 
fossil differs from Odontopteryx in having the fore part of the 
frontal broader and the upper tract of the bill less defined, as also 
in some other characters ; but no comparison of the palatal structure 
can be made upon the existing specimens. In point of size, taking 
the Albatross as a term of comparison, this skull may well have 
belonged to a bird with wings of the extent indicated by the hu- 
merus already described ; and the resemblance of the skull to that 
of the Albatross would also seem to be confirmatory of the specific 
collocation of the two specimens. The presence of four small pits 


* Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxxiy. p. 124. 


Miscellaneous. 469 


or perforations on the only part of the alveolar border which appears 
to be uninjured, leads the author to conjecture that the bird may 
have been dentigerous. 


MISCELLANEOUS. 
Joun Mrers, F.R.S. 


By the death of the late J. Miers, F.R.S., science has lost one of 
the most industrious systematic botanists of the present day, and 
one who was formerly a frequent contributor to the pages of this 
journal. Born in London, on the 25th of August, 1789, of a York- 
shire family, Mr. Miers, in early years, showed a marked inclina- 
tion for scientific pursuits; and, although mainly occupied with his 
father in his business as a jeweller, he found time for the study of 
the physical sciences, especially of chemistry and mineralogy. 
Chemistry was at that period of his life his favourite study ; and he 
undertook a series of important researches which led to the publica- 
tion, in 1814, of two papers on the nature of azote, in Thomson’s 
‘Annals of Philosophy.’ At this time he made the acquaintance of 
Michael Faraday, and of many others who subsequently distin- 
guished themselves in various branches of science. In 1818 he 
married. Henceforward the whole tenour of his life was changed. 
He accepted an invitation from his friend Lord Cochrane (after- 
wards Earl Dundonald) to proceed to Chile, to assist in the erec- 
tion of very extensive machinery for the reduction and manufacture 
of copper—an undertaking in which they were jointly interested. 
He landed at Buenos Ayres, crossed the Pampas and Cordilleras, 
and remained in Chile for upwards of six years, during which period, 
as he was unable to continue his chemical researches, he turned 
his attention to the study of the natural history of the country, 
at that time almost a terra incognita to botanists. He was as 
yet wholly unacquainted with the elements of botany, and had no 
books to assist him in his studies; but he spent his leisure time 
in making drawings and dissections of the plants that le collected 
during his journey across the continent and in his travels in Chile. 
His energy and enthusiasm in collecting may be estimated by the 
fact, mentioned in his subsequently published work, that he made 
upwards of two hundred analytical drawings of plants, illustrated 
by descriptions, and collected materials for nearly as many more. 
These were of the greatest assistance to him in his subsequent 
career. On his return to England in 1825 he made the personal 
acquaintance of both Robert Brown and Dr. Lindley, and during his 
few months’ stay arranged for the publication of his ‘ Travels in 
Chile and La Plata.” This work, which appeared in 1826, in two 
volumes, illustrated with maps and engravings prepared from his 
own drawings, was long regarded as the chief authority on the 
geography of the country, and on the manners and customs of the 
people with which it dealt. On returning to Buenos Ayres he 


470 Miscellaneous. 


crossed the country once more to Mendoza, to meet his wife and 
family ; and it was during his return journey that he made his prin- 
cipal collections of the plants of the Pampas. Having successfully 
erected a mint at Buenos Ayres, he contracted with the Brazilian 
Government to supply the mint-machinery at Rio de Janeiro; and 
during a seven years’ residence at that capital (a period of close 
application to his duties as an engineer, and of many and prolonged 
professional anxieties), he succeeded in making most extensive 
botanical and entomological collections, besides many observations 
upon the structure and affinities of the plants of Rio in the living 
state. He left South America finally in 1838. 

From this period may be dated his career as a botanist. He was 
elected a Fellow of the Linnean Society in 1839, and from that date 
almost till his death was a regular and frequent contributor to 
the various scientific journals and the ‘ Proceedings’ of the Lin- 
nean Society. Among his principal papers may be mentioned a 
valuable series of ‘“‘ Contributions to the Botany of South America,” 
which appeared in the ‘Journal of Botany’ between the years 
1845 and 1851; ‘* Observations” on the affinities of the Solanacee, 
Olacaceee, Canellacee, IRhamnacee, and Menispermacee, published in 
this journal in 1849, 1851-52, 1858, 1860, and 1864-67, his 
“ Memoir on the Triwriacee,” in Trans. Linn. Soc. for 1850, and his 
*‘ Observations on the Structure of the Seed and Development of the 
Raphe,” in the ‘ Transactions’ of the same Society for 1855-56. 

Mr. Miers was also the author of several monographs, which, 
although consisting in great part of reprints of his smaller papers, 
are enriched with many additional observations and numerous elabo- 
rate lithographic plates, all executed from original drawings, and 
many drawn by himself upon the stone. His ‘ Illustrations of South- 
American Botany,’ in two volumes, appeared in 1850 and 1857 ; and 
his ‘ Contributions,’ in three volumes, followed in 1867, 1869, and 
1871; the third and concluding volume is occupied exclusively with 
his ‘‘ Monograph of Menispermaceous Plants,” and is an enduring 
monument of the industry and learning of its author. His latest 
volume, a ‘Memoir on the Apocynacee, was published in 1878, 
when its author was in his eighty-ninth year. He may be said to 
have died, as he had lived, in harness; for his last two papers ap- 
peared in the ‘Journal of the Linnean Society’ not two months 
before his decease. 

Mr. Miers was elected F.R.S. in 1843, and served two years upon 
the Council. He was subsequently a Vice-President of the Linnean 
Society, and was also a member of several foreign learned bodies. 
He served as juror in the Brazilian section of the Exhibition of 
1862, and was rewarded for his services by the Cross and Grand 
Cross of the Brazilian Order of the Rose, conferred upon him by the 
emperor. 

As a botanist, Mr. Miers was distinguished by the accuracy of his 
observations and descriptions, and the beauty and fidelity of his 
drawings and analyses. He was a most indefatigable worker; and 
his botanical researches, pursued in earlier days amid circumstances 


Miscellaneous. 471 


of great difficulty, became in later years the ruling interest of his 
life, and to them he devoted the whole of his time and thoughts. 
If, in the opinion of some botanists, he unduly multiplied generic 
and specific definitions, and if his generalizations have not in all 
cases met with universal acceptance, none can deny the importance 
of the facts he adduced, or the minuteness and laborious accuracy 
of his original investigations. He was, to the last, an opponent of 
the theory of evolution. 

In June 1879 he was compelled by failing health to desist from 
active work. From this period he became more infirm, and after a 
gradual decay, borne with never failing patience, expired on the 17th 
October, 1879, in the ninety-first year of his age. In private life 
he was esteemed by all who knew him. 

The whole of his extensive herbarium has been bequeathed by 
him to the British Museum. 


Nicholson’s * Manual of Paleontology.’ 
To the Editors of the Annals and Magazine of Natural History. 


GentLemEeN,—I am very sorry to find that my esteemed friend 
Prof. H. Alleyne Nicholson has, in the new edition of his ‘ Manual 
of Paleontology’ (vol. ii. p. 138, footnote), committed the mistake 
of quoting my authority for elevating the Platysomid fishes to 
the ‘“‘rank ofa distinct division of Ganoids.” No such proposition 
occurs in my unpublished paper to which he refers, which was 
written to follow up the views which I expressed in my account 
of the structure of the Paleoniscide (Paleontogr. Soc. 1877) as 
to the abolition of the suborder ‘“ Lepidopleuride,” necessitated by 
the demonstration of the fact that the Platysomide are not really 
allied to the Pycnodontide, but are, on the other hand, so closely 
linked to the Palzoniscide by ties of structure, that wherever we 
place the one family, thither the other must follow. 

My paper on the “Structure and Affinities of the Platysomide ” 
was read before the Royal Society of Edinburgh on May 5 of this 
year, and will, in a few weeks, appear in the forthcoming fasciculus 
of that Society’s ‘Transactions.’ Prof. Nicholson’s mistake as to my 
views is obviously due to his having had only a very hurried glance 
over my proof-sheets, and that only on a single occasion. 

I am, &c., 

Edinburgh, Novy. 12, 1879. R. H. Traqvarr. 


On the Organization and Classification of the Orthonectida. 
By M. A. Grarp. - 


In a former communication * I indicated the existence of a 
new class of animals which present permanently the usually tran- 
sitory form called planula by embryogenists. New investigations 
enable me now to complete the history of these animals and to 
settle the place which they should occupy in the subkingdom 


“ ‘Comptes Rendus,’ October 29, 1877, p. 812; translated in Ann. & 
Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. i. p. 181. 


472 Miscellaneous. 


Vermes. My researches have been made upon Intoshia linet, para- 
sitic upon a Nemertean, and upon two species parasitic upon 
Ophiurans, Rhopalura ophiocome and Intoshia gigas. 

The movements, independent of vibratile cilia, which I observed 
in these parasites are due to the presence of musculoid bands 
belonging to the endodermic cells, and forming a splanchno-pleural 
pseudo-mesoderm, analogous to the somato-pleural pseudo-meso- 
derm formed in the Celenterata by the epithelio-muscular cells of 
Kleinenberg and Korotneff. 

To the ensemble of these elements I give the name of pseudo- 
mesoderm, because I think it right to reserve the name of mesoderm, 
properly so called, for other formations, which do not exist in the 
Orthonectida, and the homology of which in the various groups of 
Metazoa is rather difficult to establish. I distinguish :— 

1. A solid mesoderm, formed very early at the expense of the 
endodermic cells of the embryo (rudiment of the chorda of the 
Tunicata and Vertebrata; skeletogenic cells of the embryo of 
Echinoderms ; mesodermic cells issuing from the four first spheres 
of the endoderm of the Planarie and of Bonellia, according to the 
researches of P. Hallez, Sprengel, &c.). 

2. A cavitary mesoderm, formed by diverticula of the endoderm 
(enteroceeles) and appearing generally at a later period (aquiferous 
system of the Echinoderms, enteroccele of the Tunicata, Brachiopoda, 
Sagitta, Amphioxus, &c.). 

The solid mesoderm gives origin especially to the muscular 
system; the cavitary mesoderm principally forms the vascular 
organs. 

The physiological function of a histological element, however, is 
only of secondary importance in the determination of phylogenetic 
homologies. A muscular element, for example, will always origi- 
nate where the want of it is felt, whether in a rudiment of endo- 
dermic origin, or at the expense of ectodermic elements (Nemer- 
teans). It may even be formed from only a portion of a cell (plas- 
tidule), as occurs in the Infusoria, the Ceelenterata, and the Ortho- 
nectida. 

The reproduction of the Orthonectida is effected in two different 
manners :— 

1. Sexually. In different cases, there is formation of a blastula 
which becomes laminated (Jntoshia gigas), or production of an 
epibolic gastrula which finally closes (Rhopalura ophiocome). In 
either case the result is a permanent ciliated planula with a meta- 
merized ectoderm. The ectodermal metameres contain each a 
single series of cells in Rhopalura and several series in Intoshia. 

2. By gemmiparity in the interior of enormous sporocysts, formed 
by the endoderm of the progenitive animal. It is in consequence 
of this gemmiparous reproduction that the Orthonectida are met 
with in such great abundance in an infested animal. 

This double mode of reproduction approximates the Orthonectida 
to the Dicyemida and other parasitic worms (Trematoda and Ces- 
toda). Their more simple organization during the embryonic period 


Miscellaneous. 473 


leads us to place them below the Dicyemida. The subkingdom 
Vermes will therefore include the following classes :— 
1. Orthonectida. 3. Trematoda. 
2. Dicyemida. 4, Cestoda. 
5. Turbellaria (Planarians and Nemerteans). 

Of the animals formerly classed with the preceding, some (Bryo- 
zoa, Annelida, and associated groups) are intimately allied to the true 
Mollusca, with which I unite them to form the subkingdom Gymno- 
toca ; the others constitute a whole which may be called Nemuatel- 
mia, including the Nematoida, Echinorhyncha, Desmoscolecida, 
Gastrotricha, &e. The Tunicata must be placed at the foot of the 
subkingdom Vertebrata. 

The Orthonectida are Gastraeada brought by parasitism to the 
state of planula. Their importance from the point of view of the 
Gastrea-theory is much greater than that of the Physemaria. 
These latter, in fact, only lead to the Ceelenterate branch, which 
terminates in a cul-de-sac; while the Orthonectida represent a stem 
of the Vermes, and consequently belong to the main trunk of the 
genealogical tree of the Metazoa.—Comptes Rendus, September 22, 
1879, p. 545. 


Remarks on Orgyia. 


Prof. Leidy remarked that Orgyia leucostigma, which now 
seriously infests the shade trees of Philadelphia, especially the horse- 
chestnuts and silver maples, had recently passed into the moth 
stage. The trunks of the trees and the surrounding railing of the 
square opposite to the Academy exhibit a profusion of cocoons. 
In seeking for specimens of the male moth, he had collected only 
three, in a walk along one side of the square, from the railing, 
where hundreds of the wingless females were to be obtained as 
they rested with their foamy white masses of eggs on their cocoons. 
From the fewness of the males he was led to suspect that the 
females might perhaps, in many instances, deposit the eggs in an 
unfecundated condition. To ascertain if this were so, he collected 
several dozen cocoons with pup of females, distinguished by their 
comparatively robust character, and placed them in a covered box 
in his study in the third story of a back building, separated from 
the nearest place where there were other cocoons by the front 
building and the width of the street in front of his house. As the 
females came out of the cocoons, distended with eggs, these, with 
the exception of a few which appeared to be accidentally dropped, 
in several individuals were retained. After some days, as none of 
the females laid their eggs, the box was uncovered ; and on the 
second morning subsequently several individuals had deposited 
masses of eggs, though no males were present in the box. How- 
ever, on examining the vicinity, four male moths were detected on 
the outside of the curtain of the window in which the box had been 
placed, from which it was supposed that the females had been 
visited by males attracted during the night from the neighbour- 
hood. 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. iv. 34 


474 Miscellaneous. 


The case related reminded him that some years ago a collector 
of butterflies in the suburbs informed him that he frequently ob- 
tained male specimens of the Cecropia and Luna moths by pinning 
females to the side of the window, when, in the morning after, he 
would almost certainly find males in conjunction with them. The 
means by which the males thus find their mates at night and in 
out-of-the-way places were not obvious, as the insects appear to be 
incapable of producing sounds or scents that are appreciable to our 
senses.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., July 1879. 


On Myrmecocystus mexicanus, Wesm. 


Rey. H. C. M‘Cook exhibited several glass formicaries contain- 
ing a large number of living specimens of the honey-ant, Myrme- 
cocystus mexicanus, Wesmael. These embraced three worker castes 
(major, minor, and dwarf), the honey-bearer, and the fertile queen. 
The artificial nests had been brought from the Garden of the Gods, 
Colorado, where the honey-ant had been discovered by Mr. M‘Cook. 
They had previously been supposed to be confined to a more southern 
latitude. The nests are found on the tops or southern slopes of 
ridges. In exterior architecture they are small gravel-covered 
moundlets, truncated cones, pierced in the centre by a gate or per- 
pendicular opening from three to six inches deep. The interior 
architecture was illustrated by numerous specimens brought from 
excavated nests. It consists of a series of underground galleries 
and chambers, cut through the gravel and sandstone to the distance 
of nearly eight feet in length, two to four feet beneath the surface, 
and about ten to twelve inches in width at the widest part. 

The honey-bearers were found hanging in groups to the roofs of 
the honey-chambers by their feet, their large globular abdomens 
looking like bunches of small Delaware grapes. About eight to ten 
chambers, containing each an average of about thirty honey-bearers, 
were found. The workers cared for the honey-bearers when the 
chambers were opened, and dragged them into the unopened parts. 

The ants proved to be nocturnal in their habits, remaining within 
doors until after sunset, about 7.30 p.m., each evening, when the 
workers issued forth in column and dispersed among the clumps of 
scrub oak (Quercus undulata). Here they sought the galls made by 
a species of Cynips, which grow abundantly on the bushes, and 
licked therefrom a sweet exudation which issued in small transpa- 
rent beads from the surface. From 11.30 p.m. to about 3.30 a.m, 
when the first streakings of dawn began to appear, the workers 
returned home laden with the honey. This appears to be fed to 
the sedentary honey-hearers by disgorging it in the usual way, and 
remains within the globular abdomens as a store for future use. 
The economy of this habit appears to resemble that of the bee, the 
exception being that the bee’s honey is stored within the inorganic 
substance of a waxen cell, while the ant’s is lodged within the 
organic tissue of the living insect.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Set. Philad., 
Sept. 1879. 


475 


INDEX to VOL. IV. 


ACANTHOPHRYS, new species of, 
10. 

Acheeopsis, new species of, 2. 

Acidalia, new species of, 438, 

Acme, new species of, 341. 

Acontia, new species of, 366. 

Acosmeryx, new species of, 350. 

Acreea, new species of, 230. 

Acritus, new species of, 461. 

Acronycta, new species of, 358, 

Agelastica, new species of, 108. 

Agrotis, new species of, 360. 

Amblygoes, new species of, 449. 

Amblystomes, on the oviposition of 
the, 248. 

Amphithonotus, new species of, 330. 

Amphiumide, morphological notes 
on the limbs of the, 95, 

Ampullariz, on the respiratory appa- 
ratus of the, 325. 

Angerona, new species of, 570. 

Animal and vegetable kingdoms, on 
the limits of the, 170. 

Annelid jaws from the Cambro- 
Silurian and Lower Carboniferous, 
on, 166. 

Annelids, on the body-cavity of the 
sedentary, 94. 

Anthophila, new species of, 366. 

Anticlea, new species of, 444. 

Antipha, new species of, 115. 

Ant-queen, on the adoption of an, 
252. 

Apamea, new species of, 360, 

Apurima, new species of, 457. 

Arachnida, new, 41, 190, 343. 

Areeopora, characters of the new 
genus, 277. 

Arcturus, new species of, 416, 

Argidaya, new species of, 375. 


Argillornis longipennis, on the skull 
of, 468. 

Argyrotypus, characters of the new 
genus, 241, 

Arum crinitum, on the part played 
by insects during the flowering of, 
399. 

Asthena, new species of, 458. 

Astrophiura, on the structure of, 401. 

Attus, new species of, 42. 

Bacanius, new species of, 461. 

Bairdia, on the species of, 318. 

Baly, J.S., on new genera and species 
of Gallerucine, 108. 

Bates, H. W., on two new Japanese 
Longicorns, 466. 

Batrachobdella, on the organization 
of, 250. 

Belenois, new species of, 232. 

Belosticta, characters of the new 
genus, 357. 

Biston, new species of, 571. 

Bithiasa, new species of, 369. 

Blake, J. F., on the homologies of 
the Cephalopoda, 303. 

Blastinia, description of the genus, 

28. 


Bleptina, new species of, 447. 
Boarmia, new species of, 3/72. 
Bocana, new species of, 448. 

Books, new :—Gosse’s Great Atlas 
Moth of Asia, 92 ; Dawson’s Aca- 
dian Geology, 92; Price’s Gault, 
93; Nicholson’s Tabulate Corals, 
391; Whiteaves’s Mesozoic Fossils 
of the Cretaceous Rocks of Van- 
couver &e., 395. 

Botys, new species of, 246. 

Butler, A. G., on Arachnida from 
the island of Johanna, 41; on new 


476 


Lepidopterafrom Madagascar, 227; 
on a new distinction between the 
species of the genus Phrynus, 513; 
on new Lepidoptera from Japan, 
349, 437. 

Calcispongiz, on the fossil, 61, 120, 
431. 

Cambridge, Rev. O. P., on new and 
rare British Spiders, 190; on new 
species of Araneidea, 543. 

Canis rudis, description of, 316, 400. 

Capnodes, new species of, 569. 

Caradrina, new species of, 243, 

Carbonia, on some Carboniferous spe- 
cies of, 28. 

Carter, H. J., on the mode of growth 
of Stromatopora and on the com- 
mensalism of Caunopora, 101; on 
the structure of Stromatopora, 253; 
on the nutritive and reproductive 
processes of sponges, 374; on the 
so-called “ Farringdon Sponges,” 
431. 

Castalius, new species of, 230. 

Caunopora, on the commensalism of, 
101. 

Cephalopoda, on the homologies of 
the, 803. 

Ceratocarcinus, new species of, 27. 

Cercosaura, new species of, 298. 

Cetonia, new species of, 463. 

Cetoniide, new, 74, 247, 463. 

Chameleon, new species of, 246. 

Chirocephalus, new species of, 251. 

peas oa observations on the, 

3. 

Cheerocampa, new species of, 234. 

Chorilibinia, new species of, 7. 

Chrysotypus, characters of the new 
genus, 240, 

Cidaria, new species of, 446. 

Cidariplura, characters of the new 
genus, 449. 

Coccinella, new species of, 466. 

Coleoptera, new, 74, 108, 247, 459. 

Conoceelia, characters of the genus, 
72. 

Conodonts, on the affinities of, 166. 

Coptomia, new species of, 79. 


Corynella, description of the genus, _ 


120. 

Cosmia, new species of, 365. 

Cosmovici, M., on the body-cavity 
of the Sedentary Annelids, with 
remarks on the genus Phascolo- 
soma, 94. 

Crambus, new species of, 455. 


INDEX. 


Crocinis, characters of the new genus, 
244, 

Crustacea, descriptions of new or 
little-known species of, 1, 329, 
415, 458; on the Willemoesia 
group of, 173. 

Cryptopodia, new species of, 26. 

Culapa, new species uf, 227. 

Cyana, new species of, 552. 

Cyclonyx, characters of the new 
genus, 6. 

Cyclopides, new species of, 233. 

Cymatophora, new species of, 357. 

Cyrtophium, new species of, 381. 

Cythere, new species of, 38. 

Dasycampa, new species of, 363. 

Dasychira, new species of, 239. 

Davis, J. W., on fish-remains from 
the Cannel Coal of Yorkshire, 
467. 

Deania, new species of, 451. 

Dizea, new species of, 208. 

Diagramma, new species of, 15@, 

Didelphys, new species of, 108. 

Diodosida, new species of, 254. 

Dithyrocaris and Anthrapaleemon, on 
the occurrence of, in the Lower 
Carboniferous of Scotland, 167. 

Dobson, G. E., on a new species of 
Vesperugo, 135. 

Dog, on a new species of wild, 316, 
400. 

Doridicola, new species of, 458. 

Doththa, new species of, 452. 

Drassus, new species of, 192. 

Duncan, Prof. P. M., on some sphe- 
roidal Lithistid Spongida, 84. 

Echinodermata, on a new and aber- 
rant genus of, 401. 

Kcpleopus, new species of, 296. 

Fenasia, new species of, 450. 

Emmelesia, new species of, 441. 

Emphrassotis, description of the new 
genus, 295, 

Endropia, new species of, 371. 

Entomides, on the Devonian, 183. 

Entomostraca, on the Paleozoic bi- 
valved, 28, 182. 

Entoniscus, observations on the genus, 
137. 

Ephyra, new species of, 488. 

Epicauta, new species of, 464. 

Epilecta, new species of, 361. 

Epione, new species of, 869. 

Episcapha, new species of, 465, 

Eremobia, new species of, 243. 

Eryontidz, on the recent, 173. 


INDEX. 


Etheridge, R., jun., on the occurrence 
of Dithyrocaris and Anthrapale- 
mon in the Lower Carboniferous 
of Scotland, 167; on Paleozoic 
Corals, 216, 265; on fossils from 
North Queensland, 319. 

Eubolia, new species of, 245. 

Euchilia, new species of, 75. 

Eucinetops, new species of, 3. 

Eupithecia, new species of, 442. 

Euplexia, new species of, 244. 

Euproctis, new species of, 237. 

Eupsilia, new species of, 363. 

Eurypauropus, description of the 
new genus, 322. 

Eusiphonella, characters of the 
genus, 72. 

Fish, on fossil, from the Cannel Coal 
of Yorkshire, 467. 

Fisher, Rev. O.,on a mammaliferous 
deposit near Cambridge, 320. 

Fishes, on the apparatus of sound in 
some, 99; new, 136. 

Galerucella, new species of, 110. 

Gallerucinz, new genera and species 
of, 108. 

Gasteracantha, new species of, 44. 

Gelechia, new species of, 457. 

Geological Society, proceedings of 
the, 166, 517, 467. 

Giard, A., on the genus Entoniscus, 
187; on the organization and clas- 
sification of the Orthonectida, 471. 

Glenea, new species of, 467. 

Glyphodes, new species of, 453. 

Gnaphosa, new species of, 191. 

Gnathostypsis, new species of, 233. 

Godwin-Austen, Lieut.-Col., on two 
new species of Plectopylis, 163. 

Gogane, new species of, 237. 

Gongylus, new species of, 301. 

Gorgopis, new species of, 357. 

Gould, J., observations on the Bower- 
birds, with description of a new 
species, 73. 

Graphiphora, new species of, 362. 

Giinther, Dr. A., on a new species of 
porcupine, 106; on a new species of 
Didelphys, 108; on two new 
species of fishes, 186; on a new 
species of chameleon, 246; on a 
new species of wild dog, 316, 
400. 

Halimus, new species of, 3. 

Haplosonyx, new species of, 115. 

Haptophyra gigantea, description of, 
97. 


477 


Heckel, E., on trichinosis in a hip- 
popotamus, 99. 

Heliolites, new species of, 224. 

Henotesia, characters of the new 
genus, 228. 

Herminia, new species of, 446. 

Himatella, characters of the genus, 
66. 

Hinde, C. J., on Conodonts and on 
Annelid jaws from the Cambro- 
Silurian &c., 166, 

Hindia, description of the new genus, 
91 


Hippopotamus, on trichinosis in the, 
99; on the natural term of life of 
the, 188. 

Hister, new species of, 461. 

Hormisa, new species of, 446. 

Huenia, new species of, 5. 

Hulke, J. W., on Vectisaurus val- 
densis, 167 ; on the genus Orni- 
thopsis, 318. 

Hyale Lubbockiana, note on, 396. 

Hyastenus, new species of, 12. 

Hylemera, new species of, 236. 

Hyperythra, new species of, 370. 

Hystrix, new species of, 106. 

Ichthyurus, new species of, 463. 

Infusoria, new species of, 97, 290. 

Inguridia, characters of the new 
genus, 354. 

Insects, on the structure of the ce- 
phalic ganglia of, 397 ; on the part 
played by, during the flowering of 
Arum crinitum, 399. 

Inurois, description of the new genus, 
445, 

Tolaus, new species of, 231. 

Ischalia, new species of, 463. 

Jones, Prof. T. R., on the Paleozoic 
bivalved Entomostraca, 28, 182; 
on the species of the Ostracodous 
genus Bairdia, 318. 

Jourdan, E., on the Zoantharia mala- 
codermata of the shores of Mar- 
seilles, 325. 

Kerschner, L.,on the Notodelphyide, 
321. 

Kirkby, J. W., on some Carbonife- 
rous species of Carbonia, 28; on 
the species of the Ostracodous 
genus Bairdia, 318. 

Lacera, new species of, 368. 

Leelapia, characters of the new genus, 
238. 

Lambrus, characters of the genus, 17. 

Lapworth, C., on the geological dis- 


478 


tribution of the Rhabdophora, 
333, 423. 

Larentia, new species of, 443. 

Lasius flavus, on the marriage-flights 
of, 326. 

Leidy, Prof., on Orgyia, 473. 

Leiocephalus, new species of, 301. 

ge anceps, on the restoration of, 
53. 

Lepidoptera, new, 227, 349, 437. 

Leptura, new species of, 464. 

Leucoma, new species of, 236. 

Lewis, G., on new species of Coleo- 
ptera from Japan, 459, 

Lichtenstein, J., on the metamor- 
phoses of the Blister-beetle, 169. 

Linnzeus, on Kerr's translation of the 
‘Systema Nature’ of, 396. 

Linyphia, new species of, 204. 

Litocerus, new species of, 465. 

Lizards, new, 295. 

Lobophora, new species of, 443. 

Locastra, new species of, 447. 

Lophopteryx, new species of, 355. 

Lozogramma, new species of, 441. 

Lycauges, characters of the new 
genus, 373. 

Lymantria, new species of, 239. 

Lytta vesicatoria, on the metamor- 
phoses of, 169. 

Macaria, new species of, 440. 

M‘Cvok, Rey. H. C., on the adop- 
tion of an ant-queen, 252; on the 
marriage-flights of Lasius flavus 
and Myrmica lobicornis, 326; on 
Myrmecocystus mexicanus, 474, 

Macrodorcus, new species of, 462. 

Macropis, observations on the genus, 
286. 

Mammal, on a new Jurassic, 167, 

Mardara, new species of, 240. 

Margaronia, new species of, 454. 

Marsh, Prof. O. C., on a new Juras- 
sic mammal, 167, 

Maupas, E., on a new Opalinid, 
97 ; on the systematic position of 
the Volvocinez, 170. 

Mecyna, new species of, 454, 

Melanippe, new species of, 443. 

Mesodonta, new species of, 111. 

Mesogona, new species of, 364. 

Micippe, new species of, 13. 

Microdeutopus, new species of, 331. 

Miers, E. J., on new or little-known 
species of Maioid Crustacea, 1. 

eR J., obituary notice of the late, 


INDEX. 


Miltochrista, new species of, 353. 

Moa, alleged evidence of the, from 
feathered ornaments of Maori 
weapons, 169, 

Mocoa, new species of, 300. 

Moneron, on a new, 388. 

Monobia confluens, description of, 
388. 

Myrmecocystus mexicanus, observa- 
tions on, 474. 

Myrmica lobicornis, on the marriage- 
flights of, 526. 

Mythimna, new species of, 358. 

Narosa, new species of, 356. 

Nebalia, new species of, 418. 

Necydalis, new species of, 464. 

Nematocampa, new species of, 370. 

Neomenia, on the occurrence of, in 
the British seas, 164, 

Neriene, new species of, 196, 343. 

Nevill, G., on a new species of Acme 
and varieties from the Conglome- 
rate beds at Menton, 341. 

Newton, Prof. A., on some moot 
points in ornithological nomen- 
clature, 158, 419. 

Nicholson, Prof. H. A., on Palaeozoic 
Corals from Northern Queensland, 
216, 265; observations on the genus 
Stenopora, 265. 

Nioda, new species of, 241. 

Nodynus, new species of, 460. 

Nonagria, new species of, 359. 

Norman, Rey. A. M., on the occur- 
rence of Neomenia in the British 
seas, 164; on the recent Eryontide, 
173. 

Notodelphyide, on the, 321. 

Novius, new species of, 466. 

Numenoides, characters of the new 
genus, 238. 

(Edicerus, new species of, 110. 

Opalina, on a remarkable species of, 
9 


Ophthalmodes, new species of, 373. 

Oreta, new species of, 355. 

Orgyia leucostigma, remarks on, 
473. 

Ornithological nomenclature, on some 
moot points in, 158, 419. 

Ornithopsis, note on the genus, 318. 

Orthocabera, characters of the new 
genus, 439. 

Orthonectida, on the organization 
and classification of the, 471. 

O’Shaughnessy, A. W. E., on new 
species of lizards, 295. 


INDEX. 


Othonia, new species of, 15. 

Owen, Prof. R., on the restoration 
of Leiodon anceps, 53; on the al- 
leged evidence of the Moa from 
feathered ornaments of Maori wea- 
pons, 169; on the natural term of 
life in the hippopotamus, 188 ; on 
the Endothiodont Reptilia, 317 ; 
on the skull of Argiilornis longi- 
pennis, 468, 

Oxyrhyncha, descriptions of new, 1. 

Ozola, new species of, 441. 

Pachypora, new species of, 280. 

Pachytilodia, description of the 
genus, 133. 

Paleca, characters of the new genus, 
354. 

Panolis, new species of, 243. 

Pantolia, new species of, 79. 

Paralipsa, characters of the new 
genus, 454. 

Paramicippe, new species of, 13, 

Paramithrax, new species of, 8. 

Parasa, new species of, 242. 

Parathoé, characters of the genus, 
16. 

Parectatosoma, description of the 
new genus, 386. 

Pasithea, new species of, 41. 

Patton, W. H., on the genus Ma- 
cropis, 286. 

Pauropod, on a new, 322. 

Penicillaria, new species of, 367. 

Peridea, new species of, 353. 

Peronella, characters of the genus, 
67. 

Phascolosoma, remarks on the genus, 
94. 

Phasmidz, on a new genus of, 386, 

Phrynus, on a new distinction be- 
tween the species of, 313. 

Pisa, new species of, 11. 

Platysomidee, on the affinities of the, 
471. 

Plectopylis, new species of, 163. 

Plocamia, new species of, 44. 

Plusia, new species of, 367. 

Polycheles, observations on 
species of, 173. 

Prionocerus, new species of, 464. 

Protosycon, description of the genus, 
154. 

Pseudomicippe, new species of, 12. 

Pseudonaclia, new species of, 236. 

Pseudonympha, new species of, 228. 

Ptomascopus, new species of, 460. 

Pygora, new species of, 77, 


the 


479 


Pyralis, new species of, 451, 

Reptilia, on the Endothiodont, 317. 

Rhabdophora, on the geological dis- 
tribution of the, 333, 423. 

Ridley, H. N., on a new Copepod, 
458, 

Rothia, new species of, 235. 

Ryder, J. A., on the limbs of the 
Amphiumidie, 95; on a new spe- 
cies of Chirocephalus, 251; on a 
new Pauropod, 322. 

Sabatier, A., on the respiratory ap- 
paratus of the Ampullariz, 323. 

Salamis, new species of, 230. 

Samea, new species of, 453. 

Saperda, new species of, 466. 

Scaphidium, new species of, 460. 

Schneider, A.,on Monobia confluens, 
388. 

Schnetzler, B.,on the part played by 
insects during the flowering of 
Arum crinitum, 399. 

Scotosia, new species of, 444. 

Sestrostomella, description of the 
genus, 126. 

Shells, new, 163, 341. 

Simocarcinus, characters of the new 
genus, 6, 

Singara, new species of, 245. 

Sladen, W. P., on the structure of 
Astrophiura, 401. 

Sorensen, W., on the apparatus of 
sound in some South-American 
fishes, 99. 

Sollas, W. J., on a new species of 
Echinonematous sponge, 44, 

Spermophora, new species of, 43. 

Spheerodon, new species of, 187, 

Spiders, on some new and rare Bri- 
tish, 190. 

Spilarctia, new species of, 351. 

Sponges, new, 44, 84; studies on 
fossil, 61, 120; on the nutritive 
and reproductive processes of, 374; 
on the so-called “ Farrinedon,” 
431. 

Stauropus, new species of, 353. 

Steatoda, new species of, 193. 

Stebbing, Rev. T. R. R., on Hyale 
Lubbockiana, 396. 


Stenopora, observations on the genus, 


265. 
Stenotarsia, new species of, 74. 
Sterki, Dr. V., on a new species of 
Infusoria, 290. 
Strabena, new species of, 227, 
Stromatopora, on the mode of growth 


480 


of, 1015 
253. 

Stylacodon, description of the genus, 
167. 

Synclysmus, characters of the new 
genus, 242. 

Synopella, description of the genus, 
129. 


on the structure of, 


Systropha, new species of, 353. 
Tachycellus, new species of, 459. 
Tzeniocampa, new species of, 362. 
Tanais, new species of, 417. 
Tanaorhinus, new species of, 438. 
Tephrosia, new species of, 372. 
Teredus, new species of, 462. 
Thalera, new species of, 437. 
Theridiosoma, characters of the new 
genus, 193. 

Thomas, O., on Kerr’s translation of 
the ‘Systema Nature’ of Linnzeus, 
396. 

Thomson, G. M., on additions to the 
Amphipodous Crustacea of New 
Zealand, 329; on two new Isopods, 
415; on a new species of Nebalia, 
418. 

Thyris, new species of, 367. 

Tintinnus semiciliatus, description 
of, 290. 

Trapezites, new species of, 232. 

Traquair, Dr. R. H., on the affinities 
of the Platysomide, 471. 

Trichinosis in a hippopotamus, on, 


Trigonothir, new species of, 4. 
Triphznopsis, new species of, 361. 
Tropzea, new species of, 355. 


INDEX. 


bet 


Trotosema, description of the new 
genus, 448, 

Tylocarcinus, characters of the genus, 
14. 

Vaillant, L., on the oviposition of 
the Amblystomes, 248. 

Valgus, new species of, 83. 

Vectisaurus valdensis, note on, 167. 

Vertebrates, on the occurrence in 
North America of rare extinct, 
found fragmentarily in England, 
53. 

Vesperugo, new species of, 155. 

Viguier, C., on the organization of 
Batrachobdella, 250. 

Volvocine, on the systematic posi- 
tion of the, 170. 

Wagner, N., on the structure of the 
cephalic ganglia of insects, 397. 
Walckenaera, new species of, 203, 

347. 

Waterhouse, C. O., on new Ceto- 
niide, 74, 247. 

Wood-Mason, J., on a new genus of 
Phasmide, 386. 

Woodward, Dr. H., on Squilla We- 
therelli and Necroscilla Wilsoni, 
319. 

Xuthia, new species of, 462. 

Xylina, new species of, 565. 

Xylophasia, new species of, 359. 

Ypthima, new species of, 229. 

Zoantharia malacodermata of the 
shores of Marseilles, on the, 325. 

Zittel, K. A., on the fossil Calci- 
spongize, 61, 120. 


END OF THE FOURTH VOLUME. 


PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, 
RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, 


Ann.& Mag. Nat. Hist.8.5. Vol.4. PLA, 


E.A. Smith del. Mintern Bros imp. 


be — bn en i i ¥ = = “ eS 


Ann.& Mag. Nat.Hist.S.5 Vol. 4. PUL. 


CARBONTA FABULINA & ‘VARIETIES . 


West: Newman £ (0° ianp. 


a 


oc — 


eee 


West, Newmans Co amp. 


——_ 


C.Berjeau del. 


New Species 


Ann. & Mag. Nat. Host. $8.5. Vol.4.PUIV. 


f Mintern Bro? imp. 
of Maioid Crustacea. 


3 


C.Berjeau del. 


Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist S.5. Vol.4.PL. V. 


New Species of Maioid Crustacea. 


We 


Ann. &Mag. Nat. Hist, S.5.Vol.£.PL. VI. 


Mintern Bro? lith. 


Ann& Mag. Nat.Hist. S.5. Vol. 4.PU. VI. 


Mintern Bro® ith. 


AnN.& Mag. Nat. fut. S.5.Vol. £. Pl. VII. 


PS = 


Se Oe ome 


S54 


+ e ” t 6 
gies, 


co, DN Sa eee 


Mintern Bro? imp 


LEIODON ANCPRDc 


Ann & Mag. Nat. Hist. 8.5. Vol. 4.PU.IXx. 


A.F.Foord hth. P.M. D. dir. 


Mintern Bros imp. 


fur & Mag. Nat. Hist. 5.35. Vol. ¢. PU.X. 


ENTONISCUS CAVOLINI & E. MONIEZII. (A. Giard.) 
; Mintern Bros lith. ‘ 


Ann.% Mag. Nat. Hist. S.5.Vol. IV PUXL 


Co MV EX 


GW.&A.S.Foord delet hth. 


Devonian Entomides. 


Ann & Mag. Nat. Hist.S.5. Vel IV. PLXI 


8 


; i Mintern Bros. imp 
OP Cambridge del. E.Carter hth. 


tude 


Pg ee we gf) ent eer 8 CAE 6 OT ia) CB a CLE 9! ho ATES oo LAE Ep 


a>, 


™“ 


Mintern Bros mf 


co th. CIAMALEON MINOR. 


nee 


as i} 
Th 


Amy & Mag. Nat. fist. 5.3.Vol. 4. PLXTV 


08 imp. 


Dr 


Mintern 


R.Mntern lith. 


Mintern Bros imp. 


Ann & Mag. Nat. Hist. 8. 5. Vol. 4. PL.XV. 


LI\ 


O22 es 


H.1.C.del. 


‘ 


AF iy : Hl as ‘ toa a ir 
‘f as Ni {#ee8 - 7 


ace Mig) oF he ee ee 


&———" 00004 
! (Ces . 


ee 


KER. 
c => - 


| a, ae? 


me 


Ann. &Magq. Nat. Hist. S.5. Voi 


Ann .& Mag. Nat. Hist. S. 5. Vol. 2 Py. ke 


Mintern Bro$ lith 


a WS. A 


Se 


Ann & Mag. Nat. Hist. §. 5: Vol. 4.PU 2 
Vv. 


ASTROPHIURA PERMIRA. Sladen 
ey Sladen del A'S Foord lith 


Bh \ ath 


i 
A 
sh) i 
ih 


He 
hie its 


¥, + BOS 
ays ery 
hie oy: 
fi Tayo rah 
Foti 


Mii 
; Ps) y 
; ay 4 


ae 


steht ed 


be Cate: 


arene 
ott Bem ROR: 
ionge gots 


Oe eee Me 


eat mane ' - J Z ‘a A 
nal AN i rarer he a ath ° eh tenis lr ates 7 on aeons mares 


; mon “ A Kare ath Me ho 4 > . 
a pe “ ae Sian ’ “e . - aw » mate et eet 


ACR Lp OO 
peta yne Nee 


oe